11/20/1991 Agreement
Contract Documents
Contract No. KJ-005. Precast Concrete
Pomco Associates. Inc.
Table of Contents
I. Contract Documents
A. AlA Document A101/CM
B. Public Construction Bond
C. certificates of Insurance
II. Submitted Bid Proposal bv Pomco Associates. Inc.
III. Biddinq Documents
A. Volume I, Bid Group 2 Bid Documents
B. Volume II, Bid Group 2 Technical Specifications
C. Addendum No. 1 - 8/12/91
D. Addendum No. 2 - 8/29/91
E. Addendum No. 3 - 9/13/91
F. Addendum No. 4 - 9/20/91
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITE~I~o f ilF Rrl~~()pr,
.
'92 FEB lOP 3 :24
[) tdi h . .J~.
CLr\,!f~ L;
MONROE COUNTY. FLt,.
AlA Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a
STlPULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORT ANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980.
AGREEMENT No. KJ - 005, Bid Package 10 - Precast Concrete
made as of the .,!fJ+1t day of AJ()".. *J>.".. in the year of Nineteen
Hundred and Ninety-One.
the Project:
Board of County Commissioners
Monroe County
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, Florida 33040
Pomco Associates, Inc.
Rt. #7, Port Manatee Bldg. L.
Palmetto, Florida 34221
(813)634-9255
New Monroe County Detention Facility
Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040
BETWEEN the Owner:
and the Contractor:
the Construction Manager: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
the Architect:
Hansen Lind Meyer/Gonzalez
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975, @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C 20006. Re-
production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the
copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA3 . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 1
ARTICLE 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after
execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7.
ARTICLE 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
(Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.)
Bid Group 2, Bid Package 10 - Precast Concrete
ARTICLE 3
TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date as established
in the Notice to Proceed.
and, subject to authorized adjustments, SUDstantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than
(Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.)
the time indicated in Section 00352, Milestone Schedule
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 2
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and
deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of
Five Million, Four Hundred Ninety-Three Thousand, Four Hundred
and Five Dollars and No Cents...... ............ .....$5,493,405.00
The Contract Sum is determined as follows:
(State here the base bid or oth"r lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.!
ARTICLE 5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending theTwen t y- F i f th (25) day of each
month as follows: (Approximately)
Not later than Thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment,
Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and
equipment incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent (90 %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by
the Owner; and u'pon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to
One Hund.red percent (100%) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.
(If not covered elsewhere in the Contrad Documents, here insert any provision lor limiting or reducing the amount retained alter the Work reaches a certain
stage of completion.!
~yments due and un~aid under the Contract,pocuments shall bear interest f.!;om the date paymen~~due at thetate
entered D&/ow, or in Hie absence.xhereof, at the legaX rate prevailin~at the Ptace of Kle Project.
(Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.)
(Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's
and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Proiect and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Specific legal advice should
be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.)
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA~ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 3
ARTICLE 6
FINAL PAYMENT
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Cohtract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions.
7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows:
(List be/ow the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions], the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda
and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.)
I. Bidding Documents:
1. Bid Group 2 Bid Documents for New Monroe County Detention
Facility Volume I Table of Contents, as enumerated on Pages
00001-1 through 00001-3, Dated September 16, 1991.
2. Bid Group 2 Technical Specifications, Volume II, Table of
Contents, as ~enumer~ted on Pages 00001-4 and 00001-5, Dated
September 16, 1991.
3. Addendum No.1 Dated August 20, 1991.
4. Addendum No.2 Dated September 4, 1991.
5. Addendum No.3 Dated September 17, 1991.
6. Addendum No.4 Dated September 20, 1991.
7. Addendum No. lA Dated August 15, 1991.
8. Addendum No. 3A Dated September 11, 1991.
II. Submitted Bid Documents by pomco Associates, Inc.
9. Proposal Form, Dated September 20, 1991, Pages 00110-1
through 00110-7.
10. Schedule of Unit Prices, Pages 00140-1 and 00140-2.
11. Contractor's Qualification Statement.
12. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause.
13. Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes.
14. Non-collusion Affidavit.
15. Subcontractor Listing.
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 4
7.3 Temporary facilities and services: .
(Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere," the Contract Documents.)
Reference Contract Documents
7.4 Working Conditions:
(Here list any specia' conditions affecting the Contract)
Reference Contract Documents
(Seal)
Attest:~anny L. Kolhage, Clerk
BY' ~.L ;;/?~~~
DATE: tP~//J-'~
"Approved as to Form
and Legal Sufficiency"
By,&A1?7- 4~
") /'
DATE: /0 - ~- 7'(
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
OWNER Monroe County
Board of County Commissioners
BY, ~:..-,\.oJ..,.,..: ~~ L' ~~
ITS: C It ~, ,. MGlrl
CONTRACTOR
Associ
(Seal)
BY:
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1960 EDITION . AIA@ . @1960 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM-1980 5
IDND NO. 107304
PUBLI C CONSTRUCTION fiND
BY TIns OOND, We, P(MX) AS8a;IATES, INC., as Principal, and NATI~ UNICJ'ol
FIRE INS~ COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA, a corporation, as Surety, are bound
to BJARD OF a:xJNTY a:J.MISSICfiERS, MHUE a:xJNTY, 500 Whitehead Street, Key
west, Florida 33040, herein called Owner, in the sum of FIVE NITLLICJ'ol FOUR
HUNmED NINIDY 1HREE nuJSAND FOUR HUNmEIJ FIVE AND NO/lOO OOLlARS-----
($5,493,405.00)-----, for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs,
personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the contract dated November 20, 1991, between Principal and Owner
for construction of Agreement No. KJ-005, Bid Package 10 - Precast Concrete,
New Mmroe County llitention Facility, Stock Island, Key West, Florida, the
contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in
the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1),
Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used
directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided
for in the contract; and
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees,
including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default
by Principal under the contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the
contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void;
otherwise, it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's
obligation under this bond.
DATED ON llicember 5, 1991.
P(MX) AS8a;IATFS, INC.
~
a:JUNTERSIGNATIJRE: NATIOtIAL UNICJ'ol FIRE INSURANCE
(XMJANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA
?~tJ~~~
Jmoos Wi 11 iam Dunn
Florida Resident Agent
07 /26 /91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION fiND
00610 - 1
Aomarican Pome Assurance Company
National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pitnburgh, Pa.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Principal Bond Office 70 Pine Slrut. New York. N.Y. 10270
No 02-B-4191S
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That Amer Ican Home Assurance Company, a New York corporation, and National Union Fife Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa.,
a Pennsylvania corporation, does each hereby appomt
---Robert E. Kappus, Susan J. Preiksa, Edward L. Hart, Janet B. Heckinger,
Robert E. Duncan: of Oakbrook Terrace, lllinois---
its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other
contracts of mdemnlty and writings obligatory in the nature thereof. issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective
company thereby.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, A.merlcan Home Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa.
have each executed these presents
State of Illinois
County of Dupage
}
ss:
On DAcember 5, 1991 , before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, residing
therein, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ROBERT E. DUNCAN
known to me to be Attorney-in-Fact of
the corporation described in and that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed
the said instrument in behalf of the said corporation. and he duly acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE CCl\1PANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal. the day and year stated in this certificate above.
360212-6-66
NoIIry PubflC, _
Comm' .
Cr~./7- 7~ ~/~"<;~.r~
( Notary Public (..
My Commission. E pires
- .- - - - - r ~ . _ _ _
obligatory In the nature thereof, and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Comp~ny. in the transaction of its surety bUSiness.
"RESOl VE D. that the signatures and attestations of such on'cers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to
any certificate relating thereto by facSimile. and any such POWf!f of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be
valid and b,nding upOn the Company ....hen so affIxed ....,th respect to any bond. undertaking, recognizance or other contract of indemnity or writing
obligatory in the nature thereof;
"R ESOl VE D, that any such Attorney-tn-F act del iverong a seer etarial certification that the foregoing resolutions still be in effect may insert in such
<:ertif,catlon the date thereof. saId date to be not later than the date of delivery thereof by such Attorney-in-Fact."
I, Maureen P. Tully, Secretary of American Home Assurance Company and of National Union Fire Insurance Company of
Pit~burgh, Pa. do hereby certify that the foregoing excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of these Corpora-
tions, and the Powers of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the Resolutions and the Powers of
A ttorney are in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of each corporation
h' 5 th d f
t IS _ ay 0
December
1991
-'
73240 (9/851
~"e,,~
AIU Insurance Company
American Fidelity Company
American Home Assurance Company
Granitlt State Insurance Company
- 'ois National Insurance Company
.d Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania
National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa.
N_ Hampshire Insurance Company
~:.="'
American International Companies
Principal Bond Office
70 Pine Street, New York, N. Y. 10270
BID BOND
(AIA310)
KNOW All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
PCM::;O ASSOCIATES, INC.
That
, as Principal, and
NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE CClvlPANY OF PIITSBURGH, PA
,as Surety, are held and firmly bound
unto l'vONROE COUN1Y EDARD OF COUN1Y CClv1\1I SS lONERS
Key West, FL
FIVE PERCENT OF TOTAL BID ~DUNT---------------
,as Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars
(S( 5% l. for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for New M::mroe County lJAtentIon Center
Key West, FL
(Provide and Erect Precast Concrete
Structural Framing, Including 192
Modular Jail Cells)
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in
accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good
and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the pro.
secution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay
to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for whic~
the Obligee may in good faith contract with. another party to perforr.n the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and
void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed, se~ed ar:d dated September 23, 1991
0L. ,-~J()A-'-f. /
. V"" ~~Ss)
POM:;O ASSOCIATES, INC.
Lv
(Seal)
COUNTERS I GNATURE: ()
L~ tJ~ U{/v!~;/'
~es William Dunn . .
Florida Resident Agent
23373 (9/80)
Amvrican P.ome Assurance Company
Na-tional Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Prjrl( '~'RJ 80nd Offilfl 70 Pine Stre., New York, NY 10270
No. -2~_-: B-4191S_______
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
Itldt Am"1 ICdf) HOIllt' A<;SlJ ranee CompJIlY, a New York COI ~r atlon, and National Ulllon F He I nsurance Company of Pittsburgh. Pa.,
J P,'rHlsylvJllId cor "'OI.1tlon, dow; t'ach ht'rt'by appoint
---Robert E. Kappus, Susan J. preiksa, Edward L. Hart, Janet B. Heckinger,
Robert E. Duncan: of Oakbrook Terrace, lllinois---
Its true and lawful Attorney(s)-In-Fact, with full .1uthollty to execute on its behalf bonds. undertakings. recognizances and other
contracts of IIldernnlty and wlltings obligatory In the nature thereof. issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective
company thereby.
1
State of Illinois }
ss:
County of DupagA
On Septemb8r 23, 1991 , before me, a Notary Public in and for said County and State residing
therein, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared ROBERT E. DUNCAN '
known to m~ to be A~orn~y-in-Fact of NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE CCl\1PANY OF PIITSBURQ-f, PA
the co~p~ratlon desc.rJbed In and that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and known to me to be the person who executed
the said Instrument In behalf of the said corporation, and he duly acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.
1
:O::2m:~:s;on expires ~
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal, the day and year stated in this certificate above.
~ ~-~L~<.~-L<'
. Notary PUbl0
L '
Excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of American Home Assurance Company and National Union Fife
Insurance Company of PIttsburgh. Pa. on May 18, 1976:
"RESOLVED, that the Chairman of the Board, the President. or any Vice President be, and hereby is. authorized to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact to
represent and act fOI and on behalf of the Company to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances and other contracts of indemnity and writings
obligatory III the nature thereof, and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. in the transaction of its surety business;
"RESOL VED, that the sIgnatures and attestations of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to
any certifIcate relating (hereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be
valid and binding upon the Company when so affixed ","th respect to any bond, undertaking, recognizance or other contract of indemnity or writing
obligatory in the nature thereof;
'.RESOL VED, that any such Attorney-in-Fact deliverong a secreTarial certification that the foregoing resolutions still be in effect may insert in such
certification the date thereof, said date to be nOT later than the date of delivery thereof by such Attorney-in-Fact."
I, MalJreen P Tully, Secretary of American Horne Assurance Company and of National Union Fire Insurance Company of
Pittsburgh, Pa. do hereby certify that the foregoing excerpts of Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of these corpora-
tions, and the Powers of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the Resolutions and the Powers of
Attorney are in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of each corporation
this 23rdday of September
. 19JJ..
23240 (9/85)
~r'.~~~
Certificate of Insurance
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS r~o RIGHTS UPON YOU THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT AN INSURANCE
POLICY AND DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND, OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES LISTED BELOW.
"THIS VOIDS AND SUPERSEDES CERTIFICATE ISSUED 12/3/9L1"IBERlYUt
this Is to Certl that
PO:MCO, Inc. Name and
DBA POMCO Associates, Inc. Address of MUTUAL
Port Manatee .
Palmetto, FL 34221 Insured
is, at the date of this certificate, insured by the Company under the policy(ies) listed below. The insurance afforded by the listed policy(ies) is
subject to all their terms, exclusions and conditions and is not altered by any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document
with respect to which this certificate may be issued
I !cERTIFICATE EXP. DATE
* o CONTINUOUS
TYPE OF POLICY o EXTENDED POLICY NUMBER LIMIT OF LIABILITY
IXJ POlICY TE RM
COVERAGE AFFORDED UNDER EMPLOYERS LIABILITY
we LAW OF THE FOLLOWING !DOdi1y Injury By Accident Each
5/1/92 WCl-161-030077-041 STATES:MASS 1$1 000 000 Accident
WORKERS
COMPENSA nON 5/1 /92 WC2-161-030077 -071 CALIFORNIA IBOCfiIylnJury BYUiSease Policy
5/1/92 WC2-161-030077-011 All Except MA $1,000,000 Limit
WV, OH, WY, ND Bodily Injury By Disease Each
NV,WA,ME,CA $1,000,000 Person
General Aggregate - Other than ProductSlCompleted Operations
GENERAL LIABILITY $1,000,000
ProductslCompleted Operations Aggregate
DCLAIMS MADE $1,000,000
IRETRO DATE I Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Per
$1,000,000 Occurrence
5/1/92 TBl-161-030077-021 Personal and Advertising Injury Per PeI'8Clrll
rnOCCURRENCE $1,000,000 Organization
Other: Other:
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Each Aocident . Single Limit.
$1,000,000 B.I. and P.O. Combined
1]1 OWNED Each Person
1]1 NON-OWNED 5/1/92 ASI-161-030077-031 Each Aocident or Occurrence
(]gHIRED Each Aocident or Occurrence
OTHER
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
All Operations
ADDITIONAL INSURED: Honroe County Board of County Commissioners, Keywest, FL,
Morrison Knudsen/Gerrits
* IF THE CERTIFICATE EXPIRATION DATE IS CONTINUOUS OR EXTENDED TERM, YOU WILL BE NOTIFIED IF COVERAGE IS TERMINATED OR REDUCED BEFORE THE
CERTIFICATE EXPIRATION DATE. HOWEVER, YOU WILL NOT BE NOTIFIED ANNUALLY OF THE CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE.
SPECIAL NOTICE. OHIO: ANY PERSON WHO, WITH INTENT TO DEFRAUD OR KNOWING THAT HE IS FACILITATING A FRAUD AGAINST AN INSURER, SUBMITS AN
APPLICATION OR FILES A CLAIM CONTAINING A FALSE OR DECEPTIVE STATEMENT IS GUILTY OF INSURANCE FRAUD.
NOTICE OF CANCELLATION: (NOT APPLICABLE UNLESS A NUMBER OF DAYS IS
ENTERED BELOW.) BEFORE THE STATED EXPIRATION DATE THE COMPANY WilL NOT Liberty Mutual
CANCEL OR REDUCE THE INSURANCE AFFORDED UNDER THE ABOVE POlICIES UNTIL Insurance Group
AT LEAST ~ DAYS NOTICE OF SUCH CANCELLATION HAS BEEN MAILED TO:
Monroe County Jail
CERTIFICATE
HOLDER
DATE ISSUED
OFFICE
This certificate is executed by LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE GROUP as respects such insurance as is afforded by Those Companies
BS 772R6
~
SECTION 00110
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
BID TO MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM: Pomco Associates, Inc.
Palmetto, FL
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Adde~da thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations a ffecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
DOCUffients including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work isto be perforT-,ed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which. could be reasonably anticipated by
reference todocumentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination ot the site.
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 1
B"SB BID FORK
1. Mobilization
2. General Conditions
3. Permits
4. Bonds
5. Submittals
Zone A Precast Concrete
6. Engineering
7. Material & Fabrication
8. Delivery
9. Erection
Zone B Precast Concrete
10. Engineering
11. Material & Fabrication
12. Delivery
13. Erection
Zone C Precast Concrete
14. Engineering
15. Material & Fabrication
16. Delivery
17. Erection
Zone D Precast Concrete
18. Engineering
19. Material & Fabrication
20. Delivery
21. Erection
$ ~87 ,217
$ 314,498
....0..,.
$ 34,894
$ 66,372
$643,343
$172,043
$ 234,575
$ 3~ , 2 8 9
$ 303,280
$ aI, 103 .
$~~0,582
$ 37,407
$ 362,584
$ 96 , 9.62
$132,205
$ 76,052
$ 737,164
$~97,~33
$268,785
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 2
Zone E Precast Concrete
22. Engineering $ 80,780
23. Material & Fabricatiop $ 783,001
24. Delivery $ 209,389
25. Erection $ 285,497
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 25 (figures)
$ 5,493,405
==========
TOTAL BID, (words) Five million, four hundred ninety
three thousand, four hundred
and five .. DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 3
OWNER OPTION BID FORK
Owner option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
At the option of th.e Owner, provide precast concrete for
future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by
column lines Gb to La, and 17. line to 24 line, as well as
column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line.
Area F Precast Concrete
27. Engineering
28. Material & Fabrication
30. Erection
$ 79,608
$ 77l,639
$ 206,351
$ 281,354
29. Delivery
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items
27 thru 30, (figures)
$1,338,952
==========
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words) One million, three
hundred thirty eight thousand, nine hundred
and fifty two. DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 4
Owner option 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid packaqe No. 12. Precast
Embeds
At the option of tpe Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid' Package No. 12, precas:t Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents
in order to do so. .
Allor part of this Owner Option ma)' be considered for
awarding to the precaster~
Precast Embeds
32. Cell Chase Door Frames
33. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware
34. Window Frames
35. All Other Embeds
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, items
32 thru 35, (figures)
$ 32,216
$ 52,351
$ 43,307
$192,716
$320,590
----------
----------
TOTAL O~~ER OPTION 10-03 BID, (words) Three hundred
twenty thousand five hunnrpn rind ninety DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 5
ALTERNATES BID FORK
36. Alternate 10-01:
cast-in-Place Concrete Areas
structural elements where installation of double tees mayor
may not be achievabl~, includinq, but not li~ited to Zone A,
are in the scope of work for the precaster, (reference section
00310-3, item 1.2.23). This work is to also be included in
bidders base bid.
This Alternate 10-01 requests the deviation in base bid for
deletinq the furnishing' and installing of the subject portion
of work, should the Owner accept it.
Provide net change in base bid for deleting cast-in-
place concrete areas from the scope of work. Circle
either ADD or DEDUCT.
ADD / DEDUCT
$ -0- (zero)
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 6
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s) 1, 1A: 2,3, 1~, 4
I have included pages 1 ~hrough 7 of the Proposal Form-x--, and
attached the required Bid .securitY-1L-, unit Price Schedule X ,
Contractor Evaluation Form~, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause-x-, Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes~, Non-
Collusion Affidavit~, and proposed Subcontractor listing~.
(Check mark items above, as a ~eminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Rt i7 Port Manatee Bldg. L
Palmetto, FL 34221
Phone Number:
813-634-9255
Date: 9/2E1/9l
Signed: ~ \,\\ J2.+\&:t~;-
William R. Hartqrove
(Name)
Vice President/General Manager
(Title)
witness:
rL- <-{ kP:-Lry
(Seal)
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 7
SECTIO. 00140
SCBBDULB OP UHIT PRICES
Bid Packaqe 50. 10
Precast Concrete
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
I
DescriDtion
Unit
unit Price
1.
Equipment Operator, fully
burdened, incl. profit and
overhead.
$ /Hr .
$29.95
3.
Rigger, fully burdened, incl.
profi~ and overhead.
Welder, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
Concrete Finisher, for finishing
precast in the field, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$ 24.80
2.
$/Hr.
$ 27.25
4.
$ /Hr .
$21.75
TemDorarv stairs
5. Zone 'A' stairway - maintain
stairway beyond (90) day time-
frame, on a weekly basis, ADD.
Zone 'A' stairway - DEDUCT on
a weekly basis, before end of
(90) day timeframe.
$/Wk.
$300.00
Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
6. Zone IC' stairway ~ maintain
stairway beyond (60) day time-
:raDE, on a weekly basis, ADD.
=one 'C' stairway - DEDUCT on
a weekly tasis, teicre E~d of
08/20/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1)
00140 - 1
(60) day timeframe.
$/Wk.
$300.00
Note: Unit price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
7.
safety Construction
Maintain safety construction,
separate from temporary stairs,
(i.e., opening covers, netting,
rails, guards, etc.) , beyond
(60) day timeframe, on a weekly
basis, per zone, ADD.
"
DEDUCT on a weekly basis,
maintenance of safety construction,
separate from temporary stairs,
(i.e., opening covers, netting,
rails, guards, etc.), before end
of (60) day timeframe, per zone. $/Wk.
$150.00
Note: unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
, '
I
08/20/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1)
00140 - 2
....'~ '.:.,",:--
SWORB STATEMENT UNDBR SBCTION 287.133(3) (a),
FLORIDA STATUTBS, ON PUBLIC BNTITY CRIMES
THIS FORK HOST BB SIGHED IN TBB PRESBNCB OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICBR AUTHORIZBD TO ADMINISTBR OATHS.
1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or
Contract
No.
Bid Packaqe 10
for
i
2.
Monroe County Detention Center
This sworn statement is submitted by
POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is Palmetto ,Fl
and ( if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is 94-2928477
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number
of the individual signing this sworn statement:
. )
3. My name is William R. Hartqrove and my
relationship to the entity named above iSVice PresA/Gen M~r,
4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida Statutes, means a violation
of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business with any
public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of
any other state or with the United states, including, but not
limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United States and
involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of
guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or
without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state
trial court of record relating to -charges brought by
indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
.
a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of
a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means:
I
-7.
, '
.'i...,
8.
1.
A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a
public entity crime: or
An entity under the control of any natural person who is
active in the management of the entity and who has been
convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate"
includes those officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are
active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership
by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or
income among persons when not for fair market value under
an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case
that one person controls another person. A person who
knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida
dUring the preceding 36 months shall be considered an
affiliate.
2.
I understand that a "person". as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or
entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United
states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract
.and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with
a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.
04/30/91
Based on information and belief, the statement which I have
marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this
sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.]
x Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor
any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members, or agents who are active in management of
the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged
with and convicted' of a public entity crime subsequent to July
1, 1989.
The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-2
more of the officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has
been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AIm [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before a hearing officer of the State of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
"
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted
vendor 1 ist. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of the state of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer determined that it was .in
the public interest to remove the person or affiliate
from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the
convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending with the Depart t f General Services.]
20, 1991
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
Florida
Manatee
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
William R. Hartqrove who, after first being sworn by me,
[name of individual signing]
affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
20th day of September ,19 91
-4'~ '---i~J~PUBLIC
M CO"""".1' SS1' on ".,' .;Y Public. Stat. of flor.O.
. y ..u.. exp1res. IIrCoMnl,aalon fllJll... feD. 2$,18114
Bonded '"Rl PICHARD Ins. APnq
Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-3
SBC'l'IOK 00440
PROPOSBD SUBCOH'l'RACTOR LISTING
1. Subcontractor: Harris Constructors,.. Hic.
Address: P.O. Box 20894
Phone: 813-577-1659
St. Petersl::ro1.rg, FL. 33742
Contact:
Bill"Harris
Portion of Work:
Barge Shipping
I
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: 9 t.
2. Subcontractor: Toppino's, Inc.
Address: P.O. Box 787
Key West, FL 33041
Phone: 305-296-5606
Contact:
Ed Toppino, .. JT .
Portion of Work:
Shuttle Trucking
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: 2 t.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: t.
4. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this 'p~oposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
OS/20/91
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00440-1
LOBBYING AND CONJ'LIC'l' OJ' IN'l'BRBST CLAUS!
SWORN STATBMBN'l' UND!R ORDrKaNCB NO. 010-1990
MONROE COON'l'Y. I'LORIDA
"
POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
(Company)
"
I
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to
the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance
No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County
may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability
and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or
purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former
County officer or employee".
~tl\ '-~ i~~
(Signat )
Date: September 20, 1991
STATE OF
Florida
COUNTY OF
Manatee
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
william R Hrlrt-grm7~ who, after first being sworn by me, affixed
his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space
provided above on this 20t:h day of q~r+-ember , 19.9.l.
~ '-(J(]A2~
ROTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires: Nota., PWIIo. State.lIf FIoMa
, ,II, c..mtaalon fXPlres Feb. 25, 1~~4
, .ondecl tlIlV P1CHARD Ins.. AancJ
07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
00425 - 1
_on-Collusion Affidavit
I, William R. Hartgrove of the city of St. Petersburq. FL
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
and say that;
1. ) I am Vice President/Gen':...iMgr....' .. of the firm of
Pomco Associates. Inc. , the bidder making the Proposal for the
project described in the notice for calling for bids for Monroe
Co. Detention Ctr. , and that I executed the said proposal with
full authority to do so;
2. ) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently
without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the
purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to
such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
I been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will
not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor;
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;
5. )
correct,
upon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
contracts for said project.
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
Florida
Manatee
September 20, 1991
DATE
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
William R. Hartgrove who, after first being sworn by me,
(name of individual signing)
affixed his/her signature in the space
20th day of September
provided above on this
, 19..2.1.....
,~-x-k~
/0 NOTARY PU IC
My commission expires: HIlla" Publl~ ..a'e of f'lortcta
, .II, ~OIIIml..loft laplfW feb. 25. llll4
, 8oIIded''''' Plc""ao 1M. ~
07/26/91
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00430 - 1
THE
AMERICAN
INS TIT L T E
o F
ARC H
TEe T
(
.
AlA Document A305
Contractor's Qualification Statement
1986 EDITION
TNs form is apprOt'ed a11d recomme11ded by Tbe American Institute of Architects
(AlA) and The Associated General GU11tractors of America (A GC)for use in el'alzwf.
i11g tbe lfual1ficati01IS of COlltmctors. No elldursemellt uf tbe submitting party or
/'enficati()l1 uf tbe informatio11 is made by tbe AlA or ACe.
The l'ndersigned certifies under oath that the information pnwided herein is true and <;uffi.
ciently complete so as not to be misleading.
Sl'S\lITTED TO:
ADDRESS.
Monroe Co. Purchasing Dept.
Public Service Bldg, Wing II
5100 College Road, ,Stock Island,
Key West, FL. 33040
SL'B\lITTED BY
Corporation
x
ADDRESS.
Pomco Associate~j Inc.
Rt #7 Port Manatee Bldg L
Palmetto, FL 34221
PRI:'\C1P..1,L ()FFHT
Indi\'id~JI
~A\1E:
PJrtner~hip
Joint \'L'l1lllfL'
Other
:\,.1,.\11' ()F I'fH >.lH'1 !II ;IppliC;lhk)
TYPE 01 \\( )j{K (hk ~t'p;lr;l1L' form for l';lch Cb""ill,';lti,,n of \\ork):
Ct'I1l'rJI C0l1structi,)11
H\,V:
I'lumhll1g
X Othl'r Precast Concrete
(plL';I"t' "PL'L1IYI
fln'tried
r~;..:lq 1"(\", )1)1\\1 Iq-q I')~ll b..li:', J:l..1IlU'.. ,': -\fI.:hl1n..I' -....; 'C\\ \ ~!i-. \\l'11ill '\ \\ \\.1"-
..:. '111. 1':"VI"..!dl(I'1l1"!lill..l'..,::,4 tlt:,:j'" r't1h,t.l1;;'.ilqll'Jl.III'IIi\'l::~,' .' :~'\\;;;i'll;"\!:::~j :-~-I:'''~
," i!, l \. \, i.:, ':.1: l'.. I hl I.' 'f" 11~1 H 101 \\.. ,.1 11:\._ ! l':' ,',: ':.i';." .n', .,\:; I b,- 'Ui)ll'~;' .~ ,":'.1; i' , ...~ .. ll~ l' ,! 1
AlA DOCUMENT A305." ''\] j- \, !ll!,.... III \,: ''-. 'j \:; \'1 ~\ i .
III! \ \j! kl' \ -', )',,,, ,i,1 i I; j: i"" . ',1 ',\ .) \ H{h -\\ i '... j ',\\
; :( ", . ..: \.'. I".....; l
,~ , 1
A305 -1986
1. ORGANIZA noN
l.l
How many ye;.trs has your organiZdtion heen in bu~ines~ as a COntrJClor?
7
(
\.2 How many year~ ha.c; your organiZdtion been in busine~s under its present business lUf11e' 7
1.2.\ l'nder what other or former names has your organiZdtion operated?
J.H. pomery & Co., 'Inc. - Peta1uma, Ca.
(JHP/Pomco are currently part of CASE GROUP,
Which also includes Case International,
Roselle, IL ~)
1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:
I..:U Date of incorporation: Augus t 19, 1983
1.,:\.2 State of incorporation: Delaware
1..3..3 President's name Bernard Mullen
1.,:\.4 Vice-president's name(s): William R. Hartgrove
Vice President/General Mgr.
Dick Lowe
Vice President
1..:\:; Sccrelary.s name: Ray Fick
1..~.6 Treasurer's name: N/A
\.4 If your organization is J partnership. answer .the foJlcwing:
) .;.\ Dale of organization:
);.2 Type of pJrlner...hlp (if applicahll'):
\;.3 :\ame(s) of general p:lrtner(s):
.:' I r \, lur (IrganizalJ< JIl I' IlldlnduJlly 1)\\ ned. answer the following:
I ::; ) J);111' l)f < ,r;':.tn:t.1' i. '11
I ::; 2 :\ .1Il1l' IIf 11\\ nn
AlA DOCUMENT A305., {"lK \.J. 'K' '.'1 \. " '!" 1\'1" . ,.". '11111' ". \. \'. I"'..
\";!kUA'I"\'.lli :, (H-\k~HITH.J'_I-~':"<\.. '(H"t-. -\\!\.ll ,\\ '.\\....111'\.1,./1''- III
A305.1986 2
1.6 If the fmm uf \"lIUr ur~Jni~tion is other than those IisteJ above. describe it and namt: tht' prinupah
(
2. LICENSING
2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business.
and indic:lte registration or license numbers, if applicable.
Precast Concrete
Precast Concrete
Precast Concrete
-"'California
Massachusetts
Florida - License
#CG-C027955
Contractor's License No. 470828
A General Engineering Contractor
B General Building Contractor
State of Florida Business License P00063
2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organi~tion's partnership or trade name is filed.
Florida, Massachusetts, California
3. EXPERtENCE
5. I List the catq~orit's of work that yuur or~;mizJtion normally performs with its own forces.
Precast Concrete Manufacture & Erection
Builging & Heavy Civil Construction
5.2 Claims and Sllll~. fit till' ;II1S\\l'r to any of tht' questions helo" is \TS. pkasl' Jtud) dt,t:lils)
:L?I
lias your org;lI1ization e'tT failed to cOl11pktt' any work awarded to iti
No
52.2
Art' tht'rt' any judgments, cbims. arhitr:Hion proct'eding.. or suit., pl'llding or oUhunding
against \"llur organization or its officer:-i No
.l,.2.5
ILl, Y<Jur org;lI1iz:HHlI1 filed any law Suih or n:questnl arhitr.iiJ, III with regard to construc-
tion Clll1tLll.tS \\ithm thl' Llsl fin' Yl'J!!"i
No
.J, .J, \\ Ilhin tht' last fi,'l' yl';H~. ha:- an~ officer or prillt'ipal,,1 your org:mi7~tion ever been an off/ctT 1JI
principal, If :!n<lthtT org:lI1izati, 1I1 when it faikd t<) Cl JJ11pkll':1 n lIbt rUl'lit 1II1.' lntLICI i (I f the alb\\ tT i~
\l'S. pkase atUd1 tktaik) No
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . t I 1'\1 F \11 , IF , '.11 '.: : fit ~.J I' )'\ '1.\1 :..\IF'\ 1. 1'),<<, Hlllt"'\ . .~, '.'. I 'J>".
11l1-\\IU<h .\' 1'''':111-11 \ '! -\kl HfJ/\ -I.... :-..:..::: 'l-\\ \()"f\ \\1"11 '\\\ \\.-\....HI'<,'I()' I}\
A305.1986 3
-~ ..
On a scparah: ~heet. list major construction projects Yllur \)r~:lnll_llll In ha.<; in prowess. gi\ln~ thl'
name of projl'ct. owner. architect. contract amount. percent complete and scheduled completilln
WIL.
(
.:\.4.1
Stat I' llllal worth of work in pro~ress and under COnfr.K1:
$30,800,000.
, -
.,....
On a separall' sheel. list t{1e major projects your organization ha.o; l\.mlpktcd in the past fin:' years.
giving the name of project. owner. architect. contract amount, date of completion and percentage of
the cost of the work performed with your pwn forces.
.~_ S.l State average annual amount of construction work performed during the pa...t five years:
$20 - $25 M
~.6 On a separate sheet, list the coo"struction experielKe :lod present commitments of the kev indi'-id-
uals of your organization.
4. REFERENCES
...1 Trade Reft'rt'nces:
(See attached Prequalification Information)
...2 Bank References:
(See attached Prequalification Information)
-+ :'>
Surety:
(See attached Prequalificat.i6nnInformationl
-+:,>. 1
:\ame of bonding Clll11pan~ :
-1.:'>.2
:\ ;lll1e ;IIlJ addrl'so; lit" ;lgl'lll.
AlA DOCUMENT A305. <, ''\JK\< II 'h' '.'1 .\lI~IL\ll<)"" '.IA1D1L....'. 1,,,",11)1111 ,..... \1\'. i.'""
1111 "IIKI! \....j\,'.JIIJT~I)J.\l<<.It1lh" I-.'....F\\ Y()K" \\1'" ....\\ \\\'!!:..I,;"....
A305.1986 4
.-
IlEIN!SS ~II;R
B. N. )fI)llen
January. 1987 to ~
PreSident and Chairman of tm b1rl
Tba Case GJ::oup (Case Int:8rnati.a\a1 O"'nV'l1:Yj J. H. PcIIE.1:cy , Co. ,Inc. ~ Parco
AssociateS, Inc.)
President & Out of ,.,NUl of the Board of Pcm:x> Associates, I:nc.
Responsible for overall strateqic: dizeeti..cm, pllmni1vJ and managemernt of
personnel, fincm::ia1, aclnini.strative and legal matters of 'l!le case GJ:oup.
J~ 1964 to JanuatV, 1987
Case International CDIpmy
Field SUperintendetLt, Estimator, Det:J:oit Ama Manager, Vice Pxe6ident and
P%el5ident .
Mr. ~len has been in the oonstructia1 i..11dustly and deep faurdatiDn bJsiness
for twent:y-&eWn ~. He has served as a field superi.nterdent, estimator,
Detroit A!:ea Ka:nager, Vice PJ:e6i.dent, P:Iesident, arJ1 Chai..man of Case
Intez:national <DIpmy prior to hi8 as..--"t1Cl his cw:::amt position with '!be case
Group. Mr. Mullen is .cesponsihle for the overall strategic di.J:ection, planninq
aM managcm:mt of penonnel, financial, administrative ard 1.ega.l matters of '!be
case Group and 1& PDBi.dent and CI'uro;Tm'ln of the Board of PaII::o. ':lbe p:esidents
of Case Internati.onalCarpany and J. H. PalerOy " CO., Inc. ~ di.I.'ectly to
Mr.!i.l1len.. He nacei.ved his BSC degree :fron Ioyola university mrl is a member
of the ASsociated General eontractors of America and the construct.ion Industry
Pl:esi.dents Forum (CIPF).
"'
,
'THE
.' CASE
' GROUP
RESUME
NAHE:
Dick Lowe
3808 Glen Oaks Manor Dr.
Sarasota, F10rida 33582
(813) 95i-3'228
TITLE:
Vice President, Sales and Marketing
PRESENT
DUTIES:
Vice President, Sales and Marketing
POMCO Associates, Inc.
Palmetto, Florida
EDUCATIONAL
BACKGROUND:
Wilson Jr. College
Chicago, Illinois
Engineering
1952-1953
CAREER
BACKGROUND:
1983 - Present
POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
Vice President, Sales and Marketing
1979 - 1983
CASE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY
Houston, Texas
Regional Manager
Estimating and Engineering Departments.
Set up Texas office and becaMe "Re-gi'Onal
Manager for Texas, Louisiana, Alabama,
Florida and New Mexico. Installing drill
piers, piling, slurry wall/trenches, tie-
backs and sheeting retention systems.
.,
~
1966 - 1979
CAISSON CORPORATION
Northbrook, Illinois
Vice President of construction.
Caissons, piling, slurry walls and
slurry trenches. Marine work.
Resume
Dick Lowe
Page 2
CAREER
BACKGROUND:
(Continued)
1963 - 1966
CAISSON CORPORATION
Northbrook, Illinois
Field Superintendent, Estimator, Expeditor
1960 - 1963
CASE FOUNDATION COMPANY
Chicago, Illinois
Returned to the States and continued
as Job Superintendent and Project
Manager with a promotion to Assistant
General Superintendent.
1955 - 1959
CASE FOUNDATION COMPANY
Chicago, Illinois
Started as a driller's helper
promotion to Superintendent.
Project Manager on the first International
project the company acquired - Balboa
Bridge, Panama.
Bridge was part of the Panamerican
Highway crossing the Panama Canal.
PERSONAL
STATISTICS:
Birth Date: 2/20/33
Birth Place: Chicago, Illinois
Marital Status: !-1arried,4.,chLldren
"'
,
RESUME:
NAME:
Kraemer, Paul E.
TITLE:
Chief Engineer
PRESENT DUTIES:
Chief Engineer, Pomco Associates, Inc.
Palmetto, Florida
\.
.
EDUCATIONAL
BACKGROUND:
1958 - BSCE Purdue Univeristy
(with distinction)
1960 - MSCE Purdue University
Additional classes a University of
Illinois (Chicago Circle Campus) and
Northwestern University in Structural
Engineering
Many short courses and seminars
including Engineering, Management,
Contracts, Accounting and Estimating
ENGINEERING
REGISTRATION:
Professional Engineer: Illinois (By
examination), Pennsylvania, Michigan,
Texas, Connecticut, Ohio, Florida
PROFESSIONAL
ACTIVITIES:
Prestressed Concrete Institute:
Member and Past Chairman - Connection
Details Committee
Member - Journal Awards Committee
Past Member and Chairman - Stress Loss
Committee
Past Member - Fire Resistance Committee
American Concrete Institute
Member - National
Member - Florida Suncoast Chapter
Tau Beta pi
Chi Epsilon'
Resume
Paul E. Kraemer
Page 2
OTHER
ACTIVITIES:
~
'.
PERSONAL
STATISTICS:
CAREER BACKGROUND:
1983 - Present
1982 - 1983
1979 - 1981
Member - Library Board - Youngwood, PA.
Member - Police Building Advisory Board
Madison, CT.
Member - Kishwaukee College Drafting
Technology Advisory Committee
Malta, IL.
Member - Boy Scout District Headquarters
Building Advisory Committee
Akron, OH.
Birth Date: 10/13/35
Birth Place: Marion, Indiana
Marital Status: Married, 3 children
Chief Engineer
Pomco Associates, Inc. (J.H. Pomeroy & Co.,Inc.)
Palmetto, FL.
Responsiblity for the engineering and
estimating activities for precast concrete
products manufacturer. One major project
was the Sunshine Skyway Bridge which
included a 1200 ft. cable-stayed segmental
main span. Other projects included
parking structures, modular jail cells
and bridges.
Engineering Manager - Forest City Dillon
Stow, OH.
Responsibility for the engineering
functions of one of the largest manufacturers
of concrete modular housing. I participated
in development of a modular concrete parking
garage system used in a 4400 car garage in
Charleston, wv.
Technical Director - Dillon International,Inc.
Akron, OH.
In this position, I had responsibility
for the technical activities of a developer
and builder of residential and commercial
projects. In addition, I was Project
Manager for a $4.5 million bottling plant
and warehouse for Coca-Cola where Dillon
International was the Construction Manager
Re s. ume
Paul E. Kraemer
Page 3
;.
CAREER BACKGROUND (Continued)
..
1977-79
\.
..
1973-77
1972-73
1969-72
1966-72
Division Engineering Manager - Price Brothers
Co., Dayton, OH.
(Transfer with new ownership from Blakeslee-
Midwest)
I was responsible for all engineering and
drawings for a 6 plant concrete products
manufacturer. Engineering Department was
made up of 6 Engineers and 12 Drafters.
Primary products include Dyna-Frame System
and Flexicore.
Vice President Engineering - Blakeslee-
Midwes t " Rochelle, IL.
(I transferred within affiliated companies)
Responsible for all engineering, drafting
and estimating for 2 plant concrete products
producer.
Engineering Manager - C.W. Blakeslee -
New Haven, CT.
Responsible for all engineering and
drawings for a 3 plant concrete products
manufacturer. Engineering Department
~ncluded 4 Engineers and 12 Draftsmen.
Primary products included Bison System and
SpanDeck.
Associate - Conrad Associates - Chicago, IL.
(Company formed by new ownership from T.Y.
Lin)
Responsibility for projects in Consulting
Engineer~ng/Architectural office. Pro~ided
work and services for many precast concrete
manufacturers.
Sr. Projects Manager - T.Y. Lin & Assoc.
Chicago, IL.
Supervision of projects including concepts
and designs in a Structural Consulting Engin-
eering office. Included work and services
for many pre-cast concrete manufacturers.
Resume
Paul E. Kraemer
Page 4
CAREER BACKGROUND (Continued)
1962-66
Design Enginee~ - Dickerson Structural Concrete
Youngwood, PA.
In this position, I was responsible for the
structural concepts, designs, shop drawings
and quality control for a precast concrete
p~oducts manufacturer. One major project
included supervision of drafting plus production
scheduling for the A&P Manufacturing Building,
Horseheads, NY. (1,500,000 sf - at the time
the world's largest precast building.)
~
'1958-62
Structural Engineer - Mart~n Marietta Co.
Chicago, IL.
Work included structural concepts, design
and consultation relating to precast concrete
products.
-.
NAN E:
TITLE:
EXPERIENCE:
1982 - Present
~
\0
1979 - 19,82.,
1978 - 1979
PROFESSIONAL
AFFILIATIONS,
SCHOlASTIC
ACHI EVEMENTS:
PERSONAL:
REF'ERENCf"S:
RESUME' OF QU,ALlFlCATlON
M1chael D. Bonin
Operations Manager
J.H. POMEROY & CO.. INC.. PETALUMA,CALIFORNIA
Ooerations Man809r. Concrete Products Dfvision
D1rect responsibt11ty for profitable performance of Concrete Products
Division. Oversee producUon of a variety of precast/prestressed prooucts, to
fnclude; pflfng, box gfrders, s1rlCJle tees, cDuble tees, sheet plles, wall panels,
8fId prestressed rat1roed crosstfes. Organfze and control all projects from
1nft1al estfmates through f1nal btllfng. Coordtnate wfth Engineering Department
to 1mprove deS1gns for efflclency, economy, and constructab111ty.
SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL CORP.. TAMPA, FLORIDA
Productlon Suoerlntendent - Precast Yard (1981 to 1982)
Responsible for production of precast, matchcast segmental box girders for the
Seven Mlle Bricge Project, in the Florida Keys. Required the coordination and
control of concrete production, all labor disciplines, maintenance, casting,
qual1ty assurance, receiving and shipping. Coord1nated delivery requirements
with epoxy rebar plant
Plant Manager - Eooxv Rebar Plant (1980 to 1981)
Accountable for profit/loss status of epoxy rebar p lent. Management included
fun range of admin Istrat1ve functions, equipment deSign and maintenance,
fnventory control, purchasing, production labor, estimating, and customer
relations.
Plant Enaineer ( 1979 to 1980)
Involved with equipment des1gn, yard configuration and start-up operations for
the seomental box girder precast yard and the fuslon bonded epoxy rebar coating
and fabrication plant for the Seven Mtle Bri~ Project
SANTA FE INTERNATIONAL CORP.. CORPORATE OFFICES, ORANGE, CALIFORNIA
Eno1neer/Manaqement Tra1nee
Part1cipated In a trainIng program designed to expose trainees to all facets of a
mult1natlonal corporatlon 's operat1on. Initlally Involved In estlmatlng and
conceptual evaluat10n of large marIne projects for the petroleum industry.
Transferred to the Seven Mlle Brl(jJe Project as part of the program.
Reg1stered Professional Engineer-, State of California
Member, American Society of Civil Engineers
Member., ArneriC8l1 Concrete Institute
Bachelor of Sclence. Clvl1 Eng1neering, Un1versity of Florida, 1978
Tau Beta Pl, Englr:leerlng Honor Soc1ety
. .
Height 5'8", Weight 180 lbs., Excellent Health
Born March I, 1956, Fort Rllay, KanS8S
Marrfed w1th 2 chl1dren
Upon Request
~~NK REFERENCES~
POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC. - Citizens and Southern Bank
700 8th Avenue W.
Palmetto, FL 34221
(813) 722-3271
Contact: Ginger Mathis, Vice President
THE CASE GROUP:
- Continental Illinois Bank
231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60697
Contact: Ray Alderson
BUSINESS REFER~NCES:
Florida Crushed Stone Co.
P.O. Drawer 300
Leesburg, FL 32749-0300
(904)787-0608
Commercial Carrier Corp.
P.O. Drawer 67
Auburndale, FL 33623
(813)967-1101
Independent Aggregrates
P.O. Drawer 840
Lake Wales, FL 33859-0840
(904)447-2209
Tampa Bay Steel Corp.
6901 E. 6th Ave.
Tampa, FL 33619
(813)621-4738
Additional references upon request.
J N_~_tl!lANCE_~Q~'p ANY ~
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
P.O. Box 9117
Pleasanton, CA 94566-9117
(415)734-9200
Contact: Mr. Carl Myers
Vice President
CURRENT LIMITS:
Automobile Liability $1,000,000.00 each
accident B.I. & P.D. combined.
General Liab. $1,000,000.00
Claim/Aggreg.
Workers' Compo $1,000,000.00
Each Accident
Excess Liability $10,000,000.00 each
Occurrence and Aggregate
FINANCIAL STATEMENT:.
Upon request.
1
~R~~L I FICA T ION I NFQRltfA-T tON
FIEM NAME~_
rIPE QE-BUSINESS:
POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
Precast Concrete Products
Heavy Civil & Industrial Construction
ADDRE~S:
Rt #7, Port Manatee, Bldg. L
Palmetto, FL 34221
TE:!!~~!lONL NUltf~ER.~_
E~X NU_ltfBER~_
~<L-f!PQB_A T I Ot(:_
(813) 634-.9255
(813) 722 4760
Date of Incorporation: August 19, 1983
State of Incorporation: Delaware
OFFICERS:
.-.- -.---...-
President:
Vice President/General Manager:
Vice President:
Secretary:
Bernard N. Mullen
William R. Hartgrove
Dick Lowe
Ray W. Fick, Jr.
CONTACT PE~SON/~!lLE:
Bernard N. Mullen
President
BONDING COMPANY:
A. I .G.
Collier Cobb & Associates
1 Oakbrook Terrace
Suite 214
Oa k b roo k T err ace, I L 601 8 1
(312)916-6060
Contact: Bob Duncan
BONDING CAPACITY:
$175,000,000
EEO/-.fROGRAM
~FEJ RMATIY~ ACTl,QN :_
See attached
1
5. FINANCING
". I Financial SUtement.
5.1.1 .t.tuch <1 fin<1n~i<11 sutement, preferably <1udited, including your organization's bte<.;
balance sheet and income statement showing the following items:
Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture <1CCOUnts, accounts receivahle. nott:"
receivable, accrued income. deposits, materials inventory and prepJJd
expenses);
Net Fixed Assets;
Other Assets;
Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, prl'-
vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxe~;.
Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares
par values, earned surplus and retained earnings).
5.1.2
Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and wte thereof:
Martin & Martin Certified Public Accountants, LTD
460 Renaissance Drive
Is theP:iM'c!he8~~8:11 s~ttm~gt%;3the identical organization named on page one'
No
5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose
financial statement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary).
5.1.3
Pomco Assiciates, Inc.,is a subsidiary of
The Case Group Companies of Chicago, IL.
5.2 \\iIIthe organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con.
struction'
Yes'
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . , , )"- Tft,' .: <JJ< ' ')1 AI ,~ I' AII<J"- Q,11 \:1 "-i . : '1.~(, U >111' 1"- . ,:,'. : 'j>;"
Till '.\If.kll.,''-',,-'11TllF<JI\I<UfllHl' '-'<"\l. \'H....~\f"-ll.."-\l. \l.A~HI"..")' lJ( ~"'''.,
A305-1986 5
.
..
CASE GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31. 1990
.~
CONTENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR' S REPORT
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
CONSOLIDATED STATEKENT OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOlDERS I EQUITY
CONSOLIDATED STATEKENT OF CASH FLOWS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEKENTS
.'"
PAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6 - 12
..
,
MARTI N & MARTI N
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS, LTD.
1460 RENAISSANCE DRIVE
PARK RIDGE, ILLINOIS 60068
(708) 296-1085 - FAX (708) 296-2967
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
The Board of Directors
Case Group Company
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Case Group
Company, as of December 31, 1990, and the related consolidated statements
of income and retained earnings and cash flows for the year ended. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by aanagement,
as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for
our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of Case Group Company, as of December 31, 1990,"'and"1:he",results
of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
h~ I Ir~
(lu1!/Y~ ~c;;JY.
March 8, 1991
Park Ridge, Illinois
-1-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED MLANCE SHEET
DECEMBER. 31. 1990
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash
Marketable Securities
Receivables
Construction Contracts, Net of A11o~ance
for Doubtful Accounts of $850,000
Current Billings (Schedule 2)
Retentions (Schedule 2)
Officers and Employees (Schedule 2)
Other (Schedule 2)
Inventories
Equity in Construction Joint Ventures (Schedule 2)
Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess
of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts (Schedule 3)
Prepaid Expenses and Deposits (Schedule 2)
Total Current Assets
OTHER ASSETS
Investments
Goodwill
Other
Total Other Assets
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Land
Buildings and Improvements
Construction Equipment
Transportation Equipment
Furniture and Office Equipment
Accumulated Depreciation
Net Property and Equipment
TOTAL ASSETS
.~
$ 2,482,986
500,208
14,268,111
8,163,530
711,889
429,264
246,509
.-4..392,857
3,654,056
238.178
$ 35.087.588
$ 2,578,523
431,884
272.363
$ 3.282.770
$ 988,957
5,108,458
J'27~'817 ,255
2,996,647
1. 432.580
$ 38,343,897
21.772.971
.
,
$ 16.570.926
$ 54.941. 284
EXHIBIT A
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EOUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts Payable
Retentions Payable
Notes and Mortgages Payable
Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated
Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts (Schedule
Accrued Expenses (Schedule 2)
Income Taxes Payable
Deferred Income Taxes
Total Current Liabilities
$ 8,788,002
2,990,022
1,793,153
3) 6,931,076
3,575,497
200,889
1.475.960
$ 25.754.599
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
Notes and Mortgages Payable
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred Compensation
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
$ 17,982,980
1,566,535
979.228
$ 20.528.743
STOCKHOLDERS' EOUITY
Common Stock
Class "An, No Par Value, 1,000,000 Shares
Authorized, 105,048 Shares Issued and Outstanding
Class "Bn, No Par Value, 100,000 Shares
Authorized, 10,500 Shares Issued and Outstanding
Additional Paid in Capital
Retained Earnings (Exhibit C)
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ 105,048
1,000
2,302,836 .
6.249.058 ,
$ 8.657.942
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EOUITY
$ 54.941. 284
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-2-
EXHIBIT B
CASE GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEKENT OF INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
INCOME BEFORE RETIREMENT PLAN
CONTRIBUTIONS
$150,152,407
134.750.448
$ 15,401,959
12.905.628
$ 2,496,331
$ 462,391
. y259 ,,581
213,791
66,805
( 2,646,115)
( 124.691) ( 1. 768.238)
$ 728,093
323.737
$ 404,356
299.100
$ 105.256
CONTRACT REVENUES
CONTRACT COSTS
GROSS PROFIT
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Investment Income
Rental Income
Miscellaneous Income
Gain on Sale of Equipment
Interest Expense
Provisions for Bad Debts
RETIREMENT PIAN CONTRIBUTIONS
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR
INCOME TAXES
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
NET INCOME
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-3-
EXHIBIT C
CASE GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEKBER 31. 1990
-
Class Class Additional
-A- -B- Paid in Retained
Common Common Caoita1 Earnings
December 31, 1989 $ 105,484 $ 1,000 $ 2,373,679 $ 6,143,802
Class -A" Common
Repurchase of 436 Shares $( 436) ( 70,843)
Class -B" Common
Issuance of 5000 Shares
Redemption of 500 Shares
Net Income 105.256
December 31, 1990 $ 105.048 $ 1.000 $ 2.302.836 $ 6.249.058
.
,
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-4-
EXHIBIT D
CASE GROUP COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
Depreciation and Amortization
Deferred Income Taxes
Gain on Sale of Equipment
(Increase) Decrease in:
Receivables
Inventories
Refundable Income Tax
Equity in Construction Joint Ventures
Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess
of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts
Prepayments and Deposits
Increase (Decrease) in:
Accounts Payable
Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated
Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts
Accrued Expenses
Income Taxes Payable
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
$ 105,256
2,506,308
( 421,351)
( 66,805)
2,337,940
244,886
370,381
( 2,173,185)
473,735
( 14,403)
1,540,465
2,879,691
612,961
63.609
$ 8.459.488
$( 401,250)
( 1,816,875)
143,207
( 199.204)
$(2.274.122)
$ 42,366,975 \
(48,626,134)
( 71. 279)
$( 6.330.438)
$( 145,072)
2.628.057
$ 2.482.985
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment in Land
Acquisition of Property and Equipment
Proceeds from Sale of Equipment
Increase in Investments
Net Cash Used by Investing Activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Notes Payable
Repayments of Notes and Mortgages Payable
Purchase of Company Stock
Net Cash Used by Financing Activities
NET DECREASE IN CASH
CASH - BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH - END OF YEAR
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-5-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements of Case Group Coapany include the aCCO\Ults of
Case International Company, and its. wholly owned subsidiary Caisson Corporation,
J .R. Pomeroy and Co., Inc., and Pomc"o ~sociates, Inc. . All significant intercoapany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in construction joint
ventures are accounted for by the equity method.
The Company recognizes revenue on construction contracts, including joint venture
contracts, under the percentage-of-completion method which recognizes as revenue that
portion of total estimated revenue that incurred costs to date bear to total
estimated costs. Construction costs are recorded as incurred. Revisions in
construction revenue and cost estimates are recognized in the year they become
apparent. Gross profit is not recognized \Ultil a contract has reached a stage of
completion sufficient to reasonably determine the ultimate profit. Provision is
made currently for estimated losses on contracts.
Following the practice of the construction industry, assets and liabilities that are
contract related, even though realizable or payable over periods in excess of one
year, are recorded as current assets or liabilities.
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the
first-in, first-out method.
Goodwill is being amortized on the straight line method over 40 years.
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily on the
straight line method at rates adequate to allocate the cost of the applicable assets
over their expected useful lives. Depreciation for the year amounted to $2,478,915.
The estimated lives of the various asset categories are as follows:
Buildings and Improvements
Construction Equipment
Transportation Equipment
Furniture and Office Equipment
''IS ;.. 45
5 - 15
3 5
5 - 12
years
years
years
years
Certain income and expense items are recognized in different years for income tax and
financial reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes have been provided on the
resulting timing differences.
For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid
debt instruments purchased with a maturity of thirty days or less to be cash equiva-
lents.
-6-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
Marketable securities are recorded at cost and represent an inves~nt in common
stock. The stock is listed on NASDAQ and has a market value of $3,295,600 at
December 31, 1990.
. ,
COSTS. ESTIMATED EARNINGS AND BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS
Billings to Date
Estimated Earnings
$178,324,904
20.192.479
$158,132,425
Less: Costs to Date
154.855.405
Total
$ 3.277.020
Included in Accompanying Balance Sheet
Under the Following Captions:
Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated
Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts
$ 6,931,076
Costs and Estimated Earnings in Excess
of Billings on Uncompleted Contracts
3.654.056
Total
$ 3.277.020
The estimated gross revenue on work to be performed on signed contracts is
approximately $72,725,000 as of December 31, 1990.
.
,
-7-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
.-
CONSTRUCTION JOINT VENTURES
The Company has various interests in several j oint ventures engaged in specific
construction contracts. SUDIIIIary information on the joint ventures follows:
. ,
JOINT VENTURES
Assets
Liabilities
Contract Revenues
Contract Costs
$ 11,319,005
4.194.063
$ 7.124.942
$ 33,198,614
32.516.626
$ 681.988
Net Assets
Net Income
COMPANY'S INTEREST
Contract Revenues
Contract Costs
$ 18,622,855
18.232.720
Net Income
$ 390.135
Equity in Construction Joint Ventures
$ 4.392.857
Company's interest in the above joint ventures have been included in Contract
Revenues and Costs.
There is a claim on a joint venture contract against the 'oWDer.''forpapproxiDately
$2,800,000 for costs associated with delays and design changes. The joint venture,
as of December 31, 1990, has recorded $1.056,000 as costs and estiDated earnings in \
excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. The Company's share of the clau. is
$528,000 and is appropriately reflected in equity in construction joint ventures.
INVESTMENTS
Investments are comprised of the following:
Real Estate - at Net Book Value. Subject to
Mortgages of $1,107.521
Cash Surrender Value Life Insurance -
Net of Loans of $1.213.700
Other Investments - at Cost
$ 1,591.044
892,367
95.112
Total
$ 2.578.523
-8-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR. ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
BANK LINE OF CREDIT
.~
A line of credit arrangement with a bank provides for' short tera borrowings to a
maximum of $8,000,000. The line bears interest at bank's reference rate plus one-
half percent. CODlpensating balances of 5% on this line of credit are required. The
line of credit is secured by the per~orlal guarantees of the six largest shareholders.
There was no outstanding balance under the line of credit at December 31, 1990.
NOTES AND MORTGAGES PAYABLE
An analysis of notes and aortgages payable follows:
13% first mortgage payable, due in monthly installments
of $1.532. final payment April 1. 2010. Secured by real
estate investJnents with a net book value of $155.891.
$
129.685
11.75% first mortgage payable, due in monthly installments
of $2,429, final payment February 1, 2013. Secured by
real estate investJnents with a net book value of $283.903.
229,494
10.75% first mortgage payable, due in monthly installments
of $8,377. final balloon payment of $707.311 due November.
1992. Secured by land with a cost of $1.151.250.
748.342
11.7% notes payable. due in quarterly installments of
$585,476. final balloon payment of $7,687.621 due July 8.
1996. Secured by certain real property and unencwnbered
personal property.
13.413.942
$5,000,000 revolving loan agreement dated October 29. 1989
with principal due January 30, 1992, with interest payable
quarterly at the bank's reference rate plus one-half
percent. The loans are secured by the personal
guarantees of the six largest shareholders.
.
,
3.000.000
Various installment loans with interest at 5.9% to 17.0%,
due in monthly installments of approximately $130,850
through 1996. Secured by specific property and equipment.
Total Noncurrent Notes and Mortgages Payable
2.254.670
$ 19.776.133
1. 793 .153
$ 17.982.980
Less current maturities due within one year
-9-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
NOTES AND MORTGAGES PAYABLE (CONT~NUED)
Maturities of the above notes and aortgages.subsequent to 1990 are as follows:
Year ending December 31.
1991 $ 1,793,153
1992 5,281,042
1993 1,292,299
1994 1,187,030
1995 and thereafter 10.222.609
$ 19.776.133
LETIERS OF CREDIT
At December 31, 1990 the Company had $ 2,430,000 in open letters of credit in
connection with payment obligations related to certain insurance policies.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The Company has entered into agreements with certain employees, in which the
employees have agreed to reduce their current compensation for guaranteed payaents
payable over 5 years commencing at age 65. Termination prior to attaining age 65 by
reason of other than death, shall result in reduced payments, which at a ainimum
shall equal the total employee's reduced compensation plus interest at the current
prime rate.
In addition, Company has agreements with other key employees, which provide for
guaranteed payments upon retirement, disability or death, without any employee
contributions. The amount payable is dependent upon the age in which tlle-emplGyee
retires or becomes disabled.
In the event of death by any employee covered under either deferred compensation.'
agreement, Company has sufficient life insurance coverage to provide benefits to
employee's beneficiary. The total deferred compensation charged against operations
for 1990 amounted to $353,314.
CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING ESTIMATE
During 1990, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company revised the estillated relaaining
lives of certain construction equipment to .ore closely reflect remaining lives. The
effect of the change in accounting estiDate resulted in a reduction of the Company's
depreciation of approxiDate1y $340,000.
-10-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER. 31. 1990
INCOME TAXES
.-
Income taxes are recorded on the basis of income recognized for financial stateaent
purposes, with the appropriate recognition being given to timing differences in the
reporting of items for tax purposes. Accordingly, deferred income taxes are re-
flected in the accompanying conso"lidated balance sheet, relating priDarily to
differences in the financial and tax recognition of equity in the income of joint
ventures, depreciation, contract gross profit and deferred compensation.
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
Federal
Currently Payable
Deferred
$
(
400,600
204,500)
State
Currently Payable
Deferred
(
311,200
208.200)
Total
$
299.100
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company maintains a profit sharing and salary deferral plan for its subsidiaries'
nonunion employees. Annual contributions are at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. Contributions for the year were $323,737.
Union employees are covered by defined benefit industry health, welfare and pension
plans to which the Company contributes monthly based upon hours worked by each
eligible employee. The Company incurred approximately $2,872,000 of expense rel.ated
to such plans during 1990.
.
,
ClAIMS ON CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
A complaint has been filed by Company's subsidiary on a completed contract, in the
amount of approximately $3,000,000, against a General Contractor regarding changes
in conditions from those specified in the contract. As of Deceaber 31, 1990,
$1,300,000 has been recognized and is included in receivables.
-11-
CASE GROUP COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31. 1990
STOCK REDEKPTION AGREEMENTS
The Company has agreements with both Class -A- and Class' -B- shareholders concerning
the sale or transfer of their shares. In general, sales or transfers of shares are
restricted to other shareholders or the Company, unless the sale is in connection
with the acquisition of at least 80% 'of the outstanding stock of the Company by a
third party. The purchase of shares by the Company in connection with a share-
holder's death, resignation or termination of employment is based upon teras and
prices stipulated in the agreement. The Company maintains insurance policies on the
lives of its shareholders with a total face value of approximately $8,100,000 to par-
tially fund any purchase as required by the agreement.
STATEMENT OF CASH FU>WS - SUPPLEKENTAL INFORMATION
The Company engaged in the following noncash investing activities:
Cost of land, property and equipment
partically financed by notes payable
Land
$ 1,151,250
Equiument
$ 2,524,391
Less amount of indebtedness incurred
750.000
707.516
Cash down payment included in
acquisition of property and equipment
$
401.250
$ 1.816.875
Cash paid during the year for interest and income taxes were $2,957,939 and $159,654,
respectively.
OBLIGATIONS UNDER OPERATING LEASES
The Company leases equipment and real property under noncancellable operating leases.
expiring at various times through 1996. Rental expense for equipment and real '
property approximated $47,000 and $100,000, respectively in 1990.
Minimum annual rental commitments at December 31, 1990, under operating leases are
as follows:
Year Ended December 31.
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995 and thereafter
$
195,262
102,976
65,173
59.032
20.292
-12-
. . 8. SIGNATURE
6.1
D:lled at Manatee Countptis 20th
September
19 91
ddyof
J'IOame of Organization: _
By IJ \L\ ~ Q.~~
Title:
Vice President/General' Manager
6.2
Mr. William R. Hartgrove bemg
duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be
misleading.
Suhscrihed and sworn before me this 20th
September
Notar~' Puhlic ~ <-;:(J~C~
'1 C E Net.~ Pullllc. St.,. of Florta.
.' ~ 'ommission xpires: Mrc-mlhlon [xPlre,'~ 25, IU.
801llla<l tlll'U P1CNARO In.. ~."C,
dlyof
19 91
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . { t I,:!- ;.' ; (lh ... ',11 \ \ : '.~l '. ~ . ~","" j! I] J It "', . \i \' .
Tllf\\lfi-:!l\\.j\.....f:;; II II! :..~, il;!lt I.... :-.';;\.i \";'~, \\!,11 ,\\ \\.1,'III'\,I{)' III
A305 -1986 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Volume I)
1. Bidding Documents (Volume I)
section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids
section 00100 Instructions to Bidders
Proposal Forms:
Section 00110 Precast Concrete
section 00111 Hydraulic Elevators
Section 00112 Precast Embeds
Schedule of Unit Prices:
section 00140 Precast Concrete
section 00141 Hydraulic Elevators
section 00163 Pre-Bid Substitutions
section 00220 Geotechnical Data
section 00230 site Survey
section 00303
section 00305
Section 00307
section 00309
section 00310
Section 00311
Section 00312
section 00350
Section 00352
section 00410
section 00420
section 00425
section 00430
section 00440
Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1):
site Electrical & Temporary Power
site Grading & Caissons
Concrete Foundations
site Plumbing
Scopes of Work (BG-2):
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Precast Embeds
Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-l
Milestone Schedule, BG-2
Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
LObbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Proposed Subcontractor Listing
07/29/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 1
Section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form
2. contract Documents (Volume I)
Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
Section 00600 Performance Bond - AlA Document A311/CM,
June 1980 edition
Section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. conditions (Volume I)
section 00750
section 00805
section 00900
section 00901
section 00902
section 00904
Section 00905
General Conditions, AlA Document
A20l/CM, June 1980 edition
Supplementary General Conditions
Application & certificate for Payment -
AlA Document G702/G703
Addendum #1 dated May 31, 1991
Addendum #2 dated June 5, 1991
Addendum #4 dated July 2, 1991
Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
section 00980 Contractor Quality Control
Plan
4. Drawings
section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid
Group 1
Section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2
07/29/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 2
5. General Requirements (Volume I)
Section 01027
Section 01028
section 01200
Section 01301
section 01310
section 01370
Section 01385
section 01395
section 11410
section 01510
section 01520
section 01550
Section 01560
section 01590
section 01595
section 01600
section 01630
section 01650
section 01670
Section 01700
section 01710
section 01720
Section 01730
Application for Payment
Change Order Procedures
Project Meetings
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Access Roads and Parking Areas
Temporary Controls
Field Offices and Sheds
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
starting of systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
Operation and Maintenance Data
07/29/91
00001 - 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. Technical specifications, Bid Group TWO, (Volume II, dated
July 23, 1991)
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
section 03100
section 03200
section 03300
section 03410
section 03412
Section 03420
section 03490
section 03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
cast-in-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete sections
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04200 unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
section 05180
section 05500
section 05510
section 05810
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal stairs
Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
section 06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
section 07115
section 07210
section 07530
section 07720
section 07900
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
section 08100
section 08410
section 08660
section 08710
section 08800
section 08842
section 08902
Metal Doors And Frames
Aluminum Entrances
Security Windows
Door Hardware
Glazing
security Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09200
section 09830
Lath and Plaster
Elastomeric coating
07/29/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 4
SECTION 00030
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Tuesday,
August 20, 1991 at 10:05 a.m., a Committee consisting of the Clerk
of Courts, the County Administrator, the County Attorney, and the
County's Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at
the Monroe County (.~lerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West,
Florida, for the following Bid Packages for the New Detention
Facility on Stock Island, Florida:
Bid Package No. 10 . . . Precast concrete
Bid package No. 11 . . . Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12 . . . Precast Embeds
All bids must be in the hands of the Clerk of Courts of Monroe
County, Florida, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, on or
before 10:00 a.m. on Tuesday, August 20, 1991. No Bids will be
received after 10:00 a.m.
All bids, together with the recommendation of the County
Administrator, will be presented to the Board of County
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or
otherwise.
All bids are to be submitted in sealed envelopes marked on the
outside, "Sealed Bid for New Detention Facility, Bid Package No.
_, ," with the appropriate
Bid Package number and title. Five (5) sets of the Bid shall be
submitted in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders.
Drawings and specifications can be examined and picked-up at the
office of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior college Road, Stock
Island, Key Wes.t, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in accordance with
the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and specifications can be
obtained for the refundable deposit sum of $50.00.
A mandatory pre-Bid Conference will be held at Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' office on Stock Island at 10:00 a.m. on Friday,
August 2, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall
be directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Monroe County will automatically reject the proposal of any person
07/25/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - 1
section 09900 Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
section 10200 Louvers and Vents
section 10606 Security Fencing Assembly
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
section 16111 Conduit Systems
07/29/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
or affiliate who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by
the Department of General Services, State of Florida under Sec.
287.133(3) (d), Fla. Stat. (1989).
Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must accompany each
Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder
awarded a contract in accordance with this notice shall post a
performance and payment bond guaranteeing completion and quality
of the work under the drawings and specifications.
The successful Bidder shall be properly licensed.
Each Bid shall constitute an offer to the County as outlined herein
and shall be irrevocable after the time announced for the opening
thereof. No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) calendar
days after Bid opening.
Monroe County, Florida, reserves the right to reject any or all
proposals, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all
proposals, and the re-advertise for proposals.
The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject
any item or items of a proposal which it deems to be in the best
interest of the County.
DATED at Key West, Florida, this ____ day of
, 1991.
DANNY L. KOLHAGE
Clerk of the Circuit Court of
Monroe County, Florida, and ex
officio Clerk of the Board of
County Commissioners of Monroe
County, Florida.
(SEAL)
07/25/91
NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
00030 - 2
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined
in the General Conditions shall have the same meanings or
definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions.
1. 2 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and unit Price
Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule, Contractor
Evaluation Form, other sample bidding and contract forms and
the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued
prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for
the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General
Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General
Requirements, Project Safety and Health Program, Quality
Control Program, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other
sample contract forms.
1. 3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the
Architect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to
the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding
Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or
corrections.
1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the
Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance
with the Bidding Documents.
1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder
offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents
as the base, to which may be added or from which Work may be
deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids.
1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid
to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if
the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the
Bidding Documents, is accepted.
1.7 An Owner option Bid (or option) is an amount stated in the
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 1
Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the
Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the work
as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner Option can
be exercised at any time during the contract duration.
The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase
directly various construction materials and equipment that may
be a part of the Contract. If the Owner Option is exercised,
the Construction Manager will act as a purchasing agent for
the Owner. The Owner will, via his Purchase Orders, purchase
the materials and equipment, and each Trade Contractor
contracting with the Construction Manager shall assist the
Construction Manager in the preparation of these Purchase
Orders. The materials and equipment shall be purchased from
the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade Contractor.
The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the
Purchase Orders, plus all the applicable sales taxes.
Issuance of the Purchase Orders by the Owner shall not relieve
the Contractor of any of his responsibilites regarding
material or equipment purchases or installation, with the
exception of the payments for these materials. The Contractor
shall be fully responsible for coordination, submittals,
protection, scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all
applicable warranties.
The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all
materials over and above the purchase order quantities. For
example, if the Bidder's calculated quantity on the proposal
form is 50 cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall
process a purchase order for 50 cy at the Bidder's stated unit
price. During the course of construction, the 50 cy of
concrete has been incorporated into the work, and more is
needed for that Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall
be responsible for paying for all additional concrete.
1.8 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per
unit of measurement for materials or services as described in
the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents.
Unit prices shall apply to add and deduct change orders and
shall include all overhead and profit.
1.9 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid.
1.10 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a
Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work.
1.11 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders
proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made by the
contractor to the vendor for the specified service or product.
The contractor will be reimbursed for the vendor payments via
presentation of invoices in his monthly payment application,
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 2
along with a stipulated mark-up percentage.
ARTICLE 2
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from
the issuing office designated in the Notice of Calling for
Bids, for the deposit sum of $50.00 per set. Deposits should
be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit
a bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good
condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of bids,
will be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are written on,
drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the
Bidding Documents unusable, then the deposit will be
forfeited.
2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in
preparing Bids. Nei ther the Owner nor the Construction
Manager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility
for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 3
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 Before Submitting a Bid:
3.1.1
Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding
Documents.
3.1.2
Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize
himself with local conditions that may in any manner
affect the cost, progress, or performance of the
Work.
3.2 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of-
ways for access thereto and other lands designated for use by
the Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the
General Requirements or Drawings.
3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his
observations with the Contract Documents.
3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every
requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are
sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 3
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of
the Work.
ARTICLB ..
INTBRPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4.1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Construction
Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they
may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of
the site and Local conditions.
4.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or
interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their
questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later than
ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any
interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents
will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all
parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda
will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding
Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations,
corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any
other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely
upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and
other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal
effect.
ARTICLB 5
"DELETED"
ARTICLB 6
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CBRTIFICATIONS
6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a
properly filled out, and executed Contractor's
Qualification Statement.
6.2 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes."
6.3 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause."
6.4 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal,
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 4
an executed "Non-Collusion Affidavit."
ART:ICLE 7.
B:IDD:IHG PROCEDURE
7.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1.3
7.1.4
7.1.5
7.1.6
7.1.7
7.1.8
7.2 ADDENDA
7.2.1
7.2.2
Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in
the Bidding Documents.
.1 Bidders shall photocopy documents included in
the 'Bid Package' required for submission of
Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the 'Bid
Package' documents for purposes of submitting
bids. The return of Bidding Documents from
which pages have been removed, shall result in
forfeiture of the Bidding Document deposit.
All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with
ink or by typewriter.
Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be
expressed in both words and figures, and in case of
discrepancy between the two, the amount written in
words shall govern.
Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be
initialed by the signer of the Bid.
All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change
in the Base Bid is required, enter "No change".
All requested Allowances shall be bid.
All requested Owner options shall be bid.
Any Bidder may submit Bids on more than one Bid
Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed
separately and award of contract for each Bid
Package will be made to the most qualified
responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder.
Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his
Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he
shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid.
No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 5
7.2.3
to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum
withdrawing the request for Bids or one which
includes postponement of the date for receipt of
Bids.
Copies of Addenda will be made available for
inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file
for that purpose.
7.3.1
7.3 BID SECURITY
7.3.2
7.3.3
Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid security made
payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five
percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price. The Bid
security shall be in the form of a certified check,
cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety
meeting the requirements of Paragraph 7.5 of the
General Conditions. If a Bid Bond is submitted as
Bid Security, the attorney-in-fact who executes the
bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond
a certified and current copy of his power of
attorney.
The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder
that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner
on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the
required Performance Bond and Labor and Material
Payment Bond, as described in Paragraph 7.4 of this
Instructions to Bidders and in the General and
Supplementary Conditions. The Bid Security of the
successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder
has entered into a Contract with the Owner and
furnished the required Performance Bond and Labor
and Material Payment Bond, whereupon it will be
returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute
and deliver the Contract and furnish the required
Bonds, the Owner may annul the Notice of Award and
the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall
be forfeited to the Owner not as a penalty, but as
liquidated damages.
The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner
believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving
the award may be retained by the Owner until either
(a) the Contract has been executed and the required
Bonds have been furnished, or (b) the sixty-first
day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been
rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders
will be returned within (14) days of the Bid
opening.
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 6
7.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
7.4.1
7.4.2
The Owner shall have the right to require the
successful Bidder to furnish a Standard Performance
Bond and Standard Labor and Material Payment Bond,
or Public Construction Bond, as guarantee for the
faithful performance of the contract (including
guarantee and maintenance provisions) and the
payment of all persons who have, and fulfill,
contracts which are directly with the successful
Bidder.
In the event that bonds are required, the successful
Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner not later
than the date of execution of the Contract, or if
the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in
response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall,
prior to Commencement of the Work, submit evidence
satisfactory to the Owner that such Bonds will be
furnished.
7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
The overall schedule for construction is shown in
the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule."
The Contractor will be required to man the project,
in the event of award, in order to meet the schedule.
The Bidders shall determine all permits, inspections
and surveys, (and fees required by same), required
by Federal, State, County or Municipal bodies having
jurisdiction over the project and shall include in
his bid proposal the cost of all such permits,
inspections and surveys. The Contractor shall be
required to take out and pay for all such permits,
inspections and surveys required for the execution
of this Contract.
7.6 SUBCONTRACTOR
7.6.1
7.6.2
Each Bidder shall submi t along with his Bid the
names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities
(including those who are to furnish materials or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work.
If either the Owner or the Construction Manager,
after due investigation, has reasonable objection
to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the
Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 7
before giving Notice of Award and will request the
bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without
an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined
to make any such substitution, the Contract shall
not be awarded to him, but his declining to make
any substitution will not result in the forfeiture
of his Bid Security.
7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
7.7.1
Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the
designated location not later than the time and date
for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of
calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by
Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for
receipt of Bids will be returned unopened.
7.7.2
One (1) original of all bidding documents, and four
( 4 ) copies of the bidding documents are to be
submi tted. Place the bid security in its own
separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid
Security', and place all other bidding documents in
another envelope, marking on the outside 'Proposal
Documents'. Both envelopes are to be inserted in
one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand-delivered,
the envelope shall be filled out as follows:
1. In the upper left hand corner, place the
Bidder's name and address.
2. In the center of the envelope, put the
following:
Monroe County Clerk of Courts
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, FL 33040
3. In the lower left hand corner, put the
following:
Bid for: Bid Package No.
Bid Package Description:
project: New Monroe County Detention Facilitv
To be opened:
(Date)
(Time)
In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number and
Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in the
date and time for opening of the bids, in order that
you may remind yourself of the deadline.
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 8
7.7.3
7.7.4
If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope
shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope
with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face
thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in
the conventional manner.
The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for
timely delivery at the location designated for
receipt of Bids.
Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid
and will not receive consideration.
7.8 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
7.8.1
7.8.2
7.8.3
7.8.4
7.8.5
A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled
by the Bidder during the stipulated time period
following the time and date designated for the
receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph
7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder so
agrees in submitting his Bid.
Prior to the time and date designated for receipt
of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or
withdrawn by notice to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits at
the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such
notice shall be in writing over the signature of
the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, written
confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall
be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and
time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so
worded as not to reveal the amount of the original
Bid.
wi thdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time
designated for the receipt of Bids provided that
they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for
the Bid as modified or resubmitted.
No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be
accepted. Bidders are to comply with the
instructions on the bid forms, and not make any
changes thereto.
7.9 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID
7.9.1
Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 9
materials used in preparation of the bid shall be
enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to
contents, must be received by Monroe County Clerk
of Courts, not later than 24 hours after the time
and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension
thereof made by Addendum. A photocopy of all
materials is to be received by Morrison-
Knudsen/ Gerr its, not later than (24) hours a fter the
time and date for receipt of Bids. Bidders who fail
to submit their original work papers, documents, and
materials used in the preparation of the bid, as
provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in
the Bid.
ARTICLE 8
8.1.1
8.1 OPENING OF BIDS
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
8.1.2
The properly identified Bids received on time will
be opened at Monroe County Clerk of Courts' office.
Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline for
receipt of bids designated in the Notice of Calling
for Bids, will be returned unopened.
8.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN
8.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after the
date designated for receipt of Bids.
8.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any
Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before the
sixty days has elapsed.
8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all
Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to
disregard all nonconforming, non-responsive or
conditional Bids.
In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the
qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the
Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and
alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid
Forms.
The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 10
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
8.3.8
in any order or combination and to determine the low
Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and
the Alternates accepted.
The Owner may consider the qualifications and
experience of subcontractors and/or other entities
(including those who are to furnish materials, or
equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed
for each of the principal portions of the Work as
identified in the Bid. operating costs, maintenance
considerations, performance data and guarantees of
materials and equipment may also be considered.
The Owner may conduct such investigations as he
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any
Bid and to establish to responsibility,
qualifications, and financial ability of the
Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons
or organizations to do the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction
wi thin the prescribed time. The Owner has the right
to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any
bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of
work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to
attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary.
The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of
any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to
their satisfaction.
If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to
the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him
to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner
that the award will be in the best interests of the
Project.
If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction
Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the
successful Bidder within sixty days after the date
of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right
to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel
the project.
8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
8.4.1
The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will
be accompanied by four copies of the Trade Contract
Agreement and all other Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall sign and deliver all four copies
of the Trade contract Agreement to the Construction
Manager, with all other Contract Documents attached
07/25/91
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00100 - 11
9.1
within five days after receipt of Notice of Award.
The Construction Manager will return one fully
executed copy of the Trade Contract Agreement to the
Contractor with all other contract Documents
attached within three weeks thereafter.
ARTICLE 9
SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Each Bidder, before sUbmitting his Bid, shall familiarize
himself with all Federal, state, and local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations that may apply to the
Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress,
or performance of the Work.
07/25/91
00100 - 12
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION 00110
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 10
Precast concrete
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 330.. 0
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
with the local sources of supply and that he understands the
condi tions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00110 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1- Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bonds $
5. Submittals $
Zone A Precast Concrete
6. Engineering $
7. Material & Fabrication $
8. Delivery $
9. Erection $
Zone B Precast Concrete
10. Engineering $
11- Material & Fabrication $
12. Delivery $
13. Erection $
Zone C Precast Concrete
14. Engineering $
15. Material & Fabrication $
16. Delivery $
17. Erection $
Zone D Precast Concrete
18. Engineering $
19. Material & Fabrication $
20. Delivery $
21. Erection $
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00110 - 2
Zone E Precast Concrete
22. Engineering
25. Erection
$
$
$
$
23. Material & Fabrication
24. Delivery
26. Owner option 10-02: utility Routinq
Coordination Drawinqs
$
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 26 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00110 - 3
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner Option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
At the option of the Owner, provide precast concrete for
future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by
column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as
column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line.
Area F Precast Concrete
30. Engineering
34. Joint Seal
$
$
$
$
$
31. Material & Fabrication
32. Delivery
33. Erection
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items
30 thru 34, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00110 - 4
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
I have included pages 1 through 5 of the Proposal Form ,and
attached the required Bid Security____, Unit Price schedule____,
Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes____, Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00110 - 5
SECTION 00111
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid package No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
BID TO
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 330.. 0
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3. Permits $
4. Bonds $
Elevators #1 & #2
5. Jack casings $
6. Elevators Delivery $
7. Elevators Installation $
Elevator #3
8. Jack casings $
9. Elevator Delivery $
10. Elevator Installation $
11. Temporary Service:
Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty,
at $ per month, times estimated 6 months,
or ($'s per month X 6 mos.), equals $
Elevator #4 & #5
12. Jack casings
13. Elevators Delivery
14. Elevators Installation
Elevators #6 & #7
15. Jack casings
16. Elevators Delivery
17. Elevators Installation
$
$
$
$
$
$
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111 - 2
18. Temporary Service: (elev. 6 or 7)
Maintenance Service and Extended Warranty,
at $ per month, times estimated 6 months,
or ($'s per month X 6 mos.), equals $
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 18 (figures) $
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form ,and
attached the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00111 - 4
SECTION 00112
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid package No. 12
Precast Embeds
BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
with the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00112 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1- General Conditions
2. Bonds
3 . Cell Chase Door Frames
4. Cell Chase Doors and Hardware
5. Window Frames
6. All Other Embeds
$
$
$
$
$
$
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00112 - 2
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner option 12-01: Area F Embeds
At the option of the Owner, provide precast embeds for future
Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by column
lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as column
lines U to x, and 37 line to 42 line.
Area F Precast Embeds
10. All other Embeds
$
$
$
$
7. Cell Chase Door Frames
8. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware
9. Window Frames
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 12-01 BID, items
7 thru 10, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 12-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00112 - 3
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
I have included pages 1 through 4 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid Security , Unit Price Schedule ,
Contractor Evaluation Form ,Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause ,Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes ,Non-
Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____.
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
witness:
(Seal)
07/27/91
PROPOSAL FORM
00112 - 4
SECTION 00140
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid package No. 10
Precast Concrete
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
DescriDtion
unit
Unit Price
1.
Equipment Operator, fully
burdened, incl. profit and
overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Rigger, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3.
Welder, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
4.
Concrete Finisher, for finishing
precast in the field, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
07/27/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00140 - 1
SECTION 00141
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid package No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
The following unit prices shall govern,. where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
DescriDtion
Unit
unit Price
1.
Elevator Technician, fully
burdened, incl. profit and
overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2.
Helper, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
07/27/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
00141 - 1
SECTION 00163
SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Document includes
A. Pre-Bid Jubstitutions
1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select
product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers
named which complies with the technical Specifications.
C. For Products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal",
or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar
wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any
product or manufacturer which is not specifically named
for review and approval by the Architect.
D.
For products specified by
product/manufacturer, there is
substitution will be allowed.
naming only one
no option and no
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1. Substitutions for products may be made during the
bidding prior by sUbmitting completed substitution
request form and Substantiating product
data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior
to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits.
2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this
section from the Bidder for substitution of products
in place of those specified.
3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date
will be included in the addendum if acceptable.
4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a
facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request
forms and substantiating data are submitted.
B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support
05/17/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 1
each
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
request with:
Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
All effects of substitution on separate contracts.
List of changes required in other work or products.
Designation of required license fees or royalties.
Designation of availability of maintenance services,
sources of replacement materials.
C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect,
do not include adequate information necessary for
a complete evaluation.
D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder
represents that:
1. He has investigated proposed product and has
determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in
all respects to that specified.
2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for
substitution as for product specified.
3. He will coordinate installation of accepted
substitution into the Work, and will make such
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete in all respects.
4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by
substi tution which may subsequently become apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs
under his Contract, but not:
05/17/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 2
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for
inclusion in addendum.
1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable
promptness.
B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to
identify accepted substitutions.
C. Substi tution requests that are not approved will be
returned to the party submitting the request.
1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
A. The form is attached to this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
05/17/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 3
TO: Project Architect
HANSEN LIND MEYER INC.
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Recommended ____Recommended as noted
For use by the Owner:
____Approved
____Not Approved
____Not Recommended ____Received too late
____Insufficient data received
____Approved as noted
By
By
Date
Date
05/l7/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 4
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect Qoes substi tution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G.
Itemized comparison of specified item(s)
substitution; list significant variations:
with the proposed
H. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 00163
05/17/91
SUBSTITUTIONS
00163 - 5
SECTION 00220
GEOTECHNICAL DATA
A. Data concerning subsurface materials and conditions obtained
from test borings has been made available by the Owner for the
Architect's use in designing the project.
B. Bidders may obtain copies of the subsurface investigation by
submitting a request in writing to the Construction Manager,
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, at the following address:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283/5090 Junior College Road
Key West, Florida 33040
C. The report and test boring data is for information only.
Requirements stated or implied in the report are not
requirements of the Contract Documents. The report is solely
to inform the Bidder of the type and character of the
materials to be encountered.
02/12/91
GEOTECHNICAL DATA
00220-1
SECTION 00230
SITE SURVEY
A. The Plat of Survey and other survey data, which are bound with
the Contract Documents, are included only for the general
information of the bidder and are not part of the Contract
Documents. The data contained was prepared by the Owner for
the Architect's use for the design of the project, and neither
the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction Manager make
any representation, guarantee of warranty as to the accuracy
or completeness of data indicated, expressed or implied.
B. Bidders shall visit the site, make their own investigations,
assumptions and conclusions as to the nature and extent of
existing surface and overhead conditions affecting the work.
Neither the Owner nor the Architect, nor the Construction
Manager will be responsible for additional type or extent of
work required to be performed under the Contract due to any
assumptions or conclusions by the successful bidder based upon
the survey information provided.
05/17/91
SITE SURVEY
00230-1
SECTION 00303
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 3
site Electrical , Temporary Power
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriotions
01510
02222
03300
03600
16010
16111
16400
Temporary utilities
Excavating, Backfilling and compacting for utilities
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
Electrical General provisions
Conduit Systems
Service and Power Distribution Systems
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
furnish, and install temporary electric power service for
construction needs. Coordinate with city Electric
service, for installation of overhead, connections, etc.
Includes high voltage underground lines. Include warning
tape in trench, to warn against digging up energized
lines later.
.2 Owner Option No. 3-01: Temporary Power Maintenance, at
the option of the Owner, provide personnel to maintain
temporary power. Proposal Form requests hourly rate for
personnel. In addition, Proposal Form requests mark-up
percentage for maintenance materials invoiced.
.3 In accordance with Section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
notify the utility company when Trade Contractors are
going to connect unusually heavy loads with special power
requirements.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 1
.4 In accordance with section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
the Temporary Power Contractor shall also provide (2)
site lights, equivalent to yard lights as provided by
city Electric System. Lights are to be mounted on the
power pole used for temporary power. The Construction
Manager shall pay the costs of power used.
.5 In accordance with section 01510 - Temporary utilities,
Temporary Power Contractor shall coordinate with the
telephone company for provision of site construction
telephor~e lines.
.6 Furnish and install primary feeder duct bank, from City
Electric utility pole, as shown on drawing 11.01,
including telephone conduits. Work includes duct bank,
handholes , conduit and stub-ups. Furnish and install (4)
ea. #4 rebar, one embedded in each corner, running the
full length of duct bank. Cap conduits as necessary to
prevent intrusion of moisture and debris. Install pull
wire. Flag handholes as necessary to prevent them from
being damaged or disturbed by equipment. Work includes
all trenching, bedding and backfilling. Follow section
03300 and related sections, for duct bank concrete.
.7 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all testing required.
.8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.9 Procure and pay for all permits, fees and licenses.
.10 The Owner will provide material testing for this proj ect.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.11 primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established site control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 2
.12 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.13 On drawing 11. 01, existing utility power pole at entrance
is to be relocated. Coordinate relocation with City
Electric.
.14
Alternate No. 3-01: Temporary electrical
Contractor shall retain and own materials,
turning over to the Owner after removal.
materials,
in lieu of
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 supply and installation of primary feeder conductor.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00303 - 3
SECTION 00305
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid package No. 5
site Grading , caissons
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriotions
02100
02211
02215
02222
02226
02385
02510
02720
02721
02930
02955
03100
03200
03300
03600
site Preparation
Rough Grading
Finish Grading
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for
Structures
Excavating, Backfilling and compacting for utilities
Drilled Caissons
Asphaltic Concrete Paving
storm Sewerage
Sewer Structures
Lawns and Grasses
Tree Relocation
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 All debris and excavated material is to be removed and
disposed of off-site. All re-usable material is to be
stockpiled on-site as directed by the Construction
Manager, or as approved by the Architect.
.2 Rough grade 10' mangrove setback area shown on drawings.
.3 Grade Wastewater Treatment Plant Area and Effluent
Holding Pond Area to approximate adj acent grades as
shown.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00305-1
.4 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.5 Grade site to drain, and maintain throughout contract
duration.
.6 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his work.
.7 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.8 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and
cooperate with structural Inspector.
.9 Furnish and install Outfall structures.
.10 Primary site control has been established, but this
Contractor shall verify the accuracy of the Owner's
horizontal and vertical control site monuments. The
Trade Contractor shall layout his work from the site
control. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, at his own
expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment,
tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying
out any part of the Work from the established site
control. The Construction Manager may arrange to have
the Trade Contractor's grades, measurements, or levels
checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor.
If they are found to be outside of allowable tolerances,
the Trade Contractor shall pay the cost of the checking
or verification.
.11 The Owner will provide material testing for this project.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.12 Procure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses.
.13 At location as directed by the Construction Manager,
prepare a concrete truck 'wash-out' hole on site, for use
in cleaning out concrete truck chutes.
.14 Furnish and install DIP sleeves under entrance roadway
and Junior College Road, as shown on drawing 1.09.
Restore roadbed, and repave.
.15 Furnish and install silt Fence as shown on drawing 1.01.
.16 Excavate and restore, for sleeve, and tapping sleeve and
valve, on Junior College Road. Coordinate with
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00305-2
Contractor installing tapping sleeve and valve. Backfill
and restore roadbed, and repave.
.17 At entrance to site, at a location as determined by the
Construction Manager, furnish and install 6 ft. high
chain link fence, with no top rail. Include (2) ea. 10
ft. wide swinging gates. Use 9 Ga. wire, 4" sch. 40 gate
and end posts, sch. 20 line posts, 1-5/8" sch. 20 pipe
for gates. Total length of fence shall be 60 ft.
.18 Furnish and install storm Sewerage system complete.
.19 Flag and/or protect all permanently installed Work, and
maintain through contract duration.
.20 Furnish and install caissons complete. Based on bid
quantity, job will be on a unit price basis. As-built
adjustment, at the end of the job, will be made, at bid
unit price. Contractor shall be responsible for removal
or re-use of muck from caisson excavations. Contractor
shall be responsible for providing adequate site drainage
during caisson operation, to prevent flooding of other
contractors work.
.21 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.22 Finish grade retention pond areas in accordance with
section 02215.
.23 Owner option No. 5-03: Topsoil and sodding, at the
option of the Owner, furnish and install topsoil and
sodding in retention pond areas, in accordance wi th
Section 02930.
.24 Relocate one (1) 12" caliper tree, in accordance with
Section 02955.
.25 Owner Option No. 5-01: Caisson Concrete, at the option
of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will purchase
concrete for caissons. Proposal form requests contractor
to calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost.
For assistance, the Construction Manager calculated bid
lineal footage of caissons to be:
o 5' overburden to drill thru/caisson, at 277
caissons, total = 1385 If
o
competent limerock, total = 4265 lf
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK 00305-3
.26 Owner option No. 5-02: caisson Reinforcing, at the
option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will
purchase reinforcing for caissons. Proposal form
requests contractor to calculate quantity, and to insert
material only cost.
.27 Owner Option No. 5-04: Area F Caissons, at the option
of the Owner, install caissons for the future Area F.
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines
Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and
37 to 42.
.28 Bid Alternate No. 5-01: If selected by the Owner,
furnish and install portland cement concrete paving, in
lieu of soil-cement base and asphaltic concrete paving.
.29 Bid Alternate No. 5-02: If selected by the Owner,
furnish and install a compacted limestone base in leu of
a soil cement base under asphaltic concrete paving.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 Finish grading in areas other than retention pond areas.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00305-4
SECTION 00307
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid package No. 7
Concrete Foundations
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriotions
02222
Excavating, Backfilling and
Structures
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Grout
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Waterproofing
Vapor Retarder
Compacting
for
03100
03200
03300
03600
05180
07150
07190
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Furnish and install all columns from top of caissons to
elevated first floor framing. Coordinate top of column
connection requirements with precast contractor.
.2 Furnish and install grade beams.
.3 Furnish and install cast-in-place concrete walls and
beams above.
.4 Furnish and install concrete slabs-on-grade.
.5 Contractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.6 Furnish and install elevator pits.
.7 Provide waterproofing and vapor retarder as required for
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-1
the Work.
.8 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.9 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his work.
.10 Contractor shall call for structural inspections, and
cooperate with structural Inspector.
.11 Primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established site control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
.12 The Owner will provide material testing for this proj ect.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.13 Furnish and install elevator rail support beams,
including plates and anchors, in accordance with section
05180.
.14 Furnish and install all anchor bolts for columns, in
accordance with section 05180.
.15 Furnish and install all miscellaneous metals which are
embedded in the work of this contractor. These include
anchors, channels, edge angles, angles and weld plates.
.16 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.17 Owner option No. 7-01: Concrete Procurement. At the
option of the Owner, either Contractor or Owner will
purchase concrete. Proposal form requests Contractor to
calculate quantity, and to insert material only cost.
.18 Owner Option No. 7-02: Future Area F Columns. At the
option of the Owner, install columns for future Area F.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-2
This area is defined as the area bound by column lines
Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to X and
37 to 42. Contractor to install columns complete.
.19 Owner option No. 7-03: Future Area F Miscellaneous
Concrete. At the option of the Owner, install all poured
concrete associated with the stairwells in future Area
F. This area is defined as the area bound by column
lines Gb to La and 17 to 24 as well as column lines U to
X and 37 to 42. Contractor to prep area and install all
poured concrete complete.
07/03/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00307-3
SECTION 00309
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 9
site Plumbing
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings and in the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriotions
02226
02644
02685
02674
02721
02730
03600
Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting for utilities
Water Mains
Gas Distribution System
Fire Wells
Sewer Structures
Sanitary Sewerage
Grout
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Cap all lines to prevent intrusion of debris, animals,
etc., and flag valve boxes to prevent being disturbed or
damaged by equipment.
.2 Furnish and install temporary water using charged fire
water line. At locations of two (2) fire hydrants,
furnish and install suitable temporary water facilities.
.3 Subcontractor shall be responsible for calling for, and
coordinating all required testing.
.4 Furnish and install Grease Trap as shown on drawings.
.5 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed work
area back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.6 Furnish and install post indicator and valve on Fire
Water loop, as shown on drawings.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-1
.7 Furnish and install Fire Hydrants, and adequately protect
from damage with temporary bollards.
.8 Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering
operations required for installation of his Work.
.9 Primary site control has been established. The Trade
Contractor shall layout his work from the site control.
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements therefrom. The Trade Contractor shall
furnish, at his own expense, all stakes, templates,
platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may
be required in laying out any part of the Work from the
established site control. The Construction Manager may
arrange to have the Trade Contractor's grades,
measurements, or levels checked and verified by an
independent licensed surveyor. If they are found to be
outside of allowable tolerances, the Trade Contractor
shall pay the cost of the checking or verification.
.10 The Owner will provide material testing for this proj ect.
However, this contractor shall be responsible for the
cost of any retesting required because of non-conforming
Work.
.11 Furnish and install fire wells, complete, as shown on
drawings, and in accordance with section 02674.
.12 Furnish and install 2-1/2" gas line as shown on drawings.
.13 Furnish and install water main and fire water main,
complete, including all appurtenances.
.14 Furnish and install tapping sleeve and valve for
distribution main. Furnish and install thrust blocks as
required. Excavation, roadbed restoration, and repaving,
will be by site Grading Contractor. Coordinate
operations with site Grading Contractor.
.15 Install Water Meter furnished by FKAA.
inspections with FKAA.
Coordinate
.16 Furnish and install all required concrete thrust blocks.
. 17 Furnish and install Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers.
.18 Furnish and install Gate Valves and Boxes.
. 19 Furnish and install floor drains and coordinate embedment
with contractor responsible for concrete slabs.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-2
.20 Furnish all plumbing stub-ups and caps associated with
this contractor's work.
.21 Furnish and install Sanitary Sewerage as shown on
drawings, complete, including manholes, clean-outs, caps
and plugs.
.22 Furnish and install Gray Water line as shown on drawings,
and all appurtenances thereto.
.23 Contractor is to study Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required.
.24 Contractor is to protect all installed Work, and maintain
throughout contract duration.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 At Junior College Road, excavation for tapping sleeve and
valve, backfilling, roadbed restoration, and repaving.
06/01/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00309-3
SBCTION 00310
SCOPE OF WORlt
Bid Packag. No. 10
Precast concrete
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, ":: :loIs, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriotions
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03600
05180
07210
07900
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
Cast-In-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete sections
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Building Insulation
Joint Sealers
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the
Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing
pads, inserts and dowels, etc., as required. Furnish
only to the appropriate contractor for installation,
anchorage items required to be embedded in other
construction and associated with the installation of the
Precast Concrete. Provide setting diagrams, template
diagrams, templates, erection drawings and directions as
required for installation of embedded items, in other
trades work.
.2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete
sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in
accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install
complete detail fire safing insulation and caulking in
07/24/91
00310 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK
locations where installation is required during erection
of precast concrete members. For example, see drawing
4.36, section M, on 23 line.
.3 Joints of planks specified in sections 03410 and 03420,
which are to receive concrete topping, shall be grouted
per section 03600 prior to placing concrete topping.
.4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts,
for attachment of detention furnishings.
.5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves,
anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as,
masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire
sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and
coordinated by others prior to casting.
.6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched-up.
.7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation
shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor.
.8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and
construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening
covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the
responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor
shall maintain as required all safety construction until
permanent construction details are installed. OSHA
approved safety barriers are to be provided and
maintained until occupancy of follow-on contractor to
hazard area, as approved by Construction Manager.
Reference section 00970, Project Safety and Health
Program.
.9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner,
on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate
with representatives.
.10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed
work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove
rust and touch-up paint all metal work.
. 12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and
prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery,
point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all
work.
.13
Assist all
penetrations,
trades regarding location of field
and approval of all field penetrations
07/24/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00310 - 2
through precast concrete.
.14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames.
.15 Furnish and install all double-tee shear connections.
. 16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc.,
including precast concrete to cast-in-place concrete
connections.
.17 At all precast to precast connections, provide all embeds
and co~nection plates required.
. 18 At all precast concrete t.o dissimilar material
connections, install embedded items as furnished by
others. Examples include drawing 3.33, sections
1,7,10,19; drawing 3.34, sections 1,8,18,20; drawing
3.35, sections 3 thru 7.
.19 Provide, install and maintain temporary scaffold
stairways at two locations as directed by the
Construction Manager, with provision for egress to 1st,
2nd, and roof levels, until final metal stairways are
completed. Temporary stairways will be for general
construction use.
.20 Precaster shall verify compatibility with finish coating
products and denote surface finishes of precast on shop
drawings.
.21 Owner option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with
engineering, material and fabrication, del i very ,
erection, embeds work, and all other associated work
similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D,
and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work.
.22 Owner option No. 10-02: utility Routina Coordination
The Precast Contractor shall produce a suitable and
complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation
shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one
reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the
following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping
contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping
contractor, security contractor and electrical
contractor.
Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts
are anticipated.
07/24/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00310 - 3
Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use
this set as "working set of drawings" for planning,
routing, anchoring and hanger details.
When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to
facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route
an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first
the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the fire
protection contractor, thirdly to the plumbing
contractors, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifthly
to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors.
These contractors shall 'lay- out' their trade work as
necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan,
which shall be reviewed by the precaster. The precaster
shall coordinate with each trade contractor as necessary
for suggested changes in routing due to structural or
other limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and
modify their working plan until the precaster is
confident he can provide necessary blockouts and other
appropriate penetrations. The precaster shall
incorporate blockouts and other penetrations into a final
composite utility routing drawing set.
The precaster shall then submit to the A/E for approval
the composite utility plan and detailing. The precaster
shall define the maximum field core drill allowable
diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the
responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the
penetration subject to the advance approval of the
precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with
Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed
penetrations and closure of finished detailing of
coordinated precasting, shall comply with fire safing,
safety building codes and design intent (draft closure,
material fall protection, etc.) requirements shall be
borne by the trades using the penetrations.
The precaster shall incorporate the final utility routing
drawings into the final 'As-Built' submittal.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 Furnish and installation of detention furnishings.
.2 Installation of finishes in cells.
.3 Installation of light fixtures.
.4 Installation of fire sprinkler heads.
.5 Installation of HVAC grilles.
.6 Installation of plumbing fixtures.
.7 Installation of concrete toppings.
07/24/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00310 - 4
SECTION 00311
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tcols, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections- of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriotions
05500
07210
07900
14212
Metal Fabrications
Building Insulation
Joint Sealers
Hydraulic Elevators
1.2 soecial provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility
for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness,
etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator
Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain
holes until installation of elevator plungers and
cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast
erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must
be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings
with Caisson contractor and Foundations contractor.
.2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast-in-
place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and
other inserts and devices required as part of the Work
under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations
with the appropriate contractor.
.3 Furnish and install pit ladders.
.4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings
for this contractor's work shall be treated by this
contractor, in accordance with section 07210.
07/27/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00311 - 1
.5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and
sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor,
who will be providing required grouting of frames and
sills.
.6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators
6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction
Manager, in the last stages of construction of the
proj ect. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate
protection of walls and floors. Provide warranty /
maintenance period for additional 6 months.
.7
Furnish and install divider beams which were
installed by others previously, (Bid Package No.
Concrete Foundations).
not
7,
1.3 By Others
.1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway
frames.
07/27/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00311 - 2
SECTION 00312
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 12
Precast Embeds
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and
completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the
following sections of the specifications; including, but not
limited to:
Soecifications Sections and Descriotions
05180
05500
08100
08660
08710
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Doors and Frames
Security Steel Windows
Door Hardware
1.2 soecial provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
. 1 Embed Summary: The scope of this contractor I s embed work
consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast
concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material
connections. The precast concrete contractor is
responsible for all precast to precast connection embeds.
.2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete
contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with
appropriate installation instructions, for precast to
dissimilar material connections. Examples include
drawing 3.36, section 2; drawing 3.38, section 10 thru
12; drawing 4.42, section 1 and 4; drawing 4.51, detail
X.
.3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided
cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete.
.4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope
of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause
damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages
and rework due to insufficient protection.
07/27/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00312 - 1
.5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing
adequate protection of proj ections and openings for
follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This
shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be
installed later, without hinderance.
.6 Furnish and deliver to jOb-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, non-security chase doors, complete
with hardware.
.7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all security
window frames which are to be embedded in precast
concrete.
.8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 security
Glazing, for applicable coordination between this
contractor's work, and that work to be done by others.
.9 Furnish to the precast concrete contractor, embeds for
louvers as shown on drawing 4.42, sections 1 and 4, as
examples for all embedded metal for all louvers.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 Finish painting.
.2 Installation of chase doors and hardware.
.3 Glass and glazing.
07/27/91
SCOPE OF WORK
00312 - 2
SECTION 00350
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined in this section.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. .07/10/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
.07/17/91
c. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .07/29/91
d. Bid Package No. 3 - site Electrical & Temporary Power:
The Work shall be substantially complete 144
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
e. Bid Package No. 5 - site Grading & caissons:
The Work shall be substantially complete 161
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
f. Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations:
The Work shall be substantially complete 157
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
g. Bid Package No. 9 - site Plumbing:
The Work shall be substantially complete 144
calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
07/03/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
00350-1
h. The general flow of installation of caissons and columns
will be zone C thru zone A, zone F thru zone D.
07/03/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
00350-2
p
~
=)
I-
>-
<<
::E
II
[L
<<
(\j
m
m
II
<<
::E
a:J
if
:z:
<<
-,
u
~
r-'
o
o
o
O~DDD~ I
DO
~ I ~~
>-:I: a; i7i en ~ a; a; en - ~ m en en ~ i7i en i7i i7i ~ ~ ~ en ~ m m m m en en m m ~ en en en en m en ~
-,'"
CI:~ 2 ~ ; ~ I ~ ; ~ ~ m i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J
-<z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
UJ~
"-
>-.... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~I~II~~~~~~~i ~~~~~~~~~~iilll~
-'CI:
~~
UJU1
:z
0
~:::
;:~
~a:
....u
UU1
-<UJ
CJ
S!
>-
I ;:
....
'<i
>
C)
:z:
o
DD~~
LDD~D
I ~U
t-
U
I[
[L
~
tel
:::J
<<
~
-'
:::J
-,
_0_
~
~ c
u ~ ~
~ ~
~ j ...
~
~ -;; ~ 0
z
~ c
~ ~ ~ c u ~ .i 0
~ ~ ~ !
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ c ~
c C 0.
0 ~ j! & ~ ~ 0 u C Q ~ ~ c 0 ~ ~ ~
u ~ ~ c
~ 0; ~ ~ 0 ~ a 0 0 a ~ Q.
C C ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ i ~ ~ ~ in S l!1 5 2 ~ ~ e ~ ~ i i
> al 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ '2 ~ Q. 5l '2 I;; lI: a 1il
&. ~ '" .. IS ~ '" IS I i>> ! ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ IS '" '" .. '" c - 0 ~ u ~
~ u
~ ~ ij, ~ .. c ~ ~ ~ c ~
~ ~ :: :: :: ~ ~
~ 5 ~ S ~ ~ ~ s g ~ ~ :iJ ~ ~ g c
~ ~ ~ ~ u ~
g ~ g
_ _ N
o 0 0
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
u u
c c c c c
a a U a 0
U U U U
~ ~ ~ ~
a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~! ~.~ 8 ~ ~ ~ ~ ! &
~ i ~ i - ~ i ~ ~ i ~ i ~ -
~ ~ ~ ~ u u ~ u ~ ~ ~ u ~ u ~ u
; a * B a ~ 8 ~ 8 a a z 8 ~ a a
& ,
ai. .. . .
c:.C:c?:cpa::aClClCCDW?~(,.,JWU
~ ~ ~ ~ a a ~ a . m ~ m
8 ~ ~ ; ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
!;!l !;!l t:l ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
u ~
c ~
~
" 0.
&
~ a
z u
~ ~
! m ~ ~
~ ~ r I
~ ~
::I 1LI QI 1LI
~
~ ~
!~:~
~ iIi U; Vi
g g ~ ~
loCI ,... ,... .....
II
i if
i ~
I I
I i
I i I
I I
I i
U'J" B
'"
i
i
- I
i I
I
i I~
"
'"
~ Ii
'0
~~
:::::::>
-, -,
McD
no
Q,JQ.j
"'"'
00
.,
.,
<=
<f>
"'~
~Q
"'-
oc..
o
>- QJ
.o-J Ol
~ <1J
~ -""
-~ U
>- u <1J
-+-' <1J CL
C LL
:::J D
o C ~
U 0 CD
<lJ ....... >-
oeD
c... OJ
c -'-' D
OQJQJ
::::<: Cl =
--'
:;: 0
OJ c...
:z: c.c:l
_N
"''''
-' :z
"'-<
-, -,
McD
~5i
c..-_
~.=
"'''-
uu
~.~
00
d:d:
0
a>
~ a>
0
~
~ -~ a>
~ >
- -~ u
~ u ~ C
~ .. '"
-- ~
- ~ ~ .,;
_ u ~
:. .... II... ~
- - ~
_.... 0
c U Q. "'
~
~~i U1
'"
~
.,
>
"'
..
c..
a.
SECTION 00352
BID GROUP 2
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined in this section.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. . 08/20/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
. . 08/28/91
c.
Notice to Proceed (Anticipated).
.09/02/91
d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete:
Erection of precast concrete shall commence calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed, and Zones A,B,C,D & E shall be erected
within calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators:
The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a
portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work,
under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the
jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow-
on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection.
Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available
for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary,
within ____calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
All contract Work shall be substantially complete
calendar days after the commencement date established
in the Notice to Proceed.
07/26/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
00352 - 1
f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds:
All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to
the precaster in order to meet the production schedule
of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the
precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast
concrete package. All other materials under the scope
of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be
delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the
Construction Manager.
All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially
complete ___ calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
07/26/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
00352 - 2
<>:
I-
rrlh
~~
~-"
I-
::E
I-
<>:
C\J-o
m
m
--0
m
m
-(/)
>-I
-l(/)
a:~
<>:z
w~
'-'-
>-.-
-la:
a:<>:
<o-
w(/)
z
Cl '"
>-~ '-
1-1- '"
~a. '"
>~ "'"
~a:
I-U U
Wc.n W
<( UJ Cl
o CO
~
~
P
I-
l:
::E
-0
z
:n
<>:
::E
<>:
::E
'-'- -;:::
<U
E
(l)
'-
-0
z
"'"
Cl
~ Cl
Cl
>- -
I-
~
>
I-
U
<<
~II~ - - ~ ~
to m r--
(\J (\J (\J
~_........___........("\J
mm m
~~ :z
=>=> "'"
<< "'" -0
en m (\J
N (\J (\J
01
C QJ::>-.>->-
+oJ c... '- '-
-+-' QJ Q.J QJ OJ
UlQJ+.J........>>>
- '" '-
'" ::E '"
:::3cm ~Cl.lQJQ)
~ 0 C C C
5 I c.aaao
,C+-' NNN
::I U c:: c::
c.n :J 0 0
'-
~ +.J L L ~ ~ +.J C C C C C
U ~ W QJ m ~ m a a a 0 a
ro c:: OJ QJ U U U ..... .-
'- 0 C c::
-..,I U ..... -..... c... c... c...
CQJ ,ODD
o c... ro ro ro
ua.. LL-1.LLL..
""
-
::J
cr
<U
cr
a
Z
OJ
0>
'"
""
u
'"
a.
",=
_000
'"
'-
'"
C-
<U
~
co
m
~
=>
<>:
a:J
(\J
1m
I~
, =>
I~
'"
-'-'
u
'"
'-
~
c
<=>
u
-;
I
!
i
I
I
I
I
I
!
i
1
i
I
I
I
I
DODD'
oDD ~
m m
I- >
U Cl
Cl :z
ill Ln
_ (\J
C\..l (\J ru ('\j C\J ('\j
O1O"lcnGiOlO1
a: coo: a:: a: a:
<w<tQ.;<tCL
::E u... :::E <C :::E <C
.......q-CDGilD01
C\J _ (\J
........ ("\J N ("\J ('\J
cncnOlO1m
ucna:CDCI:
ww<cLL.J<(
Cl L.l... X l..l... :::E
C\J I.Cl m Ln m
'" QJ
::J -'-'
c:: QJ
,-~c.
co e E
-'-' <=> <=>
c.nuu
I I I
c. --
E
<=> QJ '"
U 0 0
I "'" "'"
"'" co u
OlOle
e e 0
...... -+-' -+-' ...... -+-'
U U U U W
OJ OJ OJ QJ Q.J
c... c... c... c... c...
LUWWWUJ
...... -+-' -+-' -+-' -+-' ...... -+-' -+-' -+-' ...... -+-' -+-'
~ m m ~ ~ m 00 Ul Ul Ul Ul Ul
ro ro rn m ro co ro ro ro co m co
u u u u u u u u u u u U
QJ OJ W QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ OJ QJ OJ
c... c... c... c... c... c... c... c... c... c... c... c...
a...c..c..a..a..a...a..a...a..a...a...a..
g~~~ga::g~g~
~'q'C\JC\JC\JC\JCT1~~~
ow
(lJ QJ
C C
o 0
N N
Cl Cl
lO ill
.... ....
(lJ
0>
B 0
",= -
co
I I I
_ _ m' ~Il bij
I- ~ Z
'-' => <(
Cl << -"
- - to
"" (\J -
01 01
0.. ~
w =>
<J) <(
en m
C\J
_ ....... ('\J C\J
m0101mO'l
c..!)(!)Q..CJ:c.:J
::::l :=:l W a.. ::::J
gj ~ ~ ~I~
I I
01
c::
~
If) QJ
- QJ
'" ::E
~ If)
~ c:: c
- 0 0
E ....... Ul
D ~ If)
~ u .-
Ul ::::l '"
'- U
-+-' -+-' Ul OJ
U U) c... c... u
ro c: 0 a .....
'- 0 ..... -+-' >
-+-' W rc co '-
c OJ :> :> OJ
o c... QJ OJ U'l
U a.
UJ UJ >-
'- '- '-
o a ...... ......... ru
~ -'-' '-
ro ro rc co a
> > ,+-J -+-' a.
Q,J OJ U1 Ul E
C e QJ
w L.1.J"""" ......
00000
<=> ('\J ("I') "'Cf
LnI.l1LDLC1LCl
"
o
~
-;::;
~
"'
<=
'"
C\J
io~
-0
>-
f-
:z
::J
CJ :z :=l
U CJ 0
'--
c.!J
co
I I
1__ (\J
OJ OJ
I- Z
'-' <(
j~ ~
w
CJ
IT
:z
CJ
:::;:
- -
01 m
~ l-
=> '-'
<< Cl
01 .....
C\J _I
OJ
~
OJ
~ ~
'- c.
'" E
~ <=>
Ul U
>- >-
'- '-
QJ (lJ
> >
w '"
Cl Cl
"'" "'"
c:: c
<=> <=>
~ -'-'
'" '"
w u
- --
'- '-
o D
'" '"
'-'- '-'-
I I
'" '"
'" w
D D
E E
UJ UJ
~ ~
<J) If)
'" '"
w u
'" l1J
'- '-
0.. a.
Cl Cl
o Lf)
C\J (\J
I~ I i I
i~ I!
:~ II i :1
111 I'
!U
I I
!
l.e
jO,
J;cr;
-' -'
::J::J
-,-,
U:>C1
"''''
Q.lQ.j
~'"
::JD
~~
~o
_-c_
DC.
>-
'-
-.J
.-;
u
<( nJ
LL
=
f-
:z
W TI
f- -~
W
Cl
co
3:
W
:z
_<T>
C1C1
-' :z
::::lc<
-, -,
u:>'"
"'-
"t.~
~.=
"'...
~~
u u
~.~
00
d:.5:
~
o
o
'"
'"
~
'"
~-
w>
~ - ~
~ u ~
'" - '"
u
.s
-- ~
- ~ ~
,.. .- ....
- - ~
_._ c:l
~bct
.n
e
~
'"
~
'"
..
d:
~~i
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
I
AlA Document A310
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
that we
IHIO'IO .n'IO,1 full n.mlO .nd .dd,IO" 0' IIOg.1 IItllO of Contr.cto,1
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
IHIO'IO In'IO,1 full n.mlO .nd .dd,IO" 0' IIOg.1 tltllO of SU'IOtvl
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
IHIO'IO .n'IO,1 full n.mlO .nd .dd,IO" 0' IIOg.1 111110 of OwnlO,l
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars <$ ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
(Here Insert full n.J: mf' , address ind de~crlptlon of rrOje(\
NOW. THEREFORE, if the Obligee shill iccept the bid of the Principii ind the Principii shill enter IOtO i Contrict
with the Obligee in iccordince with the terms of such bid, ind give such bond or bonds is miy be specified in the bidding
or Contrict Documents with good ind sufficient surety for the fiithful performinc:e of such Conlrict ind for the prompt
piyment of libor ind materiil furnished in the prosecution thereof. or in the ~vent of the fiilure of the Principii to enter
such Contrict ind give such bond or bonds. if the Principii shill piy to the Obligee the difference not to exceed lhe penilty
hereof between the imount specified in said bid ind such lirger imount for which the Obligee miy in good fiith contrict
with inother pirly to perform the Work covered by siid bid, then this obligilion shill be null ind VOId. otherwise to remiin
in full force ind effect.
Signed and sealed this
day of
19
(Witness)
I
(PrinCIpal)
iSeil)
(Title)
(Witness)
I
(Surety)
(Seal)
(Title)
AlA DOCUMENT AJ1. . BID BOND. AlA ~. FEBRUARY 1970 EO . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 173S N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006
1
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3) (a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR
OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS.
1. This sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or
Contract
No.
for
2. This sworn statement is submitted by
(Name of entity submitting sworn statement)
whose business address is
and ( if
applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN)
is
(If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social security Number
of the individual signing this sworn statement:
. )
3 . My name is and my
relationship to the entity named above is
4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida Statutes, means a violation
of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and
directly related to the transaction of business wi th any
public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of
any other state or with the United states, including, but not
limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be
provided to any public entity or an agency or political
subdivision of any other state or of the United states and
involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.
5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in
Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida statutes, means a finding of
guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or
without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state
trial court of record relating to charges brought by
indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-1
a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of
a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.
6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means:
1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a
public entity crime: or
2. An enti t:: under the control of any natural person who is
active in the management of the entity and who has been
convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate"
includes those officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are
active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership
by one person of shares constituting a controlling
interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or
income among persons when not for fair market value under
an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case
that one person controls another person. A person who
knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who
has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida
during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an
affiliate.
7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph
287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or
entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United
states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract
and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or
which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with
a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers,
directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees,
members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.
8. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have
marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this
sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.]
Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor
any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders,
employees, members, or agents who are active in management of
the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged
with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July
1, 1989.
The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-2
more of the officers, directors, executives, partners,
shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has
been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime
subsequent to July 1, 1989, AND [Please indicate which
additional statement applies.]
There has been a proceeding concerning the
conviction before a hearing officer of the state of
Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final
order entered by the hearing officer did not place the
person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please
attach a copy of the final order.]
The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted
vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a hearing officer of the state of Florida,
Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order
entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in
the public interest to remove the person or affiliate
from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of
the final order.]
The person or affiliate has not been placed on the
convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken
by or pending with the Department of General services.]
[Signature]
Date:
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me,
[name of individual signing]
affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89)
04/30/91
PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES
00420-3
LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTY. FLORIDA
II
II
(Company)
II warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had
act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to
the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any
County officer or employee in violation of section 3 of Ordinance
No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County
may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability
and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or
purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former
County officer or employee".
(Signature)
Date:
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me, affixed
his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space
provided above on this day of , 19__
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
07/25/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
00425 - 1
Non-collusion Affidavit
I, of the city of
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose
and say that;
1.) I am
of the firm of
, the bidder making the Proposal for the
notice for calling for bids for
that I executed the said proposal with
project described in the
, and
full authority to do so;
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently
without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the
purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to
such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor;
3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have
been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the
bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will
not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor;
and
4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder
to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit,
or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;
5.)
correct,
upon the
awarding
the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
contracts for said project.
(Signature of Bidder)
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
DATE
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me,
(name of individual signing)
affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19_
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
07/26/91
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
00430 - 1
SECTION 00440
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
1. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
2. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
3. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as
delineated on Proposal Form: %.
4. Subcontractor:
Address:
Phone:
Contact:
Portion of Work:
Percentage this proposed Subcontract is
delineated on Proposal Form:
of total Bid Price as
%.
OS/20/91
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
00440-1
THE
A ~ E R
CAS
s S T T r T E 0 F
\I
~~
ARC H
TEe T S
.4/..1 Documellt A305
Contractor's Qualification Statement
1986 EDITION
This form is appnJ/'ecl (/1Ic1 rec()/ll1l1e//ded hy The American Institute of Architects
(AlA) and The Associated Ge/leral CU/ltractors o{ America (AGe) for use ill el'alu(/t-
ing tbe (//wli{icatiolls o{ nil/tractors_ .Yo endorsement of tbe submitting party or
l'enJicatio/l of the IJ!Jorlll({{IO/1 is II/{ide h)' the AlA or ,4C;C
The l'ndersigned certifies under OJth thJt the information pro\-ided herein IS true and suffi-
ciently complete so as not to be misleading,
st-R\IlTTED TO
ADDRESS:
SL'B\lITTED BY:
C( Jrporat i()!1
:\A:-'1E:
Partnership
ADDRESS:
Indi\'id~al
PRI:--:CIPAL OFFICE:
.loint \'<.:l1tur<.:
Other
\;A.\IE OF PRO.lECT lif appliclhi<: I
TYPE OF WORK (tii<: sq1arate forIll lur <.:ach Classification of \X-mk):
General Construction
H\'AC
Plumhing
Oth<.:r
Ekctncal
(pkas<.: sp<.:cifYj
("!"rlll!1l I')(H_ I')(l') 1')-<) I'J>!IlI" TIll' _\lllLrI',1I11n'1Il1lIl "r\rdlilnl'_ ,-,,, ",'" y",,, \"-1111'- ,,\\ \\,I,I-,,:'~
11111_ I ) f "':1 It II III Rl..'pn ,lIlII. 11\ 111 I d t hl' nl.ill,:ruJ 11l"rVIJl I If 'Uh'UI11 !.1I qUI )l~ltl< III \ II it... I ';1~ " 1"11 111' \\ ,i j j' lul \\ rllll"' I 1'1..'1111:--':
. J! till" -\1\ YI< 11.1ll''' rhl. l'll[n rl~ilt 1;1\\" \ l/ rIll. { IlJ;l"d "LlTl.... .llh: \\ iiI hl. "'lIh!t"l..( (l' Jq,,~.tJ PI\ )"'\..\ uth)[l
AIADOCUMENTA30S',,)'-IK_\( 1'11<",11 lilli' IIII','IIIIIII,"""',I!'IIII),. \II"' I"''''
111I-__\\lI_KII ""'Iill II-()I- \Kl./l1I 1'(1 , 1-;,"-\1 \()llKA\I-" I- ,II \1 1';II'd,;'" I" ~""""
A305.1986 1
1. ORGANIZATION
1.1
How m:mv years h:ls n lLlr ()r~amzation heen In busIness as a Contractor'
How man v \'C:lrs has your organization been in business under its present husmess name'
1.2.1 ('nder ';'..l1at other or former names has y()ur organIzation operated?
1.3 If your organizati()11 is a corporation. answer the following:
1.3 I Date of incorporation:
1.3.2 State of incorporation:
1.).) Presiden(s name:
I.~.-f Vice-president's name(s):
I.,>':;
1.3.6
~ecretar~'s name:
Treasurer's name:
1."1 If your organization is a p:lrtnership. answer .the following:
1."1.1 D:lte of organization:
1.4.2 Type of p:lftnership (if applicahle):
1."1.3 Name(s) of general partn<:r(s):
:; If your org:lI1izatiol1 1'- Illdi\.iduallv ()\H1Cd. :ll1swer the following:
I .:; I Oat<: (If , lr~al1iz;([ i( ll1:
I . :;.2 :\ame of O\VI1<:r:
AlA DOCUMENT A30S' ('l"\lK\( T(ll<' ',lI \Lln<nl()"\ '1.\T1'\Ii:"\T. !"><I. FI)IT\(l"\' \1\'. I'l""
11I1.,\\lI.IlICA:\I:\'TrIlun:OFAIlUIITECT'-. '-',"\1-.\\ YllH".\\I."II. ,,\\ \\ \'III"',T('" I>' ~""",.
A305-1986 2.
I.() If tht: form ot n)ur mgJnll.:Hlon IS otht:r thJn thost: lIsted Jhoyt:. dt:scrlbe It Jnd Il.lll1t: (ht: prl!1upJh
2. LICENSING
2.1 List jurisdictions and trade cJtegories 111 which your organization is legall\' qualified to do busl!1ess.
and indicate registration or license numbers. if applicable.
2.2 List jurisdictions in which your orgJnll2tions pJrtnership or trade name is filed.
3. EXPERIENCE
:,. List the cJtq~ories of work that your orgJnizatlon normally performs with its own forces.
).2 Claims Jnd SUits. (If the answer to In\' of the questions helow is \'l:S. pleJse Jttach detJils.)
:'>.2.1
Has \'our organization t:\'L'r fJiled to complete any work awarded to II'
:'2.2
Are thnt: Jny judgments. clJims. arhitration proceedings or suits pending or outstJndll1g
against your organization or its officers~
).2.)
Has your orgJnil2tion filed Jny law suits or requested JrhitrJtion \\ith regard to construc,
tion col1lrxts within the last tin.' years'
).) Within the lJst five yeJrs. has Jny officer or principJI of your organization ever been an officer Dr
principal of another organization when it failed to complete J Cl Hlstruction Cl lntract' (If tht: JnSWlT h
\'es. ple'dse attach details.)
AlA DOCUMENT A30S. (( I"TRACn)R ~ \)1 .ALlFJCATIO" SlATEME!,;T. I'IHh EDITIO:\. AlA' . , l'JHh
TIlE A~IERIL\:\ '''STITl TE \ IF .ARC! JrI EU~. '-;'i "f\\ YORi' \\'f:-':'.f. " \X . \X ASIII:\(;TO". IJ ( .!lllll.,
A305-1986 3.
.' -I ()n a separ;HL' sheel. lIst mJJor constructIon pnllL'elS \(ll1f 'lr~anIl~ll!llll h;ls In rrogress. g1\ln~ [ill
name 01 pn 'lL'el, OWIWr. archllect. com r3ct 3mOUI1l. percent CO!1lril'tL' and scheduled U 111ll'lL't!l In
date.
5 -I. I
~Ute toul worth of work In pn 19n:ss and under L.ontr3Cl.
,J, '; On a sL'paratc ,hcL't, list the m310r rrolects your org3nlz3tion has complL'ted in the p3st the H'ars.
giYing the name of proJect. owner. architect. contract 3mount. WtL' of completion 3nd percenugL' of
the cost of thL' \\ork performed wllh your own forces.
5.). State 3yerage annual amount of construction work performed during the past n\'e \'ears:
56 On a separa;. sheet. lIst the construction experience ;lnd present commllments of the key mdiyid-
uals of your org3nization.
4. REFERENCES
-1.1 Trade References:
-1,2 Bank References:
-I.:" Surety:
-1.:'1,1
:'\ame of bonding compam
-1,.'>.2
:'\all1L' and address of agent:
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . (( l"TI<Al:I' ,I< , '." .\L1f1CAlIll" ST.\TE~IE"T' I 'IS', U >lTl( l" . \1.\".. 1'1"<>
TilE A~IEI<ICA" l\sllTlTE Or AI<UlIlECi '. '-." \E\\. Ylll<l\ A\Y'l T \\\ \\ .\SIlI\1 ;r, l\ ii' c'" "..
A305-1986 4
s. ANANCING
.:; I Financial Statement.
.:; 1.1 Attach a finanCial statement. preferahl\. audited. including n Jur organIz:lt1on, lalesl
h:lI;mce sheet and income statement shoWIng the followmg Items:
Current Assets (e.g.. cash. joint \-enture accounts. accounts receivahle. notes
receivable. accrued income. deposits. materials inventory and prepaId
expenses );
;-.Jet Fixed AsseL<;:
Other Assets:
Current Liabilities (e.g.. accounts payable. notes payable. accrued expenses. pro-
vision for income taxes. advances. accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes):
Other Liabilities (e.g.. capital. capital stock. authorized and outstanding shares
par values. earned surplus and retained earnings).
5.1.2
;-.Jame and address of firm preparing attached financial statement. and date thereof:
5.1.3
Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?
5.1.4
If nol. explain the rel3tionship and finanCIal responsibility of the organization \',hose
financial statement is provided (e.g.. parent-subsidiary).
5,2 Will the organIzation whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for con,
struction'
AlA DOCUMENT A305 . U):\TRKTO!l ~ <"II .\L1F1c....no:\ ~TATE.\IE:\T . I<JHh EI>ITIO:\ '\1.\'. 1 <JH<,
TIlE AMERICA:\ I:\STlTl'TE OF\RUlITECTS. I-.'~ :\EW YO'{!\ A\.E:\IE. :\.\X.. \XA~III:\(;TO:\ 1)( 21"W.,
A305.1986 .5
13.2.1 ~nd 13.2.2, the Owner molY correct It In accordance
with Paragraph 3.4.
13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor-
rectIon of such defective or nonconforming Work within
a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi-
tect issued through the Construction Manager. the Owner
may remove it and may store the matenals or equipment
at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten
days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional
days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri-
vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof,
after deducting all the costs that should have been borne
by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi-
tect's and the Construction Mand ~er's additional services
made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not
cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne.
the difference shall be charged to the Controlctor and an
appropriolte Change Order shall be issued. If the payments
then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to
cover such amount. the Contractor shall pay the differ-
ence to the Owner.
13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making
good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de-
stroyed or damaged by such correction or removal.
1]~7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13,2 shall be
construed to establish a period of limitation with respect
to any other obligation which the Contractor ml!~ht have
under the Contract Documents. Ineluding Paragraph 4.5
hereof, The establishment of the time periods noted in
Subparagraph 13.2.2. or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any \\arranty
required by the Contract Documents. relates onl\ to the
specilic obligation of the Contractor 10 correct Ihe Work.
and has no relationship to the time within which the
Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc.
uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time
within which proceedings may be commenced to estah-
lish the Contractor's liabIlity with respect 10 lhe Contrac-
tor's obligations other than specifically to correct the
Work.
13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR
NONCONFORMING WORK
13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defectJ\e or non-
conforming WOrk, the 0.... ner may do so instead of requir-
ing .IS removal and correction. in which case a Change
Order will be issued to reflect a reduction In the Contract
Sum \\ here appropriate ami eflultable. Such adJustment
shall be effected whether or not tlOal pa\ment has been
made,
ARTICLE 14
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
U.1.1" If the Work is stopped ior a period oi Ilmt\ davs
under an order of an\ court nr other public .1uthoril\
having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government
such as a declaration of a national emergency making
matenals unavailable, through no act or fault of the Con-
tractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or
olny other persons performing any of the Work under a
contract With the Contractor, or if the Work should be
stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor be-
cause of the Construction .\.ianager's. failure to recom-
mend or the Archltect's failure to Issue a Project Certifi-
cate for Payment as prOVided 10 Paragraph 9.7 or because
the Owner has not m.ade payment thereon as provided in
Paragraph 9,i. then the Contractor may, upon seven addi-
llonal days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the ConstrUCtlon Manager, terminate the Contract and
recover from the Owner pa\ ment for all Work executed
and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials,
equipment, tools, construclion equipment and machinery,
Including reasonable profit and damages.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER
14.2.1 If the Contractor IS adjudged a bankrupt, or
makes a general as,ignment ior the beneilt of creditors,
or Ii a receiver IS appOinted on account of the Contrac-
lor s Insolvencv, or Ii the Contractor persistently or re-
peatedlv retuses or falls. except 10 cases ior which exten-
sion of time is prOVided, to supply enough prop~dy
skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to make
prompt pavment to Subcontractors or for materials or
labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders oi any public authority having juris-
tlon, or otherWise I) gulltv oi a substantlJI violation of a
pro\ ISlon of the Contract Documents. and fails within
'even days .liter receipt at \\ rI tlen notice to commence
Jnd continue correction oi ~:.Jch default. neglect or viola-
tion With diligence .1nd promptness. the Owner, upon
certification by the Architect after consultation with the
Construction Manager that sufficient cause exists to justify
,uch action, may. after se\en days following receipt by
the Contractor of an additional wrllten notice and with-
out preJudice to any other remedy the O\\ner may have.
te,rnlOate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession bf the site .1nd oi all materials. equipment,
loob. construction equipment and machinery thereon
0\\ ned bv the Contractor .lnd may finish the Work bv
\\ hatever methods the 0\\ ner may deem expedient. In
'ulh case the Contractor ~hall not be entitled to receive
,lnv further payment until the Work is iinl~hed.
14.2.2 Ii the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum ex-
ceeds the costs oi finishing the \\!ork. including compen-
sation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
,lddlllon.ll ,er\ Ices m,lde nece"".H\ thereb\'. such excess
,hall be paid to the Contractor. Ii such costs exceed the
unp.lid b.ll.1nce. the Contractor shall pJ\ lhe difference
10 the 0\\ nero The amClunt to bE> paid to the Contractor
or to the Owner. a- the CJ:'e m,lV be. <hall be certified by
the Architect. upon application. in the manner provided
In P.H.lgrJph q~. .1nd lh- obligation for pavment "hall
,ur\ 1\ f> lhe tf>rr.1inal,On or lh,,' Conl',lcl.
21 A201/CM -1980
"IA DOCUMENT AlOl.CM . (,[....,R'. U....." . ".., OF ~H[ CO....-R.\C "';: cn....'lH CliO....
CONSTRLCTION \\A"AG(\\E'T E011l0.... . J_....E 1980 EDITION . ...,A' . :t 1980 . THE
\\IERIC \.... "'TITL T( Of \RCltll1 (1' - I; ....lI\ lORI( "VE ,,\\ \\ ..".... ....CTO' 0 C. lCiOOb
The amount ot credit to be allo'Aed by the Contractor to
the Owner fo' any deletion or change which results tn a
net decrease 10 the Contract Sum will be the amount oi
the actual net cost as conilrmed by the Architect alter
consultation with the Construction Manager. When both
addlllons and credits co\'enng related Work or substltu-
lions are Involved in anv one change. the allowance for
overhead and proilt shall be ilgured on the baSIS of the
net Increase. If any. with respect to that change.
12.1.S If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu-
ments or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantltie~
originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed
Change Order that appllcallon oi the agreed unit prices
to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial
inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable
unit prices shall be equitably adlusted.
12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS
12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the
performance of the Work below the surface of the ground
or should conceated or unknown conditions in an existing
structure be at variancE' with the conditions indicated by
the Contract Documents. or should unknown physical
conditions below the surface 0; the ground or ~hould
concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc-
ture of an unusual nature. dinering materially from those
ordinariII.' encountered and generally recognized as in-
herent In work of the character pro\ Ided for 10 this Con-
tracl. be encountered. the Contract Sum shall be equita-
bly adJusted by Change Order upon claim by either partv
made within twenty days aiter the iirst observance of the
conditions.
12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST
12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim ior an
increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall Rive
the Architect and the Construction Manager written no-
tice thereof Within twenty davs after the occurrence of
thE' e\'ent giVing rise to such claim. This notice shall be
gi\ en by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the
Work. except in an emergenc\ end<Jngering life or prop-
erty in which case the Contractor shall proceed in ac-
cordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be
valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor
cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the
Contract Sum, It shall be determlOed by the Architect
aller comultation with the Construcllon Manager. An\
change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim.
shall be authorized by Change Order.
12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is 10-
vohed because of. but not limited to. 11 I anI.' written in-
terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.11, (2: any 0'-
der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para-
graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault. or ,1m
such order by the Construction Manager as the 0\\ ner 5
agent. (3) any written order for a minor change in the
Work issued pursuant 10 Parae:raph 12.4. or 14) tadure of
payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7. the
Contractor "hall make such claim as provided in Sub-
paragraph 12.3.1.
12.4 MtNOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.4.1 The Architect will have authoritv to order minor
changes tn the Work not involving an adjustment in the
-,.........-...
.~-;.;.: .-~: .~~ ( *~~"Zi;:ii~~~
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and nO!
,"consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
Such changes shall be effected by written order issued
through the Construction Manager, and wll be bindinl
on the OYo ner a"d the Contra<:tor. The Contractor shall
carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 13
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION Of WORK
13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
13.1.1 I f any portion of the Work should be covered
contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager, or to requirements specifially expressed in
the Contract Documents, it must, jf required in writing by
either, be uncovered for their observation and sh.lll be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been cov-
ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager
has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being
covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall
be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found
In accordance Yo Ilh the Contract Documents, the cost of
uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change
Order, be charged to the Owner. It such Work be found
not in accordance with the Contract Documents. the
Contractor shall pal." such cosb unless it be found that
thl' condition \\JS caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor as provided in Article 6. in which event the
Owner shall be responSible for the payment of such costs.
13.2 CORRECTION Of WORK
13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all \\:ark
relected by the Architect or the Construction Manager as
defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu-
ments whether observed before or alter Substantial Com-
pletIOn ot the Project and whether or not fabricated. in-
~talled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs
oi correctmg such reJected Work, including compensa-
tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional sen. ices made necessary thereby.
13.2.2 If. Within one \ear after the Date of Substantial
Completion oi the Project or de~ignated portion thereof.
or within one ~ear after acceptance by the Owner of
de~ignated equipment. or Within such longer period of
time as ma\" be presulbed bv lelw or b\ the terms 01 am.
applicable special warrant\ reqUired bv thl Contract Docu-
ments. any of the Work is found to be defective or not In
accordance with the' Conlract Documents, the Contraclor
shall correct It promptly after receipt of a \\ rillen notice
from the O.....ner to do so unless the Owner has previ-
ousl\ gJ\en the Contractor a \\ nllen acceptance of such
condition. ThiS obligation shall ,ur\ 1\ e both ilnal pa\ men!
for the \\'ork or de<lgnated portion thereof and termina-
tion oi the Contract The Owner shall give such notIce
promptly after discovery of the condition.
13.2.3 The Contractor ,hall remove from the site al:
port 10m of the \\'ork \\hlCh are defective or nonconform.
Ing and \\ hlch na\e not been corrected under SL.:bpara-
graphs 4.5.1, 1321 ,ind 1322. unle,< removal is \\JI\ed
by the Owner.
13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defectl\(' or nor,
~onform,"g Work a, prOVided in Subparagraphs 45.1.
...1... DOCUMENT A2Gl/CM . (,P.;[R.l" CO'{)ITIO" OF THE co' H.l,CT FO~ CO.'STRL.CTIC"
CO'STRI.:CTIO....\1........AG[ME~T [OITlO", .11.:'[ 1980 EDITION . AlAS . @1980 . THE
AMERiCA.... I....STITL'TE OF ARCHITECTS 17)5 ,[\\. 'OR~ .WE ,w \\ "'SH"GTO". 0 C "QOO(,
A201/CM - 1980 20
11.3.6 The Owner and the Contractor waive all rights
against (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub-sub-
contractors, agents and employees of each other, and (2)
the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate con-
tractors. if any, and their subcontractors, sub-subcontrac-
tors, agents and employees. for damages caused by fire or
other penis to the extent covered bv Insurance obtained
pursuant to this Paragraph".3 or any other property in-
surance applicable to the Work. except such rights as
they may have to the proceeds ot such insurance held
by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded
the Architect, the Construction Manager. their agents and
employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by
Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor. as
appropriate, shall require of the Architect, the Construc-
tion Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors by appropridte agreements. written
where legally required for validity, similar wai\ers each
In favor of all other partil'~ enumerated in this Sub-
paragraph 11.3.&.
11.3.7 If required in Writing by any party in interest. the
Owner as trustee shall. upon the occurrence of an in-
~ured loss, give bond for the proper performance of the
Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received. and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. or in accordance with an award by arbitration
In which case the procedure shall be .IS provided in Para-
graph i.9. If after such loss no other special agreement
is made, replacement of damaged Work ~hall be covered
b\ an appropnate Change Order.
11.3.8 The Owner, as trustee. shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the Insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall ob;Kt. in writing within five days
after the occurrence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of
this power. and if such objection be made. arbitrators
shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner
as trustee shall, in that case. make settlement with the
insurers in accordance With the directions of such arbi-
trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi-
tration is required'. the arbitrator~ will direct such dis-
tribution.
11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use
a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion thereof. such occupancy shall not commence
prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the
Contractor and to which the insurance company or com-
panies providing the property insurance have consented
by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance
shall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial
occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur-
ance company or companies 10 ~uch occupancy or use
shall not be unreasonablv withhl'ld
11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE
11.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option. may purchase
and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use
of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards.
howl'ver caused. The Owner wai\es all rights of action
against the Contractor for loss ot use of the Owner's
property, including consequential losses due to fire or
other hazards however caused. to the extent coverl'd by
insurance under this Paragraph 11.4.
ARTICLE 12
CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.1 CHANGE ORDERS
12.1.1 A Change Order IS a written order to the Con-
tractor slRned to sho\\ the recommendation (If the Con-
structIon Mdnager. the approval ot the ArchItect and the
authonzation ot the 0\\ ner, Issued after execution of the
Contract. authorizing a change in the Work or an adjust-
ment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The
Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed
only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the
Contractor IOdicates the Contractor's agreement there-
With, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
12.1.2 The 0\\ nero without invalidating the Contract,
may order ch.1nges In the Work within the general scope
oj the Contract conSlStlOg of additions, deletions or other
reviSlon!-. the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being
cld,usted accordingl~. All ~uch changes in the Work shall
be authorized by Change Ordl'r. and shall be performed
under the applicable conditions oj the Controlct Docu-
ments.
12.1.3 The cost or credit io the Owner resulting from a
change in the Work shall be determined in one or more
ot the following ways:
.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump .sum properlv
Itemized and supported by suffICient substantiating
data to permit e\.aluation;
.2 bv unit prices ~tated 10 the Conlract Documents or
~ubsequently agreed upon;
.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon
by the parties and .a mutuall~' acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 by the method provided an Subparagraph 12.1.4.
12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses
12.1.3.1,12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac-
tor. provided a written oroer signed by thl' Owner is re-
ceived, shoJlI prompth- proceed wilh the Work involved.
The cost 01 such Work shall then be determined by the
Architect. after consultation with the Construction Man-
ager, on the basis ot the reasonable expenditures and
savings ot those performmg the Work attributable to the
change, including. in the case of an increase in the Con-
tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit. In such case. and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and
12.1.3.4 above. the Contractor shall keep and present, in
such form as the 0\\ ner, the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager mav prl'scribe, an itemizl'd accounting to-
gether With approp',ate supporting data for inclusion in
a Change Order. Lnll'ss otherwise provided in the Con-
tract Documents. cost shall be limited to the following:
cost oi materlal~ including sales tax and cost of delivery;
cost ot labor, mcluding SOCIal security, old age and
unemplovment insurance. and fringe benefits reqUired bv
agreement or custom. worker~' or workmen's compensa-
tion insurance: bond premiums; rental value of equip-
ment and machiner\'; and the additIOnal costs of super-
\Ision and field offICe personnel directly attributable to
the change. PendIng imal determmoltlon of cost to the
Owner. payments on account shall be made on the Ar-
chitect's approval oi a Project Cert.tlcate for Payment.
19 A201/CM -1980
AlA OOCUM1NT AZll/CM . GEMRAl Co'o.: ,'., OF THE CO, TR~CT FO~ CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . Il.....e 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 19110 . THE
AJI.1[RIC..' "~T1Tl TE Of ARCtil1[CT~ l~J; 'EW YORK AVE.. N W. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2OllO6
..........,
I__~v; c
otherwi~ designated by the Contractor In writing to the
Owner and the Construction Managpr.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part
ot the \\ ork to be IO.lded so .h to endanger Its safety.
10.3 EMERGENCIES
10.3.1 In any emergency attectlng the safety oi persons
or property the Contractor shall act. at the Contractor's
dlscrelton. to prevent threatened damage. inJury or loss.
Anv addItional compensation or extension of time
claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency
work shall be determined a.. provided in Article 12 for
Changes in the Work.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S lIABtllTY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur-
ance ior protection irom the claims set iorth below which
mav allse out oi or result irom the Contractor's opera-
tIO~S under the Contract. whether such operations be by
the Contractor or by any Subcontractor. or by anyone dl-
recth or Indirectlv employed by any oi them. or bv anv-
one ior whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion, disability benerlt and other ~Imilar emplovee
beneilt acts;
.2 claims for damages because oi bodily InJury. occu-
pJtlonal sickness or dlseJ,e. or death oi the Con-
tractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because oi bodily injury. sick-
ness or di,ease. or death oi an\' person other than
the Contractor, employee~;
.4 claims for damages In.ured by usual personal in-
jury liabifily coverage which are sustained (1) bv
Jny person as a result oi an offense directly or
Indirectly related to the employment oi such per-
,on by the Contractor. or 12: by any other person; .
.5 c1Jlms for damages. other than to the Work Itseli.
because of injury to or destruction oi tangible
property. including loss oi u~e resulting therefrom;
and
.6 r!aims ior damage" becJu~e oi hod"\' injury ;:H
death oi any person or propertv damage J rISing
oul of the 0\\ nNshlp m.lIntenance or use oi any
motor vehicle.
11.1.2 The insurance reqUired b\ SubpJragraph 11.1.1
,hall be written for not less than any limits oi liabilitv
~peCliled in the Contract Documents or requlf(~d b, law.
\\ hlche'er IS greater.
11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to
the ContrJctor's obligations under P.Hagraph 4.18.
11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner
shall be submitted to the Construction Manager {or tram-
mittal to the Owner prior to commencement oi the Worl-
The,e Certlilcates shall contain a pro\'lsion that co\ erages
afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at
least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to
the Owner.
~'ce;.:~~.J__t,-~
..~~:~~:t~:
11.1 OWNB"S lIAIaITY INSUIANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be respon!tlble for purchasinb
and malntalnlOg Owner's liability insur~nce and. at the
Owner's option. m.J~ purchase and ma.nt.ain insurance
ior protectIon against claims which may arise. from
operations under the Contract.
11.3 p!lOPEln INSURANCE
11.3.1 Unless otherwise prOVided. the Owner shall pur-
chase and maintain property Insurance upon the entire
Work at the site to the full insurable \.llue thereOf. This
IOsurance shall include the interests oi the Owner. the
Construction Manager. the Contractor. Subcontractors
and Sub-!tubconfractors In the Work, and shall insure
Jgainst the perils of fire and extl"nded co\'era~e .1nd shall
include "all risk" insurance for physical lo~s or damage
including. Without duplication oi coverage. theit. van-
dalism and malicious mischief. Ii the Owner does not
Intend to purchase .;uch IOsurance ior the full insurJble
\.alue oi the entire Work. the Owner ,hall iniorm the
Conlractor III w fltlOg prior to commencement 01 the
\Vork. The Contractor mav Ihen eriect in<.urance \\ hich
will protect the Interesh oi the COnlrJctor. Ihe Conlrac-
lofs Subcontractors and the Sub-subcontractors j., lhe
\Vork. and by appropnate Chanp,e Order the cost thereot
shall be charged to the O~ner. If the ContractW,iis dam-
aged by iailure oi the Owner to purcha~ or maintain
such insurance .1nd to <'() nolll\' Ihe Contr.lCtor. then Ihe
Owner ,hall beJr JI: re.1..on.1ble (O-ts properh attributa-
ble thereto. Ii riot co\ered undN lhe .111 risk insuunce
or otherwise provided in the ContrOlrt l)ocumt>nt- the
Contractor shall enect and mainl.lin '>lmil.1f propert\' Ir
,urance on portions oi the Work stored on the site or
IranSll when such portion~ oi the \\'ork .He 10 b~ in-
cluded in an Appllc.1tion ior !'.l\'menl under SUOp.".l-
graph Q3.2.
11.3.2 The 0\\ ner shall purch.l"(' and m.1int.1in such
hoiler and machinef\' insurancE' .1" ma\' b(' requirl"d h\
the Contract Documents or b\' 1.1\\. This insur.lOCE' <.hall
IOclude the interests of the Owner. the Construction "an-
ager. thl" Contractor. Subcontr.1ctor.. .lnd Suo-subcontrac.
tors in the Work.
11.3.3 Anv loss insured under SUbpM.lI:r.lph 11.3.1 i<. to
be adjusted With tht" Owner and m.1de p.wable to Ihe
Owner as trustee ior the IIlsured". .1<' their IOterests m:l\
.1ppCJr. subJl"ct to the requiremenb oi anv applicable
mort~agee clause Jnd 01 SUbpM.lgr.lph 11.3.8. The Con-
tractor .;hall pa\ each Subcontrallor .1 just share oi am.
1r:~U'dnu' mon,e,; received bv the Contr.lctor. .lnd bv ap-
proprlJte Jgreement. \\rllll"n where legall, reqUired ior
\ allditv. shall requlfe each Subcontractor 10 make p.1\.
me'1b 10 th('1f Sub.,ubcontractors 10 <.imllolr mJnner.
11.3.4 The Owner ;.hall iile a cup'. oi .111 policle.; \\ilh
the Contractar beiare .::1 c'posure to loss mol\' occur.
11.3.5 Ii the Contractor request" in writing that insur-
ance for flsks other than those de~cflbed in Subpara-
graph- 11.3.1 and 11.3.2. or other special hazard;. be
Included III the p'~perl\ rn.;uranll' pollC\. the Owner
-hJII. I! pos'lble :r:c1ude ..urh lIl-urJncc olnd l~c ca.;'
thereoi shall be chOlrged to the Cantr.1Clor by apprapri,
Change Order.
4'" DOCUMENT "201/CM . Cl'ER"'l COS,DI110'S Of THE COS,TR~Cl fOR CCS,'i~lCTIO'
CO'5HlClI0' .\\^,...GE.'-,EST EDITIO' . IL"E 1980 EDITIO, . "'I^~ . -:: 1980 . THE
~\HRIC~S, IS,QITL lE Of .\RCHllECT5 1735 'EW yORI....VE ,\\ \\'ASHIS,GTO' D C ~I)()(lfo
A201/CM - 1980 18
9.9.2 !'Ieither the iinal p~~'ment nor the remaining retain-
~ge shall become due until the Contractor submits to the
!\rchltect. through the Construction Manager, (1) an affi-
davit that all payrolls. bills for materials and equipment.
and other indebtedness connected with the Work for
which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any
way be responsible. have been paid or otherwise satis-
fied. 12) consent of suretv. if any, to final payment, and
0) If required by the Owner. other data establishing pay-
ment or satisfaction of all "uch obligations, such as re-
ceipts. releases and waivers of liens arising out of the
Contract. to the extent and in such form as may be desig-
nated bv the Owner. Ii any Subcnntractor refuses to fur-
nish a release or waiver required 'JY the Owner. the Con-
tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to
Indemnliy the Owner .lgalnst anv such lien. If any <;uch
lien remains unsatisfied .liter all payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the
latter mav be compelled to pay In discharging such lien.
Including all lOstS and reasonable attorneys' fees.
9.9.3 Ii. .liter SubqantlJI Completion of the Work. final
completion thereof is matenally delayed through no fault
of the Contractor or bv the is~uance of Change Orders
affecting final completion. and the Construction Manager
so confirms. the Owner shall, upon application by the
Contractor and certification by the Architect and without
terminating the Contract. make payment of the balance
due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
.lccepted If the remaining bal,lnce for Work not fullv
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu-
lated in the Contract Documents. and if bonds have been
furnished as provided in Paragraph i.5. the written con-
sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for
that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted
shall be submitted bv the Contractor to the Construction
....~an.ll:er prior to certliicallon of such payment. Such pay-
ment -hall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov-
erning fmal payments. except that It shall not constitute a
waiver of claims
9.9.4 The making of final payment shall. after the Date
of Substantial Completion of the Project. constitute a
waiver of all claims bv the Owner except those arisinR
trom
.1 unsettled liens;
.2 f.lulty or defective Work appeanng after Substan-
tial Completion of the Work:
.3 failure of the Work to comply with the require-
ments oi the Contr.lct Documents; or
.4 terms of any speCIal warranties reqUired by the
Contract Documents.
9.9.5 The acceptance oi final payment shall, after the
Date of Substantial Completion oi the Project. constitute
a wajver of .11/ claims by the Contractor except those
pre\'lousl\' made ,n wntlng and identified by the Contrac-
tor d'> unsellled at the time of the iinal ApplIcation for
Payment.
9.9.6 ~II provisions oi th,~ Agreement. includmg With-
out limlt.ltlon those establishing obllg.ltlons and proce-
dures. ;hall remam in lUll force and enect notwithstand-
Ing the m.lking or acceptance oi imal pavment prior to
lhe DJt!> of Substantial Completion of the Project.
.;.tU,..
AITIW 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and supervising .III saiet\ precautions and
programs in connection with the Work.
10.2 SAFETY OF PElSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall lake all rea~onable precau-
tions for the safety of. and shall provide all reasonable
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all employees on the Work and all other persons
who may be affected thereby;
.2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein. whether in storage on or
on the site. under the care, custody or control of
the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon-
IrJctors or Sub-subcontractors;
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto. in-
cluding trees. shrubs. l.lwns. walks. pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not designated
for removal. relocation or replacement in the
course ot construction; and
.4 the wo'ik,eof the Owner or other separate contrac-
tors.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notIces Jnd comply
with all applicable laws. ordinances. rules, regulations
and lawiul order~ of any publIC authorrty bearing on the
safety of persons or properly or their protection from
d.lmage. injUry or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re-
quired by existing conditions and the progress of the
Work. all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,
tneluding posting danger signs and other wamings against
hazards. promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent utrlities.
10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other
hazardous ,matenals or equipment IS necessary for the
execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the
utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the
supervision of properly qualliied personnel.
10.2.S The Contractor shall promptl\' remedv all damage
or loss lather than damage or lo~s tnsured under Para-
grJph 11 3) to any propert... reierred 10 In Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or In part by the Contrac-
tor. any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor. anyone di-
rectly or indirectly emploved bv anv of them. or by any-
one for whose acts any of them ma\ be liable. and for
which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
Jnd 10.2.1.3. except dam.lge or loss allrrbutable to the
JCI~ or omissions of the Owner. the Architect. the Con-
~tructlon ''''~anager or .lnvone d,rectlv or mdlrectly em-
ployed bv any of them. or bv Jmone ior \\ hose acts any
oi them may be liable. Jnd nil' .1ttrlhutable to the fault
or negligence of the ContrJltor. The ioregoang obJig.l-
tlons of the Contr.lClor are in addilion to the Contractor's
obli~alions under P.lr.lgraph ~ lR
10.2.6 The Contractor shJII de~lgn.lte a responsible
member of the Contractor's organlz.ltron at the site
whose duty ~hall be the prevention oi aCCidents. This
person ~hall be the Contractor's ~upenntendent unless
17 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A2IlICM. GE"ERl,l (0"01110'S or THE (1),lRl,cr FOR CO'STRL'(TIO:-';
CONSTRt.:CTlO" ""!';AGEMENT EOITIO", . Jl:~E 1980 EOITIO' . ",,,. . 1: 1980 . THE
"'MERIC"" "STI ~l TE OF ...RCHIHCTS '-J; "EW 'aRK AVE ,\\ \\\'!tIV. 'I)' [) C ~fYY1j,
"......---..--,.-----...-r.--~~~ ~
-, -ir
'~~,.;.:..- .
. L I" I
and may wlihhold the CertlilCite in whole or in part to
the exlent necess.1ry to reasonably protect the Owner. ii,
In the Archltect's opinion. the Architect is unable to make
representations to the Owner as proYlded in Subpara-
graph 9.4.2. Ii the Architect is unable to make representa-
tions to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2.
and to certli\' payment In the amount ot the Project Ap-
plication, the Archllect will notlty the Construction Man-
ager as prOVided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, It the Contractor
and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount. the
Architect will promptly issue a Project Certiiicate tor Pay-
ment tor the amount tor which the Architect is able to
make such representations to the Owner. The Architect
may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse-
quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations.
the Architect may nullify the whole or any part ot any
Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such
extent as may be necess.1ry, in the Architect's opinion. to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in-
dicating probable filing oi such claims;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop-
erlv to Subcontractors. or for labor, materials or
equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com-
pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.S damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be
completed within the Contract Time; or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord-
ance With the Contract Documents.
9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above
Jre removed. payment shall be made for amounts with-
held because of them.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue
iecommendations within seven da~s of receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment, or if. through no
fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a
Project CertifICate for Payment within seven days after
the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Pay-
ment. or If the Owner does not pay the Contractor within
se\'en days after the date established in the Contract Doc-
uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded
by arbitration, then the Contractor may. upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay-
ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con-
tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con-
tractor's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-
up, which shall be effected b\' appropriate Change Order
in accordance with Paragraph 12.3.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a
designated portion thereof which IS acceptable to the
Owner, IS substantially complete as defined in Subpara-
graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc-
tion Manager a list of items to be completed or cor-
rected. The failure to include any items on such list does
.4\d......
::: I
. . F.J.... -
'?$If(;,. . .' ""+~"",,
. '."", ',' ~_.
I I
l-oll!!l
not alter the responsibility ot the ContrKtOr to complet..
till Work In accordance with the Conlr.ct Oocvments.
When the Architect. on the baSIS of inspection .nd c~
sultatlon with the Construction Manager. determines tMt ~
the Work or designated porllon thereot IS substantiallv
complete. the Architect will then prep.He a Certiilcate of
Substantial Completion of the Work.... ruch shall establish
the Date of Subsuntial Completion ot the Work, s~1I
state the responsibilities ot the Owner and the Contractor
for security, rmintenance. heat. utilities. d.maac. to' the
Work and insurance. and shall iix the time within which
the Contractor sh.1I complete the Items listed therein.
The Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work
~hall be submitt~ to the Owner and the Contractor for
their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to
them in such Certificate.
9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion or the Work or desig-
nated portion thereof. and upon application by the Con-
tractor and certification by the Architect. the Owner shall
make payment. retlecting adjustment in retainage, If an\.
for such Work or portion thereoi as prO\ Ided in the Con-
tract Documents.
9.8.3 When the Architect. on the baSIS oi inspections.
determines that the Project or designated portion thereoi
is substantiallv complete. Ihe Architect will then prepare
a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project
which shall establish the Date of Subslan"al Completion
of the Project and fix the time Within \\ hrch the Contrac-
tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certif-
icate of Substanti.1 Completion of the Work.
9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documer
shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion or
the Project or designated portion thereof unless other-
wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion of the Work or designated portion thereof.
9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certiiicate
of Substantial Completion ot the Work or designated por-
tion th~reof, and the Contractor's completion of the
Work, the Contractor sh.1I forward to the Construction
Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final
inspection and acceptance. and shall also forward to the
Construction Manager a final Application for Payment.
Upon receipt. the Construction Man,lger will make the
necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to
the Architect who will promptly make such inspection.
When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under
the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per-
formed, the Architect Will issue a Project Certificate (or
Payment which will approve the final payment due the
Contractor. This approval Will constitute a representation
that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, in{orma-
tion and belief. and on the basis of observations and in-
spections. the Work has been completed in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor. and noted in said Certificate. is due and pa\-
able. The Architect's approval of said PrOject Certificate
{or Payment will constitute a further representation that
the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being f
titled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9S._
have been fulfilled.
AlA DOCUMENT AZUl/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTR"CT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
^~\[RIC"N INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. '73S NEW YORK AVE.. NW.. WASHINGTON, 0 C. 20006
A201/CM -1980 16
'.2 SCHEDULE Of VALUES
~.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment. the Con.
tractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a
schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the
Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data
to ~uhqantiate Its accurac... as the Architect and the Con-
qrUC!lon \\anager may require. This schedule. unless
objected tll bv the Construction ,\1anager or the Architect.
shall be used onl\ as a bam ior the Contractor's Applica-
tions ior Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least fifteen da'ys before the date for each
progress payment established en the Owner-Contractor
,~greemenl. the Contractor shall submit to the Construc-
tion Manager an Itemized Application for Payment. notar-
ized it required. supported b\ such data substantiating
the Contractor's ri~ht to pa~ ment as the Owner. the Ar-
chitect or the Construction ,\\anager may reqUire. and re-
llectlng retam.lge, If am. as provided elsewhere in the
Contract Doc.;uments. The Con<lruction ;\.\anager will as-
,emble the Application \\ Ilh 'Imdar applications from
other contractors on the Prolect into a combined Project
Application for Pa\'menl and iorward It with recommen-
dations to the Architect \\Ithen seven days,
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, p.1\ments \\ ill be made on account at materials or
equipment not Incorporated en the Work but delivered
and suitablv stored at the ~lIe and. if approved in advance
Iw the Owner, payments ma\ Similarly be made jar mate-
f1.JI~ or equipment suitabl... stored at some other loca-
tion Jgreed upon in wnten~, P,l\ ments for materials or
equipment stored on or on the site shall be conditioned
upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or
such other procedure" satlsiactory to the Owner to estab-
lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or
otherwise protect the Owner's interest. including applica-
ble in"urance and transportation to the site for those
m,lterial~ .lnd equipment ~tored on the site,
9.3.3 The Contractot \\arrants that title to all Work.
materials and equipment co\ered bv an Application for
Pavment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation
in the con~truction or upon receipt of payment by the
Contr.lctor. whichever occurs iirst, iree and clear of all
liens, claims, security interesb or encumbrances. herein-
aiter referred to In Ihis Arllcle 9 as "liens"; and that no
Worl.. materials or equipment covered by an Application
for Pavment will have been acquired by the Contractor,
or by any other person performing Work at the site or
iurni"hing materials and equipment for the Project. sub-
ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or
an encumbrance thereon I' retaened bv the seller or oth-
em'i~e Imposed bv the Contractor or -~ch other per~on.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1', The Architect will \\ ithin seven davs after the re-
ceipt of the Project Application ior Pa) ment \\ Ith the rec-
ommendations of the Construcj)on Manager. review the
Projec t Application for Pa\ ment and eitl,er issue a Project
Cerllflc.Jte ior Pa\-ment to the Owner with a copy to the
Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor
ior such amounts as the Architect determines are prop-
erlv due. or notify the Comtructlon Manager in writing of
the reasons for withholdinS a Certifiate .as provided in
Subparagraph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded
to the Contractor by the Construction Manager.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Project Certificate for Payment
will constitute a representation by the Architect to the
Owner that. based on the Architect's observations at the
site as pro\' Ided in Subparagraph 2.3.4 and the data com-
prISing the Project Application for Payment, the Work has
progressed to the point indic.ated; that, to the best of the
Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality
of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments (subject to an evaluation of the Work for conform-
.lOce with the Contract Documents upon Substantial
Completion oj the Work, to the results of any subsequent
tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu-
ments. to minor deviations frum the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion. and to any speCific quali-
ilcdtions stated in the Certiiicate); and that the Contrac-
lOr IS entitled to pol\ ment in the amount certified. How-
ever. bv ts~ueng a Project Certiiicate ior Pavment. the Ar-
chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the
ArchItect ha; made exhaustive or continuous on-site in-
_pechons to check the quality or quantlt\' oi the Work.
has re\le\\ed the construction mean-, methods, tech-
niques. sequences or procedures. or ha~ made any exam-
ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac-
tor has used the monies pre\ iouslv paid on account of the
Contract Sum
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 Aiter the Architect has issued a Project Certificate
ior Payment. the Owner shall make payment in the man-
ner and within the time pro\lded in the Contract Docu-
ments,
9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon-
tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of
the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractors Work. the amount to which said Subcon-
tractor is entitled.. r~flecting the percentage actually re-
tained. if am, from payments to the Contractor on ac-
count OT SLtch Subcontractor's \\fork. The Contractor shall.
b~' an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor.
require each Subcontractor 10 make payments to their
Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
9.5.3 The Architect may, on reqUE'st and at the Archi-
tect's discretion. furnish to an\' Subcontractor, if prac-
ticable. mformation regarding the percentages of com-
pletion or the amounts applied ior b\ Ihe Contractor and
the action taken thereon b~ thl:' Architect on account of
Work done by such Subcontraclnr.
9.5.4 ~either the Owner. the Architect nor the Construc-
tion ,\1anager shall have any ob!igatlOn to pol\' or to see to
the pa\ ment OT an) monies to anv Subcontr.lctor except
.l~ ma\ othem ise be required by law,
9.5.5 No certiiication of a progre~s pavment. any prog-
re~s pol\ men!. or anv partial or entire use or occupancy
oi the PrOject b\' the O\\ner, ,h.lll constitute an accept-
ance oi an~ \\orl.. nol 10 accord.lnce with the Contract
Documents.
9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD
9.6.1 The Architect. follO\\ 109 consultation with the
Construction Manager. ma\' decline to c(>rtii~ pa\' ment
15 A201/CM -1980
"." DOCUMENT "201 CM. Cl,r,\. (()'r)lTIO'~ or ~"l CI),TR\CT FOR CO'STRLc;.n,
COSSTRlJCTION M.....AGE\\E... 7 E:>1110, . ILM 1980 EDITION . AlA' . ~ 1980 . THE
.'''ERIC",'; 1'...STlTL'TE Of ..RCHITECn 1-,; ,[\\ 'ORK A\E. ~ w. WASHi'GTO.... 0 C:'OOO(,
. ~;-
agree oth~rwise. No ,rbitr,tion .rising out Of or rel,ting
to th~ Contrut Docum~nts sh.lI includ~. by consolid,.
lion. Joinder or in .ny other manne'. the Architect. the
ConstructIon M.n.ger, their employees or consulunts
except by writt~n consent containing a sp~cHic r~f~rence
to the Owner.Contr.Jctor Agreement and signed by th~
Architect. the Construction Manager. the Owner, the
Contractor and any other person sought to be lOlned. No
,Hbitratlon sh.J1I include by consolidation. Joinder or in
Jny other manner. parties other than th~ Owner. the
Contractor and any other persons substclntially involved
In a common question of fact or law, whose presence is
required if compl~te relief is to be accorded in the ubi-
trallon. No person other than the Owner or the Contrac-
tor shall be included as .In original third p.rty or addi-
tional third party to an arbitration whose interest or re-
sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration
involving an additional person or persons shall not con-
slllute consent to arbitration ot any dispute not described
therein or with any person not named or described
therein. The foregOing agreement to arbitrate and any
other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or
persons duly consented to bv the parties to the Owner.
Contractor Agreement shall he specljically enforceable
under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered
by the arbitrators shall be tinal. and judgment may ?e en-
tered upon it in accordance with applicable law In any
court having Jurisdiction thereoL
7.9.2 Notice oj the demand jor arbllratlon ~hall be filed
In writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor
Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa-
tion. and a copy shall be filed with the Architect and the
Construcllon Manager. The demand for arbitration shall
be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph
2.3.15 where applicable. and 10 all olher cases within a
reasonable time after the claim. dispute or other matter
in question has arisen; and in no event shall i~ be made
after the date when institution ot legal or eqUitable pro-
ceedings based on such claim. dispute or other matter in
question would be barred by the applICable ~talute of
limlt.lllon':.
7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed In Writing. the Contractor
..hall carl". on the \\'ork and maintain its progress during
any arbit~ation proceedln~s. and the Owner shall con-
tinue to make payments to the Contractor 10 accordance
\\ Ith the Contract Document'
ARTICLE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1,1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is
the period ot time allotted in the Contract D.ocuments for
Substantial Completion of the Work as delined In Sub.
paragraph 8.1.3. including authorized adjustments thereto.
8.1.2 The date ot commencement of the Work is the
date eqabli<hed in a notice to proceed. Ii there IS no no-
lice to proceed. it shall be such olher date as may be
establi,hed in the Owner-Contractor Agreement or else.
where In the Contract Document<
8.1.3 The Date oj Sub'lJntlal Completion 01 the \\'ork
or deSignated portion thereoj IS the.Date certljied by t~e
Architect when construction is sunlClentl, complete. an
""IIJIU 1I!~,.::' ..;.~:'
..~,.
ucord.Jnce with the Contr.ct Documents. so that
Owner or sep.,.t~ contr"tors C4n occupy or Util.l~ t.._
Wort or cl d~sign.ted porllon thereof !br the use tor
which It is Intended.
1.1.4 Th~ Delte of Subst.Jnltal Completion of th~ Prolect
or deSignated portion thereol IS the Date c~rlllled by the
Architect when constructIon IS ~ufficientlv complete so
the Owner can occup... or utilize the PrOlect or de~l~nated
portIon thereot tor the us~ ior which it ~'as intended.
8.1.5 The term day as used an the Contract Documenls
shall mean calendelr day unlp", ,p{,C1l1cally de~l~nated
otherwise.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION . , ..
8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contrclct Documents
are Of the essence of the Contract.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date
of commencement as deiined an Subparagraph 8.1.2. The
Contractor shall carry the \Vork iorward expeditioush
with adequate forces and shall elchie\'e Substantial Com-
pletion oi the Work within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELA YS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 Ii the Contractor IS del.Jyed at any time In the
progress oj the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner,
the Architect. the Construction Manager. any of their em.
ployees. any separate contractor employed by the Owner.
or by changes ordered In the \\ orl.;. labor dispute,. iire
unusual del.JY In .lransportallon. ,ldverse weather condi-
tions not reasonably anticipatable. unavoidable casualties.
any causes beyond the Contractors control. dela~ author.
ized by the Owner pendin~ arbitration. or by am Ol~
cause which the ConstructIOn ,\1anager determines m..,
Juslliy the delay. then the Contract Time shall be ex.
tended by Change Order jor ~uch reac;on.Jble time as the
Construction M.Jnager may determine.
8.3.2 An\' claim for extension oj time c;hall be made in
Writing to the Con~lructlon .\\.mager not more than
twenty days after the commencement ot the dela\': other.
wise it shall be waived. In the case oj a continuin~ dela,
onh one claim is necessan. The Contr,Ktor shall provide
an estimate of the probable effect of 'uch dela, on the
progress of the Work.
8.3.3 Ii no agreement is m.Jde stalln~ the dates upon
which interpretations a~ prO\icied in 5ubpolr.J~raph 2.3.11
~hJII be iurnished. then no ,I.lim lor dcl,n- <hall be
,1l1owed on account oj ia'lurf' In lllrnl<h such interpreta.
tion~ until tifteen da\'s ajter \\ rlllen rl'quest j, mJdt> for
them. and not th{'n unles< such r1.1im I' reJ~onab'e.
8.3.4 This P.1rJgraph 8.3 doC', nol e>.clude Ihe re>co\ ('1\
oi damages for dela\' by either partv under other prm i-
sion- oi the Contract Docum€'nts
ARTICLE 9
PA YMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Conlract Sum is <fated in the O\\ner.Canlrac.
tor A~reement and, including ,wthoTlzed ad,u<,lmenl>
:heret~. i- the total amount p.1\abl€' h, the Owner to the
Contractor for the perjorm.lnce oi the> \\ ark under t'
Contract Documents.
DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE"ER"L CO"OITIU'<, Of ;HE CO'TRACT fOR CO'STRl:CTlO"
~:;"TRUCTIO~ ~IA'AGE'IE~T EDITIO:O; . IL 'E 1980 EDITIO"" . ^JA$ . <s: 1980 . "THE
,\\\[RIC\" "STITL T( Of "RCHIHCT- '~J; 'E\\ 'OR~ >.,[ '\\ \\^~H"CTO"" o.c .()()no'.
A201/CM -1980 14
. ......
notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings
at the Owner's expense. .lOd if any judgment or award
against the Owner arISes therefrom. the Contractor shall
payor satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all
attorneys' fees and court or arbitration cost~ which the
Owner has incurred.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and
separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning
up as required bv Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean
up and charge the cost thereot to the contractors respon-
sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter-
mine to be just.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 GOVERNING LAW
7.1.1 The Contract shall be gO\ erned bv the law of the
place where the Project is located.
7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively. bind
themselves, their partners. successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to the part-
ners. successors. assigns and legal representatives of such
other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither
p.Hty to the Contract ~hall assign the Contract or sublet it
as a whole without the written consent of the other.
7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if delivered in person to the Individual or mem-
ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora-
tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certiiied mail to the last business address
known to the partv gi\mg the notice.
7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES
7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or
damage to person or property because of any act or omis-
sion 01 the other party or of any of the other party's
emplovees. agents or others for whose :}cts such party is
legallv liable, claim shall be made in writing to such
other party within a reasonable lime after the iirst observ-
ance of such injur,.. or damage.
7.5 PERFORMANCE BONO AND LABOR AND
MATERIAL PAYMENT BONO
7.5.1 The Owner shall ha\e the right to require the
Contractor 10 furnish bonds cO\ering the faithiul perform-
ance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations
arisinF: thereunder if and as required In the Bidding Doc-
ument".; or the Contract Documents.
7.6 RIGHTS A"ID REMEDIES
7.6.1 The dUl.es and obligations imposed bv the Con-
Iract Documents and the right; and remedies available
thereunder shall be in addition to. and not a limitation of.
any duties. obligations. fights and remedies otherwise ifn-
posed or available bv law.
.~,.
1.6.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner. the Ar-
chitect. the Construction Manager or the Contractor shall
constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of
Ihem under the Contract, nor shall any such action or
rallure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in
anv breach thereunder. except as may be specifically
a~reed in writing.
7.7 TESTS
7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws. ordinances. rules.
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris-
diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected,
tested or approved. the Contractor shall give the Architect
and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi.
ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may
observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con-
tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or
approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other-
wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in-
~peclions. tests or approvals.
7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construcllon Manager deter-
mines that any Work requires speCial Inspection, testing
or approval which Subparagraph 7'.7.1 does not include,
the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza-
tion trom lhe Owner, instruct the Contractor to order
such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con-
tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph
:-.7'.1. Ii such speCial inspection or testing re\eals a failure
ot the Work to comply With the requirements of the Con-
tract Document5, lhe Contractor shall bear all costs
thereot, Including compensation ior the Architect's and
the Construction Manager's additional services made nec-
essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear
such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
Is~ued.
7.7.3 ReqUired certlilcates 01 anspectlon, lesting or ap-
proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con-
tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Con5truction
,\\anager ior transmittal to the Architect.
7.1.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes
to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by
the Contract Documenls, they will do so promptly and,
where practicable. at the source of supply.
7.8 INTEREST
7.8.1 Pa~ments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc-
uments shall bear interest irom the date pa\ment is due
at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,
In the absence thereoi. at the legal rate prevailing at the
place oi the Project.
i.9 ARBITRATION
i.9.1 All claims, disputes and other maller~ In question
between the Contractor and the Owner aming out of or
re!atlOg to the Contract Documents or the breach thereoi.
except as provided in Subp.lrdgraph 2.3.1.J With respect
to :he Architect's deciSions un matters relating to artistic
enE'C!. and except for claim5 \\ hich ha\ e heen waived bv
thE' making or acceptance or iln.ll payment a, prO\lded
b\ ~ubparagraphs 9.94 through 4 q h Inclusl\e. shall be
de(,ded bv arbitration an accordance \\111'1 the Construc-
tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the Amencan-\rbitra-
tlC'!'! .-\ssoClation then oblainin!: unless the parties mutually
13 A201/CM -1980
"14 DOCUMENT 42tl.CIo4. CE'..[R"l CO"'DI~ .'" OF THE U."H"CT FO~ (()...~....("()N
COSSTRUCTIOS .\\.""CfMENT EDITION . JL::\E 1980 EDITIOS . AlA- . € 1980 . THE
AMERICAN I'STlll T[ OF "aCHITECTS l-r; ....EW ,-aRK An ... \\ \\\'ti"L:\l' 0 C :(l()Oh
ments or the Biddinl Documents, the ContrKtOf, IS soon
as practic~ble ~fter the ~w~rd of the Contract. shill fur-
nish to the Construction ~Nler in writinl for review
by the Owner, the Architect and the Construction M~n-
~Ier. the Nme5 of the persons or entities (includinl those
who ire to furnish m~terials or equipment f~briQted to
a Speciil design) proposed for each of the principal por-
tions of the Work. The Construction M~n~ger will
promptly reply to the Contractor in writing st~ting
whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager, ~her due investigation, hiS reason~ble
objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure
of the Construction ~nager to reply promptly sh~1I con-
stitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.u The Contractor shill not contract with ~ny such
proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction M~nager has made re~son~ble
objection under the provisions of Subparagr~ph 5.2.1. The
Contractor sh~1I not be required to contract with anyone
to whom the Contractor has ~ re~soNble objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction
M~nager has reason~ble objection to any such proposed
person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute
to "hom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contract
Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in
cost occasioned by such substitution and an ~ppropriate
Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in
the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu-
tion unless the Contrutor has acted promptly and re-
sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara-
gr~ph 5.2.1.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any
Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the
Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes
reasonable objection to such subslitulion.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally
required for validity, the Contractor sh~1I require each
Subcontractor to the extent of the Work to be performed
by the Subco~tractor, to be bound to' the Contractor by
the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to-
ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili-
lies which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
to\\ard the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the
nghts of the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager under the Contract Documents with re!>pect to
the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that
the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,
and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically
provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor
Agreement, the benefit of all rights. remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu-
ments. has against the Owner. \^/here appropriate, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into
similar agreements with their Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub-
contractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract,
copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon-
tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify
te the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro-
.;"'/J1U. ~_)#:~
."i~~,
posed Subcontract which may be at variMce with 1M
Contr~ct Documents. Uch Subcontractor shall similart
make copies of such Documents av~il~bte to their Sub-
subcontracton.
ARnCLE 6
WORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S liGHT TO PEIfOIM WOU AND TO
AWARD SEPAIlAn CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re-
lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces. and to
aw~rd sep~'~te contracts in connection with other por-
tions of the Project or other work on the site under these
or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contr~ctor
claims that delay, damage or additional cost is involved
because of such ~ction by the Owner, the Contractor shall
make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are aw~rded for different
portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term
Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall
mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-
Contractor Agreement.
6.1~,.....~ aw",rwill provide for the coordination of the
work of the 'OWner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall
cooperate therewith as provided an Paragraph 6.2.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor sh~1I afford the Owner, the Con-
struction Manager and separate contractors reasonabll..
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their ma-
tenals and equipment and the execution of their work,
and shall connect ~nd coordinate the Work with theirs
as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for
proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner
or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con-
structlon'Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects
in such other work th~t render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so
to report shall constitute an acceptance of the Owner's
or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive
the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently
become apparent in such work by others.
6.2.3 Any costs caused by defecti,'e or ill-timed work
shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to
the work or property of the Owner, or to other work or
propertv on the site. the Contractor shall promptly rem-
edy such damage as prO\lded in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause
dama!(e to lhe work or property of any separate contrac-
tor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice. promptly at-
tempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement,
or otherwise to resolve the dispute If such separate con-
trJctor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against
the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to
have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner sha
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . CENERAl CONDITIONS or THE CONTR"CT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CO'STRUCTIOS M."NAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . €) 1980 . THE
^~1H.C"'" ''''STITl IE OF ARCHITEClS. Ins MW YORK AVE, "W. \\."SHI...GTO.... D.C. ~lJO()(,
A201/CM - 1980 12
4.12.. No portion of th~ \~ requirin8 submission of a
ShL'o Drawm~. Product Data or Sample shall bP com-
menced unt"- the submittal has been approved by the
Architect as pro\ Ided In Subparagraph 2.3.18. All such
portions oi the Work shall b~ in accordance with ap-
proved (ubmittals.
4.13 USE Of SITE
4.13.1 1 he Contractor shall conime operations at the site
to areas permitted by law. ordinances. permits and the
Contract Documents. and shall not unreasonably encum-
ber the site with any materials or equipment.
4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac-
tor's operations.... Ith. and secure approval from, the Con-
struction Manager beiore u(ing any portion of the site.
4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING Of WORk
4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting.
illllng or patching that mol... he required to complete the
Work or to make Its (e\eral part~ ilt together properly.
4.14.2 The Contractor ~hall not damage or endanger any
portion of the \\'ork or the \\ ork of the Owner or any
(ep.Hate contractors b\ cuttln!L patching or otherwise
altering any work. or b\ exca\.atlon. The Contractor shall
not cut or otherwise aller the \\ ork of the Owner or any
sep.:lrate contractor except with the written consent of the
Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor
(hall not unrE'a~onabl\' Withhold irom the O....ner or any
sep.lrate contractor consent to cutllng or otherwise alter-
in~ the' Work.
4.15 CLEANING UP
4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises
free irom accumulation of waste materials or rubbish
caused by the Contractors operations. At the completion
of the Work. the Contractor shall remo\'e all the Contrac-
tor's waste materials and rubbish from and about the
Project as well as all the Contractor's tools. comtruction
equipment. machinery .lnd surplus materials.
4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple-
tion of the Work. the Owner may do so as prOVided in
Para!':raph 3.4 and the cost thereof ~hall be charged to the
Contractor.
4.16 COMMUNICATIONS
4.16.1 The Contractor ~hall forward all commuOlcations
to the Owner and the Architect through the Construction
M.lnager.
4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.17.1 The Contractor ~hall pa) all royalties and license
iee(. shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of
any patent rights and shall sa\'e the Owner and the Con-
struction Manager harmless from loss on account thereof.
except that the Owner, or the Construction .\1anager as
the case may be. shall be responsible for all such loss
\\ hen.a particular de(i!!n proces( or the product of a par-
tlcul.lr manuiacturer or milnuiacturer~ " ~elected bv such
person or (uch person~ agent. If the Contractor. or the
Con~tructlon Manager a( the ca(e may be. has reason to
helie\e that the design proces( or product selected is an
infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible
fur such loss unless such informallon IS promptly given to
the others and also to the ,"-rchltect.
.""q,;... . It, ....bp! .} ~i... <.J.t~rl
4.1' INDEMNIFlCATION''''-
4.1L1 To the fullest extent permitted by law. the Con-
tractor wll indemnify and hold harmless th~ Ownl!r, the
Architect. the Construction Manager. and their agents and
employees from and against all claims. damages. losses
and expenses. including. but not limited to. attorneys'
iees arising out of or resulting from the performance of
the Work. provided that any such claim. damagl!. loss or
expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness. dis-
ease or death. or to injury to or destruction of tangible
property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of
use resulting therefrom. and (2) is caused in whole or in
part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor.
any Subcontractor. anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable. regardless of whether or not it is caused
in part bv a party IOdemnified hereur.der. Such obligation
5hall not be construed to negate. abridge or otherwise
reduce any other fight or obligation of indemnity which
would olherwise eXIst as to any party 01 person described
10 thiS Para~raph 4.18.
4.18.2 In any and all claims agalOst the Owner. the Archi-
tect. the Construction Manager or an\' oi their agents or
employees by any employee of the Contractor. any Sub-
contractor. anyone directly or indirecth emploved by any
of thenr--or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable. the indemOllkation obligation under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not be limited 10 anv wav by an\' limita-
tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits pavable bv or for the Contractor or any Sub-
contractor under workers' or workmen's compensalion
acts. disability bene ill acts or other employee benefit acts.
4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect
or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees,
arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps.
drawings. opinions. reports, surveys, Cfli1nge Orders, de-
signs or specifications. or (2) the ~iving of or the failure to
give directions or instructions bv Ihe Architect or the
Construction ."-1anager. their agents or employees. pro-
vided such ,giving or failure to give 1<' Ihe primJr)' cause
of the injurY or damagl!.
ARTICLE S
SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEfiNITION
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a
direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the
Work at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub-
contractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative.
The term Subcontractor does not include an\' separate
contractor or am ~epar.!te contraclor's (ubcontractors,
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has
a direct or indi rect contract with .1 Subcontractor to per-
form anv of the \\'ork at the site. ThE' term Sub-subcon-
tractor mean, a Sub-;ubcontraclor or an authorized rep-
re~enta\l\'e thereof.
5.2 AWARDS Of SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER
CONTRACTS fOR PORTIONS Of THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise required bv the Contract Docu-
11 A201/CM-1980
A'A DOCUME"T A20,,'CM . GE 'unt Ll"OI'L"~ OF THE CO 'Ii TRACT FO~ C(1'~I~L CTIO'l
CO'STRUCTlO:" MA'AGEME"T EOITlO:'\ . IL 'E 1960 EDITION . AlAe . (5) 1960 . THE
~'1E ~:L~' "qITL TE OF ARCHI rECT5 ,-); 'EW lORK AVE.. N.W. \\ ~(til"'C;TO' n c ~
-~.....
"'~"';'v..
':.'.,.
4.7.3 II is not the responsibility of the Contractor to
m.ke certain that the Contract Documents are in .ccord-
.nce with applicable laws. st.tutes. building codes and
regul.hons. If the Contractor observes th.t .ny of the
Contr.ct Documents are at variance therewith in any re-
spect. the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect
and the Construction ~nager an writing. and any neces-
sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it
to be contrary to such laws, ordinances. rules and regula-
tions. and without such notice to the Architect and the
Construction Manager. the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable
thereto.
4.' ALLOWANCES
4.'.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum
all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items
covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such
amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man-
ager may direct. but the Contractor will not be required
to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a
reasonable objection.
4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments:
.1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the
Contractor, less anv applicable trade discount.
of the materials and equipment required by the
allowance. delivered at the site, and '.111 appli-
cable taxes;
.2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han-
dling on the site, labor. installation costs. over-
head. profit and other expenses contemplated
for the original allowance shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;
.3 whenever the cost is more or less than the
allowance. the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order. the amount of
which will recognize changes. if any. in han-
dling costs on the sile. labor. installation costs.
overhead. profit and othN expenses.
4.9 SUPERtNTENDENT
4.9.1 The Contractor shall emplov a competent superin-
tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend-
ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work.
The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all
communications given to the superintendent shall be (I"
bmding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu-
nications shall be confirmed 10 ""fltlOg. Other communi-
cations shall be so confirmed on written request 10 E'ach
case.
4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
4.10.1 The Contractor. immediatelv after being awarded
the Contract. shall prepare and submit for the Construc-
tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction
Schedule for the Work which shall provide (or expedi-
tious and practicable execution of the Work. This "hed-
ule shall be coordinated by the Construction .\\anager
with the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's
Construction Schedule shall be revised as required by the
.";~~ .
j~'.
conditions of the Work and the Protect. subject to thfO
Construction Manaser's appfO\'al.
4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE sm
4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the Project site,
on a current basis. one record copy of all Drawings.
Specifications, Addenda. Change Orders and other Modi-
fications, in good order and mdrked currently to record
all changes made during construction. and approved Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Sdmples. These shJII be
available to the Architect and the Construction Mandger.
The Contractor shall advise the Construction Manager on
a current basis of all changes in the Work made during
construction.
4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND
SAMPLES
4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings. diagrams. schedules
and other data specially prepared for the Work by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor. manufacturer, supplier
or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Wor\-.
4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules.
performance charts, Instructions. brochures. diagrams and
other information furnished b~' the Contractor to Jiluqrate
a material, product or system lor some portIon oi the
Work.
4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship. and establish
standards by which the Work \\111 be fudged.
4.12.4 The Contractor shall prepare, review. approve and
submit through the Construction Manager. with reason-
able promptness and In such sequence as to Cduse no de-
lay in the Work or in the work oi the Owner or any sepi
rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con-
tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in
the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac-
tor's Shop Drawings, Product D.lta and Samples with
those o( other separate contractors.
4.12.5 By preparing. approving and submitting Shop
DraWings. Fioduct Data dnd Samples. the Contractor rep.
resents that the Contractor has determined and venilee:
all materials, field measurements and field construction
criteria related thereto. or will do so with reasonable
promptness, and has checked and coordinated the infor.
mation contained Within ~uch submltt.,I, with the requirl'-
ments of the Work. the Project .,nd the Contract Docu-
ments.
4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved ot responsibil-
Ity (or anI.' deviation from the reqUirements of the Con-
tract Documents by the Architect', appro\a: of Shop
Drawings. Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph
2.3.18, unless the Contractor has <pecificallv informed the
Architect and the Con;;tructiOn \\dnager in 1\ rltln~ 8f
such deviation at the time of submiSSion and the Archi-
tect has given written approval to the specific deviation.
The Contractor shall not be relielE'd from rE'sponsibilitl
(or errors or omis"ions in the Shop Dra\\ ings. Product
Data or Sampl<:,s bv the Architect', apprO\al of thE'm.
4.12.7 ThE' Contractor d"all direcl <pE'cliIC attention. in
wntlng or on resubmitted Shop Dral\ Ings. Product Data
or Samples, to revisions other than those requested bv tf-"
Architect on previous submittals.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GESER....l (0'01110'5 OF THE CO' TR"'CT FO~ CO~STRL'CTIO~
CO'STRUCTIOS MASAGEMENT EOiTIO' . JUNE 1980 EDITIOS . AlA" . @ 1980 . THE
^'IERIC...... I"'STIlLTE OF ARCHITECTS ,-); '[IV YORI( AVE. 'oW \\ASHI'GTO'" 0 C ~(l(lO..
A201/CM - 1980 10
3.3 OWNEI'S IICHT TO STOP THE WOIK
3.3.1 If the Contractor fails 10 correct defective Work as
required by Paragraph 13.2, or persistently fails to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments. the Owner. by a wfltten order signed personally or
by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in
writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work. or
any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop
the Work shall not gl\'e nse to any duty on the part of the
Owner to exercise this fight for the benefit of the Con-
tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent
required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
3.4 OWNER'S RICHT TO CAllY OUT THE WORK
3.4.1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work In accordance with the Contract Documents,
Jnd fails Within seven days .liter receipt oi written notice
irom the Owner to commence and continue correction of
such default or neglect with diligence and promptness.
the Owner mav. after se\en days following receipt by the
Contractor of an additional \...'nllen nolice and Without
preJudice to any other remedv the Owner may have.
make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay-
ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of
correcting such deficiencies. including compensation for
the Architect's and the Construction Manager's Jdditional
services made necessary by such default. neglect or fail-
ure. Such action by the Owner and the amount charged
to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval
of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction
Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con-
tractur are not sufficient to cover such amount. the Con-
tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARnCLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Con-
tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author-
ized representative.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the
Architect and the Comtruction Manager any error, incon.
sistency or omission that may be discovered. The Con-
tractor shall not be liable to the Owner. the Architect or
the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from
any such errors. inconSistenCIes or omissions in the Con-
tract Documents. The Contractor shall perform no portion
of the Work at any time Without Contract Documents or,
where required. appro\ed Shop Drawings. Product Data
or Samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION
PROCEDURES
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the
Work using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The
Contrdctor shall be solel~' responsible for all construction
mean<. methods. techniques. sequences and procedures;
and shall coordinate all portions of the Wone under the
Contract, subject to the overal! coordinallon of the Con-
struction Manager.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner
for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees.
Subcontractors and their agents and employees. and any
other persons performing any of the Work under a con-
tract with the Contractor.
4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the
Contractor's obligations to perform the Wone in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities
or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect
in their administration of the Contract. or by inspections,
tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph
i.7 by persons other than the Contractor.
4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
4.4.1 Unless othe"vise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments. the Contractor shall provide and pay ior all labor.
matenals. equipment. tools. construC;ion equipment and
machinery, water. heat. utilities, transportation. and other
fJcihtles dnd services necessary for the proper execution
and completion of the Work. y..hether lempordry or per-
manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor-
porated in the Work.
. 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all limes enforce strict dis-
cipline and good order among the Contractor's em-
ploye~s Jnd shall not employ on the Work any unfit per-
son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them.
4.5 WARRANTY
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the 0" ner, the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and
equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un-
less otherwise speciiled, and that all Work will be of good
quality. free from faults and defects and in conformance
WIth the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming
10 these requirements, including substitutions not prop-
erly approved and authorized. may be considered defec-
tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man-
ager, the C"ntractor shall furnish satisfactory evidenl!e as
to the kind' and quality of materials and equipment. This
warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph
13.2.
4.6 TAXES
4.6.1 The Co"tractor shall pay JII sales. consumer. use
and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof
provided by the Contractor which Jre legally enacted at
the time bids are received. whether or not yet effective.
4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1 Unless othem.ise provided in the Contract Docu-
'ments. the Owner shall secure Jnd pa\' ior the building
permit and the Contractor 5hall 5ecure and pay for all
other permits and go\ernmental fee5. licenses and inspec-
tions necessa". for the proper execution and completion
oi the Work \\ hlch are customard\ secured aiter execu-
tion of the Contract and which are legall\ required at the
time bid< are received.
4.7.2 The Contractor shall gi\.e all notices and comply
with all laws. ordinances. rules. regulations and lawful
orders of any publac authority bearing on the periorm-
ance of the Work.
9 A201/CM -1980
AI4 DOCUMENT A:lOI/CM . GE...ER....l CO"'OITIO!loS Of THE co...n"CT fOR co,sln CliO"
CONSTRUCTIO!lo MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE '980 EoITIO'" . AlAe . ~ 1980 · THE
....,ERICA" I""STITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 17)S NEW VORl( AVE.. /00 \\ W"'H"GTO, 0 C. ~()()()f,
1..1.1. The Architect will h.ave .authority to reject Work
which does not conform to the Contr.act Documents. .and
to require specr.al inspection Or testlns. but will take such
action only after consultation with the Construction Man-
a~er. Subject to review by the ArchitKt. the Construction
Mana~er will have the autholllv to relect Work which
does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever,
In thl" Construction M.anclgers opmlon. It IS conSidered
necessary or advisable for the implementation ot the in-
tent of the Contr.act Documents. the Construction Man-
J~er \'\,111 have authority to require special inspection or
testing ot the Work in accordance with Subparagraph
i.i,2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated. in-
stalled or completed. The fore~om~ authority of the Con-
struction Manager will be sub,ect to the provisions oi
Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16. inclusive. with re-
spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect.
However. neither the Architect's nor the Construction
Manager's authoritv 10 act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16,
nor any decision made by them In good faith either to
exercIse or not to exercise such authollty shall give rise
to any dutv or responsibilitv of the Architect or the Con-
struction Mana~er to the Contractor. any Subcontractor.
an... of their agents or emplmees. or anv other person
performmg an\' of the Work.
2..1.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the
Contractor and review all Shop Drawings. Product Data
and Sample~ coordinale them \\lth lOio~mallon contained
in related documents. and transmit to the Architect those
recommended for approval.
2.3.18 The Architec:;t will review and approve ,or take
other appropllate action upon the Contractor's submittals
such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. but
only for conformance wllh the deSign concept of the
Work and the information gl\en m the Contract Docu-
ments. Such achon shall be tal..en With reasonable prompt-
ness so as 10 c.lUse no delay. The Architect's approv.a' of
a speClilC- Ilem ~hall not mdicate approval of an assembh
of which the item is a component.
~.3.19 Following consultation with the' Construction
Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on
Change Orders in accordance with Article 12. and will
have authollty to order minor changes in the Work as
provided in Subparagraph 12.4.1.
2.3.20 The Con~tructlon Manager \\"1 maintain at the
Project site one record copy of all Contracts. Drawings,
Specifications. Addenda. Change Orders and other Modi-
fications pertaming to the PrOJect. 10 good order and
marked currently to record all changes made during
construction. and approved Shop Drawings, Product
Data and Sample~. These shall be available to the Archi-
tect and the Contractor. and shall be delivered to the
Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project.
2.3.21 The Construction Manager \\ ill assist the Archi-
tect In conducting inspections to determine the dates oi
Substantial Completion and fmal completion. and will
receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review
\willen warranties and related documents required bv the
Contract and a;~embled by the Contractor. The Architect
will issue a flOal Project Certiilcate ior Pavmpnt upon
compliance with the requirements of P.:',l\.:r,1:' ,q.
~....,-..
,4".t;"c..._ :.,... ~",
2.3.22 The duties. responsibilities .and limitations 01
authority of the Architect .nd t"'e Con!olruction M.Jn.1ge
J~ the Owners repre~nt.tives during construction u set
iorth In the Contract Documents. '" III not be modiiied or
e,tended without written consent ot the Owner. the Con-
tractor. the Architect .and the Construction M.Jn.1~t'I,
which consent shall not be unreasonabh \\ Ithheld. Failure
or the Contractor to respond within ten d.....s to a \\ rlllen
request shall constitute consent by the Contractor.
2.3.23 In case of Ihe termination of -the emplo\'ml'nt oi
the Architect or the Constructlon"1JnJ~er. the Owner
shall appoint an architect or a constr~ction manager
against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec-
tion and whose status under the Contract Documents
shall be that of the former architect or construction man-
a~er. respectively. Any dispute in connection with such
apPOlOtments shall be ~ubiect to arbitration.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1 DEfINITION
3.1.1 The Owner IS the person or enllt) identtilf'd as
such In the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term
Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative.., ,.. .,
3.2 INfORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED Of
THE OWNER
3.2.1 The Owner shall. at the request oi the Contractor,
at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that
the Owner has made finanCial arrangements to fulfill lhl
Owner's obligations under the Contract. L..'nless ~uch
reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not
required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or
to commence the Work.
3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys deSCrIbing the
physical charactenstics. legal limlt.allons and utility loca-
tions for the site of the Projecl. and a legal description.oi
the site.
3.2.3 Except as provided in SUbpJr.lgraph 4.i.1. the
Owner shall secure and pay for necessan apprO\'als. ease.
ments. assessments and charges reqUired ior the construc-
tion. use or occupancy of permanent structures or for
permanent chan,;e< in existlOg faCIlities.
3.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control
shall be furnished b, the Owner \\ ith reJsonable prompt-
ness to Jvoid delay in the orderl, pro~re~.. oi the Work.
3.2.5 L..'nless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments. the Contractor will be furnIshed. iree oj charge.
all cople~ oi Drawings and SpeCliicatlons reasonabh nec-
essarv ior the execution of the Work.
3.2.6 The Owner shall fnrward all inslructlons to the
Contractor through the Construction 'tanager. With Simul-
taneous notification to the Architect.
3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and
respnn<lbdltles oj the O\\ner enumerated herein and es-
peclall~ those 10 respect to Work B\ O\\ner or B\. Sepa-
rate Contraclors, Pa-,.ments and Completion, and Insur-
ance in Articles 6, 9 and 11. respectl\elv
"I" DOCUMENT "201/CM . GE<.;ERAl (O<.;OITIO', Of 1Hl lO'TR"CT fOR CO<.;STRUCTIO'
(OSSTRUCTlOS MA<.;"'GE.\1E~T EOITIO~ . IL'''oE 1980 ED1T10~ . AlA'! . 'D 1980 . THE
N'\P'IC"" "STITL'TE or ARCHITECTS, 1;33 M\\ 10RK AVE.. "0 IV. \\'ASH"C.TO' O.C "()(J()I,
A201/CM -1980 8
., _ --- -- _ ...~ .. -,.."" -_.-.-...............- _.,~~....",.-~.-.~..- ..-_.~. .,- - .
provide administration of the Contract as herein~fter
descnbed.
2.3.2 The Architect and the Construction Manager will
be the Owner's represent~tives dUring construction and
until final p~yment to all contractors is due. The Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager will adwie and con-
sult with the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor
shall be forwarded through the Construction MArYger.
The Architect and the Construction Manager will have
authoritv to act on behaltof the Owner only to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents. unless otherwise
modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub-
p~ragr~ph 2.3.22.
2.3.3 The Construction Manager will determine in gen-
eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed
In accordance with the Contract Documents. and will en-
deavor to guard the Owner a~cJlnst defects and deficien-
cies in the Work of the Contractor.
2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro-
pnate to the stage of construction to become generallv
iamlllcJr with the progress and quality of the Work and to
determrne in general If the Work is proceeding in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents. However. the Archi-
tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con-
tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan-
Iltv oi the Work. On the baSIS of on-site observations as
an architect. the Architect will keep the Owner rnformed
of the pro~ress of the Work. and will endeavor to guard
the Owner against defects and deficiencies in Ihe Work
of the Contractor.
2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction M~n-
ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of
construction means. methods. techniques. sequences or
procedures. or for safety precautions and programs in
connection with the Work, and neither will be respon-
sible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the
Architelt nor the Construction Manager will be respon-
Sible for or have control qr charge over the acts or omi~-
~ions of the Contractor. Subcontractors. or any of their
agents or employees. or any other persons performing anv
of the Work.
2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall
at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in
preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide
faCIlities for such access so that the Architect and the
Construction Manager may perform their functions under
the Contract Documents.
2.3.1 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor-
dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ-
ing their use of the site. The Construction Manage~ will
keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction
Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform
the'.Work properly.
2.3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica-
tiom for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay-
ment. and will assemble them with Similar applications
from other contractors on the Project into a combined
Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man-
ager will then make recommendation~ to the Architect
for certification for payment.
2.3,9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom-
, .!"
mendations of the Construction Ma.,ager and an evalu~-
tion of the Project Applic~tion for Payment. the Architect
will determrne the amount owing to the Contractor and
will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating
such amount. as provided in Par~gr~ph 9.4.
2.3.10 The Architect Will be the interpreter of the re-
qUirements of the Contract Documents ~nd the judge of
the periormance thereunder by both the Owner and the
Contractor.
2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces-
sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work.
with reasonable promptness and in accordance with
agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may
m~ke written request to the Architect for such interpreta-
tions.
2.3.12 C1dims. disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to
the Architect for decision. After consultation with the
Construction ,,"\anager, the Architect will render a deci-
. sian 10 wflting within a reasonable time.
2.3.13 All interpret~tions and deCISions of the Architect
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in-
ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ-
ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and
judge. the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per-
formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not
show partiality to either. and will not be liable for the
result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good
faith in such capacity.
2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to
artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of
the Contract Documents.
2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question
between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the
Architect through the Construction Manager, except those
relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph'
2.3.14 and those which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final paym~nt as provided in Subpara-
graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6. inclusive. shall be subject to
arbitration upon the written demand of either party.
However. no demand for arbitration 0; any such claim.
dispute or other matter may be made unlll the earlier of
(1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a writ-
ten decision, or (21 the tenth day after the parties have
presented their evidence to the Architect or have been
given a reasonable opportunity to do so. if the Architect
has not rendered a written decision by that date. When
such a written decision of the Architect states III that the
deCISion IS final but subject to appeal. and 121 that any
demand for arbitration of a claim. dispute or other matter
covered by such decision must be made within thirty days
after the date on which the party making the demand re-
ceives the written decision. iailure to demand arbilration
within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's
decision becoming ;lOal and hindmg upon the Owner
and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision
after arbitration proceedings hJ\ e been initiated. such
decision may be entered as e\'ldence but will not super-
sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is
acceptable to all parties concerned.
1 ....201/CM - 1980
4.4 DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CO"'TRACT FOR CONSTRUCTIO'"
CO"'STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . <<> 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 17)S NEW YORK AVE. ,,\\' \\ "'SHI~GTON. D.C. 2IlOOl>
~~, .
-\--':~i ';'.- ".-
..;~pr~-~
... . -, ," ........:.:':"
. t., ., , '_ _ '.>. .', . ~.,..
';.~:':"~{~~ ::
J.f_-r'Y'~'."'~'. .
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 DEfiNITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. the Conditions of the Contract (General. Sup-
plementary and other Conditions). the Drawings. the
Specifications. and all Addenda .;sued pnor to and all
ModifiCiHlons issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification IS (1) a wntten amendment to the Contract
signed by both parties, (2\ a Change Order. (3) a written
interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub-
paragraph 2.3.11. or (4) a written order for a minor
change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to
Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include
Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita-
tion to Bid. the Instructions to Bidders. sample forms, the
Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relatmg to any
of these, or any other documents unless ~peCliically enu-
merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract tor Construc-
tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated
agreement between the parties hereto and ~upersedes all
prior negotiations. representations or agreements. either
written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi-
fied only by a Modification a~ defmed in Subparagraph
1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to
create any contractual relationship oi any kind between
the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc-
tion Manager and the Contractor or between the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager, but the Architect and
the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform-
ance of the obligations of lhe Contractor Intended for
their benefit and to enforcement thereoi. ",othing con-
lained 10 lhe Contract Documents shall create any con-
tractual relationship between the Owner, the Construc-
lion M.1nager or the Architect and an~' Subcontractor or
Sub-~uhcontractor.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The Work comprises the completed construC:iOn required
of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and in-
cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction,
and all material~ and equipment Incorporated or to be
Incorporated in ~uch construction.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project, as defined in the Owner-Cont.actor Agree-
men~, 1< the total construction of \\ hlch the Work per-
formed under the Contract Documents i~ a part.
1.2 EXECUTION. CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be "..ned In not
les~ than quadruplicate bv the Owner and the Contractor.
If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign
the Conditions of the Contrac!. Draw,"g~ SpeCifications
or any of the other Contract Documents. the Architect
Sh.ll! identltv such Documents.
1.2.2 Execution oi the Contract by the Contractor IS a
representation that the Contractor hu vlSlled the sitl' be-
come familiar with the local conditions under whid1 the
Work is to be performed. and has correfated personal
observatIOns wllh the requirements of the'Contract Docu-
ments.
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is 10 include
all items necessary for the proper execullon and comple-
tion oi the Work. The Contract Documents are comple-
mentary. and what is required by anyone shall be as
binding as if required by all. Work nol covered in the
Contract Document~ \\ill not be requ;red unless II is con-
mlent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as
being necessary to produce the intended re.;ults. Words
Jnd abbre\"latlons which have well-known technl",1 or
tr.tde meanangs are used in the Contract Documer.;, in
accordance with such recognized meanang~.
1.2.4 The organization oi the SpeciiicJtions into divi-
sions. sections and arllcles. and the arrangement ot Draw-
ings shall not control the Contractor in di\'idin~ the \\'ork
among Subcontractors or 10 eSI.lbll,hlOL: the extent at
Work to be performed b\' any trade. .
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 All Drawings. Specifications and copies thereoi
furnls~ed by the. Architect are and sh111 remain the prop-
ertr ot the Architect. The\' are to be used onl\' with re-
spect to this Project and are not to be used on an\' other
prolert. With the exception oi one contract set for each
part\' to the Contract. such documents are to be returned
or suitably accounted tor to the Architect on request at
the completion oi the Work. Subml~...on or di~tribution
to meet otficlal regulatol\' requirement.. or tor other pur-
poses ,,, connection \\ ith the Project i~ not to be con-
strued .1S 'Publication in derog.,tlon oi the Architect's
common law cop\'ri~ht or other re<er\ ed ri!liht~.
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1 THE ARCHITECT
2.1.1 The Architect is the person 103\\ iullv licensed to
practice architecture. or an entit\ la\\ iulh practiCing ar-
chitecture. identliled as such In the Owner-Contr~ctor
Agreement. The term Architect means the Architect or
the Architect's authorized repre'e'nIJtl\.e.
2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
2.2.1.. The Con<!ructlon Manager" the person or entity
identllled a, ,ulh In the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
The term Construction Manager means the Construction
,\lanJger or the' Con<\'uctlon \\J"ac:e'., authorizC'd
representatl\ e.
2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.3.1 The Architect and the Construction ,\\anager will
AlA DOCUMENT A201!CM . GE'ERAl CO'DI~IU'S Of --[ CO, 1R~CT fOR CO'ST,LCTIO'
COSSlRUCTIOS ""...,....CE,\\E'T EDITtO' . IL.'E 1982 WllIOS . AIA~ . :; 1980 . THE
""ERIC"'!'> I"STlTliTE OF ARCHITECTS 17], 'E\\ YORI: ~\E . "\\'. \\'''SH''GTO'. o.c. ~1JO(lI,
A201/CM - 1980 6
Subrogation, Waiver of ..............................11.3.6
Subsuntlal Completion ot the Project....... .8.1.4,9.8.3,9.8.4,
9.9.4.9.9.5.9.9.6,13.2.1.13.2.2
Substantill Completion of the P,oject, Detinition of ..... .8.1.4
Substlntill Completion ot the Work....... .2.3.21.8.1.1, 8.1.3,
8.2.2.9.4.2.9.8,9.9.3.11.3.9
Substantill Completion of the Work, Definition ot ....... .8.1.3
Substitution of Subcontrlctors ....................5.2.3, 5.2.4
Substitution of the Architect ............. . . . . . . . .. . . . .2.3.23
Substitution of the Constructi.,n Mlnager ..............2.3.23
Substitutions of Mlterills ....................... .4.S, 12.1.4
Sub-subcontrlctors, Definition of ...................... .5.1.2
Subsurface Conditions ...............................12.1.1
Successors Ind Assigns .................................7.2
Supervision Ind Construction Procedures. . . . . . . . . .1.2.4, 2.3.:1,
4.3, 4.4, 10
Superintendent, Contractor's........... . ...... . .. .4.9, 10.2.6
Surety, Consent of ..............................9.9.2, 9.9.3
Surveys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.2, 4.18.3
Tues ............................................... .4.6
Termination by the Contrlctor .........................14.1
Termination by the Owner. .. . . . . . . . . ... . . .. ... . .. . . . ..14.2
Terminltlon of the Architect................. ....... .2.3.23
Terminltion of the Construction Manlger ............. .2.3.23
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT. . ... . ............. . ..14
Tests. . . .. . . . . ..... .............. . .. .2.3.16, 4.3.3, 7.7. 9.4.2
TIME ..................................................1
Time, Definition of ................................... .8.1
Time, Delays and Exten~lons of ......... .8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7
"f"'''''fI'~ '
'.
.:~.'.
Time limits, Specific. . . . . . . .... . .. .3.4. 4.10. 7.9.2. 8.2, 8.3.2,
8.3.3,9.2.9.3.1.9.4.1.9.5.1.9.7.11.1.4,
'1.3.8,12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2.13.2.7.14.1,14.2.1
Title to Work ..................................9.3.2.9.3.3
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .......... . . .13
Uncovering of Work. ................... . ............ .13.1
Unforseen Conditions..... ....... .............. ..8.3.1, 12.2
Unit Prices. .. . .. ... . .......................12.1.3.2. 12.1.5
Use oj Documents. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. ..... . . .1.3, 3.2.5. 5.3
Use of Site .................................... .4.13, 6.2.1
VIlues, Schedule of ....................................9.2
Waiver of Claims by the Contractor. .. .7.6.2.8.3.2.9.9.5,11.3.6
Waiver of Claims by the Owner. .. " .7.6.2,9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1
Waiver of Liens ......................................9.9.2
Warranty and Warranties. . . .. ... . . . . . .2.3.21. 4.5, 9.3.3, 9.8.4.
9.9.4. 13.2.2. 13.2.7
Welther Delays....... ......................... .. ... .8.3.1
Words. Recosnized Meaning of .......... . . . .. .. . .. . .. .1.2.3
Work, Detinition ot ................................. .1.1.3
WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS .......6
Written Consent......... .2.3.22,4.14.2.7.2.7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3
Wrinen Interpretations. . '" ..............1.1.1, 2.3.11. 12.3.2
Written Notice. . . . . . .2.3.11,2.3.15.4.2,4.7.3.4.7.4.4.9,4.12.6,
4.12.7.5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.7.2,7.9.2.8.1.2,8.3.2. 8.3.3, 9.4.1,
9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6.11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.5,11.3.7,
11.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2. 13.2.S. ,..
Written Orders.................. .3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1
A.A DOCUMENT A201'CM . GENERAL CO-';01110"S OF THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITlO" . Il;NE 1980 EDITION . AlA. . <S) 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.c. 2OOOl>
A201/CM-1980 5
\\~terl~ls. Labor and Equipment. . . ., . .1.1.3. 4.4, 4.5,4.12,4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1.9.3.2,9.3.3.9.6.1.3,9.9.2.
10.2.1.2.11.3.1.12.1.4,13.2.2.13.2.5,14
M.tefl~1 5upplters ....................... .4.12.1, 5.2.1.9.3.3
\Ie..ns, Methods, Techniques. Sequences ~nd
~nd procedures of Construction........ .2.3.5. 4.3.1.9.4.2
\Iinor Changes in the Work............... .1.1.1.2.3.19. 12.4
MISCElLANEOUS PROVISIONS. . . . .......................7
'\odllocatlons, Definition of .......................... .1.1.1
.\Iodlflc~tions to the Contract. . . . ... .1.1.1. 1.1.2. 2.3.2, 2.3.22,
4.11.1, 4.i.3. 12
Mutual Responsibility ..................................6.2
Son.Conformmg Work. Acceptance 01 Deiectlve or . . . . . . .13.3
'otlce. Wrlllen ........... .2.3.11.2.3.15.4.2.4.73 4.i.4.4.1).
4.12.6.4.12.7.52.1.7.3,7.4,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.32.8.3.3,
9.4.1.9.6.1. 9.7. 9.9.1. 9.95.10.2.6,11.1.4.11.3.1.
11.3.5.11.3.7,11.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2.13.2.5,14
'ouces. Permits. Fees ..nd ............ .2.3.2. 4.i. 4.13.1, 10.2.2
Sotice of Testing and Inspections. .., :..... .,. . . . . . . . . . . .7.7
'otlce to Proceed.. ., .. . ... . ................... .8.1.2
Obsen.atlons, Contr.ctor'S ...................... .1.22. 4.7.3
Occupancy............... ... ...... .8.1.3,8.1.4,9.5.5. 11.3.9
On.5ltc Impectlons
b\ the Architect......... . .2.3.16.2.3.21.9.4.2,9.8.1.9.9.1
On-SliP Obser\.ltlons by the Architect. . . . . . ..2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9.
7.7.1,7.7.4.9.4.2.9.6.1.9.9.1
Orders. Wrlllen ............ 0.... .3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.41. 13 1
OWNER ....0........00... 0 . . . . 0 . .. ., . . .... . . .. . . . .... .3
Owner. Definition ........0............................3.1
Ownt'r. Information and Services
Rl\lulrt'd of the......... .3.2. 4.7.1. 6.1.3. 6.2. 9.11.2.11.3
Owner s Authority. . . . . ., . ., . . . .... .2.3.21, i.i.2. 9.3.1. 9.3.2.
9.8.1,11.3.8,12.1.2.12.1.4
Ownl'f' Fmanllal ColpJ"lltlY ......................... .3.2.1
Owne' s liahlht~ Insurance............................ 11.2
Ow nCI , Rclatlonstllp \\llh Sub<:ontraClors . . . . . . . . . .1.1.2, 9.5.4
O\\nl": > Right to Carry Out the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3,4. 13.2,4
Ownt.'1 s Righ! to Clean Up ...................... .4.15.2.6.3
Owner s Right to Perform Work and to
Award Separale Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1
Owner's Right 10 Terminate the Controlct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2
Owners Right to Stop the Work ..........................3.3
Ownership and Use 01 Documents. . . . . ., .. . . . . .1.3, 3.2.5,5.3
Patching of \\'ork. Cullong and.... .............. .4.14
Palent-. Royalties olnd ................ . . .. . ., .. ., . . .. .-4.17.1
Paym,'nt Bond. Lahor and .\\01 tt>rIol I ...................... .i.5
Pol\ m,ml, Contractors Appltcolllons lOr . . . . . .2.3.8. 92. 9.3. 9.4,
9.5.3.96.1. 9i.l. '182. 9.9.1. 9.95.14.2.2
Paymcnt. ProJect CerUflcales lor....... .2.3.9.2.321. '14. 9.5.1.
o 955. ') b ,. ') -1. 9.82. 9.') 1 993.12.1.4.1411,1422
Pa\m\'lll. Fatlure 01 ............... .'15.2. 9.6.1.3. 9.i, 9.9.2.14
Pa\menl, Final.................... 2.3.15.2.321,99.1331
Pa\n"'lltS. Progress......... .i8. : '\1. 95.5. 982. 99.3,12.1.4
PAYMlNTS AND CO.~PlETION ..........................9
PaymLnls 10 Subcontrolctors ..........9.5.2,9.5.3,9.5.4,9.6.1.3,
11.33.14.2.1
Pa~fT'{'nlS W,thheld ............... .................. .9.6
~'.~~.';.'
.~~~~~!;.'
.'?Ji!~. I 't,'-
.. .f'..,....:.~..
.~
Perform~nce Bond and L~bor and M.teri.1 Payment Bond. . .7.5
Permits. Fees and Notices......... .. . . .3.2.3,4.7,4.13. 10.2.2
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION Of . . . ..... . . . . . .10
Product D.ta. Definition oi ..........................14.2.2
Product Oat', Shop Or.winss, s.mples a"cL. .2.3~".4.2.', 4.12
Progress and Completion ....................2.3.4. 7.9.3, 8.2
Progress P~yments ......... .7.8.7.9.3,9.5.5.9.8.2,9.9.3. 12.1.4
Project. Definition of ................................ 1.1.4
Project Con~truction Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . ., . . .4.10
Property Insur,nce .. . . .............. . . .., ............ .11.3
PROTECTION Of "RSONS AND PROPERTY ............. .10
Record Documents ...................................4.11
Regulations and laws. . . .... . . . .... .1.3,2.1.1,4.6, 4J, 4.13.1.
7.1.10.2.2. H
Relectlon of Work. . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.16. 4.5.1. 13.2
Releases or Waivers olnd l't>ns ....................9.9.2, 9.9.4
Representations........... .1.2.1.4.5.4.12.5.9.4.2.9.6.1.9.9.1
Represent.tlves .., .2.1,2.2.2.3.2.2.3.22.3.1,4.1,4.9,5.1,9.3.3
Responslbll"~ for Thm\! Pl'rlOrmlng the Work .... .2.3.5. 4.3.2,
6.1.3,6.2.9.8.1
Retaonagc . ........... .93.1 ') 5:!. 982,991.9.9.3
ReView 01 Cuntract Uucumcnl> by the C..mtractor ...... .1.1.2,
4.2,4.7.3
Re\"~ws Of Contractor, Submittals by Owner and
Architect............ .. .2.3.18.4.10. 4.12, 5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2
Rights and Remedies. . . . . . . . . ., . .1.1.2.2.3.15.2.3.16.3.3. 3.4.
5.3.6.1.6.3.7.6. i.9. 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.7.
10.3,12.1.2,12.2,13.2.2,14
Royalties and Patents ................................ .4.17
Safety of Persons and Property .........................10.2
Saiety Preuutlons and Progr~ms ..................2.3.5, 10.1
Samples. Definition oi ... 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.12.3
Samples, ~hop Dr.wings. Product Dolt. and. . . .. .2.3.17. 2.3.18,
4.2. 4.12
Samples at the Site, Documents ~nd .....,............. .4.11
Schedule. Contractor's ConstruCllon . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . ..4.10
Schedule. Prolect ComtruClIon ..................0......4.10
Schedule 01 Values ....................................9.2
Separate Contracts and Contractors.... .4.14.2, 6. 11.3.6, 13.1.2
Shop DraWings. Definition .......................... .412.1
Shop Dra\\Ing>, Producl Data and Samples........ ... .2.3.1i,
2.3.18,4.2,4.12
Site. Use oi . . . . . . . . . . . .., . . . . ., . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... .4.13.62.1
Site Insp\'ct,om ........... .1.2.2,2.34. 2.3.:!1, 7i. 9.B.l. 9.9.1
Site \''''I~, Arch,tect s ................ .2.3.4,2.3 r" 2.3Q. i.7.1,
7.7.4, 9 ~ C. 9.61, 991
Spec'oll In,pcctllln and Tesllng .............. 0.... .2.3.16. i.7
SpeCial Hazard, Insurolnce ........... . ............... .11.3.5
Spec,ilcatlons ................ ....... .11.1.1.2.4.13
Statules at L,mltatlons . . . . . . -92. 132.2. 1327
Stoppmg the Work... .......... .33. 9.:1. HU. 141
SturE'd \lalerloll; ....... .1> C 1. ')3.1, 102.1.2. 11.3.1. 13.2.5
SUBCONTRACTORS ............................5
Subcontrolctors, Deiln,lll)n 01 .. ..................... .5.1.1
Subcontractor< \\orl.. In .....124.235.43.1,432
Subcontrallual RE'lalllln' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Submittals............. 1 ' 2318 4.10,4.12.5.2.1.52.3.
92,93.1.981.9.9.1.99'
4 A201/CM-1980
~I" DOCUME",T A201'CM. GE'I~-\l [,"Ill 110"'" ," 1"[ r("!~\CT fOR (11....'I~lll:()....
tU'SI~L.LII()" MA"AGEME"'T EDI110:-l . IL'E ,4<10' EDITIU" . AlAe. : I'J&) . THE
,,'!lo:lt ,.... :...'IIIL T[ ur AIo:UIITH T' ,'\; 'IW "110:1< "VE. N \\'. W..SHI'C:O'. U C ~000b
.
Contrictor's Employees..... .4.3.2. 4.4.2. 4.8.1. 4.9. 4.18,10.2.1
through 10.2.4. 10.2.6, 10.3,11.1.1
Contrictor's liibility Insurince ........................ .11.1
Contrictor's Relilionship with Architect..... .1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6,
2.3.13,2.3.16,4.3.3.4.5,4.7.3.4.12.6.4.18,11.3.6
Contrictor's Relitionship with Construction Miniger .... .1.1.2,
2.3.15.2.3.16,3.2.6.4.2.1.4.3.3,4.5.4.7.2. 4.11.1. 4.12.4,
4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1.4.18.5.2.6.2.1.6.2.2,7.6.2, 7.7, 7.9.1.
7.9.2,8.3.1.8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1.9.9.1, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6
Contrictor's Relitionship with Sepirate Contractors
and Owner's Forces........................... .3.2.7,6
Contractor's Relationship with
Subcontractors. .., . . . . . .1.2.4,5.2.5.3,9.5.2,11.3.3,11.3.6
Contractor's Representations ...........1.2.2. 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3
Contractor's Responsibility for Those
Performing the Work. . . . . .... ... ., . . . . .. .4.3.2, 4.18, 10
Contractor's Review of Contrict Documents... .1.2.2.4.2, 4.7.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .....................9.7
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract. . .. . .. .. . . . .14.1
Contractor's Submittals. ............. .2.3.18,4.10,4.12,5.2.1.
5.2.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3
Contractor's Superintendent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9. 10.2.6
Contractor's Supervision and
Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4. 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10
Contractual liability Insurance. . .. . . . . .. . ., . .. . . . . ... .11.1.3
Coordination and Correlation. . . .. . .. .1.2.2,1.2.4,4.3.1,4.10.1,
4.12.5,6.1.3,6.2.1
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications. .1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Correction of Work. . . . . . . . . . . .... .... . .3.3, 3.4, 10.2.5, n 2
Cost, Definition of ..........................,...... .12.1.4
Costs...... .3.4.4.8.2.4.15.2,5.2.3.6.1.1,6.2.3,6.2.5,6.3,7.7.1,
7.7.2.9.7,11.3.1,11.3.5.12.1.3.12.1.4,12.3.13.1.2, n.2. 14.2.2
Cuttmg and Patching of Work. ., . . . . . . . ., . .. . . . . . . . .. . .4.14
Damige to the Work. . . . . . . . . .. .4.14.2,10.2.1.2.10.2.7, 11.3.1
Damage to Work. . . . . . . . ... . .4.14.2, 4.181, 6.2.4, 6.2.5. 9.6.15,
10.2.1.3,10.2.2, 10.2.5, 10.3. 13.2.6
Damages, Claims for. . . . . . . . . .. .... .. .6.1.1,6.2.5. 7.4, 9.6.1.2
Damages for Delay. . . . . . . . . . . ... .......... ..6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.;
Day, Definition of ....................................8.1.5
DeciSions of the Architect.. ... ... .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2.
7.9.1.92.9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1
Decislom of the Construction :-Ianager .... .., ., ... . .6.3, 8.3.1
Defective or i'on-Conformtng Work, Acceptince,
Rejection and Correction oi . ... . .2.3.4. 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4,4.5,
62.2,62.3,9.6.1.1.9.9.4.2,13
Defmlllons .............. .1.1,2.1,2.2,3.1.4.1,4.12.1 through
4.12.3,5.1,6.1.2.8.1,9.1.1,12.1.1.12.1.4
Delays and Extensions of Time.... ............ ... ... ... .8.3
Disputes................ .2.3.12. 2.3.15. 2.3.23, 6.2.5. 6.3, 7.9.1
Documents and Samples at the S.le .. . . ... . . . . ... .. . ., . .4.11
Drawings and SpeCifications,
'. Use and Ownership of .. . . . ... . .. .... .1.3,3.2.5,4.11,5.3
Easements .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.3
Emergencies .........................................10.3
Employees, Contractor's.......... .432.4.4.4,4.8.1.4.9,4.18,
10.2.1 through 10.2.4. 10.2.6,10.3,11.1.1
Equipment, labor, .....'aterials and... . . .1.1.1,4.4.4.5,4.12,4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1.9.3.2.9.3.3,9.6.1.3.9.9.2.
10.2.1.2,11.3.1.12.1.4.132.2.132.5,14
Execution and Progress of the Work. . .... ...1.1.3. 1.2.3, 2.3.4.
2.3.5,2.3.11,4.2,4.4.1,4.5,4.7.1,6.2.2,7.9.3,
8.2.2.8.3.1.8.3.2.9.6.1.10.2.3,10.2.4,14.2
Execution. Correlation ..nd Intent of
the Contract Documents ......................1.2, 4.7.1
Extensions of Time....................... .8.3,12.1.1,12.1.2
Failure of Payment by Owner...................... .9.7. 14.1
Failure of Payment of Subcontractors. . . . . .9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 14.2.1
Failure to urry out the Work. . . ... . . ............. .... .2.3.5
Fmal Completion and Final Payment. . .2.3.15, 2.3.21. 9.9,13.3.1
FinanCial Arrangements. Owner's. . . .. .. . . . . . .... . . .... .3.2.1
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance.. .. ....... ... ...11.3.1
Governing law. . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .. . . . .,. .7.1
Indemnific..tlon ....................... .4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2
Identification of Contract Documents. . . . . .. .... . . . . . ...1.2.1
Identification oj Subcontractors and Suppliers. ... . . . . . .. .5.2.1
Information and Services Required of
the Owner........................ .3.2, 6.1,9.11.2.11.3
Inspections............. .2.3.16,2.3.21.4.3.3,7.7,12.1.2,9.9.1
Instruchons to Bidders. . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . ., . .. .. . . ... ... 1.1.1
Instructions to the Contractor. . . . . . . . . .2.3.2,3.2.6,4.8.1,7.7.2.
12.1.2,12.1.4
INSURANCE..................................... .9.8.1, 11
Insurance, Contractor's liability.. . . . . . .......... . . . .,. .11.1
Insurance, loss of Use .. ... . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4
Insurance, Owner's liability........ . ..... . ..... . . . . . ...11.2
Insurance, Property.............. . . . . .. . . ........ .. ...11.3
Insurance, Boiler and Machinery... . . .. . .. . ...... . . ...11.3.2
Insurance. Special Hazards....... . .. ............. ....11.3.5
Insurance, Stored Materials..................... .9.3.2,11.3.1
Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy. . . ..11.3.9
Insurance Companies. Settlement With............. ... .11.3.8
Intent of ti:le Contract
Documents.............. 1.2.3,2.3.10.2.3.13,2.3.14,12.4
Interest ............................................. .7.8
Interpretations, Written........ 1.1.1,2.3.11,2.3.12.2.3.13,12.4
labor, Materials and Equipment. .. . . . .1.1.3, 4.4. 4.5, 4.12, 4.n.
4.15.1,6.2.1.93.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.2.2,10.2.1.2.
11.3.1,12.1.4,132.2,132.5,14
labor ..nd Matenal Payment Bond .......................7.5
labor Disputes. . . . . ...... . . . ., ...................... .8.3.1
laws and Regulallons .............1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13.7.1.
7.6.1,7.7.1,10.2.2,14
liens.................................. .9.3.3,9.9.2,9.9.4.1
limitations oi AuthOrity................. .2.3.2,11.3.8,12.4.1
Limitations of l,abdlt\. .......... .2.3.13.2.3.16,2.3.18,3.3,4.2.
4.7.3,4.12.6,4.17,4.18,6.2.2,7.6.2,9.4.2.
9.5.4.9.9.4.9.95,10.2.5.11.1.2,11.3.6
limitations of TIme. General ........2.3.11, 2.3.18, 3.2.1. 3.2.4,
.U, 4.7.1, 4.7.3, 4.12.4, 4.15.1, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 7.4,
7.7,7.9.2,8.2,952.9.6.1,9.8,9.9,11.3.1,11.3.4,
11.3.9,121.4.124.132.1,13.2.2.13.2.5
Limitations oi Time. Specdlc ........ .3.4.4.10.7.9.2,8.2,8.3.2,
8.3.3.92.9.3.1,9.4.1.9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4.11.3.8.
12.2,12.3.1, H2.2, 132.7, 14.1,14.2.1
limitations, Statutes oi ...................7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7
loss of Use Imurance ................................ .11.4
AI4 DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE'ER"'l CO-.;DITlO'S OF THE CO'lR""Cl !, l~ C'-"'llo:L;CIIO'
CO'STRl.'CTlO~ .\\A!'o.AGEME"lT EDIIIO,", . IU"lE 1980 EDITION . AlA' . <;: l'I~O . THE
AMERICA' I/,;SlITUTE OF ARCHITECTS '~J; ,",EW YOKK AVE.. ... W. WASHI'GIO". DC. cUOOb
A201/CM-1980 J
Acceptance of Defective of Non-Conforming Work. .6.2.2, 13.3
Acceptance of Work................. .9.5.5,9.8.1,9.9.1,9.9.3
Access to Work..... ......... .. . .. . . . . . . ....... .2.3.6, 6.2.1
Accident Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.5, 10
Acts and Omissions............. .4.18.3,7.4, 7.6.2,8.3.1,10.5
Addenda, Definition of .............................. .1.1.1
Additional Costs, Claims for ...........................12.3
ADMINISTRATION Of THE CONTRACT............. .2, 4.3.3
Agreement, Extent of .............................. .1.1,1.2
All Risk Insur.nce ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3.1
Allow.nces .......................................... .4.8
Applic.tions for Payment, Contr.ctor's .......2.3.8, 9.2.1, 9.3.1,
9.3.3.,9.5.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3.9.9.5, 11.3.1. 14.2.2
Applications for P.yment,
Project.. . ., . . .... .. .. . .2.3.8.2.3.9.9.3.1,9.4,9.6.1,9.7.1
Approv.ls ......................2.3.18, 3.4. 4.3.3. 4.5. 4.12.4,
4.12.5,4.12.6,4.12.8.4.13.2.7.7,9.3.2
Arbitr.tion ....... .2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 7.9, 8.3.1, 11.3.7. 11.3.8
Architect. Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1
Architect. Extent of Authority....... .2.3. 3.4,.~.12.8, 5.2, 7.7.2.
8.1.3.8.1.4,8.3.1,9.2.9.3.1.9.4,9.5.3,9.6.'.8. 9.9.1. 9.9.3,
12.1.1.12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1.13.1.13.2.1,13.2.5.142
Architect. Limlla\lOnS of AuthOrity and Responslblllly .....2.3.2
through 2.3.5, 2.3.13 through 2.3.18.2.3.22.4.12.6.
5.2.1. 94.2. 9.5.4, 9.5.5. 12.4
Architect's Additional Services . . .3.4, 7.7.2. 13.2.1. 13.2.S, 14.2.2
Architect's Approv.ls ..... .2.3.18.3.4,4.5.4.12.6,4.12.8.4.18.3
Architect's AuthOrity to Reject Work... .2.3.16, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2
Archlll.;'ct'S COPYright. . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... .. .. . . ..... .1.3
Architect's DeCISions............. .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2,
7.9.1,9.2.9.4,9.6.2,9.8.1. 12.1.4. 12.3.1
Architect's Inspections..... .. . .2.3.16. 2.3.21, 9.4.2. 9.8.1, 9.9.1
Architect's Instructions. . .. . . . . . .2.3.16, 2.3.19, 7.7.2, 12.4, 13.1
Architect's Interpret.tions ........ .2.3.10 through 2.3.13. 12.3.2
Archlll"ct'S On-Site Observ.tions ...... .2.3.4.2.3.6.2.3.9. 7.7.1.
7.7.4. 9.4.~, 9.6.1, 9.9.1
Architect's Relallonship with Contractor. . .,. .1.1.2,2.3.5,2.3.6.
2.3.13.2.3.16.4.3.3.4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6.4.18,11.3.6
Architect's Relationship with
Subcontr.ctors ............ . . . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.16. 9.5.3, 9.5.4
Architect's Representations................ .9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Artistic Effect....................... 1.2.3,2.3.14. 2.3.1S. 7.9.1
Allorney" Fees.......................... .4.18.1.6.2.5,9.9.2
Aw.rd oi Separate Contr.cts . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . ., . .. .6.1.1
Award of Subcontracts .nd Other Contr.cts for
Porllons or the Work... . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. .., . . . . . .5.2
Boller and Machinery Insurance. . . . . . . . . ... . . .... . ... .11.3.2
Bonds. lien .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.3.3. 9.9.2
Bonds, Performance, Labor and M.teri.1 P.yment . . . . .7.S, 9.9.3
BUilding Permit. .. . . . . . .. . . . . ., . .. . . . . . ....... . . _... .4.7
Certific.te of Substanti.1 Completion ....9.8.1, 9.8.2. 9.8.3, 9.8.4
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approv.1 . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7.3
CertifiCates of Insur.nce ....................... .9.3.2.11.1.4
Certificates for Payment, Project. . .... . .2.3.9. 2.3.21. 9.4, 9.5.1.
9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2
Change Orders.. . . . . . . .. .. . . .1.1.1, 2.3.19. 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 4.11.1,
5.2.3,7.7.2,8.3.1, '.7, 9.9.3.11.3.1,11.3.5.11.3.7,
12.1,12.2.1,12.3.1,13.1.2,13.2.5,13.3.1
<:hanle Orders;Oefinition of .. ...................... .12.1.1
CHANGES IN THE WORK .....~............2.3.19, 4.11.1. 12
..;..;;-iio..r..'t"..;..:",,\~[;..,_k
INDEX
Claims for Addltion.1 Cost or Time. . . . .83.2, 8.3.3, 12.2.1, 12.3
Claims for Damages.... . . . ....... .6.1.1. 6.2.5, 7.4, '.3. 9.6.1.2
Claims and Disputes Between Contractor
and Owner....... . .. ... .2.3.12, 2.3.15. 2323. 4.18.2. 7.9
Cleaning Up ..................... . .... ., . .. ...... .4.15.6.3
Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relatins to .3.2.1,4.2.
4.7.1.4.10.5.2.1.6.2.2,7.5,9.2,11.1,11.3.4
Communic.tions . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . .2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1. 4.16
Completion,
Conditions Relating to " .2.3.21, 4.1', 4.15.9.4.2,9.9, 13.2.2
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND..........................9
. Completion of the Project. Substantial... . .. .8.1....9.8.3.9.8.4,
9.9.4.9.9.5,9.9.6.13.2.1,13.2.2
Completion 01 the Work. Subst.ntl.1 ....... .2.321, 8.1.1, 8.1.3,
8.2.2.9.8.9.42.99.3,11.3.9
Compliance with laws........... .1.3. 2.1.1. 4.6. 4.7, 4.13. 7.1,
7.6.1,7.7.1.10.2.2, 14.2.1
Concealed Conditions ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.2
Consent, Written ................... .2.3.22,4.14.2,7.2.7.6.2,
9.8.1, 9.9.~, 9.9.3,11.3.9
Construction ~nager, Definition of .....................2.2
Construction Man.ger's Approval ...............4.10.1, 4.13.2
Construction ,\~anager's
Addition.1 Services. . . . . . . . .3.4. 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5. 14.2.2
Construction Manager's AuthOrity and ResponSibility .....2.3.3.
2.35.2.3.16.2.3.10,2.3.22,4.8.1,4.17.1,4.18.3,
7.7.4.9.2.10.2.5.11.3.6.12.1.4,14.1.1
Construction Manager's Confirmation ...................9.9.3
Construction Man.ger's Consultation with the Architect .2.3.12,
2.3.16,2.3.19.2.3.21,3.4.1,9.6.1.9.8.1,12.1.4. 12.3.1, 14.2.1
Construction M.nager's Coordin.tion .nd Schedulins ... .2.3.7,
2.3.17, ".3.1. 4.10.1,4.12.4
Constructlcn Man.ger's Decisions ................. .6.3, 8.3.1
Construction .....\.nager'~ Determinations. .2.33. 6.3.1,7.7.2.8.3.1
Construction M.nager's Interests. . . . .. . . . . ., ....11.3.1.11.3.2
Construction Man.ger's Recommendations.. . .2.3.8. 2.3.9,9.3.1.
9.4.1,9.7.1,9.9.1,12.1.1
Construction M.nager's Relationship
with Architect................... 1.1.2.2.3.1.2.3.3.2.3.21
Construction Manager's Relationship With Cont,actor .. ...1.1.2.
2.3.15.2.3.16.3.2.6.4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3, 4.11.1. 4.12.4, 4.12.6,
4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1,6.2.2.7.6.2,7.7. 7.9.1, 7.9.2,
8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1.9.9.1. 10.:!.6. 11.1.4.11.3.6
Construction M.n.ger's Relallonship
with Subcontr.ctors . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ...1.1.2.2.3.16, 5.3.1
Construction Manager's Review. . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.8. 2.3.17, 5.2.1
Construction Schedule. Contr.ctor's .... . '" ... '" .. . .. . .4.10
Contr.ct. Deilnltion ot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.12
Contract Adminlstr.tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3, 43.3
Contr.ct Award and Execution.
Conditions Rel.tlng to ..... .4.7.1. 410. 5.2. 7.5. 11.1, 11.3.4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ...............................1
Contract Documents.
Copies Furnished .nd Use of ... . . . . . . . . . .1.3. 3.2.5, 5.3
Contract Documents. Definition oi ..................... '.1.1
Contract '\ud,i,catlons ... ..... ... . ................ .1.1.1. 12
Contract Sum. Definition ot ...........................9.9.1
Contracl TermlnallOn .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..........14
Contr.ct Time. Definition at .......................... .8.'.1
CONTRACTOR .........................................4
Contr.ctor. Definition of ................ r.... . . .. . . .4.1, 6.1.2
Contractor's Construction Schedule. . . . . .. .. . .......... .4.10
............n......
t
:z
.-...-_.~
A201/CM-191O
..~~' <.J.
-..
AlA DOCUMENT A2It1/CM . GENUA!.. CO'DlTIONS or T HE co' a..CT fOR CONSTltUCTlON
CONSTIIUCTION '-1.........GEMENT lDlTlOH . /UNf 1980 EDITION . ...1.... . It 1980 · THE
AM(lICAN INSTITUTE Of "'RCHITECTS. 1735 NEW 'IOIIt A....",.. WA5HI~ON, D.C. ~
".,....."..
-
-- '<.._"..
.JliE AMERICAN WSTITlJT!I'b~CTS
....-.....
'~~
.
AM. Document AlOl/eM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPOR.TANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION
WITH AN ATTOR.NEY IS ENCOURAGED.
.,,}
1980 EDITION
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
8. TIME
3. OWNER
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE
CONTRACT
4. CONTRACTOR
11. INSURANCE
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
12. CHANGES I N THE WORK
6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION
OF WORK
7. ,y1ISCElLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
Copyright 1975. III 1980. by The ^mericlIn Inslilule 01 Architects, 1735 New York Avenue. N.W., WlIshington, D.C. 20006.
Reproduction of the mllerilll herein or subSlllntllll quotlltion of iU provisions w,lhoul w"lten permIssion oi the AI." \ iollltes
the copyright 11Iws of the Lniled SllItes and will be subject to legal proseculion.
All. DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE"ER"l CO'OITlOo,;S Of THE CO 0,; TRACT fOR COo,;STRUCTlON
CONSTRUCTION MA'AGEMENT EOITIOS . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . <r 198!) . THE
M\[RICA' IMTITl.;TE or ARCHITECTS '~H NEW YORK AVE.. '\\'.. \\'ASHI'GTO"'. D.C. 20006
A201/CM - 1980 1
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND, We , as Principal and
, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to
herein called Owner, in the sum of $
which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
,
for paYment of
representatives,
1. Performs the contract dated 19____, between
Principal and Owner for construction of ,
the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes paYments to all claimants, as defined in section
255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor,
materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal
in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
3 . Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's
fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because
of a default by Principal under the contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished
under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then
this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with
any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not
affect surety's obligation under this bond.
DATE ON 19___
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY
(AS ATTORNEY IN FACT)
",
(NAME OF SURETY)
07/26/91
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
00610 - 1
PERFORMANCE BOND
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIGN OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that. if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said
Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or
extension of time made by the Owner.
Whenever Contractor shall be and declared by Owner
to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having
performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety
may promptly remedy the default. or shall promptly
1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms
and conditions, or
2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in
accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon deter-
mination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if
the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and
the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange
for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make
available as Work progresses (even though there should
be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract
or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph)
Signed and sealed this
day of
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the bal-
ance of the contract price; but not exceeding, including
other costs and damages for which the Surety may be
liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first para-
graph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as
used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount pay-
able by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by
Owner to Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the
expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final
payment under the Contract falls due or before the expira-
tion of one (1) year from the Date of Substantial Comple-
tion of the Project, whichever is later.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for
the use of any person or corporation other than the
Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administra-
tors or successors of the Owner.
,19
I (Principal) (Seal)
(Witness)
(Title)
1 !SUre/I'1 (Seal)
(Witness)
(Title)
AlA DOCI,lMENT A311/CM . PERFORMANCE BOND ASD LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
JUNE 1980 EDITION . ,0.1,0.$ . THE AMERICAN ISSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 2()()()6
2 of 4
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A311/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Performance Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and,
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Here Insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
Dollars ($
) ,
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated
(Here insert full name, address and description of project)
,19
, entered into a contract with Owner for
"
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
AlA DOCUMENT A311/CM . PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMlNT BOND. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
JUNE 1980 EDITION . ....IA. . THE A"ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
1 of 4
7.3 Temporary facilities and services:
(Here inserl tempor.ry t.ci/ities .nd servIces which .re different trom or in .ddlllon 10 rhose Included e/sewh",e In the Contr.cl Documents.)
7.4 Working Conditions:
(Here tist .ny speci.1 conditions .ffecling the Contr.cl.)
... -......
.:;.
This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe. @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
Al0l/CM-1980 5
ARTICLE 6
FINAL PAYMENT
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the
Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project
Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings
designated in those Conditions.
7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed
in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. are enumerated as follows:
(Lisl below Ihe ""ft~nl, the Condilions ollhe Conl,act (Gene,a/, Supplemenlary and olher ConditionsJ. the Drawings, rhe Specifications, and any Addenda
and accepted allernales, showin, ,n," or shftl numbers in all cases and dales where applicable.)
AlA DOCUMENT A1111CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT' CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OllO6
A101/CM-1980 4
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACT SUM
The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and
deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of
The Contract Sum is determined as follows:
(SI~I" h"r" Ih" b~" bid or olher lump sum amoun!. accepl"d ~/1"rn~I"s ~nd unil pric"s. ~s ~pplic~bl".)
ARTICLE 5
PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates
for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the
Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each
month as follows:
Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment,
. percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and
equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon
in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by
the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to
percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for
all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents.
(II nol cov"rl!d "Is_h"r" in Ih" Con/r~cl Docum"n/J, h"r" ins,,'t ~ny provision lor limiling or "educing Ihe ~mounl rel~ined ~/ler the Work re~ches ~ ceruin
sl~ge 01 completion.) .
Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate
entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project.
(He,e inserl ~ny '~Ie 01 in/erest ~greed upon.)
(Usury I~ws ~nd requitemenlS und"t Ihe Fedet~1 Truth in Lending Acl, simil., Slale ~nd 10c~1 consumer credil I~ws ~nd olhet tegu)~lionJ ~I Ihe Own"r's
~nd Con/r~clor's princip~1 p/~ces 01 busin"ss. the loc~tion 01 Ihe Projecl and elsewhere m~y affecl lhe validily of Ihis provision. Specific legal ~dvice should
be obUined with respect to delelion. modific~tion or orher requiremenlS such as wflllen discfosures or w~ivers.)
AlA DOCUMENT A1D1/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 3
ARna.E 1
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and
other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after
execution of this Agreement. These fonn the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Artide 7.
AItTIa.E 2
THE WORK
The Contractor shall perfonn all the Work required by the Contract Documents for
(Hefe ins<<t". apli<<t dflc,ipti~ 01 the Work u used on~, Cont,xt Documents.1
ARTICLE 3
TIME Of COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANnAl COMPLETION
The Work to be perlonned under this Contract shall be commenced
;..,tIJI1:
and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall ~flchieved not later than
(Here insert ~ny speci.J provisions tor liquid~ted d~m.8es rel~ting to I.ilure to complete on time.1
A'A DOCUMENT A111/CM . OWNER.CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe. @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1;35 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OOll6
A101/CM-1980 2
.......
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A101/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a
STlPULA TED SUM
1980 EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH
AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED.
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents
A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980.
AGREEMENT
made as of the
Hundred and
day of
In the year of Nineteen
BETWEEN the Owner:
and the Contractor:
the Project:
~he Construction Manager:
the Architect:
The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975. @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1i35 New York Avenue, N.W.. Washington. D.C. 20006. Re-
production of the material herein or substanllal quotation of its provisions wIthout wrotten rerm'" .)" oi thC' ~I.\ violates Ihe
copyright laws of the United Slales and will be sub,ect to legal prosecullon.
A'A DOCUMENT A'01/CM . OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGEMENT EDITION . JU:-.IE 1980 EDITION . AIAlI . @1980 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., I'.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A101/CM -1980 1
6. SIGNATURE
6.1
Dated at
this
Javof
19
:\'ame of OrganIzation:
Bv:
Title:
0.2
:-'1 heIng
Julv sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiemlv complete so as nor to be
misleading.
:,uhscnhed and sworn bdore me this
Jav of
19
Norary Public:
:-'ly Commission ExpIres:
"
AlA DOCUMENT A30S . , "'TH.,' / < 'H ",ll \//111\ I i< ,,\ 'i Ii' \\1. 'I . I""" H '/11'" . \/1" i """
TIlE .,\lI'HI< ..I' /'-'ITII.n "I ,H( '''ITl I' ,-" ".\\ Y"H" \\1''-11'. '-\\ \\,,111'-<.10'- 1)( 2\1'"''
A305-1986 6
SECTION 00805
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Information contained in this supplementary Conditions amends,
supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract
for construction, Construction Management Edition, AlA Document
A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition.
In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these
Supplementary Conditions, wording of this section shall govern.
ARTICLE 1
1. Subparagraph 1. 1. 3 - third line-after the word "construction,"
delete the remaining words and insert the following:
"and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper
execution and completion of such construction; except as
expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General
Requirements of the Contract."
2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
3. Subparagraph 1. 2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the
paragraph add the following sentence:
"In case of discrepancy or disag~eement in
documents, specifications, and/or drawings,
PRECEDENCE shall be:
the
the
contract
ORDER OF
Contract Agreement
The addenda as issued
The Supplementary General Conditions
General Conditions
The General Requirements
The Technical Specifications
The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence
over smaller scale general drawings).
4~ Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows:
"Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn
out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work."
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 1
5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows:
"Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies
of Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the
execution of the Work."
ARTICLE 2
1. Subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add:
"The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and,
unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents,
does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General
Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the
Construction Manager acting through his authorized
representative."
2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 first sentence after the word
"Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager."
3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add:
"It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the
Construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance
of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all
such directions and schedule." Should a contractor, either
in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor,
fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule
and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another
Contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services
such as overtime as may be necessarv to brinq his ooerations
uo to schedule. all at no additional'cost to the Owner."
4. subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety.
5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the
sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add
"consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so
as to cause no delay."
6.
Subparagraph
Construction
substitute,
Manager."
2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the
Manager will assist the Architect", and
"The Architect will assist the Construction
7. subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the
Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete
the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 2
ARTICLE 3
1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each
case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of
subparagraph the following: "In the event of safety or clean-
up issues, Owner has right to limit notice to no more than 24
hours, when issue is determined to be of a serious nature by
the Construction Manager. II
2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 4
1. subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the
Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity
identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or
Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade
Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a
special design but does not include one who furnishes material
not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singUlar in number and masculine in gender.
The term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his
authorized representative."
2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows:
"The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his
employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property,
unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or State
regulations including abuse of alcoho~ or drugs, will be cause
for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor
employee is determined to be detrimental to the project, as
deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove
and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction
Manager. Employees dismissed from the proj ect will be
transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense."
3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the
security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment."
~
4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete,
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 3
timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper
coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials
and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate with
the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any
discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and
specifications so that the progress of the Work is not
adversely affected."
5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence:
"The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction
Manager and "hall not be changed except with the consent of
the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to
be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in
his employ."
6. Subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence:
"This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after
Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and
completion of the various stages of construction, shall be
revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall
be subject to the Construction Manager's approval."
7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2:
"The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling
meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting,
the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress,
scheduling, and problems."
8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9:
"If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not
available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may
submit data on substitute materials through the Construction
Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner."
9. subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly":
"He shall also provide protection of existing work as
required."
10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add:
"When structural members are involved, the written
the Architect/Engineer shall also be required.
Contractor shall not unreasonably wi thhold
Construction Manager or any separate contractor
to cutting or otherwise altering the Work."
consent of
The Trade
from the
his consent
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 4
11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3:
"The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts,
cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his
materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether
or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade
Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or
finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable
code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other
hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall,
or any other finished surface".
12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add:
"Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner
or Construction Manager."
13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls
or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the
Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be
considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade
Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of
site personnel."
14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3:
"All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall
be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized
representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence
shall be directed to:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, Florida 33040
Attn: Doug Fuller
or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located
at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040.
Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade
Contractor in the pre-construction meeting."
Each trade contractor shall be required to check his
designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made
available, and located by the Construction Manager.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 5
ARTICLE 5
1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any
person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor
in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute;
however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for
any such substitution."
ARTICLE 6
1. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates,"
delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute
"a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or,"
delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim."
ARTICLE 7
1. subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The contract shall be governed by the laws of the state of
Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this
contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial
Circuit of the State of Florida."
2. Subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and
the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners,
successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other
party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the
Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole
without the written consent of the other."
3. Add new subparagraph 7.2.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to
become due under this Contract without prior written consent
of the Owner or Construction Manager."
4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 6
5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs
7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety.
ARTICLE 8
1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the
progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner,
Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any
employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by
the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire,
unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Trade contractor's control, or by delay
authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other
cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify
the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may
determine."
2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph
after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following:
"Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the
delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the
cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary,
but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the
cause for the delay wi thin twenty (20) days after such
termination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based
upon that cause shall be waived."
3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its ,entirety and insert the
following:
"It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may
reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the
Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating
Construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed
for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for
other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the
type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and
complexity."
4~ Add new subparagraph 8.3.5:
"If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade
Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 7
of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal
or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with
adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall
be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade
Contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such
refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay
as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1."
5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6:
"In addition to impact costs as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.5,
the Trade Cor~tractor shall be liable to the Owner for any
other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's
refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however,
that such refusal or failure is not the result of a
justifiable delay as defined in subparagraph 8.3.1."
ARTICLE 9
1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person":
"All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall
execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon
their receipt of paYment from the Trade Contractor."
2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add:
"From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a
progress paYment, 10 percent of such total amount will be
deducted and retained by the Owner until final paYment is
made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less
all previous paYments, shall be certified for paYment. When
not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the
Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the
surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an
amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated
cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be
done. The remainder, less all previous paYments and
deductions, will then be certified for paYment to the
Contractor.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be
entitled to demand or receive progress paYment based on
quanti ties of work in excess of those provided in the
proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when
such excess quanti ties have been determined by the
Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for
the item of work in question.
No progress paYment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 8
any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity.
All progress paYments are subject to correction at the time
of final paYments.
3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6:
"All material and work covered by partial paYments made shall
thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this
provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade
Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and
work upon which paYments have been made or the restoration for
any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner
or Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the
terms of the Contract."
4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7:
"Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade
Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the
Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility
services not later than the end of the calendar month
following that in which services are rendered and for all
materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are
delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor
shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than
the end of the calendar month in which each paYment is made
to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the
Trade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade
Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall,
by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor,
also require each Trade Subcontractor to make paYments to his
suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner."
5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an
Application for PaYment if, in his opinion, the app~ication
is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and
Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Construction Manager shall process the Application for the
amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may
also decline to approve any Applications for PaYment or,
because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent
inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval
previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his
opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied: (2) third
party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable
filing of such claims: (3) failure of the Trade contractor to
make paYments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor,
materials, or equipment: (4) reasonable evidence that the work
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 9
cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Sum: (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or
another contractor working at the proj ect: (6) reasonable
evidence that the Work will not be completed wi thin the
contract time: (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.1.1 No paYment shall be made to the Trade Contractor
until certificates of insurance or other evidence of
compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the
requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the
Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no paYments on
the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor
shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by
Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required
of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been
filed with the Owner."
6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 11
1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1:
The following coverages are required to be maintained by all
Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout
the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof.
1. Premises and operation Liability Insurance:
Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained
in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence.
Coverage shall specifically include:
a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage
for premises and operations.
b. Products and completed operations.
c. Independent contractor's exposures.
d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse,
or underground (x,c,u) exposures.
e.
Blanket contractual
contract.
liability
covering
this
f. Personal injury liability.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 10
g. Broad form property damage liability.
2. Automobile Liability Insurance:
comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall
include coverage for bodily injury and property damage
liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each
occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non-owned, and
hired vehicles, and include employers' non-ownership
liability coverage.
3. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance:
statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including
Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than
$100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person
per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided
to cover operations in the state of Florida and the
Voluntary compensation endorsement shall be provided.
Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided
where applicable.
All insurance policies are required in the name of Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Named Insured and provide a
minimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination,
non-renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall
be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability
suits between insureds without increasing the total policy
limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require
addi tional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any
specific project or work.
Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and
authorized to do business in the Stat~ of Florida. The Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to
reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable.
Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will
provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating
the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager.
Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall
be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of
the original certificates.
Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall
be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners if requested.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 11
ARTICLE 12
1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph,
after the word "change" in line 25, with the following:
"Pending final determination of cost, paYments on account
shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The
amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any
deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the
Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as
confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions
and credits covering related Work or substitutions are
involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead and
profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if
any, with respect to that change."
2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6:
"The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items
of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually
used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll
charges such as Public Liability and Workman's Compensation
Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be
allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If
deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost.
Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other
than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent,
timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental
jOb costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of
Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices
set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as
follows:
12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the
maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten
percent (10%).
12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the
actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent
(15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor
performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-
up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 12
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only.
3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7:
"The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the
Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities
and prices used in computing the value of any change that
might be ordered."
4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given
to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise,
involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give
the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three
(3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before
proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies
endangering life or property, in which case the Trade
Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3."
Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change
will involve extra work, written notice given within three (3)
days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient
notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in
such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts
of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be
determined in accordance with Paragraph 13. 1. Except as
otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost
shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this
Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such
work is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
07/25/91
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
00805 - 13
- _. -..... - >
~~:::;:=
.. ~'~~:.. ~
0Q:~~ ~
--- "
~6.~3;::
;:;. ~"O" ::I:
..... ~:> ~. ~ -
--: ~ 3' -;
j; C ;!:r. ~ m
~~~=~"
:2. -< Jt~ ~ ::. -;
::;:..... 7t:*: = '""
;r ~ - C' fJ)
=-~=~~
;:,~!.~:;"
:;~~:g~ m
~~~~::~
3 ~. ".-. ::. 0 ...,
--; ~.;:) c':; _
=:.:J c.:J 2 ""
c ~ 3 ~3 -
=8~~~ "
~ a. o' ~ ~ ~
>~~;~--,
~1"l:J:'~ m
0~0..'1l'"
,... ~. = :: ! ""
z~:,~cO
-4_"~~
(");r:~g ;=
;;~;~~
~~~~~. ~
""'~:::::;:TO~
01"'''-1'; ~~
=:ro~ ~
~e:~<;;a
~"O:J~m
c3 3 ~ o' Z
:r.l - :J
~ ~ ~~ -4
;;~=:1
. "00..
~o..__
a.e:~~
-~
=>>
>;l
70
::,...
>=c
=~
>'"
z Z
z:"
~s
.
.:>
-~
>2:.
~=
=z
=>
::~
.r_
-
-lC
" -
., -
~~
~=
-<::
~;:
7"}
>-<
<~
~~
.::
z i:
~~
~~
>-
f._
=:::::
z=
--
:;z
.z ;.
::~
~ .
"
....
.-:
;~
"0 1'"1 ..... ::ll
~-:r,<
~. 5 ~. ..
5.~n
;:. I"l "
": 0- =.
_...-
:: :J ;:;.
,. ~ III
5 3 t;
-< ~ -.
... 0.....
~. :r :J
=-'1l0
-... -
, "
... -.j
_ :J "
_. :JQ
:.iiio
:: \II =.
'C:"
.... III CT
"":J-
~ I"l tll
:J " .
~- .....
...~ :r
- .. "
--<
"'3>
~tll ~
5=-0
~~c
::a.z
- .....
- III
:;~n
=~;:;o
:J ~ ..... III
... - --
:-"~1)
.::J-..
- .....
C'l
~
i
:'-;01
- -
; ... -.
- ,.
:'~ ~ I
_ -< iii
:'3~
... ~ ~
:=-~
iii 0
.. :=
,,-
~-<
~o
:;.
=."
>~>
~-~
~~o
;9-c:
~ ~ z
n "" -4
=:lll"'l
:::J ..,
~ =
o' :;;
:::J ;;;
:::;0
III
3
o
t::
~
I"l
~
:l
~:
,,' .
~:
~.
~:
" .
~ :
~:
o '
3 :
- .
~'
'1l .
III
3 .....
o
t::
:::J
III
i
Q.
0-
,...
-
~
o
III
;-
~z't~
-<S1.CT~
n....."
o -< 9. S1..
3 "Q CT "
a, g. ~
~ :: .,
0" !: ~
:J 0..
" ...
)( ~
12. 0
.. :3
"
...
0..
..
-<
S1..
GlI"'I ~ ... .,..
>c: ~ 0 ~
>:IlI III '_ ~
r-z:lllJ.,,:::"'~;;;~ ~
~. Q ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ ~ ~ #
w~ ..,_~:IlI:J:J3030
-oiJzo-z II>:J-:J-
III o<-4c:tll..,nClQ Vl (j
~ ~~r::IIl~ 02,.tll.....-Oo
r- Z .., -. _ r- ,.. c:: r:: 0 Q + 3
5' ~ z ~ ~ 5' ~ 3 5' :J III ,.., ~
11l:t-4 :IlI~III:JtllC'\~O~
a<~ 0a<-4\J1 -V1";o..:Jt;
-, ~:; :IlIOIllSII> 0..
E503n9:~;::+-;;C'\<
III ' >- III :: 1./ \JI .. C:l 0<
'--' z.... CT 11>_-' _c..w
:IlI:~",= 0 ..
..,. ~. III > c..w 0 ~
.-4" 0 ~-..
>:..... ..,.
Z" (j 0
>: ~:IlI
C'l: _
..,. ;:;.
..
~
-
...,
z
;:0::
>
(;
;~~;~~
::: ; ~~ ~ ~
;:j' ~ -::-:::.. ~ ~
,... =- -< ~ :: ::l..
"':J-~=''tl
~ ~;- a.. g 2.
~~~~~:r.:
'" ;...' '" ::l :J
::l.. -< ~ ,... ::l.. I":)
c3=:.'" Cl.
~~::~~n
~ ...... """I .. ......
~;;a:--~:;
~~~=~
:c~~~
'::'."""1 ~ ~ 0
,; ~:.~..
Cl.o:rcq
-~~~::.
C - ~ ,.., ::
3~0~~
=-~~~~
"':=.~a.~
og.~O'"o
~ ~ 0-< -
=:o;.l
.~ ~. 2 ;. a-
Il> 9 3 :> ~
:J-"~-
~Jl:)'"C
_(j~~S1..
l~__~:r
- - :r _. ~
~~~g(j
Sr.;AI_O
;;~=o:
. ~ ~ ~ .....
~-3"Q~
"":l ~ 0 ~ ~
c.. c 3 :;
-< ;; :J ,... ",'
3-<~:5,.-
~3:r-:J
:!."D.t:rc
.r=-~e:!.
:r~CTa-~
i"l1ltll~
:J::;~~~
~
'-'
~
':D!:lO
o
CT
tll
0'
..
"
3
"
:r
iii'
I"'l
o
c::
:J
-<
S1..
..... ..... .....
-
~
, I I~I~I
IZ "":l~ 0
:3- Wa! :; ~ >
~ ~ ::l
C:r.l Z
,- < C ~ C"l
!~ ('t
I ,0.. " 0 ....,
I~ ! I ~ 3 ... ~I
~ o Cl.
! ! - ;. :J 'tl ::::;1
! - ...
I !......, ~ T'" ~I
I i::' " II>
, - C -"0
I~ I , .
~ I :> :J ..<~
I~ ~ ~'"' ~
'-'<
~ III ~
..... I~ ..... :J Cl. :>
0 0 ~ -. ;:0::
.. :J
> I Cl. ::: -<
I; r- i i r-
V'l
!
:>
0
0
.....
0
Z
I jJ
I
I
I
0
.....
0
c
~
-4
0
Z
V'l
:'-I
~
:n
:l":-'~-
r:T
?,:IlI -4I"'1Z0
~ ~o'-~
>->Z"'C'l
zn,..-4::r-
>0 l"'I:IlIat Z
C'li:o~oi >
!!,~~~II~
.". III '3' 0
C"l ,..: c: -<
oS~93
~oa~~
"R-o~~
0111
~-4~01ll
O..,..c:
:IlI-t~
..,r-..
05' II'
-4tll
0-
o 1+
at!
~
~
..... .....
..... ..... ..... .....
" ~ .., ..... >
0 ;:0:: 0
0 ,,", '"'C
z ....,
-l ~ 0 '"'C
Z ;:0:: ~
:> (") ~
~ (") 0 z -
..... ,.., ~
;= z ~
~ -l - ~
> 0 ,.
;:0::
;:0:: >
" 'i -
a ..... 0
~
....,
~ z
..
;=
~ >
fJ)
> z
~ c
~ ~
r-
- rn
n ~
~ -
."
- -
0 ~
z ~
"" rn
0 ."
::IC < "Q 0
;:0::
~ :> 0 ~
:> ;:;;
"'< ~ n ~
(") .....
~ J:
..... "<
m ,.., ~
(j
z :j rn
-4 Z
-t
1"'1> ~
=~ -
:lI~ ~
--
5';:;' 0
c:~ 0
at -.
_0
S. :J ("j
:lI -. c:
'"
1113 s:
::r.. r,.,
"0.. Z
~l"D ~
>0 C)
>~ 'J
0" S
=-<
... 3
c: "
3 =- (j "Q :> "Q > :;
,,- 0 ;Ia ;:0:: ..... ."
:lI .. 0 n ~ "Q ~
-... z ~ ..
C'l'" ..... ;:;; J: 0 c:
,,:r ~ n- o (j !:l
ai .....~ 0 ~ 5'
~ :J z(j 6 ~
iii" CT ..... o~ '"
III " 0 z 0
=0' ~ z :J
~~ ,.., 0 ..
~
:r _. <
tll :J tll
..
0..1"l ...
0 "
:J ...
:J 0:
~ ~
!:l
0"
:J ~
! OOOCCJ9.
:r n:>o~ 0
:r O;la~& !
'1l znzc: c
..... ; ~ ::.
(j ~""';laO ...
0 ~ ~ :J
=- nn 0 ~
i ..........
0
~ ;Ia ...
".
.,.
"I:
l
~
-
-:
l
~
~
~
~
'"
t
>
41
...
;~~~
~OO~
::>zOU
zOii....
Z-....C
,....<Q..ClI:
=:u Q..
<~ Vl
WQ.. ~
~ ~ ~
~ t:
:< 1:
U
ClI:
-<
c:
o
'"
c:
02
ij
:J
...
~
..=
f"'\
~
\.)
"-
<:
1.4.1
~
:::>
u
o
c
:5
..q::
.;
c:
..
-'
z
~
!
:x
"-
-
....
UJ
UJ
:I:
tI)
Z
o
-
~
::>
z
-
....
Z
o
U
""
<: e:
~
::: ~
- ~
x ~
~-c
..." Q.I ... c...
,... .I:. :c
z::; ~ .~
< = ;:; ~
z ~ ~ ~
-.- - ~
::E ;;~
< 0::: " ~
~ 5 i:
::~ 5 ~
=c~E~
_ l":
..... U . s:
- - ~
~~~'-'
...... c: :." c:
_ :)C ~ 0
.. .-
:- .,. '"
~.' = ,..
: : ''= E
'= V ~
;::;::..50
:( ~ !: ~
<0.=;"
..;
.!!
C
~
I ..
.
!
..
c
I t
\"
!
j
I
i
o. J
!
,
I
-
<
- z
~
i
;
[
:~.-:
I = zz....
<-
i ~..... ,
<^':::
i :c-
...
W
r"
\::!
00
;; -'~~~=
<...0<+
...........0
O~'" ....
....~ ,...+
00;::0
:.;~ -
"'>
<~9~~
... iiC~ClI:....ClI:
~:.r.oco
~~~~O
"
o
....
...
~
I ....., ~-
... ~
-
~ -
>- ~
c.. ..... 'or
c.. I :.; ::lz
l": ~
I ~ c....
> -.....
... .... >--
E I ~ ~ -<--
01:. , -
" ; I :.~,....,
~ I ~....-
Q..-
I ....:..
i I :;:<
c -
I
i I~
~
~ I ::l~
;!- ! .... ,.....)
:::;<
c: =>
0;0 :.;
~ "J",
I
I
I
I
~
Ol:
"
~ I
I ....
I "
.....
I = I~ I
I I
, I: I ;
I~ I I
I t
_I I
I
I < I~~ I
I ....z I
-
i
I
I
I
I
T
j =
- ~
. -
:c=
~?
~=:
~~
~ -
-.r
-<
-;.
~-
,....
< ~
~ z
Zz
~;
><
!'
!~
;:,
-..
<::
::::z
:l<-
-"
.. -
z -
<=
~=
:::i
<<
~~
<::
. -
.. -
o-
r--/
;,,;~
27
i:
:Ii
~;
:: ..
<=
<=
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
DATE: May 31, 1991
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Proiect Manual Paaes
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded
type in the text and an "AI" notation in the margin identifying that the revision
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by strikiA~
&itt- the text and placing an "AI" notation in the mar-gin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
SITE PREPARATION
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND
COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
DRILLED CAISSONS
GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
CONCRETE FORMWORK
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
GROUT
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
'-
PAGE
2
3
1-11
1
5
1-2
1-11
1
3
SECTION
02100
02222
02385
02685
03100
03200
03300
03600
05180
TITLE
B. Added Sections
SECTION
gl,~~~
Ilill
egR1~1:::1::~~W1:::k~N~IEr--Rili:::RI1:n~a:8::'(~btt;.R~A!.g.:).:
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #1-MAY 31,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings.
Drawina No.
Revision
1.03 (Add. #1
Dated 5-31-91)
(Refer to Notes) Add note:
"3. Where asphalt pavi ng is shown, Contractor may
provide on Alternate No. 5-01 of Portland Cement
Concrete Paving, Section 02520 in accordance with
Detail 12/1.18."
1.04
(Refer to Asphalt Paving) Add note:
"Where asphalt paving is shown, Contractor may provide
Alternate No. 5-01 of Portland Cement Concrete Paving,
Section 02520 in accordance with Detail 12/1.18."
1.19
(Refer to Detail 7 - Typical Cross Section thru
Detention area) Add note:
"Work in 10' mangrove setback shall consist of clearing
and finish grading to elevations shown. Sod shall not
be installed in the mangrove setback."
3.01
(Refer to Opening parallel to column line 6.7 between
column lines Fz and~Ga.)
Add concrete curb full length of opening and width of
concrete walls around open i ng. Note T. O. Curb EL.
5.83'. Provide 1 #4 horizontal each face of curb
extending full length of walls around opening. Provide
#5 @ 12" o.c. vertical each face of curb for full
height of curb and grade beam less 2" clear at top of
curb and 4" clear at bottom of grade beam.
3.01
(Refer to Columns FA-2, EA-2, DA-2, A'-2.5, A'-2.8,
A'-3.5, A'-3.8, A'-4.5, A-5.5, A-6.5, A-7.5, A-8.)
Change T.O. Cast-In-Place Column EL 12.96' to read T.O.
Cast-In-Place Column EL. 12.92'.
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
Drawina No.
3.01
3.01
3.02
3.02
3.02
3.04
3.04
3.04
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. '
Revision
(Refer to Columns B-8, C-8)
Change T.O. Cast-In-Place Column EL 13.96' to read T.O.
Cast-In-Place Column EL. 12.92'.
(Refer to Columns FA-3, B' -3, B' -2.8, B' -3.8, 8-B',
8-7.5.)
Change T.O. Cast-In-Place Column EL 11.96' to read T.O.
Cast-In-Place Column EL. 12.13'.
(Refer to Column Line Cb-8.5)
Change top of caisson elevation from 3.50' to read
1.50' .
(Refer to Grade Beam on Column Line 8.5 between column
Lines Ca and Cb.) Add note:
B.a. Grade Beam EL 3.50'
(Refer to Sheet Notes) Add Note:
5. T.O. Grade Beam EL. 5.50'
(Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read:
"4. 1.0., opening EL. 11.83' U.N.O."
(Refer to opening on Column Line 1.9 between Column
Lines G and Gb.
Change T.O. opening EL. 11.87' to read T.O. opening EL.
11.37'.
(Refer to Note above Column Line G between Column Lines
1 and 2 reading "T.O. Grade Beam EL. 4.54'.)
Add a leader line from this note to the grade beam on
Column Line G between Column Lines 1 and 1.9.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
Drawinq No.
3.04
3.05
3.05
3.05
3.05
3.06
3.06
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Revision
(Refer to Column G-S)
Remove leader line to LO. Cast-In-Place Column EL.
12. 46' .
Add Note: "T.O. Cast-In-Place Column EL. 11.46'.
Column EL. for G-6 remains 12.46'.
(Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read:
"4. T.O. opening EL. 11.83' U.N.O."
(Refer to Column Line Ha-9 - Dimension from Column Line
Ha to southeast end of Grade Beam GB23.)
Change 1'-6" to 1'-3".
(Refer to open i ng on Column Line Gb between Co 1 umn
Lines 8.5 and 9.) Add Note:
T.O. opening El. 12.33'
(Refer to opening on Column Line Gb between Column
lines 16 and 16.5) ~Add note:
T.O. opening El. 12.33'
(Refer to Column line G between Column Lines 23 and
23.5, concrete ledge as shown in Section 12 on 3.31)
Add note:
T.O. Ledge El 5.73'
(Refer to opening on Column Line 23.5 between Column
Lines G and Gb.) Add note:
T.O. opening El. 12.33'
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
Drawina No.
3.06
3.29
11.01
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Revision
(Refer to Sheet Note #4) Change to read:
4. T.O. opening EL 11.83' U.N.O.
(Refer to Typ. Cast-In-Place Concrete Wall Support at
Column)
Change "PL 1/2" x 6" x 0'-6" wi 4-1/2" dia. x 6" Headed
Studs @ 3" Gage Galvanize Assembly" to "PL 3/4" x 6" x
0' -6" wi 4-1/2" dia. x 8" Headed Studs @ 4" Gage
Galvanize Assembly".
(Refer to the Entrance Drive off Jr. College Road)
Add note:
"Existing utility power pole at this entrance to be
relocated. Coordinate relocation with "City Electric."
B. Revised Full-Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated May 31, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER
1.01
1.03
1.06
1.07
1.09
1.18
3.03
3.30
3.31
"
HLM 90007.00
TITLE
MASTER SITE PLAN
PRELIMINARY SITE LAYOUT · CENTRAL
ROUGH GRADING AND DRAINAGE - CENTRAL
ROUGH GRADING AND DRAINAGE - SOUTH
SITE UTILITIES - SOUTH
CIVIL DETAILS
FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE C
DRILLED CAISSON AND CAST - IN-PLACE COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS
******************
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
Al
Additional obstructions exposed as the result of clearing operations
shall be removed.
Stockpile topsoil in available area as directed by the Construction
Manager.
$. ~ape... s t. () ~ kp i.}. ~ ~.. .in. .ama nn E!t. H t h, il t... .t.~e Y., lire. ,..re l,a t.i Yell Y. Hni f()rm.,~
. Noii fj.' the' Constructi on" MariagerV:arid' . OWner '- s' Xes ting:.. labOratory 48
tl~!J:r:s:':':~~;::::;'.~d~~n~~. of'. c1~ar:1n9.,..J n. . the::H midden: . area.:HHH:H Ow.ner1 s
ill_.E!8liill\iil!"ll.\i~~
3.3 TREE REMOVAL/PROTECTION
A. Remove trees and shrubs, except those indicated to remain. Removal
includes new and old stumps of trees and their roots, unless doing so
endangers the life of plant material to remain.
B. Trees or shrubs which are to remain in the construction area shall be
protected from damage and maintained in healthy condition throughout
the construction process.
C. Protect the tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on project site
that are to remain. Existing trees subject to construction damage
sha 11 be boxed, fenced or otherwi se protected before any work is
started; remove protection when directed. Do not permit heavy
equi pment or stockpil es withi n branch spread. Remove i nterferi ng
branches without injury to trunks.
D. Trees and palms under 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade, and
plants indicated to remain which are destroyed or receive excessive
damage during construction, shall be replaced in kind and size.
E. Trees and palms over 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade which
are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction shall be
replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted
from monies due the Contractor:
1. $18.00 per cross sectional area in inches at 12" above finish
grade per trunk.
F. Refer to Section 02955 - TREE RElOCATlON.
E.
D.
F.
Gfi
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect midden area from excavation, damage and construction activity.
********************
END OF SECTION 02100
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02100-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
At:
B. Set required lines and levels.
C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points.
O. Proofroll all building slab and paved areas with a large vibratory
roller (Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent).
E. Proofrolling of the structure and paved areas shall consist of at
least eight overlapping passes and shall be observed by the testing
1 aboratory.
F. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be
undercut and replaced with compacted granular or on-site soil fill.
The testing laboratory shall recommend the nature and extent of
remedial work. Proofrolling shall continue for the required number of
passes until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below grade has attained
a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density.
G. Proofrol1ing shall not occur within the midden area.
H. Where paved areas occur within the midden, the~r~.shall be
preloaded. Install three settlement f)laees pj~t~$ in the area in
accordance wi th FOOT Index No. 540. P1 ace fi 11 mafer"ia lover the area
to 5 feet above exi st i ng grades. Settlement measurements shall be
taken by the testing lab at least once a week. When the testing
laboratory is satisfied that settlement has decreased to an acceptable
level, the fill shall be removed to rough grade elevations.
At:
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate sub-soil in accordance with lines and levels required for
construction of the work, and five feet beyond limits of building slab
and paved areas. Excavation 1 imits to include space for forms,
bracing and shoring, applying waterproofing and to permit inspection.
B. 00 additional excavation only by written authorization of Architect.
C. Machine slope banks.
D. Hand trim excavations and leave free of loose or organic matter.
E. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner.
F. Stockpile excavated sub-soil for re-use where directed. Remove excess
or unsuitable excavated sub-soil from site.
G. Removal of boulders or buried rock in ~xcess of 1/2 cubic yard may be
authorized as an extra. Other work is deemed to be within the scope
of this Project.
H. Coordinate with cassion work for special requirements and arrangements
regarding excavation to rough out elevations.
I. 00 not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs
that are to remain.
J. If necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut
roots with a sharp ax.
K. qv..~.r..l!.)(.~~v..~.~J().Il....will be required at all Byi1e1iR~ slaB aRs paves areas
wftiiiMfnliiifed to remove the silt and peat layer found about 4 to 5
t'"iiel".....Derow........eXfsting grades. The unsuitable silt and peat material
shall be removed and backfilled with compacted granular or on-site
soil fi 11 . Refer to Geotechni ca 1 Report prepared by Westinghouse
Environmental and Geotechnical Services Inc. dated January 15, 1991
for i nformat i on regard; ng the 1 ocat i on and depth of the s il tlpeat
1 ayer.
L. Where paved areas occur within the midden, no excavation will be
allowed below existing grade.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Drilling and excavating of shafts for drilled caissons.
2. Drilling of percussion test holes in bottom of drilled caissons.
3. Cleaning of drilled caisson bottoms and sockets.
4. Test caisson.
5. Steel casings and liners.
6. Drilling mud.
7. Reinforcing and dowels from drilled caissons into walls, grade beams,
slabs and columns.
8. Concrete and concreting of drilled caissons.
9. Disposal of excavated materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. DIVISION ZERO - INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS: SUBSURFACE
INVESTIGATION DATA.
2. DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
3. SECTION 02222 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
4. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
E. EP-15 - ACI Field Reference Manual: Specifications for Structural Concrete
for BUildings with selected ACI and AST~ References.
F. CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.
1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Basis of Bids: Bids shall be based on the number of drilled caissons,
length from top elevation to bottom of the shaft and the diameter of the
shaft, as shown on the Drawings.
B. No payment will be made for drilled caisson construction not represented by
a submitted report verified by the testing agency.
C. Basis for Payment:
1. Payment for drilled caissons will be made on the actual net volume of
drilled caissons in place and accepted. The actual length may vary
to coincide with the elevations where the compentent limerock is
encountered. Adjustments to the Contract Sum wi 11 be made on the
basis of the over and under depth differences of the drilled caissons,
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
between those shown on the Drawings and those in the actual installed
work, in aggregate for all drilled caisson installed. -
2. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete
fill, reinforcing, casings or other costs due to unauthorized over
excavating shafts in any dimension. No payment will be made for
rejected drilled caissons.
3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation from present
grade to top of drilled caisson if drilled caisson work proceeds
before site work excavation and grading is complete.
4. Excavated materials will be classified in accordance with the
following. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made in
accordance wi th uni t pri ces for greater or 1 esser quant it i es of
materials.
a. Normal excavation is defined as materials encountered between top
of competant limerock and top of drilled caissons excluding
obstructions.
b. Limerock excavation is defined as material encountered between
founding level and top of competant 1 imerock elevation. All
soil-filled cavities, limerock fragments and voids included in
the limerock excavation area shall be considered limerock for the
full volume of the shaft from the initial contact with limerock
for payment purposes. Payment will be based on the total lengths
for drilled caissons in soils and 1imerock, for each drilled
caisson diameter. Top of competant limerock elevation is
determined by testing agency's geotechnical engineer.
5. Payment for obstructions as defined herein will be for the volume of
caissons within the vertical limits of the obstructions only. The
top and bottom 1 imits of the obstruchons will be measured by the
testing agency. The payment volume will be the caisson
cross-sectional area as shown on the Contract Documents times the
hei ght between the upper and lower 1 imi ts of the obstruction as
measured by the testing agency.
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Refer to Division One for scope of units prices required of items specified
under this section.
B.
Unit prices (established on the Bid Form) will apply in the event additions
to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written
order from the Architect to Contractor.
1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20%
of indicated 6'1 length and is to include drilling, casing and
removal, reinfo'f'cing steel and concrete.
2. Unit prices quoted shall include full compensation for labor,
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for excavation,
trimming, shoring, casings, drilling mud and other necessary items for
complete installation.
Al:
"
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit concrete materials test reports for materials proposed for use in
concrete mixes.
HLM 90007,00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Submit daily preliminary drilled caissons report by Testing Agency' of
actual elevation of top of limerock and bottom of caisson, and top of
caisson.
c. Submit concrete design mix reports, listing all mixes required and their
respective test results.
D. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication bending and placement of concrete
reinforcement. Include all accessories required to support reinforcement.
E. Submit Installer Qualifications.
F. Submit load test results signed and sealed by Testing Agency's geotechnical
engineer.
G. Signed and sealed certification letter from Testing Agency's geotechnical
engineer stating drilled caissons as installed will resist the required
designed loads.
H. Submit surveyor qualifications and experience records.
I. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for
each manufactured product.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in drilled caisson construction.
Demonstrate experience working in similar soil, rock, and water conditions,
shaft sizes, and special techniques, with at least three years of
successful installation of caissons.
B. Survey Work:
1. Engage a State of Florida regi stered Surveyor acceptabl e to the
Construction Manager, to perform surveys,layouts, and measurements
for drilled caisson work. The Surveyor shall conduct the layout work
for each dri 11 ed caisson to the 1 i nes and 1 eve 1 s requ i red before
excavation, and shall record the actual measurements of each drilled
caissons horizontal axial location, shaft diameter, bottom and top
elevations, and deviations from specified tolerances.
2. The Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each
drilled caisson and cooperate with other testing and inspection
personnel to provide data for required reports.
C. Caisson Installation Approval:
1. Testing Agency shall employ the services of a professional engineer
experienced in soil mechanics (Geotechnical Engineer) registered in
the State of Florida. This engineer will certify that caissons have
been installed under his supervision and that caissons will resist the
required design loads as installed.
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Subsurface investigations have been performed and results are avail abl e
from the office of the Construction Manager as specified in Division Zero.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the
Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum, provided such operations
are acceptable to the Owner and Architect.
C. Examination of Site:
1. Visit and examine the site and take into consideration conditions that
may affect the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete, and related materials: As specified in Section 03300 and
amended to meet the requirements specified below:
1. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, Type II.
B. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200.
C. Concrete proportioning: As specified in Section 03300 and amended below:
1. Cement content: 658 pounds per cubic yard.
2. Fly ash: Replace 22 percent of cement with fly ash at a ratio of one
pound of fly ash for everyone pound of cement removed.
3. Water to cement ratio: .48 maximum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which drilled caissons are to be
i nsta 11 ed.
B. Do not proceed wi th the work unt il uns,at is factory condit ions have been
corrected.
C. Commencement of work means acceptance of conditions.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301.
At B. Excavation shall be free of water aAa loose material.
A~ C. 9a Aat plaee arillea eaissaA eSAerete ~A8er water.
3.-3 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate holes for drilled caissons to the required elevation based on
limerock socket required as shown on the Drawings.
B. Drilled caisson design and dimensions shown are based on the assumed uni
skin friction. If the load test shows that the competent limerock is not
capable of maintaining the unit skin friction assumed, the foundation
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
system will be revised as directed by the Architect. If the load test
shows that a higher unit skin friction may be used, a reduction in shaft
length may be directed by the Architect. Revisions to payment will be made
in accordance with the General Conditions relative to changes in the Work.
C. If required, install casings or use drilling mud as excavation proceeds so
that earth walls are maintained without spalling into the shaft and water
is excluded from shaft.
Al
D. Drill through soil overburden and limerock, through the deepest level of
voids or soil filled cavities or sections of decomposed limerock, to the
design bottom of caisson indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the
Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Provide shafts and sockets with
diameters least equal to that indicated on Drawings.
E. Locate centerl i ne of dri 11 ed caisson to be on centerl i ne of beari ng
construction, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
1. 00 not exceed the following tolerances: Shaft centerline location:
~l;:th~ inch maximum variation from plan location. Shaft variation to
plumb:.... 1 inch in 10 feet for full depth (with maximum of 4 inches).
2. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective
construction. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to the
Architect for review before proceeding.
3. The minimum center-to-center spacing between drilled caissons proposed
by the Contractor for corrective work shall be three times the
diameter of the drilled caisson.
F. Installation Equipment:
1. Form by means of a power dri ven rotary foundati on dri 11 i ng ri g.
Provide and maintain equipment in first class condition and operable
at all times.
2. Provide equipment capable of penetrating very dense limerock with the
maximum size shaft.
a. Equipment: Able to impress a minimum total weight to the Auger of
20,000 lbs. by a combination of Kelly Bar Weight and Crowd
System.
b. Apply a minimum 50,000 foot pounds of torque to the Kelly bar.
G. Obstructions:
1. If rock, boulders or other unforeseen obstructions are encountered
which cannot be removed by standard drilled caisson excavation methods
and if such obstructions are not indicated by available subsurface
data, removal of such obstructions will be paid for in accordance with
terms of the Contract re 1 at i ve to changes in the work. Standard
excavation methods include conventional earth auger, pengo bit,
stepped taper bit, teeth on auger or other attachments to auger.
2. Remove such obstructions by hand labor using air-powered tools, core
barrels with drilled caisson drilling equipment or other safe methods
recognized in the construction industry. The Testing Agency will
observe obstruction excavation and determine volume of obstruction
excavation involved at the time the work takes place.
3. Where possible, return to standard excavation methods after
obstruction is removed.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
02385-5
ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
AI,
~l:
DRILLED CAISSONS
H. Demolish and remove rock, boulders, concrete, masonry and other
subsurface obstructions which are indicated by the Contract Documents, or
the available subsurface exploration data.
I.
Shaft Liners or Casings:
1. In drilling the caissons, securely protect the earth walls against
cave-ins and displacement of the surrounding earth by means of steel
cylinder liners or casings. Use liners or casings to line holes,
yr:tl.~.~.~..P~t",j ssi on ; s granted for thei r omi ss i on by the Prefess i eRa 1
~ij~,,"rij~.l Engineer.
2. TemporalY'casings may be left ;n place or may be withdrawn as the
concrete ;s placed above competent l;merock, at the Contractor's
option.
3. Below competent limerock, temporary casings must be withdrawn as the
concrete is placed. Permanent casings are not allowed below competent
1 imerock.
4. If removable steel liners are used, they may be withdrawn as the
concrete is being placed providing the bottom of the liner is a
minimum of 5 feet below the top of concrete. Maintain a sufficient
head of concrete to prevent a reduction in the diameter of the drilled
ca i sson shaft due to earth pressure on the fresh concrete and to
prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides and mixing
with the fresh concrete.
Drilling Mud:........................
1. Pre~iae "11111111'1 to maintain the stability of the shaft excavation
te exe 11::l8Ei"fF"ee'.waler and allow the proper placement of concrete.
2. Prior to placing concrete in each excavation, take samples to ensure
that heavily contaminated drilling mud, which would impair th~ free
flow of concrete from the tremie pipe, has not accumulated at the
bottom of the shaft. Take samples one foot from the bottom the hole.
The density of the drilling mud in the excavation prior to concreting
shall be within the required limits.
K. Depth of rock socket: Bottom of caisson elevations indicated on the
Drawings are for bidding purposes. Actual elevations will be determined
by the geotechnical engineer and the Architect.
J.
L. No payment will be made for the extra length, when drilled caisson shafts
are excavated to a greater depth than requ i red or authori zed by the
geotechnical engineer, due to overdri11ing by the Contractor. Complete the
dri 11 ed caisson and fill the extra depth with concrete, if all other
conditions are satisfactory. Over excavated shafts will be measured and
paid for to the original design or authorized depth.
M. Take precautions to maintain a safe operation in connection with drilled
caisson installation. Provisions for adequate protection to persons and
property shall comply with applicable requirements of governing authorities
having jurisdiction.
N. Remove excavated material and dispose of as directed by Construction
Manager.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-6
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
3.4 PERMANENT STEEL CASINGS: CONTRACTOR OPTION
A. Provide above competent limerock.
B. Provide casings of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses and
pressures from surrounding soil and water or concrete inside. Provide
casings with inside clear diameter not less than the diameter of the
drilled caisson shaft.
C. Steel Pipe Casings:
1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete,
surrounding earth and backfill.
2. Casings may be delivered in section of any convenient length. Connect
sections by continuous penetration welds during placement into the
drilled caisson shaft excavation.
At 3. QesigR t~t BettelR eage af t~e lewest easiFlg seetleR ta ~ra\'ieJe a
eyttiRg s~ee far fJeRetratiFlg iFlte 1 ilRtreek strata aFla affectiFlg a
water seal.
D. Corrugated Steel Casings:
1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete,
surrounding earth and backfill.
2. Provide corrugated steel casings formed of galvanized or bituminous
coated steel sheets.
3. Corrugated casings may be delivered in any convenient section of
panel, with sections or panels field-connected in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
At: 4. DesigR t~e BettelR eage af t~e lawest easiFlg seetieR te ~reYiEie a
eyttiRg s~et far ~eFletratiFlg iAta 1 ilRel"eek strata aFla affectiFlg a
water seal.
E. Install permanent steel casing as excavation work progresses and as
required to ensure the stability of drilled caisson shaft walls. Remove and
replace or repair casings which are damaged during installation and which
could impair the strength of efficiency of the completed drilled caisson.
~l: 3 . 5 DR I LL I NG MUD:t:::::::::::::mB.IXgl~;m~:gll:"9,B
A. Premi x drill i ng mud thoroughly wi th clean potable water pri or to its
introduction into the shaft excavation.
B. Test drilling mud for density using the mud density balance. Density to be
between 66 and 75 pounds per cubic foot.
C. Dispose of drilling mud off-site.
"
AI: gj~::::::::::::~:::::lIi'i:I:li!I!~:II."lll:~:~::~::I:~i:::f.lj~
3.6 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS
A. Install in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI "Recommended Practice for
Placing Reinforcing Bars".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-7
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Before placing, clean reinforcing steel and dowels of loose rust, scale,
dirt, grease and other material which impair bond.
C. Fabricate and erect reinforcing cages in shafts as one continuous unit.
Place reinforcement symmetrically about axis of hole and hold in position
during concrete placement providing minimum 6 inches of concrete cover.
D. Use templates to set anchor bolts, dowels, leveling plates and other
accessories. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required
position during concrete placement.
E. As casing is withdrawn, take care to ensure reinforcement is not disturbed
or exposed to the surrounding soil. Securely attach spacers, capable of
sliding on the casing, to the reinforcement.
F. Protect exposed ends of dowels and anchor bolts from mechanical damage and
exposure to the weather.
3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Special observation is required during placement of concrete to ensure the
drilled caisson is installed without cavities and extraneous material and
to ensure minimum diameter is maintained.
B. Fill drilled caisson with concrete immediately after inspection and
approval by the Testing Agency and the Architect. Use protection sheets
cut out to receive concrete over excavation openings, extending at least l~
inches beyond edge in all directions.
C. Pl ace concrete cont i nuous 1 y wi thout interrupt i on and in a smooth flow
without segregating the mixed materials.
D. Place excess concrete where temporary casings are used to allow for
anticipated slump due to casing removal.
E. Concrete shall be placed by tremie method such as gravity flow through a
vertical pipe of sufficient length to reach the bottom of the drilled
caisson. Control placement operations to ensure that the tremie is not
broken during continuous placing from bottom to top. Maintain bottom of
tremie below top of concrete.
F. Vibrate the top 15 feet of the drilled caisson concrete.
G. Remove segregated concrete and laitance as the concrete placement for each
drilled caisson is being completed, to achieve a continuous column of good
quality concrete up to design cut-off elevation.
H. Place drilled caisson concrete monolithically. If a construction joint is
unavoidable, leave the resulting shaft surface approximately level and
insert additional dowels as required by Architect. Before completing the
drilled caisson with a subsequent concrete placement, roughen and clean the
joint surface and slush with a 1 to 1 cement grout.
I. Stop the concrete placement at the cut-off elevation, screed off true and
level and apply a scoured, rough finish, unless otherwise indicated.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
02385-8
ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
Where cut-off elevation is above ground elevation, form the top section
above grade and extend the shaft to the required elevation.
J. Hot Weather Placing:
1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in accordance with
ACI 305 and as herein specified.
2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at
time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or
chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided
the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of
mixing water.
3. P1 ace concrete i lTII1ed i ate 1 y upon deli very. Keep exposed concrete
surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap
or other effective means.
4. 00 not use retarding admixtures unless approved in writing by the
Architect.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of
his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B. Quality Control Monitoring:
1. Refer to Division One - Testing Laboratory Services.
2. The Owner will employ a Testing Agency to perform field qual ity
control tests for concrete and monitor drilled caisson installation.
3. The Owner's Testing Agency will employ a qualified profeSSional
Geotechnical Engineer registered in the State of Florida who will
observe caissons dri 11 i ng, clean 11)g, concret i ng work and determi ne
bottom elevation of caisson.
C. Drilled Caisson Reports
1. Records shall be maintained by both the Testing Agency and the
Contractor for each installed drilled caisson.
2. Assist the Testing Agency making the necessary measurements and
observations, and maintain Contractor's records as required for
preparation and submission of complete reports on drilled caisson
construction. SubmH a separate report for each drilled caisson.
Submit each report within a period of ten days after final concreting.
3. As a minimum, include the following information on each caisson:
a. Identification of drilled caisson by number, type and location.
b. Type of equipment used.
c. Times when drilled caisson excavation was started and completed.
d. Design and actual shaft diameters drilled.
e. Ground elevation at drilled caisson location.
f. Design and actual elevation of top and bottom of drilled caisson.
g. Assumed (design) elevation of top of compentent 1 imerock at
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-9
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
Al
drilled caisson location.
h. Actual elevation of top of compentent 1imerock.
i. Design and actual elevations to top and bottom of drilled caisson
socket.
j. Volumes of soil and rock excavated.
k. Lengths of probe hole drilled, and time to drill each foot. The
depths and thicknesses of any soft seams.
1. Levelness of shaft bottom.
m. Statement of type, length, diameter and elevation of any casing
permanently installed in the excavation.
n. Groundwater conditions.
o. Date when excavation was approved for installation of concrete.
p. Date when concreting was performed. Include any delays in
concreting and report construction joints in shafts.
q. Quantity of concrete used, including amounts over or under design
volume.
r. Date when drilled caisson construction was completed.
s. Centerline location at top of drilled caisson.
t. Variation of shaft from plumb.
u. Remarks on unique or unusual events or circumstances concerning
drilled caisson installation.
v. Report weather conditions and temperature.
D. Inspection and Testing
1. Contractor shall install and load test one test caisson in a location
acceptable to the Architect. Test caisson conditions shall be as
similar as possible to actual caisson conditions.. High early strengtr
concre.te may be used for the test caisson only. Install reaction
caissons as required to load test caisson to failure in tension. The
Geotechnical Engineer will witness the test. Geotechnical Engineer
will determine actual unit skin friction. Do not use test caisson or
reaction caissons in the Work.
2. The Testing Agency will witness the placing of the concrete.
3. ~; i ;~:n$~otJ~~llOf a ~ n~~::m~~~!':~:~E:~:!~~6~!i~g~~~Ufh:~i~~t~~ ~r{~ 1 ~~
a i rt rack dri 11 to a depth of ten ff!.t:!t.Jojndi..C:~~l:!p~h~~.h..E!r.p~hE!pd.tiJ1 ed
~i:~~~~1Jr_1f;~~~
caissons to a lower elevations.
"
4. Drill the two-inch diameter test holes by air track drill rig from the
ground surface. No observation of the test hole will be required, and
the qual i ty of 1 imerock below the drill ed caisson bottom will be
judged from the time rate of percussion drilling and other
observations such as dropping of rods. Clean the 1 imerock socket
under water with a brush substituting for the auger bit at the bottom
of the auger rig kelley, or by a similar technique acceptable to the
geotechnical engineer.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER-
B 10 GROUP ONE
02385-10
ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
5. Test concrete as per Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete except that
take four cylinders for every 100 cubic yards of concrete and not less
than four cylinders on any given day.
********************
END OF SECTION 02385
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-11
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02685
GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Natural Gas System
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site gas piping systems.
B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for
selection and payment.
Al.:
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal ities and private
utility companies of proposed work.
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due dil igence on his part, notify the
Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies and the Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to
excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section.
D. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post
with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by
authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities,
sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards
created by earthwork operation.
.~'l'~IiIi.~~li~li~~f 1Jj!l~;\lt\,__:llIAi!iliJ
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Per local Gas Company requirements.
~ART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be per local Gas Company requirements.
********************
HLM 90007.00-1
END OF SECTION 02685
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02685-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
curing at not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the
concrete, providing the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by
form removal operations and provided for the exposed concrete.
E. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as beams, soffits, slabs and
other structural elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until
concrete has attained 75% of design strength at 28 days.
1. Design strength of cast-in-place concrete having supporting forms
removed before 14 day shall be determined by testing field cured and
laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the concrete.
a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form
removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing
Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor.
F. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores
and other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit
removal of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and
supports.
G. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against
finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
H. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh
concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
3.10 SCHEDULES
A. Facing Materials:
1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as
outlined below.
2. Forms for F-l and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed
concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise.
At:
B. Forms for Type F-l, Rough Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete concealed from view.
2. No selected form facing material i~ required.
3. Patch tie holes and defects. .
4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the
texture imparted by the forms.
Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional
architectural finish requirements, other than painting.
2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on
the concrete.
a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete-farm-grade
hardboard, metal, paper, fiber tubes or other approved material
capable of..producing the desired finish.
b. Paper e-+: (it fiber tube forms that impart a texture or spiral
pattern tci~the concrete are not approved.
3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with
the number of seams kept to the practical minimum.
4. Do not use materi a 1 with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges,
patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the
concrete.
C.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel reinforcing bars.
2. Welded wire fabric.
At: ~;:*::::::::::.::I:::~P9!~::::::F.9:,-~ig.:.:r~J~tg~;~g:'~~m~"~::
B. Re 1 ated Sec:. ions:
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK
3. SECTION 02385 - DRILLED CAISSONS
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code ReqUirements For Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures".
4. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS)
1. ANSI/AWS 01.4 - Structural Welding:Code for Reinforcing Steel.
2. ANSI/AWS 012.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code.
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-615-88: Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement.
Al: 1::fl::~:l:I:::::::~.::;::ltZI.ig;~::::::::I:,iii;tt:i~'il'ig::\:::\~I;!:ti:f'imll~g:'~~~~l::::p~r~':R:
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Practice.
1. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars.
2. CRSI65 Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports,
Specifications and Nomenclature.
1": 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of reinforcement, method of support
and fastening, bending and placing schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and
plans, material grades and relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03200
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: ASTM A6IS, Grade 60 and 40 deformed billet steel
bars.
Al ~~:;~:::~::::::':~J~9~y'~pJ~~1119;'AS"MA;;jZ$'~::
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A18S.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including
bol sters, chai rs, spacers and other devi ces for spaci ng t supporting and
fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations
and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
1. Use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base
material will not support chair legs for slab on grade.
2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs
hot-dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of
supports contact forms.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI. 318
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS 01.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum
stress. Review location of splices with Architect/Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301.
3.2 INSTALLATION
"
A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical
injury.
B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not
deviate from required position.
C. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder.
D. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or
ties consistent with CRSI recommendations.
********************
HLM 90007.00-1
~n:
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete.
2. Placing anchors and inserts.
3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections.
4. Structural slide bearings.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 02385 - Drilled Caissons
2. SECTION 03100 - Concrete Formwork.
3. SECTION 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
5. ACI 30SR - Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
r~.H..H...A~J}I~H::HH~l:IiJ.~i.n.gH..~()~E!Hg~ql:l;rE!I11E!n.ts for Rei nforced Concrete.
Il::::::::::::::::Av~::::$:P:,l~:::":':.~:i:j,l:I::::::RIf:!,!n~i:::::I.f1ngi~:
B. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM 0-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete
(Bituminous Type).
2. ANSI/ASTM 0-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
3. ANSI/ASTM 0-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types).
4. ANSI/ASTM 0-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM B-221 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire,
Shapes and Tubes.
2. ASTM C-33 - Concrete Aggregates.
3. ASTM C-94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete.
4. ASTM C-lS0 - Portland Cement.
5. ASTM C-260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
6. ASTM C-330 - Light Weight Aggregates For Structural Concrete.
7. ASTM C-494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
8. ASTM C-618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as
a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
~J.: Qj*:~j:I;~:::j:j.i:i:!!:jj::jinl.j::::mii:nli:l:mIi*I!pii::;::i:l:j~j:llll:iiii\lMi!::;::jl:g:j:::j,:fii:;:::::1l:!:!:g:I:i:lll:ii;[
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Designs:
1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated
for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete
placement. Include the following:
a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted.
b. Statement of intended use for mix.
c. Mix proportions, including admixtures used.
d. Manufacturer's data and/or cert ifi cat ions veri fyi ng conformance
of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified
requirements.
e. Wet and dry unit weight.
f. Entrained air content.
g. Design slump.
h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit
separate qualification data for each production facility which
will supply concrete to project.
i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to
calculate average strength qualification data. When field test
data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate
qualification data for each production facility which will supply
concrete to project and copies of field test reports.
2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of
concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials
including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in
entrained air content.
3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for
each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of
discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to
Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previ ous successful
experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these
specifications, when sampled at pOiQt of discharge, over full range of
distance required. .
B. Product Data:
1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials
and including admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint
systems and others as required by Architect.
2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its
compatibility with other finish materials and surface required.
C. Submi t curi ng compound product data and veri fi cat i on of its acceptable
compatibility with type of concrete penetrating sealer and waterproofing
used.
D. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory
tests reports when requested attesting that each material item compiles
with or exceeds specified requirements.
E. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information
as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:"
including additional information listed for certification purposes.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field
that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design.
F. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of
concrete. Keep record until completion of project, make available to
Architect on request.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
At:
B.
C.
D.
E.
Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 "Specifications for
Structural Concrete for Buildings" as modified in this Section.
1. PF8Via€ at least eAe ea~y af AtI SP IS a~ailaBle iR fiela effice.
Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
Do not place concrete when temperature is below 40 degrees F.
Survey Work
1. Engage a State of Florida registered surveyor acceptable to the
Construction Manager, to perform survey, layout and measurements for
cast-in-place concrete, column centerline, and anchor bolt locations.
2. Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each
column centerline, plumbness, and anchor bolt location prior tc
placement of concrete.
3. Surveyor shall cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel
to provide data for their required reports.
1. 5 UNIT PRICES
A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid: Form in event additions to or
deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from
Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type II, or ASTM C-595 IP(MS), IS(MS), P(MS),
I(PM)(MS) or I(SM)(MS).
1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design.
B. Fly Ash: ASTM C-618, Class F.
C. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33.
D. Light weight aggregates: ASTM C-330.
E. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious
to concrete or reinforcement.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
F. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260.
G. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added
during manufacture, Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders.
3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation.
H. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-494, Type
F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, required for caissons,
all pumped concrete and optional for other areas. Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon Super' 37"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Sikament: Sika Chemical Corporation.
3. "Pozzolith 400-N"; Master Builders.
I. Accelerators are not permitted.
J. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C-
494, Type B and Type 0 respectively. Acceptable Products:
1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders.
3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika.
K. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned
requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review
by Architect.
2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL
A. ACI 301
B. Fiber Expansion Joint:
1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM 0-1751.
2.3 WATERSTOPS
A. ACI 301
B. Flexible strip waterstop:
1. Acceptable product:
a. American Colloid Company, Waterstop-RXI0l.
2.4 EMBEDDED ITEMS:
1. Embedded items: 00 not displace reinforcing bars.
2. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as
design capacity of supporting concrete members.
3. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTH A-36.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM C-309. Unit moisture loss, pound per
square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf.
1. Hasterseal or HasterKure; Haster Builders or Architect's acceptable
equivalent.
HLH 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Bonding Compounds:
1. Bonding Compound: polyvinyl acetate type, rewettab1e. Acceptable
Manufacturers:
a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. We1dcrete~ Larson Products.
c. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall.
d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% sol ids, 100% reactive, two component compound
suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Sikadu Hi-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
2.6 EPOXY JOINT FILLER
A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness
of 50.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company.
b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
2.7 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 30)
as modified in this Section.
B. Cement: Minimum of 564 pounds per cubic yard.
C. Fly Ash: A maximum of 22% by weight of cement may be replaced with fly ash
at a ratio of one pound fly ash for everyone pound of cement removed.
D. Maximum water cement ratio: 0.49.
E. Durability:
1. Air-entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air.
F.
Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
specified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot weather conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 90 degrees F. for drilled caissons and 100
degrees F. for other cast in place concrete.
3. When increased workabi 1 i ty, pumpabi 1 i ty, lower water-cement rat i 0,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
G. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawings. .
",
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 28 day strength.
2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio, cement type and manufacturer,
and percentage of fly ash as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days
after casting.
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage value for concrete mixes:
400 millionths (0.0004) with an allowable variation of
15%.
2) Submi t wri tten reports of each proposed concrete mi x not
less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect.
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather, test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
H.
Slump:
1. ACI301
2. Caissons: 4" max. before addition of HRWR admixture; 7" min. and 9"
max. at placement.
3. Concrete with HRWR Admixture: 8" maximum unless otherwise directed by
Architect.
4. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
\.
At:
~"'~.'I\!I"il~
2.8 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in
this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot and cold weather in
accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306.
~ B. Ready Mixed Concrete:
1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and
aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes or
before 300 mixing speed revolutions when air temperature is below 80
degrees F.
2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting
of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM
C-94 is required.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST - IN-PLACE CONCRETE
a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement
and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75
minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90
degrees F.
b. Di scharge concrete wi thi n 60 mi nutes when air temperature is
above 90 degrees F.
2.9 TESTING & INSPECTION
A. Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his
respons',bility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents.
2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified
requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct
deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect.
B. Testing laboratory Test
1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will
review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff,
facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project.
a. Review will address:
Type and condition of equipment.
Calibration of measuring devices.
Sources of aggregate and cement.
Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests.
Methods of storage of aggregate and cement.
Mixing procedures, including distance from site.
Trip ticket sample.
Admixtures that will be used, including special
procedures required.
Other items which, in opinion of Testing
Laboratory, are important elements in
production of concrete.
b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and
Architect. '
1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require
modification in order to assure quality of concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-7
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified.and
furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting
embedded items.
1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical and electrical
installations and accommodations.
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Just prior to discharging truck-mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete
minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed.
C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309.
D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. ACI 301: Variation from plumb:
1. In any 10 feet of length: 1/4 inch.
2. Maximum for entire length: 1 inch.
3.5 WATERSTOPS
A. Install waterstops in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Install waterstops in concrete scheduled to receive surface applied
waterproofing.
C. Install bentonite water stops with a minimum cover of 2 inches.
3.6 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS
A. Field testing and inspections will be p~rformed by testing laboratory.
B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and
as follows:
1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample.
2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic
yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one
specimen held in reserve.
3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing
Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field
cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours.
a. Such cylinders wHl be tested only when questions concerning
strength are involved.
b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor.
c. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and
Contractor.
4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made.
5. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength
specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-8
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
a. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready-Mix concrete ana
at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing.
C. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump tests
made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip tickets.
D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as
specified.
E. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch
of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix.
F. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to
set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching.
G. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design
requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional
admixtures in concrete.
H. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete
for Project.
I. Additional Tests for Concrete Work:
1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in-place-concrete
work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
attained in structure.
a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C-42.
b. Costs of such test wi 11 be borne by Owner if test resul ts
indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests
indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by
Contractor including addition..a1 architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such nonconformance.
c. Cost of other additional tests including load tests andlor other
nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by
Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such tests.
d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be
potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement
which controls strength of structure, including but not
necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301, Chapter 18.
e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's
convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor.
.,
3.7 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing:
1. Comply with ACI 301.
2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive.
3. Provide non-shrink grout patching mixture to fill pockets left in
concrete walls or slabs as specified in Section 03600.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-9
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. Pl ace premi xed patch i ng mortar in accordance with direct ion s 0 f
specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer.
5. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for
structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar.
B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing:
1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete
and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive.
2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pea-gravel repair grout,
prior to development of tack-free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip
forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish.
3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and seal ing compound
immediately after finishing.
3.8 SLABS
A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B. Jointing ACI 301: Construct control joints in slabs on grade using
premolded key joints, inserts, tooled joints or saw cuts. Do not use saw
cuts for exterior concrete work.
1. Where control joint spacing is not indicated, space joints at maximum
20 feet.
2. If premolded hardboard or fiberboard strips are used, insert premolded
hardboard or fi berboard stri pinto the fresh concrete until top
surface of strip is flush with' slab surface. Remove insert strip and
clean.formed groove of loose debris after concrete has cured.
3. Prefabricated, strippable plastic joints may be used at Contractor's
option.
4. Cut sawed joints within 12 to 24 hours after concrete has been placed.
C. Finishing Tolerances
1. Comply with ACI 301:
2. Test unformed surfaces such as monoJithic slabs for smoothness and to
verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified.
a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope,
measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required
slope.
3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely
affect durability of concrete or finish.
a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily
limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced
concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock
pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by
Architect.
b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after
concrete has cured at least 14 days.
c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately
after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out
low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
03300-10
ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1) Propri etary concrete patch i ng compounds may be used when
approved by Architect.
3.9 CURING
A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound.
1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional
concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that
curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to
remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application.
2. Water cure slabs scheduled to receive cementitous topping (such as
stone or ceramic tile setting beds).
C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply
curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer.
D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and
other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces.
E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305.
3.10 FINISHES
A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish
to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous
topping.
D. Non-Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads,
platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine-hair broom across
concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to
provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish
after final joint tooling.
E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete
surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface
finish.
3.11 VAPOR RETARDER
A. Install vapor retarder as specified in Section 07190.
*********************
HlM 90007.00-1
END OF SECTION 03300
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-11
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pea-gravel repair grout.
B. Cementitious mortar patching grout.
C. Non-shrink grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above
documents throughout the Construction Period.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed
instructions for each manufactured product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of
the work. Single-source responsibility from one source and producer
for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious
component.
1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can
be maintained.
1. 6 TESTING
A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with
proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall
minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days
shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea
gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete.
Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. MASTERBUIlDERS "Masterpatch 20"
2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects
a1Pproved eqMj~ale~t.
. 4GQG ~pg~ ps 1
2. Conditfciris to 1" maximum thickness.
Al
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03600-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM 'I-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely
fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
G. Holes:
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in
other sections and for bolted connections.
2. Burned holes will not be accepted.
H. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices after fabrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where
fabrication and installation of work may proceed.
2. Make fi e 1 d measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal
fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated
and installed in accordance with Drawings.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B. Painting:
1. Shop prime steel except:
a. Steel to be encased in concrete.
b. Surfaces to be welded.
c. Galvanized steel.
3.3 ERECTION
~l:
A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with
Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level.
B. After erect i on and i nsta 11 at i on are complete, t(J.~~h.~lJP.....s.h.()P....Pti.~.E!r..c9ats
using priming paint specified for shop priming !nIJlil~'I!~I~@!gtf=!~g~.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Erection Inspection and Testing:
1. Visual Inspection of Welds:
a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a
representative of the testing laboratory.
b. Repair welds found to be non-conforming.
c. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re-inspection by
the original method used.
********************
END OF SECTION 05180
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05180-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02520
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Sub-grade preparation.
B. Concrete paving with reinforcement.
1.2 ALTERNATE
A. Refer to Document 0 and Division One for Alternate Number 5-01 for
Asphalt Paving.
1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing
Laboratory in accordance with Division One.
B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less
cu. yds. of concrete placed.
C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LIMEROCK BASE MATERIAL
A. Material shall meet the requirements of FOOT Section 911 except 97%
shall pass the 3-1/2" sieve and shall contain no more than 0.5%
organic material or objectionable matter as defined in Section 911.5
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal-type I.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic
matter, or other deleterious material.
D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars;
ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size.
2.4 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES
A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support
weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and
appearance of concrete.
B. Joint Filler: Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated
fiberboard.
C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM
C308.
2.5 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 7 days with
maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment. ASTM
C94.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 02520
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE
A. Ensure rough grading has b~ought sub-grade to required compaction and
elevations.
B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill.
C. Level and compact sub-grade, to 98% Modified Proctor.
3.2 FORMING
A. Form verti:al surfaces to full depth and securely position to required
lines ana levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass
through concrete.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and
stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCING
A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete
cover.
3.4 FORMING JOINTS
A. Place joints where indicated.
3.5 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform
finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate.
B. Avoid working mortar to surface.
C. Provide exposed surfaces with broom finish.
D. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade
by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge.
E. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after
placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
*********************
END OF SECTION 02520
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM II-MAY 31,1991
SECTION 00902
ADDENDUM NO.2
NEW MONROE COUNTY DBTBNTION FACILITY
Bid package NO.3, site Electrical' Temporary Power
Bid Package NO.5, site Grading' caissons
Bid package NO.7, Concrete Foundations
Bid Package NO.9, site Plumbing
June 5, 1991
Note: The time and date for receipt of bids remains the same.
Modification No.1:
As an alternative to Technical Specification Section 02385 Drilled
Caissons, Part 2 Products, 2.1 C.2 Fly ash: Bidders may utilize the
following requirements:
1. Water to cement ratio: 0.45 maximum.
2. Air entraining admixture: Micro-air by Master Builders.
3. Total air content (Percent by Volume): 3.5 to 6.5%.
4. High range water reducing admixture: Rheobuild 716 or
1000 by Master Builders.
5. Nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate: 1 inch.
\
Products equal to Master Builders may be substituted subject to the
approval of the Architect.
",
06/05/91
ADDENDUM #2
00902 - 1
'"'-? \ -.'
-,-,-;,:: ";)..-- '
ADDBHDUJI RO. 2
_ - r: '
NBW MORRO. COVNTY D'TI~IOH FACI~%TY
Bid paakaqe KO. 3, sit. B1.g~~ig.l . T..po~.ry .ow.~
Bid Paakaqe HO. 5, site Gradinq , cai..ons
Sid packaq. Ko. 7, CODcre~e Foundation.
Bid 'ackaqe No. t, lite plumbinq
June 5, lttl
Note: The timeZ\nd date for receipt of bids remains the same.
Modification No.1:
AS an alternative to Technical Specification Section 02385 Drilled
Caisson., Part 2 Products, 2.1 C.2 Fly ash: Bidder~ may utilize the
tollowinq requirements:
1. Water to cament ratio: 0.45 maximum.
2. Air entraininq admixture: Micro-air by Master Builders.
3. Total air content (Percent by Volume): 3.5 to 6.S%.
4. High ranq. water reducing admixture: Rheobui1d 716 or
1000 by Master Builders.
~. Nominal m~ximum .iz. of ooars. aggregate: 1 inch.
Products equal to Ma.tar Builders may be substituted subjQct to the
approval of tha Architect.
to'd
l.SeSl:Sl:50E-OI
LS:~ ^:~-SLl~~:~/~W 85:51 tS-50-e0
DOCUMENT 00904
ADDENDUM NO. 4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
JULY 2, 1991
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Proiect Manual Paqes
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded
type in the text and an "AI" notation in the margin identifying that the reviSion
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by strikiAg
&t:tt- the text and placing an "AI" notation in the margin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
SECTION TITLE PAGE
02100 SITE PREPARATION 2
02211 ROUGH GRADING 1
02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND 1-4
COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
02385 DRILLED CAISSONS 1-11
02510 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 2
02644 WATER MAINS 7
02685 GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1-2
", 02730 SANITARY SEWAGE 1-5
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991
DOCUMENT 00904
ADDENDUM NO. 4
**************************************************************************************
I hereby certify that the Civil portion of
.this technical submission described below
was prepared by me or under my direct
supervi s i on and respons i bl e charge. I am a
duly Registered Professional Engineer under
the laws of the State of Florida.
Linda F. Clayton
(Typed Name)
#41860
Registration No.
Pages or sheets covered by th is seal: Document
00904, pages 1-5 and enclosures.
July 2, 1991
Date Issued
**************************************************************************************
I hereby certify that the Structural portion
of this technical submission described below
was prepared by me or under my direct
supervision and responsible charge. I am a
duly Registered Professional Engineer under
the laws of the State of Florida.
Clifford J. Farrell
(Typed Name)
#19054
Registration No.
Pages or sheets covered by th is seal: Document
00904, pages 1-5 and enclosures.
July 2, 1991
Date Issued
**************************************************************************************
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
-
DOCUMENT 00904
ADDENDUM NO. 4
B. Added Sections
SECTION
*02520
TITLE
PQ~TLANI.l~EME~-rC()NCRETE.~AylN$(AhTERNAr~J
*Section 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE), Pages 1 and 2 is
included with Addendum #4. It was missing from the Addendum #1 enclosures.
C. Deleted Sections
The following section is deleted from the Project Manual in its entirety.
Section
Title
02955
Tree RclecatiaA
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings.
DrawinQ No.
Revision
1.01
(Refer to Note #1)
Delete Note #1
1.05
(Refer to Area for Relocation of Trees)
Delete reference to and dimensioning of area for
relocation of trees.
1.20
(Refer to Detail 2 - Typical Pipe Connection at Column
Detail) Add note:
"Cap pipe before 90. bend at columns in Zone F
Alternate only."
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991
DOCUMENT 00904
Drawina No.
3.03
3.03
3.04
3.04
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.06
~
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 4
Revision
At Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19, delete note "See Sheet
3.06 for T.O. cast-in-place column el."
At each of Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19, add:
Caisson mark "C2" and T.O. caisson el. 1.50.
(Refer to Column Grid 25-26 and 29-30)
Change dimension from 30'-8" to read 31'-0".
(Refer to dimension between Column Grid 25 to 0 and
N to 30)
Change dimension from 96'-0" to read 96'-4".
(Refer to Column Grid 37-38 and 41-42)
Change dimension from 30'-8" to read 31'-0".
(Refer to dimension between Column Grid 37 to Wand
V to 42)
Change dimension from 96'-0" to read 96'-4".
(Refer to Columns G-17, G-18 and G-19)
Delete caisson mark C2 and T.O. caisson el. 1.50'.
Change Note: T.O. Cast-In-Place Column EL. 11.46' to
read "See Sheet 3.03 for T.O. Caisson and T.O. Cast-In-
Place Column EL."
(Refer to Title)
Change title from "Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone F"
to read "Foundation Plan Ground Floor Zone F
Alternate".
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991
~..
DOCUMENT 00904
DrawinQ No.
3.06
3.06
3.06
3.28
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 4
Revision
At Ha-17, delete caisson, cast-in-place column, caisson
mark and T.O. caisson el.
Add Column Center Line "Hb" 9'-0" southeast on Column
Line "H" and parallel to Column Line "H".
Add 36" round caisson and 30" round cast-in-place
column at Hb-17. Caisson mark "Cl" and T.O. caisson
el. 4.00'.
Under "Concrete Notes" Item #3 add the following item:
Structural Slabs: Strength - 5000 PSI
Density - 145 PCF
Under Cast- In-Pl ace Concrete Col umn Schedul e "Note 4",
change: "Ha-17" to "Hb-17".
Under Cast-In-Place Concrete Column Schedule, refer to:
EE-20.6, Ex-20, Ex-20.6, Fb-20.08, Fb-20.6, Fx-20.08,
Fx-20.6. Add: EE-20.
Under Cast-In-Place Concrete Column Schedule, refer to:
Fz-6.3, Fz-6.7, Ga-6.3, Ga-6.7'. Add: H'-16.9.
\
Under Cast-In-Place Concrete Column Schedule, change:
Dx-19.8, EE-19.8, EE-20 to read Dx-19.8, EE-19.8.
Under Cast-In-Place Concrete Column Schedule, under Dx-
19.8, EE-19.8 and Anchor Bolts, change: "See Detail 16
this Sheet" to read "See Detail 14 this Sheet"
Under Cast-In-Place Concrete Column Schedule, under Dx-
19.8, EE-19.8 and Anchor Bolts, change: 6-1" round A36
to read 4-1" round A36.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991
DOCUMENT 00904
ADDENDUM NO. 4
B. Revised Full-Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated July 2, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER
1.03
1.06
1.08
1.18
3.01
3.05
3.31
HLM 90007.00
TITLE
PRELIMINARY SITE LAYOUT - CENTRAL
ROUGH GRADING AND DRAINAGE - CENTRAL
SITE UTILITIES - CENTRAL
CIVIL DETAILS
FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE A
FOUNDATION PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE E
FOUNDATION SECTIONS AND DETAILS
******************
END OF ADDENDUM #4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00904-5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2, 1991
SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION
Al
Additional obstructions exposed as the result of clearing operations
shall be removed.
Stockpile topsoil in availqble area as directed by the Construction
Manager.
.....5.ha pe..~..~ ()c:kp ~ J~ s .;nHa. ..lT1agTler .th at ... .they. .arerel at.i vel)' }uniform .
111~~I~~!11Iir~~~1~!~~i;!t~d~;t~~~~~;~;\~~:1~
$~rHq~:::t~(J~n~~rg::~{)l)~.~ntS)(Jf'.mj.94~rr.....a.r~.......r1()~>..9 1.5 t llffJe<1)P.r .....dam~g~d....
3.3 TREE REMOVAL/PROTECTION
A. Remove trees and shrubs, except those indicated to remain. Removal
includes new and old stumps of trees and their roots, unless doing so
endangers the life of plant material to remain.
B. Trees or shrubs which are to remain in the construction area shall be
protected from damage and maintained in healthy condition throughout
the construction process.
C. Protect the tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on project site
that are to remain. Existing trees subject to construction damage
shall be boxed, fenced or otherwi se protected before any work is
started; remove protection when directed. Do not permit heavy
equipment or stockpiles within branch spread. Remove interfering
branches without injury to trunks.
D. Trees and palms under 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade, and
plants indicated to remain which are destroyed or receive excessive
damage during construction, shall be replaced in kind and size.
E. Trees and palms over 6" in diameter at 12" above finished grade which
are destroyed or receive excessive damage during construction shall be
replaced in kind and size, or the following value will be deducted
from monies due the Contractor:
1. $18.00 per cross sectional area in inches at 12" above finish
grade per trunk.
A4 F. Refer te SettieR 92965 TR[[ R[LOCATION.
D.
E.
F.
GD
3.4 PROTECTION
A4. A. Protect midden area from excavation. , eall'tage aRe! ceRstrl:lctioR
activity.
********************
END OF SECTION 02100
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02100-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02211
ROUGH GRADING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Grade sub-soil and reform to grades, contours and levels.
B. Rough grade for roadways, walks, curbs, gutters, parking areas,
landscaped areas, and stormwater ponds.
1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Known underground, s~rface and aerial utility lines and buried objects
are indicated on the Contract Documents.
1.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, plants and lawns, rock outcroppings and other features
remaining as part of final landscaping.
B. Protect bench marks and existing roads, and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular traffic.
C. Protect aeri a 1, surface, or underground ut i 1 i ty 1 i nes or appurtenances
which are to remain.
A4 D. Protect midden area from excavation. aRe aaFRage dl:lC to cqu i pFRCRt ~nd
vehicijlar tyaffic.
E. Repair damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Excavated fill material: Soil free from roots, rocks larger than 3"
and building debris.
B. Additional fill material: AASHTO Designation M145, soil classification
group.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Establish and identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.
B. Identify and mark entire midden area. No excavation can occur in this
area unless directed otherwise by the Construction Manager.
C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points.
Reestablish if disturbed or destroyed, at no cost to Owner.
D. Before start of grad i ng, not i fy all pert i nent ut i 1 ity compan i es 48
hours prior to digging for location of underground utility lines.
Establish the location and extent of utilities in the work areas.
E. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition
areas to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated.
Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to finished surface grades. Provide
uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades.
F. Grade surfaces to assure areas drain away from structures and to
prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Provide subgrade
surfaces free from irregular surface changes.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02211-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Excavate for structure and paved areas and stockpile subsoil on site.
B. Shore and brace excavations as required.
C. Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations.
D. Dewater excavations.
A4 E.iU.........\A1~~rQ~~ij.:#ompat.ti.()n.....met.hod ..T'o ri....m.i.dderi......area..
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced
publications for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. ASTM 01557 - Test for Moisture - Density Relationship of Soils Using
10 lb. Rammer in 18 Inch Drop.
C. FOOT - Florida Department of Transportation - Roadway and Traffic
Design Standards.
1.3 SITE COMPACTION TESTING
A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an
independent testing laboratory appointed and paid for per requirements
of Division 1. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the
performance of work.
B. When portions of work are completed and ready for testing, notify the
test i ng 1 aboratory to perform dens ity tests. Do not proceed wi th
additional portions of work until results have been verified.
C. If, during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials
do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and
retest at no cost to Owner.
D. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of
surface materials.
E. Testing Frequency
1. Building slab and paved areas: Minimum one test per 2500 sf per
1 i ft.
1.4 SUBMITTALS ,
A. Submit minimum 10 pound samples of each type of fill material to be
used. Provide samples to testing laboratory, packed tightly in
containers to prevent contamination.
B. If recent test results are available for fill materials to be used,
disregard samples submission and submit such test results to the
testing laboratory. Such test results are to clearly indicate types of
materials and composition, hardness, compactability and suitability
for proposed usage.
1.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees remaining as part of final landscaping.
B. Protect bench marks and existing roads and paving against damage from
equipment and vehicular or foot traffic.
A~ C. Protect midden area from excavation and damage. freM e~~i~MeAt aRe
vehie~lar er feet traffie.
D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning,
or other methods, as reqUired to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from
falling into excavations.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JUlY 2,1991
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
E. Notify Architect of unexpected sub-surface conditions and discontinue
work in area until Architect provides notification to resume work.
F. Grade around excavations to prevent surface water run-off into
excavated areas.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
A. Granular Fill:
1. Gravel: Angular pit run crushed natural stone; free from shale,
clay, friable materials, and debris; graded within the following
limits:
Sieve Size % Passinq
2" 100
I" 95
3/4" 95 to 100
5/8" 75 to 100
3/8" 55 to 85
No. 4 35 to 60
No. 16 15 to 35
No. 40 10 to 25
No. 200 5 to 10
2. Pea Gravel: Clean natural stone; free from clay, shale and
organic matter; 1/4" to 1/2".
3. Sand: Clean natural river or bank sand; free from silt, clay,
loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded
within the following limits:
Sieve Size % Passinq
No. 4 100
No. 14 10 to 100
No. 48 15 to 90
No. 100 4 to 30
No. 200 o to 5
B. On Site Soils: Limerock material excavated from the site sufficiently
crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than 2" in size.
C. Fill Under Future Landscaped Areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum
products. Use sub-soil excavated from site only if conforming to
specified requirements. Silt material excavated from the site is not
acceptable for use in this area.
~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT
A. Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation; designate and
identify datum elevation.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
A4
B. Set required lines and levels.
C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points.
D. Proofroll all building slab and paved areas with a large vibratory
roller (Dynapac CA-25 or equivalent).
E. Proofroll ing of the structure and paved areas shall consist of at
least eight overlapping passes and shall be observed by the testing
laboratory.
F. Materials which yield excessively during the proofrolling should be
undercut and replaced with compacted granular or on-site soil fill.
The testing 1 aboratory shall recommend the nature and extent of
remedial work. Proofrolling shall continue for the required number of
passes until the soil at a depth of 12 inches below grade has attained
a minimum density of 98% of the modified proctor maximum dry density.
C. PreefrelliR~ s~all Rat accur wit~iR t~e ffiiddeA area.
H. Where paved areas occur within the midden, the area shall be
preloaded. Install three settlement places plates in the area in
accordance with FOOT Index No. 540. Pl ace fill materi a lover the area
to 5 feet above exi st i ng grades. Settlement measurements shall be
taken by the testing lab at least once a week. When the testing
laboratory is satisfied that settlement has decreased to an acceptable
1~.Ve.l.L.the..JilI.shall....ge.re.l11q'(E!dJ()...r.qllgb..9raciE!.E!.Je.Viit iOns~ .......... . ......
.~lllti.~llllllllIflll(~llm
~~I~;~l~~~j~~~~'~~lI!~~~~~~~~~I~mJ.,:::@.8~:::~~::.pr~Tp~c:l1.n9i.()f.....lTli.dden
A4
Al
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate sub-soil in accordance with lines and levels required for
construction of the work, and five feet beyond limits of building slab
and paved areas. Excavation limits to include space for forms,
bracing and shoring, applying waterproofing and to permit inspection.
B. Do additional excavation only by written authorization of Architect.
C. Machine slope banks.
D. Hand trim excavations and leave free of loose or organic matter.
E. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner.
F. Stockpile excavated sub-soil for re-use where directed. Remove excess
or unsuitable excavated sub-soil from site.
G. Removal of boulders or buried rock in excess of 1/2 cubic yard may be
authorized as an extra. Other work is deemed to be within the scope
of this Project.
H. Coordinate with cassion work for special requirements and arrangements
regarding excavation to rough out elevations.
I. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs
that are to remain.
J. If necessary to excavate through roots, perform work by hand and cut
roots with a sharp ax.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02222
EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
Al
K. Overexcavation will be required at all Biji1~iA~ slaB aRd ~ave~ areas
idliretdndil:ca1.ed to remove the s i 1 t and peat 1 ayer found about 4 to 5
fe'el"Bero~t'e'Xrsting grades.. The unsuitable silt and peat material
shall be removed and backfilled with compacted granular or on-site
soi 1 fi 11 . Refer to Geotechni ca 1 Report prepared by West i nghouse
Environmental and Geotechnical Services Inc. dated January 15, 1991
for information regarding the location and depth of the silt/peat
1 ayer .
L. Where paved areas occur withi n the midden, no excavat; on wi 11 be
allowed below existing grade.
3.3 BACKFILLING
A. Stockpile fill materials in area(s) designated.
B. Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris.
C. 00 not backfill over existing sub-grade surfaces which are porous, wet
or spongy.
O. Compact existing sub-grade surfaces if densities are not equal to that
required for backfill materials.
E. Cut out soft areas of existing sub-grade. Backfill with granular or
on site soil and fill compact to required density.
F. Backfill areas to rough grades, contours, levels and elevations.
G. Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum
time for natural settlement and compaction.
H. P1 ace and compact fi 11 materi a 1 sin cont i nuous 1 ayers not exceed i ng 6"
loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage foundation
waterproofing.
1. Maintain' optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain
required compaction density.
3.4 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION
A. Fill Under Building Slab and Paved Areas: On-site soil or granular
fill to rough grade elevations. Extend a minimum of five feet beyond
the limits of the building slab and paved areas. Compact to 98%
mod i fi ed proctor per ASTM 0-1557. \,
B. Future Landscaped Areas: Fill under landscaped areas to rough grade
elevations. Compact to 90% Modified Proctor per ASTM 0-1557.
3.5 SURPLUS MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus earth materials from site as directed by Construction
Manager.
B. Leave stockpile areas completely free of all excess fill materials.
********************
END OF SECTION 02222
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02222-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Drilling and excavating of shafts for drilled caissons.
2. Drilling of percussion test holes in bottom of drilled caissons.
3. Cleaning of drilled caisson bottoms and sockets.
4. Test caisson.
5. Steel casings and liners.
6. Drilling mud.
7. Reinforcing and dowels from drilled caissons into walls, grade beams,
slabs and columns.
8. Concrete and concreting of drilled caissons.
9. Disposal of excavated materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. DIVISION ZERO - INFORMATION AVAI LABLE TO BIDDERS: SUBSURFACE
INVESTIGATION DATA.
2. DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
3. SECTION 02222 - EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES
4. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
E. EP-15 - ACI Field Reference Manual: Specifications for Structural Concrete
for Buildings with selected ACI and ASTM References.
F. CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.
1.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Basis of Bids: Bids shall be based on the number of drilled caissons,
length from top elevation to bottom of the shaft and the diameter of the
shaft, as shown on the Drawings.
B. No payment will be made for drilled caisson construction not represented by
a submitted report verified by the testing agency.
C. Basis for Payment:
1. Payment for drilled caissons will be made on the actual net volume of
drilled caissons in place and accepted. The actual length may vary
to coi nci de with the e 1 evat ions where the compentent 1 i merock is
encountered. Adjustments to the Contract Sum wi 11 be made on the
basis of the over and under depth differences of the drilled caissons,
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
between those shown on the Drawings and those in the actual install.
work, in aggregate for all drilled caisson installed.
2. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete
fill, reinforcing, casings or other costs due to unauthorized over
excavating shafts in any dimension. No payment will be made for
rejected drilled caissons.
3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation from present
grade to top of drilled caisson if drilled caisson work proceeds
before site work excavation and grading is complete.
4. Excavated materials will be classified in accordance with the
following. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will be made in
accordance with unit prices for greater or lesser quantities of
materi ..1 s.
a. Normal excavation is defined as materials encountered between top
of competant 1 imerock and top of drilled caissons excluding
obstructions.
b. Limerock excavation is defined as material encountered between
founding level and top of competant 1 imerock elevation. All
soil-filled cavities, 1imerock fragments and voids included in
the 1imerock excavation area shall be considered limerock for the
full volume of the shaft from the initial contact with limerock
for payment purposes. Payment will be based on the total lengths
for drilled caissons in soils and limerock, for each drilled
caisson diameter. Top of competant limerock elevation is
determined by testing agency's geotechnical engineer.
5. Payment for obstructions as defined herein will be for the volume of
caissons within the vertical limits of the obstructions only. Thr
top and bottom 1 i mi ts of the obstruct ions wi 11 be measured by th
testing agency. The payment volume will be the caisson
cross-sectional area as shown on the Contract Documents times the
height between the upper and lower 1 imits of the obstruction as
measured by the testing agency.
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Refer to Division One for scope of units~prices required of items specified
under this section.
B.
Unit prices (established on the Bid Form) will apply in the event additions
to or deductions from the Work are required and authorized by a written
order from the Architect to Contractor.
1. Unit price is to be the same for overrun and underrun within first 20%
of indicated ".1 length and is to include drilling, casing and
removal, reinfor'C"ing steel and concrete.
2. Unit prices quoted shall include full compensation for labor,
materials, tools, equipment and incidentals required for excavation,
trimming, shoring, casings, drilling mud and other necessary items for
complete installation.
A~
'.
1. 5 SUBM IlT ALS
A. Submit concrete materials test reports for materials proposed for use in
concrete mixes.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Submit daily preliminary drilled caissons report by Testing Agency of
actual elevation of top of limerock and bottom of caisson, and top of
caisson.
C. Submit concrete design mix reports, listing all mixes required and their
respective test results.
D. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication bending and placement of concrete
reinforcement. Include all accessories required to support reinforcement.
E. Submit Installer Qualifications.
F. Submit load test results signed and sealed by Testing Agency's geotechnical
engineer.
G. Signed and sealed certification letter from Testing Agency's geotechnical
engineer stating drilled caissons as installed will resist the required
designed loads.
H. Submit surveyor qualifications and experience records.
I. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed instructions for
each manufactured product.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Specializing in drilled caisson construction.
Demonstrate experience working in similar soil, rock, and water conditions,
shaft sizes, and special techniques, with at least three years of
successful installation of caissons.
B. Survey Work:
1. Engage a State of Florida registered Surveyor acceptable to the
Construction Manager, to perform surveys, layouts, and measurements
for drilled caisson work. The Surveyor shall conduct the layout work
for each drilled caisson to the lines and levels required before
excavation, and shall record the actual measurements of each drilled
caissons horizontal axial location, shaft diameter, bottom and top
elevations, and deviations from speCified tolerances.
2. The Surveyor shall record and maintain information pertinent to each
drilled caisson and cooperate with other testing and inspection
personnel to prOVide data for required reports.
C. Caisson Installation Approval:
1. Testing Agency shall employ the services of a professional engineer
experienced in soil mechanics (Geotechnical Engineer) registered in
the State of Florida. This engineer will certify that caissons have
been installed under his supervision and that caissons will resist the
required design loads as installed.
".
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Subsurface investigations have been performed and results are available
from the office of the Construction Manager as specified in Division Zero.
HLM 90007. 00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the
Contractor at no increase to the Contract Sum, provided such operations
are acceptable to the Owner and Architect.
c. Examination of Site:
1. Visit and examine the site and take into consideration conditions that
may affect the Work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete, and related materials: As specified in Section 03300 and
amended to meet the requirements specified below:
1. Portland cement: ASTM C-150, Type II.
B. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200.
C. Concrete proportioning: As specified in Section 03300 and amended below:
1. Cement content: 658 pounds per cubic yard.
2. Fly ash: Replace 22 percent of cement with fly ash at a ratio of one
pound of fly ash for everyone pound of cement removed.
3. Water to cement ratio: .48 maximum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which drilled caissons are to be
ins tall ed .
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected. ~
C. Commencement of work means acceptance of conditions.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301.
A$ B. Excavation shall be free of water aAB loose material.
A.~: C. (;)8 A8t J3l aef sri 11 es ca i SS8A eeAcretf ~Aser \/atcr.
3.,3 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate holes for drilled caissons to the required elevation based on
limerock socket required as shown on the Drawings.
B. Drilled caisson design and dimensions shown are based on the assumed uni'
skin friction. If the load test shows that the competent limerock is not
capable of maintaining the unit skin friction assumed, the foundation
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
02385-4
ADDENDUM #4-JUlY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
system wi 11 be rev i sed as directed by the Arch itect. I f the load tes t
shows that a higher unit skin friction may be used, a reduction in shaft
length may be directed by the Architect. Revisions to payment will be made
in accordance with the General Conditions relative to changes in the Work.
C. If required, install casings.or use drilling mud as excavation proceeds so
that earth walls are maintained without spa11ing into the shaft and water
is excluded from shaft.
D. Drill through soil overburden and 1imerock, through the deepest level of
voids or soil filled cavities or sections of decomposed 1imerock, to the
design bottom of caisson indicated on the Drawings, or as directed by the
Geotechnical Engineer in the field. Provide shafts and sockets with
diameters least equal to that indicated on Drawings.
E. Locate centerline of drilled caisson to be on centerline of bearing
construction, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
AT 1. Do not exceed the following tolerances: Shaft centerline location:
~ 1.fttza inch maximum variation from plan location. Shaft variation to
p1lJrrib:P' 1 inch in 10 feet for full depth (with maximum of 4 inches).
2. If above tolerances are exceeded, provide additional or corrective
construction. Submit proposed corrective construction methods to the
Architect for review before proceeding.
3. The minimum center-to-center spacing between drilled caissons proposed
by the Contractor for corrective work shall be three times the
diameter of the drilled caisson.
G. Obstructions:
1. If rock, boulders or other unforeseen obstructions are encountered
which cannot be removed by standard drilled caisson excavation methods
and if such obstructions are not indicated by available subsurface
data, removal of such obstructions will be paid for in accordance with
terms of the Contract re 1 at i ve to changes in the work. Standard
excavation methods include conventional earth auger, pengo bit,
stepped taper bit, teeth on auger or other attachments to auger.
2. Remove such obstructions by hand labor using air-powered tools, core
barrels with drilled caisson drilling equipment or other safe methods
recognized in the construction industry. The Testing Agency will
observe obstruction excavation and determine volume of obstruction
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER-. 02385- 5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
excavation involved at the time the work takes place.
3. Where possible, return to standard excavation methods after
obstruction is removed.
H. Demolish and remove rock, boulders, concrete, masonry and other
subsurface obstructions which are indicated by the Contract Documents, or
the available subsurface exploration data.
A.1
I. Shaft Liners or Casings:
1. In drilling the caissons, securely protect the earth walls against
cave-ins and displacement of the surrounding earth by means of steel
cylinder liners 'or casings. Use liners or casings to line holes,
un.J~~s...,>~rm.ission is granted for their omission by the P~efes$ioAal
~ijtiChnj~al' Engineer.
2. fe'mporar}lcis i ngs may be 1 eft i n place or may be wi thdrawn as the
concrete is pl aced above competent 1 imerock, at the Contractor's
option.
3. Below competent limerock, temporary casings must be withdrawn as the
concrete is placed. Permanent casings are not allowed below competent
1 i merock.
4. If removable steel liners are used, they may be withdrawn as the
concrete is being placed providing the bottom of the liner is a
minimum of 5 feet below the top of concrete. Maintain a sufficient
head of concrete to prevent a reduction in the diameter of the drilled
ca i sson shaft due to earth pressure on the fresh concrete and to
prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides and mixing
with the fresh concrete.
AI:
J. Drilling Mud:..........................
1. Previae Mjxtpgillij~i~ to maintain the stability of the shaft excavation
te exell:fae....free...~~aler and allow the proper placement of concrete.
2. Prior to placing concrete in each excavation, take samples to ensure
that heavily contaminated drilling mud, which would impair the free
flow of concrete from the tremie pipe, has not accumulated at the
bottom of the shaft. Take samples one foot from the bottom the hole.
The density of the drilling mud in the excavation prior to concreting
shall be within the required limits.
K. Depth of rock socket: Bottom of caisson elevations indicated on the
Drawings are for bidding purpos~s. Actual elevations will be determined
by the geotechnical engineer and the Architect.
L. No payment will be made for the extra length, when drilled caisson shafts
are excavated to a greater depth than requi red or authori zed by the
geotechnical engineer, due to overdrilling by the Contractor. Complete the
dri 11 ed caisson and fill the extra depth wi th concrete, if all other
conditions are satisfactory. Over excavated shafts will be measured and
paid for to the original design or authorized depth.
M. Take precautions to maintain a safe operation in connection with drilled
caisson installation. Provisions for adequate protection to persons and
property shall comply with applicable requirements of governing authorities
having jurisdiction. .
N. Remove excavated material and di spose of as di rected by Construction
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
02385-6
ADDENDUM 14-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
3.4 PERMANENT STEEL CASINGS: CONTRACTOR OPTION
Manager.
Al
Al
A. Provide above competent limerock.
B. Provide casings of sufficient strength to withstand handling stresses and
pressures from surrounding soil and water or concrete inside. Provide
cas i ngs with ins i de clear diameter not 1 ess than the diameter of the
drilled caisson shaft.
C.
Steel Pipe Casings:
1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete,
surrounding earth and backfill.
2. Casings may be delivered in section of any convenient length. Connect
sections by continuous penetration welds during placement into the
drilled caisson shaft excavation.
3. Desi~A tRe betteR! ed~e ef the le~~est casiR!!J sectioR to 13rovide a
Cl::JttiR~ sRse for peAetratiA~ iAtO 1 ifflel"eck strata aAa affcctiRg a
~~ater seal.
D.
Corrugated Steel Casings:
1. Watertight, strength to withstand stresses and pressure of concrete,
surrounding earth and backfill.
2. Provide corrugated steel casings formed of galvanized or bituminous
coated steel sheets.
3. Corrugated casings may be del ivered in any convenient section of
panel, with sections or panels field-connected in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.
4. Desi!!JA tRe t:JsttSR! ee~e ef tRe lS~iest casiR~ sectioR te previae a
Cl::JttiRg sRse fer peRetratiR~ iRte 1 ifflerocl< strata aRe affectiAg a
water seal.
E. Install permanent steel casing as excavation work progresses and as
required to ensure the stability of drilled caisson shaft walls. Remove and
replace or repair casings which are damaged during installation and which
could impair the strength of efficiency of the completed drilled caisson.
Al 3.5 DRILLING MUD'::'::'::':kqrtm~~OC~~:~:?:::::~IJ:t~~
A. Premix drill ing mud thoroughly with clean potable water prior to its
introduction into the shaft excavation.
B. Test drilling mud for density using the mud density balance. Density to be
between 66 and 75 pounds per cubic foot.
C. Dispose of drilling mud off-site.
AI:
o.
Q~:::::::':::::I:Yi:!::;:::~;:ntip~r!;:::::~;ypi:::::g~:lJ::1::.~:ng:::::m9&:;:
3.6 REINFORCING STEEL AND DOWELS
A. Install in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI "Recommended Practice for
Placing Reinforcing Bars".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-7
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
B. Before placing, clean reinforcing steel and dowels of loose rust, scale
dirt, grease and other material which impair bond.
C. Fabricate and erect reinforcing cages in shafts as one continuous unit.
Place reinforcement symmetrically about axis of hole and hold in position
during concrete placement providing minimum 6 inches of concrete cover.
D. Use templates to set anchor bolts, dowels, leveling plates and other
accessories. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required
position during concrete placement.
E. As casing is withdrawn, take care to ensure reinforcement is not disturbed
or exposed to the surrounding soil. Securely attach spacers, capable of
sliding on the casing, to the reinforcement.
F. Protect exposed ends of dowels and anchor bolts from mechanical damage and
exposure to the weather.
3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Special observation is required during placement of concrete to ensure the
drilled caisson is installed without cavities and extraneous material and
to ensure minimum diameter is maintained.
B. Fill drilled caisson with concrete immediately after inspection and
approval by the Testing Agency and the Architect. Use protection sheets
cut out to receive concrete over excavation openings, extending at least 1?
inches beyond edge in all directions.
C. Pl ace concrete cont i nuous 1 y wi thout interrupt i on and in a smooth fl ow
without segregating the mixed materials.
D. Pl ace excess concrete where temporary cas i ngs are used to allow for
anticipated slump due to casing removal.
E. Concrete shall be placed by tremie mettt~d such as gravity flow through a
vertical pipe of sufficient length to reach the bottom of the drilled
caisson. Control placement operations to ensure that the tremie is not
broken during continuous placing from bottom to top. Maintain bottom of
tremie below top of concrete.
F. Vibrate the top 15 feet of the drilled caisson concrete.
G. Remove segregated concrete and laitance as the concrete placement for each
drilled caisson is being completed, to achieve a continuous column of good
quality concrete up to design cut-off elevation.
H. Place drilled caisson concrete monolithically. If a construction joint is
unavoidable, leave the resulting shaft surface approximately level and
insert additional dowels as required by Architect. Before completing the
drilled caisson with a subsequent concrete placement, roughen and clean the
joint surface and slush with a 1 to 1 cement grout.
I. Stop the concrete placement at the cut-off elevation, screed off true and
level and apply a scoured, rough finish, unless otherwise indicated.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
02385-8
ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385
DRILLED CAISSONS
Where cut-off elevation is above ground elevation, form the top section
above grade and extend the shaft to the required elevation.
J. Hot Weather Placing:
1. When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair the
quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in accordance with
ACI 305 and as herein specified.
2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at
time of placement below 90 degrees F. Mixing water may be chilled, or
chopped ice may be used to control the concrete temperature provided
the water equivalent of the ice is calculated to the total amount of
mixing water.
3. Pl ace concrete i mmedi ate 1 y upon deli very. Keep exposed concrete
surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap
or other effective means.
4. Do not use retarding admixtures unless approved in writing by the
Architect.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of
his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B. Quality Control Monitoring:
1. Refer to Division One - Testing Laboratory Services.
2. The Owner wi 11 employ a Testing Agency to perform fi e 1 d qual i ty
control tests for concrete and monitor drilled caisson installation.
3. The Owner's Testing Agency will employ a qualified professional
Geotechnical Engineer registered in the State of Florida who will
observe caissons drilling, cleaning, concreting work and determine
bottom elevation of caisson.
C. Drilled Caisson Reports
1. Records shall be maintained by both the Testing Agency and the
Contractor for each installed drilled caisson.
2. Assist the Testing Agency making the necessary measurements and
observations, and maintain Contractor's records as required for
preparation and submission of complete reports on drilled caisson
constructi on. Submit a separate report for each drill ed caisson.
Submit each report within a period of ten days after final concreting.
3. As a minimum, include the following information on each caisson:
a. Identification of drilled caisson by number, type and location.
b. Type of equipment used.
c. Times when drilled caisson excavation was started and completed.
d. Design and actual shaft diameters drilled.
e. Ground elevation at drilled caisson location.
f. Design and actual elevation of top and bottom of drilled caisson.
g. Assumed (design) elevation of top of compentent 1 imerock at
drilled caisson location.
h. Actual elevation of top of compentent limerock.
i. Design and actual elevations to top and bottom of drilled caisson
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-9
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
socket.
j. Volumes of soil and rock excavated.
k. Lengths of probe hole drilled, and time to drill each foot. The
depths and thicknesses of any soft seams.
1. Levelness of shaft bottom.
m. Statement of type~ 'length, diameter and elevation of any casing
permanently installed in the excavation.
n. Groundwater conditions.
o. Date when excavation was approved for installation of concrete.
p. Date when concreting was performed. Include any delays in
concreting and report construction joints in shafts.
q. Quantity of 'concrete used, including amounts over or under design
vOlume.
r. Date when drilled caisson construction was completed.
s. Centerline location at top of drilled caisson.
t. Variation of shaft from plumb.
u. Remarks on unique or unusual events or circumstances concerning
drilled caisson installation.
v. Report weather conditions and temperature.
A4
D. Inspection and Testing
1. Contractor shall install and load test one test caisson in a location
acceptable to the Architect. Test caisson conditions shall be as
similar as possible to actual caisson conditions. High early strength
concrete may be used for the test caisson only. Install reaction
caissons as required to load test caisson to failure in tension. The
Geotechnical Engineer will witness the test. Geotechnical Engineer
will determine actual unit skin friction. Do not use test caisson or
reactfon caissons in the Work.
2. The Testing Agency will witness the placing of the concrete.
3. At the bottom of eaeft~,::::"m'o..imijm:,:::gf"..tw~;r)~y..,pgr~gn~9f;tij~ drilled
ca i sson:s, drill a 2 i nch""dfariiefer.lesf"holEi"in"lherOck wi th an
a i rt rack dri 11 to a depth of ten fe~t.~o.Jn<i.i.~ii~ewhe~h~tthe.c.1Y'i 11 ed
~~,~.i1:~~g;1;~~~::~;::::~:iqhf::~1~~~~~;~~~~~~::l~ii:f~~i~.~~~~~~~~i~~i~~i~~~~i~]liQr-~~~
geofe.chn"ic.ar.firl"gineer....iiii.y..i:ifdef...addTfion.aldrfl ling'.of.the"dr; 11 ed
caissons to a lower elevations.
~~ZI4i.i.ljJ'll
4. Drill the two-inch diameter test holes by air track drill rig from the
ground surface. No observation of the test hole will be required, and
the quality of limerock below the drilled caisson bottom will be
judged from the time rate of percussion drilling and other
observations such as dropping of rods. Clean the 1 imerock socket
ijA~er ~ater with a ~rijsh sij~stitijtiAg fer the aijger ~it at the ~ettoffi
i~~t~.~li~~~Ifi~;
Al
A4!
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER- 02385-10
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02385 DRILLED CAISSONS
a. Test concrete as per Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete except
that take four cylinders for every 100 cubic yards of concrete
and not less than four cylinders on any given day.
********************
END OF SECTION 02385
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02385-11
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02510
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
B. Test Reports showing materials to be used for base course meet
specification requirements.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal Hies and private
utility companies of proposed work.
B. Protect existing uti1 Hies indicated or the location of which are made
known by on-site inspection prior to commencing work that are
indicated to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during
excavation operations. Repair if damaged, at no additional cost to
the Owner. If utility lines are encountered that were not indicated
or that the Contractor was not made aware of after due diligence on
his part, notify the Construction Manager and Architect immediately.
A4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Asphaltic Concrete:
1. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall conform to FOOT Section 331,
Type S-1 asphaltic concrete, except Section 331-6.
2. Prime and tack coats shall conform to FOOT Section 300 except
Section 300-8 and 300-9.
B. Soil Cement Base Material
1. Meet or exceed the requirements of F.O.O.T. Section 270-2.
2. Minimum 7 day compressive strength of 400 psi.
C. StaBilizeS Base CSijfSe Materials
1. StaBiliziR~ Base CSijfSe ffiaterials sRall cSRfefffi te FOOT SectioA
9H-:-
O. Plant Methods and Equipment
1. Plant and methods of operation shall conform to FOOT Section 320.
A4!
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Ensure site grading has brought subgrade to required compaction and
elevations in accordance with Section 02211 - ROUGH GRADING and
Section 02222 - EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR STRUCTURES.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Soil Cement Base
1. M.J...~9_rk shall confotl11.t.9.FDOT Sect ion 270 except Sect ions 209 11
Zlll;:}:. and 2QQ 1 S ZZQ:Fl$.
B. Primeand...tack Coat............
1. All work shall conform to FOOT Section 300 except Sections 300-8
and 300-9.
C. Placement of Asphaltic Concrete
1. All work shall conform to FOOT Section 320 and 330 except Section
330-15.
********************
END OF SECTION 02510
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02510-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02644
WATER MAINS
3.4 DISINFECTION
A. After satisfactory hydrostatic test is obtained and before the water
distribution system is placed in service it shall be disinfected in
accordance with AWWA Specification C601 and C651,(tablet method alone
is not acceptable); and. its disinfection shall be demonstrated by
bacteriological tests conducted in accordance with "Standard Methods
for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the coliaerogenes group, by
an approved laboratory, acceptable to the County Health Department
having jurisdiction.
B. The chlorine treated water shall remain in the main at least 24 hours,
and at the end of that time the chlorine residual at pipe extremities
and other representative points shall be at least 10 ppm. If the
chlorine residual shall be less than 10 ppm, at the end of 24 hours
further application of chlorine shall be made and the retention period
repeated until the required 10 ppm residual is obtained.
C. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed
from the main until the replacement water throughout its length shall
upon test, both chemically and bacteriologically, be proven equal to
the water quality in the source water supply system.
D. Should the initial treatment of all or any section of the mains, in
the opinion of the governing agency or Architect prove ineffective,
the chlorination procedure shall be repeated until confirmed tests
show that water sampled from the new mains conforms to the foregoing
requirements.
3.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SYSTEM,
A. All connections to existing mains shall be made after complete
disinfection of the proposed system and shall be made under the
direction of the' Owner's of the existing system. Valves separating
the mains being installed from existing mains shall be operated by or
under the direction of said Owner's Representative.
B. In the event the Owner will be without water while a connection is
being made, notify the Construction Manager and Architect in advance
when the water will be turned off and when service will be resumed.
The connections may have to be made at night or on weekends.
A4 3.5>
********************
END OF SECTION 02644
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02644-7
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02685
GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Natural Gas System
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site gas piping systems.
B. Testing Lab: Refer to DIVISION ONE - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for
selection and payment.
1.3 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to publ ic municipal ities and private
utility companies of proposed work.
B. Protect existing utilities indicated or the location of which are made
known to the Contractor prior to excavation and that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations and repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due dil igence on his part, notify the
Architect immediately. Repair said damaged lines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies and the Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to
excavation of road and walkways incidental to work of this Section.
D. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post
with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by
authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities,
sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards
created by earthwork operation.
AI:
H4'SUBMll?tltS.
~I~tl\. ;;'plir;t;,;(t~jj: irest> \R~iiRm::~i~lld
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Per local Gas Company requirements.
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENT~R 02685-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02685
GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. Installation shall be per local Gas Company requirements.
A4 3.6
HlM 90007.00-1
********************
END OF SECTION 02685
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02685-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JUlY 2,1991
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Sanitary Sewer System
1.2
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work shall conform to National, State, County, City, and Institutional
codes governing installation of site sewer systems.
B. Testing Lab: See Division One - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES for
selection, payment, and usage of this service.
SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit a letter of certification describing each sample for review
certifying that the materials or equipment submitted complies with the
requirements. The source of certification shall be as approved by
authority having jurisdiction. When statements on certificates
originate with the manufacturer, endorse all claims and submit written
certification from the Contractor. No materials or manufactured
products shall be incorporated in the work prior to authority having
jurisdiction receipt of such certification. Shop drawings shall also
be submitted for all items covered in this section.
B. Comply with requirements of Division One - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.
Include the location of structures, and pipe invert elevations.
C. Test Reports
1.4
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect materials of this Section and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Protect stored material furnished and accepted for the work intended.
Excavated materials and backfill materials shall be kept free from
dirt and foreign matter contamination.
C. Access and storage areas shall be returned to normal usable condition
at end of project.
1.5
JOB CONDITIONS
A. Give adequate advance notice to public municipalities and private
utility companies of proposed. work.
B. Protect existing util ities indicated or the location of which are made
known by on-site inspection prior to excavation that are indicated to
be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavation
operations. Repair if damaged at no cost to the Owner. If utility
lines are encountered that were not indicated or that the Contractor
was not made aware of after due d i 1 i gence on his part, not i fy the
Architect invnediately. Repair said damaged 1 ines immediately and
contract price will be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
C. Adequate advance notice shall be given interested governmental
agencies and Architect prior to disruption of traffic flow due to
installation of sanitary sewer system of this Section.
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
1.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All excavation, preparation of pipe bedding, backfilling and related
work shall conform to the requirements of Section 02226 - EXCAVATING,
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SANITARY SEWER
A. PVC Pipe:
1. SDR35 type PSM conforming to ASTM 03034 for sewer service 4 inch
and larger.
2. Installed in Class I or Class II embedment material in accordance
with ASTM 02321.
B. Ductile Iron Pipe:
1. Conform to ANSI A21. 51, Cl ass 53 with bitumi nous coating on
outside surface. The interior surface of all ductile iron sewer
pipe with a nominal diameter of eight inches (8") and larger:
lined with virgin polyethylene compounded with carbon black to
resist exposure to ultraviolet rays during open air storage. The
lining shall comply with ASTM 01248 latest revision. The
polyethylene shall be fused to the pipe with heat in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations to form a tightly bonded
lining approximately forty mils thick, extending from the spigot
end to the gasket seat in the bell socket.
2. Joints: conform to ANSI A21.11 push-on or mechanical joints,
plain tip neoprene gaskets unless noted otherwise.
C. Pipe Adapter:
1. Donut pipe adapter: manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride
or polyurethane adaptable to similar or dissimilar pipes of the
same or different sizes. Donuts: equal to FERNCO JOINT SEALER
COMPANY, DICKEY COMPANY, or as approved by local plumbing codes.
\,
2.2 SERVICE CONNECTIONS
A. Openings for connections to sewers: as indicated. Standard wye branch
or tee shall be used. Openings: placed approximately 30.up from
hori zonta 1 pos it ion, never in a vert i ca 1 pos it ion. Pl ace and tamp
concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at
28 days around connections for rigid pipe. Close the opening with a
suitable water tight stopper. The joint to receive plug or riser pipe
shall be compression type.
B. The wye branches or openings shall be fitted with long radius elbow
and extension made therefrom. No wye or opening or extension shall be
covered with earth until its location has been recorded.
C. Furnish and place pipe risers extending from the branch openings of
~ the sewers up to within 8'-0" of the grade or to intercept existing
building connections. These risers shall be laid up and held in place
in a substantial manner and surrounded by concrete with a compressive
strength of 3000 pounds per square inch at 28 days or angular 1/4" to
1-1/2" graded stone. Openings in the top of riser pipes not connected
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
to live leads shall be closed by means of water tight stoppers that
are capable of withstanding an air test.
D. Install pipe with approved compression type joints to within 5'-O~ of
the building. leads: laid on a minimum uniform slope of 1/8~ per foot
unless a slope is indicated on the Drawings. Provide a temporary plug
at the end of pipe until the building waste system can be connected to
the sanitary sewer.
A4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
A. Provide concrete encasement using concrete wlth a compressive strength
of 2500 pounds per square inch at 28 days where:
1. The sewer or service pipe shall have less than 2'-6~ of cover
between the top of the pi pe and the rough grade e 1 evat i on or
ground line.
2. ~:e ~a;~:::Y se~~ef' af' ser,..iee pipe e!"ssses a'/e!", a!" at a ci~~:~
",nie" , ._.....;~e;s less U'a~ l' 6" dear aistaAce 8et~~eeA J:)~~:: WoRCA
EflSS51A'll ~Aae- i~atef' "'alAS. EAease",eAt shall C)(teA8 a "'lAl"'~'" of
19' Q" SR eaeA siee af tAe psiRt af ErsssiR~.
Ac\
.~tlllll&V!...PJ9~~~jji\rl'qijlr~iii!n~~
3. TAe laten1 separatisR sf tAe saRitary se'.~er pipe aRe pstaale
wate!" J3iJ3iR~ is less tAaR 19' Q".
A4:
4. The points of beginning and ending of sewer, or service pipe
encasement shall be not more than 6" from a pipe joint to protect
the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement of its foundation
or the effects of superimposed live loads.
3.2 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER STRUCTURES AND SEWERS
A. Vari ous sewer 1 i nes shall be connected to exi st i ng manholes and
structures which will require cutting into the existing structure.
Li ne drill ex; st; ng structure on 4" centers before breaking out
concrete. Exercise care in cutting into the existing structure and
any damage done to the structure shall be repaired at no expense to
the Owner.
3.3 CROSSING OF SANITARY SEWER AND WATERMAINS
A4
'.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-3
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
3.4 TESTS, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
A. Lamping of the completed sewer system as well as infiltration and
exfiltration tests will be ~erformed after complete backfilling and
the laying of the roadway base. A final inspection will be held
after the roadway is completed to verify that the system has not been
damaged. All lines and appurtenances not meeting specifications or
reasonable standards shall be repaired or replaced.
B. Each manhole or other appurtenance to the system shall be of the
specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially
constructed with the top set permanently to exact position and grade.
All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made; broken
or cracked pipe replaced; all deposits removed and the sewers left
true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use.
C. All sanitary sewers shall be lamped. The lamping will determine that
the lines have been laid to accurate line and grade. Each section of
the sewer is to show on examination from either end a full circle of
light between manholes.
D. Infiltration and Exfiltration Testing:
1. All sanitary sewers shall be subjected to an infiltration or
exfiltration test, or a combination of same, prior to acceptance
by the Owner and governmental authority . All sewers over 24"
diameter shall be subjected to infiltration tests.
2. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level
5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected to infiltra-
tion tests.
3. All sewers of 24" diameter or less, where the ground water level
is less than 5'-0" above the top of the sewer shall be subjected
exfi1tration tests.
4. If an exfi1tration test is performed, the maximum exfiltration
rate shall be the same as that permitted for infiltration.
5. For the purpose of exfil trat i on testing, the i nterna 1 water 1 eve 1
shall be equal to the external water level plus 5'-0" as measured
from the top of the pipe.
E. Test PVC pipe for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through
the line. The mandrel shall be a "go/no go" type with a diameter
equal to 95% of the inside diameter of the pipe. Any section of pipe
not passing this test shall be excavated and installed properly.
F. Within a reasonable length of time following pipe-laying and back-
filling, complete all work necessary to perform testing. Perform all
necessary preliminary tests and make all necessary repairs, including
the repair of all visible leaks and cracks, and retests to ready the
sewers for final inspection and witnessing of tests by the Owner or
governmental agency.
G. If a sewer fail s to pass the previously described tests, the
Contractor shall determine the location of the leaks, repair them and
", retest the sewer. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory
results are obtained.
I. Method of testing and measurement shall be approved by the
Governmental Agency. Provide necessary equipment and labor for making
tests.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-4
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02730
SANITARY SEWERAGE
J. Chemical or cement grouting will not be considered an acceptable
method of repairing leaking pipe, joints, or structural failures,
except where specifically approved by the Governmental Agency.
K. Where ground water conditions require dewatering operations in order
to construct sewers of 24" diameter or smaller, perform preliminary
exfiltration tests after backfilling and while the dewatering
equipment is still operating.
L. Where preliminary acceptance tests have been performed shortly after
sewer construction; such tests will not automatically result in
acceptance of the sewer. F i na 1 acceptance wi 11 not be cons i dered
until after a reasonable length of time following pipe laying and
backfilling to allow as much as possible for development of the earth
load on the pipe.
M. Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 100 gallons per inch
of di ameter per mil e of pi pe per- 24 hours for the overall project.
Maximum allowable infiltration shall not exceed 200 gallons per
inch of diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours for any individual run
between manholes.
3.5 CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, leave all components of the
sewage system completely free of silt, debris and obstructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 02730
",
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02730-5
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02520
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Sub-grade preparation.
B. Concrete paving with reinforcement.
1. 2 ALTERNATE
A. Refer to Document 0 and Division One for Alternate Number 5-01 for
Asphalt Paving.
1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Inspection and testing of concrete will be performed by Testing
Laboratory in accordance with Division One.
B. Three (3) concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less
cu. yds. of concrete placed.
C. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LIMEROCK BASE MATERIAL
A. Material shall meet the requirements of FDOT Section 911 except 97%
shall pass the 3-1/2" sieve and shall contain no more than 0.5%
organic material or objectionable matter as defined in Section 911.5
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal-type I.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic
matter, or other deleterious material.
D. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength; deformed billet steel bars;
ASTM A615; plain finish; #5 size.
2.4 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES
A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support
weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and
appearance of concrete.
B. Joint Filler{ Minimum 1/2 inch thick asphaltic impregnated
fiberboard.
C. Concrete Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber type; clear color; ASTM
C308.
2.5 CONCRETE MIX
",
A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 3000 psi concrete at 7 days with
maximum slump of 3 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment. ASTM
C94.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-1
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
SECTION 02520
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING (ALTERNATE)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE
A. Ensure rough grading has brought sub-grade to required compaction and
elevations.
B. Fill soft spots and hollows with additional fill.
C. Level and compact sub-grade, to 98% Modified Proctor.
3.2 FORMING
A. Form verticIl surfaces to full depth and securely position to required
lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass
through concrete.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and
stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal.
3.3 PLACING REINFORCING
A. Reinforce concrete where indicated. Allow for minimum 2 inch concrete
cover.
3.4 FORMING JOINTS
A. Place joints where indicated.
3.5 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Pl ace concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and un iform
finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate.
B. Avoid working mortar to surface.
C. Provide exposed surfaces with broom finish.
D. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade
by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with straight edge.
E. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after
placement. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
*********************
END OF SECTION 02520
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 02520-2
BID GROUP ONE ADDENDUM #4-JULY 2,1991
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS
PROJECT:
(name, address)
CONTRACT DATE:
state of:
County of:
The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions
of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, hereby
certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien
attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all
suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work,
labor or services who have or may have liens against any property
of the Owner or claims against the public construction bond arising
in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced
above.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, Write "None". If required by the Owner, the
Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each
exception. )
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
CONTRACTOR:
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of
Liens, conditional upon receipt
of final paYment.
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of
Liens from Subcontractors and
material and equipment suppliers,
to the extent required by the Owner,
accompanied by a list thereof.
Address
BY:
Subscribed and sworn to before
me this day of 19
Notary Public:
My Commission Expires:
07/16/91
AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS
00908-1
CONTRACTOR'S
AmOA VIT OF
PAYMENT OF
DEBTS AND CLAIMS
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
OTHER
AlA Document C706
o
o
o
o
TO (Owner)
I
L
PROJECT:
(name, address)
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
"I CONTRACT FOR:
-1 CONTRACT DATE:
State of:
County of:
The undersigned. pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. AlA Document
A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for ail
materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and
claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract
referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in anv way be held responsible.
EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the
Owner for each exception.)
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever
Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required.
AlA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY,
may be used for this purpose.
Indicate allachment: (yes ) (no ).
The following supporting documents should be at-
tacheq hereto if required by the Owner:
1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, condi-
tional upon receipt of final payment.
2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub.
contractors and material and equipment sup-
pliers. to the extent required by the Owner, ac-
companied by a list thereof.
3. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (AlA
DOCUMENT G706Al.
CONTRACTOR:
Address:
BY:
Subcribed and s\\orn to before me thiS
day of
19
Notary Public:
My CommiSSion Expires:
AI" DOCUMENT G706 . C......TR~CTOR5 ~FFID"\IT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS A~D ClAI....~5 . ....PRIL 1970 EDITION
AlA! . I 1970' THE ""ERIC '" "qITL:Tf Of ARCHITECTS. 1-35 -":E\V YORK AVE.. ~\\'. W...~H"GTO". DC. ~(1n06
0"[ PC,
SECTION 00970
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.1
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
1.1.1
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Project shall comply with all applicable local,
State, and Federal safety and health regulations and with
Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health policies
as described herein.
1.2
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
1.2.1
It is recognized that it is good business and evidence
of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of
incidents that lead to occupational injuries or
illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this
project include, but are not limited to, the following:
.1 In general, this accident prevention policy is based
on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries,
occupational illnesses, and equipment and property
damage: and to protect the general public exposed
to or associated with the work.
.2 The importance of the safety of all workers on the
project shall be recognized and accident prevention
shall be an integral part of all operations.
.3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
conduct work in a safe and practical manner in
conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health
Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual of
Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors
of America.
.4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
observe all applicable Federal, State, local and
project laws and regulations pertaining to safety
and health, pollution control, water supply, fire
protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal
and other related items.
.5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be
posted in a conspicuous location along with the OSHA
and Emergency Phone Number posters.
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 1
CONSENT OF
SURETY COMPANY
TO FINAL PAYMENT
1\/1\ DOCUMENT G707
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
SURETY
OTHER
o
o
o
o
PROJECT:
(name, address)
TO (Owner)
I
"I ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO:
CONTRACT FOR:
L
CONTRACTOR:
.J CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above. the
Ih~,~ In'~r1 n,m(',nd ,dd,~ss 0/ Su,~ty Comp,nyl
, SURETY COMPA~Y,
on bond of (her~ In,~r' ",m~ ,nd ,dd,ess of Conl""o"
, CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment. to the Contractor, and agrees that final pa~'ment to the Contractor shall not
relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligatIOns to Ih~;~ In'~r1 n,me ,nd ,dd,m 01 O"'"e"
. O\\"ER.
as set forth in the said Surety Company's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Surety Company has hereunto set Its hand this
dav of
19
Surety Company
S,gnature of AuthOrIZed Representative
Attest:
(Seal) :
Title
NOTE, This form IS to be used as a companion document to AlA DOCUMENT C~06. CO'<TR^C10R 5 MFIDA\'IT OF PAY"E....1 OF DEB;S "D
CLAI.~S, Current EditIon
AlA DOCUMENT CiO? . (ONSE"T Of SURfTY CO.~P",,"Y 10 FII'o.; -',l PAY '1E....1 . .s.r; . --.-- ", '''''' . .'.;;
.., ~
.6 A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses
shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases
shall be properly recorded on the OSHA log, and
reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A copy of the
insurance report for workmen compensation cases
shall be provided to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS.
.7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
provide or arrange for adequate first aid
facilities, emergency transportation and persons
qualified in first aid.
.8 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
cooperate fully with all other contractors in their
respective safety and health programs.
.9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times.
Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily
or placed in appropriate waste containers. All
materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in
a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall
donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will
convene every Friday at 1:00pm for a joint site
clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three
hours.
In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan.
The first part consists of the contractor cleaning
up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his trade
work. The second part consists of the general
clean-up, the concerted, effort by all trade
contractors working on the project. A minimum of
(1) crew is to be utilized by each contractor, or
10%, whichever is more. The third part consists of
the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade
contractor should adequate notice not compel him to
clean up his work. In this case, the appropriate
contractors will be backcharged.
.10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all
supervisors, employees and visitors shall be
required to wear a suitable hard hat while on the
project site.
.11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment
shall be provided and worn as required including but
not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves and
07/26/91
00970 - 2
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
appropriate leather work boots.
.12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders,
scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be provided
to facilitate access or working conditions in a
manner that shall conform to the safety standards
specified by Federal, state, Local or manufacturer's
recommendations or stipulations.
.13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall
be expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the
safety and health requirements of this project and
to enforce adherence to safe work procedures.
.14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade
Contractor of any noncompliance with the provisions
of this program, the Trade Contractor shall make
all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the
unsafe conditions or acts. satisfactory corrective
action shall be taken within the specified time.
If a Trade Contractor or Trade Subcontractor refuse
to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts,
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of
the following steps:
a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof.
b. stop paYment for the work being performed.
c. Correct the situation using other forces and
back charge the Trade Contractor expenses
incurred. '
d. Increase retainage in proportional increments
for that given pay period.
.15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be
required to attend and participate in all general
project safety meetings. These meetings will be
included in the weekly coordination meetings as
previously specified or on an as needed basis.
.16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box
Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the
minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to
be transmitted to Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits on a
weekly basis. All employees working at the project
site shall be required to attend and participate in
07/26/91
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 3
1.3
1.3.1
1.4
1.4.1
"
the meetings.
.17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior
to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard
Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the
contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
for approval. The analysis will address the hazards
for each activity to be performed in that phase and
will present the procedures and safeguards necessary
to eliminate the hazards or reduce the risk to an
acceptable level. A phase is defined as an
operation involving a type of work presenting
hazards not experienced in previous operations or
where a new subcontractor or work crew is to perform
work. The analysis will be discussed by the
contractor and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on-site
representatives at the Preparatory Inspection
Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase until
the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been
accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
.18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the
job-site.
FIRE PROTECTION
Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed
on the Proj ect shall exercise good construction practices
to prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the
Trade Contractor to insure that general fire protection
facilities are adequate for his work and to provide
additional fire protection f~cilities and devices,
including fire extinguishers as' required by their scope
of work.
WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES
It shall be the Trade Contractor's sole and exclusive
responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of
working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other
utilities: (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly
maintained equipment: (c) to conduct all of his work in
accordance with the safety rules and regulations
prescribed by the National Electric Code, National
Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for
Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and
Communication Lines Hand Book 81, Occupational Safety and
Heal th Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes in
07/26/91
00970 - 4
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
",
effect at the site of construction and as specified
elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the
type of work being performed: and (d) to continuously
supervise and inspect the work being performed to assure
that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are
complied with and nothing in these Contract Documents
shall be held to mean that any such responsibility is the
obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the
Construction Manager.
07/26/91
00970 - 5
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
~
BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING
The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for
providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning signs,
barricades, night guard lights, and deck or floor
closures required in connection with his work to comply
with Federal, State and local safety requirements. The
Trade Contractor shall be solely and exclusively
responsible for the design, construction, inspection and
maintenance of such facilities at all times.
It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor
to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to
maintain safe conditions.
It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the
Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all
laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or
in connection with the proj ect, and nothing in these
Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such
responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the
Construction Manager.
07/26/91
00970 - 6
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
MONROE COUNTY
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor
all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure
conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of
the work performed by his work force on this project as
well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while the
respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and
will have the authority and responsibility to accept or
reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative may delegate his duties but the
primary responsibility and authority will rest on him.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will coordinate the submittal' of all shop drawings,
product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Any submittal that is a change to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the ArChitect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall
commence until the submittal has been reviewed and
approved by the ArChitect/Engineer.
The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing laboratory
whether Monroe County or Contractor provided to perform
testing of materials as required by the contract drawings
and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent
needless cancellations and delays of work activities.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-1
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
".
Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne
by the Contractor.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in accordance with the
latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of
the work of all materials, equipment and supplies
including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes
from this inspection will be filled out on the
appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily
Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not
in conformance with the respective submittals, quality
standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be
brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified
will not be incorporated into the work until corrective
action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is
completed. Items determined unsal vageable will be
removed from the job site. These items shall be noted
as deficient in the applicable section of the contractor
Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
\.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four-point inspection
plan for each separate feature of work to be performed
under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each
division of the technical provision section of the
contract specifications. This plan consists of the
following:
.1
Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
02/11/91
00980-2
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test reports of
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous
preliminary work.
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
operations
of
(e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the
particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note:
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(see attachment).
.2
Ini tial inspection Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality control
Representative will meet wi th the Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so deSires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) configuration to
specifications.
contract
drawings
and
( c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
", ( e) Adequacy of testing methods.
( f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-3
Note:
Note:
~
(g) Adequacy of
precautions.
safety
or
environmental
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(see attachment).
.3
FOllow-up Inspections The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will inspect the work
daily to assure the continuing conformance of the
work to the workmanship standards established during
the preparatory and initial inspections.
Additionally, as a part of the fOllow-up inspection,
sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as
possible. The intent of these sheets are to achieve
concurrence from other trade contractors and
responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed
commence over underlying work. This will prevent
oversights and omissions which elevate costs. Sign-
off sheets shall be used for but not be limited to
concrete, drYWall, ceilings, painting, roofing
substrates and flooring. These reports are to be
generated by the applicable Trade Contractor and
submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up
of work. (See attachment for example of an
acceptable concrete sign-off sheet.)
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior tq covering up underlying
work may affect paYment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. this
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1/4/2 of this
plan. )
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record
these inspections and all other project related
activities encountered throughout the day on the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report (see
attachment) .
.4
Completion Inspection - Upon completion of a given
feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's
02/11/91
00980-4
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
Note:
representative if he so desires to attend to perform
an inspection of the completed work. Non-conforming
items will be identified and corrected prior to
commencement of the next operation.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly
(s,ee attachment).
1.3.2
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and
equipment to perform the operational tests and
checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment
constructed, fabricated or installed under this
Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such
tests. Notification should be given at least five
(5) days in advance of the scheduled tests.
1.3.3
FINAL INSPECTION
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will
coordinate and attend all final inspections of the
work by the Architect/Engineer. Requests for
finalizing portions of the work performed under this
Trade contract should be made to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent at least fifteen
(15) days in advance of the inspection. Prior to
requesting a final inspection, all tests for the
equipment and systems must be completed.
1.4
REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is
extremely important in the Quality Assurance
Program. These records will act as a main source
of information in the present and in the future for
the entire proj ect management team. The main report
that will be utilized to provide this information
is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance
Reports may also be issued.
1.4.1
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-5
performed by the Trade Contractor's designated
Quality Control Representative. It shall include
any of the four steps of inspection that are
performed that day, all test monitoring and any
rework of nonconforming items. All of the
individual Trade Contractor inspector's reports will
be assembled into one report with a cover sheet for
each day and submitted by 9:00am of the following
day to a predetermined location so that it can be
routed through the system for review. The original
will be kept within Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Quality Assurance Program files.
1.4.2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that
is found to be in nonconformance with the contract
documents or the referenced quality standards. The
report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly
issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only
after normal enforcement standards have been
exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment
to the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be
forwarded to the proj ect Manager for his information
and/or action. It should also be included in the
Trade Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for
general review.
\.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
deficient item or items have adequately been
corrected. This will be done by the issuing
Superintendent and proj ect Manager. These sign-
offs will be included wi th a corresponding
corrective action taken. Significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be
submitted for review.
".
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report
will proportionally counteraffect paYments. Whether
that be partial or full retainage will be left up
to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
management team.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-6
1.5
SUBMITTALS
1.5.1
Submittals are not a direct function of this Quality
Assurance Program. However, submi ttal samples,
manufacturer's catalog cuts, shop drawings, etc.
should be readily available on site for review at
any time by any representative of the Project
Management Team.
1.6
AUDITS
1.6.1
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits may choose at its option
to perform Trade Contractor audits of their
Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time.
Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to
the proj ect Manager for his action. Any action
items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor
will be followed up and documented to insure
compliance and avoid recurrence.
1.7
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused
by rework and a lack of planning and maximize
production and insure that the finished product is
one that the entire construction team can pride
themsel ves in. These goals can be achieved by
giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The
owner will expect no more and through Quality
Assurance, the construction team will provide no
less.
02/11/91
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980-7
SECTION 00990
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
Bid Package NO.3, site Electrical & Temporary Power
Bid Package NO.5, Site Grading & caissons
Bid Package NO.7, Concrete Foundations
Bid Package NO.9, Site Plumbing
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
Cover Sheet Rev. 0, 05/17/91
1. 00 Topographic Survey Rev. 0, 05/17/91
1. 01 Master site Plan Rev. 1, 05/31/91
1. 03 Preliminary Site Rev. 2, 07/02/91
Layout-Central
1. 04 Preliminary site Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Layout-South
1. 05 Rough Grading & Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Drainage-North
1. 06 Rough Grading & Rev. 2, 07/02/91
Drainage-Central
1. 07 Rough Grading & Rev. 1, 05/31/91
Drainage-South
1. 08 Site utilities Rev. 1, 07/02/91
Central
1. 09 Site utilities Rev. 1, 05/31/91
South
1.18 civil Details Rev. 2, 07/02/91
1.19 civil Details Rev. 0, 05/17/91
'.
1. 20 civil Details Rev. 0, 05/17/91
07/03/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00990-1
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING TITLE
3.01
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone A
3.02
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone B
3.03
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone C
3.04
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone D
3.05
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone E
3.06
Foundation Plan
Ground Floor
Zone F
3.28
General Notes &
Abbreviations
3.29
Grade Beam Schedule,
Foundation Notes &
Typical Details
3.30
Drilled Caisson and
Cast In Place Column
Schedules & Details
3.31
Foundations sections
And Details
11.01
site Electrical Plan
LATEST REVISION DATE
Rev. 1, 07/02/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Rev. 1, 05/31/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Rev. 1, 07/02/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
Rev. 1, 05/31/91
Rev. 2, 07/02/91
Rev. 0, 05/17/91
07/03/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00990-2
SECTION 00992
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid package No. 12, Precast Embeds
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Group 2
0.01 Index Rev. 0, 07/23/91
0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
(Architectural)
3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone A
3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone B
3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone C
3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone D
3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone E
3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone F (Alternate)
3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone A
3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone B
3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone C
07/29/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00992 - 1
DRAWING NO.
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.32
3.33
3.35
3.36
07/29/91
DRAWING TITLE
Framing Plan Second Floor
Zone D
Framing Plan Mezzanine
Level Zone E
Framing Plan Mezzanine
Level Zone F (Alternate)
Framing Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone D
Framing Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone E
Framing Plan Mechanical
Plenum Zone F
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone A
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone B
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone C
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone D
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone E
Framing Plan Roof Level
Zone F (Alternate)
Typical Details
Sections and Details
Precast Wall Schedule
and Details
Precast Column Schedule
and Details
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
LATEST REVISION DATE
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
00992 - 2
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
3.37 General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
& Typical Details
3.38 Sections and Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
3.39 Sections and Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.01 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone A
4.02 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone B
4.03 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone C
4.04 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone D
4.05 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone E
4.06 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
4.07 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone A
4.08 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone B
4.09 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone C
4.10 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone D
4.11 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone E
4".12 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
07/29/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00992 - 3
DRAWING NO.
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
",
4.27
07/29/91
DRAWING TITLE
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone A
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone B
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone C
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone D
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone E
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone F
(Alternate)
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone D
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone E
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone F (Alternate)
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone A
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone B
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone C
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone D
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone E
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone F (Alternate)
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
LATEST REVISION DATE
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. o. 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
00992 - 4
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
4.28 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.29 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.30 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.31 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.32 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.33 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.33A Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.34 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.35 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.36 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.37 Wall Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.38 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.39 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.40 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.41 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.41A Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.41B Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Elevations & Details
Door Schedule
4.46 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.47 Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
~
4.47A Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.48 stair Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
07/29/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00992 - 5
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
4.49 Elevator Plans & sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.50 Elevator Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Rev. 0, undated
Elevations
4.67 Partition Types Rev. 0, 07/23/91
5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone A
5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone D
5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone E
",
07/29/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
00992 - 6
SECTION 01027
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of
Applications for Payment.
B. Related sections
1. section 00750 - General Conditions
2. section 00900 - AIA G702/G703
2. section 01370 - Schedule of Values
1..2 FORMAT
A. AIA G702 - Application and certificate for Payment
including continuation sheets when required.
1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Present required information in typewritten form.
B.
Execute certification
authorized officer.
by
notarized
signature
of
c. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including
change order number, date and dollar amount.
D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in
Section 01700.
1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed
until the construction schedule, the schedule of values,
and the initial submittal schedule have been received by
the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the
Architect.
B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule
with each Application for Payment.
OS/20/91
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
C. Payment Period: Submit once per month, during the last
week of the month. Payment will be made by the Owner
within (30) days thereafter.
D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by
the Construction Manager, shows the work items which are
being considered for progress payments. It is to be
billed from the Contractor's approved schedule of values
and approved changes only. The Contractor must fill in
percentages of work completed on each line item or total
dollar amount of Original Suppliers Invoices. suppliers
Invoicef:; are then attached for payments on materials
stored.
E. Status Meeting - The Contractor's representative and the
Construction Manager review the Contractor's Work Item
Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties,
both the Contractor and Construction Manager will sign
off on the form.
F. Estimate Voucher - The Construction Manager will input
the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update
Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the
Contractor.
G. Submit waivers as required.
H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for Payment.
1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires
substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar
amounts in question. \
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy
of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and
line item by number and description.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
~
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01027
OS/20/91
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Promptly implement change order procedures.
a. Provide full written data required to evaluate
changes.
b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on
a time and material/force account basis.
c. Provide full documentation to the Construction
Manager with each request.
2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's
organization authorized to accept changes in the
Work.
3. The Owner will designate in writing the person who
is authorized to execute Change Orders.
B. Related requirements:
1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices.
2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances.
3. Conditions of the Contract, Article 12 of the
General Conditions:
a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the
Owner resulting from changes in the Work made
on a time and material basis.
b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs.
1..2 DEFINITIONS
A. Change Order, AIA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General
Conditions.
B. Construction Change Directive: A written order to the
Contractor, signed by the Owner, MK/Gerri ts and the
Architect, which amends the Contract Documents as
described, and authorizes the Contractor to proceed with
a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract
time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order.
1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal
Request to the Contractor. Request will include:
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 1
1. Detailed description of the change, products and
location of the change in the Project.
2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and
specifications.
3. The projected time span for making the change, and
a specific statement as to whether overtime work is,
or is not, authorized.
4. A specific period of time during which the requested
price will be considered valid.
5. Such request is for information only, and is not an
instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the
Work in progress.
B. The Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a
written notice to the Construction Manager containing:
1. Description of the proposed changes.
2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.
3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time.
4. statement of the effect on the Work of separate
contractors.
5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum
or the Contract Time, as appropriate.
1..4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. In lieu of Proposal Request, a Construction Change
Directive may be issued for Contractor to proceed with
a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The Construction Change Directive will describe changes
in the Work, both additions and deletions, with
attachments of revised Contract Documents to define
details of the change, and will designate the method of
determining a change in the Contract Sum and change in
the Contract Time.
C. The Owner, Construction Manager, and the Architect will
sign and date the Construction Change Directive as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with changes.
D. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting
and supporting data as provided in the Article
"Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this section.
E. The allowable costs of such work will be determined as
provided in the General Conditions and supplementary
Conditions.
F. The Owner, Construction Manager and Architect will sign
and date the Change Order to establish the change in the
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 2
Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
G. The Owner and the Contractor will sign and date the
Change Order to indicate their agreement.
1..5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
A. support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for
each uni t price which has not previously been
established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow
evaluation of the quotation.
B. On request provide additional data to support time and
cost computations:
1. Labor required.
2. Equipment required.
3. Products required.
a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
b. Quantities required.
4. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
5. Credi t for the work deleted from the Contract,
similarly documented.
6. Overhead and profit.
If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%).
If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does
not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-up
for managing this work will be ten percent
(10%).
If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the
actual Work, his percentage mark-up for
overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work
only. If the Trade Contractor performs part
of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for
overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work
only.
.,
7.
Justification for change in the Contract Time.
C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for the work
done on a time-and-material/force account basis, with
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 3
documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal, plus
additional information:
1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the
work,and date of the order.
2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly
rates paid.
4. Receipts and invoices for:
a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.
b. Products used, listing of quantities.
c. Subcontracts.
5. Si/; nature of Construction Manager's Superintendent,
concurring with quantities.
1..6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change Order.
B. Change Order form: AIA Document G701/CM.
C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both
addi tions and deletions, wi th attachments of revised
Contract Documents to define details of the change.
D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adj ustment
in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
1..7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
1. The Proposal Request and the Contractor' s responsive
Proposal as mutually agreed between the Owner and
the Contractor.
2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect or Construction
Manager.
B. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will
sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the
Contractor to proceed with the changes.
C. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to
indicate agreement with the terms therein.
1..8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A.
The
l.
2.
content of the Change Orders will be based on either:
The definition of the scope of the required changes.
The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect, or Construction
Manager.
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 4
3. survey of completed work.
B.
The
l.
2.
amounts of the unit prices to be:
Those stated in the Agreement.
Those mutually agreed upon between
Architect and the contractor.
the
Owner,
C. When quanti ties of each of the items affected by the
Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work:
1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change order as authorization
for the Contractor to proceed with the changes.
2. The contractor may sign and date the Change order
to indicate agreement with the terms therein.
D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior
to start of the Work:
1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued
directing the contractor to proceed with the change
on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the
applicable unit prices.
2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work
will be determined based on the unit prices and
quantities used.
3. The Owner, construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change order to establish the
change in the contract Sum and in the contract Time.
4. The contractor will sign and date the Change Order
to indicate their agreement with the terms therein.
1..9 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms
monthly to record each change as a separate item of the
Work, and to record the adjustad contract Sum prior to
submission of Application for payment.
B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change
in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions.
Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of
work affected by the changes.
C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter
pertinent changes in Record Documents.
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
****************
END OF SECTION 01028
"
04/30/91
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 6
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Project meetings
1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre-
construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and
specially called meetings throughout progress of the
Work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance
of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice
as possible.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings
and decisions.
6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within
three working days after each meeting.
a. To participants in the meeting.
b. To parties affected by decisions made at the
meeting.
c. Furnish three copies of minutes to the
Architect.
B.
Representatives of the contractors,
suppliers attending meetings shall
authorized to act on behalf of
represents.
subcontractors and
be qualified and
the entity each
C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend
meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited
consistent with the contract Documents and construction
schedules.
1..3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
"
A. Schedule just prior to Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site designated by the Construction
04/30/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
Manager.
C. Attendance:
1. The Owner's Representative.
2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as
required).
3. Construction Manager.
4. The Contractor's Superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
6. Major suppliers.
7. Others as appropriate.
D. suggested Agenda:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. Projected Construction Schedules.
2. critical Work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
4. Project Coordination.
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
c. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract Documents.
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas.
b. The Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities, controls and construction
aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first-aid procetlures.
12. security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days.
1..4 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The Contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent
shall be required to attend a weekly scheduling meeting.
B.
Location of the meetings:
Construction Manager.
Project field office of the
C. Attendance:
1. The Architect and his professional consultants as
needed.
2. Contractors as appropriate to the agenda.
04/30/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda.
4. Others.
D. Suggested Agenda:
1. Review of Work progress since previous meeting.
2. Field observations, problems, conflicts.
3. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
4. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules.
5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain
projected schedule.
6. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
7. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period.
8. Coordination of schedules.
9. Review submittal schedules.
10. Maintenance of quality standards.
11. Pending changes and substitutions.
12. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on
completion date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project.
13. Other business.
14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01200
~
04/30/91
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
SECTION 01301
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings,
product data, certifications and samples required
by the technical sections.
2. Prepare and submit with construction progress
schedule, a separate schedule listing dates for
submission and dates for review.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
2 . Individual submittals required: refer to each
specific section, for certifications, shop drawings,
product data and sample requirements.
1..2 SUBMITTAL IDENTIFICATION
A. This paragraph is included to explain the method for
submittals identification using Section 08710, FINISH
HARDWARE, and the Finish Hardware Schedule as an example.
B. The contractor shall assign submittal designations
utilizing the following format and system.
C. The number for the first shop arawing submitted under
that section would be 08710-1a, the (1) designating that
this is the first time submitted under section 08710, and
the (a) signifying that it is the first time a "finish
hardware" schedule has been submitted to the Architect's
office. If this "finish hardware" submittal is marked
"revise and resubmit", the resubmittal would retain the
08710-1 but (a) would be changed to 08710-1b to designate
resubmittal; the next resubmittal, 08710-1c, until this
"finish hardware" item is approved.
D.
The second "finish hardware" submittal sent to the
Architect's office would be 08710-2a; if not approved,
then resubmitted under 08710-2b.
.,
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 1
1..3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor shall submit within three (3) days of
award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule"
to the Construction Manager for review, modification and
response prior to the first application for payment. The
"Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following
information:
1. section number and name.
2. Submittal information required.
3. Date submittal will be received by the Construction
Manager.
4. Time allowed for review of submittal by A/E (in
calendar days).
5. Date submittal will be returned to the Contractor.
6. Material ship and receipt dates.
B. The Contractor shall submit the final "Submittal
Schedule" to the Construction Manager for review and
approval prior to the second application for payment.
Modifications to the approved schedule shall be submitted
to the Construction Manager for review and approval
allowing adequate time for review and response.
C. Submi ttals received by the Construction Manager on or
before the scheduled date will be processed to meet the
scheduled date.
D. Submi ttals received by the Construction Manager after the
scheduled date are considered to be not critical and will
be processed as time allows and not necessarily within
the number of calendar days allotted for the review.
E. The Archi tect and Construction Manager will not be
responsible for delays due to receiving submittals after
the date indicated in the submittal schedule.
1..4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submi t shop drawings as single copies in the form of
positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly
called sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry
print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be
reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for
resubmittal.
B. Submit four blueline or blackline prints with each shop
drawing submittal.
C. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 2
sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely
by the fabricator or supplier.
D. Do not reproduce the contract Drawings for shop drawing
submittals.
E. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract
Drawings.
F. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to
accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Construction Manager,
the Arch:'tect and the Contractor.
G.
Each
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
sepia print shall carry the following information:
Project name and HLM Project number.
Date.
Names of:
a. The Architect
b. The Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
d. supplier
e. Manufacturer
Identification of product or material.
Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
Field dimensions, clearly stated as such.
Specification section number.
Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal
Specification.
Identification of deviations from Contract
Documents.
Reference to construction drawings by drawing number
and/or detain number.
H. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets
if size permits, or rolled in tUbes.
1..5 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or
manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia
prints if adequately identified. submit five copies of
product data to the Construction Manager.
B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which
is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional
information if necessary to supplement standard
information.
"
C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous
information not deleted and/or modified will be returned
without review to the contractor for resubmittal.
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 3
1..6 SAMPLES
A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or
workmanship, and to establish standards by which
completed work may be judged.
B. Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections,
at the Project site in a location designated by the
Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including
adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final
appearance of the Work.
1..7 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Proved certifications as required by various technical
sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary.
Certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated
and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used
for the Owner/Contractor agreement.
B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that
the material and the intended installation methods, where
applicable, are in compliance with the Contract
Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where
applicable.
1..8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager,
review each submittal, make changes or notations as
necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify
such review with review stamp and forward reviewed
submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for
review. Return submi ttals \. not meeting Contract
requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such
submittals to the Construction Manager.
B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and
where specified, submit calculations, material samples,
color chips or charts, test data, warranties and
guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item.
C. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or
similar data.
D.
Notify the Construction Manager in writing at time of
submission, of deviations in submittals from the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
"
E. After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 4
review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained
at the Project site for reference use and other copies
distributed to suppliers and fabricators.
F. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until
return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and
the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review.
G. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions
in submittals is not relieved by the Construction
Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals.
H. The contractor's responsibility for deviations in
submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents
is not rel ieved by the Construction Manager's or the
Architect's review of submittals unless the Construction
Manager and the Architect give written acceptance of
specific deviations.
1..9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
B.
C.
1:.10
The Construction Manager will review all submittals with
reasonable promptness and coordinate them with
information contained in related documents and checking
for compliance with information given in the Contract
Documents.
The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor,
without review, all submittals not bearing the
Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been
reviewed by the Contractor.
The Construction Manager will make changes or notations
directly on the submittals, identify such review with his
review stamp, sign and forward acceptable submittals on
to the Architect.
D.
After the Architect1s review, the Construction Manager
will forward submittals to the contractor and retain one
copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute
copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project site
for reference use and other copies distributed to
suppliers/fabricators. The Contractor shall supply
copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager
in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of
the Contract.
THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The Architect will review submittals with reasonable
promptness, checking only for conformance with the design
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 5
B.
C.
1. .11
A.
B.
C.
compliance of the project and compliance with information
given in the Contract Documents.
The Architect will return to the Construction Manager
without review any submittals not bearing the
Contractor's or the Construction Manager's review stamp
or not showing that it has been reviewed by the
Contractor and the Construction Manager.
The Architect will make changes or notations directly on
the submittal, identify such review with his review
stamp, ::'btain and record the Architect file copy and
return the submittal to the Construction Manager.
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Submit one sepia print of shop drawings or one copy of
product data for distribution by the Contractor plus five
copies.
Submit one sample for review. After approval, the
Construction Manager will retain the approved sample at
the job site in a secure location, properly indexed and
filed for retrieval.
Accompany submittals with transmittal form in duplicate,
containing:
1. Date.
2. Project name and HLM Project number.
3. Names of:
a. The Architect
b. Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
d. Subcontractor (if applicable)
e. Supplier
f. Manufacturer
4. Identification of product or material.
5. Specification section number, clearly identified.
6. Reference to construction drawings by drawing
number.
7. The quantity of each shop drawing, product data or
sample submitted.
8. Notification of deviations from the Contract
Documents.
9. Other pertinent data.
D. Submittals shall be identified and submitted by
individual technical specification sections only.
OS/20/91
01301 - 6
SUBMITTALS
1. . 12
RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Review initial drawings as required and resubmit as
specified for initial submittal.
2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been
made other than those requested by the Construction
Manager or the Architect.
B. Product Data and Samples:
1. ReE.lbmit new data and samples as required for
initial submission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
****************
END OF SECTION 01301
.,
OS/20/91
SUBMITTALS
01301 - 7
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Progress schedules
2. Revisions to schedules
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPE OF WORK
c. Description:
1. Progress Schedules:
Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and
submi t to the Construction Manager, construction
progress schedules for the work, with subschedules
of related activities which are essential to its
progress. Also incorporate manpower loading related
to each activity on the construction schedule.
2. Revisions to Schedule:
Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each
payment application.
1..2 FORMAT
A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with
separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation,
identifying the first work day of each week.
B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each
horizontal bar, clearly defined.
C. Sequence of listings: The Specifications.
D. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and
revisions.
E. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" x II".
1". . 3 CONTENT
A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity,
with dates for beginning and completion of each element
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 1
of construction.
B. Show the manpower loading for each activity.
C. Identify each item by Specification section number.
D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically
grouped activities.
E. Identify work of separate floors and other logically
groupedlctivities.
F. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the
entire schedule.
G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each
item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the
first day of each month.
H. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop
drawings, product data, and samples, including the Owner
furnished products and products identified under
allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required
from the Architect. Reference section 01301
Submittals.
I. Indicate delivery dates for the Owner furnished products.
J. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in
Section 01370.
1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal,
and projected completion date o~ each activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal,
major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes.
1. Major changes in scope.
2. Activities modified since previous submission.
3. Revised projections of progress and completion.
4. Other identifiable changes.
C.
Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on
the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime
contractors.
",
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 2
1..5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of
Contract.
1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and
return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, re-submit within seven (7) days after
return of review copy.
3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each
Application for Payment.
1..6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor,
in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections
shown in the schedules.
Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager
to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to
cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice
of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to
superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor
of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect
or carelessness.
**************
END OF SECTION 01310
OS/20/91
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 3
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section ~ncludes:
1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions
of the Work, submitted within three (3) days after
award of the Contract.
2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support
the values with data which will substantiate their
correctness.
3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the
Construction Manager, forms the basis for the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on AIA G703 Form; the Contractor's standard
forms and automated printout will be considered by the
Construction Manager upon the Contractor's request.
Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. The Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Name and Address of the contractor.
4. contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. List the installed value of the component parts of the
Work (broken down into labor and material) in sufficient
detail to serve as a basis for computing values for
progress payments during construction.
C. Follow the specifications as the format for listing
component items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title
of the respective major section of the
specifications.
D.
Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following
general cost items:
1. Mobilization.
2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits.
3. General Conditions spread over project duration on
monthly basis.
~
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 1
E. For each major line item list sub-values of major
products or operations under the item.
F. For the various portions of the Work:
1. Include a directly proportional amount of the
Contractor's overhead and profit for each item.
2. For items on which progress payments will be
requested for stored materials, break down the value
into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and
unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
3. Submi t a subschedule for each separate stage of work
specified in section 00300.
G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the
total Contract Sum.
1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES
A. Submit a sub-schedule of unit costs and quantities for:
1. Products on which progress payments will be
requested for stored products.
B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule
of Values, with each item identified the same as the line
item in the Schedule of Values.
C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an
allowance for normal waste.
D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows:
1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the
Site, with taxes paid.
2. Installation costs, inc~uding the Contractor's
overhead and profit. .
E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity
listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule
of Values.
1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL
A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and resubmit
schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required.
B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner.
"
*************
END OF SECTION 1370
04/30/91
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 2
SECTION 01385
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
1..1 SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. section includes:
1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each
Trade contractor.
2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction
Reports.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A.
~
Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and
every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms
to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager.
Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. Title of Project
2. Name of Trade Contractor
3. Date and day of Report information. For example,
you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so
you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This
holds true even if you did not complete filling out
the Report until Friday, 4/19/91.
4. Contract designation.
5. Note any major Shipments received on that particular
day.
6. Note major equipment used that day.
7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For
example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you
would also list how many insulators, pipefitters,
etc. that you were also managing, even if they were
subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the
subcontractors that were on-site that day.
8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective
actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.\
9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or
not caused by your forces.
10. Provide a full description of work performed that
day, and any problems or unusual conditions
discovered.
11. Report is to be signed by the authorized
representative of the contractor, and should the
signature not be legible, print the name of the
signer next to the signature.
04/30/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 1
1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS
A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated
location described in the pre-construction meeting.
Contractors are to submit the original of their report,
and should keep a copy for their records. The
Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not
to be used in the reproduction for submission of the
reports.
B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:00am the day
following the day of the work described in that
particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be
accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these
instructions, the contractor's payment application for
the following month will be held in abeyance until such
time the contractor properly submits the delinquent
reports.
*************
END OF SECTION 1385
04/30/91
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 2
'.'-.:. J .:~,a''''.c~~;?ilIn-t7'~.;,,~,~.,~>..._' ~.~~ Jt..ftilli'!!l~_~w;~~' L If lIIlt' " ....~,"
- "J"' ~lj-"-~
crCTOR'S DAILY REPORT
PROJECT: .,.">4'.'" DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
MAJOR SHIPMENTS RECEIVED TODAY MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED
-
NUMBER OF CRAFfS PERSONNEL L5TSUBCONTRACTORSONSITE
T
0
T
A
L
DEFICIENCIES NOTED/CORRECTED:
..
SAFETY VIOLATIONS NOTED/CORRECfED:
FULL DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED; INCLUDE ANY PROBLEMS:
~
-
ATIACH 2ND SHEET IF NEEDED
-
.",..... r.. H[.
...-.-,;,)(.-
"~""''''''''l~'~''"--
.......''!~~~-" T . J'I.I.,,~.Jl~P .
~:,,:..~~~"
..~.~~.,-"...,..~. '.......~;..",
. - 2ND SHEET
'......... CONfRAcroR'S'DAIL Y REPORT SHEET OF
. <ll .-
J~ ," WORK DAY:
PROJECr:
.,. -
CONTRACT NO.: DATE:
DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - List activities started, activities completed, delays, reasons
for delays, and reasons for possible future delays.
_.
SECTION 01395
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event
errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in
the Contract Documents.
2. utilization of DCR form.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS
A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the
Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of
the Construction Manager immediately. The DCR is a tool
established to provide expedient clarifications of
contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts.
It is not meant to be a substitute for good
communication.
B. DCR forms will be as those provided by the Construction
Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. DCR Number: This is a unique number used for
logging and tracking the DCR, and will be assigned
by the Construction Manager.
2. Fill in 'proj ect', 'Client', 'To' and 'Attn'. Since
this information always stays the same, use copies
(like a form letter), so': you do not waste time
writing these items again and again.
3. Note Trade Contractor Name.
4. Note Contract Number.
5 . Give a brief, clear, concise description of the
problem area under subj ect. The subj ect description
should be distinct enough so that anyone searching
the DCR can detect the problem expeditiously.
6. List the drawing or specification with its
corresponding detail or page number for reference
to problem area.
7. Once the DCR has been answered by either the
Construction Manager, or Architect/Engineer,
distribution will be made to applicable contractors.
*************
END OF SECTION 1395
04/30/91
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS
01395 - 1
ITfL
,1 ..11( ;'.~
..'"""",,-
: .-:i!ltJlL.-. . -~~;~~:."'1 ,J~~".!IlI",'r,,~." h
ll<.Joo-~~i
',..-~.~~~ :'~'''''f~~:~ l e"'.~!lQ'~"~-'
.
~~
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST
#.~.
No.
Contract No.:
Logged: _ By:_
10:
PROJECT:
CUENT: ~N:
Subject: Reply Req'd. By:
DwgJSpec. No.: DetaiVSec. No.:
Problem:
Problem By: I Date: I Reviewed By: I Date:
Solution:
~
Solullon By: joate: I Reviewed By: I Date:
I
M.K Action: I Logged: By:
Yes C T No
.7i':~ 1,.6
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Selection and payment
2. The Contractor submittals
3. Testing laboratory responsibilities
4. Testing laboratory reports
5. Limits on testing laboratory authority
6. The Contractor responsibilities
7. Schedule of inspections and tests
B.
l.
2.
3 .
4.
Section 00230 - SOIL INVESTIGATION DATA
Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Individual Specification Sections: inspections and
tests required, and standards for testing.
1. . 2 REFERENCES
A.
ASTM D-3740 -
Practice for Evaluation of Agencies
in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil
and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction.
B.
ASTM E-329 -
Recommended Practice for Inspection
and Testing Agencies for Concrete,
Steel, and Bituminous Materials as
used in Construction.
1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform specified
inspection and testing indicated in technical
specification sections.
B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of obligation to perform the work in
accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
OS/20/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 1
1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM D-3740.
B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the state
of Florida.
C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time
registered Engineer on staff to review services.
D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable intervals
with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National
Bureau of standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values
of natural physical constants.
E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory
Qualification" , published by American Council of
Independent Laboratories.
1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes.
B. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with
the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor
in performance of services.
C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of
Products in accordance with specified standards.
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the
Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance
of the Work or products.
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the
A/E and Construction Manager.
1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two
copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction
Manager, for forwarding to the A/E and the Contractor.
",
B.
Include:
1. Date issued
2. Project title and number
3. Name of inspector
OS/20/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 2
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection
5. Identification of product and Specifications section
6. Location in the Project
7. Type of inspection or test
8. Date of test
9. Results of test
10. Conformance with the Contract Documents
C. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E,
provide interpretation of test results.
1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter,
or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any
portion of the Work.
C. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the
Contractor.
D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1..9 THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
B.
C.
L .10
Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location,
adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which
require testing, along with proposed mix designs.
Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide
access to the Work and to the manufacturer's facilities.
D.
Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access
to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples
at the site or at source of products to be tested, to
facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of
test samples.
Notify the Construction Manager and the testing
laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services.
E.
Employ services of a separate qualified testing
laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which
are beyond the specified requirements.
RETEST RESPONSIBILITY
A.
Where the results of required inspections, tests, or
similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
OS/20/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 3
compliance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor regardless of whether the original test was
the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the
Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where
required tests were performed on original work. Costs
and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01410
OS/20/91
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 4
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
section ~ncludes:
1. Temporary utilities required for construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS - GENERAL
A.
Materials shall be new, adequate in capacity for the
required usage, not create unsafe conditions, not violate
requirements of applicable codes and standards, and
comply with NEC Art. 305 - Temporary Wiring.
2.2
TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A.
The Temporary Power Contractor shall furnish, install and
maintain, temporary electric power service for
construction needs throughout the construction period and
shall remove such service on completion of the work.
1. Primary temporary electrical underground feeder will
be provided and installed by temporary power
contractor, per drawing 1510- TP.
2. At Front Gate transformer \ location, the temporary
power contractor shall install a meter, mast, and
main breaker panel Nema 3R, per Detail "A" attached.
The final location of each panel shall be approved
by the Construction Manager.
3. Distribution panels shall be provided by the
temporary power contractor per drawing 1510 - TP,
and Details A, B, C and D, and as follows:
a. Front gate area serving the construction
manager trailer, guard shack and area lights.
( 20 ckt. min.)
4. Power centers for miscellaneous tools and equipment
used in the Work will be provided by the Temporary
Power Contractor as follows:
a. distribution boxes with minimum of four double-
05/30/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 1
~
duplex 15 Amp, 120-Volt grounded outlets, with
GFCI Protection for personnel. See Detail "B".
b. located so that power is available at any point
of use with not more than 100 ft. power cords.
c. minimum: one power center on each floor.
d. circuit-breaker protection for each outlet.
e. One panel each for Building Areas
A,B,C,D,E,F,K,L,M,N,O,P and Q.
5. The capacity of each power center in 4. above shall
be 120/240 volts single phase, minimum 50 Amps.
6. The Trade Contractors shall notify the Temporary
Power Contractor when unusually heavy loads, such
as for welding and other equipment with special
power requirements, will be connected so that the
Temporary Power Contractor can notify the power
company.
7. Any Trade Contractor requiring service of capacity
or characteristics other than that specified shall
arrange and pay for the additional service.
8.
The Temporary
install, and
required to
including the
Power Contractor shall furnish,
maintain all equipment and wiring
distribute the power, up to and
power services.
9. The Temporary Power Contractor shall pay all costs
of installation, maintenance, and removal of
temporary services.
10. The Construction Manager will pay the costs of power
needed, including deposits and fees associated with
City Electric.
11. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate in
capacity for required usage, and must not violate
the requirements of applicable codes and standards.
Materials used for temporary service shall not be
reused in the permanent system.
12. The Temporary Power Contractor shall comply with all
applicable requirements specified in National
Electric Code Art. 305 when installing the temporary
electric power service, shall maintain the system
to provide continuous service and shall modify and
extend the service as the progress of the Work
requires.
13. Wiring for Trade Contractor field offices and sheds
05/30/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 2
shall be installed by the Temporary Power Contractor
and paid for by the Trade Contractor requiring the
service.
14. The Temporary Power Contractor shall completely
remove all temporary materials and equipment at
Project Completion. Underground lines may be
disconnected and abandoned in place with approval
of the Construction Manager.
15. Feeders to distribution panels from distribution
shed shall be 400 feet maximum length, with two hot
legs and one neutral of the same size as per NEC
Table 310-16 and Article 210-19a FPN.
16. circuits to Power Centers from Distribution Panels
shall be installed per NEC Art. 305.
17. Feeders and Branch Circuits in 15. and 16. above
shall be protected from physical damage.
18. See Detail "C"
requirements.
for
temporary
power
shed
2.3
TEMPORARY SITE LIGHTING
The Temporary Power Contractor shall install and maintain area
lights on the meter poles as shown in Detail "A", 2 lights total.
Temporary Lighting required for construction will be by others,
except that the power will come from the panels and power centers
covered under section 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY.
2.4
TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A.
The Temporary Power Contractor shall be responsible for
arranging with local telephone service company, to
provide telephone service at the construction site.
Service required:
1. Three lines in Construction Manager's Field Office.
2. Two pay phones.
Costs of maintenance and service will be paid by
Construction Manager.
B.
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging
with the local telephone service company to provide
telephone service at the construction site for the use
of his personnel and employees. The Trade contractor
shall pay all costs for installation, maintenance,
removal and service charges for such service. The
Construction Manager will not act as an answering service
"
05/30/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 3
2.5
2.6
A.
for Trade Contractor's personnel and employees, and Trade
Contractor's personnel and employees will not be
permitted to utilize the Construction Manager's phones
except in cases of an emergency.
CONTINUING TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY MAINTENANCE
At the option of the Owner, the Temporary Power
Contractor shall provide a minimum of 1 person full time
for the duration of the construction, estimated to be 18
months. This person will maintain, relocate and repair
the temporary utilities covered under Articles 2.2, 2.3
and 2.4. The bid for this work shall be based on an
hourly rate for licensed electrician.
TEMPORARY LIGHTING
The Electrical Trade Contractor will be responsible for
the installation of the permanent electrical system and
shall also furnish, install and maintain temporary
lighting for construction needs throughout the
construction period and shall remove such temporary
lighting on completion of the Work.
1. Temporary artificial lighting shall be provided in
enclosed Work areas and all other work areas when
natural lighting does not meet minimum requirements.
Temporary artificial lighting in Work areas shall
produce uniform illumination of 20-foot candles.
2. Any Trade Contractor requiring temporary lighting
in addition to that specified, including lighting
for security, temporary offices, storage, shops and
other construction buildings, shall arrange and pay
for such additional temporary lighting.
3. Power requirements and source will be coordinated
with Article 2.2 above. \
4. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the
applicable requirements specified in sections of
Division 16 - Electrical. Materials shall be new,
and must be adequate for required usage, and must
not violate requirements of applicable codes and
standards.
5. Receptacles, fixtures and controls shall be standard
products, meeting UL standards.
6. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with all
applicable requirements specified in sections of
Division 16 Electrical, when installing the
temporary lighting, shall locate fixtures to provide
full illumination of required areas, shall maintain
the system to provide continuous service, and shall
modify and extend the service as the progress of the
Work requires.
05/30/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 4
2.7
A.
B.
C.
2.8
7. The Electrical contractor shall completely remove
temporary materials and equipment at Project
Completion, except for high voltage underground.
TEMPORARY WATER
site Plumbing Contractor will arrange
service company, to provide water for
purposes.
with utility
construction
site Plumbing Contractor will provide temporary water at
location3 of two (2) fire hydrants on fire water loop as
directed by Construction Manager; fire water loop will
be charged to provide construction water.
The Construction Manager will pay for water used for
temporary construction purposes.
D.
Building Plumbing Contractor will maintain temporary
water systems, and will remove temporary water
appurtenances at completion of project.
E.
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing
any additional water (if needed) for construction
purposes. In addition, each Trade Contractor is
responsible for providing potable drinking water for his
personnel and employees, as well as suitable containers,
ice and salt tablets in sufficient quantity to meet the
needs of his labor force.
TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING
Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for providing, and
operating and maintaining temporary heating, cooling and
ventilating, as required, to maintain adequate environmental
conditions to facilitate the progress of his Work; to meet
minimum condition for the installation of materialS; and to
protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature
or humidity. Each Trade Contractor, subject to the approval
and direction of the Construction Manager, shall:
1. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed
areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse
humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of
dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
2. If portable heaters are required, utilize only UL
approved units complete with controls.
3. Insure that all safety devices specified for
operation of equipment are functioning properly.
05/30/91
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 5
2.9
2.10
2.11
4. Pay all costs of providing, operating, maintaining,
and removing such temporary heating, cooling, and
ventilating equipment as may be required.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in
addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A.
The Owner will provide sanitary facilities in compliance
with laws and regulations.
B.
The Owner will service, clean and maintain facilities and
enclosures.
TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
The Trade Contractor responsible for the installation of the
permanent fire protection system shall furnish, install and
maintain temporary fire protection equipment, materials,
supplies and service within the buildings throughout the
construction period in accordance with the requirements of all
applicable codes and standards. Each floor shall have a
temporary fire protection system. Each Trade Contractor will
be responsible for fire protection required for his own work.
REMOVAL
A.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when
their use is no longer required.
B.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations
or use of temporary facilities...
C.
Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services
to specified condition.
1. Prior to final inspection, the Trade Contractor
responsible for the permanent building lighting
system, shall remove temporary lamps and install new
lamps.
2. The Trade Contractor responsible for the building
mechanical system shall replace filters and worn or
consumed parts of mechanical equipment.
***************
END OF SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 6
05/30/91
.,,_!'....-..'~~ _. . .,..........._--"'-"'~!\II.-...) _ .):"""--14""'~Bll!>._;"'''''''*'''''~~~'
. ~..~ ~J)I~--"~:A."
~
.,
:-~1~
~
,~.
'.PYDical 120/240 Volt; Xeter ~.-
.~c.
.,...
,~"'"~~
Det;ail "A"
~
.
Temporary Electric Pole
c=:=B ·
100 W H.P.S. ABCA Light
w/ P.E. control 20' +/- M.H.
(2 per pole)
IQ' :
.
1 1/4" GRC, #3 Wire
~
City Electric Meter
! 1-:
: 0
100 Amp Main Breaker, or
100 Amp Distribution Panel with
Main Beaker (Note 1)
G...
,
Note 1 - Mount main and
panel on 3/4 CDX plywood
and mount plywood to pole.
8' Driven Ground
per N.E.C.
"
~,-h .tJIIl'llo:~~ ..~.,~~.. T Jt4~u. f JII\8_I., lIltJJ18l!~~..ft !ll!!~",'
. ...:,,;.,~."11~-'
...~
7'''~Jl~.~''''u, .,~~... "'....
"jft":;\..'
--=. .'
.1t11l1
...~.~
,'lOII';,:
,~"Uil liB"
SUb-PeeF' Panels
}f/!;-
Im~'7
1IJIIIII#'
,
.,.. .
.-
"'!'
c
12/2 Romex to Lighting
stringers Typical
~.
50 Amp Sub Feed Panel
Typical
12/2 Romex Typical
~ LJ;J
(0 . 1 G
.
~ 01
6 0
4" Sq Box & Industrial
Cover Typical
4' x 4' 1/2" Plywood Back
Board Typical
50 Amp
Feeder Typical
ote:
Construction E.C. to provide, install and maintain area stringer lighting
from existing temporary elect. See 2..3 of 01510 Temp. utilities Spec.
<J!t. ~
._.-......"..:".~~...>~.,.". "'''''''-''' ~~...r.r~~f''''',.~ lr~'
,- ~"'~"~_J rrn:-"",,,",~~
...'
Detail "C"
Temporary Shed
size all conduit, conductors, grounds, etc. to NEC standards, install per Art.
305.
Provide 8' x 6' X " high wood shed minimum with 1 4' fluorescent,
locking access door, weatherproof & ventilated fan.
I:
~l '('
PAlJE. L "A"
FL.lJOll,t:'j(ENTJ
f z.~o
PAI>J[l "e'
~
-L
I I
, /oJ
----4
,\l \ I
~
Fff!)5 TO ~oje.
p"",f,LS
,
I
I
FlEt>e~ To TRA.\ L.E"
(O",PU'J(
300 A
I TV-wSfoR"'~~
! '2. 1. S KVA
-:-
Panel "A" - 3 phase 4 wire 480/277 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp. 24
branch ckt, 600 amp main ckt breaker & 1-300 amp branch cb 3-phase~ 24 ckt
Transformer - Sq D #225T3H or equal 480 Primary (Delta) - 120/208 Y secondary,
Panel "B" - 3 phase 4 wire 120/208 volt Nema 1 surf mt Panel Board 600 amp MCB,
with 18 2 pole 50 amp branch circuit breakers & 1 sp/20 amp.
Panel "c" - (At trailer staging area) 400 amp MCB Nema 3R 42 circuit Panel Board
with 20 2 pole 50 amp ckt breakers 120/208 3-phase.
Note: All materials become the property of the Owner at completion of the
project.
J.-"A..~,~ JI r ..j~.,J._..g\\If"'j~~[.~JI""'''c~c
~
...
'0
;..
O~
s.. 0
0'
....
;3
>....
..-40.
s..>.
C+J
. .~.'", -~ '.. .~~ '41, ~rJ1.
.~~~~.c ..~
~\.:
s..
o 0
+J+J
.,0
CJ.,
s..
O~
....C
.00
::SU
o
C....
.,
"'0
..-4
Os..
O+J
CO
OQ)
~....
~
~
~~
~ftS
s..
C 0
..-40.
ftS a
'cQ)
UE-4
- >.
co,Q
//
.
i 1
;1
i I
! '
_ en
Q ~
- Q)
- e
...t 0
.... ~
II en
o6J c::
<<>> to
Q ~
~
\ ~ '.:.
\ ~....~~
y
I
;. I '
, ,
"
- i,
I I i
\ .
\:1, ~ t
II' E ~
, 0 Q)s..
, -::s tIl 0
\ s.. '1j. +J
I =~ s..0.0
! 1 ~ Cf} tI1 ftS a ftS
~'1jQ)s.. II
\ ~ .UC+J+J- ,
II' E-t ftS C
,I~ .O+J>.O
:' ";t'~+JtI1,QO
III \--.-L. -I II
\
\
\
1 :
a
Q)
+J
~
o
"
./ !
T
,
1
T
"'~
\
\
/
./
./
/
......
......
ftS
~
Q)
'1j
.,-l
U1
...i)
co
.~~::^_~""'l_ -'_C"~""""r"-
IL
- "'--""-~~$~"
... Jl(llur"'
"---.,,
~'\!,---.-
"'~..'l,.ill.;.,-",:;r..-;'!".;,.-..,.._....._L..-~;.
...
~
~
I
I
I
.....
..... 00
.- 0
~~
"). ..
~!
'i~
?~~
7*~
5~E3
S',..
~~~'C
... -...
;:~!:
,..~=~
')-2t;A.
~ ~ oJ ~
caZ...
~C~
~>3~
~:.t.~~
c5~liIc
~_ ffii
"-....
0-... ",
.... ~
~J~.~~
...
I-
o
7.
...
z
~ ot
~
... ~
-'
...
I- )( ~
u - 0
~ <0 ~
~ -' '" ..
',.., 0 ~ .... '"
:z u t: .
... ... ~ 0
2 ~ .. .
... ~ . ..J
'"
... ~ -
<
... ~ '" ....
-' 'I:> ~
'~ . j!: Q ..:'~
e.....'oa..I 70
i'i~ ; !
!.1
.. - ~r
......
:J
...
~c
...~
c
o
_z
.. ~
.. ...
~~
., -
~
I
."
~
..
"'
c
..
"
....
~
'3
"-
~
I
I
/
\
- 'F
1.. :.
~ I ~
~
~.
\
o
o
V
"-
~
~"
01
~ ('
v.
~!l
~S
SECTION 01520
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Construction aids
2. Temporary enclosures
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
B.
Comply with Federal,
regulations.
state and local codes and
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
use and shall not violate requirements of applicable
codes and standards.
2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for
furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on
completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders,
stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and
other such facilities and equipment required by his
personnel to insure their safety and facilitate the
execution of the Work.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all Federal,
State and local codes, laws and regulations
governing such construction aids.
2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such
construction aids as required by the progress of
construction, by storage or work requirements, and
to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the
Owner or Construction Manager or other separate
contractors employed at the site.
3. Each Trade Contractor shall completely remove
temporary scaffolds, access, platforms, and other
such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the
completion of the Work or when construction needs
can be met by the use of the permanent construction,
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 1
provided the Construction Manager has approved and
authorized such use. Each Trade Contractor shall
clean up and shall repair any damage caused by the
installation or by the use of such temporary
construction aids. Each Trade Contractor shall
restore any permanent facilities used for temporary
purposes to their specified condition.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in
addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the
permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall
be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing,
as the Work progresses, a temporary weather-tight
enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide
acceptable working conditions, to provide weather
protection for interior materials, to allow for effective
temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized
persons.
1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary
enclosures as soon as is practical after the opening
is constructed or as directed by the Construction
Manager.
2. Temporary enclosures shall be removable as necessary
for the Work and for handling of materials.
3. Temporary enclosures shall be completely removed
when construction needs can be met by the use of the
permanent closures.
4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing,
maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure
shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by
the installation of such enclosure.
5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for
insuring that his work, material, equipment,
supplies, tools, machinery, and construction
equipment is adequately protected from damage or
theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such
addi tional temporary enclosures as may be deemed
necessary.
The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition
to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions.
"
****************
END OF SECTION 01520
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 2
SECTION 01550
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for installing
and maintaining, until the completion of his Work any
temporary access roads or parking facilities required by
his Work, other than that which has been provided by the
Owner.
B. Any Trade Contractor excavating across an access road or
parking area shall backfill and compact his excavation
and resurface the road or parking area to match the
existing surface. The Trade Contractor shall comply with
all applicable specifications when so doing.
"
04/09/91
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
01550 - 1
SECTION 01560
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Water control
2. Dust control
3. Erosion and sediment control
4. Pollution control
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPES OF WORK
1..2 WATER CONTROL
A. site Grading Contractor shall grade site to drain.
B.
Protect site from puddling or running water.
water barriers to protect site from soil
Maintain excavations free of water. Provide,
and maintain pumping equipment.
Provide
erosion.
operate,
1..3 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute the Work by methods to minimize raising dust from
construction operations.
B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from
dispersing into atmosphere.
1..4' EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and
waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.
B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
C. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and
drains, to prevent water flow.
"
D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to
avoid erosive surface silts or clays.
OS/20/91
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 1
E. Inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and
sedimentation~ promptly apply corrective measures.
1..5 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent
contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from
discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants
produced by construction operations.
Two (2) 30 c.y. trash containers will be provided by the Owner.
The Masonry Contractor shall be responsible to provide his own
trash dumpsters for masonry waste disposal. Trash containers shall
be located in trash accumulation areas designated by the
Construction Manager. Each Contractor each day shall collect and
deposit in the containers, all rubbish, waste materials, debris,
and other trash from his operations, (excluding masonry), including
any trash generated by his employees during lunch periods or coffee
breaks.
***************
END OF SECTION 01560
OS/20/91
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 2
SECTION 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A project identification sign will be furnished, installed, and
maintained by the Construction Manager. Trade Contractors
informational SiCJ1S on the site shall be limited to those
designating their temporary field offices and sheds. All such
informational signs shall be subject to approval by the
Construction Manager.
04/09/91
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
01580 - 1
SECTION 01590
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. The Trade Contractor, if he deems it necessary, may
furnish, install, and maintain a temporary field office
for his use and the use of his employees during the
constru..:tion period.
B. The Trade Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain
temporary storage and work sheds to adequately protect
his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment from damage and
theft.
C. The Trade Contractor shall arrange his field office and
sheds so as not to interfere with the construction. The
locations of field offices and sheds shall be coordinated
wi th the Construction Manager. The type, size and
location of field offices and sheds is subject to
approval by the Construction Manager.
D. The Trade Contractor shall arrange and pay for temporary
electricity and telephone service for his field office
and sheds, if he should require such services.
E. The Trade Contractor shall relocate his field office and
sheds as directed by the Construction Manager, at no
additional cost to the Owner or Construction Manager.
F. The Trade Contractor shall completely remove his field
office and sheds on completion of the Work or when
directed by the Construction Manager. The Trade
Contractor shall remove all debris and rubbish and shall
place the area in a clean and orderly condition.
G. The Construction Manager as soon as reasonably possible
will establish a field office on the site and will
maintain such an office during the entire construction
period. The Construction Manager's field office will
not be used as field office by the Trade Contractor or
his employees.
.,
**************
END OF SECTION 01590
04/09/91
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
01590 - 1
SECTION 01595
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Cleaning during progress of work.
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
D. Sweeping compounds used in cleaning operations shall
leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may
affect installation of finish flooring materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the site and adjacent
properties free from accumulations of waste materials,
rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction
operations.
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 1
B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste
materials, debris, and rubbish.
C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the
site.
3..2 DUST CONTROL
A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish
painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis
until painting is finished.
B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants
resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or
newly-coated surfaces.
C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible; do not drop or throw materials
form heights.
************
END OF SECTION 01595
~
04/09/91
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 2
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Products
2. Transportation and handling
3. Storage and protection
4. Security
1. . 2 PRODUCTS
A. Products: means new material, machinery, components,
equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does
not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,
fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work.
Products may also include existing materials or
components required for reuse.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
premises, except as specifically permitted by the
Contract Documents.
c.
Provide interchangeable components
manufacturer, for similar components.
of
the
same
1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the
transportation of all materials and equipment furnished
under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be
responsible for loading, receiving and off-loading at
the site all material and equipment installed un der this
contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or
the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction
Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade
Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the
installation within the buildings of equipment that is
too large to pass through finished openings.
B. Transport and handle products in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
04/09/91
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 1
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply
with requirements, quantities are correct" and products
are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper
storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be
installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but
not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for
payment. Except for materials stored within designated and
approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade
Contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the
site any materials and equipment which will not be
incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days
from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be
responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property
off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be
required.
1..5 SECURITY
A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for
the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies,
tools, machinery, and construction equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
*************
END OF SECTION 01600
04/09/91
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 2
SECTION 01630
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Post-bid substitutions
1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B.
After the end of the bidding
requests will be considered only
1. Product unavailability
2. Other conditions beyond
Contractor.
period, substitution
in the case of:
the control of the
C. Submi t a separate request for each substitution. Support
each request with the following information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution
with product specified.
a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum.
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
8. Designation of availability of maintenance services,
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 1
sources of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop
drawings or product data submittals without a formal
request from Bidder.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager,
the substitution request does not include adequate
information necessary for a complete evaluation.
4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier.
E. Do not order or install substitute products without
written acceptance of Construction Manager.
F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order
will be valid.
1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor
represents that:
1. The proposed product has been investigated and it
has been determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to the product specified.
2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for
the substitute product as for the product specified.
3. Coordination and installation of the accepted
substitution into the Work will be accomplished and
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete will be accompli~hed.
4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution
which may subsequently become apparent will be
waived by the Contractor.
5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related
costs under the Contract, but not:
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
1..4 POST-BID SUBSTITUTION FORM
A. The form is attached to this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
04/09/91
01630 - 3
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
TO: Project Architect
HANSEN LIND MEYER INC.
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substit~tion:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Recommended ____Recommended as noted
For use by the Owner:
____Approved
____Not Recommended ____Received too late
____Not Approved
____Insufficient data received
____Approved as noted
~
By
Date
Date
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 4
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substi tution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G.
Itemized comparison of specified item(s)
substitution; list significant variations:
with the proposed
H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner
of: dollars ($ ) .
I. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 01630
04/09/91
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 5
SECTION 01650
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. starting systems
2. Demonstration and instructions
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and
systems.
B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to
start-up of each item.
C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been
checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt
tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may
cause damage.
D. verify that tests, meter readings, and specified
electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are
complete and tested.
F. Execute start-up under superv1s10n of responsible
manufacturer's representative in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible
Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
H. When specified in individual Specification Sections,
require manufacturer to provide authorized representative
to be present at the site to inspect, check and approve
equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and
04/09/91
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 1
to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.
1. Submit a certified written report that equipment or
system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01650
"
04/09/91
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 2
SECTION 01670
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation
and instruction of the Owner's personnel.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. When specified in individual sections, provide
manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate
operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's
personnel and provide written report that demonstrations
and instructions have been completed.
B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive
instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at
agreed-upon times.
1. . 3 SUBMITTALS
A . Submit prel iminary schedule for the Owner's approval,
listing times and date for demonstration of each item of
equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed
dates.
B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4)
weeks prior to demonstrations.
C. Submit reports within one week after completion of
demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have
been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date of
each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration,
with a list of persons present.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 PREPARATION
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 1
A. verify equipment has been inspected and put into
operation: testing, adjusting, and balancing has been
performed; and equipment and systems are fully
operational.
B.
Have copies
manuals at
instructions.
of completed operation and maintenance
hand for use in demonstrations and
3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and
systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date
of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal
operation, perform instructions for other seasons within
six months.
B.
Use operation and maintenance manuals
instruction. Review contents of manual
in detail to explain aspects of
maintenance.
as basis of
with personnel
operation and
C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment,
maintenance, servicing, trouble-shooting and shutdown of
each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at
designated location.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and
maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes
apparent during instructions.
3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS
A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item
of equipment and system is specified in individual
Sections.
**************
END OF SECTION 01670
04/30/91
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Closeout procedures
2. Adjusting
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS
3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
4. SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
5. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
6. SECTION 11196 - SECURITY HARDWARE
1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION
A. the Contract requirements are met when construction
activities have successfully produced, in this order,
these three terminal activities:
1. Substantial Completion
2. Final Completion
3. Final Payment
1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submi t to the Construction Manager when the Work is
substantially complete:
1. A written notice that the Work, or designated
portion thereof, is SUbstantially complete.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch
. List) .
3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a
mutually agreeable date.
4. certifications of systems and testing/balancing
final reports.
5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of
governing authorities:
a. Certificate of occupancy
b. certificates of Inspection:
1) Elevators
2) Mechanical systems
3) Electrical systems
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
4) Kitchen equipment
5) Fire protection system
6) security system
B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,
the Architect, the Construction Manager, the
Contractor, and the Owner, will make an observation to
determine the status of completion.
C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially
complete the following will occur:
1. Thf; Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, giving the reasons.
2. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the
Work, and send a second written notice of
substantial completion.
3. The Work will be reobserved.
D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the
following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will prepare a Certificate
of Substantial Completion on AlA Form G704,
accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List of items
to be completed or corrected, as verified and
amended. Contract responsibilities are not altered
by inclusion or omission of required Work from the
punch list.
2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and
distribution made.
E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list
and required by the Contract requirements wi thin time
limit established by the certificate.
1..4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete
activities pertaining to substantial completion, complete
Work on punch list items and submit written request to
the Construction Manager for final inspection.
B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit
written certification that:
1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance wi th the
Contract Documents.
4 . Equipment and systems have been tested in the
presence of the Owner' s representative and are
operational.
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
5. Work is completed and ready for final observation.
C. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor
and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the
status of completion with reasonable promptness after
receipt of such certification.
D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or
defective work.
2. Th:;.: Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy
the stated deficiencies and send a second written
certification to the Construction Manager that the
Work is Complete.
3. The Work will be reinspected.
E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents
the Contractor shall make closeout submittals.
1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT
A.
Project Record Documents:
01720.
to requirements of SECTION
B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the
Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730.
C.
Keys and keying schedule:
08710 & 11196.
to requirements of SECTION
D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements
of individual sections.
E. Evidence of paYment and release of liens: to
requirements of General and supplementary Conditions.
1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect.
B.
Statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders
b. Allowances
c. Unit Prices
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work
e. Penalties and bonuses
f. Deductions for liquidated damages
g. Deductions for reinspection paYments
"
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
h. other adjustments
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted
4. Previous payments
5. Sum remaining due
C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change
Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which
were not previously made by Change Orders.
1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for
PaYment in accordance with procedures and requirements
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used
*****************
END OF SECTION 01700
04/09/91
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
SECTION 01710
FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Cleaning at completion of Work
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
the Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended
by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DUST CONTROL
A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible.
3..2 FINAL CLEANING
",
A.
Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains,
fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials form
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 1
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings.
F. Vacuum as needed.
G.
Broom clean exterior paved surfaces;
surfaces of the grounds.
rake clean other
H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy,
conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior surfaces,
exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the
entire Work is clean.
I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes,
wood frame members and other waste materials used in the
Construction.
J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and
equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely
blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of
accumulated debris.
K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and
accumulated matter.
L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and
equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates,
equipment model numbers and ratings.
M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment,
tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean
filters or filter media, including:
1. The cleaning of permanent filters and the
replacement of disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the
units were operated during construction.
N. Remove from the site all facilities of items installed
or used for temporary purposes during construction.
O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or
specified condition.
****************
END OF SECTION 01710
04/09/91
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 2
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Maintain at the job site one copy of:
a. Record Contract Drawings
b. Record Project Manual
c. Coordination drawings
d. Addenda
e. Reviewed shop drawings
f. Change Orders
g. other modifications to the Contract
h. Field test records
1. . 2 GENERAL
A. Store documents in cabinets in temporary field office,
apart from documents used for construction.
B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
C. Do not use proj ect Record Documents for construction
purposes.
D. Make documents available for inspection by the
Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner.
E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause
for withholding payments.
F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two
sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record
Documents including:
1. Specifications with all addenda.
2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all
Drawings.
1. . 3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "Project Record".
B. Keep record documents current.
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 1
C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required
information has been recorded.
D. Contract Drawings:
1. Required information may, as an option, be entered
on a "working set" and then at completion of Project
transfer the information to final submitted "Project
Record" set.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in
relation to survey data.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground
utilities and appurtenances referenced to
permanent surface improvements.
c. Location of internal utilities and
appurtenances concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible features
of structure.
d. Field changes of dimension and detail.
e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
f. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
E. Specifications and Addenda:
1. Legibly mark up each section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and
supplier of each product and item of equipment
actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
c. Other items not originally specified.
F. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts and
similar items are in most cases shown schematically
on the Drawings.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the
centerline of items shown schematically.
b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron
drain" "galvanized water".
c. Identify location of each item, for example,
"under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed".
3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of
schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion,
it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however,
rely on waivers being issued except specifically
issued by the Construction Manger in writing.
1. . 4 SUBMITTAL
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record
Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request
for final payment.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in
duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and HLM Project number
3. The Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document as submitted is
complete and accurate.
6. signature of the Contractor, or his authorized
representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
***************
END OF SECTION 01720
"
OS/20/91
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 3
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Fo:': .nat and content of manuals
2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel
3. Schedule of submittals
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS
2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific
requirements for operation and maintenance data.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced
in maintenance and operation of described products.
1. .3 FORMAT
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring
binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 1-1/2"
maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used,
correlate data into related consistent groupings.
C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list title of the
Project and separate building; identify subject matter
of contents.
D. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and
sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications.
E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and
system, with typed description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data
on 20 pound paper.
G.
Drawings:
provide with reinforced punched binder tab.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 1
Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text
pages.
1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
A. Table of Contents: provide title of the Project; names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of the Construction
Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor
with name of responsible parties; schedule of products
and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
B. For ea<::n product or system: list names, addresses and
telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers,
including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify
specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable
information.
D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate
relations of component parts of equipment and systems,
to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the
Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Type text: as required to supplement product data.
Provide logical sequence of instructions for each
procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
F. Warranties and bonds: bind in copy of each.
1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes:
include product data, with, catalog number, size,
composition, and color and texture designations. Provide
information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.
B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and
methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products:
include product data listing applicable reference
standards, chemical composition, and details of
installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,
maintenance, and repair.
D.
Addi tional requirements;
as specified in individual
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 2
product specification Sections.
1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Each item of equipment and each system: include
description of unit or system, and component parts.
Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and
limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with
engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and
commercial number of replaceable parts.
B. Panel board circuit directories: provide electrical
service characteristics, controls and communications.
c. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and
routine normal operating instructions and sequences.
Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and
special operating instructions.
E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and
guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and
reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of
lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance
instructions.
H. Include sequence of operation br controls manufacturer.
I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list,
illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as
installed.
K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, with
color coded piping diagrams as installed.
L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and
function of each valve, keyed to flow and control
diagrams.
M.
Provide
current
list of
prices,
original manufacturer's spare parts,
and recommended quantities to be
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 3
maintained in storage.
N. Include test and balancing reports.
o. Additional requirements: as specified in individual
product specification sections.
P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data,
with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL
A. Before final inspection, instruct the Owner's designated
personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.
B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform
instructions for other seasons within six months.
C.
Use operation and maintenance manuals
instruction. Review contents of manual
in detail to explain all aspects of
maintenance.
as basis for
with personnel
operation and
D.
Prepare and insert additional
Maintenance Manual when need
apparent during instruction.
data in Operation and
for such data becomes
1..8 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed
formats and outlines of contents before start of the
Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will review
draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into
service during construction and operated by the Owner,
submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15
days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned
after final inspection, wi th Construction Manager and
Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior
to final submittal.
D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final
form within ten days after final inspection.
OS/20/91
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01730
OS/20/91
01730 - 5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
JULY 23, 1991
Hansen Lind Meyer, Inc.
800 North Magnolia Avenue
Suite 1100
Orlando, Florida 32803
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX '
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
00001 PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
03600 GROUT
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04200 UNIT MASONRY
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
05500 METAL FABRICATIONS
05510 METAL STAIRS
05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07115 SHEET WATERPROOFING
07210 BUILDING INSULATION
07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING
07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES
07900 JOINT SEALERS
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
00001-1
DOCUMENT 00001
PROJECT MANUAL INDEX
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
08660 SECURITY WINDOWS
08710 DOOR HARDWARE
08800 GLAZING
08842 SECURITY GLAZING
08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09200 LATH AND PLASTER
09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING
09900 PAINTING
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10200 LOUVERS AND VENTS
10606 SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16111 CONDUIT SYSTEMS
********************
END OF SECTION 00001
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
00001-2
Division 3
Concrete
1-1 l~J'
Division 3
SECTION 03100
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and
anchorage.
2. Openings for other work.
3. Form accessories.
4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for
embedment in concrete.
5. Form stripping.
CONCRETE FORMWORK
B. RELATED SECTIONS
1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1. 2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork.
2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to
design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required
shape, line and dimension..
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, bracing, and
arrangement of jOints and ties for concrete exposed to view.
B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were
prepared under his direct supervision.
a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency,
and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold
Building Requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor providing required
finish.
B. Comply with ACI 347.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03100-1
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties:
1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than
1-1/2" to surface.
2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not
acceptable.
3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter
at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete,
or absorb moisture.
C. Corners:
1 . Chamfered
2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths.
D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of size strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure
that dimensions agree with Drawings.
3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Provide bracing to ensure stabil ity of formwork. Shore or strengthen
formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not
damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal
shores.
C. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on
Drawings without written approval from Architect.
E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs.
3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. App 1 y form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and
embedded items.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03100-2
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will rece i ve
special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak
inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated
prior to placement of concrete.
3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or
passing through concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases,
bolts, anchors, and other inserts.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete
placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to
facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to
allow flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face
of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed
concrete surfaces.
3.5 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.
Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in
accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges,
ties, and items are secure.
B. Do not reuse wood formwork for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do
not patch formwork.
3.8 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient
strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03100-3
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24
hours.
C. Formwork not support i ng wei ght of concrete such as sides of curbs and
similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not
less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing
the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal
operations.
D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural
elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has
attained 75% of design strength at 28 days.
1. Design strength of cast-in-place concrete having supporting forms
removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field
cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the
concrete.
a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form
removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing
Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor.
E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and
other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal
of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and
supports.
F. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against
finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. '
G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh
concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Facing Materials:
1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as
outlined below.
2. Forms for F-l and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed
concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise.
B. Forms for Type F-l, Rough Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction.
2. No selected form facing material is required.
3. Patch tie holes and defects.
4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the
texture imparted by the forms.
C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional
architectural finish requirements, other than painting.
2. Use form facing material to. produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on
the concrete.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03100-4
SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete-farm-grade
hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of
producing the desired finish.
3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with
the number of seams kept to the practical minimum.
4. Do not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges,
patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the
concrete.
5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins.
********************
END OF SECTION 03100
'HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03100-5
SECTION 03200
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel reinforcing bars.
2. Welded wire fabric.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM A-185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS)
1. ANSI/AWS 01.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
2. ANSI/AWS 012.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code.
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-615: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1. "Manual of Standard Practice".
2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars.
3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications
and Nomenclature."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast-in-place concrete
reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing
schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03200-1
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars:
1. ASTM A61S, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars.
2. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for reinforcement to be welded.
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM AI8S, Flat Sheets.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including
bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and
fastening reinforcement in place, in accordance with the recommendations
and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
1. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs
hot-dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of
supports contact forms.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS 01.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum
stress. Review location of splices with Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical
injury.
B. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not
deviate from required position.
C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or
ties.
********************
END OF SECTION 03200
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03200-2
SECTION 03300
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete.
2. Placing anchors and inserts.
3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK.
2. SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
3. SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
4. SECTION 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
5. SECTION 03600 - GROUT.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
8. ACI SP-15 - Field Reference Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM 0-994 - Preformed Expans i on Joi nt Fill er for Concrete
(Bituminous Type).
2. ANSI/ASTM 0-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
3. ANSI/ASTM 0-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types).
4. ANSI/ASTM 0-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
2. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded
Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes.
4. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
5. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and
Sawed Beams of Concrete.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-1
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of
Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete.
9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
E. American Welding Society (AWS).
1. AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Designs:
1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated
for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete
placement. Include the following:
a. Mix identification designation unique for each mix submitted.
b. Statement of intended use for mix.
c. Mix proportions, including admixtures used.
d. Manufacturer's data and/or cert i fi cat ions veri fyi ng conformance
of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified
requirements.
e. Wet and dry unit weight.
f. Entrained air content.
g; Design slump.
h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Supmit
separate qualification data for each production facility which
will supply concrete to project.
i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to
calculate average strength qualification data. When field test
data is used to qualify average strength, submit separate
qualification data for each production facility which will supply
concrete to project and copies of field test reports.
2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of
concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials
including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in
entrained air content.
3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for
each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of
discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to
Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful
experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these
specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of
distance required.
B. Product Data:
1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials
and including admixtures and patching compounds.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-2
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its
compatibility with other finish materials and surface required.
C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory
tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds
specified requirements.
D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information
as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:"
including additional information listed for certification purposes.
Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field
that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design.
E. Record Documents: Submit record listing time and date of placement of
concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete.
Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on
request.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
1. 5 UNIT PRICES
A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or
deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from
Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I.
1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design.
B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33.
C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious
to concrete or reinforcement.
D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260.
E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added
during manufacture, Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-3
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders.
3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation.
F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-
494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional.
Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders.
G. Accelerators are not permitted.
H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C-
494, Type B and Type 0 respectively. Acceptable Products:
1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders.
3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika.
I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned
requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review
by Architect.
J. Coloring Admixture: Provide color admixture, with minimum mix proportions
of 3 lbs. per 94 lbs. grey cement and manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Color: As selected by Architect.
2. Manufacturer:
a. LAMBERT CORP.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
3. Locations:
a. First Floor: Dayroom Floors, Levell, Cells, Dormitory Dayrooms
and Sleeping Areas.
b. Mezzanine Level: Cell Walkways, Inmate Visitation Space,
Multipurpose Rooms and Dayroom Stair Treads.
2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL
A. ACI 301
B. Fiber Expansion Joint:
1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM 0-1751.
2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS:
1. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars.
2. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as
design capacity of supporting concrete members.
3. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36.
4. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi.
5. Headed Concrete Anchors.
a. Comply with ASTM A-I0S.
b. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc-welding process
(AWS 01.1).
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-4
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per
square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf.
1. Mastersea1 or MasterKure; Master Builders.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Bonding Compound:
1. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettab1e. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. We1dcrete; Larson Products.
c. Thorobond; Standard Dry Wall.
d. Everbond; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% sol ids, 100% reactive, two component compound
suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Sikadu Hi-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
D. Pigmented Curing and Hardening Compound:
1. Provide pigmented curing and hardening compound over concrete with
color admixture.
2. .Properties, color mix proportions, and application as recommended by
manufacturer of color admixture.
3. Product: Colorgard
4. Manufacturer:
a. LAMBERT CORP. .
b. Architect approved equivalent.
E. Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and
insulation in floor slabs.
2.5 EPOXY JOINT FILLER
A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness
of 50.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company.
b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. MM-80, Metzger-McGuire
2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301
as modified in this Section.
B. Durabil i ty:
1. Air-entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-5
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE
C. Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
specified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
D (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F.
3. When increased workability, pumpability, lower water-cement ratio,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawings.
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 28 day strength.
2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio an~, cement type and
manufacturer as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-I57, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 2I'days of actual drying time; total 28 days
after casting.
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage value for concrete mixes:
400 millionths (0.0004) with an allowable variation of
15%.
2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not
less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect.
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather, test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
E. Slump:
1. ACI 301.
2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2".
3. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
F. Chloride Ion Content:
1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15% of the weight of the
concrete.
2. Test chloride ion content in individual ingredients or trail batches
of concrete.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-6
llP ,
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in
this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in
accordance with ACI 305 and ACI 306.
B. Ready Mixed Concrete:
1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement and
aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes
when air temperature is below 80 degrees F.
2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting
of concrete, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM
C-94 is required.
a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement
and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75
minutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90
degrees F.
b. Discharge concrete within 60 minutes when air temperature is
above 90 degrees F.
2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION
A. Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not relieve Contractor of his
responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents.
2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified
requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct
deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect.
B. Testing laboratory Review:
1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing laboratory will
review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff,
facilities that will be used on production of concrete for Project.
a. Review will address:
Type and condition of equipment.
Calibration of measuring devices.
Sources of aggregate and cement.
Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests.
Methods of storage of aggregate and cement.
Mixing procedures, including distance from site.
Trip ticket sample.
Admixtures that will be used, including special
procedures required.
Other items which, in opinion of Testing
laboratory, are important elements in
production of concrete.
b. Test i ng laboratory will report results of revi ew to Owner and
Architect.
1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require
modification in order to assure quality of concrete.
HLM 90007.00-3
.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-7
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Notify Testing laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement.
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and
furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting
embedded items.
1. Coordinate work with requirements for mechanical and electrical
installations and accommodations.
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Just prior to discharging truck-mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete
minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed.
C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309.
D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 305.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI 301.
3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS
A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory.
B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and
as foll ows:
1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample.
2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic
yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one
specimen held in reserve.
3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing
laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field
cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours.
a. Such cyl i nders will be tested only when quest ions concern i n9
strength are involved.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-8
SECTION 03300 CAST - IN-PLACE CONCRETE
b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor.
c. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and
Contractor.
4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made.
5. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength
specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect.
b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready-Mix concrete and
at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing.
6. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at
point of placement.
7. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump
tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip
tickets.
C. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as
specified.
D. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch
of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix.
E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to
set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching.
F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design
requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional
admixtures in concrete.
G: Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete
for Project.
H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work:
1. Testing laboratory will make additional tests of in-p1ace-concrete
work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
attained in structure.
a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C-42.
b. Costs of such test will be borne by Owner if test results
indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests
indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such nonconformance.
c. Cost of oth~r additional tests including load tests and/or other
nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by
Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such tests.
d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be
potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement
which controls strength of structure, including but not
necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-9
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE
e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's
convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor.
3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing:
1. Comply with ACI 301.
2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive.
3. Provide mortar patching grout to, fill pockets left in concrete walls
or slabs as specified in Section 03600.
4. Place premixed patching mortar in accordance with directions of
specified 'bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer.
5. Wi th pri or approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for
structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar.
B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing:
1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete
and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive.
2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre-gravel repair grout,
prior to development of tack-free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip
forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish.
3. Moist cure or apply specified clear curing and sealing compound
immediately after finishing.
3.7 SLABS
A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B. Finishing Tolerances
1. Comply with ACI 301:
2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to
verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified.
a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope,
measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required
slope.
3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely
affect durability of concrete or finish.
a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily
limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced
concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock
pockets and other objectionable conditions as determined by
Architect.
b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after
concrete has cured at least 14 days.
c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately
after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out
low areas and rep 1 ac i ng with fresh concrete. Fin ish repa ired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-10
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE
1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when
approved by Architect.
3.8 CURING
A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound.
1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional
concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that
curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to
remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application.
C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply
curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer.
D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and
other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces.
E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 305.
3.9 FINISHES
A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish
to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous
topping.
D. Non-Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads,
platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine-hair broom across
concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to
provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish
after final joint tooling.
E. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form finish for concrete
surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface
finish.
********************
END OF SECTION 03300
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03300-11
SECTION 03410
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
A. Sections Includes:
1. Precast concrete cored plank units.
2. Structural metal and anchorage items necessary to secure panel
components to each other and to other building materials.
a. Bearing pads.
b. Grouting joint keys and associated items.
c. Anchorage welding
d. Miscellaneous items necessary to the completion of the above.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03420 - Precast Concrete Sections
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
3. ASTM A-I23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Co~tings on
Iron and Steel ProduGts.
4. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete.
5. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement.
7. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
8. ASTM C-I50 - Specification for Portland Cement.
9. ASTM C-476 - Specification for Grout for Masonry.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNl-II6 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Products.
2. PCI MNl-I20 - PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete.
3. PCI MNl-I23 - Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast
and Prestressed Concrete.
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS DI.I - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
2. AWS DI.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03410-1
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
prestressed precast units indicating the following:
1. layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units.
2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and
relation of units to adjacent building materials.
3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units.
4. Handling requirements.
5. All dead, live and other applicable loads.
6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than '12" x 12") along
with header details.
7. Estimated short term and long term camber.
8. Fire-resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable.
B. Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered
professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast
units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units.
C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for
proprietary materials.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fire-minimum fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
B. Conform to requirements of PCI MNl-I20 and PCI MNl-I23.
C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast concrete
structural units.
D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces, topping loads, and
all live and dead loads as shown on the Drawings.
E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by
assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the
unit's design.
F. Precast Concrete Fabricator's Testing:
provisions of PCI-MNl 116.
G. The precast concrete manufacturi ng plant shall be cert ifi ed by the PC I
Plant Certification Program prior to production.
In compliance with testing
H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in
this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual
experience in similar work over at least the preceding five years.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03410-2
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement: ASTM C-I50.
B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, seven strand
wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416.
C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33.
D. Bearing Strips:
1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the
project.
a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip.
b. Plastic: High density continuous multi-monomer plastic strips
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation.
c. 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
E. Grout (Keyways and cores)
1. Conform to ASTM C-476
2. Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 5000 psi.
F. Reinforcing Steel: Non-prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the
requirements of ASTM A6I5'Grade 40 or 60.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. Machine cast on long production 1 ine in smooth, rigid forms and cut to
lengths as required.
C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at
detensioning.
1. Test program shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plants
and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products", PCI MNl 116.
D. Manufacturers:
1. SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED, INC.
2. GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS COMPANY
3. STRESSCON
E. Concrete work:
1. Convey concrete from the mi xer to the place of fi na 1 depos it by
methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of
material.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03410-3
SECTION 03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
2. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration,
internal or external or a combination. If external vibration is used,
design forms to withstand external vibration without distortion or
failure.
3. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength
has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, hold members for
minimum pre-steaming period of not less than three hours.
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or
membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
d. Continuous water curing.
F. Exposed bottoms of precast planks shall have smooth dense surface "as cast"
form finish.
2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
A. length: plus/minus 1/2"
B. Width: plus/minus 1/4"
C. Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
D. Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall
E. Center of. gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4"
F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4".
G. Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2".
H. Tipping and flushness of weld plates: plus/minus 1/4".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing openings are ready to receive work.
B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Coord i nate deli very and erect i on of precast concrete cored plan ks wi th
other operations.
B. Erection by a licensed manufacturer or under his supervision.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03410-4
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
C. Erect members without damage to structural capacity, shape or finish or
repair damage members.
D. Adjust differential camber between precast members to tolerance before
final attachment.
E. Align and level units before grouting the keys.
F. Clean keyways and fill solidly with.
G. Provide headers by the manufacturer for openings where additional
structural support is required.
H. Cut no prestressing strand or other reinforcing without prior review of
both Architect and manufacturer.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus 1" any plank,
any location.
B. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear building
line 1", any plank.
C; Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to speCified grade lines at
member ends: 3/4".
D. Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1".
E. Variation from specified jOint plus/minus 1/2".
F. Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4".
G. Variation from speCified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4".
H. Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2".
I. Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4".
********************
END OF SECTION 03410
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03410-5
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Precast wall panels.
2. Insulated precast wall panels
3. Miscellaneous panels.
4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure panel
components to each other and to other building materials
including fabricated and stock metal support and anchorage items,
loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items
contained in concrete and masonry.
5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall
be coordinated with the requirements of Section 03300 and 03420
for cast-in-p1ace concrete or precast concrete embedment,
respectively.
B. Related Sections:
1. Weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels,
between panels and adjacent building structure, and between panel
and dissimilar materials: Refer to Section 07900.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use
by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1 ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-I23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A-I85 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
4. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
5. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
6. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete.
7. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
8. ASTM A-666 - Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet,
Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar.
9. ASTM C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens
in the Field.
10. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
11. ASTM C-I50 - Specification for Portland Cement.
12. ASTM C-I43 - Test Methods for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
13. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-1
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNl-I22 "Architectural Precast Concrete".
2. PCI MNl-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Architectural Precast Concrete Products".
3. PCI MNl-I20 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete".
4. PCI MNl-I23 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels.
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC)
1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. ACI 318
B ACI 533
C. PCI MNl - 122
D.
Wind
2.
3.
4.
5.
Force Criteria
SBC
Key West land Development Code
Basic Wind Speed: 115 MPH
Conform with components and cladding
requirements.
E. Precast Unit Reinforcement
1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum corner reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re-
entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of two connections to structure at top and bottom
of each precast panel, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-2
SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
2. Provide lateral connections allowing for vertical movement at
connection not required to carry gravity loads.
3. Minimum horizontal loads on connections:
Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting
horizontal forces specified or minimum horizontal force as
follows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness: 1600 lb.
F. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") opening by
assuming one minor opening at any location. Assume edge of opening to
be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structure or
panels.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fabrication and erection drawings signed and sealed by State of
Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations
indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision.
Drawings shall show complete information for fabrication and erection
of panels, including location, sizes, reinforcement, detail of joints,
member identification marks, connection devices and relation of panels
and panel erection component to adjacent material and such other
descriptive data as the Architect may require to demonstrate
compliance with the contract requirements.
B. Identification marks coordinated with the Shop Drawings shall be on
manufactured units to facilitate hauling and erection. Identification
marks shall include date of casting.
C. Submittal shall also include the Contractor's proposed methods of
curing and storing the units in the casting yard and complete details
of hi s method of casting, handl i ng, transporting and erecting the
units, including type and location of lifting devices, and procedures.
D. No casting or fabrication operations shall commence until fabrication
and erection drawings, placement diagrams, and sample panels have been
approved by the Architect.
E. Submit for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by
Arch i tecto The' pane 1 shall be made wi th the mi x proport ion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain
typical cast-in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual
production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the
Architect.
F. Submit welder qualifications.
G. Submit letter signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-3
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
connections to structure have been designed in accordance with
specified design requirements. List in letter design requirements and
values used.
H. Submit copy of minutes of pre-installation meetings.
I. Fabricator and Installer shall submit to Architect qualifications and
a summary of those jobs of similar size and nature which he has done
in the last five years.
1. This request for approval shall be received 5 working days prior
to 1 ast schedul ed addendum to allow i nc 1 us i on of Arch itects
approval in the last addendum prior to the Bid Opening.
2. Precast panels will be accepted only from experienced, approved
fabrication plants demonstrating a minimum of five years
continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type
of precast concrete panels.
J. Submit Certifications of Compliance.
K. Submit experience record Installer's supervisor for approval.
1.5 CERTIFICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturi ng, test i ng, and qual i ty control procedures shall be in
general compliance with those of the PCI Manual MNl 117.
B. Provide Certifications of Compliance for the fQllowing:
1. Material used in fabrication and erection shall meet the'
requirements established by this Section.
2. Certification of compliance with the concrete requirements will
be required in the form of test results made by an Owner-approved
testing agency on sets of three cylinders, made in compliance
with ASTM C-31 and tested at 28 days in compliance with ASTM C-
39, for each 5000 square feet of panel face area placed. Cost of
of testing shall be borne by Contractor.
3. Certifications shall be provided on Contractor's letterhead,
dated and identified as applicable to this project, with
signature format same as that required on the contract between
Owner and Contractor.
C. Erect i on of precast concrete work shall be performed by workman
skilled in this type of work and under the direction of Installer's
supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least
a five year period.
1.6 TESTS
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Submit reports on compress i on and absorpt i on tests made at 28
days. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-295 and ASTM
C-97.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-4
SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard
2" cubes where coarse aggregate or facing aggregate does not
exceed 1/2" in six, 6" x 12" or 4" x 8". Standard cylinders
shall be used and a compensating reduction of 15% made in psi
requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on cured 2"
cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39 and ASTM
C-I92 and other applicable test methods.
3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project
site for the Owner, the Arch i tect or the Owner's authori zed
representative for the purpose of inspection or testing of
materials during all times work is being performed on the
project.
1.7 PRE-INSTAllATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review
installation procedures and coordination for other work with all
trades whose work will be affected by the precast panel work, to
include precast concrete sections, precast hollow planks, and windows.
1. Prior to start of work, Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer's
representatives, all trades affected by precast panel work,
Architect, and Owner's representative shall meet at the site, and
review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures.
Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of
form coatings to be used that may affect bonding of sealants.,
Record discussions, and action items required. Furnish copies of
record to each party attending.
1.8 MOCK-UP
A. Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by
Arch i tect. The panel shall be made wi th the mi x proport ion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain
typical cast-in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual
production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the
Architect.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Comply with the specifications, standards and codes given for each
material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that
materials used in the production of the precast products comply with
the requirements specified.
B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 pounds per square inch
at 28 days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of
Section 03300.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-5
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-615 for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-I05 for welded
wire fabric flat sheets. Free from rust, scale, dirt and physical
injury.
D. Plates and Structural Shapes:
1. ASTM A-36
2. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-
123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of
structure.
a. Field spot paint damaged items with liquid galvanizing
paint.
b. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc"
2) Architect approved equivalent.
c. Coating Weight
1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area.
2) Comply with ASTM A-386.
E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate
contact with panels exposed to the exterior stainless steel or other
approved non-ferrous metal. Dovetail inserts and embedded anchors
that are not in immediate contact with panels shall be non-ferrous or
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
F. High-Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325.
G. Venting of precast concrete wall will be accomplished by the use of
plastic vent tubes at the junction of horizontal and vertical joints.
Tube shall have a minimum inside diameter of 1/4". Where horizontal
joints are continuous, vent at 4'-2" on center.
H. Sealants and other weather sealing components are specified in Section
07900.
I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi.
J. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-I08
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process
(AWS D1.I).
2.2 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOlIGIES CORPORATION
(800) 232-1748.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-6
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings.
B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and constructed of material that
will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and
dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings.
C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and
aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to
minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces.
D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down.
E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces.
F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCI MNl - 117.
G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the
concrete.
H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and
other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of
materials to panels as required. All weldments, including tack welds:
made in accordance wi th the app 1 i cab 1 e provi s ions of the AWS. No
lifting devices shall be embedded in the finish face of the panel.
I. Face Finish:
1. Smooth, dense surfaces "as cast" form finish.
2. Completely remove fins.
3. Interior finish face exposed in final construction:
precast modular cell finish.
Match
3.2 TOLERANCES
A. The following minimum tolerances for manufacture and installation of
arch i tectura 1 precast concrete panels, as pub 1 i shed in PC I -MNl-1l7
will apply:
1. Warpage: Panels shall be manufactured and installed so that each
panel after erection complies with the following dimensional
requirements:
Bowi ng - Concave or convex of any part of a fl at surface
shall not exceed;
lenQth of bow
360
with a maximum of 3/4" up to 30'-0".
Maximum warpage of one corner out of the plane of the other
three shall be the greater of 1/16" per foot distance from the
nearest adjacent corner or 1/8".
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-7
SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
2. Dimensional tolerances of finished units: Overall height and
width measured at the face adjacent to the mold at time of
casting:
a. 10'-0" or under plus/minus 1/8"
b. 10'-0" to 20'-0" plus 1/8" to 3/16"
c. 20'-0" to 30'-0" plus 1/8" to 1/4"
d. Each additional 10'-0" plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0"
e. Angular deviation of plane of sidemold: 1/32" per 3" depth
or 1/16" total, whichever is greater.
f. Openings within one unit plus/minus 1/4"
g. Out of square (d i fference in 1 ength of the two d i agona 1
measurements): 1/8" per 6'-0" or 1/4" total, whichever is
greater.
h. Thickness: Total thickness shall be within 1/4" plus/ minus
1/8"
i. Tolerances on any dimension not specified above: The
numerically greater of plus/minus 1/16" per 10'-0" or
plus/minus 1/8".
3. Position tolerances for cast-in items measured from datum line
locations as shown on the approved Shop Drawings: Anchors and
inserts shall be within 3/8" of centerline location as shown on
drawings.
4. B10ckouts and reinforcement shall be within 1/4" of the position
as shown on the drawings, where such positions have structural
implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise they shall be
within plus/minus 1/2".
5. 'Tolerances for location of precast units: Precast units shall be
manufactured so that joints between the panels are within these
limits: ,
a. Face Width of Joints plus/minus 3/16"
b. Joint Taper 1/40" per foot of length with
a maximum length of tapering
in one direction of 10'-0".
c. Step in Face 1/4" maximum regardless of
other tolerances.
d. Jog in Alignment of Edge 1/8" maximum regardless of
other tolerances.
3.3 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION
A. Precast concrete units shall be lifted and supported during
manufacturing, storage, transportation and erection operations only at
lifting or supporting points, or both, as shown on Shop Drawings.
B. Blocking shall be clean and non-staining.
C. lateral support shall be sufficient to prevent excessive bowing and
warping.
D. Edges of the units shall be adequately protected by padding or other
means to prevent staining, chipping, or spilling of concrete.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-8
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
3.4 ERECTION
A. Erection processes are intended to be single responsibility actions
i ncl udi ng supply and pl acement of structural support and anchorage
items, erection, and complete weathersea1ing of panels.
B. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete products with
other job-site operations.
C. Coordinate arrival of precast units within the approved schedule and
with other trades. Erect adequate barricades, warning lights and
signs to safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and
handling operations.
D. Prior to installation of precast units, verify all dimensions
affecting the work with approved Shop Drawings and field dimensions.
Discrepancies between design dimensions and field dimensions which
could adversely affect installation in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be brought (in writing), to the attention of
the Construction Manager and Architect.
E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true
within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate
cumulative dimensional error.
F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform
joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses.
G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete
or masonry shall be furnished to the Contractor by the precast
concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement.
1. Bolted connections direct to panels, and other bolted connections
shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location
and adjustment.
2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat
completely with galvanizing paint.
H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes
in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or
connect ions, shall not be permi t ted without approval by the Arch ftect.
1. Non-galvanized structural steel and erection steel shall be 100%
coated with brushed application of bituminous paint material.
3.5 WEATHER SEALING
A. Joints between panel members and joints between panels and other
exterior finished building components shall be sealed, using sealant
and sub-sealant fillers.
B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-9
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard color range, after viewing samples placed in
rustications of job site sample precast panel.
3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Provide protection from chipping, spilling, cracking, and other damage
to units after delivery to the jobsite.
B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations.
Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations.
C. Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance
with AWS DI.I and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall
clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds.
D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by
the installer.
E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition,
shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations.
F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices
shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in
appearance and corrosion protection.
G. During construction, tops of panels shall be carefully covered at
. night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately
protected from drippings and heavy rains.
H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the
Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the
wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be
protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager.
I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any
circumstances for the cleaning of panels. Soap powder, clean water
and fiber brushes may be used or approved machine cleaning process.
J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate
materials.
3.7 ACCEPTANCE
A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint
treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by
the Construction Manager.
B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair.
C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements
(for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO '
03412-10
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
D. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not
subject to acceptable patching procedures may be cause for panel
rejection.
********************
END OF SECTION 03412
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03412-11
SECTION 03420
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
A. Section Includes:
1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwall panels, inverted tee
beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs.
2 . All precast items shall be complete wi th base plates, inserts,
clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets
and lifting accessories as required.
3. Bearing pads
4. Anchorage welding
5. Structural Slide Bearings
B. Related Sections
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE.
2. SECTION 03410 - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
3. SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
4. SECTION 03600 - GROUT.
5. SECTION 05180 - MISCEllANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL.
6. SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS.
1 .2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Sp~cification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
5. ASTM A-I84/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-I85 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement".
7. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved for Prestressed Concrete".
8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed,
for Concrete Reinforcement".
10. ASTM A-6IS - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement".
11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement".
12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
13. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
14. ASTM C-I73 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Volumetric Method".
HLM 90007.00-3
.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
, 03420-1
SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Pressure Method".
16. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNl-II6 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
precast prestressed concrete products".
2. PCI MNl-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
architectural precast concrete products".
3. PCI MNl-I20 "PCI Design Handbook Precast and prestressed
concrete".
4. PCI MNl-I23 "Design and Typical details of connections for precast
and prestressed concrete".
D.
American Concrete
1. AC I - 30 1 -
2. ACI-318 -
3 . AC I - 347 -
Institute (ACI)
"Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
"Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
"Recommended practice for concrete formwork".
E. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS D1.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS DI.4 - "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
precast and precast prestressed concrete sections similar to sections
required for this project indicating the following!
1. layout dimensions of sections and embedments.
2. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions,
embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent building
materials.
3. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items
specified in other specification sections.
4. list all dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the
design of the sections.
5. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection.
6. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along
with header details.
7. Erection number of section.
8. Fire-resistance rating of sections, including topping, where
applicable.
B. Furnish for record purposes checked calculations prepared, signed and
sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the design
of precast or precast prestressed concrete.
C. Submit test reports from Independent laboratory on materials used,
compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-2
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
D. Submit certification that precast units have been produced in plant
certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute.
E. Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for
slide bearings.
F. Submi t documentat i on of qual ifi cat ions of Welders and Tackers in accordance
with AWS D 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year.
G. Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections.
H. Submit experience record of installer and installer's supervisor.
I. Submit product data, including application and installation instructions,
for proprietary materials.
J. Submit experience record of State of Florida registered engineer who
designed precast concrete sections.
K. Submit copy of minutes of pre-installation meetings.
l. Submit certifications of compliance.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications:
1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in uesign and
fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required
for this project.
2. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce
required units without causing delay in work.
Precast Concrete Fabricator's Testing:
provisions of PCI MNl 116.
C. Requi rements of Regu1 atory Agenci es: Manufacture and i nsta 11 at i on of
precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code.
B.
In compliance with testing
D. Quality control and inspection procedures to comply with applicable
sections of PCI MNl 116.
E. Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fire-minimum fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
F. The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certify by the PCI Plant
Certification Program to production and demonstrate a minimum of five years
cont i nuous experi ence in the manufacture of s imil ar size and type of
precast concrete sections.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-3
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
G. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with
workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of
installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work
over at least a five year period.
H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12
working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of
Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening.
1. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following:
1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the
requirements established by this section.
2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead,
dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the
signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and
Contractor.
J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete
sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection
sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure
during construction until all permanent connections have been completed.
Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior
to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor.
K. Welding of ,reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections:
1. Comply with AWS D 1.1.
2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes.
3. Use proper pre-heat where required.
L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate 1 ayout of the double tees subject
to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate
layout with contractor.
1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Conform to SBCCI Standard Building Code, 1988.
1. Basic wind speed: lIS mph.
B. Conform to ACI 318.
C. Conform to requirements of PCI MNl-I20 Concrete and PCI MNl-123.
D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast
prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this
project.
E. Design members and connections to resist design loads due to the pressure
and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated on the
drawings. Design members and connections to resist their own weight and
erection forces.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-4
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation
settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to
temperature changes of 35eF less than 70eF and 35eF greater than 70eF.
Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure within normal
construction tolerances.
G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in
floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements by
assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections. Assume
edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent
structures.
H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners and
re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside layer)
extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee flanges
provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4.
1. Design connections so that adjoining shear walls act as a unit, when
construction jOints are required in precast shear walls.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design.
lift and support only from support points.
B. lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in
positions anticipated during manufacture,storage, transportation and
erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sUfficient to resist force
of 2.5 times weight of member.
C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of
concrete.
1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each
unit.
2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock-absorbing
material.
D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production
and final position in structure) are readily discernible.
1.7 PRE-INSTAllATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to pre~installation conference Installer must review installation
procedures and coordination for other work with all trades whose work will
be affected by the precast concrete section work including precast concrete
panels, precast concrete hollow core planks and precast concrete modular
cells. .
B. Prior to start of work Installer, Contractor, Manufacturers
representatives, and Architect shall meet as often as necessary at the site
and review installation, schedules and coordination procedures.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-5
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
C. Record discussions and action items required. Furnish copies of minutes
of meeting to each party attending.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete:
1. Portland Cement:
a ASTM C-ISO, Type III (High Early Strength).
b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply
throughout.
2. Air Entraining Agent:
a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of S%, when tested in
accordance with ASTM C-I73 or ASTM C-23I.
3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures.
4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of
calcium chloride shall be allowed.
5. Aggregates:
a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33.
6. Water:
a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material.
7. The chloride ion content shall not exceed .06% of the weight of the
concrete. The chloride ion content may be tested in individual
ingredients or in trial batches of concrete.
B. Reinforcing Steel:
1. Deformed Steel Bars:
a. ASTM A-615; grade 60 unless noted otherwise.
1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade
60.
2. Welded Wire Fabric:
a. Plain - ASTM A-I8S.
b. Deformed - ASTM A-497.
c. Flat sheets
3 . Wire: .
a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-82.
4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats:
a. Conforming ASTM A-I84.
5. Deformed Bar Anchors:
ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi
C. Prestressing Strands:
1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type.
D. Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel
structural steel connection assemblies.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard.
2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot-dip
galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to
ASTM A-I23.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-6
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
3.
Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized -
liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous
paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE.
E. Headed concrete anchors:
1. ASTM A-I08
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
DI.I)
F. Erection inserts shall be by SUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC., or
RICHMOND SCREW ANCHOR CO.
G. Formwork shall comply with app1 icable requirements of ACI-347 and with
PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concrete". Forms may
be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel.
1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists
and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must
be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of
concrete.
2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved
non-staining form release agent which will not interfere with
adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless
noted otherwise.
3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration
during placement of concrete.
J. Form Release Agent:
1. Non-staining and compatible with other materlals to be applied to
concrete surfaces of precast sections.
K. Bearing pads for precast members shall be type, size and thickness as
indicated on the Drawings.
1. Beari ng pads for precast beams shall be "Sorbtex" , by VOSS
ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Illinois, or Architect approved
equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet
compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be
glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection.
2. Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced
e 1 astomeri c wi th durometer hardness of 80 p 1 us/mi nus 5 and meet
AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem.
3. Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by
VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a
durometer hardness of 90 pl us/mi nus 5 and meet requi rements of AASHTO
Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection.
4. Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non-leaching high
density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible
deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise
indicated in drawings.
5. Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by
the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection
has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-7
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
L. Structural Sl ide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement
indicated. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company, Pine Brook, New
Jersey.
2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics.
M. Provide self-adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required
to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900.
N. Inserts, angles and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete
that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and
noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-I23 hot dip galvanizfng. All
galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which
a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide
a bond for the paint.
O. Non-Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT.
2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS
A. Unless noted otherwise, concrete shall meet the requirements of Section
03300 - CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE.
B. Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated
on the drawings and 3500 pounds per square inch at detensioning for
prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the
drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 p~t at 28 days.
C. Compression tests for all precast concrete work shall conform to PCI MNl
117 and PCI MNL 116. All testing shall done with certified test equipment.
D. For precast structural concrete, six cylinders shall be taken for each
product produced. Three "A" cylinders shall be taken at the beginning of
each placement and three "B" cylinders shall be taken at the end of each
pl acement. One "A" and one "B" cyl inder shall be tested at transfer of
prestress (or at time of stripping for non-prestressed members), one of
each at 28 days and one of each held in reserve for use as the Architect
may direct. After 56 days, reserve cylinders may be discarded if approved
by the Arch i tect. Test reports shall be submitted to the Arch itect
semi-monthly for review.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116.
C. Formwork:
1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations
for prestressed sections.
2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with
radii or chamfers at corners.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-8
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not
interfering with proper positioning of strand, reinforcement, or
placing of concrete.
D. Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections:
1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in
position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the
c. g. s . of the total force shall not exceed 1/41. or 3% of the
specified distance of the c.g.s. measured from the bottom fiber,
whichever is greater.
2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust.
light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting
will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to
coat the strands.
3. Strand jacking may be by either single strand of multiple strand
jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be
brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension
stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage of adequate
capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall
be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and
elongation shall not differ more than 5%.
4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection
points shall be approved by the Architect.
S. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict
compliance with all applicable state and local regulations.
6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength
has reached 3000.pounds per square inch for strands 3/8" and under,
or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements
for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at
transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawi ngs. Transfer of
prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning
jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the
sequence of cutting strands shall be such as to prevent severe
unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms
shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement
of the casting.
3.
E. Concrete Work:
1 . Concrete shall be conveyed from the mi xer to the place of fi na 1
deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or
loss of materials.
2. Concrete shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency
vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a
combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be
of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without
distortion or failure.
3. Curing by any of the following methods shall be maintained until
release strength has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall
be held for a mi n i mum pre- steami ng peri od of not 1 es s than
three hours.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-9
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound
or membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
d. Continuous water curing.
Rock pockets and ch i pped corners shall be patched and cleaned by
accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the
prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the
Architect.
a. Structural members will be accepted with form finish
appearance but with any leakage fins removed.
b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction, the
finishing requirements are as follows:
1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast" form
finish.
2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and
bottom-smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish.
3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and bottom-smooth
dense surface "as cast" form finish.
a. Top surface of un topped double tees - uniform
parallel coarse broom finish.
4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish.
5) Top surface of sections to receive concrete topping-
roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch.
F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those
openings 10" round or square or larger as indicated on the structural
drawings. Other openings shall be located and fieJd drilled or cut by the
trade requiring, them after the precast prestressed products have been
erected. Openings shall be approved by Architect before drill ing or
cutting.
4.
G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as
detailed or required by the Drawings.
H. Mark each unit with correct piece/location mark, project or contract
number, and date cast.
I. After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at
a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the
weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3500 pounds per
square inch minimum. Precast units shall not be shipped to the project
site until the strength of the concrete has reached 85% of specified
ultimate strength or until the unit can safely support the superimposed
dead load of other precast units, whichever is greater.
J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit
exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit
loaded by the stored materials.
K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the
CElOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to
cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-10
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
L. Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as
not to be visible in the completed construction. All lift loops and
inserts shall have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed
construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in
areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be
recessed and patched with a minimum 1-1/2" non-shrink, non-staining grout
to match surrounding concrete.
M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges.
Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect.
N. Control and Expansion Joint Requirements:
1. Manufacture shall consult with the expansi on joi nt system
manufacturer to insure that precast concrete joi nts are in accordance
with the requirements of the expansion joint system manufacturer.
2. The edges of all double tee flanges shall have a tooled joint as
shown on Drawings. If joints are not tooled deep or wide enough,
they shall be drysawn with a 3/16" carborundum blade to required size
by the precast supplier.
O. Acceptance: Units which do not meet dimensional tolerance standards, or
quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing
or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish
quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect.
2.4 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
A. Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows:
1. Col umns:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4"
Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel
to longitudinal centerline of column):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
Deviation from square or designated skew:
1/8" per 12" of width, any cross-section
1/4" maximum, any cross-section
1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline)
Position of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4"
Dimensions of haunches and pockets: plus/minus 1/4"
Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from speCified
pl an: 1/8"
Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch and/or
pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position:
1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
Position of anchor bolt holes in base plate: plus/minus
Position of base plates and bearing plates: plus/minus
1/41~
Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3"
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-11
SECTION 03420
HLM 90007.00-3
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
2.
Beams:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4"
ledge width: plus/minus 1/4"
Beam width: plus/minus 1/4"
Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4"
ledge depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design camber:
1/8" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2"
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8"
Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plus/
minus 6"
Position of openings and block-outs: plus/minus 1/4"
Dimensions of openings and block-outs: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: ,plus/minus 1/2"
Positiori of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4"
Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Stem thickness: plus/minus 1/8"
Fllnge thickness: plus 1/4", minus 1/8"
Stem to edge of top flange: plus/minus 1/8"
Distance from stems: plus/minus 1/8"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design chamber:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4"
Differential camber between adjacent members of the same
design:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped
decks
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
Position of tendons: plus/minus 1/8"
Position of deflection points for deflected strands: plus/
minus 6"
Position of block-outs: plus/minus 1/2"
Dimensions of block-outs: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-12
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4.
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Difference in relative position of adjacent steam bearing
surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4"
Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3"
Solid Slabs:
length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width: plus/minus 1/4"
Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Sweep: plus/minus 1/8" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall.
Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4"
Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2"
Tipping and flushness of weld plates: Plus/minus 1/4".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and
anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units have
been corrected.
B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Clear, well-drained unloading areas and road access around and in the
building (where appropriate) shall be provided and maintained to a degree
that the hauling and erection equipment for the precast concrete products
are able to operate under their own power.
B. Erect barricades, warning 1 ights or signs to safeguard traffic in the
immediate area of hoisting and handling operations.
C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable
to 1 erances . Prov i de 1 i nes and grades in suffi c i ent deta il to allow
installation.
1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing
walls and other field placed supporting members.
D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast
concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned,
carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place.
Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current
certification.
E. Column base plates shall be dry packed at least 24 hours before erecting
elements supported by the columns.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-13
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the
Drawi ngs, great care shall be exerci sed to assure no reduct i on of the
cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding
reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization
by the Architect.
G. Galvanized steel shall be "touched-up" after connections are complete with
"Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing" by Z.R.C. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Quincy,
Massachusetts or equivalent. The material shall be applied in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and specification. The mil
thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent to the mil thickness of
the galvanized item.
H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping
until cast-in-p1ace topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch
compressive strength.
3.3 ERECTION tOLERANCES
A. Tolerances for erection of precast members shall be as follows:
1. Col umns:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to
specified linear building lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0"
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart
Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from
specified relative position:
1/2" any deck level
Deviation from plumb:
1/4", any 10'-0" of height
1" maximum for the entire height
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
Plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0"
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: plus/minus 1/4"
2. Beams:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviation in plan from straight line parallel to specified
linear building lines: .
1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any beam 20'-0" or more in length
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-14
SECTION 03420
HlM 90007.00-3
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
3.
Variation from specified bearing length on support:
plus/minus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
plus/minus 1/2"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" per foot, any length less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any bean 20'-0" or more in length
Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation:
1/2", any panel
Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4"
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: plus/minus 1/4"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
plus/minus 1/2", any tee, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific
linear building line:
1/2", any tee
Variation from specified bearing, length on support:
plus/minus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
plus/minus 1/4"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
plus/minus 3/4", any tee, any end
Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified
grade lines:
3/4" longitudinal
3/8" transverse
Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges:
1/8", untopped decks
1/2", topped decks
Variation from specified flange jOint width:
Plus/minus 1/4"
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member:
plus/minus 1/4"
Solid Slabs: .
Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus I" any
plank, any location.
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear
building line 1", any plank.
Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade
lines at member ends: 3/4".
Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1".
4.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-15
SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Variation from specified joint width: plus/minus 1/2".
Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2".
Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4"
B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish
or apparatus from the premi ses and deli ver work in a clean and sound
condition to the satisfaction of the Architect.
3.4 ATTACHMENTS
A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be
drilled or "shot" provided no contact is made with the prestressing steel.
Should spalling occur, it shall be repaired by the trade doing the drilling
or the shooting.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean precast concrete surfaces with detergent and water, using fiber brush
and sponge, and rinse thoroughly with clean water.
********************
END OF SECTION 03420
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03420-16
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated.
a. Structural precast concrete work. '
b. Design of cells to accept field installed items such as
beams , cell fronts, overhead hous i ng assemb 1 i es for cell
doors, chase access doors and frames, bunks, tables, seats,
shelves, lights, A/C devices, electrical fixtures, and
toilet fixtures.
2. Embed items required for the installation of equipment (e.g.
exterior windows, bunks, tables, seats) shall be furnished by
precast modular cell fabricator.
3. Verification of existing dimensions.
4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure
components to each other and to other building materials
including fabricated stock metal support and anchorage items,
loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items
contained in concrete and masonry.
5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall
be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast-in-place
concrete or precast concrete embedment, respectively.
B. Related Sections
1. Sea 1 i ng components in place, between adj acent cell s, between
cell s and adjacent building structure and between cell sand
dissimilar materials: refer to Section 07900.
2. Section 03600 - Grout
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Provide and maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use
by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-I23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products.
S. ASTM A-18S - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-1
SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
8. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNl-I16 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products.
2. PCI MNl-I20 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete".
3. PCI MNl-I23 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS DI.I - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS D1.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)'
1. CRSI - "Manual of Standard Practice".
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have two years successful
experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units
required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have
sufficient production capacity to produce required units without
causing delay in work.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. SBCCI Standard Building Code
B. ACI 318
C. PCI MNl - 120
D. Wind Force Criteria
1. SBCCI Standard building code
2. Key West Land Development Code
3. Basic wind speed: 115 MPH
4. Conform with components and cladding requirements
E. Precast Unit Reinforcement .
1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-2
SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and
reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face
(inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and
bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct
connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or
minimum horizontal as follows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:I600 lb.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions
for manufactured materi al s and products. Incl ude manufacturer's
certifications and laboratory test reports as required.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for
fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and
sea 1 ed by State of Flori da reg i stered profess i ona 1 eng i neer who
prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his
direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section;
cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of
reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices
necessary for handling and erection.
1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast
unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation.
Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail
inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and
construction at openings in precast units.
2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be
embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required
for accurate placement.
3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of
erection.
C. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered
engineer, licensed in the State of Florida.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-3
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CEll
D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS DI.I.
E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and
connections to structure have been designed in accordance with
specified design requirements. List design requirements and values
used and in letter.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and
at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at
project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other
physical damage, and so that markings are visible. lift and support
units at designated lift points.
B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction
before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates,
instructions and directions as required for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 1 FORMWORK
A. Provide forms and farm facing materials of metal that is non-reactive
with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces.
2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain cold-drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM AI85, Flat Sheets.
D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497.
E. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement
including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing,
supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI
recommendations.
F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in
contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic
protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class
2).
G. Portland Cement: ASTM CI50, Type III. Use only one brand and type of
cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-4
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CEll
H. Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as specified here. Provide aggregate from
a single source for exposed concrete.
1. local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have
shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of
adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to
Architect.
I. Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful
to concrete and embedded steel.
2.3 CONNECTION MATERIALS
A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, low-carbon steel bolts, regular hexagon nuts
and carbon steel washers.
C. Finish of Steel Units: Exposed units galvanized per ASTM AI23; others
painted with rust-inhibitive primer.
D. Bearing Pads:
1. One spec i men shall be tested for each 200 pads used in the
project.
a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the
pad. .
b. Plastic: High density continuous multi-monomer plastic pads
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation.
c. Minimum 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
E. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers and other accessories required
for i nsta 11 at i on of project uni ts and for support of subsequent
construction or finishes.
F. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-I08
2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with Arc-Welding Process
(AWS D1.I)
2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete required.
B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing facility or by
qua 1 i fi ed precast manufacturi ng plant personne 1 , at precast
manufacturer's option.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-5
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
C. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience
methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each type
of concrete required, complying with ACI 318.
1. Produce standard weight concrete consisting of specified portland
cement; aggregates, admixtures and water to produce the following
properties:
a. Compressive strength: 5000 psi minimum at 28 days.
D. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of
concrete at least IS days prior to start of precast unit production.
Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluations have been
reviewed by Architect.
E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test
results, or other circumstances warrant. laboratory test data for
revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and
accepted by Architect before using in the work.
F. Admixtures:
1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with
manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement
dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump
concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance.
3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic
conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of
admixtures as required for maintain quality control.
G. Chloride Ion Content:
1. Maximum 0.15% concrete weight.
2. Test individual ingredient or trial batches of concrete.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwi ch Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOlIGIES CORPORATION
(800) 232-1748.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PlACE CONCRETE.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-6
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CEll
B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with
manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations,
and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-II6, and as specified for types
of units required.
C. Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as
specified here.
1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid
setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than speCified in ASTM
C94 may be required.
2. When the air temperature is between 80-F and 90-F, reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 7S minutes, and when air
temperature is above 90-F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
D. Built-Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices
and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect
position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete.
E. Open i ngs:
1. Cast-in holes for openings for wall grilles.
2. Cast-in floor drains and shower drains.
3. Cast-in openings larger than 10" diameter or 10" in largest
dimension. .
4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest
dimensio~ at Contractor's Option.
F. Coat surfaces of forms with bond-br~aking compound before
reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating
compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete
surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete
surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with
manufacturer's instructions.
G. Cl ean re i nforcement of loose rust and mi 11 scale, earth and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
H. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against
displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement
operations. locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers and hangers as required.
1. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for
concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar
supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement
operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces.
J. Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams
or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-7
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
ACI304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and
external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and
bu il t - i n items.
K. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points
and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on
final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on
a surface which will not show in finished structure.
L. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and
moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate
concrete hardening and to reduce curing time.
2.6 FINISH OF SURFACES
A. Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated
for each type of unit, and as follows:
1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that
impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused
by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and
spall S' wi 11 be tol erated, but no major or unsightly
imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects will be permitted.
2. Architectural Grade Finish: Use for exposed surfaces. Air holes
and pockets over 1/4" and under I" diameter filled with mortar
patching grout as specified in Section 03600. Form offsets over
1/8" shall be ground smooth.
B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply
trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper l~vel with
straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish.
Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels.
2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast-in-place concrete:
Con sol idate concrete and bring to proper level with straight
edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full
amplitude of approximately 1/4".
2.7 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
B. STRESSCON
C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC.
D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS
E. Architect approved equivalent
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-8
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION, GENERAL
A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position.
Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress
any portion of the unit.
B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS Dl.I.
C. Protect units from damage' by field welding or cutting operations and
provide non-combustible shield as required.
D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of
liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and
compatible primer to painted surfaces.
E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for
surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit
unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer.
F. Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding
following tolerance limits:
1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2"
total in any 40' or longer run.
2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in
any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location.
3. Variation from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at
any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained in cell
placement for alignment of slider units.
4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any joint: 1/16" in
any 10' run; 1/4" maximum.
G. After precast units have been placed and secured, cast-in or grout
horizontal joints as indicated.
H. Grout open spaces at connection and horizontal bearing joints as
indicated:
1. Shrinkage-resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and
water to provide a fl owabl e mixture without segregation or
bleeding.
2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place
until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with
stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled.
Pl ace grout to fi n ish smooth, plumb and 1 eve 1 with adj acent
concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24
hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from
exposed surfaces before it hardens.
HLM 90007.00-3
.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-9 '
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS
A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast
manufacturer's quality control and testing methods.
B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access
to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and
concrete placement and curi ng fac 11 it i es. Cooperate wi th Owner's
testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes
as may be requested for additional testing evaluation.
C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater
than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject
to additional testing as specified here.
D. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected
if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or
if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or
remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction
conditions.
E. Strength of Units: The strength of precast concrete units will be
considered potentially deficient if the manufacturing processes fail
.to comply with any of the requirements which may affect the strength
of the precast units including the following conditions:
1. Failure to meet compressive strength tests requirements.
2. Rei nforcement, not conformi ng to speci fi ed fabri cat ion
requirements.
3. Concrete curing, and protection of precast units against extremes
in temperature, not as specified.
4. Precast units damaged during handling and erection.
3.3 TESTING PRECAST UNITS
A. When there is evidence that strength of precast concrete units does
not met speci fi cat ion requi rements, the concrete testing servi ces
sha 11 take cores dri 11 ed from hardened concrete for compress i ve
strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows:
B. Take at least three representative cores from precast units of suspect
strength, from locations directed by Architect.
1. Test cores in a saturated-surface-dry condition per ACI 318 if
concrete will be set during use of completed structure.
2. Test cores in an air-dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will
be dry during use of completed structure.
3. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered
satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least
85% of 28-day design compressive strength.
4. Test results will be made in writing on same day that tests are
made, with copies to Architect, Contractor and precast
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-10
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification
name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer,
name of concrete testing service, identification letter, name and
type of member or members represented by core test, des i gn
compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of
break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of
applied load to core with respect to horizontal plan of concrete
as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of bearing.
C. Patching: Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units
are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with pea gravel
repair grout and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces.
3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Precast concrete units which do not conform to the specified
requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes shall be
replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this
section. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections
to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast
concrete work.
********************
END OF SECTION 03490
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03490-11
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pea-gravel repair grout.
B. Cementitious mortar patching grout.
C. Non-shrink grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above
documents throughout the Construction Period.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed
instructions for each manufactured product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of
the work. Single-source responsibility from one source and producer
for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious
component.
1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can
be maintained.
1.6 TESTING
A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with
proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall
minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days
shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea
gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete.
Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1. MASTERBUIlDERS "Masterpatch 20"
2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects
approved equivalent.
1. 5000 ps i
2. Conditions to I" maximum thickness.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03600-1
SECTION 03600
GROUT
2.3 NON-SHRINK NON-METALLIC GROUT
A. The grout shall be non-shrink, non-ferrous, heavy duty grout. Grout
shall remain workable for a minimum of 30 minutes following mixing.
B. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 6,000 pounds per square inch
minimum according to ASTM C-I09. Make one test each day of grouting.
C. Comply with ASTM C-827.
D. Provide non-staining grout for exposed to view conditions.
E. Approved Manufacturers:
1. GIFFORD-HIll "Supreme Grout"
2. laM CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS "Crystex"
3. W.R. MEADOWS "588 Non-Metallic, Non-Shrink Grout"
4. SONNEBORN "Sonogrout"
5. U.S. GROUT CORP., "Five-Star Grout"
6. lAMBERT CORP., "Vi bropruf #11"
2.4 CEMENT GROUT
A. Portland cement, ASTM CI50, Type I and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404.
Mix at ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume with
minimum water required for placement and hydration.
B. Approved Products:
1. Firmix; EUCLID CHEMICAL CO.
2. Embeco 636; MASTER BUILDERS
3. Ferro1ith G; SONNEBORN/COTECH
4. Irontox "G"; TOCH BROTHERS
S. Kemox G; SIKA CHEMICAL
6. V1bro-Foil;'A.C. HORN
7. Vibropruf Metallic; lAMBETT CORP.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.3 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Install per manufacturer's printed instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 03600
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
03600-2
Division 4
Masonry
t-, LN'
Division 4
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1,1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Unit masonry and mortar.
a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment.
b. Reinforcing for Security Walls.
c. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above.
d. Patching to match.
2. Install only:
a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Codes and Standards:
1. ACI/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures"
2. ACI/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures"
3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55, February, 1986; Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
2. A-I23: Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products
3. A-167: Specification fo~ Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-
Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
4. C-55: Specification for Concrete Building Brick.
5. C-90: Specification for Hollow-load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
6. C-I45: Specification for Solid-load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
7. Underwriters laboratories (Ul)
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority
having jurisdiction for the work of this Section.
B. Qualifications
1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of ten years documented
experience specializing in installation of masonry of the type
and size similiar to this project.
C. Jobsite Sample Panel:
1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel (s)
using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and
provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and
contiguous work.
2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full
thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by 4'-0" high, indicating
proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected
HLM 90007.00-5
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROU P TWO
04200-1
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary
to obtain acceptance.
3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before
start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for
comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up
until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by
Architect.
4. Provide mock-up panel for the following:
a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave
joints. Mock-up wall conditions for:
1) Masonry with elastomeric coating.
2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and
elastomeric coating.
b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and slightly
concave joints.
D. This section shall be responsible for locations of electrical boxes,
utility and equipment lines which are concealed in masonry walls;
including plumbing, electrical, telephone and security/communications
systems.
E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire resistance ratings are
indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which
are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been
determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized
.testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect.
F. Single Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry
un i ts of un i form texture and color, or a un i form blend with in the
ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for
each different product required for each continuous surface or
Visually related surfaces.
G. Si ngl e Source Respons i bi 1 i ty for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar
ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry,
from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one
source and producer for each aggregate.
H. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary
protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other
sources.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units, submit for Architect's
approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicating the name and
qualifications of the certifying agency.
2. Prior to del ivery of masonry units to job site, submit for
Architect approval, calculations and certification by the
certifying agency that fire-rated concrete masonry units, both
grouted and non-grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the
specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire-resistance
ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern Building Code.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-2
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved
certifying agency confirming the mill analysis"tensile and bend
test for steel requirements of this section.
B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience.
C. Reinforcing Materials:
1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein-
forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening,
bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
D. Product Data:
1. Submit product data on masonry accessories.
2. Submit product data on materials required by this Section.
Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions.
E. Resul ts of mortar tests performed in accordance wi th the property
specification requirements of ASTM C270.
F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM CI40.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Work
1. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at
end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures
when work is not in progress.
2. Extend cover a mi n i mum of 24" down both sides and hold cover
securely in place.
3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face
of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately
grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of
walls from rainsplashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.
4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar.
1.6 TESTING
A. To requi rements of DIVISION ONE - "TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES"
furnish test reports of independent testing laboratory.
1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampl ing and
Testing Grout".
2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of
concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140.
3. Unit Test Method:
a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade
of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of
sampling and testing of ASTM C 140.
b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by
methods of samp 1 i ng and test i ng of ASTM C 780. Conduct
tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate
mortar used to i nsta 11 each increment of masonry un its
indicated above from which samples are taken for testing.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-3
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Block:
1. Compressive strength of masonry shall be equal to or exceed 1500
psi.
2. Concrete block shall be manufacturer's standard unit shapes and
sizes.
3. Units shall be cured by one process and shall be uniform in
texture and color.
4. Concrete block shall conform to requirements of ASTM C-90 for
hollow concrete units, ASTM C-I45 for solid concrete units Grade
N, Type II; normal weight.
5. Shrinkage of standard concrete blocks shall not exceed amount
recommended in ASTM C426.
6. Ship units from factory, and store at job site with necessary
protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and
other sources.
7. Provide certification by approved certifying agent that fire-
rated concrete masonry units meet or exceed the SBCCI Southern
Building Code requirements for each project condition.
8. Moisture absorption shall be limited to maximum twenty-five
percent saturation prior to installation.
B. Special Shapes:
1. Provide where shown and where required for: lintels, corners,
jambs, sash, head, sill, control joints, headers, solid shapes,
bonding and other special conditions.
C. Steel Reinforcement:
1. Steel reinforcement for reinforced masonry shall conform to the
following specifications of the American Society for Testing and
Materials:
a. Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-6IS,
with supplement.
b. Rail-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-616.
c. Axle-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-617.
d. Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A-82.
e. Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM
A-I85.
2. Reinf~rcement shall be accurately formed to dimensions indicated
on Drawings.
3. Bars shall be cold bent.
4. Meta 1 rei nforcement shall not be straightened or repaired in
manner that will injure material. Bars with kinks or bends not
shown on Drawings shall not be used.
5. Heating or welding of reinforcement will be permitted only when
approved by Architect.
D. Horizontal Reinforcing: (Zinc-coated ferrous metal):
1. Welded wire units shall be prefabricated in straight lengths no
less than ten feet long with matching corner and tee units.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-4
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
Fabricate from cold-drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A82 with
deformed continuous side rods and plain cross-rods, crimped for
cavity wall construction and unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than
wall or partition thickness.
2. Provide ladder type, or truss type for single wythe fabricated
with single pair of nine gage cross-rods spaced on no more than
16" centers.
3. Truss type for multi-wythe, fabricated with single pair of side
rods and continuous diagonal cross-rods spaced on no more than
16" centers.
4. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. DUR-O-WAlL
b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH
c. lOX-All
d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS
e. HOHMANN and BARNARD, INC.
S. For composite exterior walls with concrete masonry back-up,
fabricate units with additional side rod spaced for embedment in
inside face of back-up wythe.
6. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from plain wire,
uncoated.
7. For use in exterior walls, fabricate from mill galvanized wire
with 0.4 ounce zinc coating complying with ASTM A-II6.
E. Wire Ties
1. Individual Wire Ties:
a. Fabricate from 3/16" cold-drawn steel wire complying with
ASTM A-82 of length required for proper embedment in wythes
of masonry shown, and crimped if used in cavity wall
construction. Ties for cavity wall construction shall be
hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication.
b. For use with hollow masonry units laid with cells vertical,
provide rectangular shaped ties.
c. Where facing and backup joints do not align, provide either
offset or adjustable two-piece ties.
d. For use in interior partition walls, fabricate from steel
wire.
F. Anchoring Devices
1. Anchoring Devices:
a. For anchorage to structural studs, provide two-piece anchors
with 12 gage x 3/4" galvanized anchor strap with 3/8"
offset for attachment to structural studs with a minimum of
two cadmium plated sheet metal screws. Provide rectangular
or vee-shaped 3/16" galvanized wire tie sections with drip
built in, sized to extend within I" of face of masonry.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. DUR-O-WAll
b. SOUTHERN WIRE MESH
c. lOX-All
d. AA WIRE PRODUCTS
e. HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-5
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
G. Anchoring Devices for Masonry:
1. Provide straps, bars, bolts and rods fabricated from not less
than 16 ga. sheet metal or 3/16" diameter rod stock, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Flexible Anchors: Where masonry is shown or specified to be
anchored to structural framework with flexible anchors, provide
two-pi ece anchors whi ch will permi t hori zonta 1 and vert i ca 1
movement of masonry but will provide lateral restraint.
3. For interior work, including devices which extend only into
interior wythes of exterior masonry, fabricate from steel with
mill galvanized or hot dip coating.
4. For devices which extend into exterior wythe, fabricate from
steel with 1.0S oz. hot dip galvanized coating, ASTM AIS3, Class
B2 or from steel with not less than 7 mil copper coating, ASTM
B227, Grade 30 HS.
5. Special Conditions: Provide masonry anchorage and assembly for
breakaway wall construction meeting the requirements of the
Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-55.
H. Dovetail Anchor Slots with Dovetail Anchors:
1. Si ze: 1" wi de x I" deep wi th 5/8" throat.
2. Gage: 24 gage.
3. Finish: Mill galvanized.
4. Product/Manufacturer:
a) AA100/AA WIRE PRODUCTS
b) HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC.
c) 100/HECKMANN BUILDING PRODUCTS
d) STD/TY-WAL PRODUCTS
I. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Flashings for Masonry:
a. Provide dampproofing course at window sills, and elsewhere
as required for concealed flashings.
b. Product Manufacturer:
1) Nervastral 300 (elastomeric sheet) RUBBER AND PLASTICS
COMPOUND CO., INC.
2) Nu-Flex PVC Flashing (Plastic)/SANDElL - 30 mil.
3) Wasco Seal, Bull 209 (PVC) WASCO/30 mil.
2. Flashing:
a. Through-wall plastic flashing:
1) 20 mil NERVASTRAL "Seal-Proof HD".
2) 20 mil lEXSUCO "Concealed Flashing".
3) 20 mil SONNEBORN "Vinly seal"
4) Adhesive recommended by manufacturer.
b. Through wall Copper flashing
1) AFCO PRODUCTS "Cop-A-Bond Duplex", 3 ounces per sq.
foot.
2) YORK MANUFACTURING "Cop-R- Tex Dupl ex", 3 ounces per sq.
foot.
3) Architect approved equivalent. .
c. Reglets to terminate through-wall flashing, PVC SUPERIOR
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CO. "Type A" or equivalent.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-6
SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY
3. Control Joints:
a. Control joints at concrete pilasters or columns for standard
block walls:
1) Extruded solid rubber, ASTM D-2240 durometer of 80.
2) Shear section S/8" thick.
3) Flange S/I6" thick.
4) Control jOint width, 3/8".
b. Control jOints for standard block walls shall be factory
molded rubber with a compressible concave neoprene compound
edge and a durometer hardness of 80.
c. Acceptable manufacturers:
1) DUR-O-WALL
2) AA WIRE PRODUCTS
3) Architect approved equivalent.
4. Compressible Filler for Masonry Block Walls: Closed cell
polyethylene foam (compatible with cold-applied sealants).
Acceptable Product: BURKE CO. "Cellu-Joint".
5. Masonry Cleaner:
a. Masonry cleaner shall be "Sure Clean 101" or "Sure Clean
600" manufactured by PROCESS SOLVENT CO. as recommended by
manufacturer for appropriate masonry units.
6. Concrete Inserts:
a. Malleable iron of type and size shown, not less than 12 gage
steel, hot-dip galvanized, zinc coating according to ASTM
A-I53.
b. Dovetail slots: I" wide, I" deep, 5/8" wide face, 22 gage
galvanized steel.
c. Acceptable Manufacturer.
1) HOHMANN & BARNARD,INC.
7. Concrete masonry lintels, sills, and coping shall be fabricated
from units of load-bearing grade of the size required and of
Architect approved type and design. lintels shall be reinforced
and the cavities containing reinforcement shall be solidly filled
with concrete or grout.
8. Bond Breaker Strips:
a. 15 lb. asphalt roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, or 15
lb. coal tar roofing felt complying with ASTM D227.
2.2 MIXES
A. Mortar Materials:
1. Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270:
a. Portland Cement ASTM C-I50, Type I.
b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-207, Type S.
c. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C-144 except that sand for mortar in
1/4" joints shall pass a No. 16 sieve.
d. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C-404.
e. Water shall be clean and potable.
f. Masonry cement shall not be used for reinforced masonry.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-7
SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY
g. Mortar colors shall consist of inorganic compounds used in
the proportions recommended by the manufacturer, but in no
case exceeding IS% of the weight of the cement, except that
carbon black shall not exceed 3% of the weight of the
cement.
h. Mortar proportions: Based on requirements of ASTM C-270 as
modified by this Section:
Type M or S - Exterior non-load bearing masonry
Type M or S - Interior non-load load-bearing masonry.
i. Mortar proportion for interior concrete block shall be Type
M with 1:1-1/2:4-1/2 relation of Portland:lime:Sand.
j. Mix mortar mechanically for 3 to 5 minutes, apply within 2
hours.
k. Retemper no mortar.
B. Grout for Reinforced Masonry:
1. Grout for reinforced masonry shall conform to ASTM C-476.
2. Strength of grout, determined in accordance with the provisions
of ASTM CIOI9, shall be 3000 psi minimum.
3. Fine grout for use in spaces less than 2" wide.
4. Coarse grout for use in spaces 2" to 4" wide.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Installation and erection shall be in accordance with the more
restrictive provisions of the local building code requirements or
ACI-531-79 except as noted below.
3.2 INSTAllATION
A. Build single wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units,
using units of nominal thickness shown or specified.
B. Build chases and recesses as shown and as required for the work of
other contractors. Provide not less that 8" of masonry between chase
or recess and jamb of openings, and between adjacent chases and
recesses.
C. Cut masonry units with motor driven saw designed to cut masonry with
clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide
pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units
without cutting wherever possible.
D. Wetting:
1. Concrete Block:
a. Wetting units shall not be permitted except when hot and dry
weather exists causing units to be warm to touch, and then
the surface only may be wetted with a light fog spray.
E. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
F. Pattern Bond:
1. Lay interior and exterior concrete masonry units in running bond
pattern with vertical joint in each course centered on units in
HLM 90007.00-5
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-8
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
courses above and below where concealed or covered by other
finish materials.
G. layout walls in advance for accurate spaci ng of surface bond
patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings,
movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than
half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other
locations.
H. Lay up walls plumb and true with courses level, accurately spaced and
coordinated with other work.
I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each
course; do not tooth. Cl ean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet
units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry
units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
J. Built-In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under
this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in
items.
K. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry
units place a layer or metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or
grout into core.
l. Non-Bearing Interior Partition Walls: Build full height of story to
underside of structure above, unless otherwise shown.
M. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joint;
butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into
p1ace~ Do not slush head joints.
N. lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on
hori zonta 1 and vert i ca 1 face shell s; also bed webs in mortar in
starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of
piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities
to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout.
O. Joints:
1. Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required
to maintain bond alignment. If not shown, lay walls with 3/8"
joints.
2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar joints in the masonry walls
are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint
with surface dense and uniform in thickness and texture.
a. Interior joints in concrete block walls shall be concave.
1) Public areas - Standard concave joint.
2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint.
3. Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and
projections in mortar, prior to painting.
4. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or
sealants where shown.
P. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh
mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which
have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units,
clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar.
Q. Filled Cell Masonry:
1. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed
vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-9
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
shall be laid with full face shell mortar beds. Head (end)
joints shall be continuously filled with mortar for a distance
from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of
the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs adjacent to vertical
cores to be filled shall be fully bedded with mortar to prevent
leakage of grout. Bond of masonry units shall be provided by
lapping units in alternate courses or by equivalent mechanical
anchorage when uni ts are 1 aid in stack bond. Mortar fi ns or
other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of
the cell walls. Cells to be filled shall be filled solidly with
grout. Grout shall be poured or pumped in lifts of 8' maximum
height, and shall be consolidated at time of pouring by rodding
or vibrating, followed by reconsolidation later, before
plasticity is lost. When total grout pour is to exceed 8' high,
it shall be done in 4'lifts. When grouting is to be stopped for
one hour or longer between lifts, horizontal construction joints
shall be formed by stopping the pour 1-1/2" below the top of the
upper-most unit.
R. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing:
1. Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing. Fully embed
longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a
minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and 1/2" at other
locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" 'at ends of units.
Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing
except at wall openings. Provide continuity at corners and wall
inter-sections by use of prefabricated "l" and "T" sections. Cut
and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at
returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other
special conditions.
2. Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows, unless
otherwise noted:
a. Interior non-load bearing walls - 24" o.c. vertically.
b. Exterior walls, interior bearing walls 16" o.c.
vertically.
c. Parapets - 8" o.c. vertically unless otherwise shown.
S. Reinforce masonry openings greater than 1'-0" wide, with horizontal
joint reinforcing placed in two horizontal joints approximately 8"
apart both immedi ately above the 1 i ntel and immedi ately below the
sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'-0" beyond jambs of the
opening, bridging control joints where provided.
T. Anchoring Masonry Work:
1. Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and as specified. If
not shown or specified provide standard type for facing and back
involved.
2. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces
such members to comply with the following:
3. Provide an open space not less than 1/2" in width between masonry
and structural members, unless otherwise shown. Keep open space
free of mortar or other rigid materials. .
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-10
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
4. Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in
masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with
flexible tie sections, unless otherwise shown.
S. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 24" o.c. vertically and
36" o.c. horizontally.
U. Lintels and Bond Beams:
1. Install loose lintels of steel and other materials.
2. Provide masonry lintels and bond beams where shown and wherever
openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or
other supporting 1 i nte 1 s. Provi de precast or formed in place
masonry lintels. Thoroughly cure precast lintels before handling
and installation. Temporarily support formed in place lintels.
3. Unless otherwise shown, provide one reinforcing bar for each 4"
wall thickness and a size number not less than the number of feet
of opening width.
4. For hollow masonry unit walls, use specially formed "U" shaped
lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled
with Type M mortar or concrete grout.
5. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb of 8".
6. lintels - Furnish and place precast concrete or concrete masonry
lintels. lintels shall extend at least 8" beyond edge of opening
and shall be firmly bedded at bearings in mortar of the same
quality as used in laying the wall. Rake out bed and end joints
for caulking.
7. Bond Beams - Bond Beams shall cons i st of 1 oad-beari ng units
fi 11 ed wi th concrete or grout and rei nforced. Rei nforcement
shall be continuous except through expansion jOints (control
joints). Where bond beam is not broken at control joint, dummy
control joint shall be formed in the bond beam.
V. Control and Expansion Joints:
1. Provide vertical expansion, control and isolation jOints in
masonry. Build in related masonry accessory items as the masonry
work progresses. Rake out mortar in preparation for application
of sealants. See Section 07900.
2. Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each
joint 4" in direction of flow. Seal joints below grade and at
junctures with horizontal expansion joints, if any.
3. Provide vertical control joints at:
a. 20'-0" maximum spacing for walls 16'-0" high and above.
b. 14'-0" maximum spacing for walls less than 16'-0" high.
c. As indicated on the drawings.
4. Coordinate control and expansion joint locations and requirements
with Section 09200 - LATH AND PLASTER.
W. Flashing of Masonry Work:
1. Provide concealed flashings in masonry work; lap joints 4" and
seal with mastic.
2. Install flashing to comply with manufacturer's instructions, and
recommended practices of Architectural Sheet Metal Manual,
(SMACNA).
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-11
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
3. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related work
where it is to be built into masonry work.
x. Grouting Reinforced Concrete Block Walls:
1. Provide reinforcing bars complying with CONCRETE REINFORCMENT,
Section 03200.
2. Space bars as indicated.
3. Grout voids solid with grout with 28-day compressive strength of
3,000 psi.
4. Do NOT use mortar for grouting.
Y. Sealants: See Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS.
Z. Grouting of Block Cells Below lintels and Beams:
1. Under 5'-0" span - Insert 14 mesh screen approximately 16" below
bearing and grout cells for 16" wide and to bearing. Over S'-O"
span - grout cells for 24" wide from footing to bearing.
2. Grout: 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi.
3.3 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken,
stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units
as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install
in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence or
replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes, except
weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up a joints at
corners, open i ngs and adj acent work to prov i de a neat, un i form
. appearance, properly prepared for application of caulking or sealant
compound.
C. Clean exposed masonry units by dry brushing at the end of each day's
work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings.
3.4 FINISHES
A. Finish exterior masonry surface with elastomeric coating, Section
09830.
B. Finish exterior masonry surface with rigid insulation, lath and
plaster, and elastomeric coating, Sections 07210, 09200 and 09830.
********************
END OF SECTION 04200
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
04200-12
Division 5
Metals
-.1 tN'
DivisionS
..
SECTION OSI80
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Angles and lintels
2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports
3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-I23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
B. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS DI.I -Structural Welding Code.
C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate'locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes
and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing,
and attaching to work of other sections. '
B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection
with the work of this section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
I.' Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed
in connection with work of this section.
B. Standards:
1. Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection
of Structural Steel for Buildings".
2. Comply with AWS DI.I
1.5 TESTING lABORATORY
A. Testing of structural metal framing will be performed by a Testing
Laboratory as indicated in Division One.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05180-1
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel shapes, plates and angles:
requirements of ASTM A-36.
B. Bolts and nuts: Free from rust and conform with requirements of ASTM
A-325.
Free from rust and conform with
C. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-3I, fabricator's standard for shop
application and field touch-up.
D. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-641.
E. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports
1. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a part
of structural steel framework.
2. Fabricate miscellaneous units from structural steel shapes plates and
steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field
connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar
items.
3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete
or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed
after concrete or masonry is in place. .
4. Space Anchors 24" on center and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4"
x 1/4" x 8" steel straps.
5. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports exposed to the exterior
and units cast into the structure.
6. Interior miscellaneous frames and supports: Shop prime painted unless
indicated otherwise.
2.2 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter in accordance
with commercial grade cleaning, SSPC-SP-C.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field
welding is required.
C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
D. Galvanize items to minimum coating thickness in accordance with ASTM A-123,
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for installation.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05180-2
SECTION OS180
MISCEllANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
C. Fabricate items with jOints tightly fitted and secured.
1. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to
site.
D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface. Ease
exposed edges to small uniform radius.
E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Fl ush countersunk screws or bolts,
unobtrusively located, consistent with design of structure, except where
specifically noted otherwise. Subject to Architects review.
F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate
anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal
fabrication.
H. Welding:
1. Weld shop connections.
2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and securely
fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
1. Ho 1 es :
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work specified in
other sections and for bolted connections.
2. Burned holes will not be accepted.
J. Hot dip galvanize steel connecting devices which will be exposed it the
exterior after fabrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Examine installed work and verify that such work is to point where
fabrication and installation of work may proceed.
2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of metal
fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be fabricated
and installed in accordance with Drawings.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B. Painting:
1. Shop prime steel except:
a. Steel to be encased in concrete.
b. Surfaces to be welded.
c. Galvanized steel.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05180-3
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
3.3 ERECTION
A. Erect and install miscellaneous structural steel in accordance with
Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight, plumb and level.
B. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up shop primer coats
using priming paint specified for shop priming and galvanized surfaces.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Erection Inspection and Testing:
1. Visual Inspection of Welds:
a. Field welding: Inspected visually for conformance by a
representative of the testing laboratory.
b. Repair welds found to be non-conforming.
c. Repairs made to defective welds are subjected to re-inspection by
the original method used.
********************
END OF SECTION 05180
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05180-4
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Custom fabri cated metal items for decorative or ut i 1 i tari an
function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including
related clips and plates necessary for attachment.
2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so
that item is ready for field installation and further finishing
by other sections as necessary.
3. Stee 1 shapes and plates for detent ion equ i pment embedded in
precast panels and precast module cells.
4. Elevator divider beams and hoistway sills.
5. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel
B. ASTM A53 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
coated Welded and Seamless.
C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
D. ASTM AIS3 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
E. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
F. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000
psi Tensile Strength.
G. ASTM A325 - Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.
H. ASTM A501 - Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool-Resisting Steel Bars for
Security Applications.
J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resisting Steel Flat Bars and
Shapes for Security Applications.
K. ASTM E985 - Specifications for Permanent Metal Rail ing Systems and
Rails for Buildings.
L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols
M. AWS DI.I - Structural Welding Code
N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council
O. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A, Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities,
materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting,
anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding
performed in connection with work of this section.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05500-1
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Comply with pertinent codes and regulations during installation
of miscellaneous metal fabrications.
2. Comply with recommendations of "Specifications for Design,
Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION.
3. Comply with recommendations of "Code of Welding in Building
Construction of American Welding Society."
4. Comply with recommendations of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
published by SMACNA.
C. Coordinate equipment requirements with equipment support systems.
I.S STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
A. Handrails and Toprai1s:
1. Uniform load of 50 lbs. per lineal foot applied horizontally at
the top of the railing and a simultaneous load of 100 lbs. per
1 ineal foot applied vertically downward at the top of the
guardrail.
2. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied at any point and at any
direction at the top of the guardrail.
B. Guards:
1. Concentrated load of 200 lbs. applied horizontally on a 1 foot
square area at any point in the system including intermediate
rails on other elements serving this purpose.
C. Comply with ASTM E-98S for structural performance based on ASTM E-894
and ASTM E-93S.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Steel tubing shall be new, free from rust and conform with
requirements of ASTM A-SOl.
B. Steel plate shall be new, free from rust and conform with requirements
of ASTM A-36.
C. Bolts and nuts shall be new, free from rust and conform with require-
ments of ASTM A-307. Hot-dip galvanize for exterior applications to
comply with ASTM A-I53.
D. Cast iron shall be new, free from rust, suitable for intended use and
conforming to ASTM A-48.
E. Aluminum shall be ALCOA or KAISER, specifications applicable and
suitable for intended use.
F. Primer: Federal Specification TT-P-3I, fabricator's standard for shop
application and field touch-up.
G. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification
TT -P-641.
2.2 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Iron Pipe Handrails:
1. Provide 1-1/2" (iron pipe standard) schedule 40 pipe handrails,
galvanized. Verticals: installed as detailed.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05500-2
SECTION 05S00
METAL FABRICATIONS
a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe,
fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal
components. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, color
as selected by Architect.
b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory
primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9-
PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect.
2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory
prime painted. Field finish paint.
3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length,
set to expansion bolts.
B. Steel ladders:
1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized
with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING.
C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating:
1. Treads: style IR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS Co.
or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4"
spaced 1" apart wi th cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with
abrasive nosings.
2. Grating: style IR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS
CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x
1/4" spaced I" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center.
3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-I23 with finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect.
D. Elevator hoistway divider beams, prime paint finish.
E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage
to' steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fasteners. Field paint. .
F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings:
1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metals.
2. Provide grille of 3/8" x I" steel bars at 6" o.c. fastened with
torx-with-peg tamper resistant screws.
3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629.
4. Prime paint
5. Field finish paint - Section 09900.
G. Metal deflector shields at interior of elevator hoistway for
projections exceeding 2".
1. Coordinate with Section 14240 - Hydraulic Elevator requirements.
2. Provide minimum of 20 gage metal deflectors, stiffeners and
fasteners.
2.3 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to
finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where
field welding is required. .
C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A-386.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05500-3
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings
and referenced standards.
C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for
installation.
D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to
site.
F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface.
Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts;
unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except
where specifically noted otherwise.
H. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications.
Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish
as metal fabrication, except where speCifically noted otherwise.
J . We 1 ding:
1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections.
2. Make joints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and
securely fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
K. Holes:
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other
trades and for bolted connections.
2.' Burned h01es will not be accepted.
L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
inmate tampering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other
trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication
and installation of work of this Section may proceed.
2. Make field measurements to ensure proper and adequate fit of
metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be
fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original
design and Shop Drawings.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B. Painting:
1. Shop prime steel except:
a. Steel to be encased in concrete.
b. Surfaces to be welded.
c. Galvanized steel.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05500-4
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
3.3 ERECTION
A. Coordinate installation schedule with schedules of other trades to
ensure orderly and timely progress of work.
B. Erect and install metal fabrications in strict accordance with
drawings, Shop Drawings, and referenced standards, aligned, straight,
plumb and level.
C. After erection and installation are complete, touch-up all shop
primary coats using priming paint specified for shop priming.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surfaces: Refer to Section
09900 - PAINTING.
B. Aluminum embedded in or contacting concrete shall be given a
protective coating of bituminous paint.
********************
END OF SECTION 05500
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05500-5
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
1. Steel pan type stairs and landings with handrails, plates, angles
post, anchors, and welds for securing to building structure.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Accessibility Requirements Manual - Florida Board of Building Codes
and Standards.
B. ANSI AII7.1 - Buildings and Facilities - Providing Accessibility and
Usability for Physically Handicapped People.
C. ASTM A36/A: Specifications for Structural Steel
D. ASTM A53 - Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated Welded and Seamless.
E. ASTM AI53: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
F. ASTM A-202: Specification for Metal Bar Grating Manual for Steel and
Aluminum Gratings and Stair Treads.
G. ASTM A283/A - SpeCifications for low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
H. ASTM A307 - SpeCifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000
psi Tensile Strength.
1. ASTM A325 - Specifications for High-Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
J. ASTM A-386: SpeCification for Zinc-Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled
Steel Products. .
K. ASTM A-446/A: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
L. ASTM A-500: Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.
M. ASTM A-SOl: Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
N. AWS DI.I - Specification for Structural Welding Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings indicating construction details, sizes of metal
sections, thicknesses of metals, profiles, attachments, dimensions and
field joints, method of support from structure, work be built-in or
prOVided by other sections and finishes.
1. Indicate welded connections, both shop and field, using standard
AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
2. Design structural support framing components under direct
supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of
this work and registered in the State of Florida.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel shapes and plates shall meet requirements of ASTM A-36.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05510-1
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM
A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish.
C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type.
D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded,
conforming to AWS Dl.I.
E. Pa i nt pri mer shall be standard factory pri mer. Fin ish paint i ng by
Division 9 - PAINTING.
F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier-free design. Provide WOOSTER
PRODUCTS 'WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration
shown on the Drawings.
C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a
lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without
permanent set or damage.
D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily
handled through building openings.
E. Accurate 1 y form and fi t components and connect ions. Gri nd exposed
edges and welds smooth and flush.
F. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs,
landings and railings to each other and to building structure.
G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter
prior to pr,ime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying
priming material.
H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or
cast in concrete.
1. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
inmate tampering.
3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS)
A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction.
B. Fabricate stairs with open risers of pan construction security areas.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects
detrimental to appearance and performance.
B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for
connecting stairs to the structure.
C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related
work to ensure no interruption in installation.
D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of
other sect ions. Do not perform other add it i ona 1 cut t i ng without
review by the Architect.
E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding.
Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush
countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically
fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05510-2
SECTION 05510 METAL STAIRS
3.4 PAINTING
A. Finish painting of exposed to view steel surface: Refer to Section
09900 - PAINTING.
********************
END OF SECTION 05510
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05510-3
SECTION 05810
EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
I.i SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fire Barrier Systems
2. Exterior Deck Assemblies
B. Related Sections
1. Roof Expansion Joints: 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Provide fully dimensioned shop drawings for each different
item, identifying size, shape, material, finish installation
methods and relation to adjacent materials.
B. Certification
1. Provide certification from Architect approved testing agency that
fire barrier systems meet or exceed the fire rating requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Expansion Joints and Covers:
1. Provide expansion joint covers in finished floors, walls and
ceilings as indicated below.
2. Provide accessories, fittings, fasteners and related devices
required to make a complete installation.
3. Special Conditions: Provide torx-with-peg type tamper
resistant fasteners at inmate accessible spaces. Expansion
joint assemblies to be secure and tight fitting.
4. Provide stainless steel (SS) assemblies for exterior
locations.
5. Colors and finishes will be selected by the Architect.
6. Acceptable products:
a.
Water Fire
2" Joint Barrier Barrier
Floor (Concrete):
MM SYSTEMS ASF Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJP Yes
Floor (Carpet/Tile):
MM SYSTEMS ASD Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJP Yes
Exterior Floor:
MM SYSTEMS SSB Yes Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJP (SS) Yes Yes
b.
c.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05810-1
SECTION 05810
EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ASSEMBLIES
Water Fire
2" Joint Barrier Barrier
d. Wall (Masonry):
MM SYSTEMS SSC Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SFW (SS) Yes
e. Corner-Wall/Floor
(Concrete):
MM SYSTEMS ASH Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP Yes
f. Corner-Wall/Floor
(Carpet/Tile) :
MM SYSTEMS ASDE Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP Yes
g. Exterior Corner-Wall/Floor:
MM SYSTEMS SSFE Yes Yes
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES SJWP (SS) Yes Yes
B. Water Barrier
1. Provide manufacturers dr~inage system, accessories and
attachments for collecting moisture or condensation.
C . Fire
1. Provide fire barriers with certified tested assemblies meeting or
exceeding the code requirements.
2. Acceptable Products:
a. MM SYSTEMS "Pyroflex 2000"
b. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES "FB-83"
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install expansion joint covers, fire barriers and water barriers at
proper locations and elevations, plumb, level, in alignment and not
distorted by fastenings; in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and
manufacturer's directions.
1. Connect and seal water barrier channels to divert collected
moisture out of building.
B. Coordinate installation with other trades as applicable so items fit
and function as intended.
C. Isolate aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals, masonry,
concrete, plaster or mortar with two coats of zinc chromate paint or
non-conductive tape.
********************
END OF SECTION 05810
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
05810-2
Division 6
\NDod ... Plastics
1-1 tN'
Division 6
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rough carpentry
a. Wood blocking, furring, grounds, curbs, nailers and other
rough wood items.
b. Exterior plywood and rough plywood used in concealed or
semi-concealed areas.
c. Rough hardware.
1. 2 REFERENCES
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with PS-20 and with applicable rules of the
respective grading and inspecting agencies for species and products
indicated.
B. Plywood Product Standards: Comply with PS-l (ANSI AI99.1) or
applicable APA Performance Standard for type of panel indicated.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Grading
1. Moisture content shall not exceed 19%. Materials with a nominal
thickness of 3" or less shall be kiln dried. lumber shall be new
S4S unless noted otherwise, sound, seasoned and free from warp
that can not be corrected in process of nailing or bridging.
2. Grade and trademark shall be required on each piece of ~umber or
on each bundle in bundled stock, unless shipment is accompanied
by certificate of inspection issued by grading organization.
B. Performance Requirements
1. Preservative Treatment
a. Pressure treated wood shall be treated by pressure methods
and so marked in accordance with the American Wood
Preservers Bureau Standards (AWPB).
b. Treatment shall be in accordance with AWPI Standard LP-2.
c. Wood treated with water-borne preservatives shall be
air-dried or kiln-dried to the moisture content specified
for lumber and marked with the word "DRY".
d. Treated wood which is field cut shall be brush-coated with
the preservative used in the original treatment.
2. Fire-Retardant Treatment
a. lumber and plywood shall be fire retardant treated with UL
rating FR-S, with a surface burning characteristics rating
of 25 or less for flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke
developed and shall show no sign of progressive combustion
when tested for a full 30 minutes duration under the
standard test method for surface burning characteristics of
buildi ng materi al s. All pi eces of fi re retardant treated
lumber and plywood shall bear an Underwriter's Laboratory UL
1 abe 1 .
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
06100-1
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
1. Preservative treated wood: Submit certification that moisture
content was reduced to 19% maximum, after treatment.
2. Fire-retardant treatment: Submit certification by treating plant
that materials comply with governing ordinances and will not
bleed through finished surfaces. ,Submit certification from
product manufacturers that material will not degrade prematurely
when exposed to high temperatures and moisture, and that products
are acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Immediately upon delivery to job site, place materials in area
protected from weather.
B. Store materials above ground and cover.
C. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp portions of building.
D. Protect fire-retardant materials against high humidity and moisture
during storage and erection.
E. Protect sheet materials from corners breaking and damaging surfaces,
while unloading.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as
required to accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers,
blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow proper attachment of
other work. .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURES
A. Acceptable wood product if incompliance with the above:
1. KOPPERS "Dri con"
2. OSMOSE WOOD PRESERVING CO. OF AMERICA "Flame Proof lHC"
3. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Lumber - General:
1. Factory-mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill, and
grading agency, except omit marking from surfaces to be exposed
without fi n ish.
2. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail
dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS-20, for
moisture content specified for each use.
a. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at
time of dressing.
B. Rough Hardware:
1. Anchor bolts shall be steel, size as indicated, complete with
nuts and washers.
HlM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
06100-2
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
2. lag bolts and miscellaneous bolts and screws shall be type, size
and finish best suited for intended use.
3. Expansion shields shall be type and size best suited for intended
use.
4. Nails and staples shall be size and type best suited for the
purpose, in accordance with Federal Specification FF-N-I0S when
applicable to type used.
S. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground
contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide
fasteners and anchorages with a hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM
AI53).
C. Wood:
1. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, ad
as follows:
a. Moisture Content: 19% maximum for lumber items not specified
to receive wood preservative treatment.
b. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any
species or board size lumber as required. Provide
construction grade boards (WClB) or No. 2 boards (SPIB or
WWPA) .
2. Blocking, grounds, nailing strips, sleepers, cant strips,
nailers, roof opening curbs, and other non-stress graded members
shall conform to the "National Grading Rule for Dimension lumber"
established in conformance with Section 10, Product Standard PS
20.
3. Blocking, grounds nailing strips, sleepers and nailers shall be
Douglas Fir, Utility Grade per WClB No. 16.
4. Wood in contact with exterior concrete, exposed exterior wood,
exterior masonry, or wood embedded in concrete shall be lumber
treated with pressure preservative meeting AWPB lP-2.
5. All wood blocking used within the building envelope shall be fire
retardant treated.
D. Plywood:
1. In structural applications, plywood shall meet or exceed require-
ments of "Plywood Specification Guide" publ ished by AMERICAN
PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA).
2. Each panel of construction plywood shall be identified with the
appropriate grade-trademark of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION
and shall meet the requirements of Product Standard PSI-74, Group
1.
3. All plywood which has any edge or surface permanently exposed the
weather shall be exterior type.
4. Grade and Group Or Identification Index shall be in accordance
with recommendations of the AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION for the
intended use.
S. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone
equipment, provide fire-retardant treated plywood panels with
grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in
thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less
than 1/2".
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
06100-3
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAllATION
A. General:
1. Members shall be closely fitted, accurately set to required lines
and levels and rigidly secured in place.
2. Install fire retardant treated wood blocking and grounds in
partitions and ceilings for the attachment and support of
casework, millwork or other wall and ceiling hung items.
3. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality
of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work
with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
B. Method of Fastening:
1. Fasten carpentry items to building construction as required by
recognized standards to provide a secure, permanent installation.
Where fastening spacings or sizes are not shown, use spacings and
sizes of bolts, screws, and nails which exceed the strength of
members being fastened. Failure due to over-stressing must occur
in the members before occurring in the fastenings.
2. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings, fastenings shall be as
follows:
a. Anchor bolts and bolts: 1/2" diameter extended 8" into
concrete, with nut and washer and opposite end bent 2".
b. Fastenings to concrete shall be metal and of type and
spacing to suit conditions. Spacing generally will be 16"
on center. Expansion shields, metal plugs, inserts or
similar fastenings may be used. Unless specifically shown,
wood plugs or nailing block shall not be used. Powder
cartridge driven units may not be used on structural members
without prior review. Provide nails, spikes, screws, straps
and similar items of suitable type and sizes to attach and
hold members securely in place as may be necessary.
c. Furnish to other sections anchor bolts, inserts, and other
attachment devices required for securing wood or other
material of this Section to concrete, steel or material of
other Sections. Contractor shall locate devices.
d. Fastenings to steel studs shall be by wire tying, by bolts
and washers, or other reviewed method providing solid and
adequate anchorage.
e. Nailing shall be as required to assemble and secure wood
construction.
f. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill
holes.
3. Wood Grounds, Nailers, Blocking, and Sleepers:
a. Provide wherever shown and where required for screeding or
attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut
as required for true line and level of work to be attached.
Coordinate location with other work involved.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
06100-4
n 1
SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
b. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading.
Counters ink bolts and nuts fl ush wi th surfaces, unless
otherwise shown. Build into masonry during installation of
masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before
concrete placement
c. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated,
key-bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2" wide and of
thickness required to bring face of ground to exact
thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary
grounds when no longer required~
********************
END OF SECTION 06100
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
06100-5
Division 7
Thermal & Moisture Protection
1-1 ltJI
Division 7
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Work of this Section
1. Extent of each type of sheet waterproofing work is defined to
include all sheet materials applied with sealed joints and
flashings as needed to form concealed waterproof membranes.
2. Types of sheet waterproofing specified in this section include
the following:
a. Bituminous/polyethylene sheet waterproofing.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. CI77 - Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and
Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate
Apparatus.
2. DI46 - Methods of Sampling and Testing Bitumen-Saturated Felts
and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing.
3. D412 - Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension.
4. D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.
5. D882 - Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
6. E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
7. EI54 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact
with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Obtain primary waterproofing materials of each type
required from a single manufacturer, to greatest extent possible.
Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Installer: Firm with not less than 3 years of successful experience in
installation of waterproofing sheets similar to requirements for this
project and which is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of
primary waterproofing materials.
C. As applicable, assign work closely associated with waterproofing,
including (but not limited to) vapor barriers, insulation (except for
cementitious cast-in-place type), metal f1ashing and counter flashing,
expansion joints, and joint sealers, to installer of sheet water-
proofing, for individual responsibility.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit specifications, installation instructions, and
general recommendations from waterproofing materials manufacturer, for
types, of waterproofing required. Include data for each material,
substantiating that materials comply with requirements.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Substrate: Proceed with work of this section only after substrate
construction, openings, and penetrating work have been completed.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07115-1
SECTION 07115
SHEET WATERPROOFING
B. Weather: Proceed with waterproofing and associated work only when
exi st i ng and forecasted weather conditions wi 11 permi t work to be
performed in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and warranty
requirements.
1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and manu-
facturer of primary waterproofing materials, agreeing to
replace/repair defective materials and workmanship, including
significant leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration of
materials, and other failures of sheet waterproofing to perform as
required within warranty period. Warranty includes responsibility for
removal and replacement of other work which conceals sheet
waterproofing. During warranty period, repairs and replacements
requi red because of acts of God and other events beyond
Contractor's/Installer's/Manufacturer's control (and which exceed
performance requirements) shall be completed by Contractor/Installer
and paid for by Owner at prevailing rates.
B. Warranty period is 5 years after date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide sheet waterproofing materials recognized to be of
generic type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated
performances, or provide other similar materials certified in writing
to be equal-to-or-better than specified in every significant respect,
and acceptable to Architect.
B. Rubberi zed Asphalt Sheet Waterproofi ng: Self - adheri ng membrane of
rubberized asphalt integrally bonded to polyethylene sheeting, formed
into uniform flexible sheets of thickness shown, or not less than 56
mils if no thickness is shown, in widths of not less than 36",and
complying with the following:
1. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 250 psi min.
2. Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D412): 300% min.
3. Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D746): -250F.
4. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: 7S feet min.
5. Water Absorption (ASTM D570): Not More than 0.5% weight gain for
48 hours of immersion at 70.F.
6. Products/Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. Bituthene 4000 System; W.R. GRACE & CO.
b. Polyguard No. 650; POlYGUARD PRODUCTS, INC.
c. Plastiwrap; PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC.
C. Miscellaneous Materials:
1. Adhesives: Provide types of adhesive compound and tapes
recommended by waterproofing sheet manufacturer, for bonding to
substrate (i f requi red), for waterproof seal i ng of seams in
membrane, and for waterproof sealing of joints between membrane
and flashings, adjoining surfaces and projections through
membrane.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07115-2
SECTION 071IS
SHEET WATERPROOFING
2. Primers: Provide type of concrete primer recommended by manu-
facturer of sheet waterproofing material for applications
required.
K. Coatings: Provide type of coating (if any) recommended by water
proofing sheet manufacturer, for improvement of weathering resistance
on exposed areas of membrane, including areas extended as flashing (if
any). Provide black coating except as otherwise indicated.
L. Flashing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, prOVide types of
flexible sheet material recommended by waterproofing sheet
manufacturer for flashing.
M. Protection Course: Where shown, provide type recommended by water-
proofing sheet manufacturer, unless another type is indicated include
adhesives recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which water-
proofing work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing
of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation of waterproofing and associated work, meet at
project site with Installer of each component of associated work,
inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), and installers
of work requiring coordination with waterproofing work, for purpose of
reviewing materials selections and procedures to be followed in
performing work.
B. On concrete decks, immediately before placement of waterproofing
sheet, grind surface lightly with terrazzo grinder or similar device,
to ensure removal of projections which might penetrate sheet. Clean
deck of loose material.
C. Apply primer to concrete and masonry surfaces at rate recommended
manufacturer of primary waterproofi ng materi al s. Prime only area
which will be covered by WP membrane in same working day; reprice
areas not covered by WP metnbrane within 24 hours.
D. Do not advance laying of insulation ahead of waterproofing more than
necessary for sequence of operation. Cover insulation exposed at end
of day's work (and when rain threatens) with waterproofing materials.
Remove and dispose of insulation which has become wet; replace before
proceeding with insulating and waterproofing work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for handling and installation
of sheet waterproofing materials, except where more stringent require-
ments are shown.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07115-3
SECTION 0711S
SHEET WATERPROOFING
B. Coordinate installation of waterproofing materials and associated work
to provide complete system complying with combined recommendations of
manufactures and installers involved in work. Schedule installation
to minimize period of exposure of sheet waterproofing materials.
C. Extend waterproofing sheet and flashings as shown to provide complete
membrane over area indicated to be waterproofed. Seal to projections
through membrane and seal seams. Bond to vertical surfaces and also,
where shown or recommended by manufacturer, bond to horizontal
surfaces.
D. Coat exposed areas of sheet and flashing materials. Comply with sheet
manufacturer's recommendations for application and cure of coating.
E. Install protection course of type indicated over completed membrane,
complying with manufacturer's recommendations for both waterproofing
sheet and protection course materials.
3.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. It is required that waterproof membranes be watertight and not
deteriorate in excess of limitations published by manufacturer.
1. In-place testing: Before completed membranes on horizontal
surfaces are covered by protection course or other work, test for
leaks with 2" depth of water maintained for 24 hours. Repair any
leaks revealed by examination of substructure and repeat test
until no leakage is observed.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Institute all required procedures for protection of completed membrane
during installation of work over membrane and throughout remainder of
construction period. Do not allow traffic of any type on unprotected
membrane.
********************
END OF SECTION 07115
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07115-4
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for
a complete installation for:
1. Rigid board insulation
2. Fire safing insulation.
3. Bonding adhesives.
4. Fire/Smoke Stop System
B. Provide materials only for installation as specified in other
Sections.
1. Rigid insulation for exterior plaster wall finish.
2. Rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel.
3. Rigid insulation for precast concrete modular cell.
4. Rigid insulation for cast-in-place concrete block-outs.
5. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service
walk-in units.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
2. Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product 1 iterature and
installation instructions for each type of insulation material
required.
B. Certified Test Reports: With product data, submit copies of certified
test reports showi ng comp 1 i ance with speci fi ed performance values
including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities,
compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar
properties.
C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies
with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing
agency and test number, for materials which are a part of a rated
assembly.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Use means necessary to protect materi a 1 s of th is sect i on before,
duri ng, and after i nsta 11 at i on and to protect i nsta 11 ed work and
materials of other trades.
B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements
necessary at no additional cost to Owner.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which
are i dent i ca 1 to those whose fi re performance characteri st i cs and
acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of
which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per
methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07210-1
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling
assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required,
provide 'insulation types which have been fire-tested under
simulated field conditions and ASTM E-II9 time-temperature fire
exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section,
provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi-
cation as approved by Ul or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".
C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM EII9, "Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Insulation:
1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of I"
thickness at 5.0 (at 75.F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40.F.).
Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water
absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 75.F. shall
not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C
S78, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke
developed of 16S. Products if in compliance with above:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular"
B. Rigid Insulation for Precast Concrete Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell:
1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre-drilled
extruded polystyrene; R-value of 5.0 per I" thickness (at 75.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, Type
IV.
C. Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions:
1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam
insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to
comply with ASTM D-I62I; R-value of 5.0 per I" thickness (at 750
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type
VIr.
D. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape:
1. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for joining rigid insulation
boards and maintaining vapor barrier.
2. Properties:
a. Thickness: 2.1 mils
b. Adhesion: 30 oZ/inch of width
c. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width
d. Elongation: 110%
e. Temperature Range: -40 to +250.F.
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07210-2
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
3. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. CAN-DO INC. "Product No. 132."
E. Spray Applied Insulation:
1. Refer to Section 072IS - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three.
F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment for perimeter
locations and at penetrations of rated wall assemblies (comply with
ASTM C665):
1. USG "Thermafiber"
2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber"
3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation"
G. Fire/Smoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part
fire tested system to maintain the integrity of fire rating
requirements at floor slab perimeter. Comply with manufacturer
recommendations for installation. Provide all required components for
a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System",
with "Thermafiber" Smoke-Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall
Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as
an integral part of the Fire/Smoke Stop System.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A., Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of
other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this
installation may properly commence.
B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface
of work of other trades with work of this section.
E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of
installation in each case.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a
uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material
detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured-in-place or precast
concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed
by chipping or grinding.
B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and
pri nted product 1 i terature. Adhes i ves shall not be app 1 i ed when
temperature is below 40 degrees F.
C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely
butted layout, with staggered vertical joints.
D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall be packed tightly and retained around
all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks,
walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover
with topping similar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be .
HlM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07210-3
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
provided at all perimeter locations to completely seal floors and
walls to fire rating requirements. Installation mechanically attached
(with safing clips or wire support brackets, unless shown otherwise),
per manufacturer recommendations.
E. Seal all joints in vapor barriers with tape as recommended by
insulation manufacturer. Seal all joints caused by pipes, conduits
and similar items penetrating vapor barriers with aluminized type of
tape recommended by the vapor barri er manufacturer to create an
airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair
all tears or punctures in vapor barriers immediately before
concealment by other work.
F. Comply with manufacturer recommendations for installation of
smoke-stop sealant system (Fire/Smoke Stop System), at all
slab/perimeter locations.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather
exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible by non
delayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not
possible, by temporary covering or enclosure.
********************
END OF SECTION 07210
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07210-4
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces.
2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System.
a. Walkway treads.
b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated.
3. Roof expansion joints.
4. Install prefabricated curbs.
S. Copings, flashings, and scuppers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roof Assemblies.
B. ASTM C177 - Test Method for Steady-State thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
C. ASTM CS78 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
D. ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.
E. ASTM D412 - Rubber Properties in Tension.
F. ASTM D746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomeric
by Impact.
G. ASTM D624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance.
H. ASTM D822 - Practice for Ope rat i ng Li ght and Water- Exposure
Apparatus (Carbon-Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, lacquer,
and Related Products.
I. ASTM DI004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and
Sheeting.
J. ASTM D2240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness.
K. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
L. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly
Classifications.
M. Nat.ional Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual.
N. SPRI - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing
Systems.
O. Underwriters laboratories (Ul) - Fire Hazard Classifications.
1.3 TESTING AGENCY
A. Testing is to be performed as indicated in Division 1. Provide free
access to work and cooperate with appointed firm.
B. Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance
with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request
that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to
ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred.
C.Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay
for costs incurred.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information:
1. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions
and descriptive information for new areas.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-1
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
2. Flashing details/curb flashing details. Show all conditions.
(Drawings that consist only of manufacturer standard details are
not acceptable.)
3. Expansion joint details.
4. Venting details
B. Provide samples at the job site for review of the following:
1. Walkway tread sample.
C. Provide manufacturer written certification that the selected system
complies with ANSI A58.I, latest edition of "Minimum Design Loads for
Buildings 'and Other Structures" design pressures based on wind
velocities, and that the system has been tested at a recognized
laboratory, (Ul, FM or other acceptable to Authority having
Jurisdiction).
D. Manufacturer's Review: Before delivering roofing materials to project
site, submit written statement signed by Contractor and roofing
Subcontractor stating that the drawings and specifications have been
reviewed with a qualified representative of the roofing materials
manufacturer, and that he is in agreement that the selected materials,
detai 15, and system for roofing are proper and adequate for the
application shown. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of
statement has been distributed to the manufacturer, and review
approval by manufacturer has been presented at the pre-appl ication
roofing conference. Submit manufacturer's written approval of
Installer.
E. Prior to materials' being delivered to jobsite, submit:
1. Copy of Intent to Warrant, signed and dated.
2. Copy of Roof Guarantee for Architect's and Owner review.
3. Provide installer and manufacturer qualifications for Owner
review.
F. At completion of roofing work, submit written certification statement
signed by the roofing manufacturer and installer's field supervisor,
that all components of the roofing system have been installed to
manufacturers printed instructions and that all materials and
installation are proper for work intended.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single ply roofing system shall be applied only by factory trained and
approved roofing contractor familiar with the product and in strict
compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. The roofing manufacturer shall be a firm with a minimum of five years
experience in the production of roofing materials.
c. The roofing installer shall be a firm with minimum of five years of
specialized experience with installation of roofing work indicated and
specified, and have written approval of the manufacturer as an
approved Installer.
D. The insulation shall be compatible with and approved by the manu-
facturer of the roofing system. All components of the roofing system,
including but not limited to membrane flashings, mastics, caulks,
sealants, venting, and fasteners shall be approved by membrane roofing
manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-2
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
E. Comply with applicable code requirements for Ul Class "A" rating, with
wind uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with
1-90 wind uplift resistance requirements.
1. Tested per FM Standard 4470.
a. Ul Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60.
F. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type
roofing, or FM Class I.
G. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate
venting details with other section requirements.
1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane
manufacturer.
H. Comply with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual
recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations.
I. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but
not limited to) flashing, counter-flashing, and expansion joints and
joint sealers to installer of single ply roofing.
J. Coordinate work and material requirements with Division Sand 7.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of
roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate
construction (decks), and other work adjoining roof system including
penetrating work and roof-top units, Architect, Owner,' and'
representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance
of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test
agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals,
status of coordinating work, availability of materials and
installation facilities and establish preliminary testing,
certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations,
insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record
discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of
significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each
part i c i pant. Di scuss roofi ng system protect ion requi rements for
construction period extending beyond roofing installation.
B. Pre-Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to
scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work,
meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of
associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to
receive roofing work, installers of roof-top units, and other work in
and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work
(including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system
manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly
concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable)
Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record
(Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements
(or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party
attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work.
c. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather
elements.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-3
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Provide the Owner with a manufacturers "no dollar limit" ten year
limited warranty as follows:
1. The manufacturer of the roofing membrane shall warrant to the
Owner for a period of ten years that the manufacturer's roofing
system as installed on the building shall be free from defects in
materials supplied by the manufacturer and free from defects in
workmanship by the roofing installer.
2. Duri ng the term of this ,warranty the manufacturer shall have
access to the roof for inspection during normal business hours.
3. The Owner shall obtain the manufacturer's written approval before
making alterations of the roof or installing structures, fixtures
or utilities on or through the roof.
4. The Owner will provide the manufacturer with written notification
of defects or leaks in the roof and claims under the warranty
within 30 days of the discovery of the defect or leak.
B. Provi de Owner wi th a two year warranty on materi a 1 sand 1 abor for
metal coping, flashing and scuppers.
C. Warranty costs shall not exceed the cost of the ori g i na 1 roof
installation (including roofing membrane, and flashing).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) Manufacturers/
Products:
1. GOODYEAR TIRE & RUBBER CO./"Versigard" Roof System:
a. Fully adhered single ply system, EPDM.
b. 60 mil thick membrane, white color.
c. Comply with FM Class I, 1-90 wind uplift resistance.
d. Manufacturer "Insta-Seam" factory applied heat-sealable
adhesive.
2. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS
3. CARLISLE SYNTEC SYSTEMS
4. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Fasteners:
1. Screws, nails and fastening accessories for fastening metals
shall be corrosion-resistant:
a. For coated steel: plastic coated or stainless steel.
b. For galvanized steel: galvanized or cadmium plated.
2. Fasteni ng accessori es for concrete decks shall be corros i on-
resistant, carbon steel, designed to attach membranes to
structural concrete decks.
3. Fastening patterns shall be as approved by the membrane
manufacturer.
C. Wa 1 kway Treads : Shall be compat i b 1 e with roofi ng manufacturer.
Installation per membrane manufacturer instructions. Secure walkway
treads per manufacturer instructions. Provide padding underlayment, if
required by roofing manufacturer.
HlM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-4
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
D. Elastic Expansion Joints:
.1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard units of size and type
indicated, complete with prefabricated corner and intersection
units and splicing materials; with elastic sheet flashing
forming the primary joint membrane, in a supported bellows
arrangement to be secured to both sides of expansion joints; with
bellows insulated from below with adhesively applied, flexible
closed-cell rubber or plastic not less than 3/8" thick.
a. Type: Plain sheet or encapsulated metal flanged edges, for
embedment in other construction or mechanically fastening to
substrates, 8" minimum flange width.
E. Sheet Metal Flashing/Copings/Scuppers
1. Material/Finishes
a. Exterior sheet metal flashing, copings, scuppers and trim
exposed to view shall be 24 gauge, (G-90) galvanized steel,
primed both sides and finishes on exterior side with PPG
Duranar 200 with KYNAR 500 (ATOCHEM), f1 uoropo 1 mer coatings,
in color as selected by Architect.
1) Provide continuous hold-down clips and anchor cleats
for coping.
2) For copings: Provide pre-finished and pre-formed
corners for all exteri or and i nteri or corner
applications.
b. Approved Product:
a. "Co10rk1ad" VINCENT BRASS '& ALUMINUM CO., Minneapo1 is,
MN.
b. Architect approved equivalent.
2. Fasteners:
1. Screws, nails, and fastening accessories for fastening
metals shall be non-corrosive types and compatible with
adjacent surfaces: galvanized or cadmium plated.
F. Others
1. Provide associated products necessary for a complete roof
assembly.
a) Uncured flashing membrane: 60 mil EPDM; White.
b) Adhesives, primers, sealants and pourable sealers.
c) Wood Nailers: Pressure treated, grade #2 or better.
2.2 FABRICATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. SMACNA and NRCA Deta 11 s: Conform work with app 1 i cab 1 e fabri cat ion
requirements of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Comply
with installation details of "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" by
NRCA and as recommended by roofing manufacturer.
B. Verify dimensions and take necessary field measurements before
fabrication.
C. Fabricate sheet metal items and copings in maximum lengths and hold
joints to a minimum.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-5
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to installation of materials of this Section, carefully examine
i nsta 11 ed work of other trades and veri fy that all such work is
complete to the point where this installation may begin. Verify that
substrates are acceptable for work of this section to begin.
B. Verify that drains, sleeves, curbs, and vents which pass through
surfaces to receive roofing are rigidly installed.
C. Veri fy that surfaces are free of cracks, depress ions, waves, or
projections which may be detrimental to successful installation.
Remove foreign materials.
D. Discrepancies:
1. In event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Architect.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until
all such discrepancies have been resolved.
3. Starting work of this Section means acceptance of substrate and
site conditions.
E. Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing work only when weather
conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommended
limitations and the work can proceed in accordance with the
requirements.
1. Substrates shall be completely cured and free of all moisture
detrimental to the placing of roofi~g. Drying required due to
wetting of substrate by inclement weather and/or adjacent wet
construction shall be in accordance with roofing manufacturer's
instructions.
2. Placing of roofing shall constitute acceptance of substrate
conditions by the installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Roofing Membrane:
1. Install roofing membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Walkway Treads
1. Install walkway treads in locations around mechanical units,
fans, roof accessways, spaced 6" apart.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. Surfaces to which sheet metal is applied shall be level, clean, dry,
and free from defects which would distort the metal.
B. Sheet metal and copings exposed to weather shall be watertight with
provision for expansion and contraction at 8'-0" on center.
C. Isolate metals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using
bituminous coatings or other means of permanent separation to prevent
electrolytic corrosion.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-6
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
3.4 CLEANING OF COPINGS AND FLASHING
A. Following complete installation, wash sheet metal with non-alkali soap
and water solution followed by clear rinse.
********************
END OF SECTION 07530
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07530-]-
SECTION 07720
ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Roof Scuttles.
B. Roof curbs
C. Re 1 ated mi sce 11 aneous materi a"l sand accessori es necessary to the
completion of the above items.
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Provide fully dimensioned Shop Drawings for each different item,
identifying size, shape, material, finish installation methods
and relation to adjacent materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Roof Scuttles:
1. Provide BILCO type S-20, for vertical ladder access; or
Architect-approved equivalent. Factory-primed; finish painting:
Refer to Section 09900 - PAINTING.
B. Roof Curbs:
1. Prefabri cated i nsu1 ated , IS gage gal vani zed metal, factory
i nsta 11 ed pressure treated wood na 11 er, integral base plAte,
continuous mitered and welded inside and outside corner sections;
and sloping end sections.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. CUSTOM CURB, INC.
b. PATE COMPANY
c. THYCURB COMPANY
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Surfaces to which accessories are to be applied shall be level, plumb,
smooth, clean and dry and free from defects which would distort the
unit bases. Sheet metal exposed to weather shall be watertight with
provisions for expansion and contraction.
B. Provide miscellaneous sheet metal closers, trim strips, angles,
flashings and counterf1ashings as required to make a complete, proper
watertight and functioning installation.
********************
END OF SECTION 07720
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07720-1
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparing of substrate surface.
2. Sealants and joint backing.
a. Expansion joints between structural members.
b. Joints between metal frames and adjacent materials.
c. Joints between dissimilar materials.
d. Open joints where materials or workmanship does not allow a
neat, finished waterproof condition.
e. Other locations indicated on the Drawings.
f. Tamper resistant sealants at inmate areas.
g. Pre-cast concrete panel and modular cell.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Samp1 es:
1. Submit Samples of full range of colors of each type sealant for
selection by Architect.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for each material.
2. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, to include
preparation and.priming,(if required), of surfaces.
C. Location Identification:
1. Submit list of locations for each material..
D. Submit written certification from sealant manufacturer of
acceptability for adhesion and compatibility with adjacent materials
and finishes.
E. When requested by Architect, submit test results of compatib11 ity
testing with adjacent materials for adhesion and non-staining.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or
bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and
deSignation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time,
and mixing instructions for mu1ticomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage
due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to
establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully
completed within the last three years at least three joint sealer
applications similar in type and size to that of this project and who
will assign mechanics from these earlier applications to this project,
of which one will serve as lead mechanic.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07900-1
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
B. Mock-Up: Install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in
order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship.
C. Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of
manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than
10 years.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the
limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers.
2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other
causes.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer
manufacturer for application indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete
Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints)
1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C
.920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, O.
2. Sealant s~a11 be supplied in ready-to-use form which requires no
job-site mixing.
3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant"
b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant"
c. PECORA "864 One-Part Architectural Silicone Sealant"
B. Polyurethane, Multi-Component Sealant (use for joints in building
enclosure):
1. Sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type
M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT~ M, A, O.
2. Sealant shall be supplied for job-site mixing following
manufacturer's specific mixing instructions.
3. Acceptable manufacturers/products:
a. TREMCO "Dymeric"
b. PECORA "Dynatrol II"
c. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL"
C. Pick-Proof Sealant; Security Sealant (use for interior joints
accessible to inmate tampering: cells, dayrooms and visitation
booths).
1. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel.
2. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26".
3. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant".
4. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, Class Band C,
epoxy resin adhesive.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07900-2
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
D. Sealing Gasket:
1. Sealing gasket shall be open celled foamed polyurethane strips
saturated wi th a pol ybuty1 ene waterproofi ng materi a 1. Water-
proofing material shall not migrate or stain. Adhesive used to
adhere sealing gaskets to preasemb1ed surfaces shall be approved
by manufacturers of sealing gaskets.
2. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. SANDELL MANUFACTURING COMPANY
b. W.R.MEADOWS, INC.
c. PROGRESS UNLIMITED, INC.
E. Joint Backing (Backer Rod):
1. Provide closed-cell polyurethane rod designed for use with cold
applied joint sealants. Provide backer rod of size required for
joint design.
2. Acceptable products:
a. DOW CHEMICAL "Ethafoam"
b. SONNEBORN "Sonofoam"
c. HERCULES "Backer rod".
d. INDUSTRIAL-THERMAL POLYMERS "Blue Rod".
3. Open or closed polyethylene or polyurethane; as recommended by
the sealant manufacturer.
F. Color
1. Co lor of seal ants wi 11 be selected by the Arch i tect from the
manufacturer's standard color range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. General:
1. No sealant shall be applied on damp or wet surfaces. Apply only
when temperature is between 400F and 800F.
2. Where the possibility of primer or sealant staining of adjacent
areas or materials exists, joints shall be masked prior to
application. Masking tape shall not be removed before joints
have been tooled and initial cure of sealant has taken place.
Work stained due to failure of proper masking precautions will
not be accepted.
B. Cleaning:
1. Concrete and Masonry: Clean by sandblasting, grinding or wire
brush. Remove all dust from surfaces to recei ve primer or
sealant.
2. Glass
a. Clean glass surfaces with methyl ethyl ketone or alcohol.
Contaminants, such as paints, should be removed from the
surface before solvent cleaning.
3. Pa i nted surfaces: Fo 11 ow manufacturers recommended cl eani ng
.procedures prior to primer or sealant application.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07900-3
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
5. Metals, unpainted:
a. Aluminum, mill finish: Clean with xylene or methyl ethyl
ketone.
b. Copper: Remove heavy oxide film (patina) by sanding or use
of steel wool. Clean surface with methyl ethyl ketone or
xylene.
c. Stainless steel: Clean surface of construction dirt and oils
with methyl ethyl ketone.
d. Galvanized steel: Clean and degrease with xylene or
tou1ene.
C. Back-up Material
1. Verify the compatibility of back-up material with sealant before
installation.
2. Use back-up material 1/2 wider than width of joint so that
sufficient pressure is exerted by material to provide substantial
resistance to displacement.
D. Release Agent
1. Provide release agent or bond-breaker strip in joint to be sealed
on top of back-up material to prevent adhesion of sealant to the
back-up material per manufacturer's instructions.
E. Sealant Application:
1. Prepare sealants that require mixing following manufacturer's
instructions, mixing thoroughly.
2. Mix only as much material as can be applied within manufacturer's
recommended application time period:
3. Apply materials. in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions taking care to produce beads of proper width and
depth, to tool as recommended by the manufacturer and to
immediately remove surplus sealant.
4. Surrounding surfaces shall be protected as required to ensure
that no sealant contaminates these surfaces.
5. Apply materials only within manufacturer's specified application
life period. If inspection indicates that application life is
expired or if the prescribed application period has elapsed,
remainder of sealant shall be discarded.
F. Gasket Application:
1. Sealing gaskets shall be not less than 1" in front-to-rear depth
in the joint. Adjust depth as necessary to maintain a ratio of
depth equals 1-1/2 times compressed width. Thickness of
uncompressed gasket shall be adequate to allow 50% (minimum)
compression in the installed joint at the widest part of the
joint.
2. Installed gaskets shall be held back from face of adjacent
material as required by manufacturer instructions.
3. Installation procedures shall follow manufacturer's specific
printed instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 07900
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
07900-4
Division 8
Doors & Windows
rt tN'
Division 8
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Metal door frames and miscellaneous metal items indicated.
B. Metal doors.
C. UL labeled metal frames.
D. UL labeled metal doors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings providing information on both the construction
methods and materials applicable to metal construction and detailed
information applicable to specific installation of the doors and
frames.
B. Submit certification that all materials meet specification
requirements. Certify compliance with requirements of this Section
using either a complete specification or a graphic presentation
clearly identifying construction of door top, bottom and edges, facing
panel/internal reinforcing, typical hardware (butts, lockset and
closer) reinforcing, frame corner assembly and method of finishing.
C. Specific data shall include elevations of each door and frame type,
profile sections of each frame type, frame anchors (floor and jamb)
for each wall/floor condition, joinery methods and details for split
frames, and schedule of locations for each door and frame assembly
related to this project.
D.' Submit written certification from the manufacturer that all rated "door
and window assemblies, as components of the rated wall assembly of
which they are installed, are labeled and conform to NFPA 80 "Standard
for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled
to conform to ASTM E152 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Door
Assemblies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Window
Assemblies". The installing Contractor shall also submit written
certification that the installation conforms with the above listed
references, and the manufacturers instructions for installation.
"LABEL CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION" IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION
FOR THIS REQUIREMENT.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabrication:
1. The manufacturer of metal products shall conform to standards of
the Steel Door Institute.
2. Assemblies requiring welds shall be in compliance with the
Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding of the American Welding
Society.
B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Where fire rated assemblies are indicated or
required, provide fire rated assemb1 ies that comply with NFPA 80
"Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed,
and labeled in accordance with ASTM E152 "Standard Methods of Fire
Tests of Door .Assembl ies, and ASTM E163 "Standard Method of Fire
Tests of Window Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08100-1
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
test i ng, inspection and 1 i st i ng agency acceptable to authori ties
having jurisdiction.
D. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable for
exterior doors and frames.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metal Frames:
1. Frame assemblies shall be cold rolled steel, of size and profile
shown on drawings.
a. Interior frames: 16 gage, factory prime painted.
2. Corner joints shall have full mitered frame corners continuously
welded for full depth and width of frame and trim. Contact edges
shall be closed tight, welds on exposed surfaces dressed smooth
and flush.
3. Metal plaster guards shall be provided for mortised cut-outs.
4. Frames shall have removable spreaders and 16 gage single-unit
clip angles fQr floor anchorage.
5. Joints including joints required for field assembly shall be
completed without exposed fastenings. Field joints shall be
increment welded, fi 11 ed wi th epoxy metal fi 11 er and ground
smooth.
6. Provide 18 gage, 2" x buck with tension plates with tube spacers
welded to bucks at approximately 2/-0" on center for anchorage of
jambs against steel or concrete columns, or at other locations
where masonry anchors cannot be used. Frames shall be drilled
and countersunk for 1/4" flat head bolts.
7. Provide rubber mutes equal to GLYNN-JOHNSON 64 as follows:
a. Three for single doors.
8. Provide for concealed conduit and wiring at all electrical
operator; door holder locations. Factory "prepare" frames to
hardware electrical requirements.
9. Additional requirements for frame assemblies for cast-in-p1ace
install ations:
a. Provide masonry type frames with single return; SF or C
Series.
b. Weld 7 gage galvanized wire masonry ties to frame; minimum
three per jamb.
c. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section
09900 - PAINTING.
B. Metal Doors:
1. Doors shall be of full flush construction. Face sheets of cold
rolled steel shall be the following minimum gage:
a. Interior doors: 18 gage, factory prime-painted.
2. Face sheets shall be broken to form and meet at side edges. Side
edges shall be continuously reinforced from top to bottom steel
channels or flat bars placed immediately inside of and
continuously welded to formed facing sheets.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08100-2
SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
3. Top and bottom edges of door shall be reinforced with channels
full width of door. Exterior doors shall have flush,
continuously welded fillers on the top edge, galvanized sheet
steel.
4. Core shall consist of continuous vertical steel stiffeners spaced
not more than 6", or less than 4" center-to-center or a metal
truss core welded to both faces at 3" on center vertically and
horizontally. Sound deadening material, such as mineral wool,
fiberglass or other fire resistive substance shall fill all voids
between stiffeners.
5. Edge joints shall be filled and ground smooth. Edge welds, face
welds and other construction welds and blemishes shall be filled
and ground to secure a flat, no-seam finished appearance.
6. Stops for gl ass 1 i tes indoors shall be of one common type.
Stops shall be UL label type, metal, channel shape equivalent
"Model No. 118" ALL METAL STAMPING, INC. Abbotsford, WI.
C. Labeled Metal Doors and Metal Door Frames
1. Labeled metal doors and listed frames shall be in compliance with
current Underwri ters Laboratori es factory inspection and 1 abe 1 i ng
service program in accordance with ASTM E-152 and ASTM E-163.
2. Metal UL labels shall be attached to the vertical butt side of
each door with rivets. Listed frames shall be provided with
Classification Marking on products.
3. Doors and frames shall be properly prepared to receive UL listed
hardware and shall have proper UL 1 abe1 s attached at the
factory.
4. Doors in stairway enclosures shall bear classification marking:
"450oF.,(2320C.), maximum temperature rise".
D. Reinforcement for Hardware:
1. Doors and frames shall be template reinforced for finish hard
ware. Where mortised hardware is required, reinforcing shall be
drilled and tapped. Minimum reinforcement shall be as follows:
a. Butts 7 gage or approved equivalent
b. Lock front end 12 gage, plus dust-proof
strike strike box
c. Other hardware 14 gage
E. Finish of Metal Frames and Doors:
1. Comply with ASTM A 525, ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 386 as applicable
for exterior doors and frames. Hot-dip galvanized. Design
features which may lead to difficulties during fabrication shall
be pOinted out by the manufacturer prior to dipping. Clean and
chemically treat ferrous metal surfaces to assure maximum paint
adherence; follow with a dip or spray coat of rust inhibitive
metallic oxide, zinc chromate or synthetic resin primer on
exposed surfaces.
2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and
other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat
paint.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08100-3
SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
3. Provide factory prime paint of even consistency, ready to receive
field-applied paint.
4. Apply a protective paint coating in accordance with Section 09900
-PAINTING, prior to grouting of metal frames in masonry, plaster
or drywall construction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Frames:
1. Set frames in position, plumb, align, and brace securely until
permanent anchors are set. Anchor bottom of frames to floor with
expansion bolts or with power fasteners. Build wall anchors into
wall or secure to adjoining construction as indicated.
2. Masonry wall anchors: crimped tees at least 2-1/2" x 10";
spaced l' -0" (maximum) from bottom of frame, l' -0" (maximum)
from top of frame, and a maximum of 2'-0" intermittent spacing,
a minimum of two anchors per jamb. Labeled frame: installed
with UL listed anchors.
3. Any exposed fasteners to be security torx-with-peg type.
4. Provide wood bracing and formwork in accordance with Section
03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK for cast-in-p1ace installations.
B. Metal Doors:
1. Ho 11 ow metal doors shall be hung in ho 11 ow metal frames with
3/32" clearance at jambs, 1/8" clearance at head and sill.
2. Mortised and concealed hardware shall be secured to drilled and
tapped built-in reinforcement. Surface applied hardware shall be
secured to built-in reinforcement, field drilled and tapped.
3. Labels for rated doors and frames to be applied at the factory
before shipping. Prior to painting, labels shall be masked.
Remove masking after final coat of paint is applied.
4. Just prior to final inspection examine and adjust doors and
hardware to assure perfect operation.
********************
END OF SECTION 08100
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08100-4
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Aluminum entrance doors, frames, and related fixed glass
sections.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide
Specifications Manual.
B. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls.
C. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on
Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
D. AAMA 1502.7
E. AAMA SFM-l - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual.
F. ANSI A117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped.
G. ASTM A36 - Structural Steel.
H. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
I ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
J. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape,. and Tube.
K. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
L. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
M. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
N . ASTM A386
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully dimensioned full-size shop drawings defining size, shape
and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes,
gaskets, security/monitoring requirements and associated items
utilized in the installation of aluminum doors and relation of
assemblies to adjacent building components.
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard
details, and installation recommendations for components of
aluminum entrances and aluminum window walls required for
project, including test reports certifying that products have
been tested and comply with performance requirements.
B. Provide samples of corner construction for both door and frame for
each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg.
C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating
full range of color tolerance for selection by the Architect. Samples
shall be large enough to allow good comparison.
D. Test results:
1. Refer to Section 08902 - ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS for additional
test requirements.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08410-1
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES
A. General: Provide ext~rior entrance assemblies that have been designed
and fabricated to comply with requirements for system performance
characteristics listed below as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's
corresponding stock systems according to test methods designated.
1. Thermal Movement: Allow for expansion and contraction resulting
from ambient temperature range of 120.F (49.C), that could cause
a metal surface temperature range of 180oF.(100.C.) within the
framing system.
2. Wind Loading: Provide capacity to withstand loading indicated
below tested per ASTM E 330.
a. Uniform pressure of 45 psf inward and 45 psf outward.
3. Transmi ss ion Characteri st i cs of Fixed Frami ng: Comp 1 y with
requirements indicated below for transmission characteristics and
test methods.
a. Air and Water Leakages: Air infiltration of not more than
0.06 cfm per sq. ft. of fixed area per ASTM E 283 and no
uncontrolled water penetration per ASTM E 331 at pressure
differential of 6.24 psf (excluding operable door edges).
4. Transmission Characteristics of Entrances: Provide entrance doors
with jamb and head frames which comply with requirements
indicated below, for transmission characteristics and test
methods.
a. Air Leakage: Air infiltration per linear foot of perimeter
crack of not more than 0.50 cfm for single doors and.l.0'cfm
for pairs of doors per ASTM E 283 at pressure
differential of 1.567 psf.
1.5 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty signed by Manufacturer/Fabricator, and
Contractor agreeing to replace aluminum entrances which fail in
materials or workmanship within time period indicated below of
acceptance. Failure of materials or workmanship includes excessive
leakage or air infiltration, excessive deflections, faulty operation
of entrances, deterioration of finish or construction in excess of
normal weathering, and defects in hardware, weather-stripping, and
other components of the work.
1. Time Period: Three years from date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
1. VISTA WALL
2. KAWNEER
3. TUBELITE
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08410-2
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
B. Aluminum Doors, Medium Stile:
1. Sections shall be extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy adapted as
necessary to match color finish selected by Architect.
2. Joints shall be butted, mechanically reinforced and welded.
Glazing stops shall be snap-in type. No exposed screws shall be
used to secure stops. Stops on exterior side shall be 10ckin
tamper-proof type.
3. Major portions of the door stiles shall be 0.125" in thickness
and glazing molding shall be 0.050" thick.
4. Vertical stiles shall be minimum 3-1/2", top rail 3-1/2", and
bottom rail 6-1/2".
5. Color and finish of installed materials shall fall within range
of samples reviewed by Architect.
6. Basis of design: VISTA WALL
C. Glazing: (provide glazing materials including glass; comply with
requirements of DIVISION 8 - GLAZING):
1. Glass and panels shall be installed and glazed from interior of
building. Snap-on glass stops shall be used with no exposed
screws.
2. Setting blocks, spacers, and clips shall be provided as necessary
to meet gl ass manufacturer's requi rements, recommendations of
FGMA Glazing Manual and requirements of drawings.
3. Exterior glazing tape shall be black, manufactured by:
· a. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT, INC. 606 Butyl Tape Sealant
b: TREMCO 440 Tape
c. PECORA Extru-Sea1 B-44
4. Heel bead shall be one part acy1ic, manufactured by:
a. TREMCO Mono
b. PECORA Unicry1 ic
c. GRACE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS Darasea1 A
5. Wedge shall be manufactured by:
a. TREMCO Po1yshim WEJ
6. Glass shall be as indicated in Contract Documents, and as
designated in Section 08800 - GLAZING.
D. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other materials
warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with
aluminum components.
1. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for
application of hardware. Match finish of adjOining metal.
E. Concealed Flashing: Dead-soft stainless steel, 26 gauge minimum, or
extruded aluminum, 0.062" minimum, of an alloy and type selected by
manufacturer for compatibility with other components.
F. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's high-strength a 1 umi num
units where feasible, otherwise, nonmagnetic stainless steel or
hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386.
G. Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast-iron, malleable iron, or hot-dip
galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 386.
H. Bituminous Coatings: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with
SSPC-PS 12, compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08410-3
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
I. Compression Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable
stripping of either molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM 02000
or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM 0 2287.
J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable
stripping of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile, with nylon
fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2
K. Hardware
1. Manufacturer's Standard Hardware VISTA WALL (Basis of Design):
3 ea
2 ea
1
1
1
1
Hinges BH-l - 4-1/2 x 4 - NRP
Push-Pull PH-12
Threshold 1/2" x 6" x 115 (WOOSTER)
Deadlock MS-1850A (Less Cylinder)
Lock/Face Plate
Closer 4210-CUSH
320
US28
CAST
320
320
AL
2. Refer to Section 08710 - Door Hardware and Division 11 - Door
Control/Monitoring System for coordination and requirements of
additional hardware.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with
factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (po1yviny1idene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly
cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM
0-1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat
system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness
of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High
Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Erect work plumb, level, true-to-line and secure in accordance with
instructions of manufacturer. Provide joint clearances to allow for
expansion. Door to door frame tolerance of 1/8" shall be rigidly
maintained.
B. Anchoring devices shall be aluminum, stainless steel, or other
noncorrosive materials not harmful to aluminum. Steel anchors may be
used provided they are properly insulated. Paint for shop coating and
field touch-up of dissimilar metal connecting members including
anchors and clips, shall be alkali resistant bituminous paint.
C. Where type, size, or spacing of fastening for securing material to
building construction is not shown or specified, use expansion or
toggle bolts or screws as required by building construction material.
Such bolts or screws shall not be less than 1/4" diameter and spaced
24" on center.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08410-4
SECTION 08410
ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
D. Set sill members and other members in continuous bed of sealant and
with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction.
Comp 1 y wi th requ i rements of Sect ion 07900 - Jo i nt Seal ers, for
sealants, fillers, and gaskets.
3.2 CLEANING
A. A 1 umi num shall be 1 eft clean and unmarred, protected from damage
during subsequent construction operations.
B. After installation has been completed and prior to final inspection,
wash all aluminum work with a non-alkali soap and water solution.
Follow with a clearwater rinse. Refinish where necessary, replace
damaged parts, leave in complete and finished condition.
C. Institute protective measures and other precautions required to assure
that al umi num entrances and storefronts will be without damage or
deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance.
********************
END OF SECTION 08410
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08410-5
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Security Steel Window Units.
2. Mock-Up Unit.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS.
A. Section 03412 - Precast Concrete Panels
B. Section 03490 - Precast Concrete Modular Cell
C. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry
D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers
E. Section 08842 - Security Glazing
1.3 REFERENCES
A. AAMA 502-90 - Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors.
B. ASTM A386 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products.
C. ASTM A525 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated, Galvanized by the Hot-Dip
Process.
D. ASTM C-314 - AAMA TM-I-76 - Test Method for Water Penetration of
Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Dynamic Pressure.
E. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
F. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. .
G. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
H. Steel Window Institute (SWI).
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by
positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall to
a design pressure of 45 psf and a suction of 45 psf and as measured in
accordance with ASTM E 330.
B. Air infiltration tested in accordance with ASTM E 283:
1. Air infiltration: maximum for ventilator:
a. 0.10 cfm per foot of crack 1 ength at 6.24 psf pressure
different ia 1 .
b. Air infiltration maximum for fixed: 0.06 cfm/square foot.
2. Water penetration tested in accordance with ASTM E 331:
a. No uncontrolled water leakage at 10.0 psf pressure
differential with water rate of 5 gallons /hr/sf.
3. Structural performance tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 and
based on:
a. Maximum deflection of L/175 of the span and allowable stress
with a safety factor of 1.65. No glass breakage, damage to
fasteners, hardware parts, or deflection of any unsupported
span, (meeting rails, muntins, frames, or mullions).
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08660-1
SECTION 08660 SECURITY WINDOWS
b. The system shall perform to these criteria under a wind10ad
of 45 psf (Performance Class 45).
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Standards: Comply with recommended specifications of Steel Window
Institute (SWI), except to the extent more stringent requirements are
indicated.
B. Windows shall meet or exceed air, water infiltration and deflection
test requirements for the type, grade and performance class of
security ~indow units required.
C. Mock-up/Proto-Type:
1. Provide one unit in designated area under direct supervision of
manufacturer.
2. Installation shall be approved by Architect to constitute a
standard of quality for subsequent installation.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer specializing in manufacturing security windows with a
minimum of five years of documented experience.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. To requirements of Division One, submit manufacturer's product
data, installation instructions, and details for each type of
steel window unit required.
2. Include information on fabrication methods, finishing, hardware
and accessories, and show weight per foot of each steel section.
B. Shop Drawings, Security Steel Windows:
1. Submit shop drawings including wall elevations at 1/4" scale,
typical unit elevations at 3/4" scale and full size section
details of every typical composite member.
2. Show anchors, hardware, and accessori es wh i ch are not full y
detailed in manufacturer's standard data.
3. Include glazing details.
C. Samples, Steel Windows:
1. Submi t 3 samples of spec i fi ed fi n ish, on 24" 1 engths of wi ndow
members.
2. Architect reserves right to require additional samples, which
will show fabrication techniques and workmanship, and design of
hardware and accessories.
1.8 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Pri or to commencement of securi ty wi ndow i nsta 11 at ion, conduct a
prei nsta 11 at i on conference at the Project site with the security
window system manufacturer, installer, Owner's representative and
Architect, and other interested parties to review procedures,
schedules, and coordination of the security window Work with other
elements of the work, to include adjacent materials of wall elements.
Record discussions and distribute minutes of meeting to all attendees.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08660-2
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions
of Di vi s.i on One.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of
window installation covering materials and workmanship.
1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Installer, and
steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel
window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the
specified warranty period. Failures include but are not
necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive
deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty
operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal
fi n i shes, and other materi a 1 s beyond normal weatheri ng. Th is
warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other
rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the
contract documents.
2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial
completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE
2. WILLIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio
3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL
4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL
5. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y.
6. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Acceptable Manufacturer of Aluminum Security Window Option with
Factory Finish:
1. WAUSAU METAL CORPORATION
. 2. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Frames:
1. Form frames from low carbon steel not less than #12 gauge.
Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed
portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each
jamb and
between jambs at head and sill.
2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame
for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds
smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles
indicated on the drawings.
B. Mullions:
1. Form mullions where required from low carbon steel not less than
#12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08660-3
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
C. Intermediates:
1. Horizontal intermediates: Provide 2" x 2" x 1/4" steel tubing
horizontal wrapped with 12 gauge steel.
2. Provide low carbon steel not less than 12 gauge, intermediate
security members, securely welded to frame members.
D. Frame Supports:
1. Frame supports shall be 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" hot rolled steel
angles, continuous where possible, securely welded to frame.
E. Field Anchors: (Sub Frame):
1. Field anchors shall be hot rolled steel angles, and 12 gauge
channels, continuous where possible, field welded to built-in
anchors and frame anchors.
F. Glazing Stops at Frame:
1. Prepare windows for outside glazing with 1/4" thick low carbon
steel bar stops.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Factory assembly shall consist of fixed units.
B. Perimeter frame intermediates shall be assembled into complete units.
C. Provide weep holes and internal water passages, where necessary, to
conduct infiltrating moisture to exterior.
2.4 FINISH:
A. After fabrication all windows, mullions and trim shall be either
chemically or mechanically cleaned to remove mill ~ca1e, dirt, oil and
other foreign matter, followed by a zinc phosphate treatment. A coat
of epoxy primer shall be applied over zinc phosphate and oven baked
at 375 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness
of not less than 1 mil, followed by a coat of polyester oven baked at
400 degrees for 12 to 15 minutes, resulting in a dry film thickness of
not less than 1 mil.
B. Painting: Section 09900; color of finish coat shall be as selected by
Architect.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners:
1. Bronze, brass, stainless steel or other metal warranted by the
manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with steel window
members, trim, hardware, anchors and other components of window
units.
2. Exposed fasteners: match fi ni sh of member or hardware bei ng
fastened, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Provide "torx with peg" Security Type screws for exposed
fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Anchors, Clips and Window Accessories.
1. Depending on strength and corrosion-inhibiting requirements,
fabricate units of stainless steel, hot-dip zinc coated steel or
iron complying with ASTM A386, or bronze/brass.
2. Provide shims, screws, bolts, and shields, required for
attachment.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08660-4
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
C. Sealants:
1. Unless otherwise indicated for sealants required within the
fabri cated wi ndow un its, prov i de type recommended by wi ndow
manufacturer for joint size and movement, to remain permanently
elastic, non-shrinking, and non-migrating.
2. Coordinate requirements with Section 07900.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation of window
units and other components of the work.
B. Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of
frames sash.
C. Anchor securely in place.
D. Separate zinc coated steel and other corrodible surfaces from sources
of corrosion on electrolytic action at points of contact with other
materials.
E. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound as shown, or
with joint fillers or gaskets as shown, to provide weathertight
construction.
F. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of
the work.
G. Coo~dinate requirements with Section 07900 for primers, joint fillers
and gaskets.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Water Tests
1. Coordinate field tests with other sections of this Project
Manual. Conduct tests in areas as directed by Architect.
Conduct tests as required to obtain satisfactory performance as
acceptable to Architect.
2. Field test similar to AAMA 501.2 - Field check of metal curtain
walls for water leakage.
a. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage in the finished
installation, as defined in AAMA 501.2.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows, exerclslng
care to avoid damage of coating. Remove excess glazing and sealant
compounds, dirt and other substances.
B. Clean glass of preg1azed units promptly after installation of windows;
complete with requirements of Division One for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Provide protection and other precautions required through remainder of
construction period, to ensure that window units will be without
damage or deteri orat ion (other than normal weatheri ng) at time of
acceptance.
********************
END OF SECTION 08660
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08660-5
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Door Hardware
1. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to
point of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of
materials to which Door Hardware items are to be attached.
2. Provide on-site inspection and assistance during installation of
Door Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa-
tion.
3. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings, in the form of complete horizontal or vertical
schedules, which identify each hardware item, its type, design,
finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group
designation.
B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete
Keying Schedule.
C. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware for review by
the Architect.
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for
each item of hardware in accordance with Division 1 -SUBMITTALS.
Include information to show compliance with requirements.
Provide mai.ntenance data, parts catalog and keying records to
requirements of Division 1.
1.3 LIMITATIONS
A. Manufacturers and products identified in the following paragraphs
represent the 1 i mi t of manufacturers and products selected by the
Architect for use on this project. Where single identifications are
made for a given item, only that product will be accepted. Where
multiple identifications are made, anyone of the identified products
will be accepted, provided that the single product chosen is used
throughout the project without further variation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with
warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the
project's vicinity for a period of not less than three years, and who
is, or who employs, an experienced architectural hardware consultant
who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work,
consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner,
Architect, and Construction Manager.
B. Fire Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in
compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building
code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and
listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies
with requirements of door and door frame labels.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08710-1
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to
the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation.
B. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not
yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items
which are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the work
will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before. and after
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fini shes
1. Unless otherwise specifically noted, typical finish throughout
shall be based upon UNITED STATES Standard Finishes, US26D (satin
chromium) or US32D (satin stainless steel) dependent upon base
metal.
B. Anchorage Devices:
1. Concealed anchorage shall be used for all items where concea1ed/
exposed anchorage options are available. Concealed fasteners
shall be provided in sizes and lengths appropriate to the
specific material conditions.
.2. Countersunk, flat heat, slotted or Phillips anchors may be used
to fasten hinges. All other eXP9sed fasteners shall have
counter-sunk, torx with peg fasteners.
3. Machine screws shall be used for anchorage to metal substrates
for all hinges, locks, closers, holders and similar devices
subject to dynamic forces. Self-tapping screws will be permitted
for use on wood or metal substrates only for surface mounted
items that are not subject to dynamic movement. Wood screws,
used only for wood substrates, shall be of maximum size allowed
by hardware item and maximum length allowed by substrate.
. ..... .... ....... ...............
C. Hinges:
1. Butts shall be stainless steel for typical use.
2. Pins shall be of button tip, non-rising for typical applications,
with non-removable pins which shall be locked in place by set
screw in barrel, used typically for all exterior doors and inmate
accessible areas.
3. Access Door Hinge: Butts to be 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" x hospital tip x
.180 minimum thickness. All butts to be made to "template
hardware" standard of accuracy and of extra heavy construction.
Provide flat head "torx w/peg" machine screws.
4. Butts shall be square-cornered, full mortise, to template, of
sizes and quantities required as manufactured by LAWRENCE,
STANLEY, HAGER, H. SOSS or McKINNEY.
5. Table of Sizes:
a. Doors 1-3/4" thick, up to and including 3'-6" wide.
1) BHMA A8112 4-1/2" x 4-1/2", ball bearing.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08710-2
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
6. Number of Hinges:
a. Doors over 5' -0" in height: One hinge for each 2' -6" or
fraction thereof.
............ .........
D. Open Back Strikes:
1. Where "open back strikes" are required by the hardware group,
provide the following:
DesiQnation
VON DUPRIN
DesiQnation
CORBIN
DesiQnation
411 Series
A
576A
.....................
E. Locks, Latchsets and Deadbo1ts:
1. Locksets and Latchsets with 2-3/4" backset shall be mortise type
10ckset in cases of uniform size to allow interchangeability.
2. Mechanically actuated anti-friction 1atchbo1ts and deadbolts
shall have at least 1/2" throws. For double doors and door under
UL label requirements, latchbolt throws shall be 3/4"
3. Provide standard ASA strikes with curved lips of lengths to suit
door and jamb conditions, with wrought box strikes.
4. Trim design criteria shall meet following requirements:
a. Series Corbin Series 7500
b. Design Name: Pierce H.D. Knob x Lemans Cast Escutcheon
5. Escutcheons shall be cut to accommodate lock functions as
scheduled.
....................
F. Stops and Bumpers:
1. Where required by the hardware group, provide the following:
DesiQnation
IVES
DesiQnation
GLYNN-JOHNSON CIPCO
DesiQnation DesiQnation
Interior 0 (surface
overhead)
GJ 560
................. .....................
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY
A. Hardware items shall be packaged separately, tagged with appropriate
identification and location data, delivered to the Site and stored in
a protected manner in a location mutually agreeable to Construction
Manager and Owner.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08710-3
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
3.2 INSTALLATION OF FINISH HARDWARE
A. Install hardware per manufacturer's directions and to. manufacturer's
templates. Adjust for proper operation and function.
B. Thresholds shall be coped to profile of jamb, set in mastic, anchored
with expansion bolts.
C. Properly tag, index and file keys.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CHECKING
A. Hardware supplier shall be available on a reasonable demand basis to
assist installers in evaluation of function and installation questions
as they arise.
B. Operable devices shall be individually field checked and adjusted by
hardware supplier or representative of the device manufacturer just
prior to final acceptance of the building and at a second period
approximately 6 months after complete building occupancy.
C. At the time of final adjustment described above, all operating/
adjusting tools shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative along
with written explanation of their use and function, accompanied by
such demonstrations to the Owner's maintenance personnel as Owner's
Representative deems necessary.
3.4 HARDWARE GROUPS
SET 1
1-1/2
1
1
1
Butts
D/Lock
Flush Pull
O.H. Stop
HTFBB191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 NRP
427
1060 (TRIMCO)
GJ-560
US26D
US26D
US26D
US26D
SET 2
1 ea
Cylinder
W-81141
US26D
Balance of Hardware by Door Supplier.
********************
END OF SECTION 08710
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08710-4
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior glass and glazing including glazing materials, reg1ets,
and gaskets.
a. Provide accessory items for installation of above.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A58.1-1982 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures.
B. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
C. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance SpeCifications and Methods of Test for
Safety Glazing Used in Buildings.
D. ASTM CI036 - Flat Glass.
E. ASTM CI048 - Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and
Uncoated Glass.
F. ASTM E576 - Test Method for Dew/Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units in Vertical Position.
G. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed
Insulating Glass Units.
H. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
I. ASTM F-1233 - Security. Glazing Materials and Systems
J. FGMA - Glazing Manual
K. FGMA - Sealant Manual
L. FS-DD-G-451 d
M. FS-DD-G-1403
N. SIGMA - Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide gl ass and gl azing that has been produced, fabricated and
installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loadings, and
impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or
breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight
and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other
defects in the work.
1. Normal thermal movement is defined as that resulting from an
ambient temperature range of 1200F and from a consequent
temperature range within glass and glass framing members of
180.F.
2. Deteri orat i on of i nsu1 at i ng gl ass is defi ned as failure of
hermetic seal due to other causes than breakage which results in
intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging,
deterioration of protected internal glass coating, if any,
resulting from seal failure, and any other visual evidence of
seal failure or performance.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-1
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
1. 4 SUBM ITT ALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape
and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for
each glazing condition.
B. Samples:
1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass.
2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed.
3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant
employed, indicating color of set or cured material.
C. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing
material and fabricated glass product required, including installation
and maintenance instructions.
1. Submi t the manufacturers pri nted clean i ng recommend at ions for
each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers
recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used.
D. Submit qual ity control records or other evidence from the gl ass
manufacturer identifying measures taken to eliminate nickel sulfide
inclusions from tempered glass.
E. Submit producer/fabricator semi-monthly observation reports to
Architect for record.
F. Certifications:
1. Submit written certifications and test reports as to the quality,
thickness, types 'and manufacturer of gl ass furni shed. Submit
certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass
and glazing materials furnished for project comply with
requirements.
2. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from
sealant manufacturer stating that the sealant has been tested for
adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production
samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that
all sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop
drawings are acceptable for use intended.
a. Submi t wri tten cert i fi cat ions and test reports from the
sealant supplier, attesting that sealant materials are
compat i b1 e wi th the types of gl ass bei ng used and the
relevant substrates. This shall include, but not be limited
to compatibility with the sealants in insulating-glass units
and glass coatings which may contact the sealants.
3. Provide certification from glass producer/fabricator that glass
producer/fabricator has reviewed all glazing details and
thicknesses and finds same suitable for the purpose intended in
accordance with his published literature and in accordance with
these speCifications. This shall include a written wind load and
thermal stress analysis showing a probability of failure of no
greater than eight lites per thousand at the design loads and
local climatic thermal conditions. (Based on wind velocity of 120
mph and wind speeds used to predict wind induced pressures and
suctions per ANSI A58.1-1982.)
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO .
08800-2
SECTION 08800 GLAZING
4. Submit written certifications and test reports from the gl ass
unit manufacturer:
a. Attesting that glazing materials and methods to be employed
are compatible with the glass units and will not affect the
specified warranty requirements.
b. Attesting that the application and use of the glass for the
effects of thermal loading under the expected service
temperature ranges has been reviewed, and that the specified
maximum probabilities of breakage will not be exceeded.
c. Attesting that the performance for the specified design wind
load criteria, has been reviewed; furnish the design
factor, statistical probability of breakage and the center
deflection for the largest size of each thickness and type.
d. Attesting that all insulating glass units furnished comply
with the certification requirements of Class CBA of IGCC and
are listed in the latest IGCC Certified Product Directory.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity
of building enclosure vapor and air barrier:
1. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07900, 08410
and 08902.
2. To utilize the inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for the
continuity of the air and vapor seal.
3. Maintain continuo{Js air and .vapor barrier throughout glazed
assembly from glass pane to heel bead of'glazing sealant.
B. Si ze gl ass to wi thstand dead loads and pos it i ve and negat i ve 1 i ve
loads acting normal to plane of glass of 45 psf negative and 45 psf
pos it i ve, as ca 1 cu1 ated in accordance with 1 oca lord i nances to a
design pressure based on wind velocity of 120 mph per ANSI A58.1-1982,
as measured in accordance with ASTM E330.
1. Glass thickness shall be increased, heat strengthened or tempered
as required to meet structural requirements and thermal stresses;
preference shall be given to heat strengthened glass over
tempered glass.
C. Limit glass deflection to L/I00, not to exceed 3/4", with fun
recovery of glazing materials.
D. Glass shall not experience spontaneous breakage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. In addition to complying with applicable codes and regulations,
comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Glazing
Manual" (1986 Edition) of the FLAT GLASS MARKETING ASSOCIATION.
a. Glazing materials shall be certified to be in compliance
wi th Category I or II of 16 CFR 1201 issued by Consumer
Product Safety Commission dated January 6, 1977.
b. Comply with ASTM C-I036-85 : "Standard Specification For
Flat Glass"
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-3
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
c. Comply with ASTM C-I048-85 : "Standard Specification for Heat
Treated Flat Glass". Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass.
d. NFPA 80 (1990): Standard for Fire Doors and Windows.
e. Comply with ASTM E 1300-89; "Practice to Determine the
Minimum Thickness of Annealed Glass Required to Resist a
Specified Load."
B. Insulating glass units shall be warranted for a minimum of five years
. against material obstruction of vision and shall be fabricated to meet
or exceed requirements of IGCC Class CBA.
1. Comply with performance test procedures, ASTM E 773-83-"Standard
Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units", and performance requirements ASTM E 774-84a "Standard
Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units".
C. For the purpose of glass selection, design wind pressures shall be
assumed to have a one minute duration.
a. Upon first application of design wind pressure, probability of
breakage shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass.
b. Probabil ity of breakage due to anticipated thermal stress in
glass shall not exceed 8/1000 for vertical glass.
1. 7 SUBM ITT ALS
A. Provide fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape
and type of items utilized in glazing process. Provide one detail for
each glazing condition.
B. Samples:
1. One 12" x 12" piece of each type of glass.
2. Two 12" lengths of each type of gasket employed.
3. One bead, approximately 1/4" wide and 3" long of each sealant
employed, indicating color of set or cured material.
C. Submit certificate from respective manufacturers attesting that glass
and glazing materials furnished for project comply with requirements.
D. Glazing manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification from
seal ant manufacturer stat i ng that the sealant has been tested for
adhesion and compatibility with adjacent surfaces on production
samples of metal, glass, and other glazing components and that all
sealant details and application procedures shown on the shop drawings
are acceptable for use intended.
E. Product data: Submit manufacturers technical data for each glazing
material and fabricated glass product required, including installation
and maintenance instructions.
1. Submi t gl ass manufacturer's deta il ed recommendat ions at i nsu1 ated
spandrel glazing locations. Indicate back-up material,
(properties and color); air-space requirements; venting and weep
requirements.
2. Submit the manufacturers printed cleaning recommendations for
each type of glass indicated. Include manufacturers
recommendations for cleaning and cleaning solutions to be used.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-4
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Protection:
1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this Section before,
during, and after installation, and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. Breakage and Replacement:
1. Glass, plastic, and glazing members shall be in perfect condition
prior to Owner acceptance.
2. Cracked, scratched and broken gl ass shall be rep1 aced at no
additional cost to the Owner.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of,
other rights the Owner may have under the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Insulating Glass: Provide
written warranty signed by manufacturer of insulating glass agreeing
to furnish f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed project site,
within specified warranty period indicated below, replacements for
those insulating glass units developing manufacturing defects.
Manufacturing defects are defined as failure of hermetic seal of air
space (beyond that due to glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of
dirt or moisture~ internal condensation or fQgging, deterioration of
protected internal glass coatings, if any, and other visual
indications of seal failure or performance; provided the
manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting and
maintaining units have been complied with during with warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10
years after date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Glass shown but not identified shall be furnished in glass type
and thickness equivalent to that required for similar openings.
2. Gray as required, shall be from same source and of same color
value throughout project.
3. All glazing shall be of same color value throughout the work;
as approved by the Architect.
B. Glass:
a. LOF
b. PPG
Minimum/Nominal Thickness
1/4" grey tempered float glass with
a light transmittance not to
exceed 45%:
1/4" Grey Tuf-f1ex
1/4" Sol argray Hercu1 ite
1. Glass Type ATG:
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-5
SECTION 08800 GLAZING
2. Glass Type DIRT: 1" insulating glass of 1/4" grey float glass,
1/2" airspace and 1/4" clear tempered float glass. Light
transmittance shall not exceed 45%.
a. PPG 1" Solarban
C. Glazing Materials:
1. Setting blocks, spacers and clips shall be provided as necessary
to meet gl ass manufacturer's requi rements, and recommendat ions of
the FGMA Glazing Manual. Unless otherwise required by glass
manufacturer, following qualifications will apply:
a. Setting blocks: 70 to 90 durometer rubber, treated
hardwood, or lead.
b. Spacer blocks: 40 to 50 durometer neoprene 3" long.
2. Exterior glazing tape: black:
a. PECORA Extru-Sea1 B 8-50
b. PROTECTIVE TREATMENT 606 Butyl Tape sealant
c. TREMCO Tremco 440 tape
3. Heel Bead: one part acrylic:
a. GRACE Duraseal A
b. PECORA Unicry1ic'
c. TREMCO Mono
4. Wedge:
a. TREMCO Vision Strip Black
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Setting, General:
1. Glazing: in accordance with Flat Glass Marketing Association
Glazing Manual, as amended by details and this Section.
2. Frame openings: square, plumb and true in plane.
a. Frame conditions which would create glazing requirements
contradiction to bid conditions shall be reported for
correction.
b. Installation of glass shall constitute acceptance of frame
conditions along with subsequent responsibility for correc-
tions as necessary.
3. Glass size and clearance shall be determined by this Section. No
glass shall become load-bearing; glass shall not contact any
material other than glazing materials within rabbet.
4. Centering blocks: used on all glass over 50 united inches in
size.
5. Seal sash corners and fabrication intersections with sealant to
make sash watertight.
6. Set sheet glass with waves horizontal; translucent glass: set
with pattern on inside.
7. Clean rabbets just prior to glazing to assure surfaces free of
all material which would prohibit bond of glazing material.
8. Glaze only when ambient and surface temperatures are above 40oF.
HLM'90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-6
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
B. Glazing Application, Inside Bead, Single Glazed:
1. Apply exterior tape to rabbet face allowing slight lap over sight
line and minimum of 1/2" bearing on rabbet.
2. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, or as required by
manufacturer Each block shall be individually set in bed of
sealant. Set glass centered in the opening.
3. Lay heel bead into space between glass and sash. Sufficient
sealant shall be applied so that stop, when applied, shall force
sealant between glass and stop, sealing joint between sash; glass
and stop.
4. Install interior wedge between stop and glass, embedding point
wedge into heel bead. Top of wedge shall be smooth and even.
Cut wedge slightly oversize in length so that it is installed
under compression.
S. In lieu of wedge, spacer blocks may be used between glass and
interior stop, and the clearance space filled with an acceptable
glazing compound, finished with a slight slope up to the glass
tooled smooth and even for best appearance.
3.2 CLEANING
A. Remove excess compound and sealant immediately after glazing operation
is completed; final cleaning of glass shall occur just prior to
acceptance of building by Owner. Clean all glass to requirements of
manufacturers printed instructions.
B. Labels shall remain in place until time of final building cleanup; at
that time remove labels, wash and polish all glass.. Final cleaning
shall be responsibility of Contractor.
********************
END OF SECTION 08800
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08800-7
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Security glass and glazing work.
2. Required applications of security glass and glazing include the
following:
a. Security glazing of exterior cell windows
b. . Security glazing at security windows.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Security Glass: Comply with multiple impact and high energy impact
test, UL Report No. BP-llS4 and UL Standard No. 972. ASTM F-1233-89.
B. Bullet Resistant Glass: Tested, listed and labeled by UL for the
required rating. Comply with UL 752, seventh edition. (HPHG; 357 MAG.)
C. Safety Glazing Materials Act, State of Florida.
D. Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material; 42 FR 1428; 16 CFR
1201-1982.
E. ASTM F-1233-89; Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials
and Systems.
F. Maintenance Serviceability Test, All Types:
1. Products will not exhibit an increase in haze of more than 15%
.Criteria: The sample as received shall be abraded according to
Test #17 of ANSI Z26.1, (Taber Abrader) for 100 cycles with a 500
gram load.
2. No special procedures shall be necessary for window cleaning.
G. Experience Criteria:
1. Minimum 5 years experience manufacturing specified item.
2. Minimum 5 years successful installation on existing correctional
facil ity.
H. Attack Procedure and Time Sequence:
NOTE: The ballistic test and forced entry must occur on separate
samples.
a. SG1 glass clad po1ycarbonate.
1) Ballistic Attack:
Time
3 ea. random hits with minimum
12" spacing by a .38 special +P
revolver with 4" barrel using 158 gr.
1 ead bull et.
As required
Penetration constitutes failure.
Barrel length and bullet weight are
maximum values. Range 15-25 feet.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-1
SECTION 08842 SECURITY GLAZING
2) Phvsica1 Attack:
Attack sample with 2 lb. hammer. 8 minutes
Attack with 2 lb. hammer and cold 2 minutes
chisel.
Attack with 10 lb. sledge hammer 7 minutes
Attack sample with Right Guard can
used as a torch; use safety precaution 1 minute
Remove source of flame and let 5 minutes
material self-extinguish.
Attack with 10 lb. sledge until 2 minutes
penetration time of two minutes.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data, Glass:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation
instructions for each type of glass required.
2. Include test data substantiating that glass complies with
specified requirements.
B. Manufacturer's Data, Glazing Materials
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation
instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound,
gasket and associated miscellaneous material required. Include
manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification, or.
certified test laboratory report indicating that each material
complies with the requirements and is intended generally for the
applications shown.
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, and installation
instructions for each type of glazing sealant and compound,
gasket and associated miscellaneous material required.
Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of
certification, or certified test laboratory report
indicating that each material complies with the requirements
and is intended generally for the applications shown.
C. Samples, Glass:
1. Submit two 12" square samples of each type of glass required.
D. Samples, Glazing Materials:
1. Submit three 12" 1 ong samples of each color requ ired (except
black) for each type of glazing sealant or gasket exposed to
view.
2. Install sample between two strips of material similar to or
representative of channel surfaces where sealant or gasket will
be used, held apart to represent typical joint widths.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Weather Cond it ions: Do not proceed with i nsta II at i on of 1 i qu i d
sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are
below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for
installation.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-2
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Security Glass:
1. Provide Owner a five year warranty for materials and labor from
date of Substantial Completion for all security glazing.
2. Warranty shall include delamination.
3. The warranty shall be by the manufacturer, co-signed by the
Installer and General Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SECURITY GLASS AND GLAZING
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: The equipment and materials of this section
shall be products of the following manufacturers, subject to
compliance with specification requirements and provided each
manufacturer meets all requirements of the Quality Assurance section
of this specification.
1. GLOBE AMERADA GLASS CO., Elk Grove Village, IL.
2. VIRACON INC., Owatonna, MN
3. INSULGARD CORP., Hyattsvi1le, Md.
4. FALCONER
S. TEMPGLASS SOUTHERN
S. Sizes given are nominal. Any change or difference from sizes stated
shall be codrdinated for proper fit of glass stops.
C. Glass Types: .
1. Type SG-l: 9/16":!: thick glass clad po1ycarbonate unit
consisting of:
a. 1/8" clear chemically or heat strengthened glass.
b. Inter1ayer .050 polyurethane
c. 1/4" clear po1ycarbonate
d. Interlayer .050 polyurethane
e. 1/8" grey tinted chemically or heat strengthened glass.
f. H.P. White, Level I, forced entry.
2.2 GLAZING SEALANT/COMPOUNDS
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Provide black exposed glazing materials, unless another color is
indicated or unless another color is selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard colors.
2. Provide' hardness of materials as recommended by the manufacturer
for the required application and condition of installation in
each case.
3. Provide only compounds which are known (proven) to be fully
compatible with surfaces contacted.
4. Provide sealants recommended by manufacturer:
B. Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Silicone rubber, one part e1astomeric sealant, complying with FS
TTSOOlS43, Class A. Provide acid type for porous channel
surfaces, and provide non-acid type for porous channel surfaces
(~here any of the channel surfaces are porous).
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-3
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
C. Two Component Po1ysu1fide Glazing Sealant:
1. Polysulfide two part e1astomeric sealant, complying with FS
TTS00227, Class A Type 2 (non-sag); with container bearing
Thioko1 Chemical Corporation seal of approval; compounded by
manufacturer specifically for glazing.
D. Butyl Rubber Glazing Tape:
1. Partly vulcanized self-adhesive, non-staining, e1astomeric butyl
rubber tape, 98% sol ids intended for 35% compression, non-
apprec iab 1 e deteri orat i on for 3000 hour test in Atlas
Weatherometer.
E. One Compartment Urethane Glazing Sealant:
1. Solvent based, one component polyurethane; compounded
specifically for glazing; complying with FS TTS00230, Class A
Type I I.
F. Acrylic Latex Glazing Compound:
1. Modified latex rubber and acrylic emulsion polymer, compounded
specifically as a glazing sealant with permanent flexibility
(non-hardening), non-staining and non-bleeding.
. G. Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Polymerized butyl rubber compound with inert filers and pigments,
solvent based with 75% solids, non-sag, tack-free within 24
hours, paintable, non-staining.
H. Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant:
1. Tape or ribbon (coiled on release paper) of polymerized butyl, or
mixture of butyl and po1yisobuty1en.e, compounded with inert
fillers and pigments, solvent based with minimum of 95% solids,
with thread or fabric reinforcement, tack-free within 24 hours,
paintable, non-staining.
2. Provide combination tape and encased continuous rubber shim, of
approximately 50 durometer hardness.
I. Oil Based Face Glazing Compound:
1. FS TTG410 type and consistency recommended by manufacturer for
application shown.
2.3 GLAZING GASKETS
A. Provide glazing gaskets as recommended by manufacturer:
B. Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets: .
1. Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the profile and hardness
required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM 0 2000
designation 2BC 415 to 3BC 620, black.
C. Polyvinyl Chloride Glazing Gaskets:
1. Extruded flexible PVC gaskets of the profile and hardness shown,
or as required for watertight construction comply with ASTM 0
2287.
D. Vinyl Foam Glazing Tape:
1. Closed cell, flexible, self-adhesive, non-extruding, polyvinyl
chloride foam tape; recommended by manufacturer for exterior,
exposed, watertight, installation of glass, with only nominal
pressure in the glazing channel, comply with ASTM D 1667.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-4
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Sett i ng Blocks: Neoprene 7090 durometer hardne.ss, wi th proven
compatibility with sealants used and urethane/ po1ycarbonate laminates
used.
B. Spacers: Neoprene 4050 durometer hardness with proven compatibility
with sealants used.
C. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed cell or waterproof jacketed rod stock
of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, prevent to be compatible with
sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 510 psi compression
strength for 25% deflection.
D. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine the framing and glazing angle surfaces, backing, removable
stop design, and the conditions under which the glazing is to be
performed, and notify the Architect in writing of any conditions
detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed with the glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE
A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is
required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand
normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for
operating sash and doors) without failure of any kind including loss
or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain
watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other
defects in the work.
B. Protect glass from edge damage at all times during handling,
installation and operations of the building.
C. Glazing angle dimensions are intended to provide for necessary minimum
bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant
thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Be responsible for correct
size for each opening, within the tolerance and necessary dimensions
established.
D. Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and
manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except
where more stringent requirements are specified, and except where
manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise.
E. .Comp1y with "Glazing Manual" by Flat Glass Marketing Association
except, and except as specifically recommended otherwise by the
manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials.
F. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and
e1 iminate those which have observabl e edge damage or face
imperfections.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-5
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
G. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to
match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with
pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other pieces.
H. Cut and install colored (tinted) glass as recommended in "Technical
Services Report No. 104" by PPG INDUSTRIES.
I. Install po1ysu1fide sealants as recommended by the sealant
manufacturer.
3.3 PREPARATION FOR GLAZING
A. Clean the glazing angle, or other framing members to receive glass,
immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly
bonded to the substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces wherever
e1astomeric sealants are used.
B. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces wherever recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
3.4 GLAZING
A. Comply with glass, window and frame manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill
rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heel bead compound, if any.
C. Glazing shall be set with equal bearing for entire width.
D. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for
all glass -sizes larger than 50 united inches, except where gaskets are
used for glazing. Provide 1/8" minimum bite of spacers on glass and
use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use
thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.
E. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by
forming voids or installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of
jambs and head (do not leave voids in the sill channels) except as
otherwise indicated, depending on light size, thickness and type of
glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered,
heat strengthened of coated.
G. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete
"wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
H. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a
substantial "wash" away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and
gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate
dirt and moisture pockets.
I. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or
frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and
discolorations.
J. Where wedge shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the angle to
pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide
adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket wi 11 not "walk" out when
subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching
ribs or by proven adhesive, including embedment of gasket tail in
cured heel bead.
K. Glaze units at the building site.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-6
SECTION 08842
SECURITY GLAZING
L. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where
gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull
away from corners and result in voids or leads in the glazing system.
3.5 CURE, PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's
recommendations, to.obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive
strength and surface durability.
B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, to
attachment of crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do
not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass.
C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or
damaged in other ways duri ng the construction peri od, i nc1 udi ng
accidents and vandalism.
D. Maintain glass in a clean condition during construction, so that it
will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by
washoff) to the deterioration of glazing materials and other work.
E. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than four days prior to
Owner's acceptance of the work in each area. Comply with glass
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning and polishing.
********************
END OF SECTION 08842
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08842-7
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Glazed Window Wall
2. Glazing materials, and gaskets.
3. Custom factory preformed, prefinished, aluminum frames, internal
and external reinforcing, anchorage including anchorage to
structural members, sills, stools, glazing materials, flashing
and gaskets.
a. Supports, accessories, and components for a complete glazed
system.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
2. Section 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES
3. Section 08800 - GLAZING
1. 2 REFERENCES
A. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide
Specifications Manual.
B. AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual.
C. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural
Aluminum From Shop to Site. .
D. AAMA 502-90 - Vo1~ntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and
Sliding Glass Doors. .
E. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic
Finishes for Architectural Aluminum.
F. AAMA TIR - Al - Sound Control for Aluminum Curtain Walls and Windows.
G. AAMA 1503.1-88 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and
Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
H. AAMA 1504-88 - Voluntary Standard for Thermal Performance of Windows,
Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.
I. ASTM A446 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
J. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
K. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube.
L. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exteri or Wi ndows, Curtain
Walls, and Doors.
M. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
N. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. In addition to complying with all applicable codes and regula-
tions, comply with recommendations contained in "Glazing Manual"
of the Float Glass Marketing Association and "Aluminum Curtain
Walls" published by Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer
Association.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-1
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and
fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with
a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and
fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in
scope to that indicated for this project.
1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who
has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall
systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall
manufacturer/fabricator.
C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision
of a Profess i ona 1 Engi neer experi enced in des i gn of th is work and
registered in the State of Florida.
D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended
as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the
glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to
be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the
engineering design requirements.
E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's
satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory-submitted criteria
conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to
conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated without delaying the
progress of the Work.
F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and Test~ paragraph
requirements of Division 1 - QUALITY CONTROLS. Construct. mock-up
units of the glazed aluminum curtain wall system for testing at the
Owner approved Laboratory's Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be
complete with all components, finishes, and details of construction
identical with those proposed for use in the building. Do not take
special precautions or use techniques that do not represent those to
be used on the building.
1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory
proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect.
2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to
demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities.
3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the
personnel that will perform this work at the project site.
4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide
corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components
necessary.
G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to
prevent delay in the progress of the Work.
1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials
referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual.
2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with
requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct
tests with assemblies representative of actual materials.
Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials
and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-2
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
H. Field-Constructed Mock-Up: Before installing the window wall system,
erect a full-size sample window wall panel mock-up, including
mullions, panels, vision glass, to include each type of glass,
tempered glass as directed by,Architect, and other elements of the
system, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
represent the completed system for aesthetic effects and qualities of
materials and installation. Build the mock-up to comply with the
following requirements, using materials indicated for the final
installation.
1. Construct the mock-up on site in the location and sizes as
directed by the Architect.
2. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and
workmanship.
3. Obtain the Architect's acceptance of the mock-up before starting
final erection of the glazed aluminum window wall system.
4. Maintain the mock-up in undisturbed condition during construction
as a standard for judging completed window wall installation.
S. If acceptable to the Architect, accepted mock-ups on the building
in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion may be
incorporated into the Work.
J. Windows shall meet or exceed air and water infiltration and deflection
test requirements as defined by AAMA 101-85 for the type, grade and
performance class of window units required.
K. Mock-UP/Proto-Type
1. Insta1~one unit in designated area under direct supervision of
manufacturer.
2. Installation approved by Architect to constitute a standard of
quality for subsequent installation.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully dimensioned full size shop drawings defining size, shape,
and type of aluminum members, glazing, blocking, sealants, tapes,
gaskets and all associated items utilized in the installation of
window wall and relation of assemblies to adjacent building
components.
B. Provide samples of corner construction for both frame and operating
sash for each operation type, approximately 12" long on each leg.
C. Provide representative finish samples of production items indicating
full range of color tolerance that will be applicable to this project.
Samples shall be large enough to allow good comparison.
D. Provide written certification that all materials, products, fastening
devices, and anchorage are designed to comply with all applicable code
requirements, to include applicable loads on anchors and fastening
devices.
E. Provide certified test results of tests performed by a qual ified
independent testing agency, acceptable to Owner and Architect,
certifying compliance with Performance requirements indicated based on
comprehensive testing of the system by the laboratory within the last
3 years current production of the system by the manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-3
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Protect ion:
1. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before,
during, and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
2. Store units standing on edge, supported on wood strips to prevent
damage to any part. Prevent contact with di rt or mortar.
Damaged parts shall not be installed.
B. Replacements:
1. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements
necessary at no cost to Owner.
1.6 TESTS
A. Depending upon the prevalence or absence of leakage in the initial
water penetration tests, and upon the measures adopted by the
Contractor to eliminate the source of leakage (if any) from
subsequently erected work, the Architect will determine the necessity
of (and scope of) additional tests. All retests required by the
Architect due to repeated failures in "initial water tests" shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
Corrective work required shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, along with the cost of retesting, the costs incurred by
the Architect, owner and their Consultants. Remedial measures must
maintain standards of quality and are subject to Architect's approval.
B. Test Units:
1. Perform all tests unless noted otherwise, on full size mock-up
utilizing largest typical glass lite in accordance with this
specification.
C. Test Procedures
1. Air Infiltration Test: Air infiltration at 6.24 psf pressure
differential shall not exceed 0.06 cfm/square foot of fixed areas
and 0.10 cfm per foot of crack length for ventilators when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 283.
2. Water Resistance Test: No uncontrolled water leakage at 15.00
psf pressure differential with water rate of 5 gallons per hour
per square foot when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331.
3. Un i form Load Def1 ect i on Test: No gl ass breakage, permanent
damage or def1 ect i on of any unsupported span (frami ng rails,
muntins, and mullions) in excess of L/17S at both a positive and
a negative load of 45 psf (design wind pressure at 120 mph) when
treated in accord with ASTM E330.
4. Uniform Load Structural Test: Unit shall be tested at 1.5 x
design wind pressure both positive and negative, acting normal to
plane of wall in accord with ASTM E 330. No glass breakage,
permanent damage or permanent deformation of any main frame in
excess of 0.2% of its span.
S. Condensation Resistance Factor Test (CRF): Perform test in exact
accord with AAMA 1503.1-88 procedure. Test unit 6'-311 x 7'-911
containing one intermediate vertical and one intermediate
horizontal glazed with four equal size lites of 1" insulated
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-4
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
glass (two 1/4" lites with 1/2" air space). Condensation
resistance factor (CRF) shall be minimum 55 (gl ass CRF), 73
(frame CRF). Data from calculations, test results on units of
different sizes or glass arrangement are not acceptable.
6. Thermal Test ("U" value): Perform test in accordance with AAMA
1503.1 procedure. Thermal transmittance ("U") maximum 0.65
BTU/hr/sfrF.
7. The system shall perform to these criteria under a wind10ad of
(120 mph); 45 psf (Performance Class 45)
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Pri or to commencement of wi ndow wall i nsta 11 at ion, conduct a pre-
installation conference at the Project site with the window wall/
system manufacturer, installer, and other interested parties to review
procedures, schedules, and coordination of the window wall/curtain
wall Work with other elements of the work, to i nc 1 ude adj acent
materials.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturers/fabricator's 10 year warranty on materials and
workmanship.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. WAUSAU METALS CORP. Basis of Design (6250 Superwa11 2-1/2" Face)
2. KAWNEER COMPANY
3. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Extruded Aluminum System
1 Extrusions: 6063-T5 alloy and temper. Sections: formed true to
detail, and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or
durability.
2. Fasteners, where exposed: aluminum or stainless steel. Unexposed
fasteners may be cadmium or zinc plated steel in accordance with
ASTM A16S and A-164. Anchors: aluminum or steel providing steel
is properly insulated from aluminum.
3. Major Framing: Factory prepared for job-site assembly and sealed
according to manufacturer's recommended procedures.
4. Mullions and Horizontal Rails: Extruded shapes with sharp we11-
defi ned corners and f1 ush sight 1 i nes. Sect ions: des i gned to
accept double insulating glass.
S. Mullion configurations shall allow for pockets at inside glazing
face to receive fixed resilient e1astomeric glazing spine.
Mullions and horizontal rails shall have flexible thermal break
material located on exterior side of glass plane.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-5
SECTION 08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
6. Exteri or Gl az i ng Seal: Synthet i c pol ymeri c tape secured extruded
aluminum pressure plates fastened to main grid members.
Provision shall be made at all sealed horizontals to lead
moisture accumulation to exterior. A cover shall be snapped over
pressure plate to show only a sharp, uninterrupted exterior
profile.
7. Glass and Glazing for Window Walls: Refer to Section 08800 -
GLAZING.
8. Sealants and Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 07900 for joints at
interface of window wall construction with other work.
9. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-
strength a 1 umi num un its where feas i b 1 e; otherwi se nonmagnet i c
stainless steel, except at fabricator's option, brackets not
exposed to weather or abrasion shall be hot-dip galvanized steel
complying with ASTM A386. Provide nonstaining, non-ferrous shims
for installation and alignment of window wall work.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Surfaces exposed to exterior and interior view shall be coated with
factory applied, oven baked finish based on KYNAR 500 (polyviny1idene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to properly
cleaned and pretreated aluminum meeting the requirements of ASTM 0-
1730-67, Type B, method 5 or 7. The coating shall be a three coat
system equivalent to PPG "Duranar XL" applied to a minimum thickness
of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA 605.2 (1980) "Specification for High
Performance Organic on Architectural Extrusions a'nd Panel S".
B. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect.
C. Finished surfaces shall be free from mechanical imperfections such as
scratches, scrapes, and dents. Finished surfaces shall be free from
finish imperfections: (spots, stains, and streaks.)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Furnish inserts at proper times for setting in concrete formwork,
masonry, and similar work indicated to support window wall work.
3.2 INSTALLATION/ERECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings for
protection, handling and installation of factory-fabricated window
wall components, with particular attention and care in preservation of
applied finishes. Discard or remove and replace damaged members.
B. Erection Tolerances: Install window wall components plumb, level,
accurately aligned and accurately located in reference to column lines
and floor levels; adjust work to conform with the following tolerances
(maximum variations):
1. Plumb: 1/8" in 10'; 1/4" in 40'.
2. Level: 1/8" in 20'; 1/4" in 40'.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-6
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
3. Al ignment: Limit offset of member al ignment to 1/16" where
surfaces are flush or less than 1/2" out of flush, and separated
by less than 2" (by reveal or protruding work); otherwise limit
offsets to 1/8". Frame offset at corner of glazing pocket shall
not exceed 0.031 inch.
4. Location: 3/8" maximum deviation from measured theoretical
location (any member, any location).
C. Anchor components securely in place in manner indicated, shimming and
allowing for required movements, and provide separators and isolators
to prevent corrosion and electro1ytica1 deterioration, and to prevent
corrosion and e1ectro1ytica1 deterioration, and to prevent "freeze up"
of moving joints.
D. Glazing: Specified in Section 08800 - GLAZING.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field check for water leakage shall conform to AAMA 501.1-83.
Ope rat i ng doors and wi ndows shall be tested in the same manner as
fi xed wall areas. A pressure gauge is not mandatory. Tapi ng of
exterior joints is not required. There shall be no water leakage.
Provide scaffold, hose, water supply, and manpower to perform at least
two successful tests, plus any unsuccessful tests. Remedial measures
shall maintain standards of quality and durability and are subject to
approval by Architect.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean cQmpleted system, inside and out, promptly after erection and
installation of glass and sealants (allow for nominal cure of liquid
sealants). Window wall installer shall advise Contractor of proper
and adequate protection and cleaning procedures during remainder of
construction period, so that system will be without damage and
deterioration at time of acceptance.
B. At time of substantial completion, clean window wall system thoroughly
and polish glass. Demonstrate proper cleaning methods and materials
to Owner's maintenance personnel.
********************
END OF SECTION 08902
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
08902-7
Division 9
Finishes
rl l~J'
Division 9
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 ; 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Three-coat cement plaster over metal lath on metal furring.
2. Metal lath and metal lath support systems, including accessories
for plastering.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY.
2. Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For actual installation of plaster, use only skilled journeyman
plasterers who are completely familiar with referenced standards and
with requirements of this work.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Comply with recommendations of "Gypsum Construction Handbook",
1987 Edition, as published by U.S. Gypsum Co. unless noted
otherwise by this Section.
2. Comply with ASTM C-926 "Specification for Application of Portland
Cement-based Plaster" and ASTM C 1063 "Specification for
Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement-Based
Plaster".
3. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications
For Metal Lathing And Furring". and "Technical Bulletin 101" for
selection of metal lath for each application. .
C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where plaster systems with fire-resistance
ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are
identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by
fire testing laboratories acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of suspension
system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by,
or penetrating through, ceiling.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to Architect, before delivery of materials of this Section, a
complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed
under this portion of work, stating manufacturer's name, and all
components reqUired.
B. Accompanyi ng materials 1 i st, submit two copi es of manufacturer's
current recommended method of i nsta II at i on for each item. These
recommendations, after review by Architect, shall be basis for
acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this
work.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Delivery:
1. Materials shall be delivered in original packages bearing name of
manufacturer, brand, weights and gages.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-1
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during
delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with
acceptable material.
3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from
sweating walls and damp surfaces.
B. Protection:
1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section,
before, during and after installation and to protect installed
work and materials of other trades.
C. Replacements:
1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary,
reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Provide field mock-up over Unit Masonry - Section 04200.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of
referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of
plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and
after application of plaster.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in
excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation
immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets.
C. Protect contiguous work from ~oi1ing, spattering, moisture
deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from
plastering.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Materials required to produce a given system shall be by one
manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be
retained for that system throughout project.
2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of
application and proportioning established elsewhere in this
Section.
B. Plastering Materials:
1. Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where available) materials,
at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926.
2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA.
3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM
C 206 or C 207.
4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897.
S. Prepared Finish-Coat: Factory-prepared finish for portland
cement plaster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the
color and texture indicated.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-2
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
a. Texture: Sand-Float finish (exterior) to match precast
concrete panels.
C. Bonding Materials:
1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with
MIL-B-1923S and ASTM C 932.
2. Bonding Additive: Acrylic-based emulsion for bonding exterior and
interior portland cement plaster base-coat to solid surfaces.
a. Product manufacturer:
1) Quick-Cure Ad-Liquid/FINESTONE CORP.
2) Marvoc/LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP.
3) Acry1 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS
3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10
parts water.
D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories:
1. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Rib Lath, 3/8": 3.4 1bs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rib depth (high rib).
3. Self-furring Diamond Metal Lath: 2.5 1bs. per sq. yd.
4. Asphalt-Saturated Felt: ASTM 0226, 15 lb. type, non-perforated.
S. Plastering Accessories:
a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and
include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties, rein-
forcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner beads,
casing beads,. base screeds, expansion/control joints,
brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by
th~ manufacturer for the application indicated, unless
specified otherwise.
6. Metal and Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized
finish on steel products.
7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds,
moldings and similar units as indicated.
8. Expansion: USG expansion joint sized for plaster thickness.
9. Control Joint: .0501 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum with zinc
coating; Fry Reg1et No. PCS-7S-75 (2 pc.) and PCS-75-1S0 (2 pc).
See Section 09830 - ELASTOMERIC COATING.
10. Reinforcement for control joints, expansion joints and at
terminations of metal flashing: 4" galvanized "hardware cloth" or
4" galvanized strip lath.
11. Reveal Joint:
a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum
with zinc coating; FRY REGLET No. PCS-7S-75 and PCS-7S-150,
PRZ-75-7S. See Section 09900 - PAINTING.
b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum
thick 6063-TS aluminum with zinc coating; Fry Reg1et. See
Section 09830 - ELASTOMERIC COATING.
E. Metal Support Materials:
1. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw-type galvanized
steel zee-shaped furring members; ASTM A52S, G60, 0.0179" min.
thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for
mechanical attachment of "rigid insulation boards or blankets to
monolithic and masonry walls.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-3
SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER
2. Fasteners for Furring Members: Type and size recommended by
furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated.
2.2 PLASTER MIXES
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and
finish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, and materials.
B. Acceptable Mix Proporations:
Plaster applied to metal lath:
Portland Cement
Lime
Sand
Finish
1
1
1
3/4 to 1-1/2
3/4 to 1-1/2
1-1/2 to 2
2-1/2 to 4
3 to 5
Scratch
Brown
3
Plaster applied to concrete and masonry:
Finish
1
1
. 3/4 to 1-1/2
1-1/2 to 2
2 to 3
Brown
3
Proportions: Parts by Volume. Volume of sand per sum of cementitious
material.
C. Mixing:
1. Basic Requirements:
a. Proport i on and measure materi a 1 for each plaster batch
accurately, using measuring devices of known volume as
approved by the Architect. Do not measure by number of
shovels.
b. Size batches for complete use within a maximum of one hour
and to set within a maximum of four hours.
c. Do not retemper or use partially set plaster.
d. Do not use caked or lumpy material and remove such material
from job site immediately.
e. Mix factory-prepared p1 aster in accordance wi th manufac-
turer's written instructions for type of surface to which
applied.
f. Use moist, loose sand in mix proportions.
g. Withhold 10% of mixing water until mixing is almost
complete, then add as needed to produce necessary
consistency.
2. Mechanical Mixing:
a. Mix each batch separately.
b. Cl ean mi xer of set or hardened materi a 1 s before 1 oadi ng
materials for new batch.
HLM 90007.0.0-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-4
SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER
c. Ma i nta in mi xer in cont i nuous ope rat ion wh il e add i ng and
mixing materials.
d. Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time
recommended by manufacturer of plaster material.
3. Hand Mixing:
a. Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect.
b. Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water
barrels when mixing in the building.
c. Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other
accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in
writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not
indicated.
2. Comply with Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association "Specifications
for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM CI063 "InstaT1ation of
Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement-Based Plaster".
B. Isolation:
1. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently,
and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories.
C. Splicing Members:
1. Splice plastering accessories by use of concealed splines,
anchored to prevent offsets.
D. Installation of Plastering Accessories:
1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" o.C. to plaster base.
2. Miter or cope accessory corners, and install with tight joints
accurately aligned.
3. Set accessories plumb, level and true to line, with a tolerance
of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required.
4. Install metal corner beads at external corners.
S. Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except
where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be
concea 1 ed by 1 app i ng work, and except where spec i a 1 screeds,
bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames.
a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abuting frames
and other work (for application of sealant).
b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set cas i ng bead 1/4" from
concrete.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-5
SECTION 09200 LATH AND PLASTER
6. Install prefabricated control joints of one-piece design where
shown as "control joint".
7. Install prefabricated expansion joints of two-piece design where
shown as "expansion joint"; 3/8" for exterior.
8. Coordinate expansion/control joint requirements with masonry unit
substrate - Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY.
3.3 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING
A. Clean plaster bases and substrates to be plastered, removing loose
materials, coatings and other substances which might impair the work.
B. Etch concrete and masonry surfaces indicated for direct plastering.
Wet surface, scrub with ac i d etch sol ut ion, and ri nse thoroughly;
repair necessary for adequate plaster bond.
C. Install metal reinforcement for exterior portland cement plaster,
except where plaster is indicated for direct bonding to the substrate
without reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 1063, and with
manufacturer's instructions for stretching and nailing.
D. Install corner reinforcement at external corners of exterior portland
cement plaster work.
E. Install diagonal strips of self-furring metal lath at corners of
openings in plaster, where base is not metal lath or reinforcement and
control or expansion joints do not extend to corners.
F. Install temporary grounds and screeds as required to control plaster
thickness and comply with tolerances. Install strip lath at all
terminations over metal flashings and at locations of control joints
and expansion joints.
G. Install plastering accessories, anchored to substrates 8" o.c. along
each flange. Miter corners and spline joints to form tight accurate
joints without offsets.
a. Install .casing beads where shown and at openings and exposed
terminations of plaster work.
1. Leave 1/4" sealant pocket at exterior casing beads.
b. Install control joints. (Comply with ASTM C926, CI063, ANSI A
42.3, and UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. "Gypsum Construction
Handbook",and as indicated for location and maximum spacing of
control joint locations.)
c. Install expansion joints.
H. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before application of plaster which
is to be bonded to concrete or masonry, except where bonding agent is
to be used, dampen the surfaces sufficiently to obtain optimum plaster
suction.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF PLASTER
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Comply with ASTM C-926, and with manufacturer's instructions;
whichever are more detailed or more stringent.
2. Sequence plaster installation properly with the installation and
protection of other work, so that neither will be damaged by the
installation of the other. .
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-6
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
3. Apply thicknesses and number of coats of plaster as indicated,
comply with ANSI standards if not otherwise indicated or required
for fire-resistance ratings.
4. Apply plaster to an entire panel with interruptions occurring
only at junctions of plaster planes or at openings or expansion.
a. Where the distance between such natural interruptions exceed
20' in either direction, plaster application may be
interrupted when the practical application limit is
exceeded. Locate such interruptions not less than 6" away
from interruptions in preceding coat and cut exposed edges
square and straight.
5. Where plaster abuts items of metal or wood which act as plaster
ground, and plaster is not terminated by a casing bead, tool edge
of plaster to produce a small uniform "V" joint. Tool joint
through second (brown coat) and finish coat.
6. Place mixed plaster within a minimum of 2-1/2 hours after mixing,
except during hot, dry weather, reduce maximum placing time as
required to prevent premature stiffening of plaster. Do not
retemper stiffened plaster with additional water.
B. Base Coat Installation:
1. Apply 3-coat plaster over all metal lath, consisting of first
(scratch) basecoat, second (brown) base coat and finish coats as
further specified.
2. Exterior Horizontal Applications: Apply first and second base
coats 3/8" thick for a total thickness of 3/4" except as
otherwise indicated.
3. Measure thickness of plaster from back plane of metal reinforce-
ment, except if metal reinforcement is applied over solid base,
measure from face of base.
4. Apply first base coat with sufficient material and pressure to
form full keys through metal rei nforci ng and to embed
reinforcing. After first coat is firm, scratch (score) in one
direction only, to provide mechanical bond for second coat. On
vertical surfaces, scratch in horizontal direction.
S. Apply second base coat with sufficient material and pressure to
ensure tight contact with first base coat. Bring surface to a
true, even plane by rodding, and float to a uniformly rough
surface. Fill defects and scratches with plaster.
C. Finish Coat Installation: .
1. Apply finish plaster to 1/8" nominal thickness including fine and
moderate texture variations. Apply in the number of coats and of
the consistency required to achieve desired texture.
3.5 MOISTURE RETENTION, CURING
A. Cure portland cement plaster by maintaining each coat in a moist
condition for two days following application; keep enclosed and
fog-spray (after initial set) as required to prevent dry-out.
B. Plaster which is cracked or crazed will not be accepted. Remove and
replace at no additional cost to Owner.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
. BID GROUP TWO
09200-7
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, patch, point-up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate
other work and to eliminate cracks, dents and imperfections. Repair
or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and
check cracking, dry-outs, efflorescence, sweat-outs and similar
defects, including areas of the work which do not comply with
specified tolerances, and where bond to the substrate has failed.
Crazed and/or cracked plaster will not be accepted.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly
remove plaster from door frames, window and other surfaces which are
not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which
have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering
work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials,
containers and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris.
B. Protect plaster from deterioration and damage during the remainder of
the construction period.
********************
END OF SECTION 09200
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09200-8
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. E1astomeric coatings over exterior surfaces.
a. Clean and seal cracks in the wall surface.
b. App 1 y e 1 astomeri c waterproof coat i ng to exteri or cement
plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating. e1astomeric coating
conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section.
B. App1 icator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of
successful application of e1astomeric coatings of types required on
substrates similar to those of this project.
C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by
e1astomeric coating manufacturer.
D. Primer-sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material
applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section.
2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application
procedures. .
3. Cert i fi ca t i on of comp 1 i ance with Quality As surance port i on of
this Section.
4. Submit written certification from the e1astomeric coating
manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the
manufacturer.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a
period of 5 years. Comply with e1astomeric manufacturers inspection
and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of
surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of
written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no
cost to the Owner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect
defects.
B. Comply with e1astomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty
provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to
review substrates and installation procedures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09830-1
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
A. Acceptable Products:
1. VIP 7000 Ter-Po1ymer Coating with primer.
2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Co10rf1ex" with primer.
3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt-Flex" exterior e1astomeric masonry
coating with primer.
B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by
elastomeric coating manufacturer).
1. 'VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering
grade.
2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatro1 II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatro1
I" .
3. MAMECO Vu1kem 116, one-part polyurethane.
4. Architect approved equivalent.
C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the e1astomeric coating
manufacturer.)
1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond".
2. Architect approved equivalent.
D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building
elevations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Verify
surfaces to receive e1astomeric coatings are' clean,' free of
efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental
to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating
manufacturer.
B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with
a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by
coatin.g manufacturer. Use high pressure water when specifically
recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water.
C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities.
D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Application of waterproofing system:
1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions.
2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer.
B. Apply bonding agent to control joints/expansion joints. This section
shall be responsible for pre-test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent
and control joint material bond adequacy.
C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed with sealant applied in strict
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Application to substrate shall be in strict accordance with manu-
facturer printed instructions.
E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with
application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions
per manufacturer instructions.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROU P TWO
09830-2
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
F. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage
or blow-over of e1astomeric coatings. Cover adjoining and near sub-
surfaces of aluminum and glass where there is possibility of coatings
being deposited on surfaces. Clean e1astomeric coatings from
adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with
manufacturer's instructions.
********************
END OF SECTION 09830
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09830-3
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior materials, including but not limited to the following:
a. Metal doors and frames
b. Rail ings
c. Ladders
d. Metal stairs
2. . Exterior materials, including but not limited to the following:
a. Rooftop mechanical equipment
b. Rooftop access doors
c. Exposed exterior mechanical equipment
d. Exterior metal stairs
e. Exterior steel pipe railing
f. Exterior galvanized steel lintels
g. Exposed exterior structural steel for mechanical equipment
support.
h. Exterior metal connections
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List:
1. Before deli very to site, submi t a complete 1 i st of materi a 1 s
proposed to be furn i shed and i nsta 11 ed under th is port i on of
work.
B. Samples:
1. Prepare and deliver to Architect, 16" x 16" samples of each paint
color selected by Architect.
C. Paint Formulations:
1. Submi t actual pai nt formu1 at ions for each paint manufacturer,
type and paint color for the Owner's future use in obtaining
paint color matches.
2. Submit formulations after paints have been installed and prior to
fi na 1 payment.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Quality Control:
1. Request review of item of each color scheme required by Architect
for color, texture and workmanship.
2. Notify Architect prior to starting space for review so he may be
present for observation.
3. A reviewed set of samples and brochures will be returned to the
Contractor and shall be kept on the job throughout pa i nt i ng
operations.
B. Codes and Standards: Comply with applicable codes and regulations:
1. ANSI Z53.1 - Safety color coding standards.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver paint materials to job site in original containers with labels
intact and legible at time of use.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09900-1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
B. General:
1. Material will be stored in one assigned area which will be used
for storage, tinting, mixing and thinning. Adequate protection
for floors, walls and ceilings shall be provided.
2. Flammable materials shall be kept in metal containers. Soiled
rags, waste and empty containers shall be removed at the end of
each day's work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer:
1. Schedul e of Material s is based on use of PRATT AND LAMBERT
products.
2. Other acceptable manufacturers are:
a. BENJAMIN MOORE
b. GLIDDEN
c. PPG
d. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS
e. DEVOE PAINT
3. Pa i nt materials selected for each type of surface shall be
product of a single manufacturer.
B.. Compatibility:
1. Paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use; finish
coats shall be compatible with prime coats; prime coats shall be
compatible with surface to be coated. Tools and equipment shall
be compatible with coatings to be applied.
2. Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for
that purpose by manufacturer of material to be thinned.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION, GENERAL
A. Prior to all surface preparation and painting, completely mask, remove
or otherwise protect all hardware accessories, machined surfaces, and
similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled to
receive paint.
B. Exterior surfaces shall not be painted if in direct sunlight, during,
or prior to rainy or frosty weather or if surface temperature is below
50. F.
C. Mixing and Tinting:
1. Job site tinting of finish coats shall be done only when approved
by Architect. Tinting colors shall be of type recommended by
manufacturer of paint or coating whose products are being used.
2. Thinning shall be done only when specifically allowed by
manufacturer and never to exceed his directions.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09900-2
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
D. Spot prime exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with
emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by manufacturer of coating
system. .
E. C1 eani ng:
1. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly
clean surfaces involved. Comply with paint manufacturers printed
instructions for substrate intended.
2. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminant
from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted
surfaces.
F. Preparation of Metal Surfaces:
1. Metal doors and frames shall be made smooth by filling or sanding
before applying any paint or coating.
2. Remove rust and mill scale from ferrous metal surfaces requiring
exposed finish coat of paint or coating. After removal spot
prime with "Tech-Gard Red Oxide Primer".
3. Galvanized steel surfaces requiring painting shall be solvent
cleaned to remove traces of grease, oil or other contaminents
before priming. Comply with paint manufacturers printed
instructions for preparation of substrates to be painted.
4. Slushing or grouting metal door and borrowed light frame
protective paint coating.
a. Prior to placement and slushing or grouting of hollow metal
door and borrowed light frames in masonry wall or plaster
wall s, provi de a protect i ve coat i ng on . the in,s i de
(concealed) faces of frames. Coat with 1/8" thick field
coat of bituminous paint and allow to dry before slushing
grouting work is begun.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Each coat of paint or coating shall be a different shade of same
color. Each coat shall be observed by Architect prior to application
of next coat. Notify Architect of completion of each coat so
observation can be made; in absence of such notification, credit will
be allowed only for visible coat.
B. If paint or coating is not hiding substrate or has non-uniform
appearance, the Contractor shall apply additional coats until results
are satisfactory to Architect.
C. Each coat of paint shall be completely dry before applying succeeding
coats, unless specifically allowed by material manufacturer.
D. Each coat of paint or coating shall be applied at spreading rate
recommended by paint manufacturer, and dry film thickness indicated..
E. When paint or coating is brush applied, each coat must be brushed out
uniformly to eliminate laps, skips, and excess brush marks; there
shall be no visible evidence of runs, sags, curtains or other evidence
of poor application.
F. When paint or coating is roller applied, proper skill must be used to
avoid signs of lapping and excess paint lines from edge of roller.
When cutting-in with brush, these areas must be of same texture, color
and hiding as adjacent areas, to assure good appearance.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09900-3
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
G. When paint or coat 1 ng is app 1 i ed by spray, it must be done before
installation of fixtures, hardware, flooring and other finish items,
unless thoroughly protected. Paint or coating by spray application
shall be applied only by skilled painters, to assure a uniform finish
with no evidence of improper application.
H. Each coat of clear finish or enamel shall be lightly sanded and wiped
free of dust before applying next coat.
I. Final coat of paint or coating shall have visual evidence of solid
hiding and uniform appearance.
J. Make edges of paint or coating adjoining other materials or colors,
sharp and clean, with no overlapping.
K. Factory primed surfaces shall be determined paintab1e in a normal
method and treated properly to secure adequate adhesion of on-site
painting or coating.
L. Environmental Conditions:
1. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental
conditions under which paint and coatings may be applied.
2. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is generated.
M. Colors as selected will include accent colors for approximately 25%
finish wall surfaces.
3.4 DRY MIL THICKNESS
A. Apply paint to dry mil thickness indicated in "Schedule of Materials".
B. Provide and use a "Tooke Dry Film Thickness Gage", to veri fy dry mil
thickness of paint applied, if question of adequate coverage arises.,
Repa i r surfaces. damaged in the verifi cat i on of dry mil th i cknes s .
3.5 CLEAN UP
A. Following completion of painting in each area, reinstall items which
were removed for painting.
B. During progress of work, do not allow accumulation of empty containers
or other excess items except in areas designated for that purpose.
C. In event of accidental spilling of paint, immediately remove spilled
paint and wash surfaces to original undamaged condition, at no cost to
Owner.
D. Upon completion of this portion of work, visually inspect surfaces and
remove paint from surfaces not scheduled to be painted.
E. Spot pa i nt i ng to correct soil ed or damaged paint surfaces will be
allowed only when touch-up spot is blended into surrounding finish and
is not visible to normal viewing. If not possible, re-coat entire
surface to corners or visible stopping point.
3.6 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, EXTERIOR USE
A. Galvanized Metal
1st - Solvent wash to remove oils
2nd - Galvanized Metal Latex Primer
3rd & 4th - Effecto Enamel
Drv Mil Thickness
3.8 mil
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
09900-4
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
B. Metals other than above, including
doors .and trim
1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting-Primer
2nd & 3rd - Effecto Enamel
3.75 mil
3.7 SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS, INTERIOR USE
A. Metal Surfaces
1st - Noxide Rust Inhibiting-Primer
(Omit where pre-primed)
2nd & 3rd - Vitra1ite Enamel
4.75 mil
(1.25 mil primed)
********************
END OF SECTION 09900
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER"
BID GROUP TWO
09900-5
Division 10
Speciaities
rt IN'
Division 10
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Extruded aluminum louvers
a. Stationary wall louvers
b. Operating wall louvers
c. Head and sill flashings
d. Insect screening
e. Extended sills
f. Insulated blank-off panels.
g. Attachment ang1es/fasteners/ components for a complete
assembly.
h. Steel security grille, grating and framework.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AMCA 500 - (Air Movement Council Association) Test Method for Louvers,
Dampers, and Shutters.
B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and
Tubes.
C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate.
0.. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Commercial Quality.
E. ASTM AS27 - Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip
Process, Lock-Forming Quality.
F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's specifications, certified test data, where
applicable; and installation instructions for required products,
including finishes.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of louver units
and accessories. Include plans, elevations and details of
sections and connections to adjoining work. Indicate materials,
finishes, fasteners, joinery and other information to determine
compliance with speCified requirements.
C. Samples:
1. Submit 6" square Samples of each required finish. Prepare
samples on metal of same gag~ and alloy to be used in the work.
Where normal color and texture variations are to be expected,
include two. or more units in each sample showing the limits of
such variations.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
1. The system shall perform with maximum deflection of L/17S
deflection under a wind10ad of 40 psf.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-1
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Where louvers are indicated to comply with specific performance
requirements, provide units whose performance ratings have been
determined in compliance with Air Movement and Control Association
(AMCA) Standard 500.
1. AMCA Certification: Where indicated, provide louvers with AMCA
Certified Ratings Seal evidencing that product complies with
above requirement.
B. Verify size, location and placement of louver units prior to
fabrication, wherever possible.
C. Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and
shop assembly to minimize field adjustments, spl icing, mechanical
jOints and field assembly of units. Preassemble units in shop to
greatest extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and
handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of
the following:
1. AIRLINE PRODUCTS CO.
2. THE AIROLITE CO.
3. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC.
4. RUSKIN MFG. 'CO. .
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A-S26 and A-S27, with ASTM A-52S, G-90
coating, mill phosphatized.
B. Cold-rolled Sheet Steel: ASTM A-366, Class 1, matte finish.
C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A-167 and AISI Type 302/304, with No. 4
finish.
D. A 1 umi num Sheet: ASTM B- 209 , Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as
required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer to
provide required finish.
E. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B-221, Alloy 6063-TS2.
F. Fasteni ngs: Use same material as items fastened, unless otherwi se
indicated. Fasteners for exterior applications may be hot-dip
galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gages and
lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Use Phillips flathead
machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized
anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as
required for corrosion resistance. Use steel or lead expansion bolt
devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required,
to be set into concrete or masonry work.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-2
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Provide louvers and accessories of design, materials, sizes, depth,
arrangement, and metal thicknesses indicated, or if not indicated, as
required for optimum performance with respect to airflow; water
penetration; air leakage, where applicable (for adjustable units, if
any); strength; durability; and uniform appearance.
B. F abri cate frames i nc 1 ud i ng integra 1 sill s to su it adj acent
construction with tolerances for installation, including application
of sealants in jOints between louvers and adjoining work.
C. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete
assembly.
D. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated but not
further apart than recommended by manufacturer or 72" on center,
whichever is less. At horizontal joints between louver units provide
horizontal mullions except where continuous vertical assemblies are
indicated.
E. Provide sill extensions and loose sills made of same material as
louvers, where indicated, or required for drainage to exterior and to
prevent water penetrating to interior.
F. Join frame members to one another and to stationary louver blades by
welding, except where indicated otherwise or where field bolted
connections between frame members are made necessary by size of
louvers. Maintain equal blade spacing, including separation between
blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
2.4 STATIONARY EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WALL LOUVERS
A. Hori zonta 1 Ora i nab 1 e B1 ade Louvers: Un its des i gned to co 11 ect and
drain water to exterior at sill by means of gutters in front edges of
blades, and channels in jambs and mullions. Furnish units with
extrusions not less than 0.125" thick, of depth, and sizes indicated,
complying with following performance requirements.
1. Free Area: Not less than 50% for a 48" x 48" size.
2. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at an
airflow of 1,050 fpm free area velocity in intake direction.
3. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square foot of
free area at an airflow of 1,000 fmp free area velocity.
4. AMCA Certification: Furnish units bearing ACMA Certified Ratings
Seal.
B. Horizontal Blade Louvers: Size and depth indicated, with blades of
profile, slope and spacing indicated, or if not indicated, to meet
Performance requirements.
1. Extrusion Thickness: Not less than 0.125" for blades and frames.
2. Furnish units complying with following performance requirements:
a. Free Area: Not less than 45% on a 48" x 48" sized louver.
b. Static Pressure Loss: Not more than 0.15" of water gage at
an airflow of 1,000 fpm free air velocity.
c. Water Penetration: Not more than 0.05 ounces per square
foot of free area at an intake airflow of 100 fpm free area
velocity.
d. AMCA Certification:- Furnish units bearing AMCA Certified
Ratings Seal.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-3
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
3. Continuous Horizontal Blades: Conceal supporting framework from
vision on outside face of louver by placing braces, mullions and
brackets on inside face; with close fitting, field-made splice
joints in blades designed to permit expansion and contraction
without deforming blades or framework.
a. Exterior Corners: Shop miter and weld blades into
prefabricated corner units to align with straight sections.
Include concealed bracing.
4. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver sections
exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, fabricate units to
permit field-bolted assembly with blade pattern uninterrupted in
vertical spacing, or by horizontal mullions at joints between
superimposed sections; with close fitting joints in jamb frames,
reinforced with splice plates.
C. Vert i ca 1 Bl ade Louvers: Un its wi th vert i ca 1 blades of sight proof
design; of profiles, depths, blade spacing and sizes indicated;
fabricated from extrusions not less than 0.081" thick unless otherwise
indicated.
2.5 INSULATED OPERATING LOUVER SYSTEM
A. Louver: Horizontal blades of .032" thick aluminum and 2" foamed
insulation. Blades separated with rigid polyurethane thermo brake;
55% free area. CS Model No. 6990.
B. Extended Frame Housing: Fabricated aluminum housing of 6063-TS2 alloy
and .109" thickness. Filled with foamed insulation. Welded weather
. tight construction. .
C. Motor: Two position-power open and close 120 VAC, 60 cycle single
phase, CS Model No. EX-ISO Series. .
a. Provide 3/16" mild steel plate covers over motors and mechanisms
to prevent inmate tampering.
D. Security Grille - Refer to Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS.
E. Provide connections to smoke evacuation control systems.
F. Manufacturer: Construction Specialties (Basis of Design).
2.6 LOUVER SCREENS
A. Provide removable screens for exterior louvers where indicated.
B. Fabricate screen frames of same metal and finish as louver units to
which secured, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide rewireab1e frames consisting of formed or extruded metal
with a driven spline or insert for securing screen mesh.
2. Provide frames consisting of U-shaped metal for permanently
securing screen mesh.
C. Use insect screens where indicated, of the following:
1. 18" x 16" mesh, 0.011" aluminum wire.
D. Locate screens on inside face of louvers, unless otherwise indicated.
Secure screens to louver frames with machine screws, spaced at each
corner and at 12" on center between.
2.7 SHEET METAL BACKING
A. Provide each louver with factory installed, solid insulated sheet
aluminum backing panel attached to the interior face of the louver.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-4
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
B. Backing panel shall be 18 gage sheet aluminum with black painted
finish on outer (exposed to view) surface.
C. Insulation on the inner face of the backing panel shall be 2" thick
'semi-rigid board stock fiberglass, 3 pounds per cubic foot density,
adhered to the backing panel with full surface coverage of adhesive
and supplemented by mechanical impaling pins and metal discs spaced
18" on center each way.
D. Responsibility for locating ducted openings, cutting openings in
backing panels and attaching ductwork to backing panel will be by
mechanical tracks.
2.8 METAL FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and
application recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. Apply
finishes in factory after products are assembled. Protect finishes on
exposed surfaces with protective covering, prior to shipment. Remove
scratches and blemishes from exposed surfaces which will be visible
after completing finishing process.
1. Provide colors or color matches as indicated or, if not otherwise
indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard
colors.
B. Aluminum Finishes:
1. Surfaces exposed to exterior view shall be coated with factory
app1 ied, oven baked fini sh based on KYNAR 500 (polyvinyl idene
fluoride - PVF2) as supplied by PPG or equivalent; applied to
properly cleaned and pretreated . aluyminum meeting the
requirements of aSTM 0-1730-67, lype B, meth'od 5 or 7.. The
coating shall be a three coat system equivalent to PPG "Duranar
XL" applied to a minimum thickness of 1.6 mils. Comply with AAMA
605.2 (1980) "Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings
on Architectural Extrusions and Panels."
2. Custom color and finish as selected by Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and
directions for installation of anchorages which are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items
to project site.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Locate and place louver units plumb, level and in proper alignment
with adjacent work.
B. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead
washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces ad
to make a weathertight connection.
C. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted
together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint
fi 11 ers.
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-5
SECTION 10200
LOUVERS AND VENTS
D. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering and grinding
operations required for fitting and jointing. Restore finishes so
there is no evidence of corrective work. Return items which cannot be
refinished in field to shop, make required alterations, and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units, at Contractor's option.
E. Protect galvanized and non-ferrous metal surfaces from corrosion of
galvanic action by application of a heavy coating of bituminous paint
on surfaces whi ch wi 11 be in contact wi th concrete, masonry or
dissimilar metals.
F. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and
i nsul at ions, and i nsta 11 as work progresses to make i nsta 11 at ions
weathertight.
********************
END OF SECTION 10200
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10200-6
SECTION 10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Security Fencing
a. Fabric, frame and all components of fence.
b. Horizontal installation on precast concrete structure.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. CLFMI - Chain Link Manufacturers Institute Standards
B. ASTM A-90 - Standard Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Iron or Steel.
C. ASTM A 392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For installation of chain link fencing, use personnel completely
tra i ned and experi enced in i nsta 11 at i on of approved materi a 1 sand
thoroughly familiar with original design and reviewed shop drawings.
B. Comply with Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute standards
(CLFMI).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings and manufacturers literature indicating sizes,
spacing and location of members; general construction and anchorage
deta il s .
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Use means necessary to protect chain link fencing materials before,
during, and after installation.
B. In event of damage, immediately notify Architect and make repairs and
replacements necessary as approved by Architect and at no additional
cost to Owner.
1.5 STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
A. Fabric Breaking Load: 1,290 1bs. mlnlmum.
B. Total maximum dead10ad deflection: 6".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fabric, Frame and Major Components of Fence: Fabricated of galvanized
steel.
B. Zinc Coating: Per ASTM A-392: "Zinc Coated Steel Chain Link Fabric"
Class 2.
C. Fence shall bear quality seal of CLFMI. Size of components with
regard to fence span: in accordance with tables established by CLFMI.
D. Materials and accessories: products of same manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10606-1
SECTION 10606
SECURITY FENCING ASSEMBLY
E. Fabric:
1. Wire, helically wound and interwoven to provide continuous mesh
without knots and ties except in form of knuckling or of twisting
and barbing ends of wires to form selvage of fabric.
2. Mesh weave of 2 inch.
3. Furnished with twisting and barbing on both selvages.
F. Tension (Stretcher) Bar:
1. One-piece lengths equal to full width of fabric with a minimu~
cross-secti~n of 3/16" inch by 3/4" inch, galvanized (1.0 oz/ft
! 0.1 oz/ft according to ASTM A-90).
G. Galvanized Steel Pipe Framing: 2-7/8" 0.0. with 50,000 psi minimum
yield strength. Comply with ASTM A669.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other trades
and verify that such work is complete to point where this installation
may properly commence.
B. Work required to accurately stake out fence line shall be performed by
this Section.
C. Install fencing in strict accordance with original design and reviewed
shop drawings, anchoring components in accordance with manufacturer's
published recommendations.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Fence: Installed at e1evation(s) established on drawings. Ground
between precast concrete joist: cut or filled as required to provide
uniform clearance of 2 inches between fabric and faces of adjacent
materials.
B. Install steel pipe framing: 8' maximum spacing. Locate and stagger
end joi nts on center1 i ne of precast jOi nt. Secure wi th expans ion
bolts and U-shaped straps.
C. Fabric shall be fastened to precast concrete joist and walls with
stretcher bars and fabric bands and anchors, maximum spacing center to
center of 15".
D. Fasten fabric to top surface of precast and steel framing, maximum
spacing 15" O.c. with 9 gage galvanized hook ties.
E. Locate selvages on precast joist"and overlap 6". Secure with tie wire
to 1-5/8" rails.
F. Fabric: Tighten to provide smooth uniform appearance. Join rolls of
fabric by weaving single strand into ends of rolls to form continuous
mesh.
3.3 TOUCH UP FINISH
A. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Federal Specification TT-P-
641.
********************
END OF SECTION 10606
HLM 90007.00-2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
10606-2
Division 14
Conveying Systems
r'tN'
Division 14
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hydraulic elevator with cathodic protection of the cylinder
1. 2 DESCRIPTION
A. Description of System:
1. Hydraulic passenger e1evator(s).
B. Related Work Described in Other Sections:
1. Hoistway, including pit, ladder, drains, lights, access doors,
and waterproofing. Machine room, including gratings, lighting,
ventilation and heat to maintain the room at temperature of SO.F
minimum to 100.F maximum, and as verified by the elevator
manufacturer.
2. Adequate supports and foundat ions to carry the loads of all
equipment, including supports for guide rail brackets and machine
beams. In adjacent hoistways, provide divider beams for guide
rail bracket support.
3. Provisions for connections from power mains to each controller or
motor generator set starter, signal equipment feeders, including
circuit breakers and fused mainline disconnect switches.
4. Provide electrical outlets for car lighting in the elevator
machine room as shown on layout drawings.
S. Provide sill supports, including steel angles where required.
6. Painting.
7. Trenching and backfilling for any underground piping or conduit.
8. Provide emergency power, of proper characteristics to run
elevators in event of failure of normal power supply. Provide
necessary transfer switches from Normal to Emergency supply on
elevator feeder and wiring as specified in Division 16 -
Electrical from the transfer switches to elevator controller.
9. Provide telephones in each elevator car. Elevator contractor to
furnish wires in traveling cable for telephone hook-up to a 24
hour answering service. Note that an automatic dial telephone
must have emergency power provisions in order to operate.
10. Provide heat and smoke detectors at elevator lobbies except main
floor. Provide two wires from each detector to elevator
controllers.
11. Hoistway deflector shields.
12. Advise the Architect with all necessary details of any
additional items of work by other sections that will be required.
If no exceptions are noted at the time of bidding, pay the cost
of all modifications to suit the equipment design.
1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Designs, clearances, construction workmanship, and material shall be
in accordance with requirements of:
1. National Electric Code
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-1
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
2. American Standard Safety Code for Elevator, Dumbwaiters and
Escalators AI7.1.
3. State of Florida Chapter 399.035; "Elevator Accessibility
Requirements for the Physically Handicapped".
4. Accessibility Requirements Manual; "Florida Board of Building
Codes and Standards".
S. Florida Elevator Safety Code; Chapter 7C-S.
6. Federal, State, and Local codes as may be applicable.
7. American Standard Safety Code (A.S.E.) shall govern except where
applicable codes supersede A.S.E. Code by legal jurisdiction or
more rigid requirements.
B. Incorporate safety devices needed for proper operation and as
required by governing authorities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submi t manufacturer's 1 i terature i nc 1 ud i ng
properly identified manufacturer's catalogs and specifications and
printed installation directions.
B. Samp1 es:
1. Cab interior cuts.
2. Hoistway entrance cuts.
3. Finish samples for each item to be selected.
4. Signal Fixture cuts.
C. Dimensional Shop Drawings:
1. Machine Room Plans:
a. Location of equipment.
b. Service connections.
C. Loads.
2. Hoistway Sections for Each Elevator:
a. Vertical and Horizontal:
1) Bracket spacing.
2) Estimated forces on rails.
3) Estimated forces in pit.
1.5 TEMPORARY SERVICE
A. Should the service of any elevator be required before completion and
final acceptance, permission in writing must first be obtained from
the Architect.
1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Provide maintenance and call-back service on each elevator after it
is placed in operation for a period of 12 months. Service to
consist of examinations of equipment, adjustments, lubrication,
cleaning, supplies and parts to keep equipment in proper operation,
except such adjustments, parts or repairs made necessary by abuse,
mi suse or any other causes beyond control of contractor. Work wi 11
be done by trained employees of contractor during regular working
hours of trade. Furnish full maintenance proposal with first years
price, guaranteed.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-2
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Either the elevator manufacturer or a licensee of the
manufacturer who has not less than five years successful experience
with the installation of similar elevators. Manufacturer shall be
engaged in the manufacturer of the complete elevator system including
door operator, valve, controller, silencer, jack unit, car enclosure
and entrances.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The following manufacturers are approved:
1. DOVER CORPORATION (Basis of Design)
2. OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY
3. MONTGOMERY ELEVATOR
4. Architect approved equivalent.
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Color and finishes as selected by Architect.
2. Exposed Fasteners: Torx-with-peg security screws.
B. Comp 1 y wi th Flori da E1 evator Safety Code, Chapter 7C - 5 i nc 1 ud i ng
plastic containment of the hydraulic cylinder (for electrolysis
protection).
C. Elevators #1 and #2
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity with Class A loading
3. 125 FPM Speed VP; 150 FPM Down Max
4. 25'-2" feet travel
S. 2 landings (ground and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 6' -8"W x 4' -3"0
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-O"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on rear wall only.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-3
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
20. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car telephone
cabinet: vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal
requirements, hall lanterns.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles.
C. Elevators #3
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
2. 4000 # Capacity with Class a loading.
3. 100 FPM Speed
4. 13' -0" feet travel
S. 2 landings (first and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydrau1 ic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 5' -4"W x 7' -9-1/2"0 (inside)
11. Operation: Selective collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Two speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Control Panel - Advanced type panel with raised markings.
18. Car Doors: 0088
19. Car Front: DF12CY
20. Car Shell: DSl
21. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin
22. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Telephone
Cabinet: Vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal
requirements, car riding lantern.
24. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladder and sill support angles.
D. Elevators #4 and #5 (Inmate)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-4
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
3. 100 FPM Speed
4. 12' -2" feet travel
S. 2 landings (ground and first)
6. 3 openings, each, two front/one rear.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"0
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: DF12CY S.S. Satin
20. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin
21. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
indicators above hoistway doors. Car telephone cabinet: 10cked/
vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car
riding lantern.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
servi ce. Mort i se type key swi tch ope rat i on wi th momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
E. Elevators #6 and #7 (Service)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
2. 4000 # Capacity
3. 125 FPM Speed
4. 25' -2" feet travel
S. 3 landings (ground, first and second)
6. 3 openings, two front/one rear.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: S'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"0
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operat ion: Hi gh speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-5
SECTION 14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door' Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: DF12CY S.S. Satin
20. Car Shell: DSl
21. Hoistway Frame: S.S. Satin
22. Hoistway Doors: S.S. Satin
23. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
indicators above hoistway doors. Car telephone cabinet: 10cked/
vandal resistant. All handicapped code signal requirements, car
riding lantern.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
servi c-e. Mort i se type key swi tch .operat i on wi th momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
2.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE
A. Phase I:
1. A three (3) position key operated switch will be provided at a
predesignated (main or lobby) floor of the elevator or of each
group of elevators. When the swi tch is placed in the on
position, or if sensors (provided by others) operate all
elevators controlled by this switch, the sensors will return the
elevator non-stop to the main floor and the doors will open and
remain open.
2. An elevator traveling away from the main floor will reverse at
the next available floor, without opening its doors, and proceed
to the main floor without stopping for car or hall calls.
3. Door reopening devices for power operated doors (Rule 112.5 of
the ANSI 17.1 Code) which may be affected by smoke or heat, so
to prevent door closing will be rendered inoperative.
4. Elevators standing at a floor other than the main floor will
close their doors, and proceed to the main floor without stop-
ping for car or hall calls.
S. The hall buttons will be rendered inoperative.
6. The elevators may be restored to normal operation by furnishing
the lobby key switch to the off position.
7. Once the car has started to return, the emergency stop switch
will be disconnected.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-6
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
8. Product of combustion sensors (furnished and installed by
others) will initiate the foregoing operation by providing .a
signal to terminals on the elevator controller. A third position
on the lobby key swi tch wi 11 by-pass such sensors. The key
will not be removable in this third position.
B. Phase II:
1. A key switch designed for a key acceptable to local authorities
will be provided in or adjacent to the car operating panel of
each elevator. This switch when operated, will initiate the
following special service:
a. The elevator will be operated only by a person in the car,
and will not respond to hall calls.
b. Operation will be by registering one or more calls in the
car and causing the doors to close by operating the door
close button. Release of pressure on the button prior to
full close will allow the doors to immediately reopen.
c. Car call s operated in error wi 11 be reset by momentary
operation of the initiating key switch.
d. Upon completion of door close, the car will run to the car
floor and stop with doors closed. Door open will be by
constant pressure of the door open buttons; if pressure is
released prior to full open, the doors will immediately
reclose.. . .
e. Once fully opened, the doors will remain open, until
closing is initiated per (Para No.2).
f.' Special Emergency Service will be terminated by placing the
key operated switch in the car in the "OFF" position.
2. Floor numbers will be stenciled on the inside of hOistway doors
and walls of each elevator so they may be seen with the car doors
open, numbers to be not less than 4 inches in height.
3. The elevator contractor will supply the test for operating
instructions which will permanently be mounted adjacent to the
main lobby key switch by others. The lettering shall be
reproduced not less than 1/4" high, per A17.1 Code.
2.4 ELEVATOR SIGNAGE:
A. As an aid to the blind, 3/8" high BRAILLE identification representing
the function of each button shall be permanently embossed in the
ope rat i ng panel face surface adj acent to each but ton for car and
corridor operating devices. Stainless steel braille plates overlaid
on panel surface are not acceptable. Provide stainless steel
bearings, shot or studs set permanently in drilled braille pattern in
surface of car or corridor panel.
B. All elevator call-button plates in all elevator lobbies and within the
elevator cab shall bear the following copy:
IN FIRE
EMERGENCY
DO NOT USE
ELEVATORS
USE EXIT STAIRS
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-7
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
All copy shall be machined or photo-engraved copy directly onto the
panel surface and enamel filled. Copy shall be 1/2" Helvetica medium,
initial caps and lower case with tight letter spacing. Copy shall
be set 5/8" O.C. vertically with one line space operating first line
of copy from top edge of plate. Copy shall be fl ush 1 eft, inset 1/2"
(minimum) from left edge of plate. Copy color to be selected by
Architect.
C. Elevator door jambs shall bear a raised numeral copy indicating the
respective floor level where located. Copy shall be 1/8" blind
raised embossed metal, 4" character height Helvetica medium. Copy
shall be centered horizontally on each door jamb width 60" AFF. Copy
shall be same finish as elevator door jamb.
D. Elevator cabs shall bear a 4" diameter "NO SMOKING" symbol per Florida
Code. Symbol shall conform to color, layout and proportions of the
United States Department of Transportation symbol consisting of a red
circ1e/ slash,b1ack image, white ground. Copy shall be photo or
machine engraved with enamel fill or subsurface copy on surfaced
mounted plaque mounted 60" AFF adjacent to door opening. Plaques
shall be permanently mounted with concealed fasteners.
2.5
OTHERS
A. Elevator Cab #1, 3, 5t and 7:
covered removable wall pads.
support pins.
Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl
Provide permanent stainless steel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section
depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work
of this trade or equipment operation.
B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level
and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained
with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder.
C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and
ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with
floor and access door.
D. Before fabrication, take,necessary job site measurements and verify
where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space
for equipment and means of access for installation and operation.
Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings.
E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections
has been properly completed to receive the elevator work:
1. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator
control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit
breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for
light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing
of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment.
HLM 90007.00.-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-8
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
2. Provision of hoistway outlet for telephone.
3. Supply of power for emergency cab lighting and ventilation from
power panel specified in Division 16 and fed by the building
emergency circuits.
4. Machine room enclosed and protected from moisture, with lockable
door.
F. Supply in ample time for installation, inserts, anchors, pipe sleeves,
bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including setting
templates .and diagrams for placement.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work with competent mechanics skilled in this work and under
the direct control and supervision of the e1 evator manufacturer's
experienced foreman.
B. Set hoistway entrances in alignment with car openings and true with
plumb sill lines.
C. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and equipment and accessories
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and
standards to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free
from sideways, oscillation, or vibration.
D. Excavate for plunger and cylinder, set in place plumb and accurate and
enclose with 3000 psi concrete. Install cathodic protection system
and test to ensure working before placing concrete.
E. Mount machine immediately adjacent to hOistway on concrete foundation
provided under Section 03300. Isolate and dampen machine vibration
with properly sized sound-reducing anti-vibration pads.
F. Install and hook-up piping between machine and cylinder.
G. Erect hoistway sills, headers and frames prior to erection of rough
wa 11 s and doors; erect fasci as and toe guards after rough wall s
finished.
H. Grout sills and hoistway entrance frames.
I. Furnish and install stainless steel license holders in each elevator
car to suit certificate issued. Design holder with non-visible
tamper-proof fastenings.
J. Locate hall buttons and indicators as directed by Architect.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Prior to final acceptance remove protection from finished or
ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to
type of material.
B. At completion of work of this Section, remove tools, equipment and
surplus materials from site.
3.4 ADJUST AND BALANCE
A. Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates
smoothly and accurately.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that
they can only be operated by authorized persons.
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-9
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
3.6 INSPECTION
A. Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make such tests as are
required by regulations of authorities. Make tests in presence of
Architect.
1. Provide operation of elevators as required to acquire inspections
of Authorities having Jurisdiction.
B. Final inspection shall be after elevator installation, hoisting
enclosure and machine room are Complete.
C. Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI AI7.2.
D. Deliver test certificates and permits to Architect.
********************
END OF SECTION 14240
HLM 90007.00-4
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
14240-10
Division 16
Electrical
...
1-1 tN'
Division 16
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Electrical and security conduit system.
1. Install conduit in precast concrete modular cells.
1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Fabricate and install conduit systems complying with the provisions of
applicable Section NEC, Chapter 3.
B. Provide materials UL and NEC approved for the application intended.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes the basic materials and methods of installa-
tion for circular cross section conduit systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT
A. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit: Type 40 or 80 heavy wall po1yviny1-
chloride (PVC) conforming to NEMA TC-2, FS WC-I094 and UL-6S1.
2.2 FITTINGS AND BODIES
A. Non-Metallic: Schedule 40, PVC, solvent weld socket type.
B. Conduit Bodies: Cast ,metal condulets having threaded entrances,
removable covers and corrosion resistant screws. Use for sharp turns,
tees, etc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduit in accordance with the
following:
1. Schedule 40 PVC: only where indicated:
a. In floor slabs.
2. Schedule 80 PVC: only where indicated.
a. In floor slabs.
B. Route conduit in lines parallel to or at right angles with the
building construction.
C. Install the conduit system continuous from outlet to outlet and to
cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Secure conduit to cabinets and boxes
in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical
continuity.
D. Use plastic spacers for conduit separation and support.
********************
END OF SECTION 16111
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
16111-1
SECTION 16400
SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. Service and Power Distribution Systems.
1.2 SERVICE DESCRIPTION
A. The primary electrical service will be available from City Electric.
This service is rated at 13,800 nominal voltage.
B. The secondary service will be available from City Electric. This
service shall be rated at 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, solid neutral
with ground bus. The solid neutral will be grounded at the secondary
of the main transformers and not grounded at any other down 1 ine
point.
C. Service for large motors and primaries of distribution transformers
shall be 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire, with ground.
D. Service for primary lighting shall be 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire,
with ground.
E. Service for certain lighting, receptacles, fractional horsepower
motors and small equipment loads shall be 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4
wire, with ground.
1.3 CONNECTION TO CITY ELECTRIC POWER COMPANY SYSTEM
A. The City Electric will furnish and install the following:
1. High Voltage Transformers (Bid Group Three)
2. Overhead high voltage cables and poles. (Bid Group Three)
3. Necessary high-voltage cable splices, terminations, pot heads,
etc., for both overhead and underground lines. (Bid Group One)
4. Ground system in vault. (Bid Group Three)
S. Secondary metering equipment. (Bid Group Three)
B. The Contractor shall furnish and install the following:
1. High voltage underground cable. (Bid Group Three)
2. Underground raceway duct bank. (Bid Group One)
3. Install high voltage underground feeders, through duct bank.
(Bid Group Three)
4. Secondary wiring from transformer secondaries. (Bid Group Three)
S. Conduit and backboards for secondary metering. (Bid Group Three)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RELATED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
A. The equipment and material related to the service and distribution
system shall be as i nd i cated and as spec i fi ed in the fo 11 owi ng
Sections:
1. Conduit System - Section 16111
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
16400-1
SECTION 16400
SERVICE AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install service and distribution system as indicated.
********************
END OF SECTION 16400
HLM 90007.00-3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP ONE
16400-2
ADDENDUM NO. 1
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
August 20, 1991
Modification No.1:
The date and location tor receiDt ot bids has been chanqed.
Sealed Bids are to be received at the office of the Construction
Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, Stock
Island, Key West, Florida 33040. All Bids must be in the hands
of the Construction Manager on or before 10:00 am, September 10,
1991. No bids will be received after the deadline.
Bids will be opened thereafter by a committee consisting of Monroe
County Purchasing Agent, representative of Monroe County Attorney's
office, and the Construction Manager.
This is a change to section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, and
to section 00100 Instructions to Bidders. Changes per this
modification are to be made to sections 00030 and 00100.
All other requirements for bidding remain the same.
Modification No.2:
Incorporate the attached Pre-Bid Meeting Agenda and Minutes, from
the August 2, 1991 Pre-Bid Meeting, into the bidding documents.
Modification No.3:
Replace section 00001,
section 00001, Table
Contents adds Section
Acceptance.
Table of Contents, dated 07/29/91, with new
of Contents, dated 08/20/91. Table of
00800, Substantial Completion and Owner's
Table of Contents deletes section 00600, Performance Bond.
Modification No.4:
Incorporate into the bidding documents, section 00800, Substantial
Completion and Owner's Acceptance, dated 08/08/91.
8/20/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Page 1
Modification No.5:
Delete the requirement for
event of contract award.
Pub I ic Construction Bond,
required.
procurement of Performance Bond, in the
In the event of contract award, the
section 00610, will be the only bond
Modification No.6:
Modify Notice of calling for Bids, Section 00030, dated 7/25/91,
by deleting the requirement that the pre-bid conference was
mandatory in order for prospective bidders to submit a bid.
Modification No.7:
Replace section 00110, Proposal Form, for Bid Package No. 10,
Precast Concrete, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00110, dated
08/14/91.
Modification No.8:
Replace section 00310, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 10,
Precast Concrete, dated 07/24/91, with new section 00310, dated
08/20/91.
Modification No.9:
Replace section 00311, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 11,
Hydraulic Elevators, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00311, dated
08/14/91.
Modification No. 10:
Replace section 00312, Scope of Work, for Bid Package No. 12,
Precast Embeds, dated 07/27/91, with new section 00312, dated
08/07/91.
Modification No. 11:
Replace section 00352, Milestone Schedule for Bid Group 2, dated
07/26/91, with revised Milestone Schedule, dated 08/08/91.
Modification No. 12:
Replace section 00980,
02/11/91, with revised
0~/13/91.
Contractor Quali ty Control
Contractor Qual i ty Control
Plan,
Plan,
dated
dated
Modification No. 13:
Attached sketch 1510-TP, is reprinted for convenience to show
8/20/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Page 2
preliminary laydown and staging area, and contractors trailer area.
Modification No. 14:
Replace section 00140, Schedule of Unit Prices, dated 07/27/91,
with revised Schedule of Unit Prices, dated 08/20/91.
Modification No. 15:
Replace section 01301, Submittals, dated OS/20/91, with revised
Submittals, dated 08/20/91.
Modification No. 16:
Replace section 01395, Document
04/30/91, with revised Document
08/20/91.
Clarification Requests,
Clarification Requests,
dated
dated
Modification No. 17:
Replace section 00805, Supplementary General Conditions, dated
07/25/91, with revised Supplementary General Conditions, dated
08/20/91.
~
8/20/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Page 3
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
NEW DETENTION CENTER
Bid Packaqe No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid packaqe No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Packaqe No. 12, Precast Embeds
Auqust 2, 1991
1. sign-in Sheet, and Bid Package intending to Bid.
2. Notice of Calling for Bids
Time and date for submitting bid
Location for submitting bid
3. Instructions to Bidders
Submit (1) original, and (4) copies - due to distribution req.
Photocopy pages from Bid Book-do not remove pages
Items to include:
o 5% Bid Bond - separate envelope
o All other items - separate envelope, containing:
Proposal Form
Unit Price Schedule
Contractor Evaluation Form
LObbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Subcontractor Listing
100% Performance Bond required
100% Public Construction Bond required
contractors will be required to manload proj ect to meet
schedule. Schedule will be submittal requirement.
4. Milestone Schedule
(Discuss highlights and coordination with BG-1)
5~ Proposed Subcontractor Listing
Percentage of each subcontract, is $ subcontract/total bid.
08/02/91
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
1
6. General Conditions
(1) million dollar insurance policies required by County.
7. General Requirements
Everyone to review for additional responsiblities, e.g.,
01S60-temporary controls.
Pay particular attention to:
01301-Submit~als - stringent procedure
01310-Progress Schedules - updating, and manloading
01S10-Temporary utilities - review for construction power and
water that is being provided.
8. Project Safety
Intended to eliminate injuries. Therefore, shall be a hard
hat job, along with long pants, appropriate shoes and shirts.
No exceptions. Safety non-compliances will be issued if not
adhered to.
Activity Hazard Analysis shall be prepared and submitted for
approval.
9.
Scopes of Work, review and take questions concurrently.
B.P. 10 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
B.P. 11 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
B.P. 12 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs.
Questions remaining.
10.
11. Site Visit
".
08/02/91
PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA
2
PRE-BID MEETING MINUTES
NEW DETENTION CENTER
Bid Packaqe No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid packaqe No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid packaqe No. 12, Precast Embeds
Date:
Location:
August 2, 1991, 10:00am
MorL'~oe County service Buildings, Chapel Building
Attendees:
See attached list, made a part of these minutes.
o The first part of this meeting was a review of the front-end
documents.
o A site visit will be conducted at the end of this pre-bid
meeting.
o
o
1.
2.
The pre-bid agenda was distributed to all attendees.
agenda was followed.
This
The following item numbers correspond to the numbers on the
pre-bid agenda.
The sign-in sheet was explained, including the requirement for
which bid package each prospective bidder is bidding. We want
to be sure that the Owner is going to get sufficient bids for
each bid package. Before this meeting adjourns, we will make
sure everyone has signed in.
The time and date for receipt of bids at the Clerk of Courts
office, Danny Kolhage, is on or before August 20, 1991, 10:00
am.
3.
Due to the distribution requirements of the Clerk, one (1)
original of your bid and (4) copies are to be submitted.
Bidders are required to photocopy submission documents from
the bidding documents. Do not remove from the bid books, in
that the $50 plan deposit may be forfeited. The bid books
will be distributed as contract books after award, and will
also be used for as-built record sets.
~
Each bid will consist of two envelopes, put into one larger
envelope. One of the two envelopes will contain the bid bond,
and the other envelope will contain all the other proposal
documents. Both of these envelopes will be put into one
larger envelope. Be sure to put in big bold letters on the
08/07/91
MEETING MINUTES
3
front of each envelope "Bid Bond", and "Proposal Documents".
Reference Instructions to Bidders 00100-8.
Items that make up the "Proposal Documents", are the proposal
form(insert prices, sign-off, acknowledge addenda, etc.), and
the unit price schedule. The numbers on the unit price
schedule will not be used to determine the lowness of your
bid, but are used for adds and deducts for changes during the
course of the job.
other forms the County requires for the bid include Lobbying
and Conflict of Interest Clause, Sworn Statement of Public
Entity Crimes, and the Non-Collusion Affidavit. Make sure you
include copies of these, properly filled out.
The last item to be prepared is the subcontractor listing.
This form is self-explanatory.
The County is requiring a 100% Performance Bond and 100%
Payment Bond.
4. The schedule will be a submittal requirement.
The schedule for this Bid Group 2 is in
Reference should be made to section 00350,
schedule for Bid Group 1, for coordinating.
section 00352.
which has the
5. The subcontractor listing also asks for the percentage of each
subcontract, which is the particular subcontract value divided
by the total bid.
6. A one million dollar insurance policy is being required by the
County. Bidders need to carefully review insurance sections
to understand total extent of insurance requirements.
7. Each bidder is to review Division One General Requirements as
there may be some additional responsibilities of contractors.
For example, Section 01560 - Temporary Controls, dust control
will need to be considered by bidders if their work in any way
requires dust control.
Section 01301 - Submittals. This section describes a thorough
procedure. Bidders need to be sure to incl ude enough
overhead, manpower, time and effort to get submittals done
right.
Progress Schedule, Section 01310, there needs to be a pretty
good knowledge of scheduling to comply with this section, for
manloading and updating.
Under Section 01510 - Temporary Utilities, bidders are to
08/07/91
MEETING MINUTES
4
review for construction power and water that is being
provided.
8. We are making it clear that our intent is to eliminate
injuries. The project will be a hard hat job, long pants,
proper shoes and shirts. Safety on the project, affects not
only the bidders ability to compete, but also our ability to
compete on other projects. We will be scrutinized by our own
in-house safety department. Our requirements are being passed
down to the contractors.
Phase hazard analysis will be required to be submitted by
contractors, to suggest what the appropriate safety measures
are that will be followed for possible hazards, and we will
be making sure it complies with our overall safety program,
before that particular activity starts.
9. Review of the scopes of work for the separate bid packages was
bypassed in order to get right to bidder questions.
10. Questions: They are as follows, sorted by the firm asking
the questions.
~
08/07/91
MEETING MINUTES
5
MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
PRE-BID MEETING
AUGUST 2, 1991
10:00 am
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
1. ftwroV\ ~I~S (Q,v\tkte.-L-/H-~VV\
2 .4cv 2nJ ,.tJ~/e7 It
3. ~",..'/ ~~-
4. "~'-~Ij,J~S ~(' iIX,,-~\.,
'\ \ I
5 . '-~ __ f,^L lCL-
6. j))c,K H~f'r~LL
NAME
ex. John Smith
7 . /0 I c..h"c. c' '- !-i vF;:
8.
Je.rp Gi/lolI-
?:;, ( LL \-\ t:.1TT l-t 1U; ~
'j r-e\Jt.. ')vn -L. \\11
9.
10.
11. G:-i) -r;;?y\I~O --.l\::~
12 . D iC:.. k
LowE
13. PAuL
l~~;'; CME:l2.
She (0':'''' r./ c..
14 . ) ; "V'\
15.
.~. ~'(~
-
. J ,__' ~4. _"
16.
/ j / -' ,C ,,( I ;,.-:
~ -_1"- /_ I
COMPANY
BIDDING
BID PKG
PHONE
Smith Metal Works, Inc. 294-5000 12
r!,
ZQ4. ~74B
~()"? .7'2-Z.,'7t1~
~() }-'Il.l-70. /
~'\\dL\'\b Sq~C
."L/ L- P1
(f" \\'.l~';~l \1:- \~-\..':~ \~,~\
~)~C~\.)
'7 "7, -; _ '-';:'..J ,~
.,;>~ g?3' :{950
/0
M l:." / ('1
s:.f"r'€- <; seD ~
/" "I
.;. t'
9 I~ - ('.o20 - J/'-f I
ID
f:kJe~I;'t>J'l I~t.(.Jr;?=, (w/~) Sl"1-"S6~-
P~Lv ~.
LO
IV
,
OJ \. L..l..-b u.] .
l ~ l~) b?~ q Z~
~~p'( \.J"j '"Lrc... (~"s-) z."q. ~'-Ol'
po WI co
913- &:) '1- '11..5.:)-
f., ("2 - 1'. ':! ,1 '"' --:" c: !:;
;;) t.a~... - , __,,,-,
J 0
'0
YCMc.o
,,,u~ / ~
2'1 2 - 7 f'4 S-
~.\'.L / ~,~
. c..
-:.. --
">~ /"
.:.- /'+ It /,
; ../ /.'( . ;-:-
- =::. .; ~ -7-::
,;:"- ~...
07/30/91
1
SIGN-IN SHEET
NAME
COMPANY
BIDDING
PHONE BID PKG
17 .{~.1e'j' JfCf2S.lt~i
J1 Ct1/rZ e,,;i
/'ft/tJ~1)1.'2"i'd/ #/J
;'CJ'. '1 }'1. (.-S-St,.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
3~L
07/30/91
SIGN-IN SHEET
2
Note:
~
Wherever reference is made to Addendum No.1, this refers
to Addendum No.1 to Bid Group 2, or Bid Packages No.
10,11 & 12. It applies to Addendum No.1 as prepared by
MK/G, and Addendum No. 1 as prepared by Hansen Lind
Meyer. If the question is from technical specifications
or drawings, then review HLM part of addendum for answer.
All other, review MK/G bidding document part.
QUESTIONS - PREBID BG-2
Southern Prestressed. Inc.
Bid Document
1. will the bid opening be public?
Yes.
2. What is the budget for bid package 10?
This information will not be made available to
bidders.
3. Section 00100, paragraph 7.5.3 What permits,
inspections and surveys are required for bid package
no. 10?
Research and answers to these questions are the
obligation of the bidder.
4. Section 00100, paragraph 9.1 - What are the local
laws relative to doing business in Key West?
Research and answers to these questions are the
obligation of the bidder.
5. Section 00110-1, last paragraph - All of our work,
[precast concrete], is on top of the work of others.
We cannot assume the risk if the foundations fail
due to the foundation contractor or site work
contractor failing to properly investigate the
surfaces.
The paragraph stands as written.
Conditions paragraphs 6.2.2
definition and limitation.
Reference General
and 12.2.1 for
6.
Section 00310, paragraph 1.1 - To what extent will
we be required to provide surveying? Will we be
provided building lines and elevation bench marks?
08/20/91
1
PREBID QUESTIONS
Owner will provide building line and elevation at
ground level on-site. All other surveying and
verification required under each contractors work
shall be the responsibility of that contractor.
7. section 00310, paragraph 1.2, items 8 & 19 - Since
we are going to be responsible for safety items such
as guard rails and temporary stairs, which will be
required beyond our presence on the project. We
need a firm time frame to calculate costs for these
items and someone to be responsible for security of
sa"ne after we leave proj ect.
For bid purposes, Precaster shall provide for items
8 & 19 above for (60) calendar days beyond
completion of erection of all precast in project.
Addendum No. 1 contains revised scopes of work and
schedule of unit price forms. This contractor shall
be responsible for adequacy, maintenance and
removal.
8.
Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 10. -
work/staging area and erection/delivery
supplied to us? (2] Maintained by whom?
is meant by dressing out?
(1] Will
area be
[3] What
(1] The site plan as included in section 01510, and
reprinted in Addendum No.1, indicates 'Laydown and
staging Area' for use by the contractors. It is the
contractor's responsibility to determine necessary
erection area given the work by separate
contractors, coordinated through the CM. [2]
Maintained by the precaster. (3] Dressing out means
returning disturbed area ~o original condition.
9. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 20. - Why is a
precaster responsible for surface finish
compatibility? The most we can do is submit spec
sheets of our form oil and curing agent to the
specified paint manufacturer. If he says it is
compatible are we relieved from further
responsibility? Who insures the coating product is
not defective or applied incorrectly? If not
compatible then who is responsible to select a
coating that is?
The A/E will provide guideline specifications for
exterior and interior paint. The precaster shall
submit for review and approval curing agents and
form oil which he has found compatible with paint
selections. specification sections 03410, 03420,
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
2
03490 and 03300 are revised to include submittal
requirements. Precaster is not relieved from
responsibility of defective or incorrect
installation. for guideline specifications. See
Addendum No. 1 specifications.
10. Section 00310, paragraph 1.2, item 22. - will the
CM be responsible to insure full cooperation by all
involved?
Each individual trade contractor shall have full
re;:"ponsibility for cooperative and timely compliance
with the program. The precaster will not be
responsible for other contractors failure to comply
with this coordination plan.
11. Are there liquidated damage amounts established for
the project?
No.
12. Does the non-collusion affidavit restrict joint
ventures?
No.
13. Section 00805, article 4, item 3 - At what point
does our completed work become the responsibility
of others?
Refer to section 00800 in Addendum No.1, at Owner
facility acceptance as defined in the issuance of
the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion.
14. Section 00805, article 4, ~tem 4 - In most cases,
we will not have the luxury of taking field
measurements prior to production. If we produce an
item according to approved drawings and then field
conditions are not as expected, we cannot assume
responsibility for the area.
The paragraph stands as written. When schedule
requirements dictate expedient production, the
contractor shall proceed, upon written notification
to the Owner, with the necessary production to
maintain schedule and with the expectation of
adj acent work completed wi thin other trades
~ specified tolerances. provisions of General
Condi tions article 6.2 . 2 and 12 . 2 . 1, are to be
reviewed and followed.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
3
15. section 00805, article 4, item 13 - Do we get the
same consideration from the CM?
The CM will respond timely to communications.
16. section 00805, article 8, item 1 - We must also be
allowed to submit for additional costs caused by the
delay.
Reference Article 12 of the General and
Supnlementary Conditions for Changes in the Work.
17. section 00805, article 9, item 2 - Will retainage
be released upon satisfactory completion of our bid
package work?
Full retainage release will only be granted per the
qualifications in the issuance of the A/E's
certificate of Substantial Completion. Refer to
section 00800, included in Addendum No.1.
18. will partial paYment be allowed for product stored
in our plant?
Yes, upon comliance with off-site materials
procedures.
19. Section 00805, article 11, item 3 - We can name
Monroe County and MK/Gerrits as additional insured,
but not as additional named insured.
Addendum No. 1 item to be included, to clarify this.
'Additional insured' is not required on policies
for Workers compensation.
20. Section 00805, article 12, item 4 - We would need
seven (7) days to evaluate changes and additional
costs.
The item stands as written. The second paragraph
gives clear direction, should it not be clear to the
Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra
work.
21.
Addendum No. 3 was omitted from our bid packages.
Please supply.
Addendum No. 3 to Bid Group 1 was for a bid date
change. It is not applicable to Bid Group 2.
~
22. Section 01370, paragraph 1.2.F.2
PaYment for
08/20/91
PREBIDQUESTIONS
4
~
material stored in plant?
Refer to question 18.
23. Section 01550, paragraph A. - What will be provided
by the Owner?
The Owner will be providing the work as shown on the
drawings and called for in the specifications, for
Bid Group 1. Reference the bid group 1 attachments.
08/20/91
5
PREBID QUESTIONS
southern Prestressed. Inc.. continued
contractor Quality control plan-section 00980
1. Item 1.2.4 states the Trade Contractor must notify
the designated material testing lab to perform
testing of material as required by the contract
documents. Does this mean that an outside agency
is going to do the testing or witness our Quality
Assurance Department's work? If an outside testing
age:',cy is used, who pays for it?
On-site material, geotechnical, and threshold
inspections/testing as required by contract trade
specifications shall be provided by Owner. See
Addendum No. 1 for in-plant testing.
2. Item 1.2.6 refers to filling out the Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report. We need a copy of
this form to review.
See form included in Addendum No.1.
3. Item 1.3.1.3 refers to sign-off sheets. These
sheets are generated by the Trade Contractor and are
intended to prevent oversights and omissions. How
will these sheets affect us? will we be required
to sign off on other trades' work? Are we required
to have other trades sign off on our products?
Yes, the precaster will be required to sign off on
adjacent construction, prior to closure or coverage
of adjacent work. Precasters work will be signed
off by other trades adjacent work, prior to closure
or coverage of the precast.
4. Item 1.4.1 states that the 'Daily Quality Control
Reports' are to be turned in daily to be
incorporated into one report. Obviously, this is
meant for the jobsite work, but do we have any
obligations at the plant level in this matter?
See Addendum No.1 technical specifications.
5. It is apparent the' Contractor Quality Control Plan'
document is meant to be applied at the jobsite. We
need to know how this plan is to be implemented at
the plant level, if at all. Our standard for
Quality Control is PCI MNL-116. If any different
standards are required, we need to be informed.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
6
See Addendum No.1 technical specifications.
Southern Prestressed. Inc. continued
specifications
1. 03420 - 1.4 G. - Southern Prestressed Inc. is a PCI
member plant but not a certified plant. will this
preclude us from bidding?
PCI member plant is acceptable. See Addendum No.1
technical specifications.
2. 03410 - 2.1 B. - We use three wire strand in our
hollow core slabs.
See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications.
3. 03410 - 2.1.D.l.C - Since we are responsible for
design we should be allowed to determine pad size.
Minimum design criteria is given to establish
acceptable standard and quality.
4. 03410 - 2.2.b - When machine cast, the only form you
have is a pan under the bottom slab. There are no
side forms.
Minimum design criteria is given to establish
acceptable standard and quality.
5. 03410 - 2.2.F - The plank are cast on top of each
other. Only the bottom pour is on a form. The
surface is not dense for machine cast products.
Minimum design criteria is given to establish
acceptable standard and quality.
6. 03412 - If the panels are painted structural gray
with reveals, why the extra cost to classify them
as architectural?
The concrete exposed surface is an architectural
finish. Moderate variations in the concrete color
will be acceptable providing final elastomeric
finish and interior paint match, is not affected.
See Addendum No.1.
7. 03412 - 1.3.F.1 - Since we must design and seal
08/20/91
7
PREBID QUESTIONS
connections then we should be allowed to determine
design and connection of members within design
parameters.
See Addendum No.1.
8. 03412 - 1.5. B.2 - Can we use our own test lab? If
not, then who has been approved by the Owner?
See Addendum No.1.
9. 03412 - 2.l.G - What is this?
See Addendum No.1.
10. 03420 - 1.3.D - See note #1
See Addendum No.1.
11. 03420 - 1.4.F - See note #1
See Addendum No.1.
12. 03420 - 1.4.H - See note #7
See Addendum No.1.
13. 03420 - 1.5.H - See note #7
See Addendum No.1.
14. 03420 - 1.5.F - 35 degrees is greater than that
called for by PCI.
35 degrees remains in specifications.
15. 03420 - 1.5.1 - Please clarify.
See Addendum No.1.
16. 03420 - 2.l.K - See note #7
See Addendum No.1.
17. 03420 2.2.C If product is designed and
fabricated per PCI MNL-116, then all test must be
per MNL-116.
See Addendum No.1.
18. 03420 - 2.3.A - This requires us to hold final
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
8
engineering and production until final field
conditions are complete. This will greatly adverse
the production/erection schedule. This requirement
must be removed in order to meet the established
milestones.
Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14.
19. 03420 - 2.3.I - with the amount of product on this
project, it will be impossible to meet this
requirement This is primarily for precast work done
in a climate which is much colder than that in
Florida.
Paragraph remains as is.
20.
03420 2.3.N Who will
coordinate this meeting?
required in this package?
be
Are
responsible to
control joints
See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications.
21. 03420 - 3.1.B - See note #18
Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14.
22. 03420 - 3.2.A - Who will provide this?
Rough site grade contract work will be substantially
complete. Any other subgrade preparation for
erection shall be the precasters obligation.
23. 03420 - 3.5.A - What is this for? If it is for
surface preparation then the painter should do this
prior to application.
The precast contractor shall provide a clean,
uniform surface, finished to specification
requirements complete, suitable to receive covering
finishes. See Addendum No. 1 technical
specifications.
24. 03490 - 1.4.A.3 - See note #18
Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14.
25. 03490 - 1.4.F - See note #7
See Addendum No. 1 technical specifications.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
9
26. 03490 - 2.6.A - See note #18
Refer to Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14.
27.
03490 - 2.7 - Southern Prestressed,
listed. Please include us as
manufacturer.
Inc. is not
an approved
Drawings as shown (Southern Prestressed drawings]
do not meet design criteria as relates to chase
dirrcmsions and structural details at first floor
deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of
redesign to A/E, design and documents, being
incurred by precaster.
Southern Prestressed. Inc. continued
Drawings
1. 4.51 - Cell size - our cell has various dimensional
differences from that shown. See SK-l, attached.
Please approve or we will be excluded from bidding.
Drawings as shown [Southern Prestressed drawings]
do not meet design criteria as relates to chase
dimensions and structural details at first floor
deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of
redesign to A/E, design and documents, being
incurred by precaster.
2. 4.35 - Section thru housing our cell section is
different from that shown. See SK-2, attached. All
dimensions and elevations remain the same.
Drawings as shown (Southern Prestressed drawings]
do not meet design criteria as relates to chase
dimensions and structural details at first floor
deck. Acceptance of this is dependent upon cost of
redesign to A/E, design and documents, being
incurred by precaster.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
10
pomco
1. Section 03410 - 2.1. D.1 - What is criteria for
acceptance of test? Also, see Question 19.
See Addendum No.1.
2. Section 03410 2.2.A Unable to fulfill
requirement since waiting to fabricate until field
inf~rmation available would substantially delay
project. Also see questions 13 and 21.
See Southern Prestressed BIDDING DOCUMENT item no.
14. See Addendum No.1.
3. Section 03410 - 2.2.E.3 - Are other curing methods
allowed as long as required release strengths are
achieved? Also see question 14.
See Addendum No.1.
4. Section 03410 - 3.2.F - Section is incomplete.
See Addendum No.1.
5. Section 03412 - 1. 4. D - Can fabrication proceed
prior to ALL fabrication and erection drawings being
approved? i.e., Can partial drawing submittals be
made?
See Southern Prestressed BIDDING DOCUMENT item no.
14. Partial drawing submittals can be made by zone
to support project schedule.
6. Section 03412 1.4.1 - If a fabricator is approved
in one section of the Bid Package No. 10, is it
necessary to submit for approval in other sections?
Also see question 9.
No, if fabricator meets requirements of specific
sections, one submittal Showing compliance with most
stringent requirements is acceptable.
7. Section 03412 - 1.5.B.2 - Is PCI Plant Certification
acceptable in lieu of Independent Testing
Laboratory? Also see question 8.
Yes.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
11
8. section 03420 1.3.C - See question 7.
Yes, see Addendum No.1.
9. section 03420 - 1.4.H - See question 6.
See Addendum No.1.
10. section 03420 - 2.1.A.l.a - Can Type I cement be
used as long as specified concrete properties are
achieved? Also see question 18.
See Addendum No.1.
11. section 03420 - 2 .1.A. 2 - Is separate Air-Entraining
Agent required with natural air of approximately 2
1/2% present? Also see question 20.
See Addendum No.1.
12. Section 03420 - 2.2.D - Are six cylinders required
for each 'piece' or for all daily production of each
'product'?
See Addendum No.1.
13. Section 03420 - 2.3.A. - See question 2.
See Southern Prestressed BID DOCUMENT item 14.
14. section 03420 - 2.3.E.3 - See question 3.
See Addendum No.1.
15. section 03420 - 3.2.E. - Can shims of adequate size
be used to carry partial loads during 24 hour curing
period for dry pack grout?
Yes. See Addendum No.1.
16. Section 03420 3.2.H How long will it be
necessary to maintain stability prior to topping?
For bid purposes (60) days from turnover of Area
precast to follow-on contractor - shall not be
removed without written approval from the CM.
17. section 03490 - 1.l.A.2 - Are embeds required in
this section or Bid Package No. 12?
By Bid Package No. 12. It is also an alternate to
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
12
Bid Package No. 10. See Addendum No.1.
18. Section 03490 - 2.2.G - See question 10.
See Addendum No.1.
19. Section 03490 - 2.3.D. - See question 1.
See Addendum No.1.
20. Section 03490 - 2.4.F.1 - See question 11.
See Addendum No.1.
21. Section 03490 - 2.6.A - See question 2.
See Southern Prestressed Bid Document item 14.
22. Section 00310, with Sections 05180, 07210, 07900.
The scope of work from these sections to be included
in Bid Package No. 10 is unclear.
See Addendum No.1 Group 2 technical specifications.
23. Section 00310 1. 2 .19 - How long will it be
necessary to maintain scaffold stairway? We are
checking to see if we can fulfill this item because
of insurance liability considerations.
Per Addendum No.1, (60) calendar days after
completion of erection work in the last area erected
per revised scope of work.
24. Section 00110 - Is it necessary for all bidders to
provide the bid breakdown into 26 categories or only
by successful bidder fOllow-up in Contract.
The bid breakdown as defined in the proposal form
will remain as written.
25. will paYment for fabricated units stored in precast
yard be allowed?
See Southern Prestressed item 18.
No.1.
See Addendum
26. Can minor variations in member cross sections,
(primarily beams), be made as long as members carry
required loads?
Yes. Minor variations in member cross sections may
08/20/91
13
PREBID QUESTIONS
be made, but section bottom elevations shall not be
revised downward without prior approval.
".
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
14
stresscon
1. We are specified in the Cored Plank and Precast Cell
section - do we need to get specified in other two
sections?
No, only if
specifications.
contractor
meets
experience
2. If we prefer to supply Double Tee sizes that differ
from those drawn, do we need approval prior to the
bid?
No, except where member depth is revised.
3. Our two sets of drawings are missing sheets 3.34,
are these available?
[(2) copies were given to Pomco, Southern
Prestressed, and stresscon after the pre-bid
meeting.] Drawing will also be included in Addendum
No. 1 Bid Group 2.
08/20/91
15
PREBID QUESTIONS
Mowerv Elevator Co.
1. section 14240-3, 2.2.C.17.b. - Need more detail on
ceiling specified Translucent panels with
fluorescent lighting. This applies to elevators 1,2
& 3.
See Addendum No.1.
2.
section
DF12CY?
14240-4, 2.2.C.19 Car Front What
This applies to elevators 3, 4, & 5.
is
See Addendum No.1.
3. Section 14240-4, 2.2.C.18 Car Doors - What is DD88?
See Addendum No.1.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
16
Miami Elevator ComDany
1.
Sheet 4.49, Elevator #1 & #2, Detail #8:
head jamb detail 6/5.50 read 6/4.50?
Should
See Addendum No.1.
2. Sheet 4.49, Elevator #3, Detail #9: The detailed
6" structural slab and 3'4" x 6'10" pit access door
may be deleted. However, a permanent working
platform must be constructed of expanded metal
capable of carrying 300 lbs. per square foot, and
an access panel adjacent to the pit ladder for the
purpose of trash removal. This metal work would be
considered part of the miscellaneous metal
fabricators and installers scope.
Detail to remain as is.
3. Sheet 4.49, Elevator #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6 & #7:
The reference head jamb detail 6/4.50 requires a
rough opening of 7' 10" in lieu of the detailed 7' 6".
The frame i tsel f with the 6" head j amb has an
overall height of 7' 6". Therefore, it would require
an additional 4" for the rough opening.
Detail to remain as is.
4. Sheet 4.50, Detail #3: There is much difficulty in
the elevator industry to provide a 6" face on jamb
with the Code required two hour U.L. fire rating.
Therefore, would it be acceptable with the architect
to provide the industry standard 2" face on jamb in
lieu of the 6"? Additionally, the 4" face on jamb
as detailed in plan 1 & 2 on sheet 4.50 may be
provided with a U.L. without difficulty, however,
it would considered a custom frame arrangement from
the standard 2" face on jamb.
See Addendum No.1.
5.
Specification Pg. 00311-2, Paragraph 6 - Temporary
Service: Please ask the architect if this paragraph
could be deleted and the following paragraph
substituted.
"Temporary Service:
shall provide the
The elevator subcontractor
general contractor with a
08/20/91
17
PREBID QUESTIONS
temporary acceptance form to be signed before any
elevator is placed on temporary service. The
general contractor agrees to pay the elevator
subcontractor at regular time and material rates for
all repairs and replacements necessary to restore
the equipment to its original condition at the time
it was turned over for temporary use. ( i. e. ,
construction use). Additionally the general
contractor typically provides adequate protection
for the walls and floors by having the proj ect
carpenters cover the cab finishes with a layer of
ply" mod . "
MK/G recommends the following:
"Temporary Service: The Construction Manager will
provide a temporary use form, in accordance with the
contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange for
paYment to the elevator contractor at regular time
and material rates for all repairs and replacements
not covered by warranties and guarantees, which are
necessary to restore the equipment to its original
condition at the time it was turned over for
temporary use or construction use. Additionally,
the elevator contractor shall provide adequate
protection for the walls and floors, (e. g., covering
the cab finishes with a layer of plywood or pads).
6. Specification pg. 00311-2, Paragraph 7 Divider
Beams: The installation of the elevator divider
beams are typically considered work by the
miscellaneous metal subcontractor and not the
elevator subcontractor. Please clarify if this work
has been picked up by tbe miscellaneous metal
contractor. If the architect insists that this is
work to be provided by the elevator subcontractor,
Miami Elevator Company shall incorporate it into
the scope of our bid proposal.
Elevator contractor shall furnish and install
elevator divider beams as specified in the scope of
work.
7. specification Section 14240, Cab Finishes:
specifications callout for the following:
Car door DD88
Car front DF12CY
See Addendum No.1.
08/20/91
PREBID QUESTIONS
18
".
General Questions
1. Where will coordination meetings be held?
At MK/Gerrits office in Key West.
2. Are Performance and PaYment Bonds required for Bid
Package No. 12, since this is material supply only?
No. See Bonding requirement change in Addendum
No. 1.
3. Drawing index has discrepancies.
See Addendum No. 1 for revised index of drawings.
4. Bidders requested copy of sign-in sheet.
Sign-in sheet will be made a part of Addendum No.
1.
5. Triangular in-fill pieces in zone A, where double
tees may not fit, who has responsibility for
forming, reinforcing, and pouring?
The precaster is responsible for division 3
specifications to provide structural element for
these areas. This may be either precast or cast-
in-place concrete. Concrete topping will be by
others.
See Addendum No.1.
6. Section 03300-9, B.6 - Chloride ion test, does the
precaster need to do tests, or is this for local
poured-in-place concrete only?
See Addendum No.1.
7. What are the permanent power requirements for the
building? This pertains to final power for
elevators.
120/208 V for lights and elevator pit.
277/480 V for elevator motor control.
8. Who is responsible for grouting elevator door frames
and sills? Mason or elevator contractor? This
shows up in both section 04200, and 14240.
08/20/91
19
PREBID QUESTIONS
".
Addendum No. 1 -
responsibility of
installation and
contractor. The
accordingly.
Grouting of these items is the
the masonry contractor, with the
coordination of the elevator
specifications will be adjusted
9. will elevators be controlled by master control?
See Addendum No.1.
08/20/91
20
PREBID QUESTIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Volume I)
1. Bidding Documents (Volume I)
Section 00030
Section 00100
Section 00110
Section 00111
Section 00112
Section 00140
Section 00141
Section 00163
Section 00220
Section 00230
Section 00303
Section 00305
Section 00307
Section 00309
Section 00310
Section 00311
Section 00312
Section 00350
Section 00352
Section 00410
Section 00420
Section 00425
Section 00430
Section 00440
Notice of Calling for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Proposal Forms:
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Precast Embeds
Schedule of Unit Prices:
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Pre-Bid Substitutions
Geotechnical Data
Site Survey
Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1):
Site Electrical & Temporary Power
Site Grading & Caissons
Concrete Foundations
Site Plumbing
Scopes of Work (BG-2):
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Precast Embeds
Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-1
Milestone Schedule, BG-2
Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
Non-Collusion Affidavit
Proposed Subcontractor Listing
08/20/91
00001 - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form
2. contract Documents (Volume I)
section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. conditions (Vc,lume I)
Section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document
A20l/CM, June 1980 edition
section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner
Acceptance
section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
Section 00900 Application & certificate for PaYment -
AIA Document G702/G703
Section 00901 Addendum #1 dated May 31, 1991
section 00902 Addendum #2 dated June 5, 1991
Section 00904 Addendum #4 dated July 2, 1991
section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of PaYment of
Debts and Claims
Section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final PaYment - AIA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control
Plan
4. Drawings
".
section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid
Group 1
section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2
08/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
00001 - 2
5. General Requirements (Volume I)
".
Section 01027
Section 01028
Section 01200
Section 01301
Section 01310
Section 01370
Section 01385
Section 01395
Section 01410
Section 01510
Section 01520
Section 01550
Section 01560
Section 01590
Section 01595
Section 01600
Section 01630
Section 01650
Section 01670
Section 01700
Section 01710
Section 01720
Section 01730
Application for PaYment
Change Order Procedures
Project Meetings
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Access Roads and Parking Areas
Temporary Controls
Field Offices and Sheds
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
Starting of Systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
Operation and Maintenance Data
08/20/91
00001 - 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
6. Technical specifications, Bid Group Two, (Volume II, dated
July 23, 1991)
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03100
Section 03200
Section 03300
section 03410
section 03412
section 03420
section 03490
section 03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
cast-in-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
Section 04200 unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
section 05180
section 05500
section 05510
section 05810
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal stairs
Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
Section 06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07115
section 07210
Section 07530
Section 07720
section 07900
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories'
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
section 08100
section 08410
section 08660
section 08710
section 08800
section 08842
section 08902
'.
Metal Doors And Frames
Aluminum Entrances
Security windows
Door Hardware
Glazing
security Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
section 09200 Lath and Plaster
section 09830 Elastomeric coating
08/20/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
00001 - 4
Section 09900 Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10200
Section 10606
Louvers and Vents
Security Fencing Assembly
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
Section 16111 Conduit Systems
08/20/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1)
SECTION 00800
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE
Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care,
custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the
issuance of the A/E's certificate of Substantial completion of the
Project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a
group and in urison, possession, maintenance and security
responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of
the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents
or elements which prevent the Owner's use of the facilities for its
intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor
shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and
materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract
until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by
the Owner as stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work,
equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall
promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions
required by the contract documents.
Substantial Completion certificates for portions of the project or
portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial
certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing
retention and the implementation and amounts of reduction shall be
at the Owner's sole discretion.
In the event of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract
documents, specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take
precedence over the supplementary General Condi tions , General
Conditions, General Requirements, technical specifications and
drawings.
'.
08/08/91
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (ADD. 1)
00800 - 1
SECTION 00110
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
BID TO
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid package No. 10, Precast Concrete
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
with the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 1
BASE BID FORM
1. Mobilization $
2. General Conditions $
3 . Permits $
4. Bonds $
5. Submittals $
Zone A Precast Concrete
6. Engineering $
7. Material & Fabrication $
8. Delivery $
9. Erection $
Zone B Precast Concrete
10. Engineering $
11. Material & Fabrication $
12. Delivery $
13. Erection $
Zone C Precast Concrete
14. Engineering $
15. Material & Fabrication $
16. Delivery $
17. Erection $
Zone D Precast Concrete
18. Engineering $
19. Material & Fabrication $
20. Delivery $
21. Erection $
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 2
Zone E Precast Concrete
22. Engineering $
23. Material & Fabrication $
24. Delivery $
25. Erection $
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 25 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
'.
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 3
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
At the option of the Owner, provide precast concrete for
future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by
column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as
column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line.
Area F Precast Concrete
27. Engineering
30. Erection
$
$
$
$
28. Material & Fabrication
29. Delivery
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items
27 thru 30, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 4
Owner option 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 12. Precast
Embeds
At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents
in order to do so.
Allor part of this Owner Option may be considered for
awarding to the precaster.
Precast Embeds
32. Cell Chase Door Frames
33. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware
$
$
$
$
34. Window Frames
35. All Other Embeds
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, items
32 thru 35, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 5
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s)
I have included pages 1 through 6 of the Proposal Form , and
attached the required Bid security____, unit Price schedule____,
Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing .
---- ----
(Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Ti tIe)
witness:
(Seal)
08/14/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1)
00110 - 6
SECTION 00310
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
Sections and Descriptions
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03600
05180
07210
07900
Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.24 below)
Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.24 below)
Cast-In-Place Concrete (for item 1.2.24 below)
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding
precast sills and lintels for masonry walls)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3)
Miscellaneous Structural Steel (for items 1.2.1,
6,15,16,17,18,21,22 below)
Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below)
Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below)
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special Provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Furnish, install and erect all items related to the
Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing
pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc.,
as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor
for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded
in other construction and associated with the
installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting
diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings
and directions as required for installation of embedded
items, in other trades work.
.2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete
sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in
08/20/91
00310 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install
complete detail fire safing insulation and caulking in
locations where installation is required during erection
of precast concrete members. For example, see drawing
4.36, section M, on 23 line.
.3 Joints between precast members which are to receive
concrete topping, shall be grouted per section 03600
prior to placing concrete topping.
.4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts,
for atta".;hment of detention furnishings.
. 5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves,
anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as,
masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire
sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and
coordinated by others prior to casting.
.6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched-up.
.7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation
shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor.
.8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and
construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening
covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the
responsibility of the precast contractor. Contractor
shall maintain as required all safety construction until
permanent construction details are installed, or for a
period of (60) days from turnover to all follow-on work
as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers
are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of
follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by
Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project
Safety and Health Program.
.9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner,
on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate
with representatives.
.10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed
work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove
rust and touch-up paint all metal work.
. 12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and
prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery,
point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all
work.
08/20/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00310 - 2
.13 Assist all trades regarding location of field
penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations
through precast concrete.
.14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames.
.15 Furnish and install all double-tee shear connections.
.16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc.,
includinq precast concrete to cast-in-place concrete
connecti',)ns.
.17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly
plant production reports.
.18 At all precast concrete to precast concrete connections,
furnish and install embedded items and connection
assemblies. Examples include, but are not limited to,
drawing 3.33, sections 1,7,10,19; drawing 3.34, sections
1,8,18,20; drawing 3.35, sections 3 thru 7; drawing 3.38,
sections 6,7,14,15,17,18,20; drawing 3.39, sections
7,15,16,17.
.19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold
stairways at two locations as directed by the
Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the
1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways
will be used for general construction use. For bid
purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection
of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs
at completion of erection of Area 'c' for a period of
(60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean
complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy
by other trades as determined by the CM which shall be
documented by written notice. Modification of these
specified time intervals will be facilitated by change
order.
.20 Not Used.
.21 Furnish and install metal items necessary for erection;
including complete details of all metal as shown on
drawing 3.39, sections 11 and 18.
.22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections.
~ .23 Provide structural elements where installation of double
tees mayor may not be achievable. This includes, but
is not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast-in-place
concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others.
08/20/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00310 - 3
.24 Where cast-in-place concrete is used by this contractor,
sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply.
.25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.26 utilitv Routinq Coordination
The Precast Contractor shall produce a sui table and
complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation
shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one
reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the
following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping
contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping
contractor, security contractor and electrical
contractor.
Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts
are anticipated.
Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use
this set as "working set of drawings" for planning,
routing, anchoring and hanger details.
'.
When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to
facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route
an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first
the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the fire
protection contractor, thirdly to the plumbing
contractors, fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifthly
to the electrical and lastly to the security contractors.
These contractors shall 'lay- out' their trade work as
necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan,
which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose
of precast related coordination items only. Provide the
CM with first composite reproducible set for CM
assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with
each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes
in routing due to structural or other precast related
limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify
their working plan until the precaster is confident he
can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate
penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts
and other penetrations into a final composite utility
routing drawing set.
The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction
Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan.
The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill
08/20/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00310 - 4
allowable diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the
responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the
penetration subject to the advance approval of the
precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with
Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed
penetrations and finished closure of field and precast
provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using
or requiring same. All finished closure details shall
conform wit firesafing, safety building codes and design
intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.).
.27 Owner option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
Provide Area F precast concrete, complete with
engineering, material and fabrication, delivery,
erection, embeds work, and all other associated work
similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D,
and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work.
.28 Owner Option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No.
12. Precast Embeds
At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding
documents in order to do so.
Allor part of this Owner option may be considered for
awarding to the precaster.
1.3 Bv Others
.1 Furnish and installation of detention furnishings.
.2 Installation of finishes in cells.
.3 Installation of light fixtures. ':
.4 Installation of fire sprinkler heads.
.5 Installation of HVAC grilles.
.6 Installation of plumbing fixtures.
.7 Installation of concrete toppings.
'.
08/20/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00310 - 5
SECTION 00311
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid packaqe No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tcnls, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriptions
05500
07210
07900
14212
Metal Fabrications
Building Insulation
Joint Sealers
Hydraulic Elevators
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators. Responsibility
for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness,
etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator
Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain
holes until installation of elevator plungers and
cylinders. Holes are to be dt'illed prior to precast
erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must
be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings
with caisson contractor and Foundations contractor.
.2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast-in-
place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and
other inserts and devices required as part of the Work
under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations
with the appropriate contractor.
.3 Furnish and install pit ladders.
.4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings
for this contractor's work shall be treated by this
contractor, in accordance with section 07210.
08/14/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00311 - 1
.5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and
sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor,
who will be providing required grouting of frames and
sills.
.6 Temporary service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators
6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction
Manager, in the last stages of construction of the
proj ect. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate
protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance
period for additional 6 months.
The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use
document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before
any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence
of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction
Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance
wi th the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange
for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time
and material rates for all repairs and replacements not
covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary
to restore the equipment to its original condition at
the time it was turned over for temporary use or
construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor
shall provide adequate protection for the walls and
floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of
plywood or pads).
.7
Furnish and install divider beams which were
installed by others previously, (Bid Package No.
Concrete Foundations).
not
7,
.8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway
frames.
'.
08/14/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00311 - 2
SECTION 00312
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 12
Precast Embeds
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and
completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the
following sections of the Specifications; including, but not
limited to:
Specifications Sections and Descriptions
05180
05500
08100
08660
08710
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Doors and Frames
security Steel Windows
Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below)
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
. 1 Embed Summarv: The scope of this contractor's embed work
consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast
concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material
connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast
concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to
precast connection embeds.
.2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete
contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with
appropriate installation instructions, for precast to
dissimilar material connections. Examples include, but
are not limited to, drawing 3.36, section 2; drawing
3.38, section 10 and 12; angle embeds as shown on drawing
4.42; drawing 4.51, detail X; drawing 4.38, section 11.
.3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided
cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete.
.4 Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope
of work, so that shipping and installation will not cause
damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages
08/07/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00312 - 1
and rework due to insufficient protection.
.5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing
adequate protection of projections and openings for
follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This
shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be
installed later, without hinderance.
.6 Furnish and deliver to jOb-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, non-security chase doors, complete
with hardware.
.7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel
security window frames which are to be embedded in
precast concrete.
.8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security
Glazing, for applicable coordination between this
contractor's work, and that work to be done by others.
.9 Furnish to the precast concrete contractor, all metal
embeds as shown on drawing 4.51.
.10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.11 Furnish and deliver to job-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to
be installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the
building.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1 Finish painting.
.2 Installation of chase doors and hardware.
.3 Glass and glazing.
.4 Installation of steel window frames in masonry.
~
08/07/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1)
00312 - 2
SECTION 00352
BID GROUP 2
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined in this section.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. . 08/20/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
. . . 08/28/91
c.
Notice to Proceed (Anticipated).
. . .09/02/91
d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete:
Erection of precast concrete shall commence (90) calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed, and Zones A,B,C,D & E shall be erected
within (239) calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators:
The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a
portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work,
under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the
jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow-
on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection.
Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available
for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary,
within (356) calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
'.
All contract Work shall be substantially complete (408)
calendar days after the commencement date established in
the Notice to Proceed.
08/08/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1)
00352 - 1
f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds:
All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to
the precaster in order to meet the production schedule
of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the
precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast
concrete package. All other materials under the scope
of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be
delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the
Construction Manager.
All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially
complete (130) calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
~
08/08/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1)
00352 - 2
SECTION 00980
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
~
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Morr: son-Knudsen/Gerrits I superintendent will monitor
all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure
conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of
the work performed by his work force on this project as
well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while the
respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and
will have the authority and responsibility to accept or
reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative may delegate his duties but the
primary responsibility and authority will rest on him.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings,
product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Any submittal that is a change to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall
commence until the submittal has been reviewed and
approved by the Architect/Engineer.
The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing laboratory,
whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to
perform testing of materials as required by the contract
drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to
prevent needless cancellations and delays of work
activities. Any costs caused by untimely notification
shall be borne by the Contractor.
00980 - 1
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
The Trade Contractor's Qual i ty Control Representative
will review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in accordance with the
latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of
the work of all materials, equipment and supplies
including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes
from this inspection will be filled out on the
appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily
Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or not
in conformance with the respective submittals, quality
standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be
brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified
will not be incorporated into the work until corrective
action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is
completed. Items determined unsal vageable will be
removed from the job site. These items shall be noted
as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four-point inspection
plan for each separate feature of work to be performed
under this Trade Contract, i.e., work described by each
division of the technical provision section of the
contract specifications. This plan consists of the
following:
.1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test reports of
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
00980 - 2
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous
preliminary work.
operations
of
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
(e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the
particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
.2
Initial inspection Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with the Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) Configuration to
specifications.
contract
drawings
and
(c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
(e) Adequacy of testing methods.
(f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
'.
(g) Adequacy of
precautions.
safety
or
environmental
Note:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
00980 - 3
Note:
Note:
.3 Follow-up Inspections The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will inspect the work
daily to assure the continuing conformance of the
work to the workmanship standards established during
the preparatory and initial inspections.
Addi tionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection,
sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as
possible. The intent of these sheets is to achieve
concurrence from other trade contractors and
responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed
commence over underlying work. This will prevent
oversights and omissions which could elevate costs.
Sign-off sheets shall be used for, but not be
limited to, concrete, drYWall, ceilings, painting,
roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are
to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor
and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up
of work.
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying
work may affect paYment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. This
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See section 1.4.2 of this
plan. )
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record
these inspections and all: other proj ect related
acti vi ties encountered throughout the day on the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
.4
Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a given
feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent, if he so desires
to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed
work. Non-conforming items will be identified and
corrected prior to commencement of the next
operation.
The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report
corrections of this inspection which shall be a
required submittal.
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
00980 - 4
1.3.1.5
1.3.1.6
1.3.2
1.3.3
~
1.4
Follow-On Inspections Upon execution of the
contractor's completion inspection in elements of the
work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and
drYWall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct
multi-trade or singular inspections prior to covering
installation.
Note:
MK/G will record the minutes to this inspection
meeting.
Pre-Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of the
project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a
universal inspection of all areas and elements of the
work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he
so desires. This inspection shall be completed at least
(15) days prior to the final substantial completion
inspection which shall be conducted by the A/E. All
deficiencies and incomplete work should be completed
prior to the final substantial completion inspection.
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The 'rrade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment
to perform the operational tests and checkout of the
equipment, facilities or equipment constructed,
fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract.
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate
and witness all such tests. Notification should be given
at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled tests.
FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION \
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate
and attend all final inspections of the work by the
ArChitect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final
inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must
be completed.
Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will
publish outstanding items and issue a Project certificate
of Substantial completion, which will define the date of
'Turn-Over' to the Owner the care, control and custody.
Reference section 00800, Substantial Completion.
REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely
00980 - 5
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
important in the Qual i ty Assurance Program. These
records will act as a main source of information in the
present and in the future for the entire project
management team. The main report that will be utilized
to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control
Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued.
1.4.1
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality
Control Representative. It shall include any of the four
steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test
monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. The
daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily
Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily
reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity
necessitates such, a more separate and comprehensive form
will be used. Reference Contractor's Daily Report, and
as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control Report,
section 01385.
1.4.2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is
found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents
or the referenced quality standards. The report will be
issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue
nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after
normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if
the work performed is a detriment to the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to
the Project Manager for his information and/or action.
It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's
Daily Quality Report package for general review.
'.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
deficient item or items have adequately been corrected.
This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and
Project Manager. These sign-offs will be included with
a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be submitted
for review.
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
00980 - 6
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will
proportionally counteraffect paYments. Whether that be
partial or full retainage will be left up to the
discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team.
1.5
NOT USED
1.6
AUDITS
1.6.1
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to
perform Trade Contractor audi ts of their Contractor
Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit
results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his
action. Any action items noted during an audit for the
Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to
insure compliance and avoid recurrence.
1.7
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by
rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and
insure that the finished product is one that the entire
construction team can pride themselves in. These goals
can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has
bought. The owner will expect no more and through
Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no
less.
'.
08/13/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 1)
00980 - 7
_1.--..
...-
CONTRACTOR OAll Y OUAlI TY CONTRa- REP~T
MONROE COUNTY CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM
Contrector:
~, No.. I 0a1" I ShIrt. I SMet _ 01 _
"Nt,*" 0 F.... 0 C~ o W~ ORean _ ... T~ _ HIt\ T...
-~'T ii; "..TtrAI TrnAY ~fI , ~....
0 Civil 0 Struch,..1 o ~eel 0 E*;trlcal 0 Archlteet\nl o e~JPNftt 0
~'d1ng ClaI'v AcnvllV ~....
~ ./PIS
",
~
\ .-----
-~- -~
.~ ~'/---"'~''''
\ . .. '"
, .
~
; ~
'; ~
.. .
J ~
"
~ : .
_~ .; f
~~.
- \
\
\
- - .
.'"
1"
t~
I ~
.l.
:i,ll"
~oj
ltii
rot..,
~ ~.
.oj c I
~ .. .
- of
,. ..
o' t ..
. ~,..
1""
".
~
i ~
,- ;
CII'
o -
x
i
1
..
r-
...
i
z
...
J.-4
..e
~i
~.
=1
!EB
~a
-
o
I
~
..
...",
,<
...-
"
'-'
o
\,
'. f.
- '
..
~
~
"
'.
..
~
.
..
!
'"
!2
:; ~~
~"
... E
3 ~
z -
Q
.
: ...
.. i:.
....
r=
!
...
,
;I;-'S'
ctJr-
2(<:=
~. ...
_~i.
~ "'I
jJ~i-<
~~_-4
....,,2
~~liS;
I;"~~
~J'~
't'
c. ~
=I!
>>
.~
&~
....
.
I'
SECTION 00140
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
Bid package No. 10
Precast Concrete
The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for
additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract.
Description
Unit
Unit Price
1.
Equipment Operator, fully
burdened, incl. profit and
overhead.
$/Hr.
$
2 .
Rigger, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
3 .
Welder, fully burdened, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
4.
Concrete Finisher, for finishing
precast in the field, incl.
profit and overhead.
$/Hr.
$
Temporarv stairs
5. Zone 'A' stairway - maintain
stairway beyond (90) day time-
frame, on a weekly basis, ADD.
Zone 'A' stairway - DEDUCT on
a weekly basis, before end of
(90) day timeframe.
$/Wk.
$
Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
6. Zone 'c' stairway - maintain
stairway beyond (60) day time-
~ frame, on a weekly basis, ADD.
Zone 'C' stairway - DEDUCT on
a weekly basis, before end of
08/20/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1)
00140 - 1
(60) day timeframe.
$ /Wk.
$
Note: Unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
Safety Construction
7. Maintain safety construction,
separate from temporary stairs,
(i.e., opening covers, netting,
rails, guards, etc.) , beyond
(60) day timeframe, on a weekly
basis, per zone, ADD.
DEDUCT on a weekly basis,
maintenance of safety construction,
separate from temporary stairs,
(i.e., opening covers, netting,
rails, guards, etc.), before end
of (60) day timeframe, per zone. $/Wk.
$
Note: unit Price is to be given, as the same for ADD or
DEDUCT.
08/20/91
SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES (ADD. 1)
00140 - 2
SECTION 01301
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings,
product data, certifications and samples required
by the technical sections.
2. Prepare and submit a separate schedule listing dates
for submission and dates for review.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
2. Individual submittals required: refer to each
specific section, for certifications, shop drawings,
product data and sample requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM
A. Attached, and made a part of this section 01301, is a
copy of the submittal Transmittal Form, which shall be
filled out by the contractor and submitted with each and
every submittal. Follow the instruction sheet, also
attached, for directions on this procedure. It is
essential that the submittal Transmittal Forms are filled
out in their entirety for the system to function
properly.
B. Transmittal Form, originals for contractors use, will be
supplied by the Construction Manager, and is a 6-part
form.
1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A.
The Contractor shall submit within seven (7) days of
award of the Contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule"
to the Construction Manager for review, modification and
response. No paYment applications will be processed
prior to finalizing the submittal schedule. The
"Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following
information:
1. Specification Section number and name.
2. Specification Section paragraph identification which
describes submittal requirement.
3. Submittal information required, (i.e., sample, test
'.
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD. 1)
01301 - 1
data, shop drawing, etc.).
B. The Contractor shall also supply the following dates in
order to meet the project schedule.
1. Date submittal is scheduled to be submitted and
received by the Construction Manager.
2. Date contractor has scheduled to order material or
equipment or the submittal item.
3. Date contractor has scheduled delivery to job-site
of material or equipment or the submittal item.
4. Add any remarks or unique items that the CM or A/E
should be aware of.
C. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of (2) weeks for
review of submittal by A/E (in calendar days) .
D. The submittal master record will then be used to track
submittals within the process.
1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit legible shop drawings in the form of positive
printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called
sepia prints, suitable for reproduction use on dry print
diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be
reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for
resubmittal.
B. Provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial
sets) on original drawings or information prepared solely
by the fabricator or supplier. Deviation from complete
submittals will only be allowed by pre-arranged method.
C. Do not reproduce the Contract Dtawings for shop drawing
submittals.
D. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract
Drawings.
E. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to
accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Architect and the
Contractor.
F.
Each
1.
2.
3.
sepia print shall carry the following information:
Project name and contract number.
Date.
Names of:
a. The Architect
b. The Construction Manager
c. The Contractor
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD. 1)
01301 - 2
d. Supplier
e. Manufacturer
4. Identification of product or material.
5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
6. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such.
7. Specification Section number.
8. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal
Specification.
9. Identification of deviations from Contract
Documents.
10. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number
and/or detain number.
G. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets
if size permits, or rolled in tubes.
H. The contractor shall submit (2) reproducibles and (4)
blueline or blackline sets to the CM. The CM will return
(1) reproducible to the contractor after review/return
from the A/E.
1.5 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or
manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia
prints if adequately identified. Submit seven copies of
product data to the Construction Manager.
B. Modify product data sheets to delete information which
is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional
information if necessary to supplement standard
information.
C. Product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous
information not deleted and/or modified will be returned
without review to the Contractor for resubmittal.
D. The contractor shall submit at a minimum, (1) original
and (6) copies to the CM. The CM will return (2) copies
to the contractor after review/return by the A/E.
1 . 6 SAMPLES
A. Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or
workmanship, and to establish standards by which
completed work may be jUdged.
B. Construct mock-ups as required by the technical sections,
at the Project Site in a location designated by the
Construction Manager. Construct mock-ups, including
adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD.1)
01301 - 3
appearance of the Work.
C. The contractor shall submit (3) samples to the CM, and
(1) will be returned to the contractor after
review/return from the A/E.
1.7 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Provide certifications as required by various technical
sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary.
certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated
and bear Contractor's signature in the same format used
for the Owner/Contractor agreement.
B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that
the material and the intended installation methods, where
applicable, are in compliance with the Contract
Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where
applicable.
C. The contractor shall submit (1) original and (6) copies
to the CM. The CM will return (2) sets to the contractor
after review/return from the A/E.
1.8 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager,
review each submittal, make changes or notations as
necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify
such review with review stamp and forward reviewed
submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for
review. Return submittals not meeting Contract
requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such
submittals to the Construction Manager.
B. Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and
where specified, submit calculations, material samples,
color chips or charts, test data, warranties and
guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item.
C. verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or
similar data.
D.
Clearly identify on the
Construction Manager
submittals from the
Documents.
submittal and transmittal to the
in writing of deviations in
requirements of the Contract
'.
E. After the Construction Manager's and the Architect's
review, distribute copies with one copy to be maintained
at the Project site for reference use and other copies
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD. 1)
01301 - 4
distributed to suppliers and fabricators.
F. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until
return of submittals with the Construction Manager's and
the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review.
G. The Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions
in submittals is not relieved by the Construction
Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals.
H. The Contractor's responsibility for deviations in
submi ttclls from requirements of the Contract Documents
is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the
Architect's review of submittals unless the Architect
gives written acceptance of specific deviations.
1.9 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Construction Manager will return to the Contractor,
wi thout review, all submi ttals not bearing the
Contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been
reviewed by the Contractor.
B. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager
will forward submittals to the Contractor and retain one
copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute
copies including other copies distributed to suppliers
and fabricators. The Contractor shall supply copies of
reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in
sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the
Contract.
1.10 THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable
promptness, checking only for conformance with the design
compliance of the Project and compliance with information
given in the Contract Documents.
B. The Architect will make changes or notations directly on
the submittal, identify such review with his review
stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and
return the submittal to the Construction Manager.
'.
****************
END OF SECTION 01301
08/20/91
SUBMITTALS (ADD. 1)
01301 - 5
...l
~<t1J
t1J>o
-00
~g;u
~...
<
r-
r-- t1J
z u
z
UJ <
::;; i
<
::J >
U
.... 0 ~
0
~ u 0 ~
E UJ
~ ~ c U
E= :;:: I 8 z
::E oS UJ d
0:: 0 I 0:: z
-< C ~
~ U ~ ~
<Il 0
~ UJ ~
0 eo 0:: CLl
I I z 0 :>
t3 r--
g ~.. CLl
- 0::
~ ~ <( <Il
~ f-
~ ~ ::E z
0 <Il C Z CLl
::E z ~ .g 0 0
d Z
5 ::E -l 0:: ." U Z ~
5 ~ f- ~ ~
<Il > ~
~ 'ij
~ <Il <.l < 0::
SE -' ~ ...
CLl ~ 0 0:: CLl
Z 0:: <Il :> ~ 0..
Z :l
-< ;I..l 0; <Il
I I ~ 0:: 0 ~
0..
en
;I..l ::E
Lt..-
OCs
'll:U
~ CLl
>. 0..
.c. ~
~ ."
~
-< .~
0 ~ ~
<.l eo
~
0:: 0
~
0;
rJ) 0 "
E-
Z z
u.l 0 0
::E ~ ~
~ U ~ SE--:-
0
0 -l CQ ~
o'/:l oS :l ~
et: <Il -
:; ;I..l ~ ::E~
p,.. et: ~ ~~
:; 0 .~ E= 's - 8
- eo '" Lt.. _
~ t> c
~~ c $: 0 ~
N
~ ~ CLl Z '<Ii
:is ...., ~
0 o -
0 C- eo - &
-et: ~ ~ 0:: 0 t~
p,..c.:J [t 0:: 0..
- '-'
<0 - 0::
:; U .--
uet: <Il ~
CLl
>-p,.. ~ 00 0 =
~~ .... eo
E- o c
U OJ)
Z OM 0 E en
;:J CLlfi Z C o'/:l
0 E- :l u 8 ~
u 8~ ;I..l c e:::
<Il
u.l ~~ z .g ~
0 ~i~ 0 i:l ..
~ ~ z ~
et: ,~ 'll: '-'
::E.,,~ ~ ~
Z U <.l ::E < ~
ti: ~ ::0
0 0:: ~ I III
I~ ~ I ~
:; Ig ~I
.- -
~ ~"..,..-
L.:
"
=
=
'"
5
= "
Q <* :
c: E :; ~ "=
u ~~ 2~ E ":":c
~ ~i~" C~ ~~
~ ~ ~: u u V
1I 8co 1s "c ~
Z == >.~ -50"'" :.;~
v -~~ ]~~-~=~c ~ ~;
~ ~ .: - ~ 0 = 6 u
g ~ ] ~5~~.;j ~ ..g~v
- c .= a..g co .!!l .!::.~ v " ~
8 ~.2 8 c" i c:..= ~ 5 Ii: =
* ~~i H*5jE ~C..!::_ .=~
~.~~ ~- -~ ~ ~._~
o .&J .~ ~ ~ ~ s:;; ::2 ~..c c ~ ::
- ::2 - ~.- ...., f)O "O.c u ~ c ~
<.J .,co .c5= c cVl.. ..uV
~ ... ,- ... c ~ .- co U '" C S '"
- ,"C~c=~,g =d,",g co &~
=8 "" 5 a : ~ l:! '" .Q ...;.2 S ..!:! Q. 5 C 0
~~ ~~~o~ -~ ~ 8 u
.- u- <.J 5 ;'l u 11 = ~ j 0
E c 11 .c ..... = ~... i3 )( " c .- - ... - "'8
e ~~=~o~~~.= -~~.c ~~e]~~
:: .. <:l ~ - ~ u ~ ~ '0 ~.5 g E' ,g ~ e 'ti ~ ij
~ ~~ue:~~~f)O ~~._~ e~~.~'c~
,,; :::: ~ - 6 u 'y '~.5 :: ~ t3 e ::::I": c '":I ..! c
-5 ....s~~-ue.. 'ti=-.. c...~=<.J~
~.. ==..~=~c:..c:..- =,_c:..L -~-","c
-= ii5~a~Vlu=~58c*~8~rl.2]
~E ....~~'"=j.c~ gi~ooc:..~~~~..u
9 - = c u ~ .- - .: c .- ~ "=::2 '"=' tIJ C ...
Q E ~,g; ,g; : ., .!!l ~.!:: 0 ~ * .Eo '0 ] ~ e ~ g .. ': ... s
~~jj5,g]~~~~8~Ue~O~~]~~5
~~--.cE-C""~...V~=8.~E~-"'8U
~~~~~~~~a~Z<~C~ZVl~C~~~ E
E
.~ ..~ ~~~~~~~~ ~8
- r- (Xl - ,.... - _ _ _ N N N ''''
~
~
~
=
'"
iJ
>C:~
...
...
u =
.c ~ 5
- .~.; ~
'"0 ~"i -
~ ~.: :9
:;E ~2~
= ~ ~::I_
"s ~ ~ ~ c
~- 9-11:;
c~ ~E~
~ ~ 0 ~ .~
... ..!:! '"... ~
oc:....!:!o~..
0; 85 -6 <:i ,5> ]
- u ~ .-
="'-BEeS
~:::Vlq~c
=!:!_u.....
Vl .: ~ '0 .2 rl
~ ~ 's ~ u ]
ilZ;;;i!!:es
=...uV)"O~=
's l! : 0'" 'i 8.':
.. ~ .~ :-= S "0 C !!
i ,g; ~ ~ g ~ ~.~
.5 ~ .~ .~ E S g ~
g Q ] ] 8 Z Ii~
U
~~Nf"i ~ vi
0;
>c: '2
..
L
*
g ~
E
f-o
'It:
'"
o
<:i
gj
il
~l
<
-~ ~~
~i~
G ~ ~ IG ~
rc1)) z
w
~
--- ::l
~ a 8 ~(a
~ ~
i: ~ W
~ U
~ @ l! Z I~ \\
.. '- w
j ex:
~ ~
I I @~ ~ w @
ex:
- r:l ~ il(~ ~~ ;t
~ OJ
.. E ~ ~ ~
C :I i
:I t: z ~ J ~
.,
:> :l ~ 1= 8
.. ! I ~~ ~ '"
;t ffi .. c
'" :l i5 ~
%,@ ~ ;; " ~
"" v ..
" d
.. '"
..
IG ~ ~ :'\ :>
::! ..
I ..- S
o~ ~
~B "<.J :I
~ ~ "
~ i:
~ 1 ~ y @
I @ :z:
~ " "
Z ~ ~
u.J z
~ f'\ 2 g
f-
;;: \~ I <
~
0 ...l ~ :I..,.
Cl: ., v
~ I .. l! - 1:
L '" ::r. .,' ~
~ :l:: ~ ~ ~ :l _
0 ~ ~t ~ !
...J~u. I '" .;;
~<:i l - c ~ ..
! a ~ z . iI .
~c::'- E l! o '
~8f:: :z: f C! E! ~
U:l::~ ~ ~ i- ~
>- ". Vl C ~ @
~ ~ " ~ 0 ~@
~ Cl: - ~
8 I- - Z
- ~ 5
is u
u.J '-' ~~ ! <
0 :z:
~~
:l:: :If "
z < . .. ~ :'\
0 u b I I j
~ ~ " ~ V
v
e;
I -
...
<:i
'"
...
~
;.;
~
.~
...
~
;:;
..2:
:;
..
~
~ =
~ .~
'g a. ~
~ ~.= ~
~.~ ..V2 ~ 0
,,_ ~.~ U
4i ~ u..( ~ ;>-.
i'~ 8 ~ .'" ~
:oJ r:! _ ~ ~ ~
;:.E.....~c
~ - 15 .= 0 ';;
-~6..~.!!u
.c:I~c..c.o<<:l-
~C<ViCS
r=;::~~~~
~
E
;.;
Vl
c:
.Q
-
:':l
.::!
;-:=
....
.v
~ ::l
c: ~ ....0
.- r:o c: ~ Vl ........
~ ~ ,9 6 IlJ r:o R ~ r;
~~ ~ ~'': IlJ ....~_....
CI'.) 1"'\ ~ IlJ U r:o '5 ~ '--. .~ .2
~ ""'-l ".... - -- _ \0"",, I-ol '- '- ;-'
Q a.;:; a.~ B t::.... ~ ~ W
00....8...-r:o",....r:oo
u~u~au~~~~c:
~
~@8C/)ulJ~~~~~
00
~ c
;:; ~.~
~ ".' ~ ~
\.I t:::; r... C
.~ ~ <: i ';
~<IJ1U~
~ ~ ~ ~ .~ L.o
.- .c .- 0
o;~llil.'" c:;
~ u .: - E E ~ E
t:e5c.=.=~ E
~~~~~~~ 8
~cE"''''''E 1j__o
~ Ii - = ::: :::'1: ~
.ij~~~~~8. '011
= '" ... .- ,- ,- =... E
~ uQ.~ ~ ~Vle~ =
,:eccc~olO:v
c 0 8 ~ E E = - c ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ ~
~ 8 .. .. .. .. .- 8 8 8
~ CCCCCc u
~ ....~~:E
~c:o';:~~~c=~
=
~
IlJ
....
'3
0'"
IlJ
...
"0 c;
~ ;;>
.... ....._ 0
'8 'E 8 5-
-QC5 ::l C.
.- .0 r:o
CI'.)~C:~Vl 0
~~~~~ c:
O "0 "0 8 _'>J -0
IlJ IlJ a. ~ IlJ
U~~a.1lJ ~
.;l ... ... r:o . ~ ~ IlJ
<a.a.....;;>..c:;;>
> a.a.o1lJ....1lJ
O<t:<t:zo=:OO=:
~
~
~
<<t:o::lUOOu..
SECTION 01395
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event
errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in
the Contract Documents, or clarifications are
necessary.
2. utilization of DCR form.
B. Related Sections:
1. General Conditions Article 2.3
2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2
3. General Conditions Article 12.3
1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS
A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the
Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of
the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications
are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM.
The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient
clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or
field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for
good communication.
B. The DCR is not meant for formal notification of extra
work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and
12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal
notification of time extensions, and for cost change
notifications.
c. If the contractor has a proposed solution, this solution
is to be entered on the form, in sufficient detail
necessary for the A/E or CM to confirm this solution.
D. The contractor is also required to mention all other
trade work which is affected by the problem, and all
trade work which will be affected by the proposed
solution.
08/20/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 1)
01395 - 1
1.3 UTILIZATION OF DCR FORM
A. The CM will make available the DCR forms for the
contractors use. Attached is a copy of the DCR form, and
the instruction sheet.
*************
END OF SECTION 1395
~
08/20/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 1)
01395 - 2
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST No.
-
From: To: Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits Contract No.
P. O. Box 5283
Key West, FL 33045 Receipt
(305) 292-7845 Logged:
Problem By: Dwg/Spec No./RevisionlDetail/Sect No,
NE Project No,
Civil Structural Architectural Security PLB HVAC Electrical Specs
Subject:
Problem & suggested solution:
I MKlG Review: .,
Solution:
Solution bv: T Date: MKlG: I Date:
'I('1.l111
OOCLME~T ClARlnCATlON REQUEST !'I.o. ,~)
From: To: Momson.Kn_llIGemlS Con."CI No. C ~ )
~ p O. Box S283
Key WesL FL 3304S RtC.eIPI G)
()OS) 292.78015 Lotll!eo:
Problem By: (2..) ~--m-Nc>
A:~ hot<<' No 'jn)
(,5 SlrllCtU.nJ """''''''''''' """"" PLB HVAC EJec:tnoaI Spoa
C~...
,...,. (~1
ProC>W:. .. lugal_ IOlulIOD
T'1)
I MKIC R.....- (u.)
5oIullo.;
(1.."'\
:15 I P.l!L !1.b' I ~ '/'2-: 1 D;ll~. d~'
~
,^-KU'
"
A. By Contractor:
1. From: The OCR will always be trom the prime contractor,
SUbcontractors to the prlme contractor shall submlt OCR's
through their prime contractor,
2. Proble. By: This can be the sUbcontractor, or the prim.
contractor, or the established prime contractor
representative, or the established subcontractor
representative.
) ,
Contract No,:
nUlllber.
This is the approved contract, contract
4. Drawing No,: Here insert as much intoI'1llation as possible
to describe the location in the contract documents of the
particular problem you are asking clarification. Include
revision level of drawings, and date. Include detail
nUlllbers, include section numbers, include specification
section numbers, paragraph locations, all as applicable.
5, Civil, Structural, etc.: Here note the particular
division ot work the OCR applies to.
6, SUbject: Here insert brief, clear, concise caption
sUbject, which is representative of prOblem area,
7, Problem' Suggested Solution: Describe in as much detail
as necessary, the problem to which clarification is
needed. It additional space is needed, add extra sheets
to back, and reference attachments in this area no. 7.
Draw sketches if necessary. Make photocopy of particular
drawing detail and attach if necessary,
B, By Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits:
B, OCR No,: NUIIlbers will be assigned as follows:
xx-
Project
xxx-
Contractor No.
XXX
Sequential No,
For instance, the first OCR from the contractor of
Contract No. 001 on the New Detention Facility, would be:
10-001-001
As another example: The seventh consecutive OCR logged
on the New Detention Facility, was received from the
contrac.tor of Contract No. 005, would be:
l':f -005-007
9. Receipt Logged: This will be the date received by the
CM from the contractor, and will serve as the referencE
date.
10. A/E Project No.: The A/E's project number will be
inserted here, where and when applicable,
11. MX/G Review: This will be the signature or initials of
the eonstruction Manager, upon review of the problem,
with the date of sign-oft.
12. MX/G Review: This will be the signature or initials of
the Construction Manager, upon review of the solution,
13, Date: This will be the date of.MK/G review and sign-
otto
C. By ArChitect/Engineer:
14. Solution: The A/E will here insert the solution to the
problem, or answer in some other fashion the
clarification being requested. The A/E may herein
contiI'1ll the contractor's proposed solution.
15. Solution By: The entity providing the solution is to
sign here. This may be the Construction Manager when
particular clarifications are being requested that can
be answered by the CM. Otherwise, it will be the AlE
representative,
16, Date: This will be the date of sign-off, or ans~ering
the OCR by the AlE.
D. Part-By-Part Distribution of 6-part OCR Form:
a. When the contractor submits OCR, he will retain Goldenrod
copy.
b, When received by the contractor, CM will retain tiM
copy,
c, The OCR then is submitted to the A/E. Once answered, the
A/E returns to CM, but retains Canarv copy.
d. CM reviews answer, and sends ~ copy taCK to
contractor, CM will retain original ~ copy for
office files. and Blue copy will go to the job-site,
SECTION 00805
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends,
supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction, Construction Management Edition, AIA Document
A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition.
In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these
Supplementary Conditions, wording of this Section shall govern.
ARTICLE 1
1. Subparagraph 1. 1. 3 - third I ine-after the word "construction,"
delete the remaining words and insert the following:
"and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper
execution and completion of such construction; except as
expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General
Requirements of the Contract."
2. subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety.
3 . Subparagraph 1.2.3 - after the last word "meanings" in the
paragraph add the following sentence:
"In case of discrepancy or disagreement in
documents, specifications, and/or drawings,
PRECEDENCE shall be:
the
the
contract
ORDER OF
Contract Agreement
The addenda as issued
The Supplementary General Conditions
General Conditions
The General Requirements
The Technical Specifications
The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence
over smaller scale general drawings).
4.~ Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows:
"Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn
out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn
out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work."
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 1
5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows:
"Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies
of Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the
execution of the Work."
ARTICLE 2
1. Subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add:
"The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and,
unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents,
does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General
Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the
Construction Manager acting through his authorized
representative."
2. Subparagraph 2.3.4 first sentence after the word
"Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager."
3. Subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add:
"It is the intent of the Contract Documents to allow the
Construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance
of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all
such directions and schedule." Should a contractor, either
in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor,
fail to maintain progress according to the Project Schedule
and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another
Contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services
such as overtime as may be necessarv to brinq his operations
UP to schedule. all at no additional"cost to the Owner."
4. Subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety.
5. Subparagraph 2.3.18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the
sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add
"consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so
as to cause no delay."
6.
Subparagraph
Construction
substitute,
Manager."
2.3.21 - first line - delete the words "the
Manager will assist the Architect", and
"The Architect will assist the Construction
7. Subparagraph 2.3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the
Contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete
the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety.
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 2
ARTICLE 3
1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each
case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of
subparagraph the following: "In the event of clean-up issues,
Owner has right to provide a minimum of 24 hours notice. In
the event of safety issues determined to be of a serious
nature, as determined by the CM, notice will given, and
contractor is required to rectify deficiency immediately."
2. subparagraph .2.1 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 4
1. Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the
Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity
identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or
Construction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade
Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a
special design but does not include one who furnishes material
not so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender.
The term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his
authorized representative."
2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows:
"The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his
employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property,
unsafe practices, or violation of: any Federal or State
regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause
for permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor
employee is determined to be detrimental to the project, as
deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove
and/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction
Manager. Employees dismissed from the project will be
transported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense."
3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows:
"The Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the
security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment."
4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows:
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 3
"The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete,
timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper
coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials
and equipment. The Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate with
the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any
discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and
Specifications so that the progress of the Work is not
adversely affected."
5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence:
"The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction
Manager and shall not be changed except with the consent of
the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to
be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in
his employ."
6. Subparagraph 4.10.l - add the following sentence:
"This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after
Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and
completion of the various stages of construction, shall be
revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall
be subject to the Construction Manager's approval."
7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2:
"The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling
meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting,
the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress,
scheduling, and problems."
8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9:
"If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not
available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may
submit data on substitute materials through the Construction
Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner."
9. Subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly":
"He shall also provide protection of existing work as
required."
10. Subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add:
"When structural members are involved, the written consent of
" the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade
Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the
Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent
to cutting or otherwise altering the Work."
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 4
11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3:
"The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts,
cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his
materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether
or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade
Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or
finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable
code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other
hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall,
or any other finished surface".
12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add:
"Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner
or Construction Manager."
13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls
or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the
Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be
considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade
Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of
site personnel."
14. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3:
"All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall
be serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized
representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence
shall be directed to:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, Florida 33040
Attn: Doug Fuller
or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located
at 5090 Junior College Road, Stock Island, Florida 33040.
Serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade
Contractor in the pre-construction meeting."
Each trade contractor shall be required to check his
designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made
available, and located by the Construction Manager.
~
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 5
ARTICLE 5
1. Subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any
person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor
in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the
Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable sUbstitute;
however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for
any such substitution."
ARTICLE 6
1. Subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates,"
delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute
"a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or,"
delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim."
ARTICLE 7
1. Subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this
contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial
Circuit of the State of Florida."
2. Subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and
the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners,
successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other
party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the
Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole
without the written consent of the other."
3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2:
"The Trade Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to
become due under this Contract without prior written consent
of the Owner or Construction Manager."
4. Subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety.
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 6
5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs
7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety.
ARTICLE 8
1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the
progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner,
Construction ~anager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any
employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by
the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire,
unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay
authorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other
cause which the Construction Manager determines may justify
the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change
Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may
determine."
2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph
after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following:
"Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the
delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the
cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary,
but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the
cause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such
termination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based
upon that cause shall be waived."
3 . Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in i tsentirety and insert the
following:
"It shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may
reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the
Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating
construction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed
for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for
other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the
type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and
complexity."
4: Add new subparagraph 8.3.5:
"If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade
contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 7
of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal
or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with
adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall
be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade
Contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such
refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay
as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1."
5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6:
"In addition to impact costs as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.5,
the Trade Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any
other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's
refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however,
that such refusal or failure is not the result of a
justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1."
ARTICLE 9
1. Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person":
"All Trade Subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall
execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon
their receipt of paYment from the Trade Contractor."
2. Subparagraph 9.5.1 - add:
"From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a
progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be
deducted and retained by the Owner until final paYment is
made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less
all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When
not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the
Owner may, at hiS/her discretion (and with the consent of the
surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an
amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated
cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be
done. The remainder, less all previous payments and
deductions, will then be certified for payment to the
Contractor.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be
enti tled to demand or receive progress paYment based on
quantities of work in excess of those provided in the
proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when
such excess quanti ties have been determined by the
Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for
the item of work in question.
~
No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 8
any materials or work in place, as to quality or quantity.
All progress paYments are subject to correction at the time
of final paYments.
3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6:
"All material and work covered by partial paYments made shall
thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this
provision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade
Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and
work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for
any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner
or Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the
terms of the Contract."
4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7:
"Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade
Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the
Trade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility
services not later than the end of the calendar month
following that in which services are rendered and for all
materials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are
delivered at the site of the Project. The Trade Contractor
shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than
the end of the calendar month in which each paYment is made
to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the
Trade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade
Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall,
by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor,
also require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his
suppliers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner."
5.
Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following: '
"The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an
Application for Payment if, in his opinion, the application
is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and
Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Construction Manager shall process the Application for the
amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may
also decline to approve any Applications for PaYment or,
because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent
inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval
previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his
opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third
party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable
filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to
make payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor,
materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the work
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 9
cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or
another contractor working at the proj ect; (6) reasonable
evidence that the Work will not be completed within the
contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6. 1. 1 No paYment shall be made to the Trade Contractor
until certificates of insurance or other evidence of
compliance by the Trade Contractor, within all the
requirereents of Article 12, have been filed with the
Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no paYments on
the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor
shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by
Paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required
of the Trade Subcontractors under Article 12 have been
filed with the Owner."
6. Subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety.
ARTICLE 11
1. Add new subparagraph 1l.1.2.l:
The following coverages are required to be maintained by all
Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout
the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof.
1. Premises and Operation Liability Insurance:
Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained
in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence.
Coverage shall specifically include:
a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage
for premises and operations.
b. Products and completed operations.
c. Independent contractor's exposures.
d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse,
or underground (x,c,u) exposures.
e.
Blanket contractual
contract.
liability
covering
this
~
f. Personal injury liability.
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 10
g. Broad form property damage liability.
2. Automobile Liability Insurance:
Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall
include coverage for bodily injury and property damage
liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each
occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non-owned, and
hired vehicles, and include employers' non-ownership
liability coverage.
3. Workers :ompensation and Employers Liability Insurance:
statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including
Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than
$100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person
per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided
to cover operations in the state of Florida and the
Voluntary compensation endorsement shall be provided.
Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided
where applicable.
All insurance policies except the Workers Compensation and
Employers Liability Insurance policy, are required in the name
of Monroe County Board of County Commissioners and Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits as Additional Insured, and provide a minimum
of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination, non-
renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall be
modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability
suits between insureds without increasing the total policy
limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require
addi tional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any
specific project or work.
Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and
authorized to do business in the state of Florida. The Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to
reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable.
Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will
provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating
the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager.
Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall
be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of
the original certificates.
"
Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall
be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County
Commissioners if requested.
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 11
The certificate Holder on all insurance policies is required
to be as follows:
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, or Monroe
County,
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283
Key West, FL 33040
ARTICLE 12
1. Subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph,
after the word "change" in line 25, with the following:
"Pending final determination of cost, paYments on account
shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager. The
amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade Contractor for any
deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the
Contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as
confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions
and credits covering related Work or substitutions are
involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead and
profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if
any, with respect to that change."
2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6:
"The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items
of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually
used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll
charges such as Public Liability and Workman's Compensation
Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be
allowed on items of Social Security and Sales Tax. If
deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost.
Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other
than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent,
timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental
job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of
Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices
set forth in the Contract Documents) shall be computed as
follows:
12.1.6.1 If the Trade Contractor performs the actual
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
12.1.6.2 If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 12
Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit
shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the
maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten
percent (10%).
12.1.6.3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the
actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and
profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent
(15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor
performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-
up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition
of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only.
3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7:
"The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the
Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities
and prices used in computing the value of any change that
might be ordered."
4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the
following:
"If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given
to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise,
involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give
the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three
(3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before
proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies
endangering life or property, in which case the Trade
Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3."
Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change
will involve extra work, written notibe given within three (3)
days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient
notice. If it is later determined that the work involved in
such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts
of additional compensation to be paid therefore should be
determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.1. Except as
otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost
shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this
Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such
work is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
~
08/20/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS (ADD. 1)
00805 - 13
iJlJCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
AUGUST 12, 1991
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Project Manual Paqes
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the ortg..tn..~J
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by Ib.ld.d
type in the text and an "AI" notation in the margin identifying that the re\il'S"fo'n
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by strikiAg
&tit- the text and placing an "AI" notation in the margin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pag~s they replace.
SECTION TITLE PAGE
03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1-5
03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1-2
03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1-11
03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 1-6
03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 1-11
03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 1-16
03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 1-12
03600 GROUT 1
~ 04200 UNIT MASONRY 1-3
05180 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL 1
05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 1,3,4,4a
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
UOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
A. Revised Proiect Manual Paaes (Continued)
SECTION TITLE PAGE
05510 METAL STAIRS 2,2a
07210 BUILDING INSULATION 2,3,3a
07530 SINGLE PLY ROOFING 1
07900 JOINT SEALERS 2,2a
08660 SECURITY WINDOWS 3
08710 DOC1 HARDWARE 1
08902 ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS 2
09200 LATH AND PLASTER 2,3,3a,5
09830 ELASTOMERIC COATING 1,2,2a
14240 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 1-11
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
A, Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings.
Drawina No.
Revision
3.22
Refer to Sheet Title Block
Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2".
4.01
Refer to Sheet Title Block
Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2".
4.07
Refer to Sheet Title Block
Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2".
4.34
Refer to Section C: Wall Section at Rec. Yard
"
Change note:
"1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board"
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
Drawina No.
4.35
4.35
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.41A
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Revision
Refer to Section E: Wall Section thru Cooling Tower
Change drawing as follows:
"1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board"
Refer to Section F: Wall Section thru Main Mech.
Change note:
"At top of structure elevation 42.50' bring roof-sloped
concrete over to outside edge of beam. Concrete block
is placed on top of sloped concrete.
Refer to Detail 1: Plan Detail at Vertical Expansion
Joint. Change note:
"3/4" cement plaster" to read "3/4 cement plaster on
metal lath"
Refer to Detail 6: Section Detail at Reveal in
Concrete Block Wall. Change note:
"Cement plaster" to read "3/4" cement plaster on metal
lath"
Refer to 9: Section Detail at Terrace A
Change note:
"1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board"
Refer to Detail 2: Section Detail at Cement Plaster
"J" Mold. Change note:
"3/4" cement plaster" to read "3/4" cement plaster on
metal lath"
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
iJGCUMENT 00901
Drawina No.
4.41A
4.41A
4.49
4.49
4.49
5.07
"
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Revision
Refer to Detail 11: Section Detail at Louver Curb
Change note:
"1/2" Protection Board" to read: "Protection Board"
Refer to Sheet Title Block
Add note under item, "Bid Group 2".
Refer to Section 9: Elevator 3 Section
Delete note:
"Embedded Steel Plate 3/8" 4 sides of opening"
Refer to A: Plan Detail
Add note beneath title:
"Similar Detail at 3/4" horizontal joint."
Refer to Section 8: Elevator 1 and 2 Section
Change detail key below first level "6/5.50" to read
"6/4.50".
Refer to Sheet Title Block
Change note "Bid Group" to read "Bid Group 2".
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
B. Revised Full-Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated August 12, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER
TITLE
0.01
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.32
3.33
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
4.03
4.08
4.09
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
,.4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
INDEX
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F
TYPICAL DETAILS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIOKS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS .
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN GROUND FLOOR ZONE C
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F
BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE D
BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE E
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
DOCUMENT 00901
DRAWING NUMBER
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.30
4.32
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.41
4.41B
4.42
4.46
4.47
4.47A
4.48
4.50
4.51
4.67
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 1
TITLE
BUILDING PLAN MECHANICAL PLENUM ZONE F
ROOF PLAN ZONE A
ROOF PLAN ZONE B
ROOF PLAN ZONE C
ROOF PLAN ZONE D
ROOF PLAN ZONE E
ROOF PLAN ZONE F
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
WALL SECTIONS
WALL SECTIONS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
WINDOW AND LOUVER ELEVATIONS
STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS
STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS
STAIR PLANS AND 'SECTIONS
STAIR DETAILS
ELEVATOR DETAILS
ENLARGED PLANS - CELLS
PARTITION TYPES
******************
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00901-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12,1991
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes
1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and
anchorage.
2. Openings for other work.
3. Form accessories.
4. Anchorage and erection items specified in other sections, for
embedment in concrete.
5. Form stripping.
B. RELATED SECTIONS
1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
AT A. Pre\' i ee aRe RIt-1a i nta in one copy at the s He of a 11 referenced pub 1 i cat ions
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork.
2. ACI 301- Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to
design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required
shape, line and dimension.
1. 4 SUBMITTALS
A~
A.~b.QP.P..r.awings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, materials, igl bracingT~~a:M
~rg!j:9! arrangement of joints and ties for..concrete exposed to view.
B. Submit shop drawings signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
Professional Engineer who prepared calculations indicating drawings were
prepared under his direct supervision.
a. Provide additional copies of drawings and data for Enforcement Agency,
and Special Inspector under Florida law, to comply with Threshold
Building Requirements.
At: ~:~f~~~:::~:::'::~~I!ID:;i:il~lgtll~1
~-
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #1-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03100
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At
finish.
B. Comply with ACI 347.
2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
CONCRETE FORMWORK
the discretion of the Contractor providing required
A. Form Ties:
1. Adjustable to permit tightening of forms leaving no metal closer than
1-1/2" to surface.
2. Ties: Commercially manufactured. Wire and band iron are not
acceptable.
3. Holes left in concrete after tie removal: Not to exceed 7/8" diameter
at finish concrete surface, and no deeper than largest diameter.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete,
or absorb moisture.
C. Corners:
1. Chamfered
2. Wood strip 3/4 inch; maximum possible lengths.
AI D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: of sizej strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
At:
A. Verify 1 ines, levels and cer:t~.E!.r.,~..,.~~f().r..E!..,proceeding with formwork. Ensure
that dimensions agree withIIIBI!.II:::IIAI Drawings.
3.2 ERECTION - FORMWORK
AI:
A. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen
formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads.
B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Be Aet
samage eeAerete syriAg strippiAg. Permit remeval ef remaiAiAg priAeipal
shares.
C.
Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
'.
D. Do not frame openings in structural members which are not indicated on
Drawings without written approval from Architect.
At E. Provide chamfer strips on corners of curbs~n!jln!:ti:fi!piittgntiliiliii.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
3.3 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and
embedded items.
C. 00 not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive
special finishes or applied coverings which may be affected by agent. Soak
inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated
prior to placement of concrete.
3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or
passing through concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate related work in forming and placing openings, recesses, chases,
bolts, anchors, and other inserts.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete
placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to
facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to
allow flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face
of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed
concrete surfaces.
3.5 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter.
Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
3.6 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Examine erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in
accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges,
ties, and items are secure.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
AI
B.
Do not reuse wee6 Qr,:p~~pij::"'4,!i9.~g formwork for TyJ:!.if@Z concrete surfaces:i
te Be eXj:lesea te vi6i.HD8HAef~atcR f(H'RI',~el"k. .. ...... ..H..... .
3.8 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or brac i ng unt i1 concrete has gained suffi c i ent
strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads.
B. Form ties not required to hold forms in place may be removed after 24
hours.
C. Formwork not upporting weight of concrete such as sides of curbs and
similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulative curing at not
less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing the concrete, providing
the concrete is sufficiently cured to be undamaged by form removal
operations.
At
D. Formwork supporting weight of concrete such as slabs and other structural
elements may not be removed in less than 14 days or until concrete has
attained 75% of design strength at 28 days.
1. Design strength of cast-in-place concrete having supporting forms
removed before 14 day time period shall be determined by testing field
cured and laboratory cured concrete specimens representative of the
concrete.
a. Concrete specimens and compressive strength tests for early form
removal shall be made and tested by the Independent Testing
Laboratory and paid for by the Contractor.
E. Form facing material may be removed 4 days after placement if shores and
other vertical supports have been designed and arranged to permit removal
of form facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and
supports.
F.LO()s~rlHJorms carefully. Do not wE!dge pry bars, hammers, or tools against
[IP:i*~r:r~ finish concrete surfaces:~ seRea~]ea fer expeSijre te view.
G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh
concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
3.9 SCHEDULES
A. Facing Materials:
1. Provide forms capable of producing finished concrete surfaces as
outlined below.
2. Forms for F-l and F-2 finish are required as scheduled below on formed
concrete surfaces unless indicated otherwise.
~B. Forms for Type F-l, Rough Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete concealed from view in the finished construction.
2. No selected form facing material is required.
3. Patch tie holes and defects.
4. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/4" in height. Leave surface with the
texture imparted by the forms.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
C. Forms for Type F-2, Smooth Form Finish:
1. Use to form concrete exposed to view that is not subject to additional
architectural finish requirements, other than painting.
2. Use form facing material to produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on
the concrete.
a. Facing material: Plywood, tempered concrete-form-grade
hardboard, metal, paper or other approved material capable of
producing the desired finish.
3. The arrangement of the facing material: Orderly and symmetrical with
the number of seams kept to the practical minimum.
4. Do not use materi a 1 wi th raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges,
patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the
concrete.
5. Patch tie holes and defects. Completely remove fins.
********************
END OF SECTION 03100
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03100-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03200
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel reinforcing bars.
2. Welded wire fabric.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1. 2 REFERENCES
Al
A. Pre~iae aRe mMaintain one copy at the site of all referenced publications
for use by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures.
4. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM A-18S - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
D. American National Standards Institute, American Welding Society (ANSI/AWS)
1. ANSI/AWS 01.4 - Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
2. ANSI/AWS 012.1 - Reinforcing Steel Welding Code.
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-61S: Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1. "Manual of Standard Practice".
2. CRSI - "Placing Reinforcing Bars.
3. CRSI - "Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications
and Nomenclature."
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show size and quantity of cast-in-place concrete
reinforcement, method of support and fastening, bending and placing
~ schedules, diagrams, wall elevations and plans, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacefit materials.
AI: ~i:::::::::.:::::::~p.lij:I:::::willil:1::l:::1.:I!.:::::.pr9Mili~:ii::::::gi:::i::gU::i:::I!I:I::l!;:1:I:igml!i111
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars:
1. ASTM A6IS, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars.uuu.u.u...uuu
Al 2 . AST,.,A]9~~.~T~cj ~..... 9 Q. ... f ()r- .r:~J~f()rs~'!!.~ .~~~9. pe. .\otI~ J dE!(h~pr:lASTMA6I~Grade
6().fI1~gf:1ttgW(!JtlJbiJityreqqirel1lell~$;:gr:A$'IJIAZ9~?~og.:Afi$11'AWSc::;f:ll:t.~
B . Welded Wi reFabriC:ASTM A18S, Flat. Sheets :uuuuu u . .u.....UUUuu.UUu . .. uuuu.u. uu
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including
bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and
fastening reinforcement in pl ace, in accordance with the recommendations
and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
1. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs
hot-dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of
supports contact forms.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate Concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS 01.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum
stress. Review location of splices with Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Keep uncoated reinforcement free from rust, scale, dirt, and physical
injury.
B. Pl ace, support and secure rei nforcement against di spl acement. Do not
deviate from required position.
C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or
". ties.
********************
END OF SECTION 03200
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cast-in-place concrete.
2. Placing anchors and inserts.
3. Installation of embedded items specified in other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK.
2. SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
3. SECTION ~1412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
4. SECTION 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
5. SECTION 03600 - GROUT.
1.2 REFERENCES
Al A. Pl"0..-iee aRe lllMaintain one copy of all referenced publ ications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal,
Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
2. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
4. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
5. ACI 30SR - Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 30a - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
7. ACI 31a - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
a. ACI SP-lS - Field Reference Manual.
C. American National Standards Institute, American Society for Testing and
Materials (ANSI/ASTM)
1. ANSI/ASTM D-994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete
(Bituminous Type).
2. ANSI/ASTM D-1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
3. ANSI/ASTM D-1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types).
4. ANSI/ASTM D-1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint
Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-lOa - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
2. ASTM A-496 - Spec i fi cat i on for Steel Wi re, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
~ 3. ASTM B-221 - Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded
Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes.
4. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
5. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and
Sawed Beams of Concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
8. ASTM C-157 - Specification for Test Method for Length Change of
Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete.
9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
11. ASTM C-618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
E. American Welding Society (AWS).
1. AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
Al
A. Mix Designs:
1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated
for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete
placement. Include the following:
a . Mix identification des i gnationunique foreilch mix submitted.
b. Statement of intended use (19S~~:19P) for ~!pn mix.
c. Mix proportions, including admixtures used. .
d. Manufacturer's data and/or cert ifi cat ions veri fying conformance
of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified
requirements.
e. Wet and dry unit weight.
f. Entrained air content.
g. Design slump.
h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit
separate qualification data for each production faCility which
will supply concrete to project.
i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to
calculate average strength qualification data. When field test
data is used to qualify average strength, submit se~arate
q~alificatieA eata fer each ~ree~ctieA faCility which will s~~~ly
ceAcrcte te preject aAe copies of field test reports.
2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of
concrete, each change in type and/or quantity of mix materials
including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in
entrained air content.
3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for
each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of
discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to
Architect is submitted demonstrating, by previous successful
experience, that proposed mix will meet requirements of these
specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of
distance required.
At
~B. Product Data:
~~ 1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials
Uft& including admixtures and patching compounds.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Submit curing compound product data and verification of its
compatibility with other finish materials and surface required.
C. Submit materials certificates, mill test reports and materials laboratory
tests reports attesting that each material item compiles with or exceeds
specified requirements.
D. Submit one sample copy of concrete batch trip ticket containing information
as specified in ASTM C-94 paragraph entitled "Batch Ticket/Information:"
including additional information listed for certification purposes.
Clearly show amount of water for entire batch which may be added in field
that will not exceed water cement ratio specified by concrete design.
E. Record Documents: Submit record 1 isting time and date of placement of
concrete. Include elapsed time between batching and placing of concrete.
Keep record until completion of project, make available to Architect on
request.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
~l.:
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.
g-r_~l-
1. 5 UNIT PRICES
A. Provide unit prices indicated on Bid Form in event additions to or
deductions from Work are required and authorized by a written order from
Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type I.
1. Use only one manufacturer and type of cement for each mix design.
B. Normal weight aggregates: ASTM C-33.
C. Water: Clean fresh potable. Free from oils or other substances injurious
to concrete or reinforcement.
D. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C-260.
E. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Type A, containing no chloride added
during manufacture. Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon Super WR-75"; Euclid Chemical Co.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST - IN-PLACE COrtCRETE
2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders.
3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation.
F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-
494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional.
Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders.
G. Accelerators are not permitted.
H. Retarding admixtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C-
494, Type B and Type 0 respectively. Acceptable Products:
1. Eucon Retarder-75, Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders.
3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika.
I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned
requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review
by Architect.
Al
J. Co 1 ori ng Admi xture: ProviudeuucoJ<:lr-u~d.lI1i)(tlJT~'uu~.ithurniJlJl11lJm mi x proport ions
af 3 1 as. pCl" 9. 185. g~:~:::,.]P:~'::.:':!p:::.,:IM_AI:i:::::R'n:::'::II:::i:::i:lP-iil grey cement and
manufacturer's reconvnendat ions.. .... . u.. .. ........ ... . ..u.u
1 . ~oJ Or-:u u u.^.~.. .s.~leetc()y.. uA. r.<: ~i tee t . ~!':1::I:::::::9:~:::::::Pi'~.1:iq::;::::::::::::::::Ri9::::i::!~t:~IIYi::ei
991:Q.n:::::.ippiqigg:Pl:ArpPJ~gP;~:;:
2. Miiiii.i'facflifiif.:....uu ..u.uuuu..UUu......
a. LAMBERT CORP.
b.uuuuArc:~iJe<:t approved equ i val ent.
~.:~m::::::::::::::::NUXttREle
3. [ocaHons.:..uuu
a .~~:~i:{l ~~~~i tDoa:;oDoa~:~~~;s~n~e;f ~e~ i n~e l~:~s~ilil::i::::::':!:::::IIi:::::I:i:ill:::m~:
b. MezZanine Level: Cell Walkways, Inmate Visitation Space,
Multipurpose Rooms and Dayroom Stair Treads.
Al
~l
~l:
2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL
A. ACI 301
B. Fiber Expansion Joint:
1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM 0-1751.
2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars.
B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as
design capacity of supporting concrete members.
~C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36.
D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy=70,000 psi.
E. Headed Concrete Anchors.
1. Comply with ASTM A-lOB.
2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
01.1) .
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Curing compound: Comply with ASTM C-309, Unit moisture loss, pound per
square foot at 72 hours shall not exceed .642 psf.
1. Masterseal or MasterKure; Master Builders.
2. Architect approved equivalent.
B. Bonding Compound:
1. Polyvinyl acetate type, rewettable. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Weld; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Weldcrete; Larson Products.
c. Thonbond; Standard Dry Wall.
d. Ever~ond; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
C. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% sol ids, 100% reactive, two component compound
suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces.
1. Acceptable Products:
a. Euco Epoxy #463 or #615; Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Sikadu Hi-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. Permunite; L & M Construction Products, Inc.
D. Pigmented Curing and Hardening Compound:
1. Provide pigmented curing and hardening compound over concrete with
color admixture.
2. Properties, color mix proportions, and application as recommended by
manufacturer of color admixture.
3. Product: Co10rgard
~l 4. Manufacturer:
a. LAMBERT CORP.
P'!d'ddd~r.c:I1.H~ct approved equ i val ent.
G:~~~~:::::':::::~~:::::IlX:':ERFt~
E. Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION for rigid foam filler and
insulation in floor slabs.
2.5 EPOXY JOINT FILLER
A. Three (3) component, 100% solids, compound, with a minimum shore D hardness
of 50.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Euco Epoxy. #600 or #700; Euclid Chemical Company.
b. Sikadur Lo-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation.
c. MM-80, Metzger-McGuire
2.6 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Proportion ingredients and design concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 301
as modified in this Section.
B. Durabil ity:
1. Air-entrained with 5% to 7% entrained and entrapped air.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Al
C. Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
specified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. andlor placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
o (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F.
3. When increased workabil i ty, pumpabi 1 i ty, lower water-cement ratio,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawings.
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 28 day strength.
2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and
manufacturer as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 28 days
after cast i ng ........',.,.,."......,'..
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage vallie $~r.ln value for
concrete mi xes: 400 mi 11 i onths (O.J)~g4) wi th an
allowable variation of 15%.
2) Submi t wri tten reports of each proposed concrete mi x not
less than 15 days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect. .
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather, test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submi t 1 aboratory test reports for revised mi x des i gns and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
E. Sl ump:
1. ACI 301.
2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2".
3. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
~F. Chloride Ion Content:
1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.15' of the weight of the
concrete.
2. Test chloride ion content in individual ingredients or trail batches
of concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2.7 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
At A. Produce and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and as modified in
this Section. Produce and deliver concrete during hot weather in
accordance with ACI 305R aRe ACI 306.
B. Ready Mixed Concrete:
1. Discharge concrete after introduction of mlxlng water to cement and
aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 90 minutes
when air temperature is below 80 degrees F.
2. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting
of concr~te, a shorter maximum discharge time than specified in ASTM
C-94 is required.
a. Discharge concrete after introduction of mixing water to cement
and aggregate or introduction of cement to aggregate within 75
mi nutes when air temperature is between 80 degrees F and 90
degrees F.
b. Di scharge concrete wi thi n 60 mi nutes when air temperature is
above 90 degrees F.
2.8 TESTING & INSPECTION
A. Contractor is responsible for quality control.
1. Inspection or testing by Owner does not rel ieve Contractor of his
responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents.
2. Workmanship: Correct concrete work which does not conform to specified
requirements, including strength, tolerances and finishes. Correct
deficient concrete by means acceptable to Architect.
Al
B. Testing Laboratory Review:
1. Prior to start of concreting operations, Testing Laboratory will
review, with representatives of Contractor's quality control staff,
fac i 1 it i es that. wi 11 be us~g....,g.f.l.,.,...Pr..~,g..~.~.t..tg!.l.....P.f.,..~9!.l...sE~.t..~...f..~r..,.e.,r:.!?.j..~f.t~...
R' '11 dd tti........<<..ll.......f.......'.......T.f........if.'..........d..t.....fr'.............h
a'::iidiiii.8iiintii:f.ligs:::::::!:I::::..::!:LJ)U:~::.11::::::::~n~:i:j:!\/lE!::)l!'I:::::::e)I:II:.i!r;::g!!~
(rmf.;~~}t~~s~~;~~u~~~~~ .
31 Sources of aggregate and cement.
II! Sieve analysis of aggregate samples, mill tests.
$1 Methods of storage of aggregate and cement.
II Mixing procedures, including distance from site.
71 Trip ticket sample.
II Admixtures that will be used, including special procedures
...... requ ired.
II Other items which, in opinion of Testing Laboratory, are
.... important elements in production of concrete.
b. Testing Laboratory will report results of review to Owner and
~ Architect.
1) Report will identify equipment and procedures which require
modification in order to assure quality of concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Al
A. Examine ~ construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 GENERAL
At
A. Notify Testing Laboratory 24 hours before starting concrete placement.
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of embedded items specified and
furnished in other Sections. Obtain templates and instructions for setting
embedded items.
1. "~iif!~,~~
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Just prior to discharging truck-mixed concrete, mix each truck of concrete
minimum 70 revolutions of mixer drum at full mixing speed.
C. Vibrate and consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 309.
II D. During hot weather, place concrete in accordance with ACI 3051.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI 301.
AI:
3.5 FIELD TESTS & INSPECTIONS
A. Field testing and inspections will be performed by testing laboratory.
B. Perform concrete testing in accordance with specifications of ACI 301 and
as foll ows:
1. Mold and cure four (4) specimens from each sample.
2. Compressive strength tests: One set of specimens for each 50 cubic
yards or fraction thereof of each type of concrete placed in one day;
one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days and one
specimen held in reserve.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
S~CTION 03300 CAST - IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3. In addition to cylinders cured under standard conditions, Testing
Laboratory will prepare duplicate sets of two cylinders to be field
cured under conditions equal to cure for corresponding concrete pours.
a. Such cyl inders will be tested only when questions concerning
strength are involved.
b. Costs of such tests will be paid for by Contractor.
c. Test results will be distributed to Architect, Owner, and
Contractor.
4. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of specimens is made.
5. a. Slump Test: Make one test for each set of compressive strength
specimens. Make additional test as directed by Architect.
b. Take test at point of truck discharge for Ready-Mix concrete and
at point of mixer discharge for on site mixing.
6. Chloride Ion Test: Each 50 cubic yards of concrete placed. Sample at
point of placement.
7. Collect concrete batch trip tickets. Identify compressive and slump
tests made to representative samples of concrete referred to by trip
tickets.
C. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately of trip tickets not as
specified.
O. Notify Architect and Contractor immediately when amount of water in a batch
of concrete exceeds that allowed in design mix.
E. Verify that concrete is fully discharged from mixers before mix begins to
set and within 1-1/2 hours maximum from time of batching.
F. Check quantity and type of admixtures for compliance with design
requirements and secure Architect's written approval for use of additional
admixtures in concrete.
G. Obtain mill test reports for each shipment of cement used in to concrete
for Project.
H. Additional Tests for Concrete Work:
1. Testing Laboratory will make additional tests of in-p1ace-concrete
work as directed by Architect when test results indicate that
specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been
attained in structure.
a. Conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
cylinders complying with ASTM C-42.
b. Costs of such test wi 11 be borne by Owner if test resu1 ts
indicate conformance with Contract Documents. Such tests
indicating nonconformance with Contract Documents will be paid by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such nonconformance.
~ c. Cost of other additional tests including load tests andlor other
nondestructive tests directed by Architect or conducted by
Contractor to prove adequacy of concrete work shall be borne by
Contractor including additional architectural and engineering
services made necessary by such tests.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
d. Strength of structure in place will be considered to be
potentially deficient if it fails to comply with requirement
which controls strength of structure, including but not
necessarily limited to conditions listed in ACI 301.
e. Inspections or testing performed exclusively for Contractor's
convenience is sole responsibility of Contractor.
3.6 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
3.7 SLABS
".
A. Defects less than one inch deep and not exposing reinforcing:
1. Comply with ACI 301.
2. Use specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive.
3. Provide mortar patching grout to fill pockets left in concrete walls
or slabs as speCified in Section 03600.
4. Pl ace premi xed patch i ng mortar in accordance wi th direct ions of
specified bonding compound or epoxy adhesive manufacturer.
S. With prior approval by Architect as to method and procedures, for
structural repairs use specified epoxy adhesive andlor epoxy mortar.
B. Defects one inch and greater or Exposing Reinforcing:
1. Chip to sound concrete and clean thoroughly to remove loose concrete
and dust. Apply thin coat of specified epoxy adhesive.
2. Form and pour, or dry pack with specified pre-gravel repair grout,
prior to development of tack-free condition of epoxy bonder. Strip
forms after grout has hardened and provide specified finish.
3. Moist cure or apply speCified clear curing and sealing compound
immediately after finishing.
A. Construct concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 301 as modified in this
Section.
B.
Finishing Tolerances
1. Comply with ACI 301: ,
2. Test unformed surfaces such as monolithic slabs for smoothness and to
verify surface plane finish to tolerances specified for each surface
and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified.
a. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope,
measuring to plane tolerance by using a template cut to required
slope.
3. Repair finished unformed surfaces that have defects which adversely
affect durability of concrete or finish.
a. Unacceptable surface defects include, but are not necessarily
limited to: crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which
penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced
concrete regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock
pockets and other object i onab 1 e condi t ions as determi ned by
Architect.
b. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after
concrete has cured at least 14 days.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
c. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces duri ng or i mmed i ate 1 y
after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out
low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete surfaces.
1) Proprietary concrete patching compounds may be used when
approved by Architect.
3.8 CURING
A. Cure concrete in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Cure interior concrete slabs, with specified curing compound.
1. Do not use liquid curing compound on surfaces against which additional
concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that
curing compound will not prevent bond or unless measures are taken to
remove it completely from areas to receive bonded application.
C. Apply curing compounds within 30 minutes after final finishing. Apply
curing compound at coverage rate specified by manufacturer.
D. Ensure curing compound is compatible with concrete penetrating sealer and
other materials scheduled to be applied over concrete surfaces.
Al E. Curing in hot weather: Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 30S@.
3.9 FINISHES
A. Finish concrete slabs in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces that are to
receive trowel finish. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
C. Trowel Finish: Unless directed otherwise by Architect, apply steel finish
to monolithic slab surfaces. Finish to a Class B tolerance.
1. Do not steel trowel slab surfaces scheduled to receive cementitous
topping.
D. Non-Skid Broom Finish: Apply light broom finish to concrete stair treads,
platforms and ramps. Broom finish, by drawing a fine-hair broom across
concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to
provide fine line texture acceptable to Architect. Apply broom finish
after final joint tooling.
E. Fini shing of Formed Surfaces: Provide smooth form fini sh for concrete
surfaces exposed to view and concrete surfaces scheduled to receive surface
finish.
",
********************
END OF SECTION 03300
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Sections Includes:
1. Precast concrete cored plank units.
2. Structural metal and anchorage items necessary to secure panel
components to each other and to other building materials.
a. Bearing pads.
b. Grouting joint keys and associated items.
c. Anchorage welding
d. Miscellaneous items necessary to the completion of the above.
B. Related Sections:
1. SECTION 03420 - Precast Concrete Sections
1.2 REFERENCES
Al A. Previae aRa mHaintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
3. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
4. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete.
S. ASTM A-496 - Speci fi cat i on for Steel Wi re, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-61S - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement.
7. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
8. ASTM C-1S0 - SpeCification for Portland Cement.
AI: 9. ASTH C 476 SpeeifieatieA fer Cre~t fer HaseAry.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-116 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Products.
2. PCI MNL-120 - PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete.
3. PCI MNL-123 - Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast
and Prestressed Concrete.
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
"
E.
American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS DI.I - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
2. AWS Dl.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
At
~~:
Al
AI:
g
AI:
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
prestressed precast units indicating the following:
1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units.
2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and
relation of units to adjacent building materials.
3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units.
4. Handling requirements.
S. All dead, live and other applicable loads.
6. Size and .ocation of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along
with header details.
7. Estimated short term and long term camber.
8. ........... Fir~-:-rE!sjst~Jl~E!nnrCl~t"gnorun its, i nc 1 ud i ng topp i ng where app 1 i cab 1 e.
9..J .:..........\grpp9"~::*ij!H"i.9~g;t)PP(~)@
B. Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered
professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast
units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units.
C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for
proprietary materials.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fire miAim~m fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
B.
;~~f~~~ ~~L~~~~~n::::::!n:!:~I::::::~:!::::::iii9r"iAii:::::!!:I"I::~~~ requi rements of PCI MNL-120
C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Flori da experi enced in the des i gn of precast concrete
structural units.
D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces, topping loads, and
all live and dead loads as shown on the Drawings.
E. Provide for the installation of "minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by
assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the
unit's design.
F. Precast CeAerete FaBrieater's TestiAg:
previsieAs ef PCI HNL 116.
'C. TRe precast ceAerete maA~faet~ri Ag p hAt sRa 11 Be eert i fi ea By the PC I
PlaAt CertificatieA Pregram prier te prea~etieA.
IA eempliaAee with testiAg
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
Al
G1I~gp-re9~~~':'GPry9n~~~.:m~9~!'~G~~r;~'"9':;.pl~ii~:.~nill'~g:~..~t.!i!1~'!l:':':p.):ii!:~:
H. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in
this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual
l;i_l~tiii_~liili~ti~~~i~1~~~\~~1W~l~WFtgJ!j\
~N', !jIIIlJlflllllmF[4~g't~~I~;;+
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement: ASTM C-1S0.
Al B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, ~'Ylt;;1p1i
seven strand wi re meeting requi rements of ASTM A-416. ..............................................
C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33.
D. Beari ng Stri ps:
1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the
project.
a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip.
b. Pl astic: High density continuous multi -monomer pl astic strips
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation.
Al c. 1/4" i!!~:!lm9.i thick6g~:i unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
Al E. Grout (Keyways and Cores)
1. CeAferm te ASTH C ~76.
t::~:::::::::::::::::::;iiiili!i;i'i:!i~iiiii:;::~il;iliD~:iii;:litiiili;lii:[:~j,ltli~:i!:m~:S:~::::lgil:~::
F. Reinforcing Steel: Non-prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the
~1C
AI:
2.2 " FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
Al B. Machine cast on long production 1 ine iR smeeth, l"i~ia ferms and cut to
lengths as required.
C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at
detensioning.
1. Test program shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plants
and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products", PCI MNL 116.
D. Manufacturers:
1. SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED, INC.
2. GATE CONCRETE PRODUCTS COMPANY
3. STRESSCOh
A~:
AI:
E. Concrete work:
1. Convey concrete from the mi xer to the place of fi na 1 depos it by
methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of
material.
2. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration,
internal or external or a combination. If external vibration is used,
design forms to withstand external vibration without distortion or
failure.
3. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength
has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, hold members for
minimum pre-steaming period of not less than three hours.
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or
membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
d. Continuous water curing.
f~@I.:::.::::::g~liF::::::iRPr9!iI:~::::sirl:.:::::.~ij,9l:f:I:):::~:
F. Exposed bottoms of precast p lanks shall have smooth Eiefl.se surface "as cast"
form finish.
2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
A. Length: pluslminus 1/2"
B. Width: pluslminus 1/4"
C. Depth: pluslminus 1/4"
D. Sweep: pluslminus 1/8" per ten feet, pluslminus 3/8" overall
E. Center of gravity of strand group: pluslminus 1/4"
" F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4".
G. Position of weld plates: pluslminus 2".
H. Tipping and flushness of weld plates: pluslminus 1/4".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing openings are ready to receive work.
B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete cored planks with
other operations.
Ai-
B.
ErcctieA BY a lieeAsea maA~faet~rer er ijASer his s~per~isieA.
C. Erect members without damage to structural capacity, shape or finish or
repair damage members.
D. Adj ust different i a 1 camber between precast members to tolerance before
final attachment.
AI
E. Align and level units before grouting the keys.
F . Cl~anH.~f!yw.iiY~HH~o.ij::Qtb~ri:::lipJijf;~ and fi 11 sol i dl y wi tho;- 9tq4t::':'1:1B1:1i~!~'j
~nF:gn:'::P9mPl':!~"9n::::gr'.:!ri9~:]9"'f:"'..
G. Provide headers by the manufacturer for openings where additional
structural support is required.
H. Cut no prestressing strand or other reinforcing without prior review of
both Architect and manufacturer.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation in plan from specified location In plan: pluslminus 1" any plank,
any location.
B. Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to speCific linear building
line 1", any plank.
C. Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade lines at
member ends: 3/4".
D. Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1".
E. Variation from specified joint pluslminus 1/2".
~ F. Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4".
G. Variation from specified bearing length on support: pluslminus 3/4".
H. Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
At
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
At
Al
I. Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4".
~k!.r~lIl1l\1ti~ttlittjl~I!JlRl
K'~: ::[9J'im~AG~~':::ir':':::"P~::::~9mq~iJ.j.yi~:
3.4(;tt~N~fj.~
~~j~j]lIIlIl"I_~dP4I611.1
********************
END OF SECTION 03410
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Precast wall panels.
2. Insulated precast wall panels
3. Miscellaneous panels.
4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure panel
components to each other and to other bUilding materials
including fabricated and stock metal support and anchorage items,
loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items
contained in concrete and masonry.
S. Anchorage components with location or template information shall
be coordinated with the requirements of Section 03300 and 03420
for cast-in-place concrete or precast concrete embedment,
respectively.
B. Related Sections:
1. Weather sealing components, in place, between adjacent panels,
between panels and adjacent building structure, and between panel
and dissimilar materials: Refer to Section 07900.
1.2 REFERENCES
Al:
A. Pre~iae aAa mMaintain one copy of all referenced publications for use
by site and irispection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1 ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A-18S - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
4. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength. '
S. ASTM A-325 - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
6. ASTM-A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved, for Prestressed Concrete.
7. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
8. ASTM A-666 - Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet,
Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar.
9. ASTM C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens
in the Field.
10. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
11. ASTM C-l50 - Specification for Portland Cement.
12. ASTM C-143 - Test Methods for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
13. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete".
2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Architectural Precast Concrete Products".
3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete" .
4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels.
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS Dl.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 1988 (SBC)
Q!~:i@;rl~f~""_iiimlttlt-
1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. ACI 318
B ACI 533
C. PCI MNL - 122
Al
~
D.
Wind
2.
3.
4.
S.
Force Criteria
SBC
Key West Land Development Code
Basic Wind Speed: 115 MPH
Conform with components and cladding
requirements.
E.
Precast Unit Reinforcement
1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum corner reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re-
entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 '4 each face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of two connections to structure at top and bottom
of each precast panel, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
2. Provide lateral connections allowing for vertical movement at
connection not required to carry gravity loads.
3. Minimum horizontal loads on connections:
Provide positive direct connection capable of resisting
horizontal forces specified or minimum horizontal force as
foll ows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness: 1600 lb.
G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") opening by
assuming one minor opening at any location. Assume edge of opening to
be further than 8" from any connection point to adjacent structure or
panels.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fabrication and erection drawings signed and sealed by State of
Florida registered professional engineer who prepared calculations
indicating drawings were prepared under his direct supervision.
Drawings shall show complete information for fabrication and erection
of panels, including location, sizes, reinforcement, detail of joints,
member identification marks, connection devices and relation of panels
and panel erect i on component to adj acent materi a 1 and such other
descriptive data as the Architect may require to demonstrate
compliance with the contract requirements.
B. Identification marks coordinated with the Shop Drawings shall be on
manufactured units to facilitate hauling and erection. Identification
marks shall include date of casting.
C. Submittal shall also include the Contractor's proposed methods of
curing and storing the units in the casting yard and complete details
of his method of casting, handling, transporting and erecting the
units, including type and location of lifting devices, and procedures.
D. No casting or fabrication operations shall commence until fabrication
and erection drawings, placement diagrams, and sample panels have been
approved by the Architect.
E. Submit for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by
Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain
typical cast-in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual
production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the
Architect.
F. Submit welder qualifications.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
G. Submit 1 etter signed and sealed by State of Flori da regi stered
professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and
connections to structure have been designed in accordance with
specified design requirements. List in letter design requirements and
values used.
H. Submit copy of minutes of pre-installation meetings.
I. Fabricator and Installer shall submit to Architect qualifications and
a summary of those jobs of similar size and nature which he has done
in the last five years.
1. This request for approval shall be received 5 working days prior
to last scheduled addendum to allow inclusion of Architects
approval in the last addendum prior to the Bid Opening.
2. Precast panels will be accepted only from experienced, approved
fabrication plants demonstrating a minimum of five years
continuous experience in the manufacture of similar size and type
of precast concrete panels.
J. Submit Certifications of Compliance.
K. Submit experience record Installer's supervisor for approval.
1.5 CERTIFICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturing, testing, and quality control procedures shall be in
general compliance with those of the PCI Manual MNL 117.
B. Provide Certifications of Compliance for the following:
3.
Material used in fabrication and erection shall meet the
ti~:~llii~::~::11~~::::;:~~i~:~::~1::~:i~:t:il~i.~~i~f!i..:[::~'.I:i: G1ert i fi cat i on of
Compllance"'wllh'lhe"'c'onCrelt!""'req"lrrremenl-S-"wlll be requ ired in the
form of test results made by an Owner-approved testing agency on
sets of three cylinders, made in compliance with ASTM C-31 and
tested at 28 days in compliance with ASTM C-39, for each 5000
square feet of panel face area placed. Cost of of testing shall
be borne by Contractor.
Certifications shall be provided on Contractor's letterhead,
dated and identified as applicable to this project, with
signature format same as that required on the contract between
Owner and Contractor.
A}:
1.
2.
~
C. Erect i on of precast concrete work shall be performed by workman
skilled in this type of work and under the direction of Installer's
supervisor having continual experience in similar work over at least
a five year period.
~~~..
Al'
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
1.6 TESTS
Al
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. Submit reports on compression and absorption tests made at 28
days. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-29S and ASTM
C-97.
2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard
2" c~bes wRerc cearse aggregate er faeiAg....~ggr~!~te aecs Aet
cxecea 1/2" iA six, 6" x 12" or 4" x 8" 9Y]::lMi:tf;j. StaAsara
€-Cylinders shall be used and a compensating redticlfon of 15% made
in ps'i requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on
cured 2" cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39
and ASTM C-192 and other applicable test methods.
3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project
site for the Owner, the Arch itect or the Owner's authori zed
representat i ve for the purpose of inspection or test i ng of
materials during all times work is being performed on the
41111 ==
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
Al
Al:
AI:
A. Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review
installation procedures and coordination for other work with all
trades wh<>'~f:!..~().r~...~iJ..1....~E!...Clf.ff:!~ted by the precast paAel work, to
~~~ ~ ~~e li\l"lli.i~lllff"~::i'~~'~::~:~~iii~~~:!~~#~iiiii:~;::.il:ii~::i~iiiic:~~
windows............................................................................................................
1. Prior to start of work, Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer's
representat i ves, all trades affected by precast panel work,
Architect, and Owner's representatiye shall meet at the site, and
review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures.
Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of
form coatings to be .y..~..~.Q.........!.h..~..t.....m.~Y....~Af..f.~..~.t......~.Q.t.IQ..t.n.9.........9f sealants.
Reco rd d i s cu s s i on s ilte.iiiibtsil'=!b.if.!iiU::lititiemetiti)?\: and act i on
items requ ired. ' Fu:.rnTsn>:.'>:.>:copt~<s:.:.:*~o:f'.:.>:.>::~:eEoFa-:.:.:.:.:.'t~~l each party
1:f:l!~::::::::!:;:::iliiiiiiililil~:l.i:II:niiiJ:iilil~~:IIIllill:lill!f::
1.8 MOCK-UP
A.
Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by
Architect. The panel shall be made with the mix proportion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain
typical cast-in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual
production. This panel may be used on the bUilding if approved by the
Architect.
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
~l
lAi
A):
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Comply with the specifications, standards and codes given for each
material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that
materials used in the production of the precast products comply with
the requirements specified.
B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 pounds per square inch
at 28 days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of
Section 03300.
C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-61S for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-I0S for welded
wi re fabri c fl at sheets. Free from rust, scale, di rt and phys i ca 1
injury.
D. Plates and Structural Shapes:
1. ASTM A-36
2. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-
123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of
structure.
a. Field spot paint damaged items with liquid galvanizing
paint. .
b. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc"
2) Arch;tect approved equivalent.
c. Coating Weight
1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area.
2) Comply with ASTM A-386.
E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate
contact with panels exposed to the exterior stainless steel or other
approved non-ferrous metal. Dovetail inserts and embedded anchors
that are not in immediate contact with panels shall be non-ferrous or
~ hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
F. High-Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
Ai
C. VeAtiAg ef precast ceAerete wall will Be aeeemplishes By the ~se sf
plastic veAt tijBes at the j~AetieA ef herizeAtal aAS vertical jeiAts.
TijBe sRall ha~e a miAimijm iAsiae ~iameter sf 1/4". Where herizeAtal
jaiAts are C8RtiRij8ijS, veAt at 4' 2" 8A cCAter.
H. Sea 1 ants and other weather seal i ng components are spec i fi ed inSect ion
07900.
I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi.
J. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-loa
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process
(AWS 01.1).
2.2 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION
(800) 232-1748.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings.
B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and ,constructed of material that
will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and
dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings.
C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and
aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to
minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces.
D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down.
E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces.
F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCI MNL - 117.
G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the
concrete.
H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and
other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
At
materials to panels as required. All weldments, including tack welds:
made in accordance with the appl icable provisions of the AWS. No
lifting devices shall be embedded in the finish face of the panel.
I. Face Finish:
1. Smooth, dense surfaces lias cast" form finish.
2. Completely remove fins.
3. Interior finish face exposed in final construction: Match
4~:.:~~ri~~ii!mil.i~~:tmi:~::~i~~~~i.~~:l:x:::::~I!ffli!::::::~i~inj:"'Rln!l<~;,
3.2 TOLERANCES
A. The following minimum tolerances for manufacture and installation of
architectural precast concrete panels, as published in PCI-MNL-117
will apply:
1. Warpage: Panels shall be manufactured and installed so that each
panel after erection complies with the following dimensional
requirements:
Bowing - Concave or convex of any part of a fl at surface
shall not exceed;
~
lenoth of bow
360
with a maximum of 3/4" up to 30'-0".
Maximum warpage of one corner out of the plane of the other
three shall be the greater of 1/16" per foot distance from the
nearest adjacent corner or 1/8".
2. Dimensional Tolerances of Finished Units: Iileliiii.liliJiilmnil
~~~~~!~t:i,i~ th~v:~f J 1 a t h~ ~ ~~t o;n~as ~ ~ ~~~ meas.lire.a-..........iir....lhe............t""iC"e
a. 10'-0" or under pluslminus 1/8"
b. 10'-0" to 20'-0" plus 1/8" to 3/16"
c. 20'-0" to 30'-0" plus 1/8" to 1/4"
d. Each additional 10'-0" p1uslminus 1/16" per 10'-0"
e. Angular deviation of plane of sidemold: 1/32" per 3" depth
or 1/16" total, whichever is greater.
f. Openings within one unit pluslminus 1/4"
g. Out of square (difference in length of the two diagonal
measurements): 1/8" per 6'-0" or 1/4" total, whichever is
greater.
h. Thickness: Total thickness shall be within 1/4" plusl minus
1/8"
i. Tolerances on any dimension not specified above: The
numerically greater of p1uslminus 1/16" per 10'-0" or
plus/minus 1/8".
3. Position tolerances for cast-in items measured from datum line
locations as shown on the approved Shop Drawings: Anchors and
inserts shall be within 3/8" of centerline location as shown on
drawings.
A~:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
4. Blockouts and reinforcement shall be within 1/4" of the position
as shown on the drawings, where such positions have structural
implications or affect concrete cover; otherwise they shall be
within pluslminus 1/2".
S. Tolerances for location of precast units: Precast units shall be
manufactured so that joints between the panels are within these
limits:
a. Face Width of Joints pluslminus 3/16"
b. Joint Taper 1/40" per foot of length with
a maximum length of tapering
in one direction of 10'-0".
c. Step in Face 1/4" maximum regardless of
other tolerances.
d. Jog in Alignment of Edge 1/8" maximum regardless of
other tolerances.
3.3 HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION
~~:
A. Precast concrete units shall be 1 ifted and supported during
manufacturing, storage, transportation and erection operations only at
lifting or supporting points, or both, as shown on Shop Drawings.
B. Blocking shall be clean and non-staining.
C. Lateral support shall be sufficient to prevent excessive bowing and
warping.
D. Edges of the units shall be adequately protected..b.y..p.a~.~ing or other
means to prevent staining, chipping, or spilliAg SR.~:U:g of concrete.
3.4 ERECTION
A. Erection processes are intended to be single responsibility actions
including supply and placement of structural ,support and anchorage items,
erection, and complete weathersealing of panels.
B. Coordinate delivery and erection of precast concrete products with other
job-site operations.
C. Coordinate arrival of precast units within the approved schedule and with
other trades. Erect adequate barri cades, warn i ng 1 i ghts and signs to
safeguard traffic in the immediate area of hoisting and handling
operations.
D. Prior to installation of precast units, verify all dimensions affecting the
work with approved Shop Drawings and field dimensions. Discrepa.ncies
~ between design dimensions and field dimensions which could adversely affect
i nsta 11 at ion in stri ct accordance wi th the Contract Documents shall be
brought (in writing), to the attention of the Construction Manager and
Architect.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true
within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate
cumulative dimensional error.
F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform
joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses.
G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete
or masonry shall be furni shed to the Contractor by the precast
concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement.
1. Bolted connections direct to panels, and other bolted connections
shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location
and adjustment.
2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat
completely with galvanizing paint.
H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes
in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or
connections, shall not be permitted without approval by the Architect.
I. Non-galvanized structural steel and erection steel shall be 100%
coated with brushed application of bituminous paint material.
3.5 WEATHER SEALING
A. Joints between panel members and joints between panels and other
exterior finished building components shall be sealed, using sealant
and sub-sealant fillers.
B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900.
C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard color range, af~er viewing samples placed in
rustications of job site sample precast ~pane1.
3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Provide protection from chipping, spilling, cracking, and other damage
to units after delivery to the jobsite.
B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations.
Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations.
c.
Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance
with AWS Dl.1 and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall
clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds.
D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by
the installer.
",
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition,
shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations.
F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices
shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in
appearance and corrosion protection.
At
G. During construction, tops of panels shall be carefully covered at
night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately
protected from drippings and heavy rains.
H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the
Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the
wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be
protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager.
I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any
circumstances for the cleaning of panels. Seap pewser, cleaA water
aRe fiBer Br~sRes may be ijsea er appre~ea machiAe cleaAiAg precess.
J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate
materials.
3.7 ACCEPTANCE
A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint
treatment, cleaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by
the Construction Manager.
B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair.
C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements
(for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound.
D. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not
subject to acceptable patching procedures may be cause for panel
rejection.
AI':::::::::::~:~'I::::::i::::::H~.J:11
"
********************
END OF SECTION 03412
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwa 11 panels, inverted tee
beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs.
2. All precast items shall be complete with base plates, inserts,
clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets
and lifting accessories as required.
3. Beari ng pads
4. Anchorage welding
S. Structural Slide Bearings
B. Related Sections
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2. SECTION 03410 - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
3. SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
4. SECTION 03600 - GROUT.
S. SECTION 05180 - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL.
6. SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS.
1.2 REFERENCES
~~:
A.
B.
"
Previae aAs laintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products. ,
5. ASTM A-184/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement".
7. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved for Prestressed Concrete".
8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed,
for Concrete Reinforcement".
10. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement".
11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement".
12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
13. ASTM C-lS0 - Specification for Portland Cement.
14. ASTM C-173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Volumetric Method".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Pressure Method".
16. ASTH C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. pel MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
precast prestressed concrete products".
2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
architectural precast concrete products".
3. PCI MNI-120 "PCI Design Handbook Precast and prestressed
concrete".
4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical details of connections for precast
and prestressed concrete".
D.
American Concrete
1. ACI -301 -
2. ACI-318-
3. ACI-347-
I nst itute (AC I)
"Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
"Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
"Recommended practice for concrete formwork".
E. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS Dl.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS 01.4 - "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
~J.:
"
Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Flori da reg i stered profess i ona 1 engi neer experi enced in the des i 9n of
precast and precast prestressed concrete sections simil ar to sections
required for this project indicating the following!
1. Layout dimensions of sections and embedments.
2. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions,
embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent bUilding
materials.
3. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items
specified in other specification sections.
4. List all dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the
design of the sections.
5. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection.
6. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along
with header details.
7. Erection number of section.
8. Fire-resistance rating of sections, including topping, where
....w.,....,.'**".,.:J12J...tF;gl!.:.~,<,~...........,..,..'w..*-'bw......'i.................,
1~;::~@llbmi;gllji:f~.td!ltmgl;::::.:,;,:).:~
Furnish for record purposes checked calculations prepared, signed and
sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the design
of precast or precast prestressed concrete.
C. Submit test reports from Independent Laboratory on materials used,
compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units.
A
B.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
AI D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Submit cer'tifi..cat i on that precast uni ts have been produced i n PC:I::::.itl~r
plant o)j::~':'pJ:;"' cert i fi ed by the Prestressed Concrete Institute...... pp
Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for
slide bearings.
Submit documentat i on of qual i fi cat ions of We 1 ders and Tackers in accordance
with AWS D 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year.
Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections.
Submit experiunce record of installer and installer's supervisor.
Submit product data, including application and installation instructions,
for proprietary materials.
Submit experi ence record of State of Flori da regi stered engi neer who
designed precast concrete sections.
K. Submit copy of minutes of pre-installation meetings.
L. Submit certifications of compliance.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
At:
AI"
AI:
AI'
A. Fabricator Qualifications:
1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in design and
fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required
for this project.
2. Fabri cator must have suffi ci ent production capacity to produce
required units without causing delay in work.
Prec~s~ Concrete Fabri cat9I.:::.~.:...:T~.~tt~.~.;n..:.:.: In comp 1 i ance with testing
provlslons of PCI MNL 11~ 1~&lilillmllliM
B.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Manufacture and installation of
precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code.
D.
~~~l~~~s ~~n~~~l MNa~dlltsi;~im._~ures to comply with appl icable
~.:.:.:.:.:-:.:>:.:o!-:-:-:-:-:.:.:.:.:.:-:.:.:.:.=-=.:.:.:.:.:~.:':.:0:.:,:.:.:-:.:,>>:,:-
E.
Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fire miAim~M fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
F.
m.Tawri:ti.l'i~tilM'ilfi'ii;~~if~afi~m.t.~t~t.\~~fi~i.l;at"~li~I.~~\i'l ~~~
t'i"rrrfl~;aire.;tjj'"iralR':':fi:'''~';ea.y.:tT8:,r:'a",(1'a~:nsl'<'Fa'<i~"<a':~mln;mum:':'(H~':"f've years
cont i nuous experi ence in the manufacture of s i mi 1 ar size and type of
precast concrete sections.
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
G. Erect i on of precast concrete work shall be performed by i nsta 11 er wi th
workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of
installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work
over at least a five year period.
H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12
working days prior to scheduled Sid Opening to allow inclusion of
Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening.
I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following:
1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the
requirements established by this section.
2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead,
dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the
. signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and
Contractor.
J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete
sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection
sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure
during construction until all permanent connections have been completed.
Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior
to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor.
K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections:
1. Comply with AWS D 1.1.
2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes.
3. Use proper pre-heat where required.
L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject
to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate
layout with contractor.
-----
1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Conform to SBCCI Standard Building Code, 1988.
1. Basic wind speed: 115 mph.
B. Conform to ACI 318.
C. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123.
D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast
prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this
project.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Al
@III .
E. Des i gn members and connect ions to res i st des i gn loads due to the
pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated
on the drawings. Design members and connections to resist their own
weight and erection forces.
l~:::(
F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation
settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to
temperature changes of 35-F less than 70-F and 35-F greater than 70-F.
Provide adjustment to acconvnodate misalignment of structure within
normal construction tolerances.
Al:
G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in
floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements
by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections.
Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point
to adjacent structures.
H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners
and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 '4 each face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee
flanges prOVide 1 13 in lieu of 2 '4.
DesigA ceAAeetieAs se that asjeiAiAg shear walls act as a ~Ait, \tIheA
ceAstr~ctieA jeiAts are re~~irea iA precast sAear walls.
1.
At
lis
1.6
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
"
A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design.
Lift and support only from support points.
B. Li ft i ng or handl i ng devi ces shall be capab1 e of supporting member in
positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and
erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force
of 2.5 times weight of member.
Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of
concrete.
1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each
unit.
2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock-absorbing
material.
C.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production
and final position in structure) are readily discernible.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
Al
Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review installation
procedures and coord i nat i on for other work wi th a 11 tr.Cl.ci.E!.~.~h.()~E!.\IIork wi 11
~f~~y;~ee~~~!~~aW~~~i'~M_,~iii~,~.p~:r~:~
Prier te start ef werk IAstaller, CeAtracter, HaA~faet~rers
represeAtatiles, aAs Architeet shall Meet as efteA as Aeeessary at the site
aAS review iAstallatieA, schea~les aAe eeersiAatieA preeesyres.
A.
Al
B.
Al
Al
Recers aiscyssieAs aAs aetieA items re~~iree. F~rAish eepies ef miA~tes
ef meetiAg te each party atteAaiAg.
C.
A~:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete:
1. Portland Cement:
a. ASTM C-150, XyiiMlliii Type III (High Early Strength).
b. For exposed surTaces~~use same brand, type and source of supply
throughout.
2. Air Entraining Agent:
a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3~; maximum of 5~, when tested in
accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-23I.
3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures.
4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of
calcium chloride shall be allowed.
5. Aggregates:
a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33.
6. Water:
a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material.
~ 7. The chloride ion content shall not exceed .06~ of the weight of the
concrete. The chloride ion content may be tested in individual
ingredients or in trial batches of concrete.
B. Reinforcing Steel:
1. Deformed Steel Bars:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
a. ASTM A-61S; grade 60 unless noted otherwise.
1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade
60.
2. Welded Wire Fabric:
a. Plain - ASTM A-18S.
b. Deformed - ASTM A-497.
c. Flat sheets
3. Wire:
a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-82.
4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats:
a. Conforming ASTM A-I84.
S. Deformed Bar Anchors:
ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi
C. Prestressing Strands:
1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type.
D. Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel
structural steel connection assemblies.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard.
2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot-dip
galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to
ASTM A-I23.
3. Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized -
Liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous
paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE.
E. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-I08
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
01.1)
Erect ion i nserts shall bE!....~y...~.~P..~R.H)R...~.9.~~R~T.~.....~~.~.~.~.~QRI ES, INC., or
RICHMOND SCREW ANCHOR CO. QrtA~i~14.1tapPtAYlq]lgqililjijlW.
F ormwork s hall comply wi th.....appllEiible....req,ii.remenfs.....o.f...AC1- 347 and wi th
PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concretetl. Forms may
be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel.
1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists
and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must
be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of
concrete.
2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved
non-staining form release agent which will not interfere with
adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless
noted otherwise.
3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration
during placement of concrete.
AI:
"
1.1:
F.
G.
J.
Form Release Agent:
1. Non-staining and compatible with other materials to be applied to
concrete surfaces of precast sections.
Bearing pads for precast members sha!.1. b,~:...>>~l.P,.!..,..w~ a~d :::::~";'W .::,~m~ thickne..~:.~.
iil:III'iiilid on the Drawings .1.)ttlll.L~:,:::;,~l<~U::.::* . .. . ...... ....>:.>:::::;::~:.:I
K.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
Bearing pads for precast beams shall be "Sorbtex", by VOSS
ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Illinois, or Architect approved
equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet
compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be
glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection.
Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced
e 1 astomeri c with durometer hardnes s of 80 p 1 uslmi nus 5 and meet
AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem.
Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by
VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a
durometer hardness of 90 pluslminus 5 and meet requirements of AASHTO
Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection.
Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non-leaching high
density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible
deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise
indicated in drawings.
Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by
the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection
has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed.
L. Structural Slide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement
indicated. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company, Pine Brook, New
Jersey.
2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics.
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
s.
M. Provide self-adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required
to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900.
N. Inserts, angles and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete
that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and
noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-123 hot dip galvanizing. All
galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which
a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide
a bond for the paint.
O. Non-Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT.
2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS
A.
AI"
B.
"
AI" C.
HLM 90007.00-1
Unless noted otherwise, concrete shall meet the requirements of Section
03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated
on the drawings and 3500 pounds per square inch at detensioning for
prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the
drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 psi at 28 days.
i~~P~s bin :ceIst~N[Or I :~~:ii1tiS::!':i;i.li~et~ 1 ~O\~sSt~~ll SCho:,~or:e t~e~; I w~~~
e e rt i f i e~':':':l est eEl~ i pme At .;.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:JUl.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:. g
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
A~
D.
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
For precast structura LHC:()rlcr..E!~E!LH~.i.?C"Hc:ylJn<:iE!rs'Hq~~Clnq~E!H.taken for each
product produced~ 4r::fgr....:.q~:iH:y::fp.:~ijc~1:PA::J~fj:$:M!~tf;t:~I::ipmqij~;s:~ Th ree "A"
cyl inders shall beHfakeriqaf..thebegrnnfn~fqof'e'achpiacemenfHafld three "B"
cylinders shall be taken at the end of each placement. One "A" and one "B"
cylinder shall be tested at transfer of prestress (or at time of stripping
for non-prestressed members}, one of each at 28 days and one of each held
in reserve for use as the Architect may direct. After 56 days, reserve
cylinders may be discarded if approved by the Architect. Test reports
shall be submitted to the Architect semi-monthly for review.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Field verify !'equired member dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116.
C. Formwork:
1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations
for prestressed sections.
2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with
radii or chamfers at corners.
3. Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not
i nterferi ng with proper pos it i oni ng of strand, rei nforcement, or
placing of concrete.
Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections:
1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in
position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the
c. g. s. of the tot a 1 force shall not exceed 1/4" or 3% of the
specified distance of the c.g.s. measured from the bottom fiber,
whichever is greater.
2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust.
Light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting
will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to
coat the strands. ,
3. Strand jacking may be by either single strand of multiple strand
jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be
brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension
stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage of adequate
capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall
be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and
elongation shall not differ more than 5%.
4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection
points shall be approved by the Architect.
5. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict
compliance with all applicable state and local regulations.
6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength
has reached 3000 pounds per square inch for strands 3/8" and under,
or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements
for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at
transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawings. Transfer of
prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning
D.
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the
sequence of cutt i ng strands shall be such as to prevent severe
unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms
shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement
of the casting.
Concrete Work:
1. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mi xer to the place of fi na 1
deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or
loss of materials.
2. Concret~ shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency
vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a
combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be
of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without
distortion or failure.
3. Curi ng by any of the fo 11 owi ng methods shall be ma i nta i ned unt il
release strength has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall
be held for a minimum pre-steaming period of not less than-
three hours.
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound
or membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
~;i:::::::,::::~::::iiG~i~:iiiigi~.jiyi:~:ii:~.ihgl(:':),:::~:
4. Rock...pock"eff...and...chfp.jied....come.fi....shall be patched and cleaned by
accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the
prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the
Architect.
a. Structura 1 members wi 11 be accepted wi th form fi n ish
appearance but with any leakage fins removed.
b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction, the
finishing requirements are a~ follows:
1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast II form
finish.
2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and
bottom-smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish.
3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and. bottom-smooth
dense surface "as cast" form finish.
a. Top surface of untopped double tees - uniform
parallel coarse broom finish.
4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish.
5) Top surface of sections to receive concrete topping-
roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch.
" F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those
openings 10" round or square or 1 arger as indicated on the structural
drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the
trade requi ri ng them after the precast prestressed products have been
erected. Open i ngs shall be approved by Arch itect before drill i ng or
cutting.
"..::
E.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as
detailed or required by the Drawings.
H. Mark each uni t with correct pi ece/l ocat i on mark, project or contract
number, and date cast.
I. After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at
a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the
weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3500 pounds per
square inch minimum. Precast units shall not be shipped to the project
site unt i 1 the strength of the concrete has reached 85% of speci fi ed
ultimate stre;.gth or until the unit can safely support the superimposed
dead load of other precast units, whichever is greater.
J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit
exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit
loaded by the stored materials.
K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the
CELOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to
cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members.
Al
Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as
not to be visible in the completed construction. All 1 ift loops and
inserts shall have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed
construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in
areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be
recessed and patched wi th a mi n i mlJl:T1..J::J[?~'....flol1.~.~hr..i..I1.KLf.lc:>t:l.:-:.~tili.n i ng grout
to match surround i ng concrete. ~i:iir::::::)I\:::::li9;~:91:::::lll!g:::::::r::::::IRa:~:
M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges.
Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect.
L.
AI:
N.
CeAtrel aAa ExpaAsieA JeiAt Re~~iremeAts
1. HaAt:lfaett:lre shall eeAs~lt wi th ,the expaAs i eA jei At systeM
maA~faet~rer te iAs~re that preeast E8Aerete jeiAts are iA aeeersaAee
with the re~~iremeAts ef the expaAsieA jeiAt systeM maA~faet~rer.
2. The esges sf all ss~"le tee flaAges shall have a tesles jeiAt as
shswft eft Qrawiftgs. If jsiAts are Ast teelea seep er wise eAst:lgh,
they shall Be arysawA with a 3/16" earBer~As~m Blase te re~~irea size
BY the preeast st:lpplier.
O. Acceptance: Units which do not meet dimensional tolerance standards, or
quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing
or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish
quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect.
2.4 JOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
A. Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows:
1. Columns:
Length: pluslminus 1/2"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
HLM 90007.00-1
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4"
Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel
to longitudinal centerline of column):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
Deviation from square or designated skew:
1/8" per 12" of width, any cross-section
1/4" maximum, any cross-section
1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline)
Position of haunches and pockets: pluslminus 1/4"
Dimensions of haunches and pockets: pluslminus 1/4"
Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from specified
plan: 1/8"
Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch andlor
pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position:
1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
Position of anchor bolt holes in base plate: pluslminus
Position of base plates and bearing plates: pluslminus
1/4"
Position of handling devices: pluslminus 3"
2.
Beams:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): pluslminus 1/4"
Ledge width: pluslminus 1/4"
Beam width: pluslminus 1/4"
Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Ledge depth: pluslminus 1/4"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design camber:
1/8" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2"
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
Position of tendons: p1uslminus 1/8"
Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plusl
minus 6"
Position of openings and block-outs: p1uslminus 1/4"
Dimensions of openings and block-outs: pluslminus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: pluslminus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: p1uslminus 1/2"
Position of bearing plates: plus/minus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Position of handling devices: plus/minus 3"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): pluslminus 1/4"
Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Stem thickness: plus/minus 1/8"
3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-12
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4.
Flange thickness: plus 1/4", minus 1/8"
Stem to edge of top flange: pluslminus 1/8"
Distance from stems: pluslminus 1/8"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design chamber:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4"
Differential camber between adjacent members of the same
design:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped
decks
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
Position of tendons: pluslminus 1/8"
Position of deflection points for deflected strands: plusl
minus 6"
Position of block-outs: plus/minus 1/2"
Dimensions of block-outs: pluslminus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
Position of bearing plates: pluslminus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Difference in relative position of adjacent steam bearing
surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4"
Position of handling devices: pluslminus 3"
Solid Slabs:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width: pluslminus 1/4"
Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Sweep: pluslminus 1/8" per ten feet, pluslminus 3/8" overall.
Center of gravity of strand group: pluslminus 1/4"
Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4"'
Position of weld plates: p1uslminus 2"
Tipping and flushness of weld plates: P1uslminus 1/4".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and
anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units have
been corrected.
B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements.
3.2
ERECTION
A. Clear, well-drained unloading areas and road access around and in the
building (where appropriate) ~ illl be prOVided and maintained to a
degree that the hauling and erection equipment for the precast concrete
products are able to operate under their own power.
III
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-13
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
B. Erect barri cades, warni ng 1 ights or signs to safeguard ty:affic in the
immediate area of hoisting and handling operations.
C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable
tolerances. Provide lines and grades in sufficient detail to allow
installation.
1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing
walls and other field placed supporting members.
D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast
concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned,
carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place.
Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current
certification.
Al
E.
i~~ifii~liiWi;i~~i~i,iiiJili_''';~.11~~
F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the
Drawings, great care shall be exercised to assure no reduction of the
cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding
reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization
by the Architect.
At
G.
Galvanized steel shall be "touched-up" after connections are complete with
II Z. R. C. Cold Ga 1 vaflJ~..i.Jlg.II.....~Y...J~.~.&~ CHEM I CAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Qu i ncy ,
Massachusetts or ~rsh:~:II~p::::I::!IRnp!g equi va 1 ent. The materi a 1 shall be
applied in strictaccordirice withUthe manufacturer's instructions and
specification. The mil thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent
to the mil thickness of the galvanized item.
H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping
until cast-in-place topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch
compressive strength.
3.3
ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. T()J.l:!r.Cl.r1.~.~.~...f.().r...~.rl:!~t i on of precast members shall be as fo 11 ows:~:::::::miJ:i!lBil
,~!I:!9~!'.~t'IJIMI!
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
pluslminus 1/2", any column, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to
speCified linear building lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0"
AI:
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart
Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from
specified relative position:
1/2" any deck level
Deviation from plumb:
1/4", any 10'-0" of height
1" maximum for the entire height
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-14
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
HLM 90007.00-1
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
2.
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
Plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0"
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: pluslminus 1/4"
Beams:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
pluslminus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviation in plan from straight line parallel to specified
linear building lines:
1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any beam 20'-0" or more in length
Variation from specified bearing length on support:
pluslminus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
pluslminus 1/2"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
pluslminus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" per foot, any length less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any bean 20'-0" or more in length
Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation:
1/2", any panel
Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4"
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: pluslminus 1/4"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
pluslminus 1/2", any tee, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific
linear building line:
1/2", any tee
Variation from specified bearing length on support:
pluslminus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
p1 uslminus 1/4"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
pluslminus 3/4", any tee, any end
Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified
grade lines:
3/4" longitudinal
3/8" transverse
Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges:
1/8", untopped decks
1/2", topped decks
3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-15
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Variation from specified flange joint width:
Pluslminus 1/4"
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member:
plus/minus 1/4"
Solid Slabs:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan: pluslminus 1" any
plank, any location.
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear
building line 1", any plank.
Deviation of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade
lines at member ends: 3/4".
Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1".
Variation from specified joint width: pluslminus 1/2".
Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing length on support: pluslminus 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing width on support: pluslminus 1/2".
Differential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4"
B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish
or apparatus from the premises and deliver work in a clean and sound
condition to the satisfaction of the Architect.
4.
C:=11[1.-.__
ATTACHMENTS
.::11::
3.4
A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be
drilled or "shot" provided no contact is m~de with the prestressing steel.
Should spal1ing occur, it shall be repaired: by the trade doing the drilling
or the shooting.
CleaA preeast eeAErete s~rfaEes with setergeRt aAs water, ~siAg fiBer Br~sh
aAS speAge, aAS riAse there~ghly with e1eaA water.
~~
3.5 CLEANING
~~:
^
".
Al.:
HLM 90007.00-1
********************
END OF SECTION 03420
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-16
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
Al
At:
AJ.:
~~:
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated.
a. Structural precast concrete work.
b. Design of cells to accept field installed items such as
beams, ee 11 freAts, BverReaa Re~s i Ag assemB 1 i es fer cell
doors, chase access doors:::::: aM frames bunks tabl es seats,
~~~lV::~i~~~r:~i.9h~
t (J i 1 e t fix t u re s ,::iiA<tt:111D.~~:i::a.t..:tn$ .
2. Em~~Q..tt~m~.....r.~..qy'.i red...."t'or.......lhe........friifilrl at i on of equ i pment (e. g.
~!R,!!!~!'~!~~liimiir~~rp~~~~~~s~o~~~~~' c;~~l~~br~~:i~~.shall
3. Verification rif"exlsllng dimensions.
4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure
components to each other and to other building materials
including fabricated stock metal support and anchorage items,
loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items
contained in concrete and masonry.
S. Anchorage components with location or template information shall
be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast-in-place
-~~j~
B . Re 1 a tea......S.ecrron s
1. Sea 1 i ng components in place, between adj acent cell s, between
cells and adjacent building structure and between cells and
dissimilar materials: refer to Section 07900.
2. Section 03600 - Grout
1.2 REFERENCES..
A. Pre~ise aAS Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use
by site and lnspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-B2 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-lOB - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products.
5. ASTM A-IB5 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
Al
AI:
A~:
;1:
AI:
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
8. ASTM A-6lS - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products.
2. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concre~e".
3. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
D. :e~;!'j_111""~
1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS 01.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS Dl.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1. CRSI - "Manual of Standard Practice".
~~"IIJ_~
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firms which have two years successful
experience in fabrication of precast concrete units similar to units
required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have
sufficient production capacity to produce required units without
~
-~'\ ~
. ,~:1'iUil;1111ili:lI1B,tl[il1
.t.:::,.:.:::.::;:::::::2~1Iil~i~::1:illl"t::;1~@::::~M:,,::::.::l:::::::.:.:J~ ....;
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. SBCCI Standard Building Code
" B . AC I 318
C. PCI MNL - 120
D. Wind Force Criteria
1. SBCCI Standard building code
2. Key West Land Development Code
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
3. Bas i c wi nd speed: 115 MPH
4. Conform with components and cladding requirements
E. Precast Unit Reinforcement
1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0 31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimutn Corner Reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and
reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face
(inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and
bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct
connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or
minimum horizontal as follows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb.
~l';t5SUBMITTALS
........A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions
for manufactured materi al s and products. Incl ude manufacturer's
certifications and laboratory test reports as required.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for
fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and
sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who
prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his
direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section;
cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of
reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices
necessary for handling and erection.
1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast
unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation.
Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbol s. Detail
inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and
construction at openings in precast units.
2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be
embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required
for accurate placement.
Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of
erection.
"
3.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
C. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered
engineer, licensed in the State of Florida.
D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS Dl.1.
E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and
connections to structure have been designed in accordance with
specified design requirements. List design requirements and values
used and in letter.
Al
AI.
Al
Al
Al
AI:
...t
~l
1.~.. . ..9..~.~..I.Y..~RY.L..~U)M~.~....~N~...H~.~.~~IN~
t:::::::l{m}:DEt'JYlltyrtlsmRAnEn~ANDMUmmt'IRl
::~:::':::::::::::::::'A'::':"':':::'::::':':be:ifl::v:e:r:>"p'r'eEi:s'{'''':cll:nc'reti':':'un its to proj ect site in such quant it i es and
at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at
project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other
physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support
units at designated lift points.
B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction
before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates,
instructions and directions as required for installation.
~l:
Al
..----.~~:ii~~~~r~~~r..>>~.....m~~~~w..~
.~.....:~ii_:'I;_;;~~.lii....:lir'..w.w.w..f:_
-^~j:a.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
AI
Al
Al 1. 9
~l
AI:
Iii
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
MOCK-UP
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORHWORK
A. Provide forms and form facing materials of metal that is non-reactive
with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces.
2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE ,
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM A82, plain cold-drawn steel.
C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, Flat Sheets.
D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497.
E. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement
including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing,
supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI
recommendations.
F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in
contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic
protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class
2) . .............w.w...._--..:
G. Portland Cement: ASTM Cl50, IllIRltql Type III. Use only one brand
and type of cement throughoutprtije'i:'l~"'unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
~l:
:A:!t.:
":.I
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
H. Aggregates: ASTM C33, and as specified here. Provide aggregate from
a single source for exposed concrete.
1. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33, but which have
shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of
adequate strength and durability, may be used when acceptable to
Architect.
I. Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful
to concrete and embedded steel.
2.3 CONNECTION MATERIALS
A. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, low-carbon steel bolts, regular hexagon nuts
and carbon steel washers.
C. Finish of Steel Units: Exposed units galvanized per ASTM A123; others
painted with rust-inhibitive primer.
D. Bearing Pads:
1 . One spec i m.E!nd.shill) ddb.E!dJE!S.~.E!~dd' J()r:'. dE!~'C:~d....?9.9d"'P'~'~'~d...~.s..E!~"di .11. ...J~E!
~~ijj:i:i:~::l.illlllll';II:i'~I\llll~r~r.I~r.i;:!:qnl!'!1Inf;:::::::::::lrgl:~.
a~d"'ddRindoiii"O'rfeiiled"'Ffber'dRefrifor'c'ed':"'dCon1 i nuous wi th all owab 1 e
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the
pad.
b. Plastic: High density continuous multi-monomer plastic pads
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation.
c. Minimum 1/4" thick unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
E. Accessories: Provide clips, hangers and other accessories required
for i nsta 11 at i on of project uni ts and for support of subsequent
construction or finishes.
F. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-lOa
2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with Arc-Welding Process
(AWS Dl.l)
2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Prepare design m;xes for each type of concrete required.
B. Design mixes may be prepared by independent testing faCility or by
qua 1 i fi ed precast manufacturi ng plant personnel, at precast
manufacturer's opt;on.
C. Proportion mixes by either laboratory tr;al batch or field experience
methods, using materJals to be employed on the project for each type
of concrete required~, eemp1yiAg with ~CI 318.
1. Produce standard'weight concrete consisting of specified portland
cement, aggregates, admixtures and water to produce the following
properties:
a. Compressive strength: 5000 ps; min;mum at 28 days.
D. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of
concrete at least 15 days prior to start of precast un;t product;on.
Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluat;ons have been
reviewed by Architect.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
Al
At
2.5
2.6
E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test
results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for
revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and
accepted by Architect before using in the work.
F. Admixtures:
1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with
manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement
dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump
concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance.
3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic
conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of
admixtures as required for maintain quality control.
G. Chloride Ion Content:
1. Maximum 0.15% concrete weight.
WE{"=-__:'::;;~~~=
RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION
(800) 232-1748.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
FABRICATION
A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with
manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations,
and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types
of units required.
C. Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as
specified here.
1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid
setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM
C94 may be required.
2. When the air temperature is between 80.F and 90.F, reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air
temperature is above 90.F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
D. Built-Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices
and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect
position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete.
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
~l:
Ai
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
E.
Openings:
1. Cast-in holes for openings for wall grilles.
2. Cast-in floor drains and shower drains.
3. Cast- i n openi ngs 1 arger than 10" di ameter or 10" in 1 argest
dimension.
4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest
S.:~::::::::::::::::~i;i~::;~:fil:iivji:~:iaiI~~~b:l'~1j:~ria::i::Tili:::::~$.:~i;flll:':r$:;:
Criif.......s.ufraceS..or..rorms......wfth......bririd:::.bre:klhg.........compound before
reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating
compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete
surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete
surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with
manufacturer's instructions.
Cl ean rei nforcement of loose rust and mi 11 scale, earth and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against
displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement
operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers and hangers as required.
Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for
concrete protect ion. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar
supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement
operat ions. Set wi re ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces.
Place concrete in a continuous operation to prevent formation of seams
or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of
AC I 304. Thoroughly con so 1 i date placed concrete by i nterna 1 and
external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and
buil t- i n items.
F.
G.
H.
1.
J.
K. Identification: Provide permanent markings to identify pick-up points
and orientation in structure, complying,with markings indicated on
final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on
a surface which will not show in finished structure.
L. Curing by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radiant heat and
moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate
concrete hardening and to reduce curing time.
2.6
:::::~:~::::;:::I:~::IF I N I SH OF SURFACES
"
A.
Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated
for each type of unit, and as follows:
1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that
impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused
by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and
spalls will be tolerated, but no major or unsightly
imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects will be permitted.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
Al
2. Arch itectura 1 Grade Fin ish: Use for exposed surfaces irf:.:f:inil
cQni~rq~:t;'b:J.ij. Air holes and pockets over 1/4" and undeflif
dfilmeferPfflled with mortar patching grout as specified in
SectiQrlpO~690~prorlTlp()ffsE!tsppoyer..JI8~p.sha 11 be ground smooth.
q9!pll:::]r,:!i!:~~::r!g4.:!:~i!@P!i~:.:~i:::::.I~:J::~~:t1~.t:t:i:!t:~::
B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: App 1 y
trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with
straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish.
Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels.
2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast-in-place concrete:
Con sol idate concrete and bring to proper level with straight
edge. Surfaces sha 11 be intent i ona 11 y roughened to a full
amplitude of approximately 1/4".
At
2.7
2#J APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
B. STRESSCON
C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC.
D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS
E. Architect approved equivalent
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position.
Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress
any portion of the unit.
B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS Dl.1.
C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and
provide non-combustible shield as required.
D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of
liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and
compatible primer to painted surfaces.
E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for
surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit
unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
A~
F. Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding
following tolerance limits:
1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2"
total in any 40' or longer run.
2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in
any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location.
3. Variation from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at
any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained in cell
placeme~t for alignment of slider units.
4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any jOint: 1/16" in
$:f'::::::::;:"':m~~!~~~~iJ:t:~r~~~~~:i~.l:;":lVi:f:
G. After precast units have been placed and secured, cast-in or grout
horizontal joints as indicated.
H. Grout open spaces at connection and horizontal bearing joints as
indicated:
1. Shrinkage-resistant grout consisting of premixed compound and
water to provide a flowable mixture without segregation or
bleeding.
2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place
until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with
stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled.
Pl ace grout to fi n ish smooth, plumb and 1 eve 1 wi th adj acent
concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24
hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from
exposed surfaces before it hardens.
3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS
A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast
manufacturer's quality control and testing methods.
B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access
to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and
concrete placement ana curing facilities. Cooperate with Owner's
testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes
as may be requested for additional testing evaluation.
C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater
than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject
to additional testing as specified here.
D. Precast units havin~ dimensions greater than required will be rejected
~ if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or
if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or
remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction
conditions.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
E. Strength of Units: The strength of precast concrete uni ts wi 11 be
considered potentially deficient if the manufacturing processes fail
to comply with any of the requirements which may affect the strength
of the precast units including the following conditions:
1. Failure to meet compressive strength tests requirements.
2. Reinforcement, not conforming to specified fabrication
requirements.
3. Concrete curing, and protection of precast units against extremes
in temperature, not as specified.
4. Precast units damaged during handling and erection.
3.3 TESTING PRECAST UNITS
A. When there is evidence that strength of precast concrete units does
not met specification requirements, the concrete testing services
shall take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive
strength determination, complying with ASTM C42 and as follows:
B. Take at least three representative cores from precast units of suspect
strength, from locations directed by Architect.
1. Test cores in a saturated-surface-dry condition per ACI 318 if
concrete will be set during use of completed structure.
2. Test cores in an air-dry condition per ACI 318 if concrete will
be dry during use of completed structure.
3. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered
satisfactory if their average compressive .strength is at least
85% of 28-day design compressive strength.
4. Test results will be made in writing on same day that tests are
made, with copies to Architect, Contractor and precast
manufacturer. Include in test reports the project identification
name and number, date, name of precast concrete manufacturer,
name of concrete testing service, identification letter, name and
type of member or members represented by core test, design
compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of
break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of
applied load to core with respect to horizontal plan of concrete
as placed, and moisture condition of core at time of bearing.
C. Patching: Where core test results are satisfactory and precast units
are acceptable for use in work, fill core holes solid with pea gravel
repair grout and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces.
3.4 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Precast concrete units which do not conform to the specified
~ requirements, including strength" tolerances, and finishes shall be
replaced with precast concrete units that meet requirements of this
section. Contractor shall also be responsible for cost of corrections
to other work affected by or resulting from corrections to precast
concrete work.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
At
Al
M
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
>~t?..r':~:~~IUB.1
AWJjj_ii.f.".~
********************
END OF SECTION 03490
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-12
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pea-gravel repair grout.
B. Cementitious mortar patching grout.
C. Non-shrink grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C827 - Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
B. Contractor shall obtain and have available at site a copy of the above
documents throughout the Construction Period.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Submit copies of manufacturer's product data and printed
instructions for each manufactured product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Do not change source or brands of grout materials during the course of
the work. Single-source responsibility from one source and producer
for each aggregate and from one manufacturer for each cementitious
component.
1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE
A. Store grout materials off the ground, under cover, in a dry location.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can
be maintained.
1. 6 TESTI NG
A. Coordinate testing requirements of grout with Division 1.
~l:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEA-GRAVEL REPAIR GROUT
A. The grout shall be a manufactured, dry packaged product with
proportioned ingredients. Shrinkage compensating ingredients shall
minimize effects of drying shrinkage. Compressive strength at 28 days
shall equal or exceed required concrete strength. Shall contain pea
gravel and no added chloride. Applies and finishes like concrete.
Select material for horizontal overhead or vertical application.
B. Approved Manufacturers:
1..~. ... ......~.~.I.~.Re.~.I.~.[).~.R~.. ..'.'. M.~.~.t.~ rp ~ ~.c:h... .~.Q. "
~:;::::I:::::::::::llIn!:lm:t:iiplliil:::::iii~:i"linl:;: .
2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR PATCHING GROUT
A. Manufactured by MASTER BUILDERS "Set Vertipatch" or Architects
approved equivalent.
1. 5000 psi
2. Conditions to 1" maximum thickness.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03600-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Unit masonry and mortar.
a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment.
b. Reinforcing for Security Walls.
c. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above.
d. Patching to match.
2. Install only:
a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Codes and Standards:
1. ACI/ASCE 530, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures"
2. ACI/ASCE 530.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures"
3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-SS, February, 1986; Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products
3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-
Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
4. C-5S: Specification for Concrete BUilding Brick.
S. C-90: Specification for Hollow-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Un it s .
6. C-145: Specification for Solid-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
Al
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority
having jurisdiction for the work of this Section.
B. Qualifications
1. Installer Qualifications: Minimum of teft f:lv, years documented
experience special izing in install ation or"'ma'sonry of the type
and size simi1iar to this project.
C. Jobsite Sample Panel:
1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel(s)
using materials, bond and jOint tooling shown for final work; and
prOVide special features as directed for joints, sealants and
contiguous work.
2. Build sample panel (s) on the site, where directed, of full
thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by 4'-0" high, indicating
proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
AI
in completed work. Provide quantity of sample panels necessary
to obtain acceptance.
3. Obtain Architect and Owner acceptance of visual qualities before
start of work. Retain approved sample panel until end of job for
comparative reference. Do not alter, move or destroy mock-up
until work is complete. Remove panels when directed by
Architect.
4. Provide mock-up panel for the following:
a. Reinforced exterior masonry wall construction with concave
joints. Mock-up wall conditions for:
1) Masonry with elastomeric coating.
2) Masonry with insulation, metal lath, plaster and
elastomeric coating.
b. Interior masonry wall construction; concave and slightly
concave joints.
D. n is seet i eA shall Be be.:"::::: respons i b 1 e for 1 eeat i eAS t..iijiAU,it;juri of
electrical boxes, utilitY and equipment lines which arecoriCealed in
masonry walls; including plumbing, electrical, telephone and
securitylcommunications systems.
E. Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire resistance ratings are
indicated for masonry work, provide materials and construction which
are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been
determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized
testing and inspecting organization, as acceptable to the Architect.
F. Single Source ResponSibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry
units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the
ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for
each different product required for each continuous surface or
visually related surfaces.
G. Single Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar
ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry,
from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one
source and producer for each aggregate.
H. Ship units from factory and store at job site with necessary
protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other
sources.
"
SUBMITTALS
A. Certification:
1. Prior to purchasing of masonry units, submit for Architect's
approval, a letter from the manufacturer indicating the name and
qualifications of the certifying agency.
2. Pri or to deli very of masonry uni ts to job site, submi t for
Architect approval, calculations and certification by the
certifying agency that fire-rated concrete masonry units, both
grouted and non-grouted conditions, and mortar conform to the
specification requirements and meet or exceed the fire-resistance
ratings of Table 3103.1, SBCCI Southern BUilding Code.
1.4
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
3. Submit steel producer's certifications from Architect's approved
certifying agency confirming the mill analysis, tensile and bend
test for steel requirements of this section.
B. Installer Qualifications: Provide letter documenting experience.
C. Reinforcing Materials:
1. Provide Shop Drawings showing size, grade, quantity of rein-
forcement, mill test reports, method of support and fastening,
bending and placing schedules, diagrams, material grades and
relation of reinforcement to adjacent materials.
D. Product Data:
1. Submit product data on masonry accessories.
2. Submi t product data on materi a 1 s requi red by thi s Section.
Include masonry units and mortar, with mix proportions.
E. Results of mortar tests performed in accordance with the property
specification requirements of ASTM C270.
F. Results of tests of masonry units in accordance with ASTM C140.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Work
1. During erection, cover top of walls with waterproof sheeting at
end of each day's work. Cover partially completed structures
when work is not in progress.
2. Extend cover a minimum of 24" down both sides and hold cover
securely in place.
3. Staining: Prevent grout or mortar or soil from staining the face
of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove invnediately
grout or mortar in contact with such masonry. Protect base of
walls from rainsplashed mud and mortar splatter by means of
coverings spread on ground and over wall surface.
4. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar.
~l.:
1. 6 TESTING
A. To re uirements of DIVISION ONE t.fil:I::Ili1rf::j - "TESTING LABORATORY
q................................
SERVICES" furni sh test reports of lnde'p'e'ndent testing laboratory.
1. Masonry grout: Test in accordance with ASTM C 1019 "Sampl ing and
Testing Grout".
2. Concrete Masonry Units: Test each type, class and grade of
concrete masonry unit per ASTM C 140.
3. Unit Test Method:
a. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type, class and grade
of concrete masonry unit specified, test units by method of
sampling and testing of ASTM C 140.
b. Mortar Tests: For each type indicated, test mortar by
methods of samp 1 i ng and test i ng of ASTM C 780. Conduct
tests no less frequently than that required to evaluate
mortar used to install each increment of masonry units
indicated above from which samples are taken for testing.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05180
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Angles and Lintels
2. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports
3. Steel shapes and plates for precast concrete and masonry support
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A-32S - Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural
Steel Joints.
B. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS 01.1 -Structural Welding Code.
C. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of
Structural Steel for Buildings" and including the Supplements.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, markings, quantities, materials, sizes
and shapes; indicate methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing,
and attaching to work of other sections.
B. Submit current welder's certifications for welding performed in connection
with the work of this section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
1. Use certified welders and shielded arc process for welding performed
in connection with work of this section.
B. Standards:
1. Comply with AISC "Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection
of Structural Steel for Buildings".
2. Comply with AWS 01.1
1.5 TESTING LABORATORY
~]J
A.
Testing of st~u~~ur~ls m~ta~. ~r~min~ Wi1~ff.:.~...:R!'.rjf.Rrm!:9.i:J~.y:.:.:.:.:.:tf':':.!':~'i.t~:.,
L aBe rat e ry as 1 R 1 e a e 1 A 1 \' 1 S 1 eA A e .::::.:]~::::::::'.::::::::::n!r;r::ft:t:d~J:::.:iJlImL:::I::.;:~:::::RJ1!J
1!~!:~:1!!:~1
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05180-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Custom fabri cated metal items for decorative or ut i 1 i tari an
function, as opposed to a primary structural function, including
related clips and plates necessary for attachment.
2. Prime coat or other finish as specifically required for above so
that item is ready for field installation and further finishing
by other sections as necessary.
3. Steel '; 1apes and plates for detention equipment embedded in
precast panels and precast module cells.
Al 4. Elevater e1i',iaer Beams aAS heistway sills.
S. Welded steel security screens, framework and hardware.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A36/A - Specification for Structural Steel
B. ASTM AS3 - Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
coated Welded and Seamless.
C. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
D. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
E. ASTM A283/A - Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates.
F. ASTM A307 - Specifications for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000
psi Tensile Strength.
G. ASTM A32S - Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints.
H. ASTM ASOl - Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing.
I. ASTM A627 - Specification for Homogenous Tool-Resisting Steel Bars for
Security Applications.
J. ASTM A629 - Specification for Tool Resi.sting Steel Flat Bars and
Shapes for Security Applications. .
K. ASTM E985 - Specifications for Permanent Metal Rail ing Systems and
Rails for Buildings.
L. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols
M. AWS 01.1 - Structural Welding Code
N. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council
O. SHACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings showing locations, markings, quantities,
materials, finishes, sizes and shapes; indicate methods of connecting,
anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attaching to work of other trades.
1.4' QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Welders:
1. Use only certified welders and shielded arc process for welding
performed in connection with work of this section.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
At:
a. Galvanize exterior steel railings, to include pipe,
fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal
components. Finish painting by Division 9 - PAINTING, color
as selected by Architect.
b. Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, factory
primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9-
PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect.
2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 378 malleable iron, factory
prime painted. Field finish paint.
3. Attach brackets to walls with 3/8" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length,
set to expansion bolts.
B. Steel Ladders:
1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized
with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING.
C. Steel Stair Treads and Grating:
1. Treads: style lR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO.
or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4"
spaced 1" apart wi th cross bars spaced at 4" on center; with
abrasive nosings.
2. Grating: styl e lR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS
CO. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x
1/4" spaced I" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center.
3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect.
D. [lcvater Reistway aiviaer Beams, prime paiAt fiAish.
E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage
to steel frame using "torx-with peg" type fasteners. Field paint.
F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings:
1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metals.
2 u::-:r':':':':':::':':"':"':':':':.:'tfr':':':':':':':':"':':':"':':':':':':':.:':':.:"':'$':':''1(': . d . 11 f ~ 1- t: J
. t3'il;llrt.::';'!!'!:~:~~~;:~(a' ~~OV01. ceo iiih:::::i~u_:J:9.i ~~'st~n~~ w"h
forX~wrfh - peg t ampe r re s i s t ant s c re'w'it~......................................
3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629.
4. Prime paint
S. Field finish paint - Section 09900.
G. Metal deflector shields at interior of elevator hoistway for
projections exceeding 2".
1. Coordinate with Section 14240 - Hydraulic Elevator requirements.
2. Provide minimum of 20 gage metal deflectors, stiffeners and
fasteners.
At:
2.3 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to
finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where
field welding is required.
C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A-386.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate metal fabrications in strict accordance with Shop Drawings
and referenced standards.
C. Where possible, prefabricate items complete and ready for
installation.
D. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
E. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to
site.
F. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface.
Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
G. Exposed Mechani ca 1 Fasteni ngs: Fl ush countersunk screws or bolts;
unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except
where specifically noted otherwise.
H. Make exposed jOints butt tight, flush, and hairline.
I. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications.
Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish
as metal fabrication, except where speCifically noted otherwise.
J . We 1 ding:
1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, weld shop connections.
2. Make jOints and intersections of metal tightly fitting and
securely fastened.
3. Make work square, plumb, straight and true.
K. Ho 1 e s :
1. Drill or punch holes required for attachment of work of other
trades and for bolted connections.
2. Burned holes will not be accepted.
L. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
Pit "*-1_
i;:::::::::::):::'::tt:i:niII::ll:iQij,l~:
..........Zori!i:::::.................................
~alll..!lIiI,I::.':!l.l:t:U'IJ:m'il~!~!~::!:~!!IIf.i \
zonlmb
zoni:li
Zine:.
.^~-
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examination:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS
1. Prior to work of this Section, examine installed work of other
trades and verify that such work is to point where fabrication
and installation of work of this Section may proceed.
2. Make fi e 1 d measurements. to ensure proper and adequate fi t of
metal fabrications and to verify that metal fabrications may be
fabricated and installed in strict accordance with original
design and Shop Drawings.
3.2 SHOP PAINTING
A. Preparation:
1. Thoroughly clean metal of mill scale, rust and foreign matter.
B. Painting:
1. Shop prime steel except:
a. Steel to be encased in concrete.
b. Surfaces to be welded.
c. Galvanized steel.
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-4a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
B. Welded and seamless steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM
A-53, type 5, schedule 40, factory prime painted finish.
C. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be high strength steel type.
D. Welding materials shall be type required for material being welded,
conforming to AWS 01.1.
E. Paint primer shall be standard factory primer. Finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING.
F. Tread nosings: Comply with barrier-free design. Provide WOOSTER
PRODUCTS #WP 3J or Architect approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL FABRICATION
A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication.
B. Fabricate stairs, landings and component connections in configuration
shown on the Drawings.
C. Fabricate railings and component connections capable of resisting a
lateral force of minimum 250 pounds at any single point, without
permanent set or damage.
D. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes, easily
handled through building openings.
E. Accurate 1 y form and fi t components and connect ions. Gri nd exposed
edges and welds smooth and flush.
F. Accurately form components required for proper anchorage of stairs,
landings and railings to each other and to bUilding structure.
G. Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter
prior to prime painting. Allow to dry thoroughly before applying
priming material.
H. Shop prime in one coat. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or
cast in concrete.
I. Cap and weld open-ended tubing and piping which is accessible to
inmate tampering.
AJ.:
~Ii
3.2 FABRICATION OF PAN STAIRS (AND LANDINGS) ,
A. Fabricate stairs with closed risers and treads of pan construction.
~:.~:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.,.~.P:.rtsa,t!:,x':i~i~':t.r.:~.:.x~.:U':~':iutft~:.!._.f,.:.t':!f.:.:.:E~n s t ruct i on s ec u r i ty areas.
_I
-~
iilllll
Zon!iIj:1
-
~!i!1;1:1It::1'
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05510-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 05510
METAL STAIRS
3.3 ERECTION
A. Erect stairs square, level, plumb and free from distortion or defects
detrimental to appearance and performance.
B. Provide necessary anchors, plates and angles as required for
connecting stairs to the structure.
C. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction. Coordinate with related
work to ensure no interruption in installation.
D. Perform necessary cutting and altering for the installation of work of
other sections. Do not perform other addit i ona 1 cutting without
review by the Architect.
E. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding.
Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush
countersunk fastenings, unless indicated otherwise. Make mechanically
fastened joints flush hairline butted. Grind welds smooth and flush.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05510-2a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling
assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required,
provide insulation types which have been fire-tested under
simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time-temperature fire
exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section,
provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi-
cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Surface Burni ng Characteri st i cs: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".
C. Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
AJ.:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Insulation:
1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1"
thickness at 5.0 (at 7S.F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40.F.).
Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water
absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 7S.F. shall
not be greater than 0.25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C
578, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke
developed of 165. Products if in compliance with above:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular"
AI: q~::::::::::::::::::::Ar9tl~:~@ii::::ii:IPp.riviq::::::gqiJ.:vilii.ii:;
B. Rig i dTiiiuTafii)"ii"for'''Precaif''ConC"rele'''Siiidwi ch Panel and Modular Cell :
~~: 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre-drilled
extruded polystyrene; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-518;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
~y~72 5TH C-578, Type
Rigid Insulation for Floor Conditions:
1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam
insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to
comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of S.O per 1" thickness (at 7S.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTH C-SI8;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
~ i r 2 i V andl'!!tiatj':'~~~i;:;l~ii~:.>~~~I.:.:.:PX~l~r,:~ i e:~":~i~_:t~. ASTM C - 578, type
~~,.~-""
c.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM II-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
Al:
D. Rigid Insulation Joint Tape:
1. Provide copolymer film adhesive tape for joining rigid insulation
boards and maintaining vapor barrier.
2. Propert i es :
a. Thickness: 2.1 mils
b. Adhesion: 30 ozlinch of width
c. Tensile Strength: 27 lbs/in of width
d. Elongation: 110%
e. Temperature Range: -40 to +2S0oF.
3. Acceptable Manufacturer:
a. CAN-DO INC. "Product No. 132."
lj:i:':":::Ai9b.'~gp~:::::~pp.rgv~4,'~q9~,il@"~::~:
E. SprayAppTh~dPlnsulition:P'P'PPPPP'PP"PPPPPP
1. Refer te Section 07215 - Sprayed Insulation - Bid Group Three.
F. Fire Safing Insulation with mechanical attachment forp~r..tm~.t~r
~~i~~:fri~::::i-'~~:"'~B~~;~ii9:::~~~~ij~~~:,::.:ifj~':.qii::~ilfii~imr ~~:;l /!~:~II'I
C665): . .......... .. ..... . ..... ... . . .............
1. USG "Thermafiber"
2. MANVILLE "Pyrofiber"
3. FIBREX, INC. "Fibergard Perimeter Insulation"
G. FirelSmoke Stop System: Smoke resistant sealant shall be a two-part
fi re tested system to ma i nta i n theppj..rl.t.E!.9.r.Hy...p()f.....f.i.r..e.......r~t.J.rl9
;~~u:i:t:;\~~:~~.in~~i~i:t::Il.~:;::~iiij:~~iai$. ~i"g:~:::::::~~!,:~~:~"l:~i'!~'t~!:J~!~
reCiimmendafforiS""fof"'Th"S"tilTafro'ri~"""p'r'oV'i de all requ i red components for
a complete System. Approved Product: USG "Fire/Smoke-Stop System",
with "Thermafiber" Smoke-Seal compound and "Thermafiber" curtain wall
Insulation, (Foil Facing). Provide "Thermafiber" safing insulation as
an integral part of the FirelSmoke Stop System.
Al
Al
A~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully examine installed work of
other trades and verify that such work is complete to point where this
installation may properly commence.
B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect.
C. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until such
discrepancies have been fully resolved.
D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface
of work of other trades with work of this section.
E. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for particular conditions of
installation in each case.
3.2 " INSTALLATION
A. Surface Preparation: Masonry surfaces (concrete block) shall be in a
uniform plane, dry, free of grease, paint, or other material
detrimental to bonding of adhesives. Poured-in-place or precast
concrete shall be free of form oil film. Projections shall be removed
by chipping or grinding.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
B. Adhesives shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and
pri nted product 1 iterature. Adhes i ves shall not be app 1 i ed when
temperature is below 40 degrees F.
C. Rigid board insulation shall be installed in a horizontal, closely
butted layout, with staggered vertical joints.
D. Fire Safing Insulation: Shall be packed tightly and retained around
all conduits, piping, duct work and at all penetrations of decks,
walls and floors where required. Pack tightly at all decks, and cover
with topping similar to adjacent materials. Fire safing shall be
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-3a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Preparation and clearing of surfaces.
2. Fully adhered Single Ply Roofing System.
a. Walkway treads.
b. Cant Strip: Preformed insulated.
3. Roof expansion joints.
4. Install prefabricated curbs.
S. Copings, flashings, and scuppers.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C707 - Gypsum Board Substrate for Floor or Roof Assemblies.
B. ASTM Cl77 - Test Method for Steady-State thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
C. ASTM CS78 - Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
D. ASTM C728 - Perlite Thermal Insulation Board.
E. ASTM 0412 - Rubber Properties in Tension.
F. ASTM 0746 - Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomeric
by Impact.
G. ASTM 0624 - Rubber Property - Tear Resistance.
H. ASTM 0822 - Practice for Operating Light and Water-Exposure
Apparatus (Carbon-Arc) Type for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer,
and Related Products.
I. ASTM 01004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and
Sheeting.
J. ASTM 02240 - Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness.
K. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
L. Factory Mutual (FM) Engineering Corporation - Roof Assembly
Classifications.
M. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) - Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual.
N. SPRI - Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single Ply Roofing
Systems.
O. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) - Fire Hazard Classifications.
1.3 TESTING AGENCY
B.
tiilt:ii::::~giiiiif.i;ii..1i~iiS P~~~ ~~: t:~e~ Aa~cieVsisS ~~A w~~k'~:~~fi~!!!!':!
wlth"'appo'i'riftid"'n'rm~""""""""""""
Testing of roofing system is to be performed to ensure conformance
with requirements. If defects are revealed, Architect may request
that roofing system be subjected to further inspection and testing to
ascertain full degree of defect. Pay for all costs incurred.
Correct all defects and irregularities as advised by Architect. Pay
for costs incurred. .
At:
A.
C.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide Shop Drawings with the following information:
1. Materials list, roofing manufacturers installation instructions
and descriptive information for new areas.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
B. Mock-Up: Install sealant in mock-ups prepared by other trades in
order to demonstrate appearance and workmanship.
C. Manufacturer: Sealant manufacturer shall have been in the business of
manufacturing specified sealant types for a minimum of not less than
10 years.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the
limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers.
2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, condensation, or other
causes.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint
sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer
manufacturer for application indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
AI:
2.1
MATERIALS
A. Silicone Sealant (Joints; Expansion Control Joints; Precast Concrete
Panel Joints, exterior modular cell joint; window wall joints)
1. Silicone sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C
920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T, NT, M, G, A, O.
2. Sealant shall be supplied in ready-to-use form which requires no
job-site mixing.
3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. GENERAL ELECTRIC "Silicone Sil-pruf Sealant"
b. DOW CORNING "790 Building Sealant"
c. PECORA "864 One-Part Architectural Silicone Sealant"
B. Polyurethane, Multi-Component Sealant (use for joints in building
enclosure):
1. Sealant shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type
M, Grade NS , Class 25, Uses NT, M, A, O.
2. Sealant shall be supplied for job-site mixing following
manufacturer's specific mixing instructions.
3. Acceptable manufacturers/products:
a. TREMCO "Dymeric"
b. PECORA "Dynatrol II"
c. SIKA "Sikaflex 2-C NS/SL"
C. .p.JS.~.::.p.r.~;;....~~.Cl.1..Cl.~.~..L..~.~.~.l:Ir..Hy....~~.Cl.1..ant (use f()r i nteri or joi nts ...Jiil
~th~reSSlhle te IRRlate taRl,emil
~llIIii'_mD
f-9pi:i:i::1
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION'CENTER 07900-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 07900
JOINT SEALERS
Al
ih:::::::Seeond::::::rloor:::
l"II'11~1~~~!~~~S~II~~~J9~~Jt~~!9!f~g!!
Zone: mE \
Zpg~':F"
3. SIKA: SIKADUR "31", Hi -Mod Gel.
4. ROCKY MOUNTAIN CHEMICAL CO. "Niklepoxy 26".
S. PETERSON CORP. "857 Security Sealant".
6. Comply with ASTM C-881, Type I and II, Grade 3, Class Band C,
epoxy resin adhesive.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07900-2a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
A~:
SECTION 08660
SECURITY WINDOWS
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. De 1 i ver, store, Pr:()~E!<:J...a.~~L~ill1~JE!.Pr..()~':Jcts to site under prov is ion s
of D i vis i eA OA e. q~f:l~ris~g'M:~:'igr,~mgq~::;:
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Warranty shall include a custom five year warranty on the integrity of
window installation covering materials and workmanship.
1. Warranty shall be executed by the Contractor, Installer, and
steel window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace steel
window units which fail in materials or workmanship within the
specified warranty period. Failures include but are not
necessarily limited to structural failures including excessive
deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration, faulty
operation of sash and hardware, deterioration of metals, metal
finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. This
warranty shall be in addition to and not a limitation of other
rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the
contract documents.
2. Warranty period is 5 years after the date of substantial
completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. CHIEF INDUSTRIES, INC., Grand Island NE
2. WILLIAM BAYLEY COMPANY, Springfield, Ohio
3. SOUTHEASTERN SPECIALTY CO., Montgomery AL
4. DETENTION SYSTEMS AND SALES, Bloomington IL
S. HOPES SECURITY PRODUCTS INC., Jamestown, N.Y.
6. Architect approved equivalent.
AI: B. AeeeptaB 1 e MaA~faet~rer ef 1'.1 ~mi A~m Sec~ri ty Wi Asew 9pt i eA with
Faetery FiAish:
1. WAYSAU HETAL C9RP9~TI9N
2. Arehiteet ap,revea e~ui~aleAt.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Frames:
1. Form frames from low carbon steel not less than #12 gauge.
Frames shall be two piece sections, deep carrying through glazed
portions continuously from top of head to bottom of sill at each
jamb and
between jambs at head and sill.
2. Cope and weld frame members at corners full depth of the frame
for maximum strength and weather tightness; dress exposed welds
smooth. Provide frame members with dimensions and profiles
indicated on the drawings.
B. Mullions:
1. Form mullions where requ;red from low carbon steel not less than
'12 U.S. gauge coped and continuous welded to frame.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08660-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 08710
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Door Hardware
1. Provide physical samples, templates and schedules, delivered to
point of need, as necessary to allow proper fabrication of
materials to which Door Hardware items are to be attached.
2. Provide on-site inspection and assistance during installation of
Door Hardware and final adjustment, as required after installa-
tion.
3. Provide UL rated hardware for rated door and frame assemblies.
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings, in the form of complete horizontal or vertical
schedules, which identify each hardware item, its type, design,
finish, function, method of fastening or anchorage and group
designation.
B. Submit, as an item separate from the hardware schedules, a complete
Keying Schedule.
C. Submit catalog cuts of each different piece of hardware for review by
the Architect.
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for
each item of hardware in accordance with Division 1 -SUBMITTALS.
Include information to show compliance with requirements.
Provide maintenance data, parts catalog and keying records to
requirements of Division 1.
1. 3 LIMITATIONS
A. Manufacturers and products i dent i fi ed in the fo 11 owi ng paragraphs
represent the 1 imit of manufacturers and products sel ected by the
Architect for use on this project. Where single identifications are
made for a given item, on 1 y that product wi 11 be accepted. Where
multiple identifications are made, anyone of the identified products
will be accepted, provided that the single product chosen is used
throughout the project without further variation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Ai: A. Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with
wa r~hou sing. ~ ac.i 1 i t..t.~.:~..?...:.:.:.:.:~.~..~~>:.:...~.!,~x<<....~:~.~I!.:.".:..f~rn i sh i ng h ~ rdwa re i A the
prsJeEt's '/1E1Alty :nn:::I6..nlllt.afOfitEJ.:Q'tila for a perlod of not less
than three years, "":"'a'n:a':"':""'wno"':*"fS";":<<<*'o'F""'"'wn'o''''''' employs, an experi enced
architectural hardware consultant who is available, at reasonable
times during the course of the work, ,r,,,i consultation about project's
hardware requirements, to OWner, Archltect, and Construction Manager.
B. Fire Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in
compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and ASTM E-152 and local building
code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and
listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies
with requirements of door and door frame labels.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08710-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 08902
ALUMINUM WINDOW WALLS
~I:
B. Qualifications of system Manufacturer/Fabricator: Manufacturer and
fabricator companies specializing in aluminum window wall systems with
a minimum of five years of documented experience, in manufacture and
fabrication of systems similar in material, design, and similar in
scope to that indicated for this project.
1. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who
has successfully completed installation of glazed window wall
systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated
for the Project and who is acceptable to the glazed window wall
manufacturer/fabricator.
C. Design structural support framing components under direct supervision
of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and
registered in the State of Florida.
D. Drawings: Drawings are diagrammatic. The details shown are intended
as a guide for the aesthetic and interfacing requirements of the
glazed curtain wall to and with other work. The drawings are not to
be construed as engineering design, or adequate to meet the
engineering design requirements.
E. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Demonstrate to the Architect's
satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory-submitted criteria
conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to
conduct satisfactorily the testing i ndi cated without del ayi ng the
progress of the Work.
F. Mock Up and Test: Comply with "Mock-up and I.~.~t~.......P..~.r..il9.r.~p.h
re uirements of DivisieA 1 QIJALITY CONTROLS. QWiiS[:if:::nfeslJ.:ir':'
C.jipritiii:I:*i.ii:lii$:~: Construct mock-up un its of the"grazea-:':':'iYumlWu!
c:"ifffifh...wal.,.....S"yS"feiii. for testing at the Owner approved Laboratory's
Test Facilities. Mock-ups shall be complete with all components,
finishes, and details of construction identical with those proposed
for use in the building. Do not take special precautions or use
techniques that do not represent those to be used on the building.
1. Do not begin installation of mock-ups until Testing Laboratory
proposed for use has been approved by Owner and Architect.
2. Mock-ups shall be of sufficient size and configuration to
demonstrate adequately the system's performance capabilities.
3. Personnel assembling mock-ups at the laboratory shall be the
personnel that will perform this work at the project site.
4. Include mullions, panels and glazings where applicable. Provide
corners, splice joints, sealants, anchors, and other components
necessary.
G. Schedule testing with sufficient time for analysis of results and to
prevent delay in the progress of the Work.
1. Coordinate testing requirements with testing of other materials
referenced in other Sections of this Project Manual.
2. Test the glazed aluminum window wall system for compliance with
requirements specified for performance and test methods. Conduct
tests with assemblies representative of actual materials.
Conduct tests with assemblies representative of actual materials
and construction proposed for incorporation in the Work.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 08902-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
2. Materials which are rusted, stained or otherwise damaged during
delivery or storage shall be removed from site and replaced with
acceptable material.
3. Materials shall be kept off ground, under cover and away from
sweating walls and damp surfaces.
B. Protection:
1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section,
before, during and after installation and to protect installed
work and materials of other trades.
C. Replacements:
1. In event of damage, make repairs and replacements necessary,
reviewed by Architect and at no cost to Owner.
.1\1
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ft...~.......... M9~.~.::V P.:..... . P.r.oyj <:1 ~.. .f. if!. J.<:1. .111()C:~ ::lJ. P... ()'(f!t.. .9n it.... ~.~~.(l.fl r..y....::... .~f!.~ t.i ().r1.. ..94~. Q 9. ~ .
fJtm\illi..~
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of
referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of
plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and
after application of plaster.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in
excess of that required for hydration of plaster. Begin ventilation
immediately after plaster is applied and continue until it sets.
C. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture
deterioration and other harmful effects which might result from
plastering.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Materia 1 s requ i red to produce a given system shall be by one
manufacturer. Materials selected for a given system shall be
retained for that system throughout project.
2. Use of materials identified below is subject to limitations of
application and proportioning established elsewhere in this
Section.
B. Plastering Materials:
1. Provide either neat or ready-mixed (where available) materials,
at Installer's option, complying with ASTM C 926.
2. Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or IA.
3. Lime: Special finishing or special masonry hydrated lime, ASTM
~ C 206 or C 207.
4. Aggregate: Sand, ASTM C 897.
S. Prepared Finish-Coat: Factory-prepared finish for portland
cement pl aster, type recommended by the manufacturer for the
color and texture indicated.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
A~
AI
a. Texture: Sand-Float finish (exterior) to match precast
concrete panels.
C. Bonding Materials:
1. Bonding Agent: Vinyl polymerization type, complying with
MIL-B-1923S and ASTM C 932.
2. Bonding Additive: Acryl ic-based emul sion for bonding exterior and
interior portland cement plaster base-coat to solid surfaces.
a. Product manufacturer:
1) Quick-Cure Ad-Liquid/FINESTONE CORP.
2) Marvoc/LARSEN PRODUCTS CORP.
3) Acryl 60/Std. DRYWALL PRODUCTS
3. Acid Etch Solution: Muriatic acid, mixed one part acid to 6 to 10
parts water.
D. Metal Lathing Materials and Accessories:
1. Comply with lath manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Rib Lath, 318": 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd., 3/8" rib depth (high rib).
3. Self-furring Diamond Metal Lath: 2.5 lbs. per sq. yd.
4. Asphalt-Saturated Felt: ASTM 0226, 15 lb. type, non-perforated.
S. Plastering Accessories:
a. Provide the type, weight, grade and finish of materials and
include for each system the clips, fasteners, ties, rein-
forcing, stiffeners, shoes, tracks, hangers, corner beads,
casing beads, base screeds, expansionlcontrol joints,
brackets, anchors, accessories and trim as recommended by
the manufacturer for the application indicated, unless
specified otherwise.
6. Metal and Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized
finish on steel products.
7. Include corner beads, casing beads, joints, caps, screeds,
moldings and similar units as indicated.....
8 .E?<P.ilfl~i<>.~:.......V~.G.....~)(P.ill1.~.i.<>..I"l...J<>.i.I"l.t sized for plaster thickness pi!
9. ~~~,~!"'!~'~'~@n~~~11~~'~~'ij~tick 6063-TS aluminum with Zi~~
5R:ijaiil!diil>>~7~1!~~~;meSj;li~ri,~(l p~.) t~nd ~~~3~5E~~~T~~E~~t
EBAtfN:t:.::::.Jl:.:.:::.:.::;l!::!IPPIPY;.:.::;:.:J:S9.!\.:XI:::.::!!::)! ee ec 10n -
10. Reinforcement for control joints, expansion jOints and at
terminations of metal flashing: 4" galvanized "hardware cloth" or
4" galvanized strip lath.
11. Reveal Joint:
a. Channel screed type, .055 minimum thick 6063-T5 aluminum
;~ih 7 ~ i ~~ 5R!:it~P:~\:t:B:~l~:~::g:k:KL:::~:R:~I:>~E~:::l=::R::;/=::~::::::ind ~CS - ~ 5 - i ~o ,
09900 = PA'rft:~!:.:.\\:.:::!I::.::;:::}!mHPIPY![.}::!S9.!::::.:X!:L:!!::.::;' ee ec lon
b. Custom Reveal Joint: Channel screed type, .055 minimum
tb.tS.~.w...~.Q'~I.~,:.!.?..........!..1..~.m.t~.~.m....w~.t.!.~""I..].J.nc coating; Fry Regl et Ii
Ar9.~d:glJ.i:::I:tr:lpP.Y'yM:~::g~n"':~ILJlnl. See Section 09830 ....:;
[[ASTOMER'IC"'COAnN'G'~"""""""""""""""..........
I~
A::t::
n~t
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
E. Metal Support Materials:
1. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard screw-type galvanized
steel zee-shaped furring members; ASTM AS2S, G60, 0.0179" min.
thickness of base metal, of depth indicated; designed for
mechanical attachment of rigid insulation boards or blankets to
monolithic and masonry walls.
~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-3a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
c.
d.
3. Hand
a.
b.
c.
Maintain mixer in continuous operation while adding and
mixing materials.
Conform to mixing sequence, cycle of operation and time
recommended by manufacturer of plaster material.
Mixing:
Do not hand mix unless authorized by Architect.
Provide waterproof protection under mixing boxes and water
barrels when mixing in the building.
Use only sufficient water to render plaster workable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces which are to receive plaster, grounds and other
accessories which act as ground or screeds. Notify the Architect, in
writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with the plaster work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
It
3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL LATH
A. Basic Requirements:
1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
recommendations where other more stringent requirements are not
indicated.
2. Comply with Metal LathlSteel Framing Association "Specifications
for Metal Lathing and Furring", and ASTM CI063 "Installation of
Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement-Based Plaster".
B. Isolation:
1. Frame both sides of control and expansion joints independently,
and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories.
C. Splicing Members:
1. Splice plastering accessories by ~se of concealed splines,
anchored to prevent offsets.
D. Installation of Plastering Accessories:
1. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" O.c. to plaster base.
2. Miter or cope acces~9~y,,~~r~ers, and install with tight joints
accuratel al i nediil]t'::>~">>:lid.
y g,.......~.,..<;.:.~ll'..<.,...,:.:.;
3. Set accessories p1umb~ Te'iel""and true to 1 ine, with a tolerance
of 1/8" in 10'-0". Shim as required.
4. Install metal corner beads at external corners.
5. Install casing beads at terminations of plaster work, except
where plaster is indicated to pass through other work and be
concealed by lapping work, and except where special screeds,
bases or frames act as casing beads including metal door frames.
a. For exterior work, set casing beads 1/4" from abuting frames
and other work (for application of sealant).
b. Where plaster abuts concrete, set casing bead 1/4" from
concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09200-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
AI:
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces.
a. Clean and seal cracks in the wall surface.
b. App 1 y e 1 astomeri c waterproof coat i ng to exteri or cement
plaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating
conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section.
B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of
successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on
substrates similar to those of this project.
C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by
elastomeric coating manufacturer.
D. Primer-sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material
applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section.
2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application
procedures.
3. Cert i fi cat i on of comp 1 i ance wi th Qual i ty Assurance port i on of
this Section.
4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating
manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the
manufacturer.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Applicator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a
period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection
and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of
surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of
written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no
cost to the OWner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect
defects.
~ B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty
provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to
review substrates and installation procedures.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
A~:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Acceptable Products:
1. VIP 7000 Ter-Polymer Coating with primer.
2. SONNEBORN "Hydrocide Colorflex" with primer.
3. PITTSBURGH PAINTS "Pitt-Flex" exterior elastomeric masonry
coating with primer.
B. Acceptable sealants (must be compatible with and as approved by
elastomeric coating manufacturer).
1. VIP #5300, 5710 or 5712 regular grade; VIP #5100 buttering
grade.
2. PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol II" polyurethane; PECORA CORP. "Dynatrol
I" .
3. MAMECO Vulkem 116, one-part polyurethane.
4. Architect approved equivalent.
C. Acceptable bonding agent: (As approved by the elastomeric coating
manufacturer.)
1. THORO SYSTEMS PRODUCTS "Thorobond".
2. Architect approved equivalent.
D. Color: As selected by the Architect; refer to color code on building
elevations.
-j;~I_,~--
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer surface preparation instructions. Verify
surfaces to receive elastomeric coat~ngs are clean, free of
efflorescence, oil, mildew, grease or other foreign matter detrimental
to application. Sterilize surfaces as recommended by coating
manufacturer.
B. Remove loose particles and foreign matter. Remove grease or oil with
a solvent, effective alkaline cleaner, or detergent as instructed by
coating manufacturer. Use high pressure water when specifically
recommended by the manufacturer. Scrub surfaces with water.
C. Clean cracks and surrounding areas to remove impurities.
D. Allow surfaces to dry prior to application.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. Application of waterproofing system:
~ 1. New surfaces shall be primed per manufacturer instructions.
2. Fill cracks with sealant as recommended by coating manufacturer.
B. Apply bonding agent to control jointslexpansion joints. This section
shall be responsible for pre-test of adjacent surfaces, bonding agent
and control joint material bond adequacy.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 09830
ELASTOMERIC COATING
C. Cracks shall be cleaned and sealed with sealant applied in strict
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Appl ication to substrate shall be in strict accordance with manu-
facturer printed instructions.
E. Provide appropriate precautions or limitations associated with
application during extreme cold weather or high humidity conditions
per manufacturer instructions.
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-2a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
All.
At
~1:'
At:
JU
AI:
Ai:
II:
It
,A:!::
t.a
AI'
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
LnhhHY~r~lJJJ~h.~l.E!-".il.~.~.r.h.\II.~..t'~'h~~~hQgi.~hPrQtect i on of the cyl i nder
~~::::~]:IY~!2Jt:::::qi!rnj:~,-::::::~!ji!PA'-~:~~:
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Description of System:
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator(s).
B. Related Work Described in Other Sections:
1. Hoistway, including pit, lasser, drains, lights, access doors,
and waterproofing. Machine room, iAel~siAg gratiAgs lighting,
ventilation and heat to maintain the room at temperature of 50-F
minimum to 100-F maximum, and as verified by the elevator
manufacturer.
2. Adequate supports and foundat ions to carry the loads of all
equipment, iAel~siAg s~pperts fer g~iae rail Braekets aAS maehiAt
Beams. IA asjaeeAt heistways, pre'/iae siviser Beams fer g~ise
rail Braeket s~ppeft.
3. Provisions for connections from power mains to each controller or
motor generator set starter, signal equipment feeders, including
circuit breakers and fused mainline disconnect switches.
4. Previaellectrical outlets fer car 1 ightiAg in the elevator
machine room as shown on layout drawjngs.
5. Pre~ise sill s~pperts, iAel~siAg steel aAgles where re~~ires.
6. PaiAtiAg
7. TreAehiA!..aAs BackfilliAg fer aA, ~Asergre~As pipiAg er ceAs~it.
8. PreviseEmergency power, of proper characteristics to run elevators
in event....of failure of normal power supply. Previse Necessary
transfer switches from Normal to Emergency supply on elevator feeder
and wiring as specified in Division 16 - Electrical from the transfer
switches to elevator controller.
9. Previse te1epheAes iA eaeh e1e'/ater ear. Ele'/ater ceAtraeter te
f~rAi5h wires iA tra\'eliAg eaB1e fer telepheAe heek ~p te a 24 he~r
aAsweriAg serviee. Nete that aA a~tematie sial te1epheAe m~st have
emergeAeypewer previsieAs iA erser te eperate.
~ 10. Previse Heat an~ smoke detectors at elevator lobbies except main
floor. Preiise ffiwo wires from each detector to elevator controllers.
11. Heistway sefleet~r shielss.
12. Advise the Architect with all necessary details of any additional
items of work by other sections that will be required. If no
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
At:
AI
1.3
exceptions are noted at the time of bidding, pay the cost of all
:::i_.:~=~~~~~i~~:lAit_~i~
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Designs, clearances, construction workmanship, and material shall be
in accordance with requirements of:
1. National Electric Code
2. Ameri car, Standard Safety Code for E1 evator, Dumbwaiters and
Escalators AI7.1.
3. State of Florida Chapter 399.035; "Elevator Accessibility
Requirements for the Physically Handicapped".
4. Accessibility Requirements Manual; "Florida Board of Building
Codes and Standards".
S. Florida Elevator Safety Code; Chapter 7C-S.
6. Federal, State, and Local codes as may be applicable.
7. American Standard Safety Code (A.S.E.) shall govern except where
applicable codes supersede A.S.E. Code by legal jurisdiction or
more rigid requirements.
B. Incorporate safety devices needed for proper operation and as
required by governing authorities.
SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature including
properly identified manufacturer's catalogs and specifications and
printed installation directions.
B. Samples:
1. Cab interior cuts.
2. Hoistway entrance cuts.
3. Finish samples for each item to be selected.
4. Signal Fixture cuts.
C. Dimensional Shop Drawings:
1. Machine Room Plans:
a. Location of equipment.
b. Service connections.
C. Loads.
2. Hoistway Sections for Each Elevator:
a. Vertical and Horizontal:
1) Bracket spacing.
2) Estimated forces on rails.
3) Estimated forces in pit.
1.5 TEMPORARY SERVICE
A. Should the service of any elevator be required before completion. and
~ final acceptance, permission in writing must first be obtained from
the Architect.
1.4
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
1.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Provide maintenance and call-back service on each elevator after it
is placed in operation for a period of 12 months. Service to
consist of examinations of equipment, adjustments, lubrication,
cleaning, supplies and parts to keep equipment in proper operation,
except such adjustments, parts or repairs made necessary by abuse,
misuse or any other causes beyond control of contractor. Work will
be done by trained employees of contractor during regular working
hours of trade. Furnish full maintenance proposal with first years
price, guaranteed.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Either the elevator manufacturer or a licensee of the
manufacturer who has not less than five years successful experience
wi th the install ati on of simil ar el evators. Manufacturer shall be
engaged in the manufacturer of the complete elevator system including
door operator, valve, controller, silencer, jack unit, car enclosure
and entrances.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. The following manufacturers are approved:
1. DOVER CORPORATION (Basis of Design)
2. OTIS ELEVATOR COMPANY
3. MONTGOMERY ELEVATOR
4. Architect approved equivalent.
~~
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Color and finishes as selected by Architect.
2. Exposed Fasteners: Torx-with-peg see~rity screws.
B. Comply with Florida Elevator Safety Code, Chapter 7C-5 including
plastic containment of the hydraulic cylinder (for electrolysis
protection).
C. Elevators'l and '2
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity with Class A loading
3. 125 FPM Speed VP; 150 FPM Down Max
4. 25'-2" feet travel
5. 2 landings (ground and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Pl atform: 6' -8"W x 4' -3"D
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
AI~
AI~
At:.
.' .
...........
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on rear wall only.
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: S.S. Satin
20. Hoi stway Frame~n4.:::mMj:t.l.l:i::i:il:p$~Uti: S. S. Satin
21. Hoi stway Doors :...S.:.S:....Siffn..........
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car telephone JQO
qabinet: vandal resistant. All handicapped code sigrial
requirements, hall lanterns.
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles.
C. Elevators #3
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
2. 4000 # Capacity with Class a loading.
3. 100 FPH Speed
4. 13'-0" feet travel
S. 2 landings (first and second)
6. 2 openings, each, in line.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: S'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"0 (inside)
11. Operation: Selective collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heav~ duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Two speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Translucent panels with fluorescent lighting
above.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Control Panel - Advanced type panel with raised markings.
18. Car Doors: 0088 li~:I!:~:~:II~l:.:...:'-'"
19. Car Front: QF12CY ~:~:S.tMS.I.i:n
29. Car Shell: DSI :.:.:.:.:.".:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.".:.,:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.
At
At:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
Al
Al
A~:
Al:
AI'
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
21. Hoi stway Frame aha::"~tal:::::C;Ja$Ulffi: s. S. Satin
22. Hoi stway Doors :S~S:'SannP"
23. Signals: Vandal Resistant DeSign illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car Telephone ana
Cabinet: Vandal resistant. All handicapped code sigrlal
requirements, car riding lantern.
24. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladder and sill support angles.
D. Elevators #4 and #5 (Inmate)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: MARQUIS 25
2. 2500 # Capacity
3. 100 FPM Speed
4. 12'-2" feet travel
S. 2 landings (ground and first)
6. 3 openings, each, two frontlone rear.
7. Machine: Hydraulic
8. Guide Rails: Planed steel
9. Buffers: Spring
10. Car Platform: 6'-8"W x 4'-3"D
11. Operation: Selective Collective
12. Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
13. Entrance: 3'-6"W x 7'-0"H
14. Entrance Type: Single speed
15. Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
16. Motor Control:
17. Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWl
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
18. Car Doors: S.S. Satin
19. Car Front: DFl ?~J....1.~^~~......?..~.ttnw.w........
20. Hoi stway Frameiijl@litllt::C:):J$.$.Utl: S. S. Satin
21. Hoi stway Doors :.............S..:..S...:......'.s-arrn..w........................
22. Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
.l.~:~::!:S!:tg::r,:~:..~.:2:2X!.]..,~~,~:t!tway ddolors. . Car tel epheAf faBi ,Aft: 1 eekedl
~:'ij~!'~ia~"~!~'i::i C~:nr~di:geVaSn\~nrtn'. All handlcapped code
23. Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
" serv ice. Mort i se type key switch operat i on wi th momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
E. Elevators #6 and '7 (Service)
1. Hydraulic passenger elevator: KINGSWOOD 40
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
AI:
AI:
1.1:
AI:
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
18.
19.
29.
21.
22.
23.
4000 # Capacity
125 FPM Speed
25'-2" feet travel
3 landings (ground, first and second)
3 openings, two front/one rear.
Machine: Hydraulic
Guide Rails: Planed steel
Buffers: Spring
Car Platform: S'-4"W x 7'-9-1/2"D
Operation: Selective Collective
Door Operation: High speed, heavy duty type, master DC door
operator (minimum opening speed 2-1/2 FPS).
Entrance: 4'-0"W x 7'-0"H
Entrance Type: Single speed
Door Protection: Safety edge and double light rays.
Motor Control:
Cab Design: Designer Series
a. Floor - Vinyl Composition Tile
b. Ceiling - Steel with white baked enamel finish.
c. Walls - Rigidtex SWL
d. Handrails - 2" S.S. Satin bar on side walls.
e. Lighting - Cove
Car Doors: S.S. Satin
Car Front: DF12CY S.S. Satin
Car Shell: DSl
~~~~i::; ~~~~~:i!':~:'~I'!'~~Rlili: S.S. Satin
Signals: Vandal Resistant Design illuminating hall and car
pushbuttons. Position indicator in each car. Car direction
i.Jl~.i.~.~~.()r~...il.~<>'YE!...h<>.J.s.tway doors. Car tel epheAe taBi Aet: 1 eekesl
Ujt,t.tj.:::i:::f:ji.~::rln::IJ..t: vandal resistant. All handicapped code
s'rghar"'feq"ln'remfirifs'~'" car ri ding 1 antern.
Additional Features: Emergency car lighting, car top inspection
station, independent service, pit'ladders and sill support
angles. Provide coaxial cable with two shielded pairs for car
security, pit ladders, sill support angles and independent
servi ce. Mort i se type key swi tch operation wi th momentary
operation next to each floor car call button in main car station.
23.
2.3 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE
A. Phase I:
~
HLM 90007.00-1
1. A three (3) position key operated switch will be provided at a
predesignated (main or lobby) floor of the elevator or of each
group of elevators. When the switch is placed in the on
position, or if sensors (provided by others) operate all
elevators controlled by this switch, the sensors will return the
elevator non-stop to the main floor and the doors will open and
remain open.
2. An elevator traveling away from the main floor will reverse at
the next available floor, without opening its doors, and proceed
to the main floor without stopping for car or hall calls.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
AI:
3. Door reopening devices for power operated doors (Rule 112.5 of
the ANSI 17.1 Code) which may be affected by smoke or heat, so
to prevent door closing will be rendered inoperative.
4. El evators standi ng at a floor other than the main floor wi 11
close their doors, and proceed to the main floor without stop-
ping for car or hall calls.
S. The hall buttons will be rendered inoperative.
6. The elevators may be restored to normal operation by furnishing
the lobby key switch to the off position.
7. Once the car has started to return, the emergency stop switch
will be disconnected.
8. Product of combustion sensors (furnished and installed by others)
will initiate the foregoing operation by providing a signal to
terminals on the elevator controller. A third position on the
lobby key switch will by-pass such sensors. The key will not be
removable in this third position.
B. Phase II:
1. A key switch designed for a key acceptable to local authorities
will be provided in or adjacent to the car operating panel of
each elevator. This switch when operated, will initiate the
following special service:
a. The elevator will be operated only by a person in the car,
and will not respond to hall calls.
b. Operation will be by registering one or more calls in the
car and causing the doors to close by operating the door
close button. Release of pressure on the button prior to
full close will allow the doors to immediately reopen.
c. Car call s operated in error wi 11 be reset by momentary
operation of the initiating key switch.
d. Upon completion of door close, the car will run to the car
floor and stop with doors closed. Door open wi 11 be by
constant pressure of the door open buttons; if pressure is
released prior to full open, the doors will immediately
reclose.
e. Once fully opened, the doors will remain open, until
closing is initiated per (Para No.2).
f. Special Emergency Service will be terminated by placing the
key operated switch in the car in the "OFF" position.
2. Floor numbers will be stenciled on the inside of hoistway doors
and walls of each elevator so they may be seen with the car doors
open, numbers to be not less than 4 inches in height.
3. The elevator contractor will supply the ~ iiil for operating
instruct ions whi ch will permanently be mounted'''idjacent to the
ma in lobby key swi tch by others. The 1 etteri ng shall be
reproduced not less than 1/4" high, per A17.1 Code.
2.4 ELEVATOR SIGNAGE:
A. As an aid to the blind, 3/8" high BRAILLE identification representing
the function of each button shall be permanently embossed in the
operating panel face surface adjacent to each button for car and
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
corridor operating devices. Stainless steel braille plates overlaid
on panel surface are not acceptable. Provide stainless steel
bearings, shot or studs set permanently in drilled braille pattern in
surface of car or corridor panel.
B. All elevator call-button plates in all elevator lobbies and within the
elevator cab shall bear the following copy:
IN FIRE
EMERGENCY
DO NOT USE
ELEVATORS
USE EXIT STAIRS
All copy shall be machined or photo-engraved copy directly onto the
panel surface and enamel filled. Copy shall be 1/2" Helvetica medium,
initial caps and lower case with tight letter spacing. Copy shall
be set 5/8" O.C. vertically with one line space operating first line
of copy from top edge of plate. Copy shall be flush left, inset 1/2"
(minimum) from left edge of plate. Copy color to be selected by
Architect.
C. Elevator door jambs shall bear a raised numeral copy indicating the
respective floor level where located. Copy shall be 1/8" blind
raised embossed metal, 4" character height Helvetica medium. Copy
shall be centered horizontally on each door jamb width 60" AFF. Copy
shall be same finish as elevator door jamb.
D. Elevator cabs shall bear a 4" diameter "NO SMOKING" symbol per Florida
Code. Symbol shall conform to color, layout and proportions of the
United States Department of Transportation symbol consisting of a red
circlel slash,black image, white ground. Copy shall be photo or
machi ne engraved wi th enamel fill or subsurface copy on surfaced
mounted plaque mounted 60" AFF adjacent to door opening. Plaques
shall be permanently mounted with concealed fasteners.
A~:
'A,:'"':':':':':':':':'''
~gl.MMi
"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
At:
At:
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
~-._I."~"f"I."I_
I\J: 2.5 OTHERS
.....::~~:p::::::::::IUP:~ilitr)~llt::::gt.QU:t~~~ftt$ .
.uu"'A~""u"rre\"alor"Cib"n;"j, 5, and 7: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl
covered remo/able wall pads. Provide permanent stainless steel
At:
At:
A~
~J.:
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section
depends. Report defects to Architect in writing which may affect work
of this trade or equipment operation. .
B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level
and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained
with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder.
C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and
ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with
floor and access door.
D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify
where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space
for equi pment and means of access for i nsta 11 at i on and operation.
Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings.
E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections
has been properly completed to receive the elevator work:
1. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator
control panel, incl uding fused main 1 ine switch or circuit
breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for
light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing
of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
2. Provision of hoistway outlet for telephone.
3. Supply of power for emergency cab lighting and ventilation from
power panel specified in Division 16 and fed by the building
emergency circuits.
4. Machine room enclosed and protected from moisture, with lockable
door.
F. Supply in ample time for installation, inserts, anchors, pipe sleeves,
bearing plates, brackets, supports and bracing including setting
templates and diagrams for placement.
~l:
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work with competent mechanics skilled in this work and under
the direct control and supervision of the elevator manufacturer's
experienced foreman.
B. Set hoistway entrances in alignment with car openings and true with
plumb sill lines.
C. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and equipment and accessories
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applicable codes and
standards to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free
from sideways, oscillation, or vibration.
D. Excavate for plunger and cylinder, set in place plumb and accurate and
enclose with 3000 psi concrete. Install cathodic protection system
and test to ensure working before placing concrete.
E. Mount machine immediately adjacent to hoistway on concrete foundation
provided under Section 03300. Isolate and dampen machine vibration
with properly sized sound-reducing anti-vibration pads.
F. Install and hook-up piping between machine and cylinder.
G. Erect hoistway sills, headers and frames prior to erection of rough
walls and doors; erect fascias and toe guards after rough walls
finished.
:: S~~~_.:~:::::~
car to suit certificate issued. Design holder with non-visible
tamper-proof fastenings.
J. Locate hall buttons and indicators as directed by Architect.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Prior to final acceptance remove protection from finished or
ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to
type of material.
B. At completion of work of this Section, remove tools, equipment and
surplus materials from site.
3.4 ADJUST AND BALANCE
A. Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates
smoothly and accurately.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that
they can only be operated by authorized persons.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
.1
3.6 INSPECTION
A. Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make such tests as are
required by regulations of authorities. Make tests iA ~reseAee ef
ArcAiteet.
1. Provide operation of elevators as required to acquire inspections
of Authorities having Jurisdiction.
B. Final inspection shall be after elevator installation, hoisting
enclosure and machine room are Complete.
C. Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI AI7.2.
D. Deliver test certificates and permits to Architect.
********************
END OF SECTION 14240
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 'I-AUGUST 12, 1991
ADDENDUM NO. 1A
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
August 15, 1991
Modification No.1:
The time and date for receipt of bids, and that of opening of bids,
is hereby postponed until further notice.
Note:
This is Addendum No. 1A. Addendum No. 1 has not yet been
issued to bidders. It is scheduled to be issued in
approximately (1) week. Addendum No. 1 will re-establ ish
the new bid date and time.
****
end of document
"
08/15/91
ADDENDUM NO. 1A
1
ADDENDUM NO. 2
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Packaqe No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Packaqe No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid packaqe No. 12, Precast Embeds
September 4, 1991
Modification No.1:
The time and location for receiDt of bids has been chanqed.
Sealed Bids are to be received at the office of Monroe County
Purchasing Department, Public Service Building, Wing II, 5100
College Road, Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040. All Bids
must be in the hands of R.M. Cofer, Director of Purchasing on or
before 10:00 am, Wednesday, September 25, 1991. No bids will be
received after the deadline.
Bids will be opened thereafter by a committee consisting of Monroe
County Purchasing Agent, representative of Monroe County Attorney's
office, and the Construction Manager.
This is a change to section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids, and
to section 00100 Instructions to Bidders. Changes per this
modification are to be made to sections 00030 and 00100.
All other requirements for submission of bids remain the same.
Modification No.2:
Replace section 00352, Milestone Schedule'for Bid Group 2, dated
08/08/91, with revised Milestone Schedule, dated 09/04/91.
Modification No.3:
Replace section 00992, Schedule of Drawings for Bid Group 2, dated
07/29/91, with revised Schedule of Drawings, dated 09/04/91.
Modification No.4:
Incorporate Document 00902, Addendum No.2, dated August 29, 1991,
to Bid Group 2, into the bidding documents. This document was
prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer, and is shown on pink colored sheets.
This document contains revised specifications, revision notes to
drawings, and revised drawings.
09/04/91
ADDENDUM NO. 2
Page 1
SECTION 00352
BID GROUP 2
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined in this section.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. . 09/25/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
. . 10/09/91
c.
Notice to Proceed (Anticipated).
. . 10/14/91
d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete:
Erection of precast concrete shall commence (90) calendar
days after the commencement date established in the
Notice to Proceed, and Zones A,B,C,D & E shall be erected
within (239) calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators:
The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a
portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work,
under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the
jackwell work, which must be complete prior to follow-
on concrete foundations and precast concrete erection.
Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available
for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary,
within (356) calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
"
All contract Work shall be substantially complete (408)
calendar days after the commencement date established in
the Notice to Proceed.
09/04/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 2)
00352 - 1
f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds:
All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to
the precaster in order to meet the production schedule
of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the
precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast
concrete package. All other materials under the scope
of wor}~ of the precast embed contractor, shall be
delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the
Construction Manager.
All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially
complete (130) calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
09/04/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 2)
00352 - 2
SECTION 00992
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
Bid Package No. 10, Precast concrete
Bid package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Group 2
0.01 Index Rev. 1, 08/12/91
0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
(Architectural)
3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Zone A
3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone B
3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone C
3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone D
3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone E
3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone F (Alternate)
3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone A
3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
", Zone B
3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone C
09/04/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 - 1
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
3.16 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Zone D
3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Lev~l Zone E
3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Level Zone F (Alternate)
3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone D
3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone E
3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone F
3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone A
3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone B
3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone C
3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Zone D
3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone E
3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone F (Alternate)
3.32 Typical Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
3.33 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
3.34 sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
",
3.35 Precast Wall Schedule Rev. 2, 08/29/91
and Details
09/04/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 - 2
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
3.36 Precast Column Schedule Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
and Details
3.37 General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 2, 08/29/91
& ~~ical Details
3.38 Sections and Details Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
3.39 Sections and Details Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
4.01 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone A
4.02 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone B
4.03 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Ground Floor Zone C
4.04 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone D
4.05 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone E
4.06 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
4.07 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone A
4.08 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91
First Floor Zone B
4.09 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone C
4.10 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone 0
4.11 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone E
09/04/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 - 3
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING TITLE
LATEST REVISION DATE
4.12
Exterior Building Plan
First Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.13
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone A
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.14
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone B
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.15
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone C
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.16
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone D
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.17
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone E
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.18
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone F
(Alternate)
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.19
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone D
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.20
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone E
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.22
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone F (Alternate)
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone A
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.21
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.23
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone B
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.24
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone C
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4:25
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone D
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
09/04/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 .,. 4
DRAWING NO.
4.26
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.30
4.31
4.32
4.33
4.33A
4.34
4.35
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.41A
4.41B
4.,42
4.46
09/04/91
DRAWING TITLE
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone E
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone F (Alternate)
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Exterior Elevations
Wall sections
Wall sections
Wall sections
Wall sections
Exterior Details
Exterior Details
Exterior Details
Exterior Details
Exterior Details
Exterior Details
Metal Door & Window Frame
Elevations & Details
Door Schedule
stair Plans & Sections
LATEST REVISION DATE
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 1, 08/29/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 - 5
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
4.47 stair Plans & Sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.47A Stair Plans & Sections Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.48 Stair Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.49 Elevator Plans & Sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.50 Elevator Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Elevations
4.67 Partition Types Rev. 1, 08/12/91
5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone A
5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone D
5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone E
".
09/04/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 2)
00992 - 6
DOCUMENT 00902
ADDENDUM NO. 2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
AUGUST 29, 1991
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Proiect Manual PaQes
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the origjnal
Project Manual sections. Revised. or added information is indicated by sl1~de<i
type in the text and an "A2" notation in the margin identifying that the revision
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by strikiR~
~ the text and placing an "A2" notation in the margin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
SECTION
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
04200
05500
07210
~ 07530
09830
14240
TITLE
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
UNIT MASONRY
METAL FABRICATIONS
BUILDING INSULATION
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
ELASTOHERIC COATING
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
PAGE
2
4,6
2,3
2
4,4a,5,6
1,3,7,9
1,9
3
2,2a
3,3a
1
9
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM '2-AUGUST 29,1991
DOCUMENT 00902
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
ADDENDUM NO. 2
A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings.
DrawinQ No.
4.13
4.31
4.40
Revision
Refer to Column Line 3.8
Delete note "Finish Floor Elevation at Drain 30.0'
(Typ.)."
Refer to U: Elevation; Coil Roll Up Dock Door
Change vertical dimension 9'-2-3/4" to read 9'-5-3/4".
Refer to Detail #11: Typical Roof Drain Detail
Change note: "Sloped Conc. Topping" to read: "Sloped
Concrete Fill, Minimum 2".
B. Revised Full-Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated August 29, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.22
3.23
3.24
~ 3.25
3.26
3.27
3.32
3.33
HLM 90007.00
TITLE
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F
TYPICAL DETAILS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM '2-AUGUST 29,1991
DOCUMENT 00902
DRAWING NUMBER
3.34
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
4.09
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.32
4.33
4.37
4.41
4.41A
4.47A
4.51
~
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 2
TITLE
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE D
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE D
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E
EXTERIOR BUILDING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE F
ROOF PLAN ZONE A
ROOF PLAN ZONE B
ROOF PLAN ZONE C
ROOF PLAN ZONE 0
ROOF PLAN ZONE E
ROOF PLAN ZONE F
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
WALL SECTIONS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
EXTERIOR DETAILS
STAIR PLANS AND SECTIONS
ENLARGED PLANS - CELLS
******************
END OF ADDENDUM '2
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00902-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM '2-AUGUST 29,1991
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT
AI:
AZ
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars:
1. ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars.
2. ASTM ..A706,Gr~de90. for ... reinforcement to bewel ded.for:AsTMA615
~1~~~:~9...m4!.~'t::in9:WE!ltf~QllAtl.~g4~..rf!~Q~~..it.::pf.::'~$11f'~ZQ~:i.,,~.NtS I/AWS
B. Welded'Wire Fabric: ASTM AlaS, Flat Sheets.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including
bol sters, chai rs, spacers and other devi ces for spaci ng, supporting and
fasten i ng rei nforcement in place, in accordance wi th the recommendations
and details of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
1. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces: Provide supports with legs
hot-dip galvanized, plastic tipped or stainless steel where legs of
supports contact forms.
B. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate Concrete reinforCing in accordance with ACI 318
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS 01.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum
stress. Review location of splices with Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 andACI 318.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Keep uncoated rei nforcement free from rust, scale, di rt, and phys i ca 1
injury.
B. Pl ace, support and secure rei nforcement against di sp lacement. Do not
deviate from required position.
: C. Secure reinforcement against displacement with tie wire or other clips or
ties.
********************
END OF SECTION 03200
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03200-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. "Pozzolith Normal"., Master Builders.
3. "Plastocrete 161"; Sika Chemical Corporation.
F. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR) Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C-
494, Type F or G containing not more than 0.1% chloride ions, optional.
Acceptable Products:
1. "Eucon 37"; Euclid Chemical Co.
2. "Rheobuild 716 or 1000"; Master Builders.
G. Accelerators are not permitted.
H. Retarding adm~xtures and water reducing and retarding admixtures: ASTM C-
494, Type B and Type 0 respectively. Acceptable Products:
1. Eucon Retarder-7S, Euclid Chemical Co.
2. Pozzolith Retarder, Master Builders.
3. Plastocrete 161R, Sika.
I. Certification: Provide written conformance to the above mentioned
requirements and chloride ion content required prior to mix design review
by Architect.
At
Al
AZ
J. Co 1 ori ng Admi xture: Pro\,i~.E!..c:oJ()r~~l1Ii.xtLJr.E!,.'l'iithmirli II\lJm mi x proport ions
af 3 1 as. ~el" 94 1 as. ql1;:::::~:::::.:J~:~:::::91f::::::p:1:~!~.:':P~':::::.11\::::1~~::~: grey cement and
manufacturer' s recommend at ; ons. .. ..
:: i~~~~t~~i~.ltR~i teEt. ~~~!~m;mt.;!;it\L~~'~~~)\gt
a. LAMBERT CORP.
b....Arch iJf.!<:t approved equ i val ent.
cli....:.;...NOXFCRETE
3. LoCations:':.'
Al
Al
a. First Floor: Dayroom Floors, Levell, Cells,. Dormitory
Dayrooms and Sleeping Areas.
b. Mezzanine Level: Cell Walkways, Inmate Visitation Space,
Multipurpose Rooms and Dayroom Stair Treads.
2.2 EXPANSION MATERIAL
A. ACI 301
B. Fiber Expansion Joint:
1. 1/2" thickness. Conform to ASTM 0-1751.
2.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. Embedded items: Do not displace reinforcing bars.
B. Rated or specified capacity of embedded items: Not to be construed as
design capacity of supporting concrete members.
: C. Steel Plates, Bars and Structural Shapes: Conform to ASTM A-36.
D. Deformed Bar Anchors - Comply with ASTM A-496, Fy-70,000 psi.
E. Headed Concrete Anchors.
1. Comply with ASTM A-I08.
2. Type with Ceramic Ferrules: Compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
Dl.l) .
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
At
c. Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
specified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. andlor placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Architect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
o (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F.
3. When increased workabil i ty, pumpabil ity, lower water-cement rat i 0,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
D. Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawings.
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 2a day strength.
2. Field records used to dE::monstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and
manufacturer as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 2a days
after casting. .........
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage YiHiie ilifi'hj value for
concrete' mi xes: 400 mi 11 i onths (o-':"'~~O.) wi th an
allowable variation of 15%.
2) Submi t wri tten reports of each proposed concrete mi x not
less than IS days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect.
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather, test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submit laboratory test reports for revised mix designs and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
E. Sl ump:
1. ACI 301.
2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2".
3. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
~~
: F. Chloride Ion Content:
:: ~::~~m::_:: ::::~tb::C:::
of concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
prestressed precast units indicating the following:
1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units.
2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and
relation of units to adjacent building materials.
3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units.
4. Handling requirements.
S. All dead, live and other applicable loads.
6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along
with header details.
7. Estimated short term and long term camber.
a~HH..F..tr.~~TE!sist~nc:er~t i.~g...()f..un its, i nc 1 ud i ng topp i ng where app 1 i cab 1 e .
'~:~~{'~9P'f,,!~q'fs~~~:!I~!(:J~~~aled by a State of Florida registered
professional engineer experienced in the design of prestressed precast
units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units.
Submit product data including application and installation instruction for
proprietary materials.
~t
B.
c.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Al
Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fi~e MiAiM~M fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
~~~f~~~ ~~L~,'~~~":::':~!,.li~:::::~:!:::'!E99r!i9~!:~:::!:!:~~::.~~! requ i rements of PC I MNL -120
A.
AX:
B.
C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Flori da experi enced in the des i gn of precast concrete
structural units.
A~
D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection force..~...~.......~.QPpjI!9...J..g!.g~J..~pg
11 1. d d d 1 d h th D' DiH"j"H'H' H..'tIH.HH....OH HUlt
_0
E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by
assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the
unit's design.
111
Ii
F. Preeast CeAerete FaBrieater's TestiAg: IA eeMpliaAee with testiAg
~revisieAs ef pel HHL 116.
", c. The preeast eeAerete MaA~faehri Ag ~ hAt shall Be efrt ifi fa BY the PC I
PlaAt Certifieatieft pregra. prier te preawetieA.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
Al
[D)
Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in
this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual
lii-.;&l~~l_tiii~~l~(Wi1~~~\li_j~ij~@~!l~ii
11
2W:.:::
31})
i~ililll.(il~I!1Z~!!i!K~~A13m'il~1:l
.-..-.-...-..-......-..............-.............,..---.---.-.---.....,--....-....'..............-.........'_....-.-.-.._..'...'......_-_...-- .......
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement: ASTM C-IS0.
Al
AZ B. Steel prestressing tendons: High tensile strength, uncoated, *Yeft mul~jple
5e-YM strand wi re meeting requi rements of ASTM A-416. ........ .........
Ai
C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33.
D. Bearing Strips:
1. One specimen shall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the.
project.
a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip.
b. Plastic: High density continuous multi-monomer plastic strips
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation.
Al c. 1/4" m.~.!~!i! thickJj!~~ unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
AI: E. Grout (Keyways and Cores)
1. CSAfs~ ts AST" ( 476.
.i.~:::::::::::::::::::;iiii~il~Lli~.!il;iPi:~:~:~.lr~iii:iii:i:liit$;i;:iji:~ljn11!I:il.~':~:S.:::::I~g~::~;.
F. Reinforcing Steel: Non-prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the
Iii
..
A2
2.2 'FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
c. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-122 "Architectural Precast Concrete".
2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Qual ity Control for Plants and Production
of Architectural Precast Concrete Products".
3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete".
4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 318 - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete",
3. ACI S33 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels.
A~:
E. American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS 01.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
F. SBCCI - Standard BUilding Code, 19a8 (SBC)
-1II1_~~g!!tliiae
1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. ACI 318
B ACI 533
C. PCI MNL - 122
AI
D.
Wind
1.
2.
3.
4.
Force Criteria
SBC
Key West Land Development CO~l!PP"PP"'P'P"PPdP""P'PP"P'P"'PPPd ppPdP
~ri~:~iv.~j,::~d Speed: 115 MPH;:::::::l::::~:::::::I::ft~:?;;'::::~.g:::::ill't;t.~"::'~9t-rlij9!
Cc)"nro'nTi"'with components and cladding requirements.
"
E. Precast Unit Reinforcement
1 Minimum reinforcement area: .0018 times gross concrete area each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4- or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum corner reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re-
entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 14 each face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
G. Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by installer with
workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of
installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work
over at least a five year period.
H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12
working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of
Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening.
I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following:
1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the
requirements established by this section.
2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead,
dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the
signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and
Contractor.
J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete
sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection
sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure
during construction until all permanent connections have been completed.
Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior
to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor.
K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections:
1. Comply with AWS 0 1.1.
2. Use E-70 low hydrogen welding electrodes.
3. Use proper pre-heat where reqUired.
A2 L. The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject
to approval by the Architect. Manufacturer must coordinate alternate
~i~'i~~9pi:~'ii.::~i~iiii:~i~iqn~fl~r~'_I(_j:I~li!!!!~i;I~I'I'II;rlli!'~!6'\Y~~.:~1
At Mf) ....:::..:~~~noti~:;..u~j:i~::~#:ii::i:~!):~~:::iijl~~~~:~~:~~::~.:wn.~tb::::are;:i~~I~~~~~J.::::::Ii,::::~~~::;::~ijpl!;~~~~&~
11~~-
A2
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
A2
...i._.1F.i.....~~~~.....~.~..~
6.~.. ... .... Dd....'fto.t....rJvisf!:...:tloor ...t.o ......floor.... d i lIIellS.lOnS .an.d..t.pp.. ... of ... .. structure
.':';':';';';':':':';':';':';';':';';.l:iiiti.;on:$::$.(;...;.,...,.;....;.;.;.;.;.;.;.;.;..,..,.;.....;.,......,.;.;.;.,.;...;......,.....;...,.,.,.,....,..; ..;.;....;.;.,.;.;.,.;.;.;.;.;.;.;.;.........;...;...;.;.;.;.;.;.;.;.,.,.,.;.............;.;.,.,...............;....;,..;........... ;.,..,.;. ;....., ..., .., ,.,.,.,....,....,.,..., .. ...,.., ....... .. .,. ....
II'r.~..!~\_S!I~=~m
.................................- ........................................-.............-.........
l.S
DESIGN CRITERIA
A.
Conform to SBCCI Standard Building Code, 1988.
1. Basic wind speed: 115 mph.
~I~ll:iii:illi:llliiiililfl!ilil;~~.fli,::..:..ri~g~r~~i.:~n~~ry'1::~.
B. Conform to ACI 31a.
A2
c. Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123.
D. Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast
prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this
project.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
A2
.11._~1
Des i 9n members and connect ions to res i st des i gn loads due to the
pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated
on the. eQraw i ng s . De sign mell1~.E!.r.~..~.rl.~...<::Cl,J:1rlE!c:.~jCl,J.ls....~.ll..r.E!.~J~.t..th.E!Jr.. oWrl
iil~llf_iii"i_r_.~llj~1
F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation
settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to
temperature changes of 3S-F less than 70-F and 3S-F greater than 70-F.
Provide adjustment to accommodate mi sa 1 ignment of structure withi n
normal construction tolerances.
E.
G. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in
floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements
by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections.
Assume edge of opening to be further than a" from any connection point
to adjacent structures.
H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners
and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 14 each face (inSide
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee
flanges prOVide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4.
At
At
I. Llesigfl eaflfleetiafls sa that aajaifliflg sheal" walls aet as a !:fflit, whefl
litH t\;1 IIIIflll
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.6
A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design.
Lift and support only from support points.
B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in
positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and
erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force
of 2.5 times weight of member.
:c. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spal1ing of
concrete.
1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each
unit.
2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock-absorbing
material.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production
and final position in structure) are readily discernible.
1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
At.
At
At:
A.
Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review installation
procedures and coordi nat i on for other work wi th all ~.rCl.ql!~...~~()s.t!work wi 11
~~~~W~e~~~!~~~~~W_~P;:~f:~
Pl"iar ta start af wark IRstaller, CaRtraetaf, MaRijfactijrers
re~reseAtati~es, aA8 AreAiteet shall Meet as afteA as Reeessary at the site
aR8 re~iew iRstallatiaA, SChe8ijles aR8 caal"8iRatiaA ~rSEe8Yl"es.
B.
AI: c. . ReeSl"8 8lsCijssiSAS aA8 aetisA iteMs t'eE;Jijires. FijrAisA Espies af MiAijtes
sf MeetiAg ta eaeA ~al"ty atteAsiRg.
A~;
AI
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
:
MATERIALS
A. Concrete:
1. Portland Cement:
a. ASTM C-150,IIIjf:fl~i~ Type III (High Early Strength).
b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply
throughout.
Air Entraining Agent:
a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when tested in
accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231.
No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures.
No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of
calcium chloride shall be allowed.
Aggregates:
a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33.
Water:
a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material.
~;~;i;:j;T.ifi:iiuch:tll:'~"i:.iii:t~ict:::;::.11.b:;t~~iiJt.\I.ii.lii'i.i:::::i'i)d::t;:C:::~l~
~";.'M e c orlUe on con en may e es eu ln lnu v ua
lrig'Fecfferits or in trial batches of concrete.
Reinforcing Steel:
1. Deformed Steel Bars:
2.
3.
4.
s.
6.
7.
B.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM '2-AUGUST 29, 1991
Al
At.
41.:
AZ
At:
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Precast Concrete modular cells with exterior walls insulated.
a. Structural precast concrete work.
b. Design of cells to accept field installed items such as
beams, tell freflts, ever"eaEi "e~siflg asse_1ies fer cell
~F~3:~;~i:~~~~~
to i 1 et f i xt u re s::}iII:i::::t=l'QQJ.f\on'Ul$ .
Embed items re uired......f"iir..lhe.....friifiiflation of e ui ment e..
2. clqpn~::::::.~:::::::f:i~i;f..t!.~~E!ri or wi ndows, bunks, tab 1 es~ teats) ~ha f 1
beH'ftiYAfsAetflQit.<<FIId by precast modular cell fabri cator.
3. Verification or'exlstlng dimensions.
4. Metal structural and anchorage items necessary to secure
components to each other and to other building materials
i ncl udi ng fabri cated stock metal support and anchorage items,
loose items subject to field erection, and embedded items
contained in concrete and masonry.
5. Anchorage components with location or template information shall
be coordinated with Section 03300 and 03420 for cast:'in-place
~.-
B. Rel ated"Secflons
1. Sealing components in place, between adjacent cells, between
cells and adjacent building structure and between cells and
dissimilar materials: refer to Section 07900.
2. Section 03600 - Grout
~*::;::::::::::.:::..:~i~!.~:9~i::;.'IIII!~~:::::t:::::::lBist:::::eOnp.rl~!:::::$M!~9!J!:f:
1.2 REFERENCES
A. PreviEie aflEi M.aintain one copy of all referenced publications for use
by site and inspection personnel.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A - Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-82 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-I08 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings
on Iron and Steel Products.
5. ASTM A-185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
7. ASTM-A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric,
Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
AZ
A~
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
3 B d d liS M PH :...;....;.....;..............1.........:.;...;...........;.....:..;..;...:.......:..;.......:,......;..'.;.....1..;....;.;............;.......1............5...........~.~. . '1^^ ... . .. ... ......... ..........................
.a$;c..~in spee: ,...~.:.:.y.~!:::;..~~.:~~~ij~~
;~.i.!;iil.i!.ii.PJt~:I'~i;~~
E. Precasfnrirf..~errif'orcemerif....
1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and
reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face
(inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and
bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct
connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or
minimum horizontal as follows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: aoo lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb.
-h-41W$SUBMITTALS
"A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions
for manufactured materi a 1 s and products. Incl ude manufacturer's
certifications and laboratory test reports as required.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for
fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and
sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who
prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his
direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section;
cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of
reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices
necessary for handling and erection.
1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast
unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation.
Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail
inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories .and
construction at openings in precast units.
2. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be
embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required
for accurate placement.
3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of
erection.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
E.
Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested
when characteri st i cs of materials, job cond it ions, weather, test
results,. or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for
revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and
accepted by Architect before using in the work.
Admixtures:
1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with
manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement
dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump
concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance.
3. Use amounts as recommended by admixture manufacturer for climatic
conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of
admixtures as required for maintain quality control.
2.
F.
G.
AZ
Al
AI:
fh
2.S RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION
(aOO) 232-1748. .
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section 08100 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Field verify reqUired unit dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with
manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations,
and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types
of units required.
C. Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as
specified here.
1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid
setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTH
C94 may be required.
2. When the air temperature is between aO.F and 90.F, reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air
temperature is above 90.F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
D. Built-Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices
and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect
position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
At
Aa
2. Arc:~HE!c:tLJr~.l Grade Fi ni sh: Use for exposed surfaces iwmtlnal
toiitbiit:Um. Ai.. hales aRe ~aekets eve.. 1/4" aRe IiRaer'llt
afaMel"e'P;'ff1 1 ee wi th Ma..ta.. ~ateh i Rg g"slit as s~ee Hi es i R
See~.t~... h~3.6~~. ~'h"hfl).~... Etff~et s. .1),..e.....1 /~" ... SR alJ.ae.., ~rs ~ReSRll)a tR .
A]:ij::::.'p:l:~$::::~H:::::~~.I~:::::~b'J:.l::::~~:::~ill'~dw.i.t1l'trIO..;.. "~. .~. n:/p,.~. 9-~jrigg'r(). u. t.. ....
h. .. ....h.......hin"fr..h.s...h;tjh.hho36mrhhshfh ..1 .. . 1 Udf.h.. t III ...... a
i_.~f~~".f,i!,~~!~~~llr~~1~~~~
B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Unformed surfaces to interface other precast elements: App 1 y
trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with
straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish.
Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels.
2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast-in-place concrete:
Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight
edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full
amplitude of approximataly 1/4".
~
2.7
2ds APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. POMCO ASSOCIATES, INC.
B. STRESSCON
C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC.
D. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS
E. Architect approved equivalent
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position.
Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress
any portion of the unit.
B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS 01.1.
C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and
provide non-combustible shield as required.
D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of
liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and
compatible primer to painted surfaces.
E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for
surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed unit
unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
Ai
Al:
SECTION 04200
UN IT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Unit masonry and mortar.
a. Reinforcing and anchorage for embedment.
b. Reinforcing for Security Walls.
c. Miscellaneous items necessary to completion of above.
d. Patching to match. ................................................. ....
2 . T~:~~!~T~~~'~~~ni;....tir.....~Ii~~~.9i:::..!ill~:.;:.9~fi.r.~~~~;~!F~rl~.Y~!11~A:
a. Grouting of metal elevator jambs.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Codes and Standards:
1. ACIIASCE S30, "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures"
2. ACIIASCE S30.1, "Specifications for Masonry Structures"
3 Coastal Construction Manual, FEMA-SS, February, 1986; Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. A-82: Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
2. A-123: Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products
3. A-167: Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-
Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
4. C-S5: Specification for Concrete Building Brick.
S. C-90: Specification for Hollow-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
6. C-145: Specification for Solid-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry
Units.
7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the requirements and referenced standards of the governing
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of local authority
having jurisdiction for the work of this Section.
B. Qualifications
1. Install er Qual ifi cat ions : Minimum of ~f:J.:il years documented
experience specializing in installation of'ma:sonry of the type
and size similiar to this project.
C. Jobsite Sample Panel:
1. Prior to installation of masonry work, erect sample wall panel (s)
using materials, bond and joint tooling shown for final work; and
provide special features as directed for joints, sealants and
contiguous work.
2. Build sample panel(s) on the site, where directed, of full
thickness and approximately 6'-0" wide by 4'-0" high, indicating
proposed range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM '2-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 04200
UNIT MASONRY
:
courses above and below where concealed or covered by other
finish materials.
G. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond
patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings,
movement type joints, return and offsets. Avoid the use of less than
half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other
locations.
H. Lay up walls plumb and true with courses level, accurately spaced and
coordinated with other work.
I. Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack back 1/2 masonry unit length in each
course; do not tooth. Cl ean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet
units lightly (if specified to be wetted), and remove loose masonry
units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.
J. Built-In Work: As the work progresses, build in items specified under
this and other sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in
items.
K. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry
units place a layer or metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or
grout into core.
L. HeR BeariRg IRteriar PartitiaR Walls: Bijils fijll AeigAt af stal"Y te
BI_jjiiiir_r,iilillllI",1
M. UIY"'s'olfdHHmasoil"ry units with completely filled bed and head joint;
butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into
place. Do not slush head joints.
N. Lay hollow concrete masonry uni ts with full mortar coverage on
hori zonta 1 and vert i ca 1 face shell s; also bed webs in mortar in
starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of
piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities
to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout.
O. Joints:
1. Maintain joint widths shown, except 'for minor variations required
to maintain bond al ignment. If not shown, 1 ay wall s with 3/a"
joints.
2. Exposed interior and exterior mortar joints in the masonry walls
are to be neatly tooled with long rod tool to form a neat joint
with surface dense and uniform in thickness and texture.
a. Interior joints in concrete block walls shall be concave.
1) Public areas - Standard concave joint.
2) Security areas - Slightly concave joint.
3. Exposed joints shall be rubbed with a stone to remove burrs and
projections in mortar, prior to painting.
4. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or
sealants where shown.
P. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh
mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which
have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units,
clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar.
Q. Filled Cell Masonry:
1. Filled cell masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed
vertical continuity of the cells to be filled with grout. Units
A2
Aa
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 04200-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION OS500
METAL FABRICATIONS
AI.
a. Galvanize exterior steel rail ings, to include pipe,
fittings, brackets, fasteners and other ferrous metal
components. Finish painting by Section 09900 - PAINTING,
color as selected by Architect.
b. Provide black steel pipe for interior rail ings, factory
primed after fabrication. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING. Color as selected by Architect.
2. Pipe mounting brackets: JULIUS BLUM 37a malleable iron, factory
prime painted. Field finish paint.
3. Attach ~rackets to walls with 3/a" bolts, 2-1/2" minimum length,
set to expansion bolts.
B. Steel Ladders:
1. Steel ladders: fabricated from mild steel shapes, galvanized
with full welded connections. Finish painting by Division 9 -
PAINTING.
c. Steel Stair Treads and Grating:
1. Treads: style 1R4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS CO.
or Architect approved eq~ivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4" x 1/4"
spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center; wi th
abrasive nosings.
2. Grating: styl e lR4 as manufactured by RELIANCE STEEL PRODUCTS
co. or Architect approved equivalent, with bearing bars 1-1/4~ x
1/4" spaced 1" apart with cross bars spaced at 4" on center.
3. Steel: Galvanized per ASTM A-123 with finish painting by
Division 9 - PAINTING, with color selected by Architect.
D. Elevatel" ~eistway aiviaer BeaMS, pl"iMe ~aiAt fiAish.
E. Welded steel security screens, prime paint finish. Provide anchorage
to steel frame using "torx-with-peg" type fasteners. Field paint.
F. Welded steel security grille over louver openings:
1. Provide bond breaker between dissimilar metal.
2. ~1~1~11~!!,i:~:~~~i~'~ ~~ovoi.~e. \fa~~1.Za.J.~i';i ;:st~n;~ !,~~
forx~wilh-peg tamper resistant screws.
3. Comply with ASTM A627 and A-629.
4. Prime paint.
S. Field finish paint - Section 09900.
C. Metal aefleeter shielas at iAteriar af elevatel" ~eistway fer
~l"ejeetieRs exeeealRg 2".
1. CeeralRate with SeetieR 1424Q Hyara~lle Elevater re~~ireMeRts.
2. Previae MiR1IIIHIII ef 2Q gage Metal aefleeters, stiffeRel"s aRa
fasteRers.
~
2.3 FINISH
A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to
finishing.
B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where
field welding is required.
C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat unless indicated otherwise.
D. Galvanize items to minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A-386.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 05500-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #2-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
~a
B.
C.
OFt
1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling
assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required,
provide insulation types which have been fire-tested under
simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time-temperature fire
exposure tests. To "Submittallt requirements of this Section,
provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi-
cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction.
Surface Burni ng Characteri st i cs: Conform to ASTM E a4 ItSurface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materialslt.
Fire Resistance Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
Ilii ..iii
At:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Insulation:
1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1"
thickness at 5.0 (at 75.F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40.F.).
Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water
absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 7S.F. shall
not be greater than 0~25. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C
57a, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke
developed of 165. Products if in compliance with above:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY ItStyrofoam SM/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES ItFoamularlt
c,;::.,:..::.,!:\:!,:ltfihit:iBf,iiit1iR;Z,iil,ii:l!int;;:
B . Rig i dlris.uliffciri......To.r'..Pr.eEiir."tori"crifs.....Siri.dw i ch Pane 1 and Modu 1 arC e 11 :
1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre-drilled
extruded polystyrene, R-value of S.O per 1" thickness (at 7S.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-S18;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C. Rigid in ASTM C-578, Type
1. Provide OOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam
insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to
comply with ASTM D-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 7S.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance wi th ASTM C - 518;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type
At:
A.~:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2
BID GROUP TWO AOOENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 07210
HLM 90007.00-1
BUILDING INSULATION
1~~~II_flll~
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 07S30
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
E. Comply with applicable code requirements for UL Class "A" rating, with
wind uplift resistance of Class 60 or FM Class 1 construction with
1-90 wind uplift resistance requirements.
1. Tested per FM Standard 4470.
a. UL Wind Uplift Resistance of Class 60.
F. Comply with insurance rating bureau requirements for UL Class A type
roofing, or FM Class I.
G. Comply with roofing manufacturer requirements for venting. Coordinate
venting details with other section requirements.
1. Venting requirements shall be as recommended by the roof membrane
manufacturer.
H. Comply wi th Nat iona 1 Roofi ng Contractors Association (NRCA) Manual
recommended procedures for roof membrane penetrations.
I. Assign work closely associated with single ply roofing including (but
not limited to) flashing, counter-flashing, and expansion joints and
joint sealers to installer of single ply roofing.
J .d'dc.~ordJJl~tE!d~oY'~d.~~~...II\Cl~E!ri a 1 requ i rements wi th Di vis i on Sand 7.
A2 KJ
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of
roofing work, meet with Installer, installers of substrate
construction (decks), and other work adjOining roof system including
penetrating work and roof-top units, Architect, Owner, and
representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance
of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test
agencies. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals,
status of coordinating work, avail abil i ty of materi al sand
installation facilities and establish preliminary testing,
certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations,
insurance requirements, and proposed installation procedures. Record
discussion including agreement or disagreement on matters of
significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each
participant. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for
construction period extending beyond roofing installation.
B. Pre-Application Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to
scheduled commencement of roofing installation and associated work,
meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component of
associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to
receive roofing work, installers of roof-top units, and other work in
and around roofing which must precede or follow roofing work
(including mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system
manufacturer's representative, and other representatives directly
concerned with performance of the work including (where applicable)
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07530-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 07S30
SINGLE PLY ROOFING
Owner's insurers, test agencies, and governing authorities. Record
(Contractor) discussions of conference and decisions and agreements
(or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of record to each party
attending. Review; methods and procedures related to roofing work.
C. During storage and handling, protect insulation materials from weather
elements.
:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07S30-3a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
SECTION 09a30
ELASTOMERIC COATING
A2
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Elastomeric coatings over exterior surfaces.
a. CleaR aRe seal cracks iR tRe wall s~l"face.
a~i~~~~~~!~1~~~~::::~~!.J!11~r~@~~!~~'PJnhijJ~~ln~n~w!11
b. App lYel astomeri c waterproof coating to exterior cement
piaster, masonry, precast concrete and concrete surfaces.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit manufacturer's certification indicating elastomeric coating
conforms to or exceeds requirements of this section.
B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer. Minimum of 3 years of
successful application of elastomeric coatings of types required on
substrates similar to those Gf this project.
C. Control joint sealant shall be compatible with and as recommended by
elastomeric coating manufacturer.
D. Primer-sealers shall be acceptable to the coating manufacturer.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Include detailed chemical analysis and test results of material
applied to surfaces similar to requirements of this Section.
2. Submit manufacturer's instructions for methods and application
procedures.
3. Certification of compl iance with Qual ity Assurance portion of
this Section.
4. Submit written certification from the elastomeric coating
manufacturer that sealant selected is acceptable to the
manufacturer.
At:
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mock-Up: Refer to Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY for field mock-up.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Appl icator shall warranty the areas treated to be watertight for a
period of 5 years. Comply with elastomeric manufacturers inspection
and warranty procedures. Warranty shall include total square feet of
surface area treated plus total gallons applied. Within 30 days of
written notification of deficiencies, remedy and repair defects at no
cost to the OWner. Owner shall allow manufacturers access to inspect
defects.
B. Comply with elastomeric coating manufacturer requirements for warranty
provisions. Give notice to manufacturer technical representatives to
review substrates and installation procedures.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 09830-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
A'l
SECTION 14240
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
Ft.FasCl~..;1oe4;uards~ Deflector.. Sh feldst.. Dtistari(fHan9~F:,..to'iers f'JloiH14
. UJSi'ga.g~;Hftrr'ni ture she lwi th Manufactu'rer's';'$tandatcJ\flat":black
G:S~~t~:!::~A~1~~;ders: .Hprovidei fornecessarysupporf ~f e~trancesarid
. reIated:)matarial~ . Provide door open; ngt)ull1J}.er~'.~' .HH
2.5
OTHERS 2 ~6H ADDITIONALItEQUIREMENTS
A. ElevatofC~b #1, 3, 5, and 7:' Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl
covered removable wall pads. Provide permanent stainless steel
B ~<. ..... p~~etd~)~~~t ~to.... riVe rri desw iIe hfo<shtitdown"iicn-e)'eVitorS'EaO"ino
re t urnttto a< pre-dete rm i nedH' floo.,..l evelwi th4oors;o~ned~\'-locate
theswl t~hesi n'. Room Number A- 200 O.Cont rol...Coor41n~t..~;;,t.yp~~<J oc atl on
c: ... ..~~:;1 ~~:~~~~~h~~;~;~rg~M::::and.wfresjnii~r~~~~1:i4TI~a~~~*~Ti~f~ate
w iresJn'as epa r a tej unc t ion. bo x adj acent~o:the:m:)~l~vat~r:.:-torltro lle r
f orinterfaC-i ngw i th. ot h er t rad es~....... . ...... ... ... .H;....;......;....H..U...............:. ._HUH H..........
00. . Provi.debackboxtJacepl ate andHwi res; ntraveltrig::::.~abl~:;:f(frTlbterconn
. Term i n a tew iresJ n a. s ep ara te j ~net; on; ffilx"'adjac:ent..:j.\'.p::;the>>elev a tor
cont roll er'fori nterfaci ng H wit hothertra(je~W::;:.:~9g.t.gln~t~~:. int~rface
dE!.fI~Et()t~' sti ffenersand.Jasteners'..
Eo>
F~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A. Examine work of other trades on which the work of this Section
depends. Report defects to Architect in'writing which may affect work
of this trade or equipment operation.
B. Ensure that shafts and openings for moving equipment are plumb, level
and in line and that pit is to proper depth, waterproofed and drained
with necessary access doors, cylinder opening,and ladder.
C. Ensure that machine room is properly illuminated, heated and
ventilated and equipment foundations correctly located complete with
floor and access door.
D. Before fabrication, take necessary job site measurements and verify
where work is governed by other trades. Check measurements of space
for equipment and means of access for installation and operation.
Obtain dimensions from site for preparation of shop drawings.
E. Ensure the following preparatory work, provided under other Sections
has been properly completed to receive the elevator work:
1. Supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the elevator
control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit
breaker. Provision of hoistway outlets for car light, and for
light in pit and outlets in machine room for light. Furnishing
of electric power for testing and adjusting elevator equipment.
",
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 14240-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 12-AUGUST 29, 1991
DOCUMENT 00903
ADDENDUM NO. 3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
BID GROUP TWO
SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
PROJECT NUMBER 90007.00
The information contained in this Addendum modifies, supplements or replaces
information contained in the Project Manual and on the Drawings and is hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by placing the appropriate addendum number in the
blank on the Bid Form.
APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT MANUAL
A. Revised Proiect Manual Paqes
The replacement pages identified below include modifications made to the original
Project Manual sections. Revised or added information is indicated by shaded
type in the text and an "A3" notation in the margin identifying that the revision
was made. Areas where information has been deleted are identified by stril(iA~
&t:t-t- the text and placing an "A3" notation in the margin. Insert replacement
pages into the Project Manual ahead of the pages they replace.
SECTION TITLE PAGE
03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2,6
03410 PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS 2,3,4,4a
03412 PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS 2,5,6,7,7a,10,12
03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS 1-17
03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL 2,3,4,5,7,a,9,10,12
07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1,2,2a
B. Added and Deleted Sections:
Section
Title
Insul atfogoConcrete
03520
HLM 90007.00
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00903-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13,1991
DOCUMENT 00903
APPLICABLE TO THE DRAWINGS
ADDENDUM NO. 3
A. Drawing Revisions: Incorporate the following revisions into the respective
Contract Drawings.
Drawinq No.
4.33
4.37
Revision
Refer to El and E3 Elevation
Change 1'-8" dimension below second level to read 1'-
11-1/4".
Change 1'-4" dimension below that to read 1'-0 3/4".
Refer to E2 and E4 Elevation (Both Vertical Dimension
Strings)
Change 1'-a" dimension below second level to read 1'-
11-1/4".
Change 1'-4" dimension below that to read 1'-0 3/4".
Refer to P: Zone A Wall Section
Change Note: "Roof membrane over sloped conc. topping
starting at 2" thickness at drain" to read "Roof
membrane over sloped concrete fill starting at 2"
thickness at drain."
B. Revised Full-Size Drawings: The following are listed as part of this Addendum.
All have been previously issued and are dated September 13, 1991.
DRAWING NUMBER
3.0a
3.09
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.22
HLM 90007.00
TITLE
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE 0
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ZONE F
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE A
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE B
FRAMING PLAN SECOND FLOOR ZONE C
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE 0
FRAMING PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE A
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00903-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13,1991
DOCUMENT 00903
DRAWING NUMBER
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.32
3.33
3.35
3.36
3.37
3.39
HLM 90007.00
ADDENDUM NO. 3
TITLE
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE D
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE E
FRAMING PLAN ROOF LEVEL ZONE F
TYPICAL DETAILS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
PRECAST WALL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
PRECAST COLUMN SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
******************
END OF ADDENDUM #3
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 00903-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13,1991
SECTION 03300 CAST - IN-PLACE CONCRETE
6. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
7. ASTM C-150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
a. ASTM C-157 _ Specification for Test Method for Length Change of
Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete.
9. ASTM C-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
10. ASTM C-494 - Specification for Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete.
11. ASTM C-61a - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.
A3
E. American Welding Society (AWS).
1. AWS 01.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel.
F;ji{.11~~~W~~~!=:t~~~h~~,~,~~~~r:~~~lf:~~ft;c~~l$iota1, Chloride
.. 100 in, Concrete andC()ncr~tfa<RaW'J4atE!r1al S..
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
A. Mix Designs:
1. Submit substantiating data for each concrete mix design contemplated
for use to Architect not less than six weeks prior to first concrete
placement. Include the following:
a. Mix identification designatiClllunique for each mix submitted.
Al b. Statement of intended use (location) for eacn mix.
c. Mix proportions, includingadrrlixlures used. ..
d. Manufacturer's data andlor certifications verifying conformance
of mix materials, including admixtures, with specified
requirements.
e. Wet and dry unit weight.
f. Entrained air content.
g. Design slump.
h. Required average strength qualification data per ACI 301. Submit
separate qualification data for each production facility which
will supply concrete to project.
At i. Actual trial mix data or field test data per ACI 301 used to
calculate average strength quaJification data. When field test
data is used to qualify average strength, submit se~al"ate
~HalifieatiaA ~ata far eaeh ~ra~HetiaA faeility ~hie~ will sH~~ly
eSAerete ta ~rajeet aA~ copies of field test reports.
2. Separate design mixes are required for each strength and density of
concrete, each change in type and/or quant ity of mi x materials
including admixtures; each change in slump limits, and each change in
entrained air content.
3. For concrete placed by pumping, separate mix designs are required for
each 100 feet of vertical or horizontal distance from pump to point of
discharge. This requirement may be waived if evidence acceptable to
Architect is submitted demonstrating, by prev; ous successful
experience,that proposed mix will meet requirements of these
specifications, when sampled at point of discharge, over full range of
distance required.
B.
Product Data:
1. Application and installation instructions for proprietary materials
aft& including admixtures and patching compounds.
A}'
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03300
Al
A2
A3
A3
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
c. Admixtures:
1. Provide water reducing or water reducing and retarding admixture
specified in design mix for concrete.
2. Hot Weather Conditions: When ambient temperature exceeds 90 degrees
F. and/or placing conditions required retardation of setting time
Archftect may require a change from Type A (normal) admixture to Type
o (retarding) formulation of water reducing admixture. Concrete
temperature not to exceed 100 degrees F.
3. When increased workabi 1 i ty, pumpabi 1 i ty, lower water-cement rat 10,
shrinkage and permeability reduction is required, use HRWR admixture
(Super Plasticizer).
Selection of Proportion of Ingredients:
1. Prepare design mixes for each type of concrete used in construction.
a. Proportion mixes to obtain compressive strengths indicated on the
drawi ngs.
b. Where compressive strength is not indicated, obtain minimum 4000
psi 28 day strength.
2. Field records used to demonstrate that proposed proportions will
produce required average strength must be of tests made within last 12
months and have same water cement ratio and, cement type and
manufacturer as proposed mix proportions.
a. Comply with ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 as modified by the following:
1) Determine maximum allowable unit shrinkage expressed in
percentage of length in accordance with ASTM C-157, based
upon average value of three (3) 4 inch x 4 inch x 11 inch
specimens after 21 days of actual drying time; total 2a days
after casting. .
a) Maximum allowable shrinkage ~ strain value for
concrete mixes: 400 millionths (9.0004) with an
allowable variation of 15%.
2) Submit written reports of each proposed concrete mix not
less than IS days prior to start of work. Do not proceed
with concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by
Architect. . .
3. Adjustment of Concrete Mixes: Concrete mix design adjustments may be
requested when characteristics of materials, project conditions,
weather, test results or other circumstances warrant.
a. Submit 1 aboratory test reports for revi sed mix designs and
strength results to Architect for review before use of revised
concrete mixes in the Work.
O.
E. Slump:
1. ACI 301.
2. Pumped Concrete: 5 1/2".
3. Other Structural Concrete: 3".
F. Chloride Ion Content:
1. The chloride ion content shall not exceed O.lS%.of the weight of the
e e A e l"e t e . cement; 0 rO~06~fof'pres tres sed con ere t e..
2. Test chloride ion cOl1teritiA iReliviEh:lal iR!jJreaieRtsar trail !:latehes
a f ..e a A e re te . .... i na.ccordanee..wittt AASHTO..r... 260~;
3 . O~~aln: test.. s amplesf:tg'!t'~~1Jc~red'contr~t:~'~(j~~.~t'le~~~;'?~~aysl..
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03300-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
SECTION 03410
A3
F.. American Association State Highway Transportation Officials:
1../AASHTO:T+260'-S4- Method of. Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride
... tQgFjn.:q9.n~M!te and Concrete Raw Materia 1 s.
1. 3 SUBMITTALS
Al
A. Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
prestressed precast units indicating the following:
1. Layout, dimensioning, and erection number of units.
2. Sections and details showing connections and bearings conditions and
relation of units to adjacent building materials.
3. Embedded items and their relation to the structure and units.
4. Handling requirements.
S. All dead, live and other applicable loads.
6. Size and location of all major openings (greater than 12" x 12") along
with header details.
7. Estimated short term and long term camber.
a.p...Fire-resistance rating of units, including topping where applicable.
9fPfoposeducuring method(s)f
B. Furnish letter signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered
professional engi neer experi enced in the des ign of prestressed precast
units indicating design criteria and loads used in the design of the units.
C. Submit product data including application and installation instruction for
proprietary materials.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Al A. Compute fi re res i stance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fife ~iRi~~~ fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
Al B. CeRfef~ te DeslqmunitsillCiccordanCe;wtthlhe requirements of PCI MNL-120
and PCI MNl-123. . ..... ............. ..... .
C. Design units under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Flori da experi enced in the des i gn of precast concrete
structural units.
At D. Design units to withstand their weight, erection forces,tClPpiIl9.JQ~~s'~Ilc1.
all 1 i ve and dead loads as shown on the Drawi n9s. DesJgrl;unttS:,and?\lnlt
r.3r1rl\'~RIII.tl(I~&I~~~ll'I'I\P~\\.11Iil
E. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 12" x 12") openings by
assuming one minor opening at any location on the individual unit in the
unit's design.
At:
M
F.
c.
Preeast CeAerete Fa~rieatef's TestiAg: IR ce~~liaRee uith
~~:v~~~~~s sf :;; :i~ ~;:. .
Plant ce.:: f ;~at t.. P'.~'~~'~~~:~ .i/ ~:::.~s:;"'~. be Eert j fl ed by
testiRfJ
the PC 1
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
Al F. Comply with the manufacturing and testing procedures andHqualltycontro!
Pr9vi~;onsofcPCl MNL-116.
Al G.> The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be a PC! member planL
Al
I.
Erection of precast concrete work shall be performed by workmen skilled in
this type of work and under the direction of a supervisor having continual
experience in similar work over at least the preceding five years.
OonQtuse form release materials which are detrimental to. the appl i cation
of:
l{HSprayed';{)n Cellulose. Insulation/Acoustica T Material.
2t >ElastomericCoat i ng - Exterior . . .
3~ ..latexSatin Pa lot - Interior
H.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement: ASTM C-150.
Al
A2 B. Steel prestress i ng tendons: Hi gh tens i 1 e strength, uncoated, ~ multiple
~ strand wire meeting requirements of ASTM A-416.
Al
C. Aggregates: ASTM C-33.
D. Bearing Strips:
1. One specimen ~hall be tested for each 100 feet of strips used in the
project.
a. Random Oriented Fiber Reinforced: Continuous with allowable
minimum compressive stress of 3,000 psi with no cracking,
splitting, or delamination in the internal portions of the strip.
b. Plastic: High density continuous multi-monomer plastic strips
shall be non-leaching and support loads with no visible
deformation. .
c. 1/4" minimum thickneSs unless indicated otherwise in Drawings.
Al E. Grout (Keyways and Cores)
1. CeRferM te ^STH C 476.
2.HiRiffiijM28~ayesffi~l"essivestreR~th sf 5QGO ~si. . ............................... ... ...
He RE!fe rJo:Sectlon03600>-.. Gto utH for: Non.,Sh ti n k>Non- Met ~11J~ Groij~.~:
F. Reinforcing Steel: Non-prestressed reinforcing steel shall conform with the
r~qujrelllertsof.ASTM. A61S Grade 40 Hor60............... . . ... ... .HH
G.:'Uri]]!$.s;:::n.oted)oth erwi s&.conc rete'>sh all meet the requt r.ements of<Se~ti9ri
. 'H'03300"'\.CASPIN.. PtACECONCRETEfH ... .....H. ... . . . .... ...... .. ..... .. . ........... ... ..H.H..H..H....
l{Tesl>for' ("10 ride.jonconteri~;afthes aRlera teaitesffeT~reea,.t
~:s!l!i!ill~I~~t1i~~~i~~il=~!:~i:!;~::f~~~~:~~::;~:::
Al
AZ
A3
A3
.3
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
SECTION 03410
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
Al B. Machine cast on long production line iR smeat~, l"i~iel ferms and cut to
lengths as required.
C. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5000 Psi at 28 days and 3500 psi at
detensioning.
1. Test program shall conform to "Manual for Quality Control for Plants
and Pro~uction of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products", pel MNL 116.
A3 o. MaAtifaetl:Jl"el"s: Approved Manufac.t.urers::
1. SOYTHERN PRESTRESSE9, INt~
2. CATE CONCRETE PRQOYCTS COMPANV
3. STRESSCON
A3
At:
At:
IJAI1Jrstedbelow. are.apPl'.ovedas>manuf ac t Ilrers;. ... SU bsti tutlon ... form s
... .are'l"eCl\jfredwherecomp()nen~s; arE!')a~va ri 'ance\'i}~ h:'(je.sigt'r' documents.
a~.... .ARCHI1'ECTURAl.SYSTEMS;;INCH:.......
b/ POMCOASSOCIATES,lRC~..'.. ....
C~.> ...SOUTHERN:PRESTRESSEO..
d..)STRESSCON .. ....
eI...... .....TVNDAl.t.CONt~ETt>Pfl(){jOtts
e. ............~rSl1.tt.Elct/~ppl"pye(i.....~.qHty~I~.[lt.f.
. E. Concrete work:
1. Convey concrete from the mixer to the place of fi na 1 depos it by
methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of
material.
2. Consolidate concrete in the form by approved high frequency vibration,
internal or external or a combination. If external vibration is used,
design forms to withstand external vibration without distortion or
failure.
3. Maintain curing by any of the following methods until release strength
has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of' the concrete, hold members for
minimum pre-steaming period of not less than three hours.
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound or
membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
~:~,:.:.::;:;:.::.~I~i~0~~~f:9i~~]#.Qijiij~~~I~gg:(I.l:'~\
F. Exposed bottoms of precast planks shall have smooth &eft.s.e surface" as cast"
form finish.
",
2.3 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
A. Length: plus/minus 1/2"
B. Width: plus/minus 1/4"
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION .CENTER 03410-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
c. Depth: plus/minus 1/4"
D. Sweep: plus/minus l/a" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/8" overall
E. Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4"
F. Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4".
G. Position of weld plates: pluslminus 2".
H. Tipping and · lushness of weld plates: plus/minus 1/4".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03410-4a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
SECTION 03412
A3-
c. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-122 ~Architectural Precast Concrete".
2. PCI MNL-117 ~Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Architectural Precast Concrete Products".
3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete~.
4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301 - ~Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings~.
2. ACI 31a - ~Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
3. ACI 533 - Precast Concrete Wall Panels.
E. American W~lding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS 01.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
F. SBCCI - Standard Building Code, 19aa (SBC)
G>Ame1"1CanArch tfectura 1 Manut'actl.1rersA 55 ad a tion. (AW1A)
Lo<Metal Curtain Wall,.;Jllndow....Storefront and Entrance - Guide
....Specifications Manual& .... .... ....H
H;.iAmer:1canA$soctation state Hlgt1way trans port atlon/.Of fldals:
.Hl~AASHTOT~260-84- MethodofSamp-ling.. and TestIng> for Total Chloride
.....HloninConcrete and Concrete Raw Materials.
Al
1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. ACI 318
B. ACI 533
C. PC I MNL - 122
A2
D.
Wind
1.
2.
3.
4.
Force Criteria
SBC
Key West Land Development Code
Baslc Wlnd Speed. H-S ISO MPH, I 1.lSfHlgGY~~r.R1eaft
rce~i"tft~E,1"te1l'v it> . .. .H.' ..... . .
COrlfol"rnwlthcornporlents and cl addi ng requ i rements.
A3
E. Precast Unit Reinforcement
1 Minimum reinforcement area: .001a times gross concrete area each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2 Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum corner reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and re-
entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 eac~ face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping, erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 01991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
1.6 TESTS
Al
Al
A3
A3
A3
1.7
Al
A.
Tests and Inspections:
1. Submit reports on compression and absorption tests made at 2a
days. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-29S and ASTM
C-97.
2. Tests for compressive strengths shall be made of cured standard
2" el:Jecs '..'here ceal"'se argrgl"crgatc Ell'" faciR~ ag~l"e~ate dacs Rat
cxceca 1/2" iA six, 6" x 12" or 4" x a" cylinders. StaRelard
eCyl inders shall be used and a compensating reduction of 15% made
in psi requirement. Water absorption tests shall be made on
cured 2" cubes. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C-39
and. ASTM C-192 and other applicable test methods.
3. Access shall be permitted to the fabrication shop or the Project
site for the Owner; the Arch itect or the Owner's authori zed
represent at i ve for the purpose of inspect i on or testing of
materials during all times work is being performed on the
project.
4> Concrete'shall meet the requirements of. Section 03300.. CAST-IN..
PLACE CONCRETE. .. ... ........ ....
a~ Test for chloride ion content at tl\esame iafeastest fer
flf'eeast. stl"'tfdHral.. C6FlErcte cyliFlae1"'s . in a<:cordancewittj
AASHTO T - 260.. .. . ........
b~ Obtain test samples from well curedc(Jn:c:reHf age&atlea.~~
28 days.,. . . .
c-;;: . Sample: each 2000 square feetofpanel\
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review
installation procedures and coordination for other work with all
trades whose . work wi 11 be affected by the precast ~ work, to
i ncl ude precastconcreteparielsi precast concrete sections, precast
hall e~~ concrete: cored planks,. precast. concrete modu} arcells and
windows. .... ............... .. .. ... .... ........
1. Pri or to start of work, Contractor, I nsta 11 ers, Manufacturer's
representatives, all trades affected by precast panel work,
Architect, and Owner's representative shall meet at the site, and
review installation, schedules, and coordination procedures.
Include in discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of
form coatings to be used that may affect bonding of sealants.
Record discussions, agreements}{ordfsagreementsJr and action
items required. Furnish copies of record to. each party
....~~~~~4J~9. .... .......... ... .... .......... ..
At ~'~:::::;::::::;:Pr9V~~,:':.~opyof111e~.tirigm1nute i to Arc h i tect...
1.8 MOCK-UP
A. Provide for approval a full size mock-up panel, type as selected by
Arch itect. The panel shall be made with the mi x proportion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The panel will contain
typical cast-in inserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
placed, consolidated and finished in the same manner as in actual
production. This panel may be used on the building if approved by the
Architect.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
Al
1.9
B.'dfinish:R.Ilfer to 09a30-d EtASTOMElnc COATING and 09900 - PAINTING
... t~'P'~!'99P'}[~ree _.. I nte ri or' Surf aCEa)>c
~~~~~~~l\l\\:r~~~~~t:'form release materialsi which are detrimental
... dapplltat1omoft. . . .. ... ... .... ..... ...
ItSpray~d.,.onCel1 ulose..lnsulation/Acol1sti caT Material.
2M>.. Elas.~"mer:ic. Coati nq ~. ute riot.
lW:Late.X$atin/Paint... Interior.
to the
At
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Comply with the specifications, standards and codes given for each
material covered in this section. Provide certification reports that
materials used in the production of the precast products comply with
the requirements specified.
B. Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 5000 poundS per square inch
at 2a days. Meet applicable requirement of "Materials" paragraph of
Section 03300.
C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A-61S for Grade 60 bars ASTM A-105 for welded
wire fabric flat sheets. Free from rust, scale, dirt and physical
injury.
D. Plates and Structural Shapes:
1. ASTM A-36
2. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-
123 for items exposed to view or at exterior perimeter of
structure.
a. Field spot paint damaged items with 1 iquid galvanizing
paint.
b. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1) TNEMEC Series 90 "Tneme-Zinc"
2) Architect approved equivalent.
c. Coating Weight
1) 2.0 ounces per square foot of surface area.
2) Comply with ASTM A-3a6.
A3
E. Miscellaneous non-structural anchors and dowels that are in immediate
contact with panels exposed to the exterior shall' be: stainless steel
or other approved non- ferrous metal. Doveta i 1i nserts and embedded
anchors that are not in immediate contact with panels shall be
non-ferrous or hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
",
F. High-Strength Bolts: ASTM A-325.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
Al
C. VeFlt i FI~ Elf I3reeast CElACrete '.Ja 11 ~4i 11 be accofl'l131 i sAea by the l:ise sf
~lastie veFlt t~Bes at the j~FletieFl af AarizoAtal aFls vel"tical jaiFlts.
T~Be shall I:!a',e a fl'liAif'lI:IRI iFlsiae aiaRletcl'" sf 1/1". ~Jhel"e RSl"izaFltal
jeiFlts are eaFltiFl~e~s, yeFlt at l' 2" OFl cCAter.
H. Sealants and other weather sealing components are specified in Section
07900.
I. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A-496 Fy-70000 psi.
J. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-lOa
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process
(AWS 01.1).
2.2 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel:
1. "Thermomass" Concrete Sandwich Wall System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION
(aOO) 232-174a.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to Section Oal00 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
\3
2.:r.
P.PP.ROVEOI.MANUFACTURERS
At AIJlfsted> be,l.ow<are-dapprovea.as>rniliufilCturerSYSubsii fu t i on. fornls
o .. ar~.;requlredwherecomponEmts:are~~<varlance wtthdes ign/documents.
IV:ARCHITECTURAI2S't'STEMS~ INtI...... ... . . ... ...... ..
ZW.POMCOASSOCIATES~ INCW.
3tL . SOUTHERN PRESTRESS EO
42 STRESSCON
51< ..... TYNDALL CONCRETEoPRODUCTS
6P .. Archit~g~appfo'i~do eq\llvaTento~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Panels: Fabricated per approved fabrication and erection drawings.
B. Forms for Precast Concrete: Rigid and constructed of material that
will result in finished products conforming to the shape, lines and
dimensions shown on the approved shop drawings.
C. Concrete: Deposited and vibrated to ensure proper consolidation and
aggregate density, elimination of unintentional cold joint and to
minimize untrapped air on vertical surfaces.
D. Precast Units: Cast in a horizontal position with finish face down.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
E. Corner Panels: Cast to provide similar face finish on both faces.
F. Curing: In accordance with the recommendations of PCl MNL - 117.
G. Form removal timing and procedures shall prevent injury to the
concrete.
H. Furnish embedded threaded inserts, wedge inserts, weld plates and
other anchorage devices and dovetail inserts for anchorage of
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-7a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
E. Precast concrete units shall be erected level, plumb, square and true
within the allowable tolerances. Position panels to eliminate
cumulative dimensional error.
F. Horizontal and vertical joints shall be correctly aligned. Uniform
joint width shall be maintained as erection progresses.
G. Structural and anchorage components which must be embedded in concrete
or masonry shall be furn i shed to the Contractor by the precast
concrete fabricator, with instructions for placement.
1. Bolted connections direct to panels, and other bolted connections
shall be made with high strength bolts to establish both location
and adjustment.
2. Clean all welds to remove flux and welding residue and coat
completely with galvanizing paint.
H. Each unit shall be securely fastened in place. Adjustments or changes
in connections, involving additional stresses in the products or
connections, shall not be permitted without approval by the Architect.
A3
I.
NaFt ~alvaflizes stl"l:Ictl:ll"al steel aFtS cl"ectisfI steel shall l3e 100%
caatea ~Jith I3r~shed a~~licatisfI sf situffiiAal:ls ~aiflt ffiaterial.
3.5 WEATHER SEALING
A~ Joints between panel member,s and joints between panel s and other
exterior finished building components shall be sealed, using sealant
and sub-sealant fillers.
B. Sealant and backer rod: Refer to Section 07900.
C. Color of sealant material will be selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard color range, after viewing samples placed in
rustications of job site sample precast panel.
3.6 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Provide protection from chipping, spill ing, cracking, and other damage
to units after delivery to the jobsite.
B. Protect units from damage by field welding and cutting operations.
Provide non-combustible shields as necessary during these operations.
C. Structural welds shall be made by a certified welder in accordance
with AWS 01.1 and in accordance with the erection drawings which shall
clearly specify type, extent, sequence and location of welds.
D. Work and materials of other trades shall be adequately protected by
the i nsta 11 er.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03412
PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS
E. A fire extinguisher, of an approved type and in operating condition,
shall be located within reach of burning and welding operations.
F. Finish of weld areas and exposed or accessible steel anchorage devices
shall be touched up following erection to match original finish in
appearance and corrosion protection.
Al
G. Duri ng construction, tops of panels shall be carefull y covered at
night and in bad weather. At all times panels shall be adequately
protected ~rom drippings and heavy rains.
H. Nonstaining wooden covering shall be placed to protect portions of the
Work. Nonstaining dry felt or building paper shall be used under the
wood. Sills and horizontal courses or other projection work shall be
protected in a manner acceptable to the Construction Manager.
I. Sand blasting, wire brushes or acids will not be permitted under any
circumstances for the clean~ng of panels. Sea~ ~ewdel", cleaR ~atcF
aRe fiBe~ B~ijsRes ~ay Be ijsea e~ a~~~a,ea ~acRiRe cleaRiR~ ~racess.
J. Cleaning shall be completed when openings are covered with appropriate
materials.
3.7 ACCEPTANCE
A. After precast concrete units have been set in place and before joint
treatment, cloeaning, or waterproofing, the work shall be inspected by
the Construction Manager.
B. Units found to be slightly damaged may be authorized for repair.
C. All repairs shall conform to the Construction Manager's requirements
(for matching the original finish) and shall be structurally sound.
D. Chipping of facing members or structural damage to concealed areas not
subject to acceptable patch i ng procedures may be cause for panel
rejection.
A3
.3l8< CtEMUN$
~"_I.'iifll~~!~~~(r;tf!~
or:;;':se~T~h'~:':Ii~Ha..t;~()t9.al'l<;Ero:W1;~0~)~.~~Jatl!;0~~p~fa.~tt1r~r. rE!qu:itE!~egt~i ..
At
:
********************
END OF SECTION 03412
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03412-12
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Precast columns, spandrel beams, shearwa11 panels, inverted tee
beams, rectangular beams, double tees, and solid slabs.
2 . All precast items shall be comp 1 ete wi th base plates, inserts,
clamps, bolts, nuts, connection plates with anchor studs, brackets
and; ifting accessories as required.
3. Bearing pads
4. Anchorage welding
5. Structural Slide Bearings
B. Related Sections
1. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2. SECTION 03410 - PRECAST CONCRETE CORED PLANKS
3. SECTION 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
4. SECTION 03600 - GROUT.
5. SECTION 05180 - MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL STEEL.
6. SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS.
1.2 REFERENCES
Al
A.
B.
Previae aAG Maintain one copy of all referenced publications for use by
site and inspection personnel.
American Society for Testing oMaterials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A-36/A ~ Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A-a2 - Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A-lOa - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished,
Standard Quality.
4. ASTM A-123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on
Iron and Steel Products.
5. ASTM A-la4/A - Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats
for Concrete Reinforcement.
6. ASTM A-1as - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement".
7. ASTM A-416 - Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven-Wire
Stress-Relieved for Prestressed Concrete".
8. ASTM A-496 - Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement.
9. ASTM A-497 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed,
for Concrete Reinforcement".
10. ASTM A-61S - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement".
11. ASTM A-706/A - Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement".
12. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
13. ASTM C-IS0 - Specification for Portland Cement.
14. ASTM C-173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Volumetric Method".
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
15. ASTM C-231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Pressure Method",
16. ASTM (-260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
precast prestressed concrete products~,
2. PCI MNL-117 "Manual for Quality Control for plants and production of
architectural precast concrete products~.
3. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook Precast and prestressed
concrete".
4. PCI MNL-123 "Design and Typical details of connections for precast
and prestressed concrete".
D.
American Concrete
1. ACI-301-
2. ACI-31a-
3 . AC I - 347 -
I nst itute (AC I)
"Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
"Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete~,
~Recommended practice for concrete formwork~.
E. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS 01.1 - ~Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS 01.4 - ~ Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
A3 F.HP.1l1e.1rtcan ASsoci a tton. State HtghwayTrans port a ti on.. Of fi c1 al s :
.. L.<... AASHTOT-26~~84 - Method:&f\$alllplln9.andTesting for TotalChl.dride
10 nin> C()nCreteand~~n;r~!~:Bewf1~te r i al~..
1.3 SUBMITTALS
'.
Al
Submit shop and erection drawings, dated, signed and sealed by a State of
Florida registered professional engineer experienced in the design of
precast and precast prestressed concrete sections s imil ar to sections
required for this project indicating the,following!
1. Layout dimensions of sections and embedments.
2. Sections and details showing connections, bearing conditions,
embedments, and relationship of sections to adjacent building
materials.
2. Detail separately in plan and section embedments required in items
specified in other specification sections.
3. List all dead, live, lateral and other applicable loads used in the
design of the sections.
4. Estimated short term and long term camber/deflection.
S. Size and location of all major openings (10" x 10" and greater) along
with header details.
6. Erection number of section.
7. Fire-resistance rating of sections, including topping, where
9;..:,:;:;(;;../. ~.~~~.~..~.;41~4E'~9."'m!\n9~(~')..'f
B. Furni sh for record purposes checked ca 1 culat ions prepared, signed and
sealed by a State of Florida registered Engineer experienced in the desigr
of precast or precast prestressed concrete.
A.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
C.
Al D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Submit test reports from Independent Laboratory on materials used,
compressive strength test results and water absorption tests on units.
Submit certification that precast units have been produced in pcr member
plant QrapJ~rit certified by the Prestressed Concrete Institute.
Submit placing plans, details, manufacturer's data and calculations for
slide bearings.
Submit documentation of qualifications of Welders and Tackers in accordance
with AWS 0 1.1. Welders shall be qualified within the past year.
Submit experience record of manufacturer of precast concrete sections.
Submit experience record of installer and installer's supervisor.
Submit product data, including application and installation instructions,
for proprietary materials.
Submit experience record of State of Florida registered engineer who
designed precast concrete sections.
Submit copy of minutes of pre-installation meetings.
Submit certifications of compliance.
1. 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Al
Al
Al
:
Al
A. Fabricator Qualifications:
1. Minimum five years continuous successful experience in design and
fabrication of precast concrete sections similar to sections required
for this project.
2. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce
required units without causing delay in work.
Precast Concrete Fabricator~.~Ie~Jtng: In compl iance with testing
pro vis i on s of PC I MN L 116. or':'.':pCI:.MN~;rl11@
B.
C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Manufacture and installation of
precast concrete shall be in accordance with the Standard Building Code.
D.
Quality control and inspE!<::tionpro<:edures to comply with applicable
sect i on s of PC I MN L 116. QlJ:P~:~,:MN~:..,~~?}
Compute fire resistance rating of units in accordance with the Standard
Building Code requirements for equivalent slab thickness required to obtain
the minimum fire ~iAi~~~ fire-resistance rating shown on the Drawings.
~~.ri,j~ti~to::tarJl[i!.&~r1~~l:~ar~~0tfi~::,.~;:~~li~t~;~er~jflEiii~hm.~j:o.;~a~ .~
ts'yf i 'n~ a fisA.....Pl"sgr aRi.fs"~P;eeYetleA .ind demon s t rifeiminlmumof .11iie years
cont i nuous experi ence in the manufacture of s i mi lar size and type of
precast concrete sections.
E.
G.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
H. Erect i on of precast concrete work shall be performed by i nsta 11 er 'J'/ith
workmen skilled in this type for work and under the direction of
installer's supervisor, each having continual experience in similar work
over at least a five year period.
H. Experience record of fabricator(s) and Installer shall be received 12
working days prior to scheduled Bid Opening to allow inclusion of
Architect's approval in the last addendum prior to Bid opening.
I. Provide Certificates of Compliance for the following:
1. Material used in the manufacture and erection shall meet the
requirements established by this section.
2. Certifications shall be provided on the Contractor's letterhead,
dated, and identified as applicable to this project with the
signature foremost the same as that required between the Owner and
Contractor.
J. Installer is to provide erection sequence plan for all precast concrete
sections to Contractor for his review and approval. Include in erection
sequence plan provisions for stability of precast sections and structure
during construction until all permanent connections have been completed.
Obtain approval of engineer who designed precast concrete sections prior
to submission of erection sequence plan to the Contractor.
K. Welding of reinforcing steel, metal inserts and connections:
1. Comply with AWS D 1.1. 0
2. Use E-70 lowohydrogen welding electrodes.
3. Use proper pre-heat where required.
A2
A3
L.
The manufacturer may propose an alternate layout of the double tees subject
to approval by the ArchiJest.Manufacturer mustcoordi nate>al~ernate
la}'()ut .wi.th. .eBAtp'aetBP' ..o~~.er;o:affectedY:trades andbe:allln~.e.~'eaore'lieWed by
~9n$~T'\1.C~1#ii;;l1o~n~9~UlPJ;j:9tt::':~~~:i;~YRm';~!J:E9f:.. s hopo:d:r.Cl'ifi ng~i.t()O::~IJ~i'lt~~c;:t?
A3
Hj'!:;~rf"#!"se:i~"fiii!:[~I~~~#~m"r~,~!lit~ji~ifetdillei)t~Iii#,,J~1!i;~iiiij;1~~#i"i)
~1::ill~;;.~~lIItflllll~lflii!usHiat Hateft.atk
~lt:t:tt:t;~~~@X:':~~ot'1n:::Rfijll.Ptttt:ln~:~m;gr=
21::\
Al
A2
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
A2
/"\3
1.5
A.
A3
AZ
~J
,t3
B.
C.
D.
\1
.\2
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4jCTeai+ly'j1iarksh(Jpd.,.awln~rprari$'show 1 ngrevis edprecasl'..member'Size
.':'adjac~rrt'1;9:.trossedout..precastmembers i ze. showno.nthe drawings.
SJUdnot':.l"evise co lumn;.sizesor sheilrwa llithick.nesses~,
5~.Oo,no.tt;te-vlse floor to<.floor..... dimensions andtop<of structure
HHHeleYattol1s~,. . .... < ... ...... ....... ...... ... . '..... .......
Tt ... Coordinate revi sionswithpr1or'construction lBldGrolJp On'e}...
8~.. De Tetton of topp i ngs labincells:a t ZonesD, E and Fi s permi s s able
provided top of structurabslab'Js atfinJshed floor elevation~-aftfI
RevisaBle jei Ats aCCI:H" iR eel L
DESIGN CRITERIA
Conform to requirements of PCI MNL-120 Concrete and PCI MNL-123.
Design members under direct supervision of Professional Engineer registered
in the State of Florida experienced in the design of precast and precast
prestressed concrete sections similar to sections required for this
Pr-.oj~c:t. ... ..,......" . . ... .,. ....,. . ..... ...,. ........ ..... ... ..... '., .."...,.,.. ......... ....
h>.. . 'If plant. is. not.. ai PC l Certi f fed> PI anti-> Certiffcattori'of.compliance
. wtththe concreteire-<Jufremli!ntswilJ. berequfredlg.tljef9nn'oftes t
resultSJlliJde,byanOWrier..apPf(rved:< te st i ngagencytoflse ts:<o.f::three
c.Yl f nderstimade. f ri:compl1ancewlth.ASTM< C...3 Fa.nd.testedat:..gSdays
i ncompllance withASTHC~39andPCr Manua 1 MNtl15( ....Costof of
testing/shall be<bgrn~by,Con~ractor'~ .
Des i gn members and connections to res i sf des i gn loads due to the
pressure and suction of wind, and all live and dead loads as indicated
on the EJDrawings. Design members and connections to. resist their own
!tll~:!f~if~~\,,_11mil!lll!~~I~~~~p~~~lle
F. Design component connections to provide for differential foundation
settlement of less than 3/4 inch and for building movement due to
temperature changes of 35-F less than 70-F and 3S-F greater than 70-F.
Provide adjustment to accommodate mi sal i gnment of structure withi n
normal construction tolerances.
E.
~. Provide for the installation of minor (less than 10" x 10") openings in
floor or roof slabs, flanges of double tees, and in shear wall elements
by assuming one minor opening at any location in the above sections.
Assume edge of opening to be further than 8" from any connection point
to adjacent structures.
HlM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-S
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
H. Provide minimum additional corner reinforcement at all opening corners
and re-entrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2 #4 each face (inside
layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner, except in double tee
flanges provide 1 #3 in lieu of 2 #4.
Al I. DesiliJR CBRfleetiefls sa tAat asjeifliA~ sRear \~all s ~~: as a UAit, '.iReA
caRstr\:letisR jeiflts are re~\:IiresiA I3recast sAear '.Jalls.
Al I . When' Joints<are required<inprecast:shear wa llsfor handling or erect ion
. purpgses in: wall not . showtng::?jolntst ... design. connections at joints to
transf~r'~ppliedforces.. througb<the. j oi nt..~
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Handle precast members in position consistent with their shape and design.
Lift and support only from support points.
B. Lifting or handling devices shall be capable of supporting member in
positions anticipated during manufacture, storage, transportation and
erection. Maintain capacity of lifting devices sufficient to resist force
of 2.5 times weight of member.
C. Protect edges of members to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of
concrete.
1. Place nonstaining resilient spacers of even thickness between each
un it.
2. Support units during shipment on nonstaining shock-absorbing
material.
D. Place members in storage so that identification marks (date of production
and final position in structure) are readily discernible.
1.7 PRE- INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
At
A.
Al
Al
"
Prior to pre-installation conference Installer must review installation
procedures and coordination for other work with all tradeswhos~work will
be affected by theprE!c~stdesfl~retedseeti eA work;tdll1c19d~precast
concrete panel s, prf!cas;~::::~o#~ma:~~'i.$f!~tlonst'. precas tconcretecore4 Rall O\~
planks, aM precastconcrefe'iriodula'rdcellsandwincio."s:<;.: d.....dd
B.
Priar ta start af '.Jarl( Iflstallel", Cefltl"aetal", ~.~~.f~::-ti~7~:
I"~~;~seflt;t i ...~;, afle .~.rdd teet sRa 11 Meet as afteR as R~:::;~! at tRe site
aRe revie~. iRstal1atiafl, seRes\:I1es aRe eaarsiRatioR I3l"aees\:lres.
IlHm:m:::::a~tior..m:to.:::.start:. Q.t::;wqi~;:.;:,[.:~Q6tra.ct;Drl:..lriSta.ller$~.MiOijf.ac.~uferls
. ....... ~~~1~~~~;;~~~~'~nlllli'.I~i~~~~~~h.~yi,!,l~i4t~i~#~~~it~,*~~
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-6
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
Al
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
c.
Reesl"e dise~ssieRS aRe actisR items reQ~ired. F~rRisA cs~ies of ffi;R~tes
of mcetiR~ ts eaeA ~arty atteAaiR~.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete:
1. Portland Cement:
Al a. ASTM C-1S0, TypeF(.l1" Type III (High Early Strength).
b. For exposed surfaces use same brand, type and source of supply
throughout.
2. Air Entraining Agent:
a. ASTM C-260; minimum of 3%; maximum of 5%, when tested in
accordance with ASTM C-173 or ASTM C-231.
3. No water reducing, retarding or accelerating admixtures.
4. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing significant amount of
calcium chloride shall be allowed.
5. Aggregates:
a. Hard rock aggregates shall conform to ASTM C-33.
6. Water:
a. Clean fresh, free of acids, alkalies, oil or organic material.
A2
A3
B.
7. The chloride ion contentshallnotexceed.06% of the weightofthe
co Acre t e. cement. for prestressf!d concrete and 0.15% for reJnfcirced
concrete~ +* Test chloride ion content Rlay be tested iA ;Aai\'id~al
i Agred i eRts sr i At!'"i a 1 )ateRes sf CSRerete. irlaccordance wi th
AASHTOT..Z60.' Obtain tesf>sarnpTesf1"om wellcuredaged at least 28
days~ . .... ....
Reinfor~iri~ Steel:
1. Deformed Steel Bars:
a. ASTM A-61S; grade 60 unless noted otherwise.
1) When welding of bars is required, use ASTM A706 grade
60.
2. Welded Wire Fabric:
a. Plain - ASTM A-la5.
b. Deformed - ASTM A-497.
c. Flat sheets
3. Wire:
a. Cold drawn steel - ASTM A-a2.
4. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats:
a. Conforming ASTM A-la4.
S. Deformed Bar Anchors:
ASTM A496 Fy = 70,000 psi
Prestressing Strands:
1. Shall conform to ASTM A-416 and shall be 7-wire type.
Plates and structural shapes shall conform to ASTM A-36 for carbon steel
structural steel connection assemblies.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard.
2. For items exposed to view or at exterior of structure, hot-dip
galvanized finish after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to
ASTM A-123.
C.
D.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Field Spot Painting (touch-up): Primer - Rustoleum; Galvanized -
Liquid galvanizing paint; concealed welding touch-up - bituminous
paint by SONNEBORN or W.R. GRACE.
E. Headed Concrete Anchors:
1. ASTM A-lOa
2. Type with ceramic ferrules; compatible with arc-welding process (AWS
01.1)
Al
3.
F. Erection ins"rts shall be bySUPERIOR CONCRETE ACCESSORIES, INC., or
RICHMOND SCRE..I ANCHOR CO. or AN:hiXecto approved equivalent.
G. Formwork shall comply with. applic:ablerequirements ofACI-347 and with
PORTLAND CEMENT ASSOCIATION "Forms for Architectural Concrete". Forms may
be of HDO plywood, fiberglass reinforced polyester or steel.
1. Forms shall be true, straight, and square and entirely without twists
and bends. Where joints in forms occur, the interior surface must
be flush. Forms shall be rigidly braced during placement of
concrete.
2. Forms shall be coated before each placement with approved
non-staining form release agent which will not interfere with
adhesion of sealants, penetrating sealers or applied finishes, unless
noted otherwise.
3. Forms shall be designed sufficiently rigid to withstand vibration
during placement of concrete.
J. Form Release Agent:
1. Non-staining and compatible with other materials to be applied to
concrete surfaces of precast sections.
Al
",
K.
Bearing pads for precast members shall be type, 5-He andminilllulIl thickness
as . indicated on the Drawings. SIze pads forfol"'ce~andmovement
antldpa ted.
1. Beari ng pads for precast beams shall be 11 Sorbtex" , by VOSS
ENGINEERING COMPANY, Chicago, Iflinois, or Architect approved
equivalent, with a durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet
compression requirements of AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be
glued to the column bearing plates prior to beam erection.
2. Bearing pads for the double tees shall be fiber reinforced
elastomeric with durometer hardness of 80 plus/minus 5 and meet
AASHTO Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the double tee stem.
3. Bearing pads placed in vertical precast joints shall be "Sorbtex" by
VOSS ENGINEERING COMPANY or Architect approved equivalent, with a
durometer hardness of 90 plus/minus 5 and meet requirements of AASHTO
Specifications. Pads shall be glued to the member prior to erection.
4. Bearing strips for slabs shall be a continuous non-leaching high
density plastic bearing strip and support loads with no visible
deformation. Bearing strip shall be 1/4" minimum unless otherwise
indicated in drawings.
s. Bearing pads which are not properly located will not be accepted by
the Architect. Pads shall be repositioned or trimmed after erection
has indicated that the bearing pad will not be overstressed.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
L. Structural Slide Bearings: Design for forces and anticipated movement
indicated. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. "Fluorogold Slide Bearings"; Fluorocarbon Company. Pine Brook, New
Jersey.
2. Architect approved equivalent possessing similar characteristics.
M. Provide self-adhering ethafoam rod stock at grouted joints where required
to retain grout and provide backing for sealant specified in Section 07900.
N. Inserts, ang'es and other devices on the surface of the precast concrete
that are cast in the concrete shall be galvanized. All steel specified and
noted as galvanized shall comply with ASTM A-123 hot dip galvanizing. All
galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. Galvanized surfaces for which
a shop coat of paint is specified shall be chemically treated to provide
a bond for the paint.
O. Non-Shrink Grout: Section 03600 - GROUT.
2.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING AND TESTS
A. Unless noted otherwise. concrete shall meet the requirements of Section
03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
Al
A3
ED. .....TestforchlotideioncOriteritiflhl!,iamE: ...1"at~a.slest. fer. .~ftn::ast.
s true t 1:1 r a r e9RC retecyl fReer~.for"'~ach:'50cubic'yards'Ho.fconc:retE!
placedforbeamandccll:lnlnsectionsorforeach>20pOsquarefeet.of
pane Is,.. s labs anddolJt>l~t~~~.. .... . . .. . .
B. Precast concrete sections shall have minimum compressive strength indicated
on the drawi ngs and 3S00 pounds per square inch at detens i on i ng for
prestressed sections. Where compressive strengths are not indicated on the
drawings, obtain a minimum of 5000 psi at 2a days.
Compress i on tests for a llpr~castconcre'te work shall conform to PC I MNL
117 atte or PC I MNL 116-:.1J${~ppll~~bT~ . All test i R'EJ shall Be seRe ',lith
cel"tifiedtest e~iji~ffieAt. .... ..............
Al
C.
Al
D.
For precast structuraJdc()ncr-ete':dsix.syJ inders. shall betaken for each
product produced. or:for"q~ilyprl)d~~~t()nQfsametype'produc~~~: Three "A"
cylinders shall betak~rijtth~ begi~~iri~'of ejch placement arid three "B~
cylinders shall be taken at the end of each placement. One "A" and one "B"
cylinder shall be tested at transfer of prestress (or at time of stripping
for non-prestressed members), one of each at 2a days and one of each held
in reserve for use as the Architect may di rect. After 56 days, reserve
cylinders may be discarded if approved by the Architect. Test reports
shall be submitted to the Architect semi-monthly for review.
"
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required member dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in compliance with PCI MNL-116.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
SECTION 03420
c. Formwork:
1. Construct molds to withstand tensioning and detensioning operations
for prestressed sections.
2. Construct molds to maintain units within specified tolerances with
radii or chamfers at corners.
3. Securely attach anchorage devices to molds in locations not
interfering with proper positioning of strand, reinforcement, or
placing of concrete.
D. Stressing Procedures for Prestressed Sections:
1. All prestressing steel shall be accurately placed and firmly tied in
position during the pouring operations. The maximum deviation of the
c.g.s. of the total force shall not exceed 1/4" or 3% of the
spec;fi ed distance of the c. g. s. measured from the bottom fi ber,
whichever is greater.
2. Prestressing strands shall not be allowed to become pitted with rust.
Light coating of rust is permissible and short of visible pitting
will not be cause for rejection. Form oil shall not be permitted to
coat the strands.
3. Strand jacking may be by either single strand of multiple strand
jacking. Where multiple jacking is used, all strands shall be
brought to a reasonably uniform preliminary tension. Final tension
stress shall be measured by a calibrated pressure gage of adequate
capacity and not less than 5" diameter dial. Total elongation shall
be checked regularly and the total stress as measured by gage and
elongation shall not differ more than 5%.
4. Methods of deflecting, type of strand holding devices, and deflection
points shall be approved by the Architect.
5. Operations will be performed in a safe manner and in strict
compliance with all applicable state and local regulations.
6. Transfer of prestress shall not be made until the concrete strength
has reached 3000 pounds per square inch for strands 3/a" and under,
or 3500 for 7/16" strands and over. Should structural requirements
for unusual conditions indicate higher or lower concrete strength at
transfer, they will be noted in the Shop Drawings. Transfer of
prestress may be accomplished by gradual release of the tensioning
jacks or burning of strands. Where the burning method is used, the
sequence of cutting strands shall be such as to prevent severe
unbalance of the loading. Prior to transfer of prestress, forms
shall be loosened, or removed if necessary, to allow free movement
of the casting.
E. Concrete Work:
2.
Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final
deposit by, methods which will prevent separation, segregation or
loss of materials.
Concrete shall be consolidated in the form by approved high frequency
vibration. This vibration may be either internal or external or a
combination of both. Where external vibration is used, forms must be-
of a design adequate to withstand such external vibrating without
distortion or failure.
1.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
Curing by any of the following methods shall be maintained until
release strength has been reached:
a. Steam or hot water curing at maximum temperature not exceeding
165 degrees F. After placement of the concrete, members shall
be held for a minimum pre-steaming period of not less than
three hours.
b. Sealing the exposed surfaces with an approved sealing compound
or membrane.
c. Hot air combined with moisture.
d. .....Cont i nuous water curing. ... .... .........
e{ .:Other: approved curing methodes)}
Rock pockets and chipped corners shall be patched and cleaned by
accepted methods. No rock pocket or other void reaching into the
prestressing steel shall be patched without permission of the
Architect.
a. Structural members will be accepted with form finish
appearance but with any leakage fins removed.
b. Where precast members are exposed in final construction. the
finishing requirements are as follows:
1) Columns shall have smooth dense surfaces "as cast" form
finish.
2) Double ledger beams shall have all sides, ends and
bottom-smooth dense surface "as cast" form finish.
3) Double tees shall have all sides, ends and bottom-smooth
dense surface "as cast" form finish.
a. Top surface of untopped double tees - uniform
parallel coarse broom finish.
4) Slab Soffits: Smooth dense "as cast" form finish.
5) Top surface of sections to recei ve concrete toppi ng-
roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 1/4 inch.
F. Primarily on thin sections, the manufacturer shall provide for those
openings 10" round or square or larger as indicated on the structural
drawings. Other openings shall be locatea and field drilled or cut by the
trade requi ri ng them after the precast prestressed products have been
erected. Openings shall be approved by Architect before drilling or
cutting.
SECTION 03420
Al
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
3.
4.
G. The manufacturer shall cast in structural inserts, bolts, and plates as
detailed or required by the Drawings.
H. Mark each unit with correct piecellocation mark, project or contract
number, and date cast.
A3
I.
HLM 90007.00-1
After stripping, precast unit shall be kept in a surface damp condition at
a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. and shall not be exposed to the
weather until the strength of the concrete has reached 3S00 pounds per
~quare. ..i nt: tl.. ... .mi ni mum or';~50()():"'P9urids:':;peri'''squire:o'nch.mlri{mijm:fo-r.:.riori4
pr,sttesosedH9ntts. Precast uiiitsshal1 not be shipped totfie"projecfsite
uritilthi st~ength of the concrete has reached a5% of specified ultimate
strength or until the unit can safely support the superimposed dead load
of other precast units, whichever is greater.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-11
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
J. At no time shall the weight of stored materials placed on a precast unit
exceed the total design load of that unit or of that portion of the unit
loaded by the stored materials.
K. For protection against corrosion, "Fire-Chex" roof joint sealer by the
CELOTEX CORPORATION, or Architect approved equivalent, shall be applied to
cover exposed ends of strands in prestressed members.
Lift loops and erection inserts shall be located wherever possible so as
not to be visible in the completed construction. All lift loops and
inserts shal' have 1-1/2" minimum concrete or grout cover in the completed
construction. Any lift loops or erection inserts that must be located in
areas that will be exposed to view in the completed construction shall be
recessed and patched with a minimuml~1/2"non-shrink,non-staining grout
to match surrounding concrete. RefertoSectlon03600-GROUT~
M. Beams, spandrels and columns exposed to view: 3/4" chamfered edges.
Tooling of unformed edges may be used subject to approval by Architect.
Al
L.
Al
~l.
Cant~al aRe ExpaRsiaR JaiRt Re~~il"emeRts
1. Ma~~faet~re SRa 11 CSRS~lt \Ji tR tRe ex~aRS i eR j ei Rt s~:~:~
~;~~f;~tijrer ts iRs~re tRat precast COAcrete jeiRts are iR aeceraaRce
HitR tRe re~ijiremeRts sf tRe expaRsieR jaiRt system maR~faet~l"er.
2. ~:~ :a~~s af all eS~Ble tee flaR~es sRall Ra'/e a taalea j~~~~ ~s
:,,,Wl' ,8 Dra'.JiRgs. If jaiRts are Rat taalea aee~ Ell" ',/iae eRe~gR,
tAe~ SA-all l3e arysa~~R \~itR a 3/16" carl3er\:JRet~m I3laete tEl re~l::Iirer:J SiZI
by tRe ~reeast s~~~lier:
O. Acceptance: Units which do not meet dimensional tolerance standards, or
quality control requirements pertaining to concrete strength, reinforcing
or prestressing shall be rejected; units judged deficient in finish
quality may be corrected at the option of the Architect.
2.4 TOLERANCE FOR MANUFACTURE
"
A.
Tolerances for manufacture of precast concrete members shall be as follows:
1. Columns:
Length: pluslminus 1/2"
Cross-section dimensions: plus/minus 1/4"
Vertical Alignment (deviation from straight line parallel
to longitudinal centerline of column):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
Deviation from square or designated skew:
1/a" per 12" of width, any cross-section
1/4" maximum, any cross-section
1/4", any end (with longitudinal centerline)
Position of haunches and pockets: pluslminus 1/4"
Dimensions of haunches and pockets: pluslminus 1/4"
Haunch and pocket bearing surface deviation from specified
plan: l/a"
Difference in relative position of adjacent haunch and/or
pocket bearing surfaces from specified relative position:
1/4"
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-12
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
2.
:
fiLM 90007.00-1
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
Position
Position
Position
Position
1/4"
Pos it ion
of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
of anchor bolt holes in base plate: plus/minus
of base plates and bearing plates: plus/minus
of handling devices: plus/minus 3"
3.
Beams:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): plus/minus 1/4"
Ledge width: plus/minus 1/4"
Beam width: plus/minus 1/4"
Beam depth: plus/minus 1/4"
Ledge depth: pluslminus 1/4"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/a" , 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design camber:
l/a" per 10'-0" but not greater than 1/2"
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
Position of tendons: pluslminus l/a"
Position of deflection point for deflected strands: plusl
minus 6"
Position of openings and block-outs: pluslminus 1/4"
Dimensions of openings and block-outs: pluslminus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: pluslminus 1/2"
Position of bearing plates: pluslminus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Position of handling devices: pluslminus 3"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width (over-all): pluslminus 1/4"
Depth: pluslminus 1/4"
Stem thickness: plus/minus l/a"
Flange thickness: plus 1/4", minus l/a"
Stem to edge of top flange: plus/minus l/a"
Distance from stems: pluslminus 1/a"
Horizontal alignment (deviation from a straight line
parallel to longitudinal centerline of member):
1/4", up to 40'-0" lengths
3/8", 40'-0" to 60'-0" lengths
Camber deviation from specified design chamber:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4"
Differential camber between adjacent members of the same
design:
1/4" per 10'-0" but not greater than 3/4" for topped
decks
End deviation from square or designated skew:
1/4" horizontal and vertical
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-13
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
Position of tendons: pluslminus l/a"
Position of deflection points for deflected strands: plus/
minus 6"
Position of block-outs: plus/minus 1/2"
Dimensions of block-outs: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of sleeves and inserts: plus/minus 1/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 1/2"
Position of bearing plates: pluslminus 1/4"
Bearing surface deviation from specified plane: 1/8"
Difference in relative position of adjacent steam bearing
surfaces from specified relative position: 1/4"
Position of handling devices: pluslminus 3"
Solid Slabs:
Length: plus/minus 1/2"
Width: pluslminus 1/4"
Depth: pluslminus 1/4"
Sweep: plus/minus 1/a" per ten feet, plus/minus 3/a" overall.
Center of gravity of strand group: plus/minus 1/4"
Minimum cover of strand group: 3/4"
Position of weld plates: plus/minus 2"
Tipping and flushness of weld plates: Plus/minus 1/4".
...ApPROvEDMANtlFACTtJRERS
. . ..........Al.'........All...-l.,.sted>..below....arie......apprdved.CiS....inariufacthr.erS".C.........Sub stUu t iOn
fo rmS> are required> wher~:c9R1PQn ents a re> at. va ri incewi th> d~sj 91)
documents~. ...... .. .... .. .... .. .... . .. .. .. ...... ... ...
10 ..............ARCHIJEPTURAtS1StEMS.~1~c~
2~.... ....POMCOASSOCIATES,INlh .............
3~ SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED
4. .......... . STRESSCOH .. ....H... ............
5..... ..... TYNDAL13CONCRETEPROOUCTS
6... . Architect app:foY~cI'~qujv~1el1t.
SECTION 03420
A3
2.3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4.
A. Before erecting precast concrete members, verify that structure and
anchorage inserts not within tolerances required to erect these units
have been corrected.
B. Determine field conditions by actual measurements.
ERECTION
A. ~~:r" well eniRee ttRleaeiRIj areas....aRe reae aeeess al'e~~~ ~nd ~R ~h;
::;~~n.j i~hf~ ~:r~pr1ate) shall. \in! ~. provided ~~ "'.~~~~~1~ :: :
______ th-- --- --l-R~ aRe eF'eetleA e~ttl~"'eRt far the f3l"eeast eOAE:-flete
~l"aedets are able te e~el"ate ijReer their e~A f3ayer.
B. Erect barricades, warning lights or signs to safeguard traffic in the
immediate area of hoisting and handling operations.
3.2
043
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-14
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
C. Set precast units level, plumb, square, and true within the allowable
tolerances. Provide lines and grades in sufficient detail to anow
installation.
1. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing
walls and other field placed supporting members.
D. Unload and perform handling on the job which is required to install precast
concrete work. Set each member in position to which it is assigned,
carefully plumbing and leveling it and anchoring it securely in place.
Perform field welding using AWS Certified Welders with current
certification.
Al
E.
Column base plates shall be dry packed at least 24 hours before erecting
elements supported by the. columns. or useshimssi zed to carryL 5 times
antlci pa tedparti al. 1 aads d url og' 2~ hou rcu re peri ad.
F. Where welding of reinforcing steel is specifically detailed on the
Drawi ngs, great care shall be exerci sed to assure no reduct i on of the
cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel. No other welding
reinforcing steel shall be permitted without prior written authorization
by the Architect.
Al
Galvanized steel shall be "touched-upn after connections are complete with
nZ.R.C. Cold Galvanizing" by Z.R.C. CHEMICAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Quincy,
Massachusetts or Architect approved equ i val ent. The materi a 1 shall be
applied in strict accordanc:e.with the manufacturer's instructions and
specification. The mil thickness (dry film thickness) shall be equivalent
to the mil thickness of the galvanized item.
H. Maintain the stability of that portion of the structure receiving topping
until cast-in-place topping has attained 3500 pounds per square inch
compressive strength.
G.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES "
Al A. Tol erances for erect i on of precast members shall be as fo 11 ows~Tolerances
a.reHl'lotculIlulativel:
I.Col umns: .
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
plus/minus 1/2", any column, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to
specified linear building lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'-0"
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'-0" or more apart
Difference in relative position of adjacent columns from
specified relative position:
1/2" any deck level
Deviation from plumb:
1/4", any 10'-0" of height
1" maximum for the entire height
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
Pluslminus 1/2", any column, any location
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-1S
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
"
HLM 90007.00-1
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
2.
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" per foot, adjacent columns less than 20'.0"
apart
1/2", adjacent columns 20'.0" or more apart
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: plus/minus 1/4"
Beams:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
~lus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviat ,on in plan from straight line parallel to specified
linear building lines:
1/40" per foot, any beam less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any beam 20'.0" or more in length
Variation from specified bearing length on support:
pluslminus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
plus/minus 1/2"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
plus/minus 1/2", any beam, any location
Deviation in elevation of bearing surfaces from line
parallel to specified grade lines:
1/40" p~r foot, any length less than 20'-0"
1/2" maximum, any bean 20'.0" or more in length
Deviation of top of spandrel from specified elevation:
1/2", any panel
Jog in alignment of matching edges: 1/4"
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member: pluslminus 1/4"
Double Tee Deck Units:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan:
pluslminus 1/2", any tee, any location
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific
linear building line:
1/2", any tee
Variation from specified bearing length on support:
pluslminus 3/4"
Variation from specified bearing width on support:
plus/minus 1/4"
Variation in elevation of bearing surfaces from specified
elevation:
pluslminus 3/4", any tee, any end
Deviation in elevation from line parallel to specified
grade lines:
3/4" longitudinal
3/a" transverse
Jog in alignment of adjoining flanges:
1Ia", untopped decks
1/2", topped decks
Variation from specified flange joint width:
Pluslminus 1/4"
3.
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-16
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03420
PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4.
Variation of specified clearance from adjacent independent
member:
plus/minus 1/4"
Solid Slabs:
Variation in plan from specified location in plan: plus/minus I" any
plank, any location.
Deviation in plan from straight lines parallel to specific linear
building line 1", any plank.
Oeviat on of top elevation from line parallel to specified grade
lines at member ends: 3/4".
Jog in alignment of matching edges: I".
Variation from specified joint width: plus/minus 1/2".
Differential top elevation as erected: 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing length on support: plus/minus 3/4".
Variation from specified bearing width on support: plus/minus 1/2".
Oifferential bottom elevation of exposed planks: 1/4"
AI'
B. At the completion of work, remove rejected and surplus material, rubbish
or apparatus from the premises and del iver work in a clean and sound
condition to the satisfaction of the Architect.
remainder Hof' precast COfl1P()nQO~s. tc:rmainta in rt~quired<fini shed floor
elevation. . . .. HH '..H. .. . . ...... .
3.4
ATTACHMENTS
A. Subject to approval of the Architect, precast prestressed products may be
drilled or "shot" provided no contact is made with the prestressing steel.
Should spalling occur, it shall be repaired by the trade doing the drilling
or the shooting.
3.5 CLEANING
Al ^
".
Al
A3 A~
CleaR ~reeast caRerete s~l"faees ~ith ~etergeRt aRcl ~ater, ~siRg fiBer br~sh
aRcl spaRge, aRcl riRse thara~ghly ~ith cleaR ~ater.
i*W#.I{itlt!.lfl{lfail~tilil~i~i~!~
********************
END OF SECTION 03420
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03420-17
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEHBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
Al
o.
E
F
Al G.
A3 H/
a. ASTM A-615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
9. ASTM C-33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
10. ASTM C-42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
11. ASTM C-94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.
C. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
1. PCI MNL-116 "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production
of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products.
2. PCI MNL-120 "PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed
Concrete".
3. PCI' MNL-123 "Design and Typical Details of Connections for
Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
4//PCIMNLdl1 - Manual for Qual tty Control ford Plants and
.. Production of Architectural. Precast Concrete Products~
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI- 301 - "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2. ACI 31a - "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
American Welding Society (ASTM)
1. AWS 01.1 - "Structural Welding Code - Steel".
2. AWS 01.4 - " Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
1. CRSI - "Manual of Standard Practice".
American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA)d .. ....
Ip,Metal.curtain wa ll,window~ storefront and entrance:~ guide
....... ........ specificati on manual~
. Amer1can..Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
(AASHTO): .... .. . . . ... ..... . ......... ............
l~\ AASHTOF2.60-a4: Method of Sampl i ng and Testing far Total
Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials;..
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabri cator Qual Hi cat ions: Fi rms whi ch have two years successful
experience in fabrication of precast cGncrete units similar to units
required for this project will be acceptable. Fabricator must have
sufficient production capacity to produce required units without
....caus i ngdelayjnwork. ......... ..... ....... ...... ... . .. .... . ....
SI;.}.c.6mp]ywitl'i:':;:t-belllanufacttit.;ng' and. testing procedures..andquallt'l
"co~troTPrQvlsicinsat-::pC'rMNml16'i. ..... .. ...... ... .. ........ ............ ..... .. ... ............. ....
C~ ..:,~~:..r~sponsf~J~:.::for.cc:oQrdlriatlonof e lectri cat.. boxesctcutiTity:and
~qqjPJII~,,1;:::lJ.ries;. whlc.h::ap4!rC;ooc.ea I ed:yi n clud i ng... p 1 umbtngI eJE!cJr;c~ll
~.-Jt_ii:lt~:~~Vl~~~:~~~~~:':fiisct~m~;e.Aetri~~D~~l.. tij<~~.~
];~~":sPtayecJ40ri. Cellulose.:lhsulatlon/AcoUst; car MaferHali
ZL.. Elastomeric C6atfnq~Exterior.
3V tatexSatinPaint<- Interior
At
Al
Al
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. SBCCI Standard Building Code
B. AC I 31a
C. PC I MNL - 120
D. Wind Force Criteria
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490 PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
AZ
1. SBCCI Standard building code
2. Key West Land Development Code
3. Sasicwind speed: H.; 150 MPH; 1 = 1.00 LIS, 109 yea, lfteaR
rec~rreAee iAte'\al~
4. Conform with components and cladding requirements
S. Design units and unit connections to transfer lateral shear
forces to shearwal1 panel s. Do not use topping sl abs for
transfer of lateral shear forces.
E. Precast Un it Rei nforcement
1. Minimum reinforcement area: .002 times gross concrete area, each
way spaced 12 inches on center maximum.
2. Minimum perimeter reinforcement bar:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. 0.20 square inches for 4" or less panel
c. 0.31 square inches for greater than 4" panel thickness
3. Minimum Corner Reinforcement:
a. Additional to minimum reinforcement area
b. Provide diagonal reinforcing at all opening corners and
reentrant corners. Minimum reinforcing 2#4 each face
(inside layer) extending minimum 2'-0" past each corner.
4. Provide additional reinforcement for in-service loads, loads and
forces imposed during manufacturing, shipping erection and for
local stresses at connection or pick-up points.
F. Precast Unit Connections
1. Provide minimum of four connections to structure at top and
bottom of each precast cell, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
2. Minimum horizontal loads on connections: Provide positive direct
connection capable of resisting horizontal forces as specified or
minimum horizontal as follows:
a. 4" or less panel thickness: 800 lb.
b. Greater than 4" panel thickness:1600 lb.
A2
A3
",
+-:-41.5SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions
for manufactured materi al s and products. Incl ude manufacturer's
certifications and laboratory test reports as required.
Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for
fabrication and installation of precast concrete cell units signed and
sealed by State of Florida registered professional engineer who
prepared calculations indicating drawings were prepared under his
direct supervision. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section;
cast in openings and field cut openings; location, size and type of
reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices
necessary for handling and erection.
1. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast
unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation.
Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail
inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and
construction at openings in precast units.
Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are to be
embedded in other construction. Furnish templates if required
for accurate placement.
B.
2.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
Al 1. 6
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
Al
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
3. Include erection procedure for precast units and sequence of
erection.
C. Provide complete checked design calculations prepared by a registered
engineer, licensed in the State of Florida.
D. Submit welders qualifications per AWS 01.1.
E. Submit certificate signed and sealed by State of Florida registered
professional engineer stating that precast concrete panels and
connections to structure have been designed in accordance with
specified design requirements. List design requirements and values
used and in letter.
CERTlFICATlONSAND> qUAL! F ICATlONS
A~<Manufacturingttestlngl..andqual ity control procedur~s shall be in
.... ....general compliance wtththose of the pel Manual MNL 111
B~dgr()vj deCertificaUonsof Compliance.. for. the foll OWl n9;
dl>Materlal used; n fabr; cati on and> erection sha 11. meet. the
... requrr~mentsestab11 shed byi thi s Section.
2:~ If plant is not ad ?CI Certified. Plant. .... certificition of
complianc~withthe.concreterequirements will be required in the
form af test results made by an Owner-approved test i ng agency on
sets of three cylinders"! made1n compliance withASTMC-31 and
tested at 2adaysincampli ance with ASTM C-39 and PCl MNL 116~
Cost of aftest 1 ngshalT be borne by Contractor... ... . ...
3. .Certiffcati ons shall be. provided ondContractor.l s 1 etterhead~.
dated/andidenttfiedas.. applicable..... to.<.thts.project,with
signature f(]l"\1Iat:same as that.requiredOIlH the..contract between
Owner: and Cont ractor:;;:
Cw:tFectlon:'afiprecas t:ica ncreie-work<s hall. be<pe rfcrrmed/by. wo rkrrian
... slc.i1T~dinthJstype<of'work>and>under the .directionoflnstaller1s
supel"v i s or havi n9 cant in ua lexpe r1 en ce ins i m iIar wa rk 0 ve rnat least
. a fhte year period. .. . . . ....
O. The precast concrete manufacturing <plant shall bea pcr mel1lberpJant
orbecertJfiedbythePCr Plant Certificat 1 on Program and demonstrate
a minimum. of fiVe years: contInuous experience in the manufacture of
similar sJze.anci.typeof,:precast concrete units.
1.6 DELIVERY, STGRACE .\~lQ HAtIDLINC
1..1. ....I)ELIVERY~...STORAGe::.AND(}iANOt'tNQ
A.Deliver pre~ast coricretj~nits to project site in such quantities and
at such times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at
project site to prevent cracking, distortion, staining, or other
physical damage, and so that markings are visible. Lift and support
units at designated lift points.
B. Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction
before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates,
instructions and directions as required for installation.
1. 8 .PREtl~$!~l.~ATlp~CqNf~~;t{q:
~L.fl.le!lr~ti'~tl}ll\iI~lit~~ti;~~'JfJJlti!Jii~li
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
A3
Prec.a.stconcrete panels, precast concrete sections, precast concrete
coredplank:s~>precastconcrete modular cells and windows.
1> Prior to start of work, Contractor, Installers, Manufacturer" s
. representatives, all trades affected by precast panel worlc.~
Architect. and Owner's represent at ive shall meet at the s He, and
revi ewi nstall at i on, schedules, and coordination> procedures.
Include ind discussion sealants and formwork, compatibility of
fornlcoatingsto be used that may affect bonding of sealants and
applied finishes.. Record discussions, agreements (or
disagrti!ements) and action items required.. Furnish copies af
record to each partyattendi ng~
lfprovJqe. copy of meeting>rninutes to. Architect~
MOCK-UP
A. Provide for approval a full si ze mock-up cell, type as se 1 ected by
Architect. The cell shal r be made with the mi x proportion, and
materials anticipated in actual production. The cell will contain
typicalcast..ininserts if requested. The concrete shall be mixed,
pl:aced1:consoUdated and finished in. the same manner: as in actual
pr()duction~Mock-up cell to be deliveredtosftefor: review> and
approvaL This cell maybe used on the buildingjfdapprovedbytijg
Archftect~ .. . . ...d.
Al
Al
Al 1.9
Al
1
Byr:lhfsh: . Re.fer toSectfon 09a30 - ELASTOHERIC COATIN(;tand 09900' j
PAINTING (Bid Group Three - Interfor Surface).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMWORK
A. Provide forms and form facing materials of metal that is non-reactive
with concrete and will produce requireq finish surfaces.
2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Steel Wire: ASTM Aa2, plain cold-drawn steel.
c. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM AlaS, Flat Sheets.
D. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497.
E. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement
including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing,
supporting and fastening reinforcing, complying with CRSI
reconunendations.
F. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in
contact with forms, prOVide supports with legs which are plastic
protected (CRSI~ Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class
2) .
Al G. Portl and Cement: ASTM C1S0, T,ypefor Type II I. Use only one brand
and type of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to
Architect.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-S
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
A2
AT
A3
A3
AJ
Al
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test
results, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for
revised mix designs and strengths results must be submitted to and
accepted by Architect before using in the work.
F. Admixtures:
1. Use air-entraining admixture in concrete, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Use water-reducing admixtures in strict compliance with
manufacturer's directions. Admixtures to increase cement
dispersion, or provide increased workability for low-slump
concrete, may be used subject to Architect's acceptance.
3. Use amounts as recommended by admi xture manufacturer for c 1 i mat i c
conditions prevailing at time of placing. Adjust quantities of
admixtures as required for maintain quality control.
G. Chloride Ion Content:
1. Maximum 0.15% concrete weight for reinforced concrete or 0.06%
for prestressed concrete.
2. Test ill accordance wlth> AASHTO T-260. iAdivich::JaliAgrcdicAt or
trial eatcflcS Elf C8Ac:retc. at tne sal!le rate aSJ3reeast stl"tictural
eyliAde's~ .......... ..... .... . ...... .. .............. .. ........ .. .... ..................... ............. . ....
3V> Obtain test samplesfromwellcuredconcreteage#H at least 28
days..... . .. . .. .......... ............ .... ....... . .
4;. Sample each. 2000 square feet of wall and floOr-area.
Ht Unless noted: otherwi set concrete shall meet the requi rements of
Sect t on 03300 - CAST - I N- PLACE CONCRETE.
2.5 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Insulated Precast Panel: .
1. "Thermomass II Concrete Sandwi ch Wa 11 System:
a. Fiber-composite rod by COMPOSITE TECHNOLIGIES CORPORATION
(aOO) 232-174a.
b. Insulation: Refer to Section 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION.
B. Cast-In-Place Metal Frames: Refer to S~ction Oal00 - METAL DOORS AND
FRAMES.
C. Concrete Topping: Refer to Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Field verify required unit dimensions prior to fabrication.
B. General: Fabricate precast concrete units complying with
manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations,
and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-116, and as specified for types
of units required.
C. Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as
specified here.
1. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid
setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM
C94 may be required.
2. When the air temperature is between 80.F and 90.F, reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 7S minutes, and when air
temperature is above 90.F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60
minutes.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-7
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13,1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CEll
Al
D. Built-Up Anchorages: Accurately position built-in anchorage devices
and secure to formwork. Locate anchorages where they do not affect
position of main reinforcement or placing of concrete.
E. Openings:
1. Cast-in holes for openings for wall grilles.
2. Cast-in floor drains and shower drains.
3. Cast-in openings larger than 10" diameter or 10" in largest
dimension.
4. Field cut openings less than 10" diameter or 10" in largest
dimension at Contractor's Option.
S.ti Cast.;in sleeves for plumbingal1dfil"espl"lrik.JerS.
F. Coat surfaces of forms with bond-breaking compound before
reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating
compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete
surfaces, and wi 11 not i mpa i r subsequent treatments of concrete
surfaces requiring bond or adhesion. Apply in compliance with
manufacturer's instructions.
G. Cl ean rei nforcement of loose rust and mi 11 scale, earth and other
materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
H. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against
displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement
operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers. and hangers as required.
I. Place reinforcement to obtain at least the minimum coverage for
concrete protect i on. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar
supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement
operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not
toward exposed concrete surfaces.
J. Pl ace concrete in a cont i nuous ope rat i on to prevent formation of seams
or planes of weakness in precast units, complying with requirements of
ACI 304. Thoroughly consolidate placed concrete by internal and
external vibration without dislocation or damage to reinforcement and
bu i 1t - i n items.
K. Identification: Provide permanent mark'ings to identify pick-up points
and orientation in structure, complying with markings indicated on
final shop drawings. Imprint date of casting on each precast unit on
a surface which will not show in finished structure.
L. Curi ng by low-pressure steam, by steam vapor, by radi ant heat and
moisture, or other similar process may be employed to accelerate
concrete hardening and to reduce curing time.
M 2.6
2~7FINISH OF SURFACES
A.
Provide finishes for formed surfaces of precast concrete as indicated
for each type of unit, and as follows:
1. Standard Finish: Normal plant run finish produced in forms that
impart a smooth finish to concrete. Small surface holes caused
by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and
spalls will be tolerated, but no major or unsightly
imperfect ions, honeycomb or structural defects wi 11 be permitted.
:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-8
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
Al
Al
2. Arch itectura 1 Grade Fin ish: Use for exposed surfaces in fi na 1
construction. Ail" hales <lAd pClC\U:tS over 1/1" JRd URGe!" 1"
diaRlctcl" filled ,JaR FIIertar l3atcAiA~ ~rel:lt as specifies iA
SectioA 03600. FerRI effsets ever 1/8" sAall be ~rel:lAd SFllootA.
Air holes and pockets over lla" sha 11 be filled with mortar
patc.hinqsrout as specifiedind Section 03600. Surface including
patching and form offsets shall be ground smooth. Comply with
requirements of per MNL-117.
A3
B. Finish of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Unforled surfaces to interface other precast elements: Apply
trowel finish. Consolidate concrete, bring to proper level with
straight edge, float and trowel to a smooth uniform finish.
Steel trowel finish face to match precast concrete panels.
2. Unformed surfaces to interface cast-in-place concrete:
Consolidate concrete and bring to proper level with straight
edge. Surfaces shall be intentionally roughened to a full
amplitude of approximately 1/4".
M Z.7
2.8 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A3
^. POMen ASSOCIATES, I~JC.
B. STRESSCON
C. ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS, INC.
O. TYNDALL CONCRETE PRODUCTS
E. AreAitect a~prevee e~l:IivaleAt
A3
AVAn
are
L<
2\
3.
4.;,;.:....
s.
11 stedbeJow are approved. as manufacturers. Substitution forms
required where components<are at vari ancewitfld~s:j91'l9()C:t.lmcants~
ARCHlTECTURALSYSTEMSINC .d,
POMCO.ASSOCIAIES,.INC.
SOUTHERN PRESTRESSED
STRESSCON
Arc h itectapproved:Oequiv al e nt8.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Place precast units and shim at bearing walls to correct position.
Use a sufficient number of shims in locations so as not to overstress
any portion of the unit.
B. Welding: Perform welding in compliance with AWS 01.1.
C. Protect units from damage by field welding or cutting operations and
provide non-combustible shield as required.
:
D. Repair damaged metal surfaces by cleaning and applying a coat of
liquid galvanizing repair compound to galvanized surfaces and
compatible primer to painted surfaces.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-9
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: 00 not use powder-actuated fasteners for
surface attachment of accessory items in precast, prestressed uni t
unless otherwise accepted by precast manufacturer.
F.
Installation Tolerances: Install precast units without exceeding
following tolerance limits:
1. Variations from plumb: 1/4" in any 20' run or story height; 1/2"
total in any 40' or longer run.
2. Variations from level or elevation: 1/4" in any 20' run; 1/2" in
any 40' run; total plus or minus 1/2" at any location.
3. Varia~jon from position in plan: Plus or minus 1/2" maximum at
any location. Zero tolerance shall be maintained in cell
placement for alignment of slider units.
4. Offsets in alignment of adjacent members at any joint: 1/16" in
any 10' run; 1/4" maximum.
5~ Tolerances are not cumulative.
Al
G. After precast un its have been placed and secured, cast- in or grout
horizontal joints as indicated.
H. Grout open spaces at connect i on and hori zonta 1 beari ng joi nts as
indicated:
1. Shri nkage- res i stant grout cons i st i ng of premi xed compound and
water to prov i de a fl owab 1 e mi xture without segregat i on or
bleeding.
2. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain grout in place
until sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with
stiff grout material, tamping until voids are completely filled.
Place grout to finish smooth, plumb and level with adjacent
concrete surfaces. Keep grouted joints damp for not less than 24
hours after initial set. Promptly remove grout material from
exposed surfaces before it hardens.
3.2 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL EVALUATIONS
A. The Owner may employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate precast
manufacturer's quality control and testing methods.
B. The precast manufacturer shall allow Owner's testing facility access
to materials storage areas, concrete production equipment, and
concrete pl acement and curi ng faci 1 it i es. Cooperate wi th Owner's
testing laboratory and provide samples of materials and concrete mixes
as may be requested for additional testing evaluation.
C. Dimensional Tolerances: Units having dimensions smaller or greater
than required, and outside specified tolerance limits, will be subject
to additional testing as specified here.
D. Precast units having dimensions greater than required will be rejected
if appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected, or
if larger dimensions interface with other construction. Repair or
remove and replace rejected units as required to meet construction
cond it ions.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-10
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03490
PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL
Al
B
Cost of testing and replac i og work not in conformance with Contract
Documents wi 11 be paid by Contractor.
Al 3.5 CLEANING
Al
A3
A. leave precast concrete surfaces in a cl ean, uni form condit ion,. free of
oils. grease and other materials not removable by ordinary cleaning
with detergent and water using fiber brushes and sponges, except where
sea lants are app 1 i ed by Contractor then prepare surface for app 1 icat ion
of sealant~ in accordance with sealant manufacturer requirements.
********************
END OF SECTION 03490
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03490-12
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Building insulation work. Provide all accessories and components for
a complete installation for:
1. Rigid board insulation
2. Fire safing insulation.
3. Bonding adhesives.
6. Fire/Smoke Stop System
B. Provide materials only for installation as specified in other
Sections.
1. Rigid insulation for exterior plaster wall finish.
2. Rigid insulation for precast concrete sandwich panel.
3. Rigid insulation for precast concrete modular cell.
4. Rigid insulation for cast-in-crete concrete block-outs.
5. Rigid insulation for insulated concrete floors under food service
walk-in units.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03412 - PRECAST CONCRETE PANELS.
2. Section 03490 - PRECAST CONCRETE MODULAR CELL.
A3 Sect ion 03SZ0 - INSULATING CONCRETE
1. 2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product 1 iterature and
installation instructions for each type of insulation material
required.
B. Certified Test Reports: W'ith product data, submit copies of certified
test reports showi ng comp 1 i ance with spec ifi ed performance values
including R values (aged values for plastic insulations), densities,
compression strengths, fire performance characteristics, and similar
properties.
C. Submit written certification that material proposed for use complies
with requirements established by this Section. Indicate testing
agency and test number, for materials whi ch are a part of a rated
assembly.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Use means necessary to protect materials of this section before,
during, and after installation and to protect installed work and
materials of other trades.
B. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements
necessary at no additional cost to Owner.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which
are i dent i ca 1 to those whose fi re performance characteri st i cs and
acoustical properties, as listed for each material or assembly of
which insulation is a part, have been determined by testing, per
methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
At.
1. Where insulation for rated roof/ceiling assembly, floor/ceiling
assembly, wall assembly or perimeter insulations are required,
provide insulation types which have been fire-tested under
simulated field conditions and ASTM E-119 time-temperature fire
exposure tests. To "Submittal" requirements of this Section,
provide testing agency, test number, and hourly rating certifi-
cation as approved by UL or authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Conform to ASTM E 84 "Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials".
C. Fire Resist::mce Ratings: Conform to ASTM E119, "Fire Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
O. Regulatory Requirements:
L Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of
Florida, Department of Community Affa irs ~
a. Comply with Energy Codes for energy efficiency building
requirments. Certify in writing, with calculations that the
proposed install ation meets or exceeds these requi rements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Insulation:
1. Extruded closed cell polystyrene. Thermal resistance "R" of 1"
thickness at 5.0 (at 750F mean temperature) and 5.4 (at 40oF.).
Density: not less than 1.7 pounds per cubic foot; water
absorption: less than 0.7% by volume; "K" factor at 750F. shall
not be greater than 0.2S. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C
57a, Type IV materials. Maximum flame spread 5 and smoke
A3 developed of 16S. Products: if iA cOffipliaAce yit~ above:
a. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TG"
b. U.C. INDUSTRIES "Foamular"
Al c. ArchitectapprovedequivaHmt.
B. Rigid Insulation forPrecasl Concrete Sandwich Panel and Modular Cell:
Al 1. Styrofoam Brand Insulation, DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY; pre-drilled
extruded polystyrene, R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 750
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-Sla;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272;andmeeting physical properties given in ASTM C-57a, Type
A3 IV. ProdUcts :. if i fL cSRlpllaAte .,dtR aaeve:
i{ ..OOWCHEMICALCOMPAN'tHltStyr;-ofoam SM/TGlt
b>UfCl INDUSTRIES II FOiunuTar' .
c;; ....Archi tectd approved equivalent.
C. Rigid Ins~lation for Floor Conditions:
Al 1. Provide DOW "Styrofoam PD-60"; extruded polystyrene foam
insulation with minimum compressive strength of 60 lbs/sq. in. to
comply with ASTM 0-1621; R-value of 5.0 per 1" thickness (at 75.
mean temperature) when tested in accordance with ASTM C-51a;
maximum water absorption of 0.1% by volume when tested with ASTM
C-272; and meeting physical properties given in ASTM C-578, type
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION
A3 V I I. I V . Products: if i A e.ORlfll i aAe.e wi tA aes\'c:.
a~ DOWCHEMICAl COMPANY "Styrofoam SM/TGll
b. U.C INDUSTRIES "Foamular'*
c~. Architect approved equ iva 1 ent.
:
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 07210-2a
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13t 1991
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Lightweight insulating concrete fill with integral insulation boards
placed over precast concrete roof deck substrate.
2. Perimeter joint filler.
B. Related sections:
1. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Section 03410 - PRECAST CORED PLANKS
3 Section 03420 - PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS
4. Section 07530 - SINGLE PLY ROOFING
5. Section 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
6. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C138 - Test Methods for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content
(Gravimetric) of Concrete.
B. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmi ss i on Propert i es by Means of the Guarded-Hot- Pl ate
Apparatus.
D. ASTM C260 - Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
E. ASTM C332 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating
Concrete.
F. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
G. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement.
H. ASTM C495 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating
Concrete.
I. ASTM CSla - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter
Apparatus.
J. Factory Mutual System Approval Guide.
: K. Underwriters Laboratories - Fire Resistance Directory.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-1
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE
1. Provide installation and materials to conform to UL Design No. P910.
B. Performance Requirements
1. Wind uplift resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in
Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class 1-90 Wind Uplift
Rating.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide physical characteristics, thermal values, and
product limitations of all components of the system.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate product installation
criteria, environmental and curing requirements.
C. Shop drawings: layout indicating drainage patterns, proposed elevations,
board patterns and interfacing requirements with adjacent materials.
D. Test reports:
1. Submit test reports from an Independent Testing Laboratory acceptable
to Architect and Construction Manager, showing compliance with Factory
Mutual Wind Resistance classification.
2. Submit laboratory test results for Thermal Resistance Values based on
ASTM C 177 or C 51a.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Provide Owner with an Insulating Concrete Warranty:
1. The lightweight insulating concrete roof deck shall be warranted for
a minimum 80% of Design Thermal Resistance. The insulation will
remain "re-roofable" for the,warranty period. The insulation will
remain in place if the roof membrane sustains wind damage.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
\..J ~ .
.,,-_<:: r'1 ~\r'
A. Installer qualifications:
1. Company specializing in placing lightweight concrete fill material
specified in this Section with minimum five years documented
experience and approved by manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Comply with local codes and ordinances.
2. Wind Uplift Resistance: Deck system tested, approved and listed in
Factory Mutual System Approval Guide for FM Class 1-90 Wind Uplift
Resistance rating.
3. Energy Efficiency Code for Building Construction; State of Florida,
Department of Community Affairs.
C. Certifications:
1. Upon completion of roof deck work, furnish the roof deck system
manufacturer's certificate stating the lightweight insulating concrete
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-2
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03S20
INSULATING CONCRETE
was applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, and system was
applied in compliance with manufacturer instructions.
2. Compliance with Florida Energy Efficiency Code for Building
Construction, 1991; compliance with R values indicated.
D.
Pre-Installation Conference
1. Comply with pre-installation
requirements of Section 07530 for
requirements.
and pre-application conference
coordination and interfacing work
E. Thermal Resi~tance values: Thermal conductivity of insulating concrete
shall be based on laboratory testing of dry materials in accordance with
ASTM C 177 or C 51a. Thermal conductivity based on 40 degrees mean
temperature.
1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturers original undamaged containers and
packing.
B. Store packaged materi alto protect materi a 1 from the elements and from
physical damage.
1. 00 not use cement that shows i ndi cat i on of moi sture damage, caking, or
other deterioration.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete when ambient temperature is at
or above 1l0oF.
B. Do not place lightweight insulating concrete on surfaces covered with
standing water.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturer for lightweight insulating concrete:
1. W.R. Grace (NVS Roof Deck System).
2. Strong-Lite Products Corporation, Pine Bluff, Arkansas.
3. Air Light Processing Corp. of Florida, Vero Beach, Florida.
4. Architect approved equivalent.
B. "Foamed" concrete or cellular lightweight insulating concrete types are not
acceptable.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM CIS0, Portland Type I - Normal.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-3
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE
B. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C332; Group I, vermiculite.
C. Concrete Materials: ASTM C33 small aggregate and water.
D. Ai r Entrainment Agent: Type recommended and approved by 1 ightweight
insulating concrete system manufacturer.
E. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of organic
material, chloride, and other impurities.
F. Insulation beard: One pound density rigid polystyrene insulation board
with bonding and venting slots, as required by Factory Mutual and UL.
Provide FMor UL approval label for wind uplift rating on each bundle.
1. Stepped insulation system: thickness as required to maintain average
R resistance value of 20 for the roof system at the low point of the
roof, or a minimum U value for the system of .05 Btuh/hr/sq. ft.
G. Calcium chloride or any admixture containing chloride salts are not
permi tted.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Perimeter Joint Filler as Required by Manufacturer: Glass fiber strips,
compressible to 50 percent original thickness under load of 2S with full
recovery; (ASTM C-612).
B. Vents: Type recommended by lightweight aggregate manufacturer.
2.4 CONCRETE MIX
A. General: Design 1 ightweight insul ating concrete mix to produce the
following minimum physical properties.
1. Wet Density at Point of Placement: 60 pcf, when tested in accordance
with ASTM C 13a.
2. Oven-Dry Density: 3a pcf, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 49S.
3. Compressive Strength: Minimum 300 psi, when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 49S.
B. Cement to aggregate ratio: 1:3:S CF.
C. Minimum amount of water required to produce a workable mix.
D. Comply with lightweight insulating concrete manufacturer recommendations
for maximum air content.
2.5: SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests:
1. Coordinate fastener testing and other testing as required with Section
07530.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03520-4
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03520
INSULATING CONCRETE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine prior construction and conditions under which work will be
performed.
B. 00 not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
C. Verify that deck surface is suitable to receive work of this Section.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Control Joints: Install control joints at perimeter of roof deck and at
junctures with vertical surfaces, including curbs, walls, and vents, for
full depth of insulating concrete, as recommended by the manufacturer of
Insulating Concrete System.
1. Provide I-inch wide expansion joint material for roof areas with
dimensions up to 100 ft. in length; 1-1/2 inches thick for roof area
dimensions exceeding 100 ft.
3.3 !NSTALLATION
A. Place lightweight insulating concrete in accordance with manufacturer'~
instructions, using equipment and procedures to avoid segregation of mi.
and loss of air content. Deposit and screed in a continuous operation
until an entire panel or section or roof area is completed. 00 not vibrate
or work mix except for screeding or floating. Place lightweight insulating
concrete to depths and slopes as shown on approved shop drawings. Leave
top surface in acceptable condition to receive subsequent roofing
application.
B. Begin curing operations immediately aft~r placement, and air cure for not
less than three days in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Provide temporary protection of removable waterproof covering to prevent
direct exposure to moisture.
3.4 CURING
A Air cure in accordance with light weight aggregate manufacturer's
instructions.
A. Protect insulating concrete from excess evaporation of surface moisture.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing for dry density will be performed under
provisions of Section 01410.
B. Testing laboratory will take three test samples from each 75 or less cu yr
of insulating concrete placed.
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03S20-5
BID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM 13-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
SECTION 03520 INSULATING CONCRETE
1. Test in accordance with ASTM C-172, except as modified by ASTM C 495.
2. Determine wet density in accordance with ASTM C-13a.
3. Determine compressive strength and oven-dry density in accordance with
ASTM C 49S. Make at least 6 molds during each placement.
C. Drainage test: Upon curi ng of a sect i on of the roof, water test for
drainage in presence of Architect.
1. In the event that roof does not drain properly, or low areas occur,
fill in low areas and cut back high areas per manufacturer
instructions, refinish and retest.
D. Report test results to Architect and 1 ightweight insulating concrete
producer within 24 hours of completion of each test.
3.6 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. General: Refinish, or remove and replace lightweight insulating concrete
surfaces that are too rough to receive finish roofing, or where physical
properties do not meet specified requirements.
********************
END OF SECTION 03520
HLM 90007.00-1
THE NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER 03S20-6
SID GROUP TWO ADDENDUM #3-SEPTEMBER 13, 1991
ADDENDUM NO. 3
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
September 17, 1991
Modification No.1:
Replace section 00001, Table of Contents, dated 08/20/91, with new
section 00001, dated 09/16/91.
Modification No.2:
Replace section 00110, Precast Concrete Proposal Form, dated
08/14/91, with new section 00110, dated 09/13/91. Revision was
made to add Alternate No. 10-01.
Modification No.3:
Replace section 00163, Substitutions, dated 05/17/91, with new
section 00163, Substitutions, dated 09/10/91. Revision was made
to substitution request form on page 4.
Modification No.4:
Add into Section 00220, Geotechnical Data,': the attached "Report of
Final Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation", as prepared and
submitted by Westinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Services,
Inc., dated January 15, 1991.
Bidders whose construction means and methods require the use of
heavy equipment and rigging, are to pay particular attention to the
report pertaining to the subsurface silt layer/root mat. Bidders
should consider the use of lagging or bridging for their equipment
when making heavy lifts.
Modification No.5:
".
Replace section 00310, Precast Concrete Scope of Work, dated
08/20/91, with new section 00310, dated 09/16/91. Revision was
made to rename cast-in-place concrete requirements, Alternate No.
09/17/91
ADDENDUM NO. 3
Page 1
10-01. Revision made to further define embedded metal
responsibility.
Modification No.6:
Replace section 00311, Elevator Contractor Scope of Work, dated
08/14/91, with new section 00311, dated 09/16/91. Revision made
to further define embedded metal responsibility.
Modification No. ~.
Replace section 00312, Precast Embeds Scope of Work, dated
08/07/91, with new section 00312, dated 09/16/91. Revision was
made to further define embedded metal responsibility.
Modification No.8:
Replace schedule under section 00350, Milestone Schedule, Bid Group
1, plot date 26Jul91, with revised and updated schedule, plot date
16Sep91.
Modification No.9:
Replace section section 00352, Milestone Schedule, Bid Group 2,
dated 09/04/91, and schedule with plot date 29Ju191, with revised
section 00352 dated 09/16/91, and schedule with plot date 16Sep91.
Modification No. 10:
Replace section 00800, certificate of Occupancy, dated 08/08/91,
with new section 00800, dated 09/16/91. Grammar revision made.
Modification No. 11:
Replace section 00980, Contractor Quali ty Control Plan, dated
08/13/91, with new section 00980, dated 09/16/91.
Modification No. 12:
Replace section 00992, Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2, dated
09104/91, with new section 00992, dated 09/16/91.
09/17/91
ADDENDUM NO. 3
Page 2
Modification No. 13:
Replace section 01395, Document Clarification Requests, dated
08/20/91, with new section 01395, dated 09/16/91.
Modification No. 14:
Incorporate Document 00903, Addendum No.3, dated September 13,
1991, to Bid Group 2, into the bidding documents. This document
was prepared by Hansen Lind Meyer, and is shown on pink colored
sheets. This document contains revised specifications, revision
notes to drawings, and revised drawings.
:
09/17/91
ADDENDUM NO. 3
Page 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BID GROUP 2
(Volume I)
1. Bidding Documents (Volume I)
section 00030 Notice of Calling for Bids
Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders
Proposal Forms:
section 00110 Precast Concrete
section 00111 Hydraulic Elevators
section 00112 Precast Embeds
Schedule of Unit Prices:
section 00140 Precast Concrete
section 00141 Hydraulic Elevators
Section 00163 Pre-Bid Substitutions
section 00220 Geotechnical Data
section 00230 site Survey
Section 00303
section 00305
section 00307
section 00309
section 00310
section 00311
Section 00312
section 00350
section 00352
section 00410
Scopes of Work for Reference (BG-1):
site Electrical & Temporary Power
site Grading & Caissons
Concrete Foundations
site Plumbing
Scopes of Work (BG-2):
Precast Concrete
Hydraulic Elevators
Precast Embeds
Reference: Milestone Schedule, BG-1
Milestone Schedule, BG-2
Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February
1970 edition
section 00420 Sworn statement on Public Entity Crimes
Section 00425 Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
section 00430 Non-Collusion Affidavit
Section 00440 Proposed Subcontractor Listing
09/16/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3)
00001 - 1
Section 00450 Contractor Evaluation Form
2. Contract Documents (Volume I)
section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner
and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM,
June 1980 edition
section 00610 Public Construction Bond
3. Conditions (Volume I)
section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document
A201/CM, June 1980 edition
Section 00800 Substantial Completion and Owner
Acceptance
Section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions
Section 00900 Application & certificate for Payment -
AlA Document G702/G703
section 00901 Addendum #1, Bid Group 1, dated May 31,
1991
section 00902 Addendum #2 Bid Group 1, dated June 5,
1991
Section 00904
Addendum #4 Bid Group 1, dated July 2,
1991
Contractor's Affi~avit of Payment of
Debts and Claims
Contractor's Affidavit of Release of
Liens
Section 00905
section 00908
Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA
Document G707, April 1970 edition
Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan
Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control
Plan
09/16/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3)
00001 - 2
4 . Drawings
section 00990 For Reference, Schedule of Drawings, Bid
Group 1
section 00992 Schedule of Drawings, Bid Group 2
5. General Requirements (Volume I)
Section 01027
Section 01028
Section 01200
Section 01301
Section 01310
Section 01370
Section 01385
Section 01395
Section 01410
Section 01510
Section 01520
Section 01550
Section 01560
Section 01590
Section 01595
Section 01600
Section 01630
Section 01650
Section 01670
Section 01700
Section 01710
Section 01720
Section 01730
Application for Payment
Change Order Procedures
Project Meetings
Submittals
Progress Schedules
Schedule of Values
Daily Construction Reports
Document Clarification Requests
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary utilities
Construction Aids
Access Roads and Parking Areas
Temporary Controls
Field Offices and Sheds
Construction Cleaning
Material and Equipment
Post-Bid Substitutions
starting of Systems
Systems Demonstrations
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
operation and Maintenance Data
09/16/91
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3)
00001 - 3
6. Technical specifications, Bid Group TWo, (Volume II, dated
July 23, 1991)
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
section 03100
section 03200
section 03300
section 03410
Section 03412
section 03420
section 03490
section 03520
section 03600
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement
cast-in-Place Concrete
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Insulating Concrete
Grout
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
section 04200 Unit Masonry
DIVISION 5 - METALS
section 05180
section 05500
section 05510
section 05810
Miscellaneous Structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Stairs
Expansion Joint Covers Assemblies
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
section 06100 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07115
section 07210
Section 07530
Section 07720
section 07900
Sheet Waterproofing
Building Insulation
Single Ply Roofing
Roof Accessories
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
section 08100
section 08410
section 08660
Section 08710
Section 08800
Section 08842
Section 08902
",
Metal Doors And Frames
Aluminum Entrances
Security Windows
Door Hardware
Glazing
Security Glazing
Aluminum Window Walls
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
section 09200 Lath and Plaster
09/16/91
00001 - 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3)
section 09830
Section 09900
Elastomeric coating
Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
section 10200
section 10606
Louvers and Vents
Security Fencing Assembly
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
section 14240 Hydraulic Elevators
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
section 16111 Conduit Systems
09/16/91
00001 - 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 3)
SECTION 00110
PROPOSAL FORM
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
BID TO
MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS
500 WHITEHEAD STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference
Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other
Contract Documents for the construction of:
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be
performed, having become familiar with all local conditions
including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized
himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the
Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equ~pment, transportation
services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete
said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in
conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract
Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected
the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together
wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the
conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful
bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays
arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent
physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by
reference to documentary information provided and made available,
and from inspection and examination of the site.
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 1
BASE BID FORM
l. Mobilization $
2 . General Conditions $
3 . Permits $
4. Bonds $
5. Submittals $
Zone A Precast Concrete
6. Engineering $
7. Material & Fabrication $
8. Delivery $
9. Erection $
Zone B Precast Concrete
10. Engineering $
1l. Material & Fabrication $
12. Delivery $
13. Erection $
Zone C Precast Concrete
14. Engineering $
15. Material & Fabrication $
16. Delivery $
17. Erection $
Zone D Precast Concrete
18. Engineering $
19. Material & Fabrication $
20. Delivery $
21'. Erection $
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 2
Zone E Precast Concrete
22. Engineering $
23. Material & Fabrication $
24. Delivery $
25. Erection $
TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 25 (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL BID, (words)
DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 3
OWNER OPTION BID FORM
Owner option 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
At the option of the owner, provide precast concrete for
future Zone F. This area is defined as the area bound by
column lines Gb to La, and 17 line to 24 line, as well as
column lines U to X, and 37 line to 42 line.
Area F Precast Concrete
27. Engineering
30. Erection
$
$
$
$
28. Material & Fabrication
29. Delivery
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, items
27 thru 30, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-01 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 4
Owner option 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No. 12. Precast
Embeds
At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding documents
in order to do so.
Allor part of this Owner option may be considered for
awarding to the precaster.
Precast Embeds
32. Cell Chase Door Frames
35. All Other Embeds
$
$
$
$
33. Cell Chase Doors & Hardware
34. Window Frames
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, items
32 thru 35, (figures)
$
----------
----------
TOTAL OWNER OPTION 10-03 BID, (words)
DOLLARS
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 5
ALTERNATES BID FORM
36. Alternate 10-01:
cast-in-Place Concrete Areas
structural elements where installation of double tees mayor
may not be achievable, including, but not limited to Zone A,
are in the scope of work for the precaster, (reference section
00310-3, item 1.2.23). This work is to also be included in
bidders base bid.
This Alternate 10-01 requests the deviation in base bid for
deletinq the furnishing and installing of the subject portion
of work, should the Owner accept it.
Provide net change in base bid for deletina cast-in-
place concrete areas from the scope of work. Circle
either ADD or DEDUCT.
ADD / DEDUCT
$
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 6
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
I have included pages 1 through 7 of the Proposal Form____, and
attached the required Bid security____, Unit Price Schedule____,
Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest
Clause , Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non-
Collusion Affidavit , and proposed Subcontractor listing .
---- ----
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
:
09/13/91
PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 3)
00110 - 7
SECTION 00163
SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Document includes
A. Pre-Bid Substitutions
1.2 BIDDER'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select
product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers
named which complies with the technical specifications.
C. For Products specified by naming several products or
manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal",
or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar
wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any
product or manufacturer which is not specifically named
for review and approval by the Architect.
D.
For products specified by
product/manufacturer, there is
substitution will be allowed.
naming only one
no option and no
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1. Substitutions for products may be made during the
bidding prior by submitting completed substitution
request form and substantiating product
data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior
to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits.
2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this
section from the Bidder for substitution of products
in place of those specified.
3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date
will be included in the addendum if acceptable.
4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a
facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request
forms and substantiating data are submitted.
B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support
09/10/91
SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3)
00163 - 1
each request with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed
substitution with requirements stated in Contract
Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
7. Designation of availability of maintenance services,
sources of replacement materials.
C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
Contract Documents.
2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect,
do not include adequate information necessary for
a complete evaluation.
D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder
represents that:
1. He has investigated proposed product and has
determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in
all respects to that specified.
2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for
substitution as for product specified.
3. He will coordinate installation of accepted
substitution into the Work, and will make such
changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete in all respects.
4. He waives claims for additional costs caused by
substi tution which may subsequently become apparent.
5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs
under his Contract, but not:
09/10/91
SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3)
00163 - 2
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for
inclusion in addendum.
1.5 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable
promptness.
B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to
identify accepted substitutions.
C. Substi tution requests that are not approved will be
returned to the party submitting the request.
1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
A. The form is attached to this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
".
09/10/91
SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3)
00163 - 3
TO: Project Architect
HANSEN LIND MEYER INC.
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
P.O. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040
(305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of
the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or specifications
which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to
the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result
in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Approved
____Approved as noted
____Not Approved
____Received too Late
____Insufficient data received
By
Date
09/10/91
SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3)
00163 - 4
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G.
Itemized comparison of specified item(s)
substitution; list significant variations:
with the proposed
H. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 00163
09/10/91
SUBSTITUTIONS (ADD. 3)
00163 - 5
SECTION 00310
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 10
Precast Concrete
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, t,)ols, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriptions
03100
03200
03300
03410
03412
03420
03490
03600
05180
07210
07900
Concrete Formwork (for item 1.2.23 below)
Concrete Reinforcement (for item 1.2.23 below)
Cast-In-Place Concrete (for item 1.2.23 below)
Precast Concrete Hollow Cored Planks
Precast Concrete Panels
Precast Prestressed Concrete Sections (excluding
precast sills and lintels for masonry walls)
Precast Concrete Modular Cell
Grout (for general precast grouting and item 1.2.3)
Miscellaneous Structural Steel ( for items 1.2. 1,
6,15,16,17,22,30 below)
Building Insulation (for item 1.2.2 below)
Joint Sealers (for item 1.2.2 below)
1.2 Special provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1
".
Furnish, install and erect all items related to the
Precast Concrete, such as anchorage items, clips, bearing
pads, column bearing plates, inserts and dowels, etc.,
as required. Furnish only to the appropriate contractor
for installation, anchorage items required to be embedded
in other construction and associated with the
installation of the Precast Concrete. Provide setting
diagrams, template diagrams, templates, erection drawings
and directions as required for installation of embedded
items, in other trades work.
.2 Furnish and install rigid insulation for precast concrete
sandwich panel, and precast concrete modular cell, in
09/16/91
00310 - 1
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
accordance with section 07210. Furnish and install
complete detail firesafing insulation and caulking in
locations where installation is required during erection
of precast concrete members. For example of typical
detail, see drawing 4.36, section M, on 23 line. Also,
precaster shall be responsible, as required by section
03412, for weather sealing components, in place, between
adj acent panels, and between precast and previously
installed cast-in-place concrete.
.3 Joints l'etween precast members which are to receive
concrete topping, shall be grouted per section 03600
prior to placing concrete topping.
.4 Install embeds, anchorage plates, anchors and inserts,
for attachment of detention furnishings.
.5 Install in precast concrete all blockouts, sleeves,
anchors, plates, frames, etc. for all trades; such as,
masonry, elevators, roofing, mechanical, electrical, fire
sprinkler, plumbing, and security systems, supplied and
coordinated by others prior to casting.
.6 Welds shall be cleaned and appropriately touched-up.
.7 All temporary shoring and rigging during installation
shall be the responsibility of the precast contractor.
.8 Safety procedures, such as load testing cranes, and
construction of temporary safety items, (i.e., opening
covers, netting, rails, and guards) shall be the
responsibili ty of the precast contractor. Contractor
shall maintain as required all safety construction until
permanent construction details are installed, or for a
period of (60) days from turnov~r to all follow-on work
as determined by the CM. OSHA approved safety barriers
are to be provided and maintained until occupancy of
follow-on contractor to hazard area, as approved by
Construction Manager. Reference section 00970, Project
Safety and Health Program.
.9 There will be a structural inspector employed by Owner,
on this threshold building, and precaster shall cooperate
with representatives.
.10 Contractor is responsible for returning disturbed
work/staging areas back to rough grade, and dressing out.
.11 Upon completion of erection, point, patch, clean, remove
rust and touch-up paint all metal work.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 2
. 12 Upon completion of casting and removal of forms, and
prior to removing from manufacturer's yard for delivery,
point, patch, clean, remove rust and touch-up paint all
work.
.13 Assist all trades regarding location of field
penetrations, and approval of all field penetrations
through precast concrete.
.14 Install chase door frames and cell window frames.
.15 Furnish and install all double-tee shear connections.
.16 Furnish and install all bearing pads, plates, etc.,
including precast concrete to cast-in-place concrete
connections.
.17 Precaster shall submit to the Construction Manager weekly
plant production reports.
.18 Not Used.
.19 Furnish, install and maintain temporary scaffold
stairways at two locations as directed by the
Construction Manager with provisions for egress to the
1st floor, 2nd floor and roof level. Temporary stairways
will be used for general construction use. For bid
purposes provide stairs at completion of precast erection
of Area 'A' for a period of (90) days and a set of stairs
at completion of erection of Area 'C' for a period of
(60) days. The term completion used herein shall mean
complete to the stage which shall allow full occupancy
by other trades as determined by the CM which shall be
documented by written notice. Modification of these
specified time intervals will ~e facilitated by change
order.
.20 Not Used.
.21 Not Used.
.22 Furnish and install all embeds for future connections.
.23 Alternate No. 10-01: Cast-in-Place Concrete Areas
Provide structural elements where installation of double
tees mayor may not be achievable. This includes, but
is not limited to, Zone A, at triangular cast-in-place
concrete areas. Concrete topping will be by others.
Where cast-in-place concrete is used by this contractor,
sections 03100, 03200 and 03300 will apply.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 3
.24 Not Used.
.25 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.26 Utility Routinq Coordination
The Precast Contractor shall produce a sui table and
complete set of reproducible precast plan and elevation
shop drawings while maintaining a master set, furnish one
reproducible and one blueline set for and to each of the
following: sheet metal contractor, mechanical piping
contractor, plumbing contractor, fire protection piping
contractor, security contractor electrical contractor and
Construction Manager.
Multiple mechanical, plumbing and electrical contracts
are anticipated.
Each of the above referenced trade contractors shall use
this set as "working set of drawings" for planning,
routing, anchoring and hanger details.
When directed by the CM, and with timeliness to
facilitate jobsite progress, the precaster shall route
an additional clean, clear set of reproducibles to first
the sheet metal contractor, secondly to the plumbing
contractors, thirdly to the fire protection contractor,
fourthly to the mechanical piping, fifth to the
electrical and lastly to the security contractors. These
contractors shall 'layout' their trade work as
necessary to develop a composite utility routing plan,
which shall be reviewed by the precaster, for the purpose
of precast related coordination items only. Provide the
CM with first composite reproducible set for CM
assistance and use. The precaster shall coordinate with
each trade contractor as necessary for suggested changes
in routing due to structural or other precast related
limitations. Each trade shall coordinate and modify
their working plan until the precaster is confident he
can provide necessary blockouts and other appropriate
penetrations. The precaster shall incorporate blockouts
and other penetrations into a final composite utility
routing drawing set.
The precaster shall then transmit to the Construction
Manager a reproducible set of the composite utility plan.
The precaster shall define the maximum field core drill
allowable diameter. Any field core drilling shall be the
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 4
responsibility of the trade contractor requesting the
penetration subject to the advance approval of the
precaster and A/E, and shall be in accordance with
Article 4.14.3. All costs of field installed
penetrations and finished closure of field and precast
provided openings shall be bore by the contractors using
or requiring same. All finished closure details shall
conform with firesafing, safety building codes and design
intent (draft closure, material fall protection, etc.).
.27 Owner option No. 10-01: Area F Precast Concrete
Provide Area F precast concrete, complete wi th
engineering, material and fabrication, delivery,
erection, embeds work, and all other associated work
similar to other areas of building, (Areas A, B, C, D,
and E), as described elsewhere in this scope of work.
.28 Owner option No. 10-03: Provide Bid on Bid Packaqe No.
12, Precast Embeds
At the option of the Owner, this bidder shall provide a
complete bid on Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds. This
bidder is to comply with all sections of the bidding
documents in order to do so.
Allor part of this Owner Option may be considered for
awarding to the precaster.
.29 Precast concrete contractor shall supply his own
electrical power needed for his operations. Contractor
shall use portable welders. Installation of temporary
site electrical as described in section 01510, may not
be installed in time for use by precast contractor, and
is not to be relied upon.
.30 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast
concrete contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages,
outlining the entity responsible for embedded metal. In
the 'Responsibility' column, all items with a '1', are
the direct responsibility of the precaster to furnish and
install. All items with a '2p' are for the precaster to
receive and install. This schedule shall serve as a
guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and
the precaster shall be responsible for determining the
total extent of embeds required under this bid package.
:
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 5
1.3 Bv Others
.1 Furnish and installation of detention furnishings.
.2 Installation of finishes in cells.
.3 Installation of light fixtures.
.4 Installation of fire sprinkler heads.
.5 Installation of HVAC grilles.
.6 Installation of plumbing fixtures.
.7 Installation of concrete toppings.
'.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00310 - 6
I I
-
I \ ~
z
a
>--
~~
-0-
:>-
_0:
I ~u
UU'l
<<......
co
<i
~
-
..,
(',~ ;'i:
g:;~
-
se::
<i
<i
z
CD
'"-'
:i
G
~~
-co
f-
::..
~ ~ ~
_-I~
>-:7j ~I~
~z LWILW
u...= (fJ I c.n
m m
I
I
_1-
mlm
0...10...
LUI LU
(f) 1 c.n
010
(\J!(\J
>--
E:i
<<-
~C.n
1
~i_l~i~
mlC1IO"llm
31'S13!'S
<141<1:1<1:
C\JI(\JI(\JI(\J
........'_1.......1-
:..:; 0 Oim m to
o:~ (\J (\J!, ("\J '" ("\J
a:::J
~ ~i
~~I i
~ ~I:;i:;i
a..::::>ww
~ ~I~.~
W"J<[u:c
I-- ....... l.LJ W
a:: ....J LU
o LU LU ::E
~ ~l'~II'~
L..W :z en CJ)
....J 0
- U1 I I
a.. (f)
..... - ~
Z <
owo...a..
(f) ::::>::::>
c.n 1-10 0
..... c.n I a:: a::
< LU '-'=' c.!)
~:188
.......-ccco
::E ::E
aJ aJ a.. a..
::::> ::::> I- I-
(f)UJZZ
w
a:: ....J
::::> <
CJ I-
LU I-
w......
o ::E
a:: aJ
a.. ::::>
c.n
w
WI-
_ LU
CJ a:: I-
_ W (f) ....J
U ::z: l..L.J <(
_ 0 I-- .........
aJ W a::
ow
< I-
0<<
....J ::E
Z Z
o 0
UJ en
en en
..... ...... LU
< < CJ
uw<
a::
LU LU c.!)
> >
00 :::c
a:: a:: '-'='
a.. a.. ::::>
a.. a.. 0
< <( a::
en I
LU
Z -
o
"" LU
'-"J
<.!:l <
Z ::.::
......w
CJ <
< a..
a::
'-'=' Cl
......
:::c aJ
<.!:l
::::> a..
01-
a:: Z
enlen en en CO
!
I
en en
l:;i :;i en
I- I- ....J
I- I- <(
..... ..... I-
::E ::E I-
aJ aJ .....
::::> ::::> ::E
en en aJ
::::>
UJ---!--.JUJ
....J < <
-WUlJ..J
0... ~......~
a:: Z LU
Z I- < CI:
ou:::cu
U1L..UW:Z:
U1 ---l lJ.j 0
-u.J:::::i:U
<
u............ ........
I- a.. a..
W c.n ::::> ::::>
:z L.&..J a 0
o I-- a: II
"" c.!) c.!)
o
<<
a
....J
.........
....J
....J
<(
I-
c.n
Z
......
CJ 0
..... .....
aJ In
-I~-'~
~l~
~Iti
gl"
-I~
mlm
a.. a..
LU LU
(f) UJ
""'0
'" (T]
~J
O"llm
>11-
OIU
ZIO
~!:::
I
I
~I~
~II~
LU LU
UJ UJ
00
(T] (T]
I
LDIO
(\J ~
(f)
W
....J
- 0
:::c
<
W
W
.....
:>
a::
LU
UJ
C'"l
Z
o
.....
I-
<
Z
..... ....J
....J CJ <
<Ia:: I-
:=18 :::
.....u :::;:
::;: en
en CI: ::::>
::::> 0 UJ
c.n I-
U Z
Z < 0
o CI: en
en I- en
UJ Z .....
..... 0 <
< u U
u
o J U ~
o
::.::
u
<
~
I-
<
UJ
LU
CI:
::::>
I-
u
::::>
CI:
I-
(f)
(f) ....J
....J ....J
~I~
w::::>
~I~ ; ~ 0
enwoo
LU "" a..
I-lIl~
~::::> I-
o UJ
--l a... :z. UJ
....J 0 Cl
<r _ r..n .......
I- ::E en :>
c.na:......o
Z 0 < a::
-l.L...ua..
On D 0
Q ~ ~ 0 0 U c
~ 0
CI:
W
3:
o
a..
<
W
Z
<< 0
""
noD ~ Q 0
~ ~ 0 0 u 0 00
_-'-I___!__
~ ~I~I~ 22 ~l~ ~
LU LU I i;51~ LU
t3 ~l~ ~ ~ f'.1~ ~
...... NI (\J (\J ...... ('\JI (\J ("\J
I I' I
~ -I~i- _I_!~ ~
f6 f31~1~ ~1~!~ ~
::::> ::::> LUILU LUI.LUILU LU
<( <( U1 U'J U11c.n c...n c..n
01 Q"') 0 0 f'..1('T'1!(Tl rrl
....... _ """"l-I-IC\.J!C\.J (\J
, , I I .
LD!: mla'> ",'
(\J '"
U
UJ LU
....J a..
< en
o I-
< I- CI:
W ..... LU
:I: en ::E a..
CI: ....J CD
LU ..ex: => -.J
>1-U1<
01- I-
..... ....J I-
Cf) ::::E <:( ..-
....J en u ::0:
.-...J:=J....-CO
<U1Z=>
I- < en
0.. W (f) ::.:: :r:
::::>....Jzzww
o 1-1_....:c 1.J..Jt--
CI: a.. aJ:::E: W
'-"J W a::
I- ..... W
CJ ton c: :z:
-WI- a
CD I- W t.J
LUWLULU::JLULULULU~<
a:a:a::>w:>>>CI:"-:>
<<<<0 ClClCl<<<O
a.. a.. a.. a:: >-a::a:: a:: a..:> a::
LUWL.UO-..-a...a..a...wwa...
CI:CI:CI:o.......o..a..o..a::....JO"
o..o..a..<u<<<o..w<
_ j~ -I~I- -1_ _1_ - - ~ - ~
O"l mlm a'>1~!a'> mlm a'> a'> O"l m m a'> a'>
~ EsltJ ~l~ t; 10 0 10 ~ td ~ ~
a zla Cia a ~I.~I~I~ ~ 0 0 0 0
........ .........!~ (T")ICD 0 LD L.O - <:) f"'-o.. en 'q'" ~ 0
__I~ , C'"l I~ -(\J N(\J'"
I I I I
rn ~I~ ~!~ ~ rn:rnirn\rn1Irnlm m
~ ulu UIU U ~11~16 6 6\~~
UJ a 0 ala a 0 alz Z Z C 0
o ~I"OO ~j~,"_ ~I~ ~ 00100 ru ~
C'"l '! -I(\J! 1~1-
o 0 ~ roiLDlolLDlolo LDlrol'~
- C'"l (T] I~ -I'" ~ : ~-
W
Z
a LO W
,...~ Z
I- 0
en N I
<
....J 1
LU I
Z
o
""
en
Z
o I..L.J Ul
I enoz
UJ < ::;:
UJ.....a::::::>
:Z:<~.....J
ow 0
en u
en
..... a..
< .....
U u
:::c
LU c.!)
a:: ::::>
::::> Cl
u a:
LD en ro
< I..L.J
Z
o
"" CD
I
I
-I~
a'> O"l
U U
LU LU
00
..". -
-' (\J ruI- (\J
1:j1~ ~11:j ~
LU <[ <<ILW <[
o~~Cl~
('T"'l ("T11~ LD <:)
(\J I-ru~
I I I
, I I !
........1....... ........1_1.......
O"llmiO"lja'>IO"l
~l~l~ ~ ~
01010 010
_!01IC""J VIr---..
_!("\JI(\J:(\J!(\J
O"lliroi~i("\J1 :2
I I
<[
o
W
~ 10
'"
LU
Z
W 0
I- ""
LW
CI: I
U
Z UJ
o z
u 0
en
u en
en .....
..... <
:::;: u
(f) en
Z :z
a a
en en l.J.J
(f) en
...... .....
<( <
W W
OW
Z
CO W a
Z ""
o
"" I
I-
l.J.J en
Z <[
o ....J
""
I LW
I-
UJ l.J.J
Z CI:
::;: u
:::l Z
....J 0
Cl W
:::c u
<..!) w
::::> a.. en
o ..... ......
CI: u ::E
o CD
ww
Z Z
o 0
"" ""
LU
10
<
UJ a::
Z '-"J
o
en
en
.....
<
u
W LU
CI: a::
::::> ::::>
u u
o
'"
'"
Ui
I
8=i I'
Z
<< I
;;:Sl
-I
I
_I
~I
'"
(\JI
>- u
..... (lJ ~
c u...
::J
o
U
Q) ..... U1
o c ,-
'- Q) 0
c....., u
o <l.l
~Cl>-
01
-I
~ I' :
,11
~ I I
~
CI
WI
, ,
Ii
. I
:~
,4
i i
11
:~
I
I
i '
I
cr> a>
~Q.
::ow
.,un
0HD
tui1.i
"''''
00
"'~
_0
,,-
co.
II
::J
D
Q)
>- r:
-' u
~ U1
~ c
o
.....
u
C ::J
o '-
'-
3: (lJ
Q) C
:z ~
E
Q)
0..
_N
a> a>
"""
~~
~~
-~
c...-
"'c:
U'l'"
u u
~'"
00
d:d::
o
m
m
'"
m
~ - ~
~:;l~
u
co
- ~ ~
_ _ a
_ ..... 0
. U Q.
.;
::;
'"
>-
Ul
'"
c...
~
~
~~i
c...
0.
'2 ~ I
;;;;.
~ I
I
" I
-
BI I
~ i I
! 1
>- :~ I
..,
N::<: iil
a>
a> I
- a: ,
"- :
<<
I i I I
I I
a: .~ I
<< 1
::!:
..... ~ ~ ~
CD 0 0 ~m
...... 0 a <...!lQ..
~ 0 0 ," =w
0 <<'"
a 0 ~;e
~ 0 0 0 0 "
Z Co ~ ~
~ --;~
0 GO
~ ~~
'" _0
LJ 00 ~-
W Go..
:=>
0
Z
- o.J
~t; ~
:::c
-:::::J
..... ClJ
"- >- .c
-- '--'
~ ~ (f)
f- ~
~ C
'" >- U 0
:=>
<< ....., CO ~
I i I I I i I c LL --'
I ru\(\J :::l u
(\J1rul 0 c -'
>-:1: (\J ru (\Jlru (\J (\J ru (\J ru (\Jlru ru ("\J rulru u 0 L
.lf1 a'> 01 a'> 01 O"l a'> a'> a'> a'> O"l a'> en a'> en a'> a'> Ol mjOl ~ --'
C:z z :z zz z Z aJ a: en en z en en en a:: aJ a: aJ en <lJ ....., en
< < < < < < LU < W LU < LU LU LU < LU << LU LU 0 C C
c<_ ~ ~ ~.~ ~ ~ u.. ::E u.. u.. ~ u.. u.. u.. :::E: u..1:::E: u.. u..!
......'-'.. " en ~I~ CO CO ~ C'"l " ~ 0 """ C'"l ~ CO (T1("T"lOOr----j L Ql 0
(\J (\J (\J ~I ~iC'"l ~ ~ ~1 1~1("\J1 c ....., u
0 Ql
! :::<: 0 >-
I I I I I '-
ru ru (\Jlru (\J (\J ru ("\J ru (\J ru ru (\J ru (\J ru\(\J (\Jlru 3: CO
>-~ m m Ol m a'> a'> a'> a'> a'> O"l a'> 01 a'> m a'> iBiBiBiiB1 QJ C
--la: :z :z: :z: z z z z z z z z z :z: en CD ::z: ~
a:<< < < << < < < < << < < < < < LU LU ~~ ~\~
<<~ E
wU'l -:J -, -:J -:J -:J ~ -:J -:J -:J -:J ~ ~ ~ u.. u..
CO CD C'"l (T1 en en ru (\J " O"l a'> en - LD 0 (\J C\J (\J "'1" ~
- ~ - - ru (\J ru (\J ru ru C'"l - ............ -...... ~
sls QJ
enlS ..
S~ ("\J LD 0 0 LD 0 0 0 ("\J LD 0 LD 0 ru en 0..
- ~ ~ ~ C'"l - ~ - (\J -
a:~
Oco
-N
01 01
"""
=> =>
.. ..
~~
r~
w ~.5
I- Ull<.
< ~-
Z u u
W ..... ~.~
a: 00
w a &.3:
z ....J
0 :::c
"" t.J
W ::.:: ~
6 LU W
aJ Z LU 0 t.J I-
ai ..... 0 en
LU ....J W W W
z <-I en :z '-'=' z l-
e:> :z: LU 0 U1 Z a ......... u c
"" 0 "" U LU ..... "" U m
m
U1 p::l, w en ..... w U1 w Z 0 t.J 0
= LU Z Z I- Z Z LU ..... < LU ~
co z w a 0 ::::> a a to :z: w ....J 0 to Z W
e:> z "" en t.J CD "" c.n e:> z ....J ::.:: a z ~ -
I- "" a en ..... (f) >- "" 0 en I- z "" 0 u
(f) "" I ...... LU a: I ...... en "" < ~ en << '" ~i.; .:::
< a:: < z I- < < a:: c.!) < CD a::
....J LU I W t.J 0 en w t.J ....J W I LU ~ LU I - ~ ~
~ I- "" ..... en I- 3: ~ l- I- I- _ u . on
LU LU c.n LU LU 0 a:: LU w LU LU en LU LU W < en - - Q ~
CJ en z a: I LU a:: CJ UJ z a:: CI: 0 ::::> ~ z _.- Q
Z < ::E U LU a:: :z t.J LU < ::E LU t.J < Cl ::;: ~bd:
a a:: >- ::::> z ::z (f) w LU Z Z a:: >- ::::> >- z a:: t.J ::::>
>-- ~~i '"
~~ '-"J a: ....J 0 a ::z I- U1 0 0 c.!) a: ....J < 0 '-"J ....J ...... ....J '"
-0- < 0 t.J "" 0 < u "" < 0 3: U ....J I- 0 '-
>- :::c I- t.J (f) :z ::E: :::c I- t.J :::c <( (f) t.J '"
_0: UJ ...... t.J LU en a: t.J LU <.!:l ..... >- U <.!:l I- LU ~
>-u ::::> ::z a.. en a: ...... . 0 en c: ::::> z a.. < en :::l en ::E a..
UU'l 0 < ...... ..... ::::> < 0 I- ..... :::l 0 < ..... a:: ..... 0 z 0 .....
<<......
co a:: en w ::E U t.J - en :::E: t.J a:: U1 u c.!) ::E a:: ...... Cl t.J .3:
EMBEDS SCHEDULE
RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND:
1. PRECAST SUPPLIER
2. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2)
3. MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER
BID GROUP 3)
4. SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID
GROUP 3)
5. ELEVATOn SUPPLIER
6. ROOFER
7. BID GROUP1 - UNDER CONTRACT
* 2s designates ship to site
2p designates ship to precaster
ITEM
DETAIL #
DRAWINGS: BID GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91
SHEET #
RESPONSIBILITY
-----------------
1. Angle - 12/4.41a
2. Angle - 7/4.38
3. Channel - M
4. Anchor Slot - 4
5. Embed - 11
6. Embed - H/X/4.51
7. Angle - 4/10-4.40
8. Tube - 5
9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8
10. Angle - 12
11. Ladder/Post - 12
12. Anchor - 1,11
13. Embed - 1
14. Security Bar - 1
15. Embed - 4
16. security Bar & anchors-4
17. Angle/Anchors - 2
18. Ladder - 1
19. Frame - B
20. Frame - A
4.34
4.36
4.36
4.38
4.38
4.35
4.39
4.39
4.41
4.41.,
4.41
4.41
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.46
4.46
4.46
4
4
7
1
2p
1
4
4
1
3
3
1
2p
3
3
2p
2p
3
3
3
09/16/91
1
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail ES-8, DS-3, ES-3,
FS-3, DS-1, CS-1
Except for Plates to be 4.47
installed in cast-in-place
concrete, Ground Floor
22. Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-8
23. Angles shown in ES-8, 4.47
D5-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6,
ES-6, FS-6
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41-
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
Angle/Bolts - 5
Ladder -6
Stairs/Rails 4.46
Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49
Angles - Y,A
Embed - X
Plate - X
Rail - X
Embeds - B,A,2
Embed - BC,2
Embed - A,2,D
Embed - 2,D
Embed - 2,C
Frame - 3
Frame - 3
Embed - Note 1
Embed - Note 7
Embed - Note 8
Embed - 2B
Embed - 2B
Angle - Breakaway Wall
Angle - Exterior Secure
Angle/Plate Shear Conn.
Plate - stairbase
Plate - Tablebase
Embed/Plate, dbl T bear.
Angles - Typ.Opening
Plate - cooling Tower
Embeds/Plate
Embed - 9
Channel - 9
Plate - 10
Angle 10
Angle - 12
Plate - 12
Embed - 7A, 7B
4.47A
4.47A
thru 4.48
& 4.50
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51"
4.67
4.67
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
2P
2S
3
3
3
3
3
5
2s
1
3
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
3
1
3
3
1
3 & 1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91
2
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
60. Embed - 8 3.33
61. Angle - 13 3.33
62. Plate - 13 3.33
63. Embed - 15 3.33
64. Embeds & DBA's - 1, 2, 3, 3.34
4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10, 12, 14,
15, 19, 20
65. Embed - 1,18,20 3.34
66. Embed/Plate - 5 3.34
67. Bent Plate - 11A, 11B 3.34
68. Embed/Plate 1 1,5 3.35
69. Embed/Plate - 2 3.35
70. Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 3.35
71. Embeds - 7, 6 3.35
72. Embed - 10 3.35
73. Embeds - 2 3.36
74. Embed - 5 3.36
75. Embeds - Typ.Col.Base 3.36
All but anch. bolts
76. Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col 3.36
Connection
77. Embed/Plate Typ.Lat 3.37
support est mas wall past
structure
78. Embed - Typ Precast Beam 3.37
to Slab Conn @ Discont Slab
79. Embed - Typ Beam Bearing 3.37
on CIP Col
80. Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. 3.37
81. Angle/Bolt - Elev.sill 3.37
82. Embed - 4 3.38
83. Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 3.38
84. Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B 3.38
85. Angles - 10 3.38
86. Embeds & Plates & DBA 3.38,
87. Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 3.38
88. Embed - 18 3.38
89. Angles & DBA 19A, 19B 3.38
90. Embed - 20 3.38
91. Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC 3.38
92. Embed - 7 3.39
93. Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 3.39
16, 17 3.39
94. Metal Shapes - 11, 18 3.39
95. Metal Necessary for typ 3.32
Beam Bearing @ CIP Col.
96. All stirrup reinforcing & 3.32
struct. shapes for
composite beams
97. Metal Necessary for shear 3.35
wall base det.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
5
1
1
2S1
1
1
1
1
2S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
3
98. Typ Precast Beam to
Precast Element Conn
(except @ 1st FLR)
3.37
1
09/16/91
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
4
SECTION 00311
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid package No. 11
Hydraulic Elevators
1.1 General Scooe
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation, surveying and layout, and
proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the
drawings, and the following sections of the Specifications;
including, but not limited to:
sections and Descriotions
05500
07210
07900
14212
Metal Fabrications
Building Insulation
Joint Sealers
Hydraulic Elevators
1.2 Soecial provisions
The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
.1 Drilling of jack holes for all elevators . Responsibility
for satisfactory holes, (depth, plumbness, cleanliness,
etc.), will be borne by Elevator Contractor. Elevator
Contractor shall sleeve and cap as necessary to maintain
holes until installation of elevator plungers and
cylinders. Holes are to be drilled prior to precast
erection, and a truck or crane mounted drill unit must
be utilized. Coordinate installation of jack casings
with caisson contractor and Foundations contractor.
Contractor shall provide his own electrical power as
needed for sleeving and capping. Temporary electrical
power as described in section 01510 may not be available
for this phase of elevator contractors work.
.2 Furnish to the appropriate Trade Contractor, for
installation in precast concrete, masonry, and cast-in-
place concrete, all sleeves, anchors, weld plates and
other inserts and devices required as part of the Work
under this Bid Package. Coordinate and verify locations
with the appropriate contractor.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 1
.3 Furnish and install pit ladders.
.4 All penetrations through rated walls, floors and ceilings
for this contractor's work shall be treated by this
contractor, in accordance with section 07210.
.5 Furnish and install all elevator doors, door frames, and
sills. Coordinate installation with masonry contractor,
who will be providing required grouting of frames and
sills.
.6 Temporary Service - Elevator 3 and either of elevators
6 or 7 will be used as directed by the Construction
Manager, in the last stages of construction of the
project. Elevator contractor shall provide adequate
protection of finishes. Provide warranty/maintenance
period for additional 6 months.
The elevator contractor shall provide a temporary use
document in an Owner acceptable form to be signed before
any elevator is placed on temporary service. In absence
of an acceptable form to the Owner, the Construction
Manager will provide a temporary use form, in accordance
wi th the contract documents. The Owner agrees to arrange
for payment to the elevator contractor at regular time
and material rates for all repairs and replacements not
covered by warranties and guarantees, which are necessary
to restore the equipment to its original condition at
the time it was turned over for temporary use or
construction use. Additionally, the elevator contractor
shall provide adequate protection for the walls and
floors, (e.g., covering the cab finishes with a layer of
plywood or pads).
.7
Furnish and install divider' beams which were
installed by others previously, (Bid Package No.
Concrete Foundations).
not
7 ,
.8 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.9 If this contractor requires working platforms in order
to meet code requirements, he shall provide as necessary.
Working platforms mayor may not be shown on the
drawings.
~
.10 Find attached to this scope of work of the elevator
contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) Pages, outlining the
entity responsible for embedded metal. In the
'Responsibility' column, all items with a '5' are the
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 2
direct responsibility of the elevator contractor to
furnish and install. This schedule shall serve as a
guide, and not be limited to the items delineated, and
the elevator contractor shall be responsible for
determining the total extent of embeds required under
this bid package.
1.3 Bv Others
.1 Grouting of elevator door sills and elevator hoistway
frames.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00311 - 3
EMBEDS SCHEDULE
PRECAST SUPPLIER
MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2)
MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER
BID GROUP 3)
SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID
GROUP 3)
ELEVATOR SUPPLIER
ROOFER
BID GROUPl - UNDER CONTRACT
RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND:
l.
2.
3 .
4.
5.
6.
7.
* 2s
2p
designates ship to site
designates ship to precaster
DRAWZNGS: BZD GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91
ZTEM
DETAZL #
-----------------
1. Angle - 12/4.41a
2. Angle - 7/4.38
3. Channel - M
4. Anchor Slot - 4
5. Embed - 11
6. Embed - H/X/4.51
7. Angle - 4/10-4.40
8. Tube - 5
9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8
10. Angle - 12
11. Ladder/Post - 12
12. Anchor - 1,11
13. Embed - 1
14. security Bar - 1
15. Embed - 4
16. Security Bar & anchors-4
17. Angle/Anchors - 2
18. Ladder - 1
19. Frame - B
20. Frame - A
SHEET #
RESPONSZBZLZTY
--------------
4.34
4.36
4.36
4.38
4.38
4.35
4.39
4.39
4.41,
4.41
4.41
4.41
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.46
4.46
4.46
4
4
7
1
2p
1
4
4
1
3
3
1
2p
3
3
2p
2p
3
3
3
09/16/91
1
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
2P
21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail ES-8, DS-3, ES-3,
FS-3, DS-1, CS-1
2S
Except for Plates to be 4.47
installed in cast-in-place
concrete, Ground Floor
22. Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-8
23. Angles :;hown in ES-8, 4.47
DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6,
ES-6, FS-6
~
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
Angle/Bolts - 5
Ladder -6
stairs/Rails 4.46
Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49
Angles - Y,A
Embed - X
Plate - X
Rail - X
Embeds - B,A,2
Embed - BC,2
Embed - A,2,D
Embed - 2,0
Embed - 2,C
Frame - 3
Frame - 3
Embed - Note 1
Embed - Note 7
Embed - Note 8
Embed - 2B
Embed - 2B
Angle - Breakaway Wall
Angle - Exterior Secure
Angle/Plate Shear Conn.
Plate - Stairbase
Plate - Tablebase
Embed/Plate, dbl T bear.
Angles - Typ.Opening
Plate - cooling Tower
Embeds/Plate
Embed - 9
Channel - 9
Plate - 10
Angle 10
Angle - 12
Plate - 12
Embed - 7A, 7B
3
3
4.47A
4.47A
thru 4.48
& 4.50
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.67
4.67
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3
3
3
5
2s
1
3
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
3
1
3
3
1
3 & 1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91
2
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
'.
60. Embed - 8 3.33
61. Angle - 13 3.33
62. Plate - 13 3.33
63. Embed - 15 3.33
64. Embeds & DBA's - 1, 2, 3, 3.34
4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10, 12, 14,
15, 19, 20
65. Embed - 1,18,20 3.34
66. Embed/Plate - 5 3.34
67. Bent Plate - 11A, 11B 3.34
68. Embed/Plate 1 1,5 3.35
69. Embed/Plate - 2 3.35
70. Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 3.35
71. Embeds - 7, 6 3.35
72. Embed - 10 3.35
73. Embeds - 2 3.36
74. Embed - 5 3.36
75. Embeds - Typ.Col.Base 3.36
All but anch. bolts
76. Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col 3.36
Connection
77. Embed/Plate Typ.Lat 3.37
support est mas wall past
structure
78. Embed - Typ Precast Beam 3.37
to Slab Conn @ Discont Slab
79. Embed - Typ Beam Bearing 3.37
on CIP Col
80. Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. 3.37
81. Angle/Bolt - Elev.sill 3.37
82. Embed - 4 3.38
83. Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 3.38
84. Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B 3.38
85. Angles - 10 3.38
86. Embeds & Plates & DBA 3.38
87. Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 3.38
88. Embed - 18 3.38
89. Angles & DBA 19A, 19B 3.38
90. Embed - 20 3.38
91. Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC 3.38
92. Embed - 7 3.39
93. Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 3.39
16, 17 3.39
94. Metal Shapes - 11, 18 3.39
95. Metal Necessary for typ 3.32
Beam Bearing @ CIP Col.
96. All stirrup reinforcing & 3.32
struct. shapes for
composite beams
97. Metal Necessary for shear 3.35
wall base det.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
5
1
1
2S1
1
1
1
1
2S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
3
98. Typ Precast Beam to
Precast Element Conn
(except @ 1st FLR)
3.37
1
~
09/16/91
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
4
SECTION 00312
SCOPE OF WORK
Bid Package No. 12
Precast Embeds
1.1 General Scope
Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies,
equipment, tools, transportation and proper execution and
completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and the
following sections of the Specifications: including, but not
limited to:
Specifications Sections and Descriptions
05180
05500
08100
08660
08710
Miscellaneous structural Steel
Metal Fabrications
Metal Doors and Frames
Security Steel Windows
Door Hardware (for item 1.2.6 below)
1.2 Special provisions
The following special provisions clarify, modify, change, add
to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package.
. 1 Embed Summarv: The scope of this contractor I s embed work
consists of metal which is to be embedded in precast
concrete, for all precast concrete to dissimilar material
connections which are shown on the drawings. The precast
concrete contractor is responsible for all precast to
precast connection embeds.
.2 Contractor shall furnish to the precast concrete
contractor all embeds to be installed in precast, with
appropriate installation instructions, for precast to
dissimilar material connections.
.3 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, four-sided
cell chase door frames for embedment in concrete.
.4
Provide adequate protection of all material in this scope
of work, so that Shipping and installation will not cause
damage. This contractor shall be liable for all damages
and rework due to insufficient protection.
.5 Protect all material in this scope of work, by providing
'.
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00312 - 1
adequate protection of projections and openings for
follow-on work after casting in precast concrete. This
shall allow strike plates and screws, etc. to be
installed later, without hinderance.
.6 Furnish and deliver to job-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, non-security chase doors, complete
with hardware.
.7 Furnish to the Precast Concrete Contractor, all steel
securi ty window frames which are to be embedded in
precast concrete.
.8 Refer to sections 08800 Glazing, and 08842 Security
Glazing, for applicable coordination between this
contractor's work, and that work to be done by others.
.9 Not Used.
.10 Contractor is to review Division 1 General Requirements
for additional responsibilities required in order to
perform the work under this Bid Package.
.11 Furnish and deliver to jOb-site, when scheduled by the
Construction Manager, steel window frames which are to
be installed in masonry, in the exterior walls of the
building.
.12 Find attached to this scope of work of the precast embeds
contractor, EMBEDS SCHEDULE, (4) pages, outlining the
entity responsible for embedded metal. In the
'Responsibility' column, all items with a '2s' or '2p'
are the direct responsibility of the precast embed
contractor to supply. If '2s', contractor shall ship to
the jobsite. If '2p', contractor shall ship to the
precast concrete contractor. This schedule shall serve
as a guide, and not be limited to the items delineated,
and the precast embed contractor shall be responsible for
determining the total extent of embeds required under
this bid package.
1 . 3 Bv Others
.1
.2
.3
.4
Finish painting.
Installation of chase doors and hardware.
Glass and glazing.
Installation of steel window frames in masonry.
~
09/16/91
SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 3)
00312 - 2
EMBEDS SCHEDULE
PRECAST SUPPLIER
MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER * (BID GROUP 2)
MISCELLANEOUS METALS SUPPLIER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE UNDER
BID GROUP 3)
SECURITY FENCING INSTALLER (FUTURE BID PACKAGE, UNDER BID
GROUP 3)
ELEVATOR SUPPLIER
ROOFER
BID GROUP1 - UNDER CONTRACT
RESPONSIBILITY LEGEND:
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
* 2s
2p
designates ship to site
designates ship to precaster
DRAW:INGS: B:ID GROUP 2 W/ADDENDUM #3 - 9/13/91
ITEM
DETA:IL #
-----------------
1. Angle - 12/4.41a
2. Angle - 7/4.38
3. Channel - M
4. Anchor Slot - 4
5. Embed - 11
6. Embed - H/X/4.51
7. Angle - 4/10-4.40
8. Tube - 5
9. Anchor slots - 1,2,4,-8
10. Angle - 12
11. Ladder/Post - 12
12. Anchor - 1,11
13. Embed - 1
14. Security Bar - 1
15. Embed - 4
16. Security Bar & anchors-4
17. Angle/Anchors - 2
18. Ladder - 1
19. Frame - B
20. Frame - A
~
SHEET #
RESPONS:IBILITY
4.34
4.36
4.36
4.38
4.38
4.35
4.39
4.39
4.41
4.41:
4.41
4.41
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.46
4.46
4.46
4
4
7
1
2p
1
4
4
1
3
3
1
2p
3
3
2p
2p
3
3
3
09/16/91
1
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
2P
21. Plate det. A/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail ES-S, DS-3, ES-3,
FS-3, DS-1, CS-1
Except for Plates to be 4.47
installed in cast-in-place
concrete, Ground Floor
2S
22. Plate det. B/4.46 as shown 4.47
in detail CS-1, DS-1, ES-S
23. Angles shown in ES-S, 4.47
DS-3, ES-3, FS-3, DS-6,
ES-6, FS-6
24.
25.
26.
27.
2S.
29.
30.
31-
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
3S.
39.
40.
41-
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
Angle/Bolts - 5
Ladder -6
stairs/Rails 4.46
Angl/Frame/Lad - All 4.49
Angles - Y,A
Embed - X
Plate - X
Rail - X
Embeds - B,A,2
Embed - BC,2
Embed - A,2,D
Embed - 2,D
Embed - 2,C
Frame - 3
Frame - 3
Embed - Note 1
Embed - Note 7
Embed - Note S
Embed - 2B
Embed - 2B
Angle - Breakaway Wall
Angle - Exterior Secure
Angle/Plate Shear Conn.
Plate - stairbase
Plate - Tablebase
Embed/Plate, dbl T bear.
Angles - Typ.Opening
Plate - cooling Tower
Embeds/Plate
Embed - 9
Channel - 9
Plate - 10
Angle 10
Angle - 12
Plate - 12
Embed - 7A, 7B
3
3
4.47A
4.47A
thru 4.4S
& 4.50
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51
4.51\
4.67
4.67
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.32
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3.33
3
3
3
5
2s
1
3
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
2p
2p
2p
2p
3
3
1
3
3
1
3 & 1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91
2
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
60. Embed - 8 3.33
61. Angle - 13 3.33
62. Plate - 13 3.33
63. Embed - 15 3.33
64. Embeds & DBA's - 1, 2, 3, 3.34
4A, 6, 8A, 8B, 10, 12, 14,
15, 19, 20
65. Embed - 1,18,20 3.34
66. Embed/Plate - 5 3.34
67. Bent Plate - 11A, 11B 3.34
68. Embed/Plate 1 1,5 3.35
69. Embed/Plate - 2 3.35
70. Embed/Angle/Bolt - 3 3.35
71. Embeds - 7, 6 3.35
72. Embed - 10 3.35
73. Embeds - 2 3.36
74. Embed - 5 3.36
75. Embeds - Typ.Col.Base 3.36
All but anch. bolts
76. Embeds - Typ.Beam to Col 3.36
Connection
77. Embed/Plate Typ.Lat 3.37
support est mas wall past
structure
78. Embed - Typ Precast Beam 3.37
to Slab Conn @ Discont Slab
79. Embed - Typ Beam Bearing 3.37
on CIP Col
80. Embed - Elev.Rail Conn. 3.37
81. Angle/Bolt - Elev.Sill 3.37
82. Embed - 4 3.38
83. Embed - 6A, 6B, 7A, 7B, 15 3.38
84. Plate & Dowel 7A, 7B 3.38
85. Angles - 10 3.38
86. Embeds & Plates & DBA 3.38'
87. Emb/Ang/Blt - 12, 13, 17 3.38
88. Embed - 18 3.38
89. Angles & DBA 19A, 19B 3.38
90. Embed - 20 3.38
91. Plates & Angles - 14A,14BC 3.38
92. Embed - 7 3.39
93. Emb/Ang/Blt - 15A, 15B 3.39
16, 17 3.39
94. Metal Shapes - 11, 18 3.39
95. Metal Necessary for typ 3.32
Beam Bearing @ CIP Col.
96. All stirrup reinforcing & 3.32
struct. shapes for
composite beams
97. Metal Necessary for shear 3.35
wall base det.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2P
5
1
1
2S1
1
1
1
1
2S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
09/16/91 EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
3
98. Typ Precast Beam to
Precast Element Conn
(except @ 1st FLR)
3.37
1
09/16/91
EMBEDS SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
4
SECTION 00352
BID GROUP 2
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor
is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to
determine his proposed scheduling for the project.
Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the
Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and
completion dates as outlined in this section.
The Contractors are to note the following special items.
a.
Bid Due Date .
. .09/25/91
b.
Award Date (Anticipated)
. .10/09/91
c.
Notice to Proceed (Anticipated).
. .10/14/91
d. Bid Package No. 10 - Precast Concrete:
Erection of precast concrete shall commence (105)
calendar days after the commencement date established in
the Notice to Proceed, and Zones A,B,C,D & E shall be
erected within (244) calendar days after Notice to
Proceed.
e. Bid Package No. 11 - Hydraulic Elevators:
The jackwells are to be installed simultaneously with a
portion of Bid Package No. 7 - Concrete Foundations work,
under Bid Group 1. Two months are being allowed for the
jackwell work, which must be coordinated with follow-on
concrete foundations contractor, and completed prior to
precast concrete erection.
Elevator #3 and either of #6 or #7, are to be available
for temporary service, should it be deemed necessary,
within (273) calendar days after Notice to Proceed.
All contract Work shall be substantially complete (358)
calendar days after the commencement date established in
the Notice to Proceed.
09/16/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
00352 - 1
f. Bid Package No. 12 - Precast Embeds:
All precast embeds are to be fabricated and delivered to
the precaster in order to meet the production schedule
of the precaster. This schedule, to be submitted by the
precaster, will be submitted after award of the precast
concrete package. All other materials under the scope
of work of the precast embed contractor, shall be
delivered to the jobsite, when, and as directed by the
Construction Manager.
All precast embed contractor Work shall be substantially
complete (244) calendar days after the commencement date
established in the Notice to Proceed.
09/16/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 3)
00352 - 2
~
<i
=s
~
>-
<t
",2:
a>
a>
CI:
Q.
<<
CI:
<<
:::;:
-
CD
c::
I-
z
~
f-f-
u
w..
:>
o
~
a>~
S:;u
>-8 g; g; g;
.....,....00:0
_a. c: a: c:
~a: c.!) (..!:) t.=)
t;~ CJ CJ 0
<lJ.J ~ - ..-
coaJaJaJ
o 0
r
~ ~ ~
~ ~ f
~ 0 0 0 0
~ ~ J
o ~ Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q ~
o 0
"(
..".0 C'"l 0 aJ
<o::::TN(T1-.:-1(1J
J(\J
~I~
<( W
-:ll u...
..".1C'"l
(\JI-
I
I
~II~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Wl.i..J<::(4<:[<(<::(
~I~ ;:2 ;:2 ~ 5 ~
......1...... C\J ru ......, (T"') (Y1
o 0
(T1 ..".
I I. ! I i I i
ru (\J ru C\.J ru'ru ru rul(\J rulru rulC\.J (\J'C\.J
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
o..<<o..::::>~<<<<::::><<<<<
<::E::E<~~:::E::::E:::E-:::::E:::E:::E::::E:::E
;2 co COI~ ~ :::: ~ ~,I.D CClgj gj ~ gj gj
~ ~ ~I~ ~I~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~Il~
a:: CI: a:: CI: CI: CI: I CI: CI: >-1 >- >- >- >- >- >-
<<<0..0..0..0..0..<<<<<<<<
5 51~;3;: ;:,;;3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~Il= ~I~
(T1 (1"") (T1 ("\J (\J Nl\\J N ...... ....... .......1_ .......
I I' I I I' ,
~ '!;i tn ~ ~ ~ ~ ~lg g tn ~ :gILD LD ~1.\f3 ~I~ ~ ~i~
en
I-
Z
LU
:::L
U) LU
('T'1 CD UJ en Ul -J
<zzzw
a::....Joao
....- OU1---~
(f) I-- ..- I-- I-- c.n
< <0..<(<<<
u<:>.....CI:a::a::u
w w W .-- I-- I-- UJ
a: W --I u.J UJ lJ.J c:
o..ZLUWZZZo..
o a::UJww
<(""I-::::>a..a..a..o
en w
UJ .......... I-- l-- I-- UJ
I- a:: u u u Z
.........::::> UJLULU 0
--IO.....J.....J.....Jf'.J
--I a.. l.J.J UJ lJ.J
<...........................................
I-::EI:::C:::C
U) a:: u u u
Z 0 LU LU LU
...... u.. ::E :::L ::E
!' I
~I~ ~ ~ ~
>- a: a:: CI: a::
<<<0...0..
::::E: ~ ::::E: ..::( <[
.......r-.(Tl<o::::Tr---
(\J N ('\J .......
W
C'"l
~81
:s aJf8
< waJ
>
LU ..... Cl
::::>wa::
U)w<<
en w 3:
...... a:: <
U)
W
....J (\J
0-
:I: 0
LD
::.::-
u
< u
~ LU
a..
I- (f)
<
a::
Z UJ
o a..
.....
I- (f) en
<~w l-
I-- :Z:Xt-- :z:
t.J --I_OW W
<I-<<O....J I-::E
a::a::l-CI: a.. enL.U
1-41--00% 4--1
Z 1-""" a CI:O ULU
OU)::EUOU ruw
u a::::l <::) -0:
::::>CI:Uc.!) ao..
eno ZZtn
1--<_0_
c::: t..J a: I--f
D4WUJI--
I-a::zww
<C 1--0 z........
>Zr--Jl---fCI:
l.1.JO <..!:la:::J
--I U t- :z: <(
L.U U LU u..
a:: L.U
LUO.....JI--I--
a:: I- LU en c.n
<<..........44
a..:>:::cuu
LJ..,IUJULULLJ
a::....JL.Ua::a:
a.. w :::L a.. a..
I-
U
L.U I-
a:: LU
LU en
: ~ 0
-1.JJ1- - -1- - C\.J
>-,iji m m O"l m m mlm m m
cr:-z 0..1 a.. t- I-- U ::> I U U Z
<C_ W i...U U LJ wow L..L.J <t
lJ..Jt.... Cf) U1 aDO z: CI 0 -:l
~I~ co ~ :::I~ C'"l '::; gj
J~ -1_ - -1- --
::;: mlm mlm 0"l1CJ"1 m ~ ~
cr:q: ~IEb ~.t; t; tJlG UJ l.J...J
:3~ <:[ UJ UJ 0 D a Cl Cl CI
ruLOOO1O"llDlDoo::TC\J
...............(T1 ---
I
2:r: ""'1'"108
gje5 (\J i ~
0-
w
'-"J
Z
.....
a:
LU
LU
Z
.....
~
Z
a.. w
I-
Z I-
......... en
0<(
a:: u
< LU
3: a::
< a..
a::
a
I-
<
>
I I I UJ
....J
ruNC\JL.LJ
>
....J
W W
wO
a.. .........
U1 en
<
I-- lL. UJ U1
U :z: a::
WUJo-
......J t- !""-oJ .c:[
LU LU >-
......... ....J en
:I: a..
u :::E:
LU 0
::E U
(\J ru
m m
a:: a::
a.. a..
< <
~I~
(\J (\J
mm
CI: a:
<( <
::E :::>:
a 0
C'"l C'"l
<<
w
Z a:: a::
o 0 0
"" a a
....J ....J
u.. u..
< u..
o
WOI-O
:z: CI: en Z
o - C\.J
"" Z
o ISlJ ISlJ
CJ
en
I-
:z
LU
:::L <<
L.U
....JW
W Z
a
I- ""
en
< ....J
U ....J
LU .....
ex: u..
a..
u..
CD 0
o
LU a::
Z
ow
"" I-
LU
a::
u
Z
a
U
W
CD Z
< 0
-J ""
U)
'-"J c.!)
:z: LU Z
......
a..
a..
o
I-
CD
<
....J
en
u.. en
o aJ
0<
CI: ....J
UJ
C\.J (T1
.....
LU a..
z a..
o 0
"" I-
z
o CL l-- I--
..... U U
CJ") U LU W
Z ....J....J
OWLUW
_ a:....................
.-~::I::I:
< U U U
a::.........LUW
I- a:: ::E :::L
LU ::::>
Z a CI: a::
W a.. ....J ....J
a...__~u-
:::E:
a:: I- CJ
o (f) :z:
u.. - C\.J
CJ Cl CJ
L.U
Z
o
""
<.eo a::
Cl
- I-
(f);;OCDCI:U)a::
a:LW ---11-----1
O....Jwwu..ZI.J..
I-- w z:.z UJ
< OClI-:::E:O
::> UJ N "'.J en w .z
wu--......--I(\J
....J ..... L.U
LU >
a::
LU
en
............. UJ L.LJ
en en a:: I- a::
ClaJ::::>en::::>
w < u
(/') <.f) .......... U .......... I--
CI: a:: a:: w a:: U
..............:::> a::::l u..J
<( -<( 0 a... O.....J
.- ~ a.. a.. L.U
Cf) U'l ......... 10- .......... ..........
::E U ::E :::c
I- I- CI: W a:: U
L.U W 0 a:: 0 UJ
en en I.J... LU u.. :::L
I-
en
W
I- >-
......... ex:
....J <
....J c:
< 0
I- a..
en 2:
Z LU
...... .....
I- I-
U U
LUW
a:: a::
ww
W L.U
Z Z
00
N""
I I i
~ ~I~I~I
>- >- >- zl
<( < < ::::>
::E :::E:I:::E:I~
(\J (\J C\JILDI
C\J C'"\J ("I.J ~
(\J (\J (\JI(\J:
~ ~1~1~1
<( <1< <(I
::E ::E :::E: :::E:I
- = ~l::l
o o\'ol'ml
~ ~ ........-1 C\JI
I
CD CI:
....J
UJ I.J...
Z
o l-
N (f)
-
I- I- Cl
U W :z
UJ W C\.J
....J ....J
L.U LU aJ
......... ......... I-
:r: :r: W U
U U :z UJ
LU W 0 CI:
::E ::E N L.U
o
-
"'"
00
~
.,
~
Ui
>- u
..... ro .......
C LL --'
U
~
a C
u a L
~ ....-
OJ ....- Ul
ace
L OJ a
C .w LJ
a OJ
~Cl>-
L
:;: CD
OJ C
:z:: ~
"'
S
!~ .
~
i~
! i I
, I
i1
J
~
I
.
a1 en
co a.
=w
,~~
"'~
_0
"'-
0:0"-
-
-
c:J
OJ
>- .c:
--- u
~ Ul
~ C
a
:::::J
E
OJ
L
0...
-",
a1 en
<-02:
::::> <C
<C -,
N-
-N
~~
"'C::
U1 "-
uu
~~
.td:
'"
'"
'"
~ -
, .-
~ - ~
c3~';
~
'"
u
oS
- . ~
_ u .
,.. ._ c..
- - ~
~~.t
.,;
~
~
>-
U1
~
'"
~
d:
~~i
I
z
a
>--
~~
-0-
>-
I_a:
>-ow
UU'l
<<......
co
'5
<(
=s
000
>-
..,
;::::;:::::::
c,.,
-
a:
Q.
<(
a:
<(
:::L
-
co
:::
-
z
~
u
~
:::
C"I
~;:;
Q.
'7i
<.::l
:::J
<(
>-~
S~
u..J,~
ru I' (\J
m m
~I~
- ~
>--
_0:
0:<<
<<~
,"-,U'l
~s
cO
o
DUO 0 _ ~
Cf) Cf)
Z Z
00
COCD ...............
<(<C ...-~
....J....J <(<
Cf) Cf) a:: a::
U'l I- I-
'-"J'-"JaJUJLU
zz<{zz
__.....JUJUJ
a.. c... U'l a.. a..
a.. a..
o 0 a.. I- I-
...-t---uw
~~wua::a::u'j::J<.D
00 ....J....JWLUWCI:
r---,J,....",Wl.J.Jl.L..L....a:....................o
zz ::::>:::C:::C1-
....J....JoOOI-I-UUU<
.....J.....Jr---JNc.nc.n...........WLU:>
t--t.......- __C::::i::t:w
l....L... lL. :::::I ~
........_UJUJoa:c:x::w
u...u...U1Cf)a::a::a......J....J
aOwu::>::>............L..I...l.L..
00 WU::E:
a:: a:: Cf)Cf)..................a::l-a
a::a::c:a::OCf)Z
ww_...-::::l::::llL........('\J
I-- I-- <t: ...c:x: 0 0
l..Ul..Ul--l--o..a..u.JUJUJ
a:: a:: Cf) Cf) ......... .........
uu xx
Z Z I- I- CI: CI:
oOUJwoo
U u c.n Cf) u... u...
o aJ
o 0 0 0 0 0
~
o 0
(\J ru I ru (\J ru (\J ru ru ru ru "J ru ru ru ru
mmmmmmmc:nmmO'lmO'lmm
zzzzZ....Jzz:z:zzZ....J....J1-
::::>::::>::::>=>=>::::>::::>::::>::::>:=J:=J::::>::::>::::>U
-:>-:> "",,")-::l-:>--:J'"""'J """"J'"""'J-:>-'JJ JO
UJ (\J C"\J (\J 01 ~ ('\J O"'l 01 Q"1 en O"l r-. -If""'-..
..... ("\J ('\J C"\J ....... ("\J ("'\J (\J ("\J ("\J ("\.J NI
I I
~ ~I~ ~II~
::::> :::: :=J ::::J ::::>
~ ~I~ -0 ~
(,D('T"10CDL.C1
; :I:I~ ;
I
(\Jlru
O'l m
Z Z
=> ::::>
~ ~
COICO
I
LD~~~
a aJ
LU LU
Z Z
o 0
"" ""
W LU L.lJ
Z Z Z
000
Nr--J""
(\J (\J (\J
en en m
Z Z :z
::::> ::::> :::::J
~ -0 ~
~I~ ~
OLDCl
(\J -
ru (\J
m en
:z Z
::::> ::::>
~ ~
<.D co
-I~
Cl Cl
- -
i
I
~Ii~ ~II~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
X:::E:~~~~~~~
i!31i!3 (\Jlru m m en en m
LD lr1 LDllD -
I '
I
co
I-
Cf)
LU
I-
.........
....J
-'
<(
I-
c.n
Z
.......
W
Z
CJ U U1 en
"" z:z
woo
comz...............
<<Ot-I--
.....J-lN<(<:[
Cf) tJ') a:: a::
u... I- I-
(!Jl.!:)OWUJ
zzozz
--a:wUJ
a.. a.. a.. a..
a.. a.. z
000
I- I-
Cf)
a:: a:: Z
....J ....J 0
u... u... .....
I-
a 0 <
z Z CI:
(\J (\J I-
LU
W W Z
a:: a:: W
::::> ::::> a..
U w
....................1--1--
a:: a:: U Cf)
:::l ::J L.U -
o 0 ....J
CJ..CJ..UJwu
.................. .........
::E :::E: :::c
a:: a: U
00 UJ
lL. u... ::E
I- I-
U U
LU L.lJ
....J ....J
LU LU
......... .........
:I: :r:
u u
L.lJW
::;: ::E
a:: CI:
....J ....J
u... u...
u... u...
00
o 0
o CI: CI:
Z
(\Jww
I- I-
LU LU
a:: a::
uw
z z
o 0
U U
W LU
Z Z
00
Nr--J
CD aJ aJ aJ
<:( <( <::[ <C
......J .....J ....J -..J
Cf) tJ') Cf) Cf)
c.!) " c.!) '-"J '-"J
~~ ~zz
a.. a..
a.. LC'J UJ a..
2~;::2
:>
CI:
W
U1
CI:
o
I-
<
:>
LU
....J
LU
W U
LU LU
Z Z c:
o 0 ....J
N"" u...
....J ....J I-
....J ....J Cf)
~ ~~.....
u... lL.
UJ
W
Z
o
""
r.n
CI:
o
I-
<
:>
W
....J
ww
a::
::::> I-
U UJ
......... LU
a:: l-
=> .........
o ....J
a.. ....J
.........<
::E I-
a:: Cf)
o Z
lL. .....
o
o J
'""
'0
'""
.,
1!
c.n
Jrul(\J (\J
~ ~I~ ~
-., '"""') --, <C
~ N ~l~,
("\J(\JI'("\J(\J!
O'lGlD1O'1
~ ~I~I~I'
LD LD LDlru
- -I-I(\J
~ LDIClloi
,- -I
>- w
.+oJ <U .......
eLL..
:::J
a c
u a
u
W
Z
o
""
..... .....
a.. a..
a.. a..
o 0
I- I-
a:: CI: CI:
....J ....J ....J
u... u... u...
ol-a
:z Cf) Z
(\J - ru
W LU W
a:: a:: a::
::::> ::::> ::::>
w ww
.................. .........
>- a:: a:: a::
a:: => => ::::>
<000
a:: a.. a.. a..
a................................
a.. ::E ::E ::E
::E: c: CI: CI:
UJ 0 0 0
I- lL. lL. u...
':::Ill ( . i
J I I i
, I
I i
i i I !
i 1
i~
14
',,",
;
,,51
I
18
;;;;;
'"'''-
::ow
.. c.n
N~
iuiU
,"'"
o Cl
"'~
~~
00-
OJ
:::J
-0
Q.)
>- .c
..... u
~ (f)
~
.~ c
a
ill
a
'-
c
a
:::E
+-'
U
:::J
'-
~ +-'
+-' U1
C C
Q.) a
+-' U
ill
Cl >-
'-
3: ro
ClJ c:
:z: ~
E
~
Q.)
c-
D..
-..-.
""""
co :z
=> ...
....,
N_
_ru
~~
<-.-
~-=
c.n...
uu
., ..
co
d:d:
~
Q
'"
",
",
'"
",
~ -
, .-
~ - ~
~~.;
u
oS
- ~ ~
- _ ",
ib~
.,;
~
"'
~
U)
'"
'-
.,
~
d:
m
SECTION 00800
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND OWNER ACCEPTANCE
Bid Group 2, and Bid Group 3 Contractors shall turn over care,
custody and control of their work to the Owner as defined in the
issuance of the A/E's Certificate of Substantial Completion of the
project. All contracts in these bid groups shall exchange as a
group and in unison, possession, maintenance and security
responsibilities with the Monroe County Officials. Any portion of
the work which is in non-conformance with the contract documents
or elements which prevent the Owner's use of the facilities for its
intended use shall be excluded from acceptance. The contractor
shall be responsible for all work performed, equipment, and
materials furnished to, or by the contractor under this contract
until the contractors work is completed and has been accepted by
the Owner as stated in the certificate of Substantial completion.
In the event of loss, damage or destruction of such work,
equipment, or materials, the contractor at his sole expense shall
promptly repair, restore, or replace such, to the conditions
required by the contract documents.
Substantial Completion certificates for portions of the project or
portions of the work may be used to reduce retention. This partial
certification shall only be used for the purpose of reducing
retention. The implementation and amounts of reduction shall be
at the Owner's sole discretion.
In the event of discrepancy or disagreement in the contract
documents, specifications, and/or drawings, this section will take
precedence over the Supplementary General Condi tions , General
Conditions, General Requirements, technical specifications and
drawings.
'.
09/16/91
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY (ADD. 3)
00800 - 1
SECTION 00980
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
".
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits I superintendent will monitor
all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure
conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and
specifications.
TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of
the work performed by his work force on this project as
well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while the
respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and
will have the authority and responsibility to accept or
reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative may delegate his duties but the
primary responsibility and authority will rest on him.
The Trade Contractor I s Quality Control Representative
will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings,
product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
Any submittal that is a change to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall
commence until the submittal has been reviewed and
approved by the Architect/Engineer.
The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing laboratory,
whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to
perform testing of materials as required by the contract
drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to
prevent needless cancellations and delays of work
activities. Any costs caused by untimely notification
shall be borne by the Contractor.
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 1
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in accordance with the
latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and
specifications.
The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of
the work of all materials, equipment and supplies
including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes
from this inspection will be filled out on the
appropriate form and included with the Contractor Daily
Quality control Report. Items which are damaged or not
in conformance with the respective submittals, quality
standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be
brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits I
representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified
will not be incorporated into the work until corrective
action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is
completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be
removed from the job site. These items shall be noted
as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits utilizes a mUlti-point
inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be
performed under this Trade Contract, i. e., work described
by each division of the technical provision section of
the contract specifications. This plan consists of the
following:
.1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test reports of
00980 - 2
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) completion of previous
preliminary work.
operations
of
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
(e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the
particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
.2
Ini tial inspection Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control
Representati ve will meet wi th the Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check
the following items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) Configuration to
specifications.
contract
drawings
and
(c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
(e) Adequacy of testing methods.
(f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
(g) Adequacy of
precautions.
safety
or
environmental
Note:
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 3
.3 FOllow-up Inspections The Trade Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will inspect the work
daily to assure the continuing conformance of the
work to the workmanship standards established during
the preparatory and initial inspections.
Ad[.~itionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection,
sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as
possible. The intent of these sheets is to achieve
concurrence from other trade contractors and
responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed
commence over underlying work. This will prevent
oversights and omissions which could elevate costs.
Sign-off sheets shall be used for, but not be
limited to, concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting,
roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are
to be generated by the applicable Trade Contractor
and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
superintendent for approval prior to the start-up
of work.
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying
work may affect payment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. This
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1.4.2 of this
plan. )
Note:
The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record
these inspections and all other proj ect related
activities encountered throughout the day on the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
.4
Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a given
feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent, if he so desires
to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed
work. Non-conforming items will be identified and
corrected prior to commencement of the next
operation.
'.
Note:
The Trade Contractor shall conduct and report
corrections of this inspection which shall be a
required submittal.
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PIAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 4
1.3.1.5
1.3.1.6
1.3.2
1.3.3
~
1.4
Follow-On Inspections Upon execution of the
contractor's completion inspection in elements of the
work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and
drywall installations, MK/G shall schedule and conduct
multi-trade or singular inspections prior to covering
installation.
Note:
MK/G will record the minutes to this inspection
meeting.
Pre-Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of the
project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a
universal inspection of all areas and elements of the
work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he
so desires. This inspection shall be completed at least
(15) days prior to the final substantial completion
inspection which shall be conducted by the A/E. All
deficiencies and incomplete work should be completed
prior to the final substantial completion inspection.
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment
to perform the operational tests and checkout of the
equipment, facilities or equipment constructed,
fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate
and witness all such tests. Notification should be given
at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled tests.
FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate
and attend all final inspections of the work by the
Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final
inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must
be completed.
Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will
publish outstanding items and issue a project Certificate
of Substantial Completion, which will define the date of
'Turn-Over' to the Owner the care, control and custody.
Reference section 00800, Substantial Completion.
REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 5
important in the Qual i ty Assurance Program. These
records will act as a main source of information in the
present and in the future for the entire project
management team. The main report that will be utilized
to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control
Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued.
1.4.1
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
performed by the Trade Contractor's designated Quality
Control Representative. It shall include any of the four
steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test
monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. The
daily Quality control Report section of the Daily
Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily
reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity
necessitates such, a more separate and comprehensive form
will be used. Reference Contractor's Daily Report, and
as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control Report,
section 01385.
1.4.2
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is
found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents
or the referenced quality standards. The report will be
issued by Morrison-KnUdsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue
nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after
normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if
the work performed is a detriment to the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to
the Project Manager for his information and/or action.
It should also be included in the Trade Contractor's
Daily Quality Report package for general review.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
deficient item or items have adequately been corrected.
This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and
project Manager. These sign-offs will be included with
a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be submitted
for review.
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 6
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will
proportionally counteraffect payments. Whether that be
partial or full retainage will be left up to the
discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team.
1.5
NOT USED
1.6
AUDITS
1.6.1
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to
perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor
Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit
results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for his
action. Any action items noted during an audit for the
Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to
insure compliance and avoid recurrence.
1.7
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by
rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and
insure that the finished product is one that the entire
construction team can pride themselves in. These goals
can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has
bought. The owner will expect no more and through
Quality Assurance, the construction team will provide no
less.
'.
09/16/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN (ADD. 3)
00980 - 7
SECTION 00992
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
Bid package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid package No. 12, Precast Embeds
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
Cover Sheet, Bid Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Group 2
0.01 Index Rev. 1, 08/12/91
0.02 Symbols & Abbreviations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
(Architectural)
3.07 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone A
3.08 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91
Zone B
3.09 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone C
3.10 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone D
3.11 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone E
3.12 Framing Plan First Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone F (Alternate)
3.13 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3, 09/13/91
Zone A
3.14 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone B
'.
3.15 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone C
09/16/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3)
00992 - 1
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
3.16 Framing Plan Second Floor Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone D
3.17 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Level Zone E
3.18 Framing Plan Mezzanine Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Level Zone F (Alternate)
3.19 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone D
3.20 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone E
3.21 Framing Plan Mechanical Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Plenum Zone F
3.22 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
Zone A
3.23 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone B
3.24 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Zone C
3.25 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91
Zone D
3.26 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91
Zone E
3.27 Framing Plan Roof Level Rev. 3, 09/13/91
Zone F (Alternate)
3.32 Typical Details Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
3.33 Sections and Details Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
3.34 Sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
3.35 Precast Wall Schedule Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
and Details
09/16/91
00992 - 2
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3)
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
3.36 Precast Column Schedule Rev. 3, 09/13/91
and Details
3.37 General Notes, Abbreviations Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
& Typical Details
3.38 sections and Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
3.39 sections and Details Rev. 3 , 09/13/91
4.01 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone A
4.02 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone B
4.03 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Ground Floor Zone C
4.04 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone D
4.05 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone E
4.06 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Ground Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
4.07 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 0, 07/23/91
First Floor Zone A
4.08 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 1, 08/12/91
First Floor Zone B
4.09 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone C
4.10 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone D
4;11 Exterior Building Plan Rev. 2, 08/29/91
First Floor Zone E
09/16/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3)
00992 - 3
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING TITLE
LATEST REVISION DATE
4.12
Exterior Building Plan
First Floor Zone F
(Alternate)
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.13
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone A
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.14
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone B
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.15
Exterior Building Plan
Second Floor Zone C
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.16
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone 0
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.17
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone E
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.18
Exterior Building Plan
Mezzanine Level Zone F
(Alternate)
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.19
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone 0
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.20
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone E
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.21
Mechanical Plenum Plan
Zone F (Alternate)
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone A
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.22
Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.23
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone B
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.24
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone C
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4~25
Building Plan Roof Level
Zone D
Rev. 2, 08/29/91
09/16/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3)
00992 - 4
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
4.26 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Zone E
4.27 Building Plan Roof Level Rev. 2 , 08/29/91
Zore F (Alternate)
4.28 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.29 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.30 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.31 Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.32 Exterior Elevations Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.33 Exterior Elevations Rev. 1, 08/29/91
4.33A Exterior Elevations Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.34 Wall sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.35 Wall sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.36 Wall sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.37 Wall Sections Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.38 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.39 Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.40 Exterior Details Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.41 Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.41A Exterior Details Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.41B Exterior Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.42 Metal Door & Window Frame Rev. 1, 08/12/91
Elevations & Details
Door Schedule
4.46 stair Plans & sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91
09/16/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3) 00992 - 5
DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE
4.47 stair Plans & sections Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.47A stair Plans & sections Rev. 2, 08/29/91
4.48 stair Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.49 Elevator Plans & sections Rev. 0, 07/23/91
4.50 Elevator Details Rev. 1, 08/12/91
4.51 Enlarged Cell Plans and Rev. 2, 08/29/91
Elevations
4.67 Partition Types Rev. 1, 08/12/91
5.07 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone A
5.10 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone D
5.11 Floor Pattern First Floor Rev. 0, 07/23/91
Zone E
09/16/91
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS (ADD. 3)
00992 - 6
SECTION 01395
DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (DCR)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event
errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in
the Contract Documents, or clarifications are
necessary.
2. utilization of DCR form.
B. Related sections:
1. General Conditions Article 2.3
2. General Conditions Article 8.3.2
3. General Conditions Article 12.3
1.2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPORTS
A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the
Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of
the Construction Manager immediately. If clarifications
are necessary, the request is to be conveyed to the CM.
The DCR is a tool established to provide expedient
clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or
field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for
good communication.
B. The OCR is not meant for formal notification of extra
work. Reference General Conditions paragraph 8.3.2 and
12.3, when formal correspondence is required for formal
notification of time extensions, and for cost change
notifications.
C. The contractor should propose a solution, and enter on
the form in sufficient detail necessary for the A/E or
CM to confirm the contractor's proposed solution.
'.
D.
The contractor is also required to mention all other
trade work which is affected by the problem, and all
trade work which will be affected by the proposed
solution.
09/16/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 3)
01395 - 1
1.3 UTILIZATION OF DCR FORM
A. The CM will make available the DCR forms for the
contractors use. Attached is a copy of the DCR form, and
the instruction sheet.
*************
END OF SECTION 1395
'.
09/16/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (ADD. 3)
01395 - 2
REPORT OF FINAL GEOTECHNICAL
ENGINEERING EV ALVA nON
MONROE COUNlY JAIL
KEY WEST, FLORIDA
'.
....
Jh:'l ~99'
r'~....t.\"r.~
~..;..~UDSP
~~~Rq~
.,
,
~
f)
.
Westinghoose Environmental
and Geotechnical Services. I~
Suite 1028
370 S North Lake Boulevard
AAamonte Spnngs. Ronda 32701
1407) 331"5967
Fax (407) 331.0025
January 15, 1991
MORRISON. KNUDSEN/GERRITS
Correctional Facilities Division
5090 Junior College Road
Key West, Florida 33045
Attention:
Mr. Doug Fuller
Subject:
Report of Final Geotechnical
Engineering Evaluation
Monroe County Jail Site
Key West, Florida
Westinghouse Project No. 1141-88-069
Dear Mr. Fuller:
\Vestinghouse Environmental and Geotechnical Senices, Inc. (\Vestinghouse) is pleased to
present this report of our final geotechnical engineering evaluation for the above-referenced
project. Westinghouse previously submitted a Preliminary Geotechnical report dated July
3, 1990 as well as a report of Phase I Environrnent<11 Evaluation dated July 20, 1990. The
purposes of this final study were to provide more detailed analysis and recommendations
regarding design of structure foundations, pavement sections, and stormwater management
facilities. The recommendations in this report are in general accordance with tbe
information requested by Hansen Lind Meyer (HLM) in their letter dated October 26, 1990.
This report presents results of our geotechnical engineering evaluation for this project.
SUM1..tARY
In summary, the results of our studies at the site indicate that the proposed jail structure can
be supported on 36 inch diameter drilled shafts which extend to depths ranging from 15 to
20 feet into the underlying limestone. It also appears that conventional pavement sections
are suitable; however, removal of the organic material and silt from beneath pavements is
recommended. Additionally, it appears that stormwater recovery could be achieved througb
natural infiltration into the underlying limestone.
1141-88-069
Pare 2
SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The subject site is located in Section 27, Township 67 South, Range 25 East, Monroe
County, Florida. The site is presently undeveloped and is vegetated with native bushes and
small pine trees. A pile of wood chips and scattered limestone rubble are also present on
the site. We understand that the site was formerly used as a city trash dump, but the
majority of the trash has been removed. Several scattered piles of household debris were
observed at the site. We understand that nearby channels were previously dredged and the
limestone material was placed on this site. According to a site plan with topographic
information supplied by HLM, the present site grades range from about + 2 to + 6 feet
MSL
We understand the project plans include construction of a 2 story precast concrete structure
with the first floor raised above existing grade. Stairs and elevators will be constructed at
existing grade. The column structural loading information supplied by HLM is summarized
as follows:
Interior column loads
Exterior column loads
Maximum uplift load
Maximum lateral load
775 kips
500 kips
95 kips
60 ki ps
We understand that the parking area and loading docks for the building will be constructed
at or near present grades. A series of stormwater detention areas v.ill be constructed
around the perimeter of the site. The bottom of th~, detention areas will be at approximate
elevation + 2 feet MSL with a top of berm elevation of + 4 feet MSL The proposed
facilities are shown on Figure 1.
Westinghouse (formerly known as Soil & Material Engineers) previously performed
geotechnical studies at this site in 1988. The majority of the borings performed during the
previous studies were used as the basis for our analysis on this project. All studies
performed by Westinghouse at this site were in accordance with standards of geotechnical
practice in the area as well as applicable ASTM and regulatory agency requirements.
SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION
For this study, the results of all relevant previously performed Standard Penetration Test
(SP1) borings were used. It appears that approximately 24 of the 41 previously performed
SPT borings are within the proposed site boundaries. The SPT borings were performed to
a depth of 25 feet below existing ground surface. \Ve also excavated 8 test pits in Decembr
of 1990 and performed field soil percolation tests for this project. The percolation test
@
1141-88-069
Paee 3
,
depths were specified by HLM. The test pits were excavated to depths that ranged from
about 3 to 8 feet below ground surface. The boring and test pit locations are shown on
Figure 1.
Standard Penetration Tests were performed continuously in the SPT borings to a depth of
10 feet and at 5-fovt depth intervals thereafter. Each sample was removed from the sampler
in the field and was examined and visually classified by a geologist. Representative portions
of each sample were packaged and sealed for transportation to our laboratory for further
examination and visual classification. Water levels were measured in the boreholes at the
time of our field exploration to evaluate the depth to groundwater. A brief description of
the SPT boring procedure is included in the Appendix.
GE~t:RAL SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Subsurface conditions encountered in the SPT borings are shown on the Test Boring
Records in the Appendix. Descriptions of the soils encountered in the borings are
accompanied by the Unified Soil Classification symbol (SP, SC, etc.) based on visual
examination. Stratification boundaries between soil types should be considered approximate
as the actual transition between soil types may be gradual. Results of the test pits are
shown on Table 1.
The SPT borings typically encountered a surficial stratum of medium dense to dense
limestone fill to depths of about 5 feet below ground surface. The borings then encountered
a stratum of very soft to firm silt (MH) with an occasional root mat. The silt stratum was
typically about 1 foot thick except as encountered in boring 4-H where the silt stratum was
approxirnat~ly 5 feet thick. All borings then encountered dense' to very dense limestone to
the 25 foot maximum depth explored. The limestone encountered in the borings did not
contain cavities or voids.
The test pits excavated at the site' also encountered a surficial stratum of limestone fill that
was approximately 2 to 5 feet thick. The test pits then encountered variable layers of a root
mat (Pt) and silt (ML) that was approximately 1 to 2 feet thick. The natural limestone
formation was encountered at the bottom of each test pit location.
Field percolation tests were performed at test pit TP-2 location to evaluate groundwater
infiltration rates. Two types of tests were performed. The first utilized a 2 inch diameter
casing with the tip set at approximately 5 feet below ground surface. The bottom 12 inches
of the 2 inch casing was slotted. The second test utilized a 4 inch diameter casing set \l,1th
the tip at approximately 2.5 feet below ground surface with no slotted section. The test
results are summarized as follows:
@
1141-88-069
Pa~e 4
Test
Location
Test Depth (ft)
Casing
Diameter
Infiltration Rate
(inches per second)
TP-2
TP-2
5.0
2.5
2"
4"
2.0
0.02
The groundwater level was encountered to depths that ranged from about 1 to 5 feet below
ground surface, depending on topography and borehole location. We note that groundwater
levels will depend on tidal fluctuations and may vary several feet daily at the site. Tidal
fluctuations should be considered when evaluating groundwater levels at the site.
LABORATORY TESTING
Laboratory tests consisted of percent fines. Atterberg limits, and soil corrosion series. These
tests were performed to aid in classification of soils encountered in the test pits and to
evaluate the soil environmental conditions. One laboratory permeability test was performed
on a representative limerock fill sample obtained at the site. All tests were performed in
our geotechnical laboratory in accordance with applicable ASTM procedures. The test
results are shown on Table 2 and Table 3 in the Appendix.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The following conclusions and recommendations are based on the project characteristics
previously described, the data obtained in our field exploration. and our experience with
similar subsurface conditions and construction types. If the final building location. site
grades, or foundation loads are significantly different':from those previously described, or if
subsurface conditions different from those disclosed by the borings are encountered during
construction, Westinghouse should be notified so that we might review the following
recommendations in light of such changes.
Structure Foundations: The results of our studies at the site indicate that the proposed
structure can be supported on a drilled shaft foundation bearing in the underlying natural
limestone formation. A shallow foundation system was considered but due to the potential
for scour during hurricanes as well as the high uplift loads, a shallow foundation does not
appear feasible. \Ve understand that the structure columns above the drilled shafts will be
24 inches in diameter and, therefore, a minimum shaft diameter of 36 inches is
.. recommended.
A shaft length was determined based on the axial loads provided by HLM and a unit skin
friction determined based on results of our geotechnical study and our experience with other
similar sites. An allowable skin friction value of 4,000 psf along the shaft face was used in
our analysis. Based on these numbers, the following shaft lengths were obtained:
@
1141-88-069
Pa&e 5
Column Loads
775 kips
550 kips
Shaft
Length
20 feet
15 feet
These shaft lengths are actual embedment depths into the underlying limestone and do not
include penetration through the upper limestone fill at the site. The shaft length should be
increased by approximately 5 to 10 feet to penetrate the overlying fill material, depending
on the shaft location. Our analysis does not include capacity due to end bearing since the
bottom of shafts cannot be adequately inspected to evaluate the suitability of the underlying
material when using typical wet construction methods. Sediments and drill cuttings
commonly fonn at the base of shafts during construction, and this condition can lead to
reduced capacity. The shaft lengths mentioned above will also be sufficient to resist the
. maximum uplift loads of 95 kips.
As mentioned above, shaft lengths were evaluated based on a unit skin friction of 4,000 psf.
A pile load test should be performed to verify this value. We recommend that one drilled
shaft be installed during a test program and loaded to failure in tension. We note that if
higher unit skin friction values are determined after a load test is performed, then a
reduction in shaft length may be possible for this project. In any case, a load test should
be performed at the site. We also note that our analysis included a concrete with a strength
of 5,000 psi. A high early strength concrete should be used during the test program so that
a load test may be performed soon after installatio~ of the shaft.
A lateral pile analysis was performed to evaluate deflection at the pile head based on
loading conditions provided by HLM. The computer program COM624 was used in our
analysis. The soil parameters used in the program were based on results of our field
exploration. We have assumed that scour of the surficial fill may occur during hurricane
conditions, and our calculations assumed this condition. We note that the modulus of
elasticity for the shaft was calculated based on a concrete shaft with a 5,000 psi design
strength. However, steel added to the shaft will increase the modulus; therefore, our
calculated deflections should be conservative. Our analysis also assumed a fixed head
condition for the shaft where the head is not allowed to rotate. These assumptions are
critical in evaluating deflections at the shaft head. If the head is allowed to rotate and
moments are experienced on the shaft, then greater deflections will likely occur.
\Vestinghouse should be notified if these assumptions are not valid for this project.
Shaft head deflections on the order of 1,4 to ~ inch were calculated. These values are actual
results and do not include safety factors. However, due to the transient nature of the lateral
loads and the conservative assumptions used for the analysis, these values should be
sufficient for design purposes.
~
1141-88-069
Paee 6
Ancillary Structures: We understand that stairwells and elevators will be constructed at
approximately present grade. We recommend that these structures also be supported on
deep foundations. Shallow foundations are not recommended due to the potential for soil
scour and since settlement will likely occur due to increased stress on the underlying silt and
peat layers. We note that any structures built over the compressible soils are expected to
experience differential settlements in relation to the jail structure since the jail building will
be supported on a deep foundation. The compressible materials (silt and peat) could be
removed from beneath ancillary structures to limit settlements beneath shallow foundations,
but scour may still occur which could undermine shallow foundations.
Pavement Sections: We understand that final pavement grades will be at or near existing
grades. Based on results of this study, it appears that conventional pavement sections could
be constructed at this site. Due to the potential for a saturated subgrade and base because
of groundwater fluctuations, flexible pavement sections (asphaltic concrete) should include
a cement treated base. This type of base is less susceptible to deterioration due to
groundwater saturation. An alternative to a flexible pavement would be a concrete
pavement section. The concrete pavement is less susceptible to the effects of high
groundwater conditions. \Ve recommend a concrete pavement consisting of 6 inches of
unreinforced concrete with a minimum 7 day strength of 3,000 psi. The concrete pavemen'
should be provided with sufficient expansion joints and should be adequately dowed between
adjacent sections to properly transfer loads. The project structural engineer can provide
structural connections and expansion joint layouts. We also note that consideration should
be given to a gravel or crushed rock parking area. This material be easily releveled or
reshaped as needed if settlement occurs. The existing limestone fIll on site may be a
possible alternative for parking and drive areas. The fill could be compacted in place to
provide support for vehicular traffic. To limit settlement in parking areas, a geogrid could
be placed within the limestone fill as described below.
Due to the presence of silt and a root mat directly beneath the limestone fill at the site, any
additional fill required to achieve final grade may induce settlement in these soft
compressible soils. Also, long term settlement of the organic material (peat and root mat)
is expected to occur at this site due to natural degradation of the organic material. This
potential settlement could affect even lightly loaded structures such as pavements which are
supported at the natural grade. Therefore, if rigid or flexible pavements are designed at the
site, the most positive means to reduce this settlement potential would be to overexcavate
the silt and peat from beneath pavement areas. The unsuitable material should be replaced
.. with a well compacted structural fill. The surficial limestone fill could be stripped and
stod.-piJed for use as backfill. An alternative to complete overexcavation could be the
installation of a geogrid in the pavement subgrade. The geogrid will assist in reducing
differential settlements. \Ve note that some long-term settlement should still be anticipated,
and periodic maintenance of pavements may be needed. Maintenance of flexible pavement
may require a leveling course where settlement has occurred. We note that rigid concrete
pavements may be able to bridge areas of minor settlement were flexible pavements could
(9
1141-88-069
Pa~ 7
not. IT the geogrid is used it should be placed in the subgrade at a depth of 4 inches below
final grades. Several geogrid suppliers can provide an adequate material for the intended
use at this site. We would be pleased to provide a list of manufacturers of these geogrids,
if you so desire.
Before construction of any pavement sections, the subgrade should first be prepared by
removing all surface vegetation and trash debris from beneath pavement areas. The
exposed subgrade should be proofrolled using a large vibratory roller such as a Dynapac
CA-25 or equivalent. The purposes of the proofrolling will be to delineate areas which are
soft or yielding and would be unsuitable as pavement subgrade. Proofrolling should be
observed by a geotechnical engineer to verify that adequate bearing soils are present. The
soft, yielding materials may need to be undercut and replaced with a well-compacted
structural fill before construction begins. Proofrolling should continue for a minimum of 8
overlapping passes and until the geotechnical engineer is satisfied that adequate conditions
exist. All subgrade soils should be compacted to a minimum of 95% of the soil's modified
Proctor maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Specification 0-1557. In-place
density tests should be performed by an engineering technician to verify this degree of
compaction.
Stormwater Management Areas: We understand that a series of detention areas will be
constructed along the perimeter of the site for use as stormwater management. The typical
detention area will have a bottom elevation of +2 feet MSL and a top elevation of +4 feet
MSL Based on the results of our percolation testing, it appears that stormwater could be
recovered through natural infiltration. The results of the percolation tests were presented
in a previous section of this report.
Based on the results of the test pits performed in the pond areas, it appears that tbe
limestone fill to be excavated could be used as fill on other portions of the site. However,
the limestone should be sufficiently crushed to individual fragment sizes no greater than
about 2 inches in length. The smaller size will facilitate placement and compaction. We
note that the underlying silt and peat layers are not suitable for fill and should not be used
in structural areas. It may be possible to use the peat in landscaped areas, but the silt will
be difficult to work with and does not appear to be suitable for any use on the site.
-
Underground Utilities: Soil corrosion tests were performed on representative soil samples
obtained from the test pits performed at the site. The test results are summarized on Table
3 in the Appendix. Based on the test results, the soils can be classified as extremely
aggressive for use in selection of an appropriate class of concrete or pipe material that is
not susceptible to corrosion. A pipe supplier or manufacturer can readily provide an
alternate material based on the results of our corrosion testing.
f)
1141-88-069
Pare 8
CLOSURE
Westinghouse appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. If you
should have any questions concerning the contents of this report, or if we may be of furtber
assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us.
Very truly yours,
Westinghouse Environmental
& Geotechnical Services, Ine.
1/{arl C ~
Mark C. Canty, E.I.
Project Engineer
?Ji.<.<J/ d~/--
Michael J. Preim, P.E.
Senior Geotechnical Engineer
MCC/MJP /kk
cc: HLM - Orlando
Bob Y ohe
~
(j
APPENDIX
~
t~
STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (SPT)
BORING PROCEDURE
All boring and sampling operations were conducted in general accordance with ASTM
Specificatiuns 01586-67. Borings wcrc Cldvanccd hy a rotary drilling process using a
hea\'y \'iscous Jrilling. nuiJ to stabilize the hole and nush out thc cuttings. At regular
intcn'als, the drilling tools wcrc remO\'cd ~nd soil samples \\'crc obtaincd with a standard
1.4 inch 1.0.. 2 inch 0,0" split-spoon sampler. The sampler was first seated 6 inches to
penctrate :my loose cuttings ,md thcn drivcn an additional foot. Blows requircd to drive
the sampler the final foot were recordcd and designated as the "standard penctration
resistancc". The penetration resistance, when properly evaluated, is an indcx to soil
strength, dcnsity, and stability,
Representative portions of thc soil samples, thus obtained. were placed in moisture
resistant containers and transported to our laboratory for further examination and
classification tcsting, as necessary. Test Boring Records are attached. graphically showing
the penetration resistanccs and soil descriptions.
~
KEY TO CLASSIFICATIONS
Correlation of Penetration Resistance with
Relative Density and Consistency
No. of Blows, N Relative Density
0-4 Very Loose
SANDS 4 - 10 Loose
10 - 30 Medium Dense
30 - 50 Dense
Over 50 Very Dense
Consistency
0- 2 Very Soft
2 - 4 Soft
4 - 8 Firm
SILTS & CLA YS 8 - \ 5 Stiff
15 - 30 Very Stiff
30 - 50 Hard
Over 50 Very Hard
@J
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAUPA. OEERFlELo BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: HORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. OEOROIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ >. . ~Nt:TlV.nON a(II'UNCI - ILO... fOOl n
DESCRIPTION Of
A,... ...
"'~ Of 5 10 20 30 40 60 10
0'-
-0 - Medium dense to loose off-white -
1 imestone (fi 11 ) / . 21
~ / 9
-Very loose dark brown silty fine *
-5 6
Medium dense to dense off-white
limestone ~ -- 1
Very soft gray silt (MH) 6.0'- !--- ---
7.5 t -- 40
-10- -
-15- - 1/ 40
-20- - ~ 29
-25 f-- \ 36
Boring Completed at 25'
.
..
-30- r-
-35- -
* SAND (SM) 4.5'-5.0'
f-40- -
". I i
-45
TEST BORING RECORD
.iOll'HO "'HO ......ruNQ "UTI ...n.. O.lSM
COAr OA'UJNO .u:UI ...n.. o-n"
BORING NO.
I-A
~,.rT""" nOH aCIlU...Ncr " THt: HU...Clt Of ILOWI Of
60 ll. H.......l" f "'lUNa )0 lit. ,uoul.ro TO O.'Y( U IN.
1.0. ......'U. , n.
-
-
-
CIlOUHOW... nit
LlVEl
~
04 TE ORllLED
1/25/88
UHOISTUIl.rD
$A..PlE
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
It - "OCIt COAt: lIT SIZE
t -.. "rcoY(It.,
.,A
lOSS or Ollfll'NG
...-
co
co
en
1.0.1
I- ..J
~ Q..
~ c.a
0 <{ 1.0.1 4:
0 III ~ 1.0.1
~ ~ 0::
Z a 4:
0:: 1.0.1
0 1.0.1 ~
III Q.. 0:: Z
0 0 0 0
0 0:: a ~ l-
N 0:: ...J 0:: Z
0 1.0.1 W 1.0.1
0 U L. Q.. I-
........ W
0 " ......... a
3: 3: t.:)
z a
l- I- 0:: W
0 I- III
Q.. Q.. Q.. 0 0
~ c.a Q..
". ~ l- I- l- I- 0
~ ~ Vl III III a.. 0::
-4 1.0.1 1.0.1 1.0.1 III a..
G ~ l- I- I-
0 ~ ~
CI) 0 ~ <l 0 .. 0
N
'.
~ ;y/,
....
~
~
l1.
0
....
VI
0
0..
0
0::
0..
~
...
z
::;
~
II:
...
l1.
o
a:
l1.
o
~
10
CD
~
.
I
CD
o
;::;
I
CD
r...
~
~
o
u
><
~
r...
o
z ~
0 ~
~
. ~
III:
0
~ <:;)
~
)( t..,)::: ...
... a::
... ~~ :;)
\,)
u ~
. <:;)
... ~
~ III:
~ :c::
c.a '"
CD <:;)
a ~ ~
lfl
W
a
> .
ou
o::~
a.......
t:)
ZR: U
~~ C ~
o::~ 0 .
a..... ..- l/1 ..
~ c '"
<{ <I.l C>
<I.l U ...
~~ E > is
0:<:' c ~
0::..... o <I.l ~
L.~ ~V1 II
a~ >- ~
....
w~ C 0 -Q
~CI) w u ~~
~~ <I.l C ~;;:
g:~ Vl.c .
:l U ~
o~ ~
.co ~
Ol<l.l .
cc.=> ..
- ~
Vl-o
<I.l C C>
;: 0
@
0>
10
0
I
II)
II) ~
I
..-
....
.... 0
.: 0 Ol
Ow I
Z~,....
UN
WW I
...J :I: N
~u-
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICEI: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFlnD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. OeORGIA . TENNESSEE. OHIO
I %- ,; . ....nuno.. .rllITANCa _ .LOWS". n.
~, DESCRIPTION ..
...~ ..
"'~ .. 5 10 20 30 40
. 0- IG .0
-0 - r1edi urn dense off-white 1 irnestDne 10- j
(fi 11 ) / 17
'::= I 11
Fi nn gray sil t (J.1H) 3.5'-4.5'
-5 - 10- "- 50
Dense to very dense off-white
limestone [> 65
-Stiff gray silt (MH) with
limestone 0.0'-8.5' /
-10- - 50
/
-15- - 40
/
j j
.
-20- - ~ 33
-25 - 38
Boring Completed at 25'
---
-.:.0- -
-35- -
1-40- -
'. I I
I !
-
45
TEST BORING RECORD
'OllINO ANO .....MPUNQ MUT' AIT.. D.11M
COflI DlUUIHQ MffT. AnM 0.2\12
BORING NO,
1.;.8 O'
1/25/88
1141-88-069
~to<<'''''''101C IUIl.'ANce II THI Nu..a.. M aLOWlO'
..La,HAMMI...'ALLlNO )OUL Ill0UIIUO 'OO"'~ UIN.
...D. ....M~e. 1 n.
-
-
-
GIlOUNown~.
LlYlL
~
DATE DRilLED
UNDtt'U.....D
SAMPL'
PROJECT NO.
"ll - "OC:Il COlli alT IlU
~ LOSS 0' DIULLlNG
--.. - .-
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFIElD BEACH
OTHER OFFlCES IN: NORTH CAROUNA . SOUTH CAROUNA · GEORGIA · TENNESSEE. OHIO
~; >" . rlNCTlUonoNIlUIIT.uecI - kO.1 ~"
DESCRIPTION ..
~
...... .. 5 10 20 30 .0
C- 10 10
.
~O - Hedium dense to dense off-white 10-
limestone (fill) --- 14
---
-- T 41
r1edium dense off-white 1 imestone ~
-5 - - 10- ~ 19
mixed with some silt (r~HL some*
:::::e 87
Very dense to dense off-white V ..,....,.
1 imestone --- ...........
-10- - \ 33
~
f-015- - ~ 54
I
I \ 70
-20- - V
/
-25 - / -
Boring Completed at 25'
.
-30- -
.
-35- -
*fi ne roots
-40- -
- I
1.045
TEST BORING RECORD
10lUNO ANO ......ruNO wrCTI AUW 0-''''
COflI ONWNO WllTl AITM 0.1'"
BORING NO.
1-0
rt:MI TIUo no. 1l1lo/nANCI II THI H\I..IU\ 0' IlO.1 0'
'..l..H.......lllfAlLINQ JOIH.1l1QUllllO 1001llYl '.41H.
1.0. .....rLlll , fT.
-
-
-
GIlOUHOW...UIl
llftL
0,\ 1E ORllLED
1/26/88
~
UNOIS TUIlIlO
S...IlIPU
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
NI( _ "oc<< COAl lIT liD:
~
I ~.t ~, nRtt.LlHG
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFIELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: HORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ . . PCNlT1U. no.. AUISTANCe _ ILOW. "A"
0..... DESCRIPTION .
oJ
",II. . 5 10 20 30 40
Q- , 10 to
I- 0 - r~dium dense to loose off-white -
limestone (fill) ,V It 21
I 9
-F,rmarav silt liiH) wlth some Off w- D
~5- - 53
Very dense to dense off-white V
1 imestone \ 34
-10- - ~ 47
rledium dense off-white 1 imestone I
1
1-15- I-- i 18
Dense off-white limestone I I
I
--20- ..- , 39
--25 f.- 1\ 42
Boring Completed at 25'
.,
t-30- ..-
*white limestone 3.51-4.01
-35- -
--40- I-
-4
5
TEST BORING RECORD
aOIlI~ ANO ........u..o IInTI AITII 0-1$"
COflI O'UUJ..O Mlln AITII 0-,.,,'
BORING NO.
1-E
PCHt:TIlATIO.. II11l.TA..Cll. THI: ..UII.IA 0' aLowlor
'''La, HA....I: Il , ALLING )0 IN. 1l10UIII 10 TO 0 IllY( 1.4 IN.
I.D. ........LlII , n,
-
-
-
GIIOUNDWA flll
UYlL
OA TE DRILLED
1/26/88
~
UNOISTUIl.lD
UII"l&
~OJECT NO.
1141-88-069
... _ -OCIC COfllllT IIU
~
SaME
FLORIDA OFFlCES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEER FIELD BEACH
OTHER OfFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROUNA. GEORGIA · TENNESSEE · OHIO
~"":' > . "~T""nON ""STANCe - kOWt""
DESCRIPTION ..
:;t: ...
.. 5 10 20 30 .0
Q- 60 10
~O- l~d1um dense to very dense ~
off-white limestone (fill) ... -........ 2~
............, 5C
~ ,
-5 - Dense off-white limestone 0- I 3:
4 3:
f-10- L- \ 3i
-15- ~ I) 4'
/
-20- - ~ 3l
\
-25 - 4C
Boring Completed at 251
- ..
-30- ~
1-35- -
-40- -
-45
TEST BORING RECORD
10lllNO ANO "'''"-INO ..IUI ASTUD-1M'
COftI: Of'ILLING "II:" AITIID-111.
BOAING NO.
1-F
P1:Iiof:T.A110N IIlIlITANCl1I THI W..UIIOf I&.OWI Of
U.U.HA....III'AlLlHO )0 IN. IIfOU'"10 100ll'Vl 1.4 IN.
1.0. ........\.111 1 n.
-
-
-
GIIOUND"'A nil
LlYn
DATE DRILLED 1/25/88
~
UNDlltvll.ID
"'.."'-.
PROJECT NO.
1141-38-069
NI( _ IIOC1l COAl .IT "ZIt
JII/I
lOSS Of O_'llING
- - -- ..,.."'",..
$&ME
Fl.ORtDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFlElD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ . . "NlTAAnON .IIITAJeCa _ kOWI "II
~t DESCRIPTION ~
~- w 5 10 20
30 .0 10 10
'-0- f.~dium dense off-white 1 imestone f-
(fill ) r 1
~
Firm gray.)silt ;t1H) (Sample not 1
-5 - 2:
Dense to very dense off-white
1 imestone
-10- - " 3:
""
'"
"" > 7:
1-15- 10-
./ V
- V
1-20- - ~ 3~
'-25 t-- 3~
Boring Completed at 25'
.~ 30- -
-35- -
-40- 10-
-45
TEST BORING RECORD
'~INO A..o .....""UNO _€TS An.. D,ISM
C~ DAlUJNO "UTI AIT1I o-l1U
3-8
BORING NO.
"_TRAnO" 1lllllTANCC II nt<< HU"UII Of' alOWI 0'
'" U.HA....€Il'&lLl_ JOIM.IlIEOUIIlIEOTOOIl'YIE '.CIM.
1.0, IA"P\.CII , n.
-
-
-
GROUND_A TEll
UYlEL
~
DATE DRillED
1128/88
1141-83-069
UNOII fUtl.IED
U"P\.E
PROJECT NO.
N" - IlOCIC COI'IE liT IlU
.. -... ~COftll"
-"'"
lOSS C1<" CO.,lllNe
$&ME
Fl.ORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEERAELD BEACH
OTHER OFF1CES IN: NORTH CAAOUNA . .OUTH CAROUNA · GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~"":' ,,; . ",..nu. nOtlIlI..ITUCC - kOWlI't.
DESCRIPTION ..
~t: oJ
~- .. 5 10 20 30 C4
10 10
- 0 - 1.1edi urn dense off-white 1; mes tone f--
(fil1 ) ~
-
Soft gray CLAY lCH) with some sil t ..... 1
'-5 ~ 1
Very dense to dense off-white
1 ;mestone
-10- - 4.
\
-15- - ~ 5
1/
'-20- - ~ 3:
-25 I- 4(
Boring Completed at 251
..
-30- I-
f-35- I--
*some fine roots
1-40- >-
~,
45
TEST BORING RECORD
10"".0 AHO ......PUNO MU:T1 AIT" o-lMl
COM OAIUJNG ..en. A'TM o-a"i
BORING NO, 3-C
KIof:TRATION lIell.TANCIII Tl41 NU" 1 III Of ILOW. 0#
..41 LI. "A....lA 'AU,INO JO I~ IIIGUIIIIO TO O"IYI: U IN.
to, .........u:II 1 n,
-
-
-
GIIOUNo.",nll
LUlL
OATE ORILLED 1/28/88
~
UHDI$TUIIIID
S"'M"-I
PROJECT NO. 1141-38-069
"K - ,.OCK cOile liT IIU
_____~.. lOll 0# DIIILLlNG
.. _... ..~"wr.W
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFlRD 8EACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAAOUNA . SOUTH CAAOUNA . GEOROIA . TENNESSEE e OHIO
t~ ~ . PC_flU. nC* 1lt.I'TANCI _ -.OWI Pea PT.
..,t: OESCRIPnON ~
.. 5 10 20 30 40
O- M 10
~O- Loose off-white limestone ( fi 11 ) f-
[ 6
Finn ar~v C\iltv ClAY (CHI with '" ~ J
-5 - Medium dense to dense off-white f- 46
limestone /
-10- '- 22
-15- - 28
\ 34
-20- - .
-25 - 4 33
Boring Completed at 25'
..
-30- "-
--35- '-
*some roots
-40- -
. ,
I
I
- I
45
TEST BORING RECORD
10'''_ ANO SAMruNQ M~n. AITM O.I$M
COf'I DfULUNQ MUTI ASTIiI 0-2111
BORING NO.
3-.0
1'CHl:nu.nOH IIlSllTAHel1l THI HUMelllOf'IlOWI 0'
I"U,HAMMUI'AU'OlQ ~'IC.IlfOUIIIIOTOOIIIYl '..IH.
,.0. ....1iI"-~1I 1 PT,
-
-
-
GIIOUNOWAnll
lfYlL
~
0,\ TE DRILLED
1128/88
UNOISfUlIIIO
SAMPLE
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
N. - ItOCII: COtlI .,T lIa
.. -... "(COYl""
~
LOSS ~ O.'UING
SaME
FLORIDA OFFlCES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEERF1ELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA . SOUTH CAROUNA . GEORGIA · TENNESSEE. OHIO
~--:' .: . "NIT"" nOle ....UAIICC - kOWI PUl ,
..t: DESCRIPTION ~
. 5 10 20 30
~- 40 60 10
-0 - Medium dense to dense off-white -
limestone (fill) "" 1:
~
-::::::
-5 - >- '1 34
Very dense to dense off-white
1 imestone
-10- - 63
I
-15- - / 55
-20- l...- I 44
~25 - I 36
Boring Completed at 25'
.30- -
-35- -
-40- -
-4
5
TEST BORING RECORD
IO'UNG AIIO ......I'UHQ ~nl AITM 0-1IM
COM ClAILUNG MUT' A.TII 0-2nl
3-E
BORING NO,
p'u.cTlU.nOlClln'ITAHC~" Ttf' HUM.rll OF nO.lo,
l&a U.tfA.UUII'A&.LIHQ )01N.llrOUlllro TO Oll'Y' U 1M.
I.D. ......,pUll 1 n.
-
-
-
GIIOUNOWAnR
U'ftL
DATE DRILLED
1/20/68
ut.. _..""'''' ""..I'T"Y ",,,.,"W..I nr'lIW I.~D'
~
~
UNO'STUII.fO
SAIIH.ll
PflOJECT NO.
1141-68-069
N1l - 'lOCI: co.. liT liD
.. -... .'COWR"
lOll M OIl'LUNG
.....T'[.
~'f"':.~
1
1
.~ u .. ____. -"-'4o'
...- ..--- ... ..4o----..---------
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFlELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. OEOROIA . TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ > . ~..nlU. nON IIrll"A,," _ kOW. 1"0"
DESCRIPTION ~
",t .. 5 10 20 30 40
C- eo 10
-0 - loose off-white limestone (fi 11 ) '- I
7
...
,,.. 6
~5 ~ yoM "r-:llV I I1H -
~
Very dense off-white 1 i mes tone
-10- - 51
-15- - 50
\
-20- f- 55
-25 f- l 52
Boring Completed at 25'
..
0- -
I
r35- -
I
l:4o= -
I "
I
-4
5
TEST BORING RECORD
)AINQ ANO ......I'UHO Nfl. AITM o.,Mt
~ DA/UJHG NIETI AITII 0-111'
BORING NO.
3-H
- -...nu.nON IIrll"ANCIII ner HUMarll Of aLO'" or
. La. HA_rllUU.IHG )Cl/N. IIrOUIIIID TO OIlIYl UIN.
.~..~'".
-
-
-
GIIOUNOWA nil
LIYlL
~
04 TE DRILLED
1/27/88
UNO" TUII.ID
......Pl.1
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
on - AGel: CD'lr .IT 11m
-... IlfCOYlIlT
~
LO'S 0' O'''llING
SaME
FlORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERF1ElD BEACH
OTHER OFF1CES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAAOUNA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
t~ Ii . "'''TIlA nON alIIITAHCC - kOWl.... '
DESCRIPTION ~
lilt: ..
a- S 10 20 30 4Q 50 10
,
-0 - Medium dense off-white limestone -
( fill ) "!!!!!!!P / 2f
-With some gray silt, some fine
roots 3.51-5.01 /
~5- f- If
Dense off-white limestone
-10- - 43
-15- - 45
/
-20- - < 33
~25 ~ \ 45
Boring Completed at 251
I
., I
~30- ~
-35- -
-40- -
-,
4S
TEST BORING RECORD
lOlliNG AND ......I'UNQ "I In An.. O.'SM
COM OAIUJHG IUltn AlnI 0-'"'
BORING NO.
3-1
~"'Tuno.. ..IIISTANCI.S'HI NU...I:..Of now, 0'
,.. La. HA","" 'AlUNO JO IN.IIIQU"'IO TO DIIIW U IN.
'.G, """"-1" , n.
-
-
-
CIIOUNDwAn"
llWL
DATE DRillED
1/27/88
NlI- IlOCIt COIIr.1T liD
_ -" "ICOW'"
~
~
lOSS Of DllllLlNQ
VHOISTUIIUO
SA"""
....OJECT NO.
1141-88-069
...-.--
...""..
SaME
FlORIDA OFACES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEEHAELD IUCH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROUNA . GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ . . ""ITIU. no" IIII1ITANCC _ k.OW'1'U n.
&tot: DESCRIPTION ..
..
~- .. 5 10 20 30 40
10 10
1-0- l-led; urn dense off-white 1 imestone -
(fO 1 ) 10
==== 1
~~9~e (~Me roots with some gray
-5 - - 27
Dense off-white limestone
f-10- - 35
\
-15- - ! 44
-
f-20- - I 35
-25 - ~ 41
Boring Completed at 25'
30- -
-35- ~
I
- I
I
j ,
I
~40- l- I
,
I I
i I
. I i
I ~ I
'-4
5
TEST BORING RECORD
O'UHQ ANO IAM~'NG _IT' .lIT" 0.1IN
..;~ O'UUJ"G _ITS ...ITIIII o-a11'
BORING NO,
3-J
~HCT"AT'ON IlII',,"'NC( " THI NU...III M .lOW. M
.. L..H........Il 'AlUNG 10 IN. "'OU'"'O TO Oil'" '.41N.
D. .......P\.." , n,
-
-
-
CIIOUNDw...nll
ll"l.
OAn DRlllfO 1127/88
~
UNDllTUII.IO
U"P\.I
PAOJfCT NO. 1141-88-069
HI( - IIOCI( COllI .IT IIU
. -... IIICOonll'
~
lOSS M OllllllNG
$&ME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFlElO BEACH
OTHER OfFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROUNA . GEORGIA. TENNESSEE · OHIO
t~ ,; . "Nl1lIAnON q...,ANCa - kOW'l NJI.
DESCRIPTION ..
tilt: ~
.. 5 10 20 30 40
0- 60 10
1-0- I-1edium dense off-white 1 imestone i--
(fi n ) l~
. ~ I
Finn arav .SfIT ~"'H) ~ 7
f- 5 - Medium dense to aense off-white i--
1 imestone ~
~10- - ~ 22
-15- - . 2:
1-20- I-- , 2E
1\
-25 I-- 1\ 4:
Boring Completed at 25'
..
r- 30- f-
1-35- I--
-40- i--
- I
,
..
45
TEST BORING RECORD
lOlliNG "NO ",wrUNa "ITS Anll 0-15"
C:OAC O'''LUNO IIUTI AI T1II 0-1' l'
"NlT1'AnoN llUllTANCl1I THI NUIIIIII orIl.OW' 0#
,.. U.H"....IIl'AlL.HO )01M.IU!OU.III0 TO DIIIYI U IN.
1.0. ....1lIf'Ull 1 n,
IflI _ IlOC. COAl liT SlZI
.. -, "leeWAY
-
-
-
~
~
GIIOUNOWAnll
l1YCL
UNOISTUIIIIO
UIIPLa
LOSS 01 DIIILlING
....~_.
BORING NO.
OAT( DRILLED
PROJECT NO.
4-A
1/27/88
1141-nR-069
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DefRAUD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROUNA . OEORGIA . TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ >>> . "MllUnON U"IT~ _ 11.0W11'(J1 no
..t: DESCRIPTION ~
.
~- 5 10 20 30 .0 10 10
f-O- Medium dense off-white limestone -
( fill ) 12
f--- -
r---
.- -
f-S- Finn nri'lV ~i1t {MlH A ,,1_" "I - 8
Dense to very dense off-white
limestone
-10- - ~ 30
, ~
~15- ~ ~ 56
.
-20- f- ~ 48
-25 ~ \ 52
Boring Completed at 251
0,
-30- 10-
f-35- f-
1-40- f-
~ I
..., I
45
TEST BORING RECORD
1000ING...NO ""!'UNO 1IlE1"...nll o-.s.-
COf'& Df'IUJNO "UTI A nil o.un
80RING NO.
4-8
~"T"...noN RUIIUltCl1I Ttet NUll II" M Il.OWI 0'
'......H.......tR'AUJNO )0 IN. "'OUI"lD TOOllIVl ',~'N.
t.D. ......P\.l" , n.
-
-
-
CIIOUNo....nR
LtVll.
~
DATE DRILLED
1/27/88
UNOISlUIIIID
SAII.U
P1l0.lECT NO,
1141-88-069
N. - lIOCI: COAl I.T liD
.. - ... "'COVlII"
~
LOSS Of' OIlILI.IHO
$&ME
FLORIDA OmCES: ORLANDO. T AIIPA. DEERF1ElD SEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. 80UTH CAIIOUNA . GEORGIA · TENNESSEE. OHIO
~"':' ~ . f'CNlT""no..ar"'ToUICI - ..OWl PVl,
&ot DESCRIPTION ~
.
~- 5 10 20 30 CO 60 10
-0 - Dense to medium den$~ off-white f-
, imestone with trace of silt V- 45
fi 11 ) ~ /
-5 - ~ 22
f-ledi um dense to dense off-white
, imestone
-10- - \ 26
1\
-15- - ~ 43
-20- "- 46
\
-25 - '- 51
Boring Completed at 25'
-30- -
-35- -
'-40- -
I
~,
45
TEST BORING RECORD
10lUNO "NO "'M'\./HO ..L(TS "nil O.'$M
.;0111 O'UUJNO .1'1 A IT" o,anl
""f:ftC'lU.nONIlUIITAHcr.. 'HI NV....IlM 1l0WI 0'
.. &.a.HA....IIl 'A&.UNO JO IN. "IOVIIlIO '0 DIlIVI '..IN.
D. IA..P'-.Il , n.
HZ - IlOCll CC)IIII II' 11ft
I -" Meow",
_____ _....._ "",.,row.... T1~N ,tltOOI
-
-
-
~
~
GIlOVNOWAfta
LEft'"
UNOIS TVIlIEO
'-'''PLI
LOSS Of' DIlIUINO
.....ftll
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
PROJECT NO.
o'er _1.
4-C
1126/88
1141-88-069
'"'e
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFIELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROUNA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO.
~~ . . ~H(TlU.no.. IIU'.T.u.c:. _ kon... r
..t: DESCRIPT10N ..
..
..
~- 5 10 20 30 40 10 10
-0 - Very dense off-white 1 imestone -
(fill) . 54
rlnn Qray Silt U1HJ mlXea wltn-
Very dense off-white limestone
-5 - - 50,
Medium dense off-white limestone
-10- - 20
-15- I-- 22
Dense off-white limestone
-20- I-- 33
\
-25 '- 1'- 42
Boring Completed at 251
1-30- -
--35- -
*limestone, some fine roots
-40- I--
-,
45
TEST BORING RECORD
'OlllNG IJ<<J U.....UNO Alun AITM 0.15...
cQfte CHUU./NO Men. AS,.. 0-.111
80RING NO.
40
~H(TlU.nON IIUlITANCI.. THI NU",'IIIOf' nows 0'
'.l.a."AIIMIII'AlUNO JO.1C.1I10U.II10 TO 0111 WI U IN.
1.0. I-'Ml'\.lll , ",
-
-
-
GIlOUNOWAn.
llWlL
~
DATE DRILLED
1/26/88
1141-88-069
UNOIS TUIlIIO
S"MPU
PROJECT NO,
Nlr - IIOCK COllI SIT IlU
.. -... ~COVt:.T
A
lOSS 0' OlUlUNG
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFtELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA. SOUTH CAAOUNA . GEORGIA · TENNESSEE · OHIO
~~ . . K..nu.nONIU!IIITANCI- -.O_Pl.'
DESCRIPTION ..
..~ .-
\AI&" .. 5 10 20 30 .0 10
e- 60
-0 - t.1ed i um dense off-white 1 imestone 0- I
(fi 11 ) 28
~
f-5- Fi nn gray s i1 t (I~H) with some ~ 4
fraament of limestone
Dense off-white 1 imestone
fragments
-10- i- 38
1-'15- - 42
1-20- --- I 41
-25 f- 46
Boring Completed at 251
-30- ~
f-3S- -
f-40- -
. I
-
45
TEST BORING RECORD
10lllNO ANO U.WI'UNQ WLITl .uTIoI O.1wt
C~~ OIIIUlftQ YUTI An.. 0.111'
HM'IU.'IOIC IlIIlITANCIII TMI HU..Il. M ILOWI 0'
,.0 l..HA....I.'AlLlHQ 101ft. "IOUIIlIO TO OIlIYI '..Ift.
LD. M"I'l.LIl In.
Nll - AOCIt COllI liT IIU
.. - --. IIl(COVIIl'
_~_ _..... II""" "...."Jl..A nO., UIODI
-
-
-
~
u_ ~
GIlOUNDWAft.
llYlL
UNDISTUIlIID
SA"~lI
lOll M OlllllLlHG
W'T'(1l
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
PROJECT NO,
PAG!:
4-E
1/26/08
1141-88-069
1
1
':)f'
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORU.NDO. TAMPA. DEERF1ELD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA . SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ >' . ~N(T""'no.. .1..TAMCa _ kOWS NIl J
&.t: DESCRIPTION ..
...
~- .. 5 10 20 30 .0
60 10
-0 - Off-l'ihite 1 ir.lestone ( fill) -
-5- 1--
1-10- -
i-15 - L 16
/1ed i urn dense off-white limestone
(fill)
12
'-20 I=';nn nrllV rl AV frH\ with c:nmD* 29
Dense to very dense off-white
1 imestone 48
-- r--
.........
-25- f- - --.. ~ 501
, - V 4"
V
V /""
-30- - -. r V 34
*s;lt, some fine roots \
~35- '- 40
-40- - 43
t= BorinQ Completed at 451 43
45
TEST BORING RECORD
ICNUfOO ANO ........UNQ MelTS AITII 0-1$11
COM 0II1UJHQ Mln'I AITIID-Inl
BORING NO.
4-F
M MIl: T "'" nON .1.... T A..CIII THIIIU..II. Of IlOWI 0'
'''la, HA II II UIr Al.UIIQ JO IN. 1I10UIlIro TO D.IYI 1.4 IlL
'0. ....111'\.111 1 FT,
-
-
-
ClIOUIIOWA TEll
LIVEl
"I - AOCI( COllI lIT "'D
to -... "ICDVE''''
~
~
OATE DRILLED
1128/88
1141-88-069
UNOllTURlrD
SAIlI'U
PROJECT NO.
LOIS Of DRILLINQ
1
1# _ "''''''''r """., IT.... ""r~'I"';'"#,"""",, ..",.'U
saME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFIELO BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA · TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ ,; . "N(TlU.nON.(Il"A~-kO"'PCAn.
..t: DESCRIPTION ..
..
..
~- 5 10 20 30 40 60 10
~o- Loose to medium dense off-white - I
limestone (fill) with trace of It'- I 9
silt iiiii!iI'
-5 - 19
Dense off-white limestone
'-10- f- I 38
\
~15- - ~ 44
-20- - 33 [
I
I
i
I
,
-25 - 38 I
Boring Completed at 251 I
~30- - ..
I
1-35- -
-40- f-
"
-45
TEST BORING RECORD
10lllMG Aw:J SAWI'UNO aUlT,A.'., 0-1W1
COM OIUUJNG II€n. .UTIlI 0-1111
~N&TIIAT1ON IIII1UANCC.. THI HU.,UIlor ILOWS 0'
t60U.H.&WM(Il,.u.UNG ,o1M.1II0UIIIID TODIlIVI1.C1M.
'.0. a-t.M."lll 1 n.
..c _ ..oce eOlll .IT IIZI
.. _... AICOVIIl,.
~.. _ .OCIe OUAUTY' Of"O,..&no,. ,11001
-
-
-
~
~
GIIOUND.An"
LlftL
UNOISTUIIIIO
SAMPU
LOll Of DIIIl.LING
.Anll
BORING NO,
4-G
DA TE DRILLED
1/26/68
PROJECT NO,
1141-88-069
PAGE
1
Cf
1
...._...._..~- ,~,.._. . ..~.._-_...-_....._---....~--....;..:;",.. ..-.,...... .'.-
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEERAELO IUCM
OTHER OFFlCES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~~ > . f'Cfd:T""nOM Ilr"'TANCI -kO" fIUl
..
&ot DESCRIPTION ..
..
~- 5 10 20 30 <10 10 10
-0 - Hedium dense off-white 1 imestone -
fi 11 ~ lo!
~5- f- l 12
Very soft gray silt (t1H)
~10- 1
Dense to very dense off-wl1 He
limestone
-15- - 80
1/
:-20- t- V 70
V
-25 '- ,/ 45
Boring Completed at 25'
-30- -
-35- ~
-40- -
-.
45
TEST BORING RECORD
lOlliNG ANO U."~UHO M4!1T1 AITM D.'JM
cOllr DfUUJHO IUITt AlnI 0-1'"
BORING NO.
4-H
f'C...TIlATlON IlUIU",NCIII THI HU..UIl Of .lOWS Of
'......H.....lflll'AlUNO )0 IN. IllOUllllD 10 DillY[ U IN.
1.0. ..........111 1 n.
-
-
-
CIlOUHOWAnll
llftL
DATE DRILLED 1127/88
PfI0JECT NO, 1141-88-069
~
UtlDISTUIl.IO
SAIf~"1
Nil[ - .oc:1C COlIl liT SIZE
to -... "~Cov(l'"
...A
lOSS 0" O.'ll''''C;
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEERRRD IlEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTM CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~"":' .. . ~"TlU.no.. MIIITAJICZ -1Il0.' ~a"
DESCRIPTION .
..t: oJ
. S '0 20
~- 30 40 10 10
~O - Loose off-white 1 imestone ( fi 11 ) ~
= - 4
Very loose fine roots with trace
of silt
- 5 - r~edi um dense to aense off-white f- 20
1 imestone 1\
-10- f- 26
.-15- i-- 1\ 40
1/
- 30
-20- >-
1-25 i-- 38
Boring Completed at 25'
..
i- 30- f-
1-35- i--
1-40- f-
s= ~ I
5
TEST BORING RECORD
Oil/NO ANO U."~UHO IAlU. AITII O,tMa
,,;QAC O."UJHO IIlnl AITII 04'"
BORIHG NO.
4-1 .
-
-
CIIOUHOWAn:a
L[y1L
04 TE DRILLED
-clICTlU.nOH1l1....T...HCIII THIHUII'11I 0' 'LOW' 0'
IOL..H.......IIl'...U.IHO JOIN. IIl0UIIIID TOOIIIVI U IN.
~. ....liIP\..I.lI 1 n.
UHOI,TUIlIlO
$1.11"-1
PROJECT NO.
1/2B/88
1141-08-069
HI - IlOCK COl'I lIT liD
, -, IlfCOVlll,.
~
.."
lOSI 01 Oll.UIHO
- . --
,
'--''''''.'''''.''''
SaME
FlORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. DEERFlElD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROUNA . IOUTH CAROllHA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
~--:- .. . ~NnlU. nON .UIITANCa _ ec.OWS POl".
..
e..t: DESCRIPTION ~
~- .. 5 10 20 30 40
60 10
., Loose to medium dense off-white f-
- ~-
1 imestone (fill) 8
'~
-5 TOose brown t1 ne rooTs - , 9
Medium dense to dense off-white
limestone I
-10- - 31
-- /
-
.
~15- f-- < 18
- ~
.
-20- - '\ 33
-25 - 35
Boring Completed at 25'
--- I
.J- "-
:-35- -
---
--
.-40- -
~
~4
5
TEST BORING RECORD
.Oll'HQ .u.o ......~Ha ~n"I AIT" D-15M
,OM ~'WNa "UTI ASTIiI o-a111
BORING NO.
4-1< .
~IIO(T""" noN IIUllTANCl1I T"I Nu..alll 0' aLO.I 0'
.. '-a, "1.....111 , ALLlNa ~ IN. III OUIIlID TO OlllYI 1.4 IN.
D. ....~Il , FT.
-
-
-
CIlOUHDW"TlII
LlftL
~
DA TE DRILLED
I128/88
UHDIITIHlUO
SA."~
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
Nil: - Aoca COAl aIT lllE
, -.... ..,..,.,""...
"""
LOSS OF O.'U,HO
$&ME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERFIElD BEACH
OTHER OFFICES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHIO
6:~ ~ . ""TIU. nOlllallllTANCI - I"OWI.va"
DESCRIPTION ..
IL'- .-
",II. .. 5 10 20 30 40
O- M 10
-0 - ltedium dense off-white 1 imestone ;-
(fill) 10
-Very loose f, ne roots with some * 1= 1 2
f-S -
f.1edi um dense to dense off-white
1 imestone
-10- f- 23
\
\ ~ ..
~1S- >- ~
I
.
'-20- - l 134
\
-25 - .\ 42
Boring Co~pleted at 25'
~30- f-
'-35- f-
* gray s i 1t (ltH)
1-40- -
F ",
45
TEST BORING RECORD
10lUNO 1.100 ""wrUNO ~lTI A.TIoI D.'Mt
CORr; DRIU.IHO IoIUTI An" o-211J
BORING NO.
4-L
"<..lTR...TlON RllISTANCl II THE NUWIlaOf 1l0WS 0'
'4C"'.HAwwr;R'...ll.lNO )oIH.REOUIRED TO DRift ,.UN.
. D. ....wrllll , n.
-
-
-
GROUNDW...nll
llyn
01. TE DRILUD
1127/88
~
VNDIITU"'ED
S...WPll
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
NK _ ROCIt COilE liT 1111
. _.. "lCOYlIU'
.A
lOIS or DIUll.lNG
SaME
FLORIDA OFFICES: ORLANDO. TAMPA. OEERF1ELD BEACH
OTHER OFFtCES IN: NORTH CAROLINA. SOUTH CAROLINA. GEORGIA. TENNESSEE. OHM)
~"'":' .. . ~II(TllAnOtil r.''''TAIICa - .""-NII,
DESCRIPTION ...
a.~ ~
"'~ OIl 5 10 20 30 40
O- M 10
~O- l1edium dense off-white limestone I--
( fi 11 ) 10
Very loose brown flne roots wlth'" [
-5 - D
11ed i urn dense to dense off-white
limestone
-10- - 26
'\
'\
1-15- - ~ 46
-20- - ,I I 33
-25 I-- ~ 38
Boring Completed at 25'
I- 30- -
'-35- -
* some 5i It
-40- -
i
:-.
45
TEST BORING RECORD
.0ll'NG AHD ......~L1HO ~t:TI"IT" 0-1SN
C Of'E OtllUJNQ ..un ..rT1lI 0.'"1
80RI"G NO.
4-'.1
~lIoLTIU.TIOM II[SIST..NCEII TH' Mu...rll or no.s 0'
'~l..H......rll '..lLlNG JOIN. IlrOUIIIED TO DlllYf 1.41N.
I D. ......~II , fT.
-
-
-
GIlOUHDWA nit
L[YEL
~
DATE DRILLED
1/20/88
UHD'STUIlIfO
SA"PlE
PROJECT NO.
1141-88-069
Hit - 110<:. COAl .,T SID
.. -... II[COnA"
~
LOSS 0' OIl'LUNG
TABLE 1
TEST PIT RESULTS
MONROE COUN1Y JAIL
WESTINGHOUSE PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069
Test Pit No.
Dept h (feet)
Soil Description
TP-l
0.0 - 1.5
1.5 - 5.0
Off white limestone (fill)
Limestone
(Groundwater encountered @ 1.1')
TP-2
0.0 - 4.0
4.0 - 5.0
5.0 -
Off white limestone (fill)
Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat)
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 3.5')
TP-3
0.0 - 4,8
4.8 -
Limestone (fiU)
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 4.0')
TP-4
0.0 - 3.0
3.0 - 4.8
4,8 - 7.2
7.2 -
Off white limestone (fill)
Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat)
Gray silt (ML) with peat & roots
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 3.2')
TP-5
0.0 - 2.0
2.0 - 2.5
2.5 - 4.0
4.0 -
Off white limestone (fill)
Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat)
Gray silt (ML) with peat & roots
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 3.0')
TP-6 0.0 - 1.0
1.0 - 3.5
3.5 - 5.0
5.0 -
"
TP-7 0,0 - 2.0
2.0 - 3.0
3.0 -
Brown silty sand & limestone (fill).
.fill contained concrete & wood fragments
Limestone (fill)
Gray silt (ML)
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 4.7')
orr white limestone (fill)
Gray silty (ML) with shells
Limestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 4.2')
Test Pit No.
TP-8
TABLE 1
TEST PIT RESULTS
MOr\~OE COUNTY JAIL
\VESTINGHOUSE PROJECf NO. 1141-88-069
Deoth (feet)
Soil Description
0.0 - 2.0
2.0 - 3.8
3.8 - 4.5
4.5 -
Off white limestone (fill)
Peat (Pt) & roots (root mat)
Urnes tone fragments
Umestone (could not penetrate)
(Groundwater encountered @ 5.5')
TABLE 2
lABORATORY TEST RESULTS
M01'-."ROE COUNTY JAIL
WESTINGHOUSE PROmCf NO. 1141-88-069
Atterberg Umits Permeability
Test Pit No. Depth (ft) -200 (%) LL PI (ft/day)
TP-l 1.0 11
TP-4 2.0 101
TP-4 6.0 76 44 18
TP-7 1.0 11
TP-7 2.5 83 39 8
TABLE 3
SOIL CORROSION RESULTS
M01\'ROE COUN1Y JAIL
WESTINGHOUSE PROJECT NO. 1141-88-069
Minimum
Test Pit Chlorides Sulfates Resistivitv
& Depth (ft) Jill (ppm) (ppm) (ppm )
TP-l 1.0 8.6 5371 825 105
TP-4 6.0 8.2 4520 600 140
TP-7 1.0 8.7 1380 294 500
TP-7 2.5 8.1 2712 876 220
ADDENDUM NO. 3A
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Packaqe No. 10, Precast concrete
Bid Packaqe No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Packaqe No. 12, Precast Embeds
september 11, 1991
Modification No.1:
A second prebid meeting will be conducted at the office of
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, stock Island,
Key West, Florida, 33040, on september 17, 1991, at 10:00 am.
The purpose of the meeting is to review site conditions for
erection of precast concrete, and to hold discussion on Bid Package
No. 10, Precast Concrete, scope of work items.
All plan holders are invited to attend; however, due to the subject
matter, bidders of Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete, and their
erection subcontractors are urged to be present.
Modification No.2:
Incorporate the attached Precast Bidder Questions from meetings
between precast concrete bidders and HLM, pages 1 thru 8 dated
09/11/91, into the bidding documents.
Note:
This is Addendum No. 3A. Addendum No. 3 will be issued
to bidders, in approximately (1) week.
..
****
end of document
09/11/91
ADDENDUM NO. 3A
1
Precast Concrete Questions
Result of meetings at HLM - week of 8/26/91
Stresscon letter of 8/30/91 to MK/Gerrits:
1. Will precaster be able to standardize structural
shapes?
Response ~ Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
2. will bid date be postponed? Bidder requests at
least a two-week extension after 9/10/91.
Response: Bid date will be postponed to 9/25/91 per
Addendum #2.
Southern Prestressed letter of 8/29/91 to MK/Gerrits:
1. II Revised specifications state that if you are not
a PCI certified Plant, then an Owner approved
testing lab must perform the concrete tests.
Although we are not a PCI Certified Plant, we would
like to perform these tests with our own lab. Our
lab is run under the guidelines established by PCI;
our equipment is calibrated per PCI requirements;
our plant is Florida Department of Transportation
approved. The lab is run by a Florida registered
professional engineer and all tests will be
conducted or supervised by\personnel that are PCI
certified concrete inspection technicians. II
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
2. II The specifications also call for Chloride tests
at the same rate as test cylinders. The FOOT only
requires that test once a month. Since the mix
design for the cells is different from that of the
other products we will be pouring, we will have to
submit two chloride tests each day we pour concrete,
at $80.00 per test at cost. It also takes about 30
days to get the results. II
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
1
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
3 . "Our system will not have topping into our 1st
level cell nor will you need the 10-#10 bars front
and back."
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
Southern Prestressed letter to HLM dated 8/30/91:
1. Chase sizing and sweeping pipes tp miss beam below.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
2. Beam design criteria.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
Pomco Review Questions of 8/28/91 and 8/30/91:
General Questions:
1. section 00310 1. 2.3: Are all joints between precast
pieces, such as double tee 'flanges, to be grouted,
or does this apply only to hollow core/slab shear
key joints?
Response: Precaster has general precast grouting, (grout
pockets, keyways, etc.) and grouting for topping. The
scope of work for grouting for topping, includes all
precast member joints that are required to be grouted in
order to seal the precast joints prior to accept concrete
topping placement.
2.
section 00310 1.2.26: [utility Routing
Coordination] We see this now as part of the base
bid and no longer an Owner option. We again express
our concern about our qualifications and ability to
perform this work. Some of our specific concerns
~
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
2
~
are:
A. We have no contractual relationship with the
contractors (6) involved. Our ability to comply is
dependent on their cooperation and response. Do we
have the authority to force the contractors to
change their systems, materials, etc. if there are
conflicts?
B. The design needs, construction techniques,
materials, etc. if the various items involved are
foreign to our area of expertise and therefore we
would need to expend time and energy to become
qualified to do this work.
C. We see this as a three dimensional interface problem
and considerably more complex than 'precast related
coordination' as stated in the contract documents.
Response: MK/G has revised the scope of work in Addendum
#1 to limit the precaster's responsibility due to other
trade contractors. Pre caster shall review and coordinate
as necessary to establish and provide opening/penetration
details for other trades, and provide the Owner's
representative with status drawings for his use in
utility routing coordination. This will be open for
discussion in prebid meeting.
3. sections 03410 2.l.G.1 (A)
03412 1.6.A.4.a (A)
03420 2.l.A.7 (B)
03420 2.2.A.1 (A)
03490 2.4.G.2 (A)
Chloride Ion Test - References are made to (A) "at
the same rate as test for precast structural
concrete cylinders" and (B) "may be tested in
individual ingredients or in trial batches of
concrete."
Is the test to be performed on fresh concrete or
hardened concrete? Are six tests per product per
day (same as cylinders) to be made?
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
4. Drawing 3.33 - Detail lA, 1B ( and others)
09/11/91
3
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
Is reinforcing in topping above beams to be included
in precast package or topping package?
Response: This type of detail is based on precast design
and embedment, therefore, they are the responsibility of
the precaster to provide and install.
5. Drawing 3.33 - Detail 10 (and others)
Is reinforcing in topping above precast joints to
be included in precast package or topping package?
Response: Topping package.
6. Drawing 3.38 - Details 9 and 10
Is forming and pouring of drains/pits in precast
package or topping package.
Consider using metal trench drain unit to reduce
weight.
Response: Topping package.
7. Section 00310 1.2.8 [Construction of temporary
safety items]: We, as a precast erector, always
include the necessary policies, procedures and
equipment to comply with the safety requirements for
our operations and personnel. The specified
requirements increase the scope and time frame for
this activity and place us in a position beyond our
expertise and qualifications.
Response: section stands as written. This will be open
for discussion in prebid meeting.
8. section 00310 1.2.19 [Temporary stairways]: We are
still concerned about our responsibility and
liability in providing these scaffold stairways.
We do not have a final answer yet from our insurance
company regarding this issue.
Response: section stands as written. This will be open
for discussion in prebid meeting.
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
4
9. Section 03420 2.3. I. : For prestressed concrete
products which need a minimum of 3500 psi before
stressing and stripping, this procedure can be
followed. However, for non-prestreessed units, this
procedure is a hardship because 1) keeping the
product in the form longer than necessary to achieve
the 3500 psi extends the production time, or 2)
cost is added for extra handling and procedures to
maintain the temperature and/or curing specified.
We feel that satisfactory production and performance
of these units can be achieved without needing these
procedures.
We request that this requirement be eliminated.
The requirement for 85% of ultimate strength or load
carrying capacity is acceptable.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
specific Pomco Requests:
1. Can beam sizes be standardized if existing depths
and/or widths are not exceeded?
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
2. We request substitution of our 26" deep double tee
section where 24" units shown.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
3. We request possible substitution of solid slabs in
areas where hollow core is now shown.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
5
4. We request substitution of enclosed SK-1 for Front
of Cell Connection and SK-2 for Back of Cell
Connection.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
Consulting Engineers Group:
1. Standardization of beam cross sections.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
2. The precast beam to cast-in-place column connection
can be modified to accept a bolted dowel connection.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
3. The cast-in-place topping in the 1st level cells can
be eliminated and a smooth finished precast slab
substituted.
Response: Bidders to address this in the Substitution
Request submittal for HLM response in Addendum
#3.
4. There will be no structural topping on the roof.
A lightweight insulating concrete will be used.
Response: HLM to confirm understanding, and address in
Addendum #3.
5. Connections between the top of the double tee and
their supporting "L" and inverted tee beams will be
provided to improve erection stability and minimize
torsion of eccentric loads.
"
Response: HLM to confirm understanding, and address in
Addendum #3.
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
6
6. A metal trench drain will be employed instead of the
cast-in-place concrete trench drain shown on sheet
3.38.
Response: HLM to confirm understanding, add address in
Addendum #3.
7. It was recommended that the reinforcing clear covers
for various members be increased to improve
corrosion resistance. The recommended numbers were
walls 1", columns 1-1/2", beams 1", and double tee
strands 1-1/4".
Response: HLM to confirm understanding, and address in
Addendum #3.
8. It was agreed that the 1st level transfer beams
which support the cell units should be designed for
some measure of continuity to minimize deflections.
various ranges were discussed with a minimum of 25%
moment redistribution agreed to.
Response: HLM to confirm understanding, and address in
Addendum #3 if necessary.
9. We expressed some concern about the shear wall to
CIP connection shown on sheet 3.35. It was agreed
that the continuous rods in sleeves in the walls
were acceptable.
Response: Address in substitution submittal and HLM to
confirm in Addendum #3.
Stresscon letter to MK/Gerrits dated 9/3/91:
1. 03412 3.6 A,G & H: Precaster cannot protect the
precast from other trades.
Response: Paragraphs stand as written.
2. 03420 2.1 A.2.: 3% air entraining agent is
expensive and not required for this project.
~
Response: HLM should address in Addendum #3, or bidder
should address in Substitution Request
submittal. otherwise, requirement remains.
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADO. 3A)
7
3. 03420 2.1 J .1.: Precaster cannot be responsible for
surface finish compatibility.
Response: Precaster shall comply with form release agent
requirements as specified in sections 03410,
03412, and 03490.
4. 03420 2.3 A.: Precaster cannot field verify prior
to production and maintain a schedule.
Response: See Addendum #1 Pre-bid questions, page 3,
question 14.
5. 00310 1.2.19: Precaster cannot maintain stairs and
scaffold 90 days after erection.
Response: See page 4 of these questions, question no. 8.
6.
00980 1.2.2:
Control Man?
Does precaster need a site Quality
Response: Yes, but it can be the precaster I s site
superintendent.
7. 00110-1: Precaster cannot be responsible for other
trades.
Response: See Addendum # 1, Pre-bid Meeting, page 1,
question #5.
8. 00310 1.2.10 and 03420 3.2.A.: Precaster does not
have expertise in site work.
Response: Rough grade as shown on the drawings will be
provided under Bid Group 1. Precaster will be
responsible for his erection operation requirements, and
site work which he disturbs through his operations, will
have to be restored to original condition.
09/11/91
PRECAST BIDDER QUESTIONS (ADD. 3A)
8
ADDENDUM NO. 4
NEW MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
September 20, 1991
The time and date =~r receipt of bids, and the location for receipt
of bids, remains the same.
Modification No.1:
Incorporate the attached Prebid II Meeting Minutes, of September
17, 1991 meeting, into the bidding documents.
Modification No.2:
Technical specification section 14240, page 8, paragraph 2.5
Hoistway Entrances, item E., revise to read:
"
E.
sill: Extruded aluminum."
Modification No.3:
section 00805, Supplementary General Conditions, Article 12, add
the following new subparagraph 12.3.3:
"
12.3.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the
Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its
progress during any dispute proceeding, and the Owner
shall continue to make payment's to the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Disputes
unresolved shall be settled in accordance with
subparagraph 7.1.1."
'.
09/20/91
ADDENDUM NO. 4
Page 1
PRE-BID MEETING II MINUTES
NEW DETENTION CENTER
Bid Package No. 10, Precast Concrete
Bid Package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid Package No. 12, Precast Embeds
Date:
Location:
September 17, 1991, 10:00am
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits Office, Stock Island
Attendees:
See attached list, made a part of these minutes.
The following issues were discussed. These minutes are not to
change, modify, add or delete from the requirements of the bidding
documents.
1. site Conditions
A. site cleared, and retention basins shaped.
B. Attention was drawn to subsurface peat layer conditions
which affect crane lifting operations.
2. Safety items and temporary stairs were discussed.
3. utility Routing Coordination was discussed.
4. Drawing 1.03 - There was comment that this drawing was not
included in the bidding documents. After the meeting, it was
determined that this drawing, as well as all other Bid Group
1 reference drawings, were made a part of the Bid Group 2 set
of drawings. They appear at the back of the original set of
Bid Group 2 drawings.
5. Contractor's Qualification Statement
Table of Contents notes this as 'Contractor Evaluation Form'.
This is the same form, and is the standard AIA Document A305.
The financial statement is also required to be submitted as
described in AIA Document A305.
6. Addendum No. 3 was made available to attendees. It will be
sent out today to all other plan holders of record.
7~ All Owner options listed on each proposal form are to be bid.
09/17/91
MEETING MINUTES
1
MONROE COUNTY DETENTION CENTER
PRE-BID MEETING II
SEPTEMBER 17, 1991
10:00 am
Bid Package No. 10, Precast concrete
Bid package No. 11, Hydraulic Elevators
Bid package No. 12, Precast Embeds
NAME
COMPANY
PHONE
ex. John smith
Smith Metal Works, Inc. 294-5000
1. ,t)AJ'I rise/7Ft [j )JlItr I~ 7)fl'lp..-y7a.() 68JC/P g/3-<a84' 767/
,
2. /-'
',//
/'
, I
3. ~;LL \--\ ]:)\2. n, i2-u v)L
4. PAuL \(, PA t;MGR
5. j~ 5~o",d~ M\</~
6. --, t"k..F f~ : /~ /"~) )
.:.--'~/~f j
.-
7. ,'J ,i" 1- _ ".... ~~. -: '1!: !~
po vY'lL- D A-<;,:x:CJ t. \L,LJ
PCMCC ^5S"~' L ;-7~
S\~.6~L\-~2S5
0.1"2,,, !~::..:~ . C/'2~5
_ v _ \.....
z..Q1- 7~t:
~
L5 A C(. ,c.,.-~.r'
-;;~ ~
?i~ -
.~ - --- /~ ~.::;;,.,.:~"'"
- , )
-:.. I' ,-; !.. ..: :: " -: I i
8. I--L-i/~_..'
.1/
-~-
,/""-~
- .
9.
'~
- ,.
10. ~_/,.~ 1
-'
'V -;).:?/('; /P
/i! k Ie
ffi,If'I\/ ~~~
I'I'~~;U/J ~
11. PrMrJA 'ftr~\~
12 .c:;fd?rl ~.. /",.42:>
13.
14.
15-.
16.
09/17/91
SIGN-IN SHEET
1